Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C-3577 - Newport Coast Community Center
CA 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK Leilani 1. Brown, MMC January 8, 2009 Bernard Bros., Inc. 610 Ilex Street San Fernando, CA 91340 Subject: Newport Coast Community Center (C -3577) To Whom It May Concern: On January 8, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work of the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Labor & Materials Bond was released on February 15, 2008. The Surety for the contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America and the bond number is 6409658. Enclosed is the Faithful Performance Bond. Sincerely, 04� � rwlv�'- Leilani I. Brown, MMC City Clerk enclosure 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CO TRACT NO. 3577 BOND NO, 6408658 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 62,287.00 being at the rate of $ 12- 651$8.8047.1536.6048.05 thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, awarded to . Bemardsares.Inc. , hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 In the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3577 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and Safece Insurance Company ofAmedca . duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety'), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Eight minion One Hundred Fifty Hine Thousand and Ho/100thslawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH. that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. 21 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable aftomeys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of terse, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full forts and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has b n duly executed by the Principal anc Surety above named, on the 12th day of April 2006. /. Bemards Bros. Inc. r Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized SignaturelTitle Safew Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N, Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 _ Address of Surety 819 9564338 Telephone go ure use L. Thornton, Attomey in Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS-OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED FV. se %J- HWLSheredxAnaaWslFY 05 -06tNEWPOR7 COAST COMMUNITY CENTER C- 357ACONTRACT C- 35T7.dae 22 • State of California County of Los Angeles On APR 12 201 before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary- Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that helshelthey executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. V. R. MAYBERRY 7 � �a� :� YG i.:pv PU:;JC :4UFOP.YIA J _ \3'' "'S• iOS Hh�atF %;OUhly .� ,cnM EXP: —Z .sec 10.2005 v M.R. Mayberry ! 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK LaVonne M. Harkless, MMC February 15, 2008 Bernards Bros. Inc. 610 Ilex Street San Fernando, CA 91340 Subject: Newport Coast Community Center (C -3577) To Whom It May Concern: On January 8, 2008, the City Council of Newport Beach accepted the work of the subject project and authorized the City Clerk to file a Notice of Completion, to release the Labor & Materials Bond 35 days after the Notice of Completion had been recorded in accordance with applicable portions of the Civil Code, and to release the Faithful Performance Bond one year after Council acceptance. The Notice of Completion was recorded by the Orange County Recorder on January 11, 2008, Reference No. 2008000016100. The Surety for the contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America, and the bond number is 6409658. Enclosed is the Labor & Materials Payment Bond. Vl X LaVoilrtrkleGs /MMC City Clerk ll cc: Public Works Department encl. 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO, 3577 BOND NO. 6408658 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach. State of California, by motion adopted, has awarded to Samar& Bros. Inc. , hereinafter designated as the `Principal; a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 in the City of Newport Beach, In strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of The City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3577 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surely on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, Safew Insurance Company of America duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of Califomia. as Surety. (referred to herein as `Surety') are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Eight minion one Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and No/100ft lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 19 • • The Bond shell inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assions in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et, seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, It is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has een duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 121i day of Apol 2%0U'6�7. c, ,/d �n Bemards Bros. Inc. Via przst {.C,r-� Name of Contractor (Principal) Auth 'zed Signatureliitle Safeco Insurance Company of Amedca Name of Surety A5.Thomton, Age t Signatur 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 9120$ Attorney in Fact Address of Surety Print Name and Title 818 9564338 Telephone NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 20 State of California County of Los Angeles On _ Fear �1 t before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary Public, persona 'y appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M R. MAYBERRY COAUv � 1389419 S YOTAHYVIJSI!- CALIFORNIA J. 2 .•.J LOS ANGrLeS nFOUNT! AAY rmm F�'� �p> (1PC 1 ZoOS KSC9'JC ✓v't \l M.R. Mayberry S A F E C * KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: POWER *-,FECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY NOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98165 M That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint itilRRtitfiNlk}!} ii} fRipfti}} lXtpRttiftfkF }krtt}iR}HpiRiti }Hu3A L. THORNTON; Los n••••tey, `[. O�dOm�ii} i} NXii} gtNt >{tNltt } \i} }b} } \ }ktkitl } }bi}t }H Its true and lawful attomey(s}infaQ wth full authority to execute on is behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a Similar character issued in the course of Its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this ist day of FebuMry , 2000 M 40a`4" RA. PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from tire Bylaws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V. Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appont Individuals as atomeysan -fad or under other appropriate Itles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company In the course of its business... On any Instrument malting or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any Instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaldng of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in arty other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be neceeMlY to the validity of any such Irstmmem or undedaft " Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, III The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and n A copy of the powenof-attomey appointment, exeaded pursuant thereto, and Oil) Certifying 00 said power- cf- attomey appointment Is In fur force and effect, the Signature of the cerlifying officer may be by facsimile, and ere seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." 1, RA. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA. do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of rte By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Pourer of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, am true and correct and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in fug force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said oolporation APR 12 20 thi s day of ' NI M70"M SEAL 1 I ISM S SA9741SAEF 7/98 FLA. PIERSON, SECRETARY 0 Registered trademark of SAFECO CorpoMion. 211100 PDF 0 i CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California 1 } ss. County of 6 va Vvi JJJ p On Aprf 15, 2IXXp ,before me, Meh vid4 �'' —T pate ',,,, 1/ /� 1N "eme am T"'a personally appeared fo t bt + Ca yket.:-V t t Q! s• personally known to me proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personN whose name is re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to mielhat he /shetthey executed the same in his t'ftatr uthorized capacitylieQ, and that by hi �riThejr signatureKon the instrument the persons), or the entity upon behalf of which the personX acted, executed the instrument. WI NESS my hand and official seal. `���N�) "W lu Place Notary Seal Abo re of Notary Pa OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this corm to another document. Description of Attached Document I�0 7' ��OY� h .QSI Title or Type of Document: 0 Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate Off ❑ Partner — ❑ Attorney in ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or ❑ Other: Number of Pages: Claimed by Signer Scov �. icer — Title(s): (•( Shol `! Via Pas dtYl-t' Top of thumb here ❑ Limited ❑ General Fact Conservator Signer Is Representing: &M and S 1 01989 NpG9aBl Notary. uotletbn• 99500e SaN Mre.,P.O. CAe1313 -2Ca2- .retb notory.ory Piotl. Nw SBU'T H uder.. Call TolFFre 1�9768a2! RELEASE OF STOP NOTICE TO: Lloyd Dalton Newport Beach Public Works 3300 Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, CA 92663 C -35177 L QCT 3- 2 23 You are hereby notified that the undersigned claimant releases that certain Stop Notice, in the amount of $ 3,773.97 against Newport Beach Public Works., as owner or public body and Bemards Bros Construction, as prime contractor in connection with the work ofimprovement ]mown as: Newport Coast Communitv Center, San Joaquin Hills Rd. & Newport Coast Dr., Newport Beach, CA in the County of Orange, State of California. DATED: October 25, 2007 NAME OF CLAIMANT: SUNSTATE EQUIPMENT CO. o 1 F licia Espinoza / Aitthoriz6d Agent VERIFICATION I, the undersigned, say: I am Authorized Agent of the claimant of the foregoing Release of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on October 25, 2007, at Escondido, California. lv13 Date Copies Sent To: 'z F licia Espinoza / utho d Agent ❑ Council Member ❑ Manager FN • • �'w-1 PUBLIC WORK STOP NOTICE LEGAL NOTICE TO WITHHOLD CONSTR UCTION FUNDS AND REQUEST FOR NOTICE OF FILING OF NOTICE OF ACCEPTANCE, COMPLE77ON OR CESSATION CIVIL CODE ,¢ 3185 TO: Attn: Lloyd Dalton Project: Newport Coast Community Center Newport Beach Public Works San Joaquin Hills Rd & Newport Coast Dr 3300 Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, CA Newport Beach, CA 92663 Certified Mail No.: General Contractor: Bernards Bros Construction TAKE NOTICE THAT Sunstate Equipment Co. whose address is 5552 E. Washington, Phoeniz, AZ 85034 has supplied heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement described as follows: Newport Coast Community Center, San Joaquin & Newport Coast, Newport Beach, CA The heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement by claimant are of the following general kind: heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement The heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement were furnished to or for the following party: J -Kel Painting & Wallcovering, 2047 Applegate Circle, Corona, CA 92882 The value of the whole amount of heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement agreed to be furnished is $3,773.97. The value of the heavy construction rental equipment, material and or supplies for work of improvement furnished to date is $3,773.97, Claimant has been paid the sum of $0.00, and there is now due, owing and unpaid the sum of $3,773.97 with interest at the rate of 10% (ten percent) per annum from date balance due You are required to set aside sufficient funds to satisfy this claim with interest. You are also notified that claimant claims an equitable lien against construction funds for this project which are in your hands. Date l(7 1110 l `✓' Copies Sent To: S NSTATE EQUIPMENT CO. ❑ Mayor ❑ Council Member z Felicia Espinoza - orize A t Manager C VERIFICATION rCi J �T I, the undersigned, say: I am the Authorized Agent of the claimant of the foregoing top Norice; I have read said Stop Notice and know of the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowtqdge. I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed on October 4, 2007 at Escondido, ifomia. aSTOP NOTICE NOTICE TO WITHHOLD CONSTRUCTIO N, Y , �- � , (Public or Private Work) (Per California Civil Code Section 3103) / _ STuh1[CWo�Ks Project:N4W,% OY-F- Cni%S -- Q�i }1'1(_ C�.lr1{Q,Y (N E OT OWNER. PUBLK BODY OR CONSTRUCTION FUNO HOLDER) (N , 3300 NewooY+ p,1yd - (��I o1 Sah�oa� (i l� 11-i lls 12d (NODRESS IF TD A BANK OR NV /LOAN. USF MORE53 OF BRANCH HOLAWG FUNDS) IA1DORE55) Newport i�eaC� CA g2t�io Ntwp=F)taUp CAI °I21�too ACT', STATE AND ZIP) AA (CITY. STATE AND DR) TAKE NOTICE THAT �'��� P�i11n�'tYtQ `5 WCAUU4el xlci Q,Jy1C.- -- INAME OF THE PER5OH OR FIRM CfANING THE STOP NOTICE. LICENSED coNTRAdLrm NUST USE THE NAME UNDER WHICH CMTRACTOR-S LICENSE IS ISSUED) whose address is 20 {1 �P�A� e 1Y • (`f)1 -OY1 LL CA IM 8 2 (ADDRESS PERSON OR FROM CLAMMIGSLOPNOTICE) � tt 1n+,,...,,,^, has performed labor and furnished materials for a work of improvement described as follows!V4twD0L)r* �..1.�n& ( C2v4er I IDuo1 Sun�laagylh 1�11�1Rd NtwQoir} aCJn C g2(o�b IHAME AND LOCH OF PR A WNFRE WOA %OR MA ERIALS WERE FURNISHED) The labor and materials furnished by claimant are of the following general kind: (WND OF LAIR. SERYCE5. EQUIPMENT. The labor and materials were furnished to or for the following party: (NAME OF THE P*TY WHO ORDERED THE WORK OR MATERIALS) n U` Total value of the whole amount of labor and materials agreed to be furnished is: The value of the labor and materials furnished to date is: ................. ''t 2 531 • 00 Claimant has been paid the sum of: ................................ . . .a 00 And there Is due, owing and unpaid the sum of: .......................... $ ^ 14� 0 6-7- ! r You are required to set aside sufficient funds to satisfy this claim with inter urt and reasonable costs of litigation, as provided by law. You are also notified that imant Ims a u' le l' n against any construction fupds for this project which are in your hands. __Au >/ , FIRM NAME '�i� VERI�F�ICATIQN / I, the undersigned, say: I am the_ , 1 e! \>x& s r I 4 irk —the claimant rPNESIDEM OF; MANAGER ARTNEROF "041NEROF; 'AOENt OR,'ETCa named in the foregoing Stop Notice; I have read said Stop Notice and know the contents thereof; the same is true of my own knowledge. I declare under penplty of perjury under the lsw,�gf the wtellof California that the foregoing is true and correct. Executed _"EST FOR NOTICE OF ELECTION (Private Works Only) (Per California Civil Code Section 3159, 3161, or 3162) If an election is made not to withhold funds pursuant to this stop notice by reason of a payment bond having been recorded in accordance with Sections 3256 or 3162, please send notice of such election and a copy of the bond within 30 da of such election in the enclosed preaddressed stamped envelope. This information must be provided by you under Civil Code Sections 3159, 3161. or 3162. BEFORE YOU USE THIS FORM, FILL IN ALL BLANKS, AND MAKE WHATEVER CHANGES ARE APPROPRIATE AND NECESSARY TO YOUR PARTICULAR TRANSACTION. CONSULT A LAWYER IF YOU DOUBT THE FORM'S FITNESS FOR YOUR PURPOSE AND USE. W W W- THECONTRACTORSGROUP.COM MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY. EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THIS FORM FOR AN INTENDED USE OR PURPOSE. REV. 04111 C —�-15 1"7 RELEASE OF STOP NOTICE? H- 22 p;1 2, 39 You are hereby notified that the undersigned claimant releases that certain Stop Notice dated q /2q /07 In the amount of $ y } / D 67. b against !diet KipQ F1' as owner or public body and &VVIUmsS mW 5 Pow (e s� Boa LaauwW�ls CA 12&53 as prime contractor in connection with the work of improvement known as Nlt KKY ff± Cn ask l .(iYY1 M C�, (Oy01 S(MAAOagk)M 1-i1115 ) Nk -kiYln 'g-ka ) M 612.1o1nn in the City of qUJ[iP,0 r UU" , Cooney of 0YG1VI Q t State of Califomla. Date q / 2-Le /0-7 game of Claimant av �nMC o M O kN\o ❑ n VERIHCATION I, the undersigned, state: I am the Y f ff,- at"- T ('W or,'Pr WW or, 'A Pater M'.'awner or, ft.) the claimant named in the foregoing Release; I have read said Release of Stop Notice and know the contents thereof, and I certify that the some is true of my own knowledge. I certify (or declare) under nalty of perjury under the laws of the State of Califamia that the foregoing is true and correct Executed on q 2 LO O b at 61�Vt a Stage of + zz� tsep" or cwfmsa ak0wrimed WOI=M FORM e99 —RRUM OF STOPMOM —New 4.93 Odme Fee off ft boL mad R 10 tit 03 Mwft aW M04 WWM dWW are aPPro9d>te udW oV81WOLCMS FUM. INC. Ono Case 3N and n�� ml FeOr¢senfa9ea or:ryi6'.8 6% a 6" tin SNMIS i v§K W., respxk:rB rWm WAVaM sofftkrmfor0kanedmearamG 7 67775 39998 4 � a cs '- d 2 0 • STOP NOTICE E L NOTICE TO WITHHOLD CONSTRUCTIOp , F!I _ °� _0 (Public or Private Work) 1E (Per California Civil Code Section 3103) >T14+•E`Y'FAk3flISRt�t7C011Y1u' R1�liC 1ld OYkS Project: Net, :1 ()Y+ C -i, Ct>Inirn>,�Y1i.Ly Cetn�re r VIA OF OWNER, PUBLIC BODY OR CONSTRUCTION FUND HOLDER) li 33 0 0 N2U1 DOY+ t� �yd • LO (ADDRESS IF TO A BANR OR V /LOAN. USE ADDRESS OF 9RANCH HOLDING FUNO51 (ADDRESS) N�woor� 17,eUcvt CA �12LDi� NewpoYVeaLn cA °I21yto0 (CITY, STATE AND ZIP) (CITY, STATE AND ZIP) TAKE NOTICE THAT (NAME OF THE PERSON OR FIRM e1EARMING THE STOP NOTICE. LICENSED CONTMKf TORS MUST USE THE UNDER WHIM CONTRACTORS LICENSE IS ISSUED) whose address is Z�y� ��CAAEC C,Y• (R1'OV1ll A (AODRE55 fPERSONORFIRMCLAIMING STOP NOTICE) has performed labor and furnished materials for a work of improvement described as follows:Nelt]M 1-A- (NAME AND LOCATION OF PROJECT WHERE WORK OR MATERIALS WERE FURNISHED) The labor and materials furnished by claimant are of the following general kind: �Gl \lnfiYlq (KIND OF LAWN, The labor and materials were furnished to or for the following party: (NAME OF THE PASTY WHO ORDERED THE WORK OR MATERIALS) Total value of the whole amount of labor and materials agreed to be furnished is: OU The value of the labor and materials furnished to date is: ................. S 9 2 ,15113,1 1. — Claimant has been paid the sum of: ...................... .......... 5 i , –I `l • Ofi 00 And And there is due, owing and unpaid the sum of: ........ ............... � 6 g7 . You are required to set aside sufficient funds to satisfy this claim with costs of litigation, as provided by law. You are also notified that mant construction udes for this project which are in your hands. FIRM NAME:1�C VERIFICATION/ I, the undersigned, say: I am named in the foregoing Stop Notice; I have read said Stop Nc own knowledge. I declare under penf Ity of perjury under the law %of the Executed on 1 / I and reasonable an against any claimant same is true of my of California that the foregoing is true and correct. R�JQUEST FOR NOTICE OF ELECTION (Private Works Only) (Per California Civil Code Section 3159, 3161, or 3162) If an election is made not to withhold funds pursuant to this stop notice by reason of a payment bond having been recorded in accordance with Sections 3256 or 3162, please send notice of such election and a copy of the bond within 30 days of such election in the enclosed preaddressed stamped envelope. This information must be provided by you under Civil Code Sections 3159, 3161, or 3162. BEFORE YOU USE THIS FORM, FILL IN ALL BLANKS, AND MAKE NaiATEVER CHANGES ARE APPROPRIATE AND NECESSARY TO YOUR PARTICULAR TRANSACTION. CONSULT A LAWYER IF YOU DOUBT THE FORM'S FITNESS FOR YOUR PURPOSE AND USE. W W W.THECONTRACTORSGROUP.COM MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS OF THIS FORM FOR AN INTENDED USE OR PURPOSE. REV. 04-01 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL ANALYIS FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this Zld day of ��6-1" , 2002, by and between the City of Newport Beach , a Municipal Corporation (hereinafter referred to as "City "), and Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue — Suite 514, Tustin, California, 92780, (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a Municipal Corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City is planning to implement a project to determine the site suitability for a proposed Community Center in the Newport Coast community ('Project'). C. City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topographic site survey and geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. D. The principal member of Consultant firm for the purpose of the Project is Ga. ffisa ---ndnzz+4`.'��. E. City has solicited and received a proposal from Consultant, has reviewed the previous experience and evaluated the expertise of Consultant, and desires -1- E 0 to contract with Consultant under the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. TERM The term of this Agreement shall commence on the 18th day of November 2002, and shall terminate on the 315' day of January 2003, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED Consultant shall diligently perform all the duties set forth in the scope of services, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by reference. 3. COMPENSATION TO CONSULTANT City shall pay Consultant for the services in accordance with the provisions of this Section and the scheduled billing rates set forth in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. No rate changes shall be made during the term of this Agreement without prior written approval of City. Consultant's compensation for all work performed in accordance with this Agreement, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed the total contract price of forty -five thousand, seven hundred twenty and 00/100 Dollars ($45,720.00). 3.1 Consultant shall maintain accounting records of its billings which includes the name of the employee, type of work performed, times and dates of all work which is -2- c billed on an hourly basis and all approved incidental expenses including reproductions, computer printing, postage and mileage. 3.2 Consultant shall submit monthly progress invoices to City payable by City within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice. 3.3 Consultant shall not receive any compensation for extra work without prior written authorization of City. Any authorized compensation shall be paid in accordance with the schedule of the billing rates as set forth in Exhibit "B ". 4. STANDARD OF CARE 4.1 All of the services shall be performed by Consultant or under Consultant's supervision. Consultant represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel required to perform the services required by this Agreement and that it will perform all services in a manner commensurate with the community professional standards. All services shall be performed by qualified and experienced personnel who are not employed by City nor have any contractual relationship with City. Consultant represents to City that it has or shall obtain all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals required of its profession. If Consultant is performing inspection or construction management services for the City, the assigned staff shall be equipped with a Nextel Plus type cellular /direct connect unit to communicate with City Staff; consultant's Nextel Direct Connect I.D. Number will be provided to City to be programmed into City Nextel units, and vice versa. Consultant further represents that it shall keep in effect all such licenses, permits and other approvals during the term of this Agreement. 4.2 Consultant shall not be responsible for delay, nor shall Consultant be -3- b responsible for damages or be in default or deemed to be in default by reason of strikes, lockouts, accidents, acts of God, failure of City to furnish timely information or to promptly approve or disapprove Consultant's work, delay or faulty performance by City, contractors, or governmental agencies, or any other delays beyond Consultant's control. 4.3 The term Construction Management or Construction Manager does not imply that Consultant is engaged in any aspect of the physical work of construction contracting. Consultant shall have control over or charge of, and shall be responsible for Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection the project as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002. 5. INDEPENDENT PARTIES City retains Consultant on an independent contractor basis and Consultant is not an employee of City. The manner and means of conducting the work are under the control of Consultant, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the expressed terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute Consultant or any of Consultant's employees or agents to be the agents or employees of City. Consultant shall have the responsibility for and control over the details and means of performing the work provided that Consultant is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Anything in this Agreement which may appear to give City the right to direct Consultant as to the details of the performance of the services or to exercise a measure of control over Consultant shall mean that Consultant shall follow the desires of City only in the results of the services. In 6. COOPERATION Consultant agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator, and any other agencies, which may have jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with Consultant on Project. 7. PROJECT MANAGER Consultant shall assign the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002, to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during term of Project. Consultant has designated CaFiSe Endrizzi is to be its Project Manager. Consultani shall not bill any personnel to Project other than those personnel identified in Exhibit "B ", whether or not considered to be key personnel, without City's prior written approval by name and specific hourly billing rate. Consultant shall not remove or reassign any personnel designated in this Section or assign any new or replacement person to Project without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to removal or assignment of non -key personnel. Consultant, at the sole discretion of City, shall remove from Project any of its personnel assigned to the performance of services upon written request of City. Consultant warrants it will continuously furnish the necessary personnel to complete Project on a timely basis as contemplated by this Agreement. 8. TIME OF PERFORMANCE Time is of the essence in the performance of the services under this Agreement and Consultant shall perform the services in accordance with the schedule specified in the -5- • 9 Exhibit A. The failure by Consultant to strictly adhere to the schedule may result in termination of this Agreement by City and assessment of damages against Consultant for delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant shall not be responsible for delays, which are due to causes beyond Consultant's reasonable control. However, in the case of any such delay in the services to be provided for Project, each party hereby agrees to provide notice to the other party so that all delays can be addressed. 8.1 Consultant shall submit all requests for extensions of time for performance in writing to the Project Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition, which purportedly causes a delay, but not later than the date upon which performance is due. The Project Administrator shall review all such requests and may grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays, which are beyond Consultant's control. 8.2 For all time periods not specifically set forth herein, Consultant shall respond in the most expedient and appropriate manner under the circumstances by telephone, fax, hand delivery or mail. 9. CITY POLICY Consultant shall discuss and review all matters relating to policy and project direction with the Project Administrator in advance of all critical decision points in order to ensure that Project proceeds in a manner consistent with City goals and policies. 0 0 0 10. CONFORMANCE TO APPLICABLE REQUIREMENT All work prepared by Consultant shall conform to applicable city, county, state and federal law, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator and City Council. 11. HOLD HARMLESS Consultant shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers and employees and volunteers of the City of Newport Beach (collectively "Indemnitees ") from and against any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all negligent acts or omissions of Consultant, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Agreement, excepting only the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees, and shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in defending any such claim. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing, any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. 12. INSURANCE Without limiting consultant's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Consultant shall obtain and provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement policy or policies of liability insurance of the type and amounts described below and satisfactory to City. Certification of all required policies shall be -7- 1,-) E 0 signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf and must be filed with City prior to exercising any right or performing any work pursuant to this Agreement. Except workers compensation and errors and omissions, all insurance policies shall add City, its elected officials, officers, agents, representatives and employees as additional insured for all liability arising from Consultant's services as described herein. Insurance policies with original certificates and endorsements indemnifying Project for the following coverages shall be issued by companies admitted to do business in the State of California and assigned Best's A- VII or better rating: A. Worker's compensation insurance, including "Wavier of Subrogation" clause, covering all employees and principals of Consultant, per the laws of the State of California. B. Commercial general liability insurance original certificate and endorsement (which includes additional insured and primary and non- contributory wording), covering third party liability risks, including without limitation, contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If commercial general liability insurance or other form with a general aggregate is used, either the general aggregate shall apply separately to this Project, or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the occurrence limit. C. Commercial auto liability and property insurance, including additional insured (and primary and non - contributory wording for waste haulers only), M 0 0 covering any owned and rented vehicles of Consultant in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. D. Professional errors and omissions insurance, which covers the services, to be performed in connection with this Agreement in the minimum amount of one million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) Said policy or policies shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled by either party, except after thirty (30) days' prior notice has been given in writing to City. Consultant shall give City prompt and timely notice of claim made or suit instituted arising out of Consultant's operation hereunder. Consultant shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work. Consultant agrees that in the event of loss due to any of the perils for which it has agreed to provide comprehensive general and automotive liability insurance, which Consultant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery. Consultant hereby grants to City, on behalf of any insurer providing workers compensation, comprehensive general, and automotive liability insurance to either Consultant or City with respect to the services of Consultant herein, a waiver of any right of subrogation, which any such insurer of said Consultant may acquire against City by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. IRs2 1 z 0 0 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS Consultant shall not assign, sublease, hypothecate or transfer this Agreement or any of the services to be performed under this Agreement, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise without prior written consent of City. Any attempt to do so without consent of City shall be null and void. 14. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS Each and every report, draft, work product, map, record and other document reproduced, prepared or caused to be prepared by Consultant pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be the exclusive property of City. Documents, including drawings and specifications, prepared by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by City or others on any other project. Any use of completed documents for other projects and any use of incomplete documents without specific written authorization from Consultant will be at City's sole risk and without liability to Consultant. Further, any and all liability arising out of changes made to Consultant's deliverables under this Agreement by City or persons other than Consultant is waived as against Consultant and City assumes full responsibility for such changes unless City has given Consultant prior notice and has received from Consultant written consent for such changes. Consultant shall, at such time and in such forms as City may require, furnish reports concerning the status of services required under this Agreement. -10- 13 • • 15. CONFIDENTIALITY The information, which results from the services in this Agreement, is to be kept confidential unless City authorizes the release of information. 16. CITY S RESPONSIBILITIES In order to assist Consultant in the execution of his responsibilities under this Agreement, City agrees to provide the following: A. Access to, and upon request of Consultant, City records and GIS data about the proposed site. B. Assistance in contacting regulatory agencies associated with permitting for the Project and review of the Project plan. 17. ADMINISTRATION The Public Works Department will administer this Agreement. Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager, shall be considered the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Project Administrator or his /her authorized representative shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 18. RECORDS Consultant shall keep records and invoices in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement. Consultant shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to the costs incurred under this Agreement. All such records shall be clearly identifiable. Consultant shall allow a representative of City during normal business hours to examine, audit and make transcripts or copies of such records. Consultant shall -11- lI 0 0 allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings and activities related to the Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement. 19. WITHHOLDINGS City may withhold payment of any disputed sums until satisfaction of the dispute with respect to such payment. Such withholding shall not be deemed to constitute a failure to pay according to the terms of this Agreement. Consultant shall not discontinue work for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of withholding as a result of such withholding. Consultant shall have an immediate right to appeal to the City Manager or his designee with respect to such disputed sums. Consultant shall be entitled to receive interest on any withheld sums at the rate of seven percent (7 %) per annum from the date of withholding of any amounts found to have been improperly withheld. 20. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS In the event of errors or omissions that are due to the negligence or professional inexperience of Consultant which result in expense to City greater than would have resulted if there were not errors or omissions in the work accomplished by Consultant, the additional design, construction and /or a restoration expense shall be borne by Consultant. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit City's rights under any other sections of this Agreement. 21. CITY'S RIGHT TO EMPLOY OTHER CONSULTANTS City reserves the right to employ other consultants in connection with Project. -12- • w 22. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST A. Consultant or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act "), which (1) requires such persons to disclose financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the work performed under this Agreement, and (2) prohibits such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. B. If subject to the Act, Consultant shall conform to all requirements of the Act. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for termination of this Agreement by City. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Consultant's violation of this Section. 23. SUBCONSULTANT AND ASSIGNMENT Except as specifically authorized under this Agreement, the services included in this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted without prior written approval of City. 24. NOTICES All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. -13- (6 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Consultant to City shall be addressed to Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager at: City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA, 92663 (949) 644 -3002 Fax (949) 644 -3020 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Consultant shall be addressed to Consultant at: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514 Tustin, CA 92780 (714) 730 -2122 (714) 730 -5191 Fax 25. TERMINATION In the event either part hereto fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions hereof at the time and in the manner required hereunder, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) days, or if more than two (2) days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) days after receipt by defaulting party from the other party of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the nondefaulting party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. 25.1 City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Agreement by giving seven (7) days' prior written notice to Consultant as 511122 I� 0 0 provided herein. Upon termination of this Agreement, City shall pay to Consultant that portion of compensation specified in this Agreement that is earned and unpaid prior to the effective date of termination. 26. COMPLIANCES Consultant shall comply with all laws, state or federal and all ordinances, rules and regulations enacted or issued by City. 27. WAIVER A waiver by either party of any breach, of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein whether of the same or a different character. 28. INTEGRATED CONTRACT This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereon. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only by written execution signed by both City and Consultant. 29. PATENT INDEMNITY Consultant shall indemnify City, its agents, officers, representatives and employees against liability, including costs, for infringement of any United States' letters patent, trademark, or copyright infringement, including costs, contained in Consultant's drawings and specifications provided under this Agreement. M&I ,y IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: City Attorney ATTEST: By:. _ -till - " t: ,4 b I .' , r t_�,.i. -. City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH A Municipal Corporation By: - y 1 z Mayor PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. B: Printed Name kz-z� f: \users\pbw\shared\agreements \fy 02- 03\pacific soils - newport coast community center.doc -15- OCT -30 -2002 15:15 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING ®PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUS71N, CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730 -5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 0 714 730 5191 P.02i43 EXHIBIT A July 22, 2002 Revised October 29. 2002 Proposal No. 02- 05 -044R Attention: Mr. Dave Kiff Subject: REVISED PROPOSAL FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES IN SATISFACTION OF RFP Newport Coast Community Center Site Analysis, City of Newport Beach, County of Orange, California Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this revised proposal and cost estimate to provide a geotechnical investigation for the Newport Coast Community Center, in the City of Newport Beach (City), California. This revised proposal is based on the original proposal dated July 22, 2002 and recent discussions with you in regards to inserting "stop work" benchmarks during the investigation. This would allow the City the ability to terminate the work to reduce City exposure should it become clear that the site is not suitable for the proposed development. In order to provide the City with a document that can be used as a reference for defining the scope of work, PSE elected to present herein a copy of the older proposal with revised sections referring to the "stop work" trigger points. This firm's objective is to provide a comprehensive yet competitive proposal for the requested services. This is best accomplished by understanding the services requested and the nature of the project. To that end, this proposal includes a project description, scope of geotechnical services, a project management methodology and a cost summary. Presented herein is a detailed description of the various tasks associated with the geotechrucal investigation such as conducting the background research, conducting the field investigation, coordinating with the involved agencies and compiling a report for the project. CORPORATE HEADOIJANTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: ( 714) 2200770 TEL (310) 325.1272 m (323) 775477! 7E4 (909; 676.9'95 TEL (8583 560.1713 FAX- (714) 2209589 FAX ^14) 2209589 FAX, 1909) 676 1874 FAX (851!1 540'390 OCT -30 -2002 15:15 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • • 714 730 5191 P.03i43 Page 2 We appreciate the opportunity to provide this proposal and look forward to working with you on this project. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SAILS ENGINEERING, INC. J. ATAV�SH, Ph.D. ofGeoteebnical Services RZ by: � ttE��� DEAN C. ARMSTRONG Vice President PACIFIC 6011-8 ENDINE6gING, INc, OCT -30 -2002 15:16 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.04i43 u Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 A. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1. Site Location and Description • Page 3 The proposed location for the planned Newport Coast Community Center is at the northwest corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, adjacent to the Coyote Canyon Landfill within the northeast comer of Newport Ridge Park, in the City of Newport Beach, California. This portion of the park is currently open space with sidewalk, trees, bushes and grass. The landscaped portion of the park site itself is relatively flat with a 2:1 (horizontal:vertical) to 4:1 slope descending to the landfill to the north. Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope, presumably on an addition to the slope or using pile supports. The park site itself is relatively level and would be accessible to a conventional drill rig and CPT sounding rig with approved access to the park and access through the existing fence. Exploratory drilling at the toe of slope may also be necessary which would require access through the landfill and permission to breach the existing fence near the toe of slope as well as "grading" to provide an access roadway. 2. Proposed Construction The proposed community center would be approximately 22,000 square feet in size, and would include a full size gymnasium with bleachers, two meeting rooms, a kitchen, a 5,000 square foot branch library, ancillary support rooms, restrooms and surrounding site work_ Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope. Therefore the structure may be a multi -level structure with subterranean portions or a one- or two -story structure. Alternatively, the building pad can be widened by adding some fill to the existing slope, and to construct the access road shown on the sketch. The surrounding site PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. NOU -04 -2002 09:46 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PRCIPIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.02i02 • • Page 4 work is assumed to consist of landscaping and open -air ground -level parking. Site access is shown from Newport Coast Drive, with the road descending down to the base of the existing slope, and encroaching into what is now the landfill property. This road then loops back toward the park site where it shows two parking areas, located in the vicinity of the existing slope. B. SCOPE OF PROPOSED GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES PSE's investigation would be aimed at developing sufficient geotechnical data for preparation of a preliminary written report to document our findings for the site. The report would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project and for submittal to the controlling authorities as the plans are processed. The report would include design recommendations for that can be used by the project team to design the proposed foundations, as well as adequate recommendations to be used by the contractors to bid for the construction of the project. The scope of this firm's geotechnical investigation of the site and associated office work is as follows: ➢ Preliminary Research— Obtain and analyze relevant existing geological and geotechnical site records. This would require a visit to the Engineering Services Department, of either the County of Orange or the City of Newport Beach, to search for, and review the available records. Presently identified geotechnical concerns include the possibility that the landfill extends under the proposed building footprint and/or fill slopes that may be constructed to increase the level pad area and access roadway. It should be noted that PSE's proposed project manager supervised grading of the existing slope and park. i+ Development of a Boring Plan — Develop a Boring Plan, based partly on the researched information, that will effectively analyze the existing site conditions from a geotechnical point of view and determine the extent to which, if any, the Coyote Canyon landfill footprint extends under the proposed site. Presently, it is proposed to excavate, log and sample 2 to 3 hollow -stem borings to depths of approximately 50 feet and 8 to 12 CPT borings to varying depths. Soil samples would be collected for laboratory testing. Laboratory testing would include testing for in -situ dry density and moisture content, maximum dry density and optimum moisture content, consolidation characteristics, shear strength, expansion potential and sulfate content. The Boring Plan, however, is subject to change upon procurement of the information obtained during the preliminary research phase discussed above. Once the boring plan is PACIFIC SOILS GNOINEEMINO. nun TOTRL P.e2 OCT -30 -2002 15:16 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.06i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 5 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 finalized, it will be submitted for review and approval by the regulatory agencies. PSE proposes that the findings be discussed prior to proceeding with the next step. If the City decides that the site is too constrained, PSE will stop work and will bill the City for charges incurred to date. ➢ Submittal of Boring Plan and Coordination With Regulatory Agencies — Submit Boring Plan, including drilling methods and required remediation associated with the borings to the City of Newport Beach and to the following agencies for review and approval: California Regional Water Quality Control Board, Santa Ana Region (Regional Board), the Orange County Integrated Waste Management Department (IWMD), the Irvine Company (TIC), the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), and the Local Enforcement Agency (LEA). If it is determined that borings are necessary within the face of the slope, construction of a temporary access road and drill pad would be required. Our discussions with the regulatory agencies will include construction of the access road proper procedure for restoring or repairing the excavations in such a manner that would protect the effectiveness of the landfill cover. This may include, if necessary, special abandonment procedures for the affected borings. If the possibility exists for encountering landfill materials, proper collection and disposal of such materials may be necessary. Moreover, our discussions will include the requirements of each of the regulatory agencies in regards to the foundation systems that may be used to support the proposed structural improvements and how their requirements might be incorporated in the final design of the subject project. PSE will work with regulatory agencies and the City to amend the plan based on comments received so as to achieve an effective Boring Plan that can be approved. It is estimated that approximately 5 meetings will be needed over the course of the project, and that each meeting will last approximately 4 hours. PSE suggests that representatives of the City attend the meetings with regulatory agencies indicated above. This would allow for more interaction and allow the team to more accurately ascertain site limitations and the requirements of each of these agencies. At the completion of field meetings, PSE and the City will meet to discuss findings to date and ascertain if the project should still go forward. If it is decided to stop, PSE will terminate the project and bill the City for work completed to date, only. If the decision is to investigate the site further, then the next step is to obtain the permits and proceed with the field investigation. ➢ Obtain Appropriate Permits —Obtain appropriate permits to implement Boring Plan. It is our understanding that the City will be responsible for paying for permit fees directly. ➢ Provide a Site Survey — A site survev (topographic survey) would be prepared by Psomas, a local consulting engineering firm. This survev would include securing new PACIFIC 20ILB EN DIN EEgING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:17 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.07i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 6 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 black and white aerial photographs of the site at 1" = 240' scale. These photos would be utilized to prepare a 1" = 40' topographic map with 1 -foot contours and spot elevations of the subject area (Psomas qualifications are attached). 1 Implementation of Plan — Prior to commencement of exploratory drilling, PSE would field mark the proposed boring locations, notify Underground Service Alert and meet with park personnel in an attempt to avoid damage to existing underground utility lines. In addition, PSE will mobilize a dozer to build an access road. PSE will then conduct the geotmbnical exploration and obtain soil samples for laboratory testing and analysis. ➢ Provide Archaeological Observation — As required by the Caitrans' Environmental Handbook, LSA Associates, Inc. would provide archaeological testing and data recovery for the hollow -stem portion of our Boring Plan, or as necessary (LSA Associates, Inc., qualifications attached). At the completion of the field investigation and prior to commencing laboratory testing, PSE will discuss the findings of the field investigation and to determine if there were any unusual findings that would render the site unacceptable for the proposed development, If it is determined that the site is not acceptable, PSE will terminate the work at City request and we will charge for work completed to date. If the findings are not negative, then PSE will proceed with the remainder of the investigation. ➢ Laboratory Testing of Samples — Once it is determined that the investigation can proceed forward, PSE will proceed with testing of selected soils samples to determine pertinent geotechnical parameters that might be used in the design of foundations. ➢ Analyze Results and Prepare Report — Analyze results of the exploration Plan and prepare a written report of findings. This report would document findings from the preliminary research, field exploration and laboratory testing. Geotechnical recommendations regarding project feasibility /site suitability would be discussed and preliminary construction/foundation recommendations would be provided. The site topographic survey would also be included as part of this package. PSE would prepare and submit 10 copies of a preliminary geotechnical report which would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project. Y Confer with City of Newport Beach and Related Agencies — PSE would keep the city continually informed of project proceedings as well as confer with interested agency staff, as necessary, to effectively and efficiently complete the above services. PACIFIC SOILS IMNOINEERINO, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:17 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.oe /43 L Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 City Responsibilities • Page 7 It is our understanding that the City will provide drawings of the proposed community center footprint, the landfill footprint, and related GIS information and encroachment permits for geotechttical exploration. Further, the City is to pay for the permit fees required by other agencies. It is also our understanding that the City will schedule and participate in meetings with the Geotechnical Consultant and interested agencies as needed. C. PROJECT SCHEDULE Upon authorization to proceed with this investigation PSE would conduct the investigation as follows: Phase 1 — PSE would begin its study approximately 3 days after receiving notice to proceed. PSE would begin by contacting the various regulatory agencies to notify them of our intentions and to obtain information and permits necessary to the project. This would be followed by research of the site, development and submittal of the Boring Plan, negotiations regarding the Boring Plan, and obtaining all necessary permits and site clearances. We anticipate this phase of work would take approximately 3 weeks. Phase 2 — Following completion of Phase 1, PSE would commence with the field study which would last approximately five days. This includes construction of temporary access roads, if necessary. Phase 3 — Following completion of field work, an allowance of three weeks for laboratory testing and three weeks for engineering analysis and report preparation should be made. Therefore, it is anticipated that a report will be available within six weeks of completing the fieldwork_ D. PROJECT TEAM The project team includes Carisa Endrizzi -Davis (Project Manager/Engineering Geologist), Skip Clay (Associate Geologist) and Steve Jessup (Associate Engineer), with Dr. A2zam Alwash (Geotechnical Engineer) and Dean Armstrong (Engineering Geologist) providing technical review, PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:17 Proposal No, 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • Principals -ln- Support Dr. Alwash, RCE, RGE Ms. Endrizzi- Davis, RG, CEG I Associate Enoiaeer I I Mr. Jessup I 714 730 5191 P.09i43 • Mr. Amtstrong, RG, CEG I Psomas (Civil) 1 frra Page 8 Mr_ Clay, B.S. Geology/Paleontology Carisa Endrizzi- Davis is a registered Geologist and Certified Engineering Geologist with 15 years experience in the geotechnical consulting business. She will provide oversight for the entire project and be involved in the geologic evaluation of the project. She is extremely suited to this project given her involvement with development of Newport Ridge Park. She served as the full -time field geologist (for John A. Sayers and Associates, the geotechnical engineer of record for Newport Ridge), during rough grading of Newport Ridge, which included development of Newport Ridge Park. Skip Clay is an Associate Geologist with 5 years experience in geotechnical consulting. He previously worked with LSA as a paleontologist as he specialized in paleontology while earning his B.S. He is currently working on his masters degree in geology. He will be involved in the evaluation of geologic hazards, including seismic hazards analysis for the site and he will conduct the majority of the subsurface exploration. Skip is well - trained in the skills needed to conduct effective subsurface exploration, having drilled, sampled and logged over 100 borings for PSE. PACIFIC 901LB ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:17 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.10i43 Steve Jessup is an Associate Engineer with 15 years experience in the geotechnical Page 9 consulting business. He has previously worked as a field technician for PSE and now serves as an engineering associate, assisting our geotechnical engineers with data summary and input and report compilation. Steve will provide oversight and a summary/compilation of the laboratory data and engineering input as needed. Azzam Alwash, Manager of Geotechnical Services, is a registered Geotechnical Engineer with over 18 years experience. He will provide review of the geotechnical engineering considerations as well as perform the engineering analyses for the project. Dean Armstrong, Vice President and Tustin Office Manager, is a certified Engineering Geologist with over 20 years experience. He will provide review of geological considerations. Keeney VanHorn, Laboratory Testing Supervisor. Laboratory testing will be conducted under the supervision of Mr. Keeney Van Ham who is our laboratory manager and is responsible for our laboratory personnel. Resumes for the PSE project team personnel are attached as Exhibit A. ESTrMATED NUMBER OF TEAM SOURS Cansa Endnzzi -Davis 96 Slop Clay 50 Steve Jeswp 4 Amam Alwash 6 Dean Armstrong 4 Laboratory 165 SUBCONSULTANTS Psomas 35 notincludin fli ht time LSA 16 E. IDENTIFICATION AND RESUMES OF SUBCONSULTANTS Company profiles and resumes for the subconsultants are attached as Exhibit A -1. PACIFIC SOILS ENDINEEnINO, INC. ,./- 19b -Gb19G e r. sz Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • • F. ADDITIONAL TASKS OR COST SAVING MEASURES 714 730 5191 P.02i02 Page 10 In addition to the hollow -stem borings proposed for the subject site, which will allow visual soil identification and sample collection, the proposed drilling program calls for two days of Cone Penetrometer Test (CPT) drilling. This drill method is designed to obtain large amounts of engineering data with a small amount of disturbance to the site. PSE feels this method will be especially advantageous with regard to exploration of a site adjacent to a landfill.. This method does not produce drill cuttings and no soil samples are taken, therby reducing the risk of bringing potentially environmentally hazardous substances (landfill waste) to the surface. G. EXCEPTIONS TO CITY'S STANDARD PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT The following are PSE's exceptions /additions (in italics) to the Draft Professional Services Agreement for the RFP for NC Community Center Geotech /Site Survey: i Page 1 RECITALS, Item C should read: City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topographic site survey and geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in this agreement. ➢ Page 4 . Item 4.3 should read: Consultant shall have control over or charge of and shall be responsible for the Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection with the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05-44 ). Page 5 Item 7 should read: Consultant shall assign the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05 -44 ), to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. H. COST PROPOSAL/FEES See the attached Exhibit B for a summary of our Cost Proposal for the subject Project. I. COMPANY PROFILE Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., a California corporation, has beers offering geotechnical consulting services to the construction industry, land developers, architects, engineers, governmental agencies and individual homeowners since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of enginecrs, geologists, field PACIFIC satl -9 ENGINEERING, INC. TOTAL P.P2 OCT -30 -2002 15 :18 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.12i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 11 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 governmental agencies and individual homeowners since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of engineers, geologists, field technicians and support staff. The firm is approved as a Soil Testing Agency by the Veteran's Administration, the Federal Housing Administration, the City of Los Angeles, and other municipalities in the County of Los Angeles. Approval has also been obtained from Orange, San Francisco, Ventura, Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo, Kern, Humboldt, San Bernardino, and San Diego Counties. Our professional staff is comprised of eight (8) registered geotechnical engineers and ten (10) engineering geologists, who are terrified by the State of California. Furthermore, our technical staff, comprised of sixteen (16) associate engineers and associate geologists, and forty (40) soil technicians, assist our professional staff in conducting the field investigations and various tasks associated with our geotechnical services. All personnel are employed on a full -time basis except for a registered geophysicist and soils stratigrapher who are available on a consulting basis Our corporate headquarters are located in the City of Cypress (Orange County) with branch offices in San Diego (San Diego County), and Tustin (Orange County) and a satellite office located in Temecula (Riverside County). Services offered by this firm include: I. GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES Geotechnical engineering provides the blending of soil engineering and engineering geology practices to solve the complex development problems confronting agencies, cities, construction companies, developers and builders in California. All levels of geotechnical services from feasibility level studies to completion of land development are provided by this firm. These services include technical consulting and technical observations during land development. The commonly addressed geotechnical concerns are geology, site seismicity, PACIFIC SOILS GNOINErnIN5. INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:18 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.13i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 12 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 groundwater evaluations, earthwork remediation, foundation design, construction testing and pavement design. 2. LABORATORY TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. conducts laboratory testing utilizing methods currently accepted by local municipalities and the State of California. Those methods include procedures defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the California Manual of Testing. Fully equipped materials testing laboratories are located at our facilities in Cypress and San Diego. The laboratories are staffed and equipped to perform a full range of soil, rock, aggregate, concrete, and roadway section testing. We have surface and subsurface exploratory and sampling equipment and the most modern field- testing equipment including approximately 40 nuclear density - moisture probes. Sand cone and other approved testing and sampling equipment is also available. We are currently approved to perform engineering and geologic services for the following governmental agencies. National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Jet Propulsion Laboratory ➢ Department of the Army - Corps of Engineers, North Pacific Division 9 Department of the Navy - Western Division, Naval Facilities Engineering Command ➢ United States Department of Agriculture Forest Services ➢ United States Department of Transportation ➢ State of California - Office of the State Architect DACIPIG BOILS GNOINVEFINO, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.14i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 13 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 D State of California - State Military Force, Military Department ➢ California State University and College System 3. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. has qualified personnel performing field inspection and testing for developers and municipalities. Our field- testing includes soil compaction testing, remedial earthwork observation, aggregate base compaction testing, asphalt laydown observation, concrete testing, and trench backfiII inspection/testing. 4. CONSULTATION AND REVIEW OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS BY OTHERS Our experience in this profession enables us to review work by other firms for municipalities and developers to verify conformance with governing codes, project specifications and accepted geotechnical practices. We have worked in Concert with numerous geotechnical firms as both reviewer and reviewed. Our principals have served as expert witnesses in Los Angeles, San Diego, Ventura, Riverside, and Orange Counties. 5. SELECTED COMPANY PROJECTS Our firm has extensive experience in executing geotechnical investigations for various projects ranging from residential to industrial to major projects for governmental agencies. The following is a partial list of our recent relevant projects and clients. PACIFIC SOILS lNOINEERINO, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 714 730 5191 P.15i43 • Page 14 OFFICE M DINGS AND BUSINESS PARKS ENCINO PLAZA TOWER 6 — STORIES (Encino, California) DAYS INN BUILDING 4 — STORIES (Diamond Bar, California) STATE OFFICE BUILDING 6 - STORIES (Long Beach, California) COMMONWEALTH PLAZA TOWER 6 - STORIES (Torrance, California) TOWN CENTER BUSINESS PARK IBM OFFICE BUILDING (Santa Fe Springs, California) 5 - STORIES (Thousand Oaks, California) GATEWAY CORPORATE CENTER 4 — STORIES (Diamond Bar, California) BRIDGES AND STREETS LA PAZ ROADIOSO CREEK BRIDGE (Mission Viejo, California) SPRINGHURST DRIVEJPENASQUITOS CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) CALLE DEL OSO ORO BRIDGE (City ofMurricra, California) SPRINGBROOK DRIVE PENASQUTTOS CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) 405 FREEWAY WIDENING GETTY CENTER DRIVE (City of Los Angeles, California) CLINTON KEITH ROAD MURRIETA CREEK BRIDGE (Murrieta, California) FOOTHILL CORRIDOR SITING STUDY (County of Orange, California) JAMBOREE ROAD A.T. & S.F. RAILROAD BRIDGE (City of Tustin, California) UNIVERSITY DRIVE WIDENING (City of Irvinc, California) NORTH CITY WEST PARKWAY (City of San Diego, California) EASTERN TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR LOMA RIDGE SECTION (County of Orangc, California) POINSETTIA AVENUE A.T. & S.F. RAILROAD BRIDGE (City of Carlsbad, California) PACIFIC Sg148 ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.16i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 15 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 HIC,H RISE BUILDINGS GETTY CENTER SOUTH BUILDING (Brentwood, California) WESTBURY TERRACE - 12 STORIES (West Los Angcics, California) USA NISSAN HEADQUARTERS - 14 STORIES (Gardena, California) MALCOM MANOR - 20 STORIES (Westwood, California) LOS ANGELES COUNTY COURTHOUSE AIRPORT BRANCH — 10 STORIES (Los Angeles, California) COMMERCE CASINO HOTEL —10 STORIES (City of Commerce) SPECIAL STRUCTURES PACIFIC AMPHTMEATER (Costa Mesa, California) RITZ CARLTON HOTEL (Laguna Niguel, California) JET PROPULSION LAB - DEEP SPACE ANTENNA (Goldstone, California and Tidbmbilla, .Australia) PACIFIC SOILS CNOINEEPING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P,17i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 • Page 16 CLIENT LIST AFRA ENERGY, LLC AHMANSON DEVELOPMENT AMERICAN HAWAIIAN STEAMSHIP CO. AMERICAN BEAUTY HOMES AMERICAN PLANT GROWERS ANDEN GROUP ATLANTIC PACIFIC AVCO THE BALDWIN COMPANY CABOT, CABOT AND FORBES CAI, PROP CARPENTER AND SMALLWOOD CARLTON BUILDERS CARMA- WHITING CITATION CLASSIC DEVELOPMENT COTO DE CAZA CPR CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CVJ, INC. DAON DIVERSIFIED DEVELOPMENT FIRST FINANCIAL GENERAL AMERICAN TRANSPORT J. PAUL GETTY TRUST GREG SYMONDS E. W. HAHN, INC. HAMILTON- TURNUCZER HOMES BY POLYGON THE IRVINE COMPANY KAJIMA ASSOCIATES KAUFMAN AND BROAD KB HOME THE KOLL COMPANY MESSENGER INVESTMENTS MARLBOROUGH CALIFORNIA J. L. MANLEY AND ASSOCIATES MBK HOMES, LTD MISSION LAND COMPANY MISSION VIEJO DEVELOPMENT CO. MT. OLYMPUS DEVELOPMENT CO. M. J. BROCK AND SONS THE OLSON COMPANY O V ERTON -MOORE ASSOCIATES PARDEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY PARAGON J. M. PETERS COMPANY DALE POE DEVELOPMENT PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY PULTE HOMES RANCHO MISSION VIEJO RANCHO FINANCIAL ASSOCIATES RECREATION GROUPS OF COMPANIES SAN CLEMENTS GROUP STANDARD PACIFIC CORPORATION SUNCAL COMPANIES SUNNYGLEN GROUP KATHRYN G. T14OMPSON DEV, CO. TOLL BROTHERS, INC. TRADEWOOD CORPORATION TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR AGENCY NEW URBAN WEST COMMUNITIES VIA VERDE DEVELOPMENT W & B DEVELOPERS INC. WARM WGTON COMPANY WATSON INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES WESTON COMMUNITIES WILLIAM LYON COMPANY DACIFIC BOILS ENGINEEgING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P,18i43 , i • Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 17 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 RESERVOIRS, WATER SUPPLY - TREATMENT AND DISTRIBUTION D Shield Pump Station Phase E, Huntington Beach, CA ➢ Piano Trabuco Zone IV Reservoir Facility 4.71, County of Orange, CA D Saddleback Parks Pump station, County of Orange, CA Aufdenkamp Connection Waterline, County of Orange, CA ➢ Oso Creek Subsurface Barrier Project, Mission Viejo, CA > Ortega Well Abandonments, San Juan Capistrano, CA ➢ Williams Canyon - Shaw Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA • Modjeska Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA • East Orange Filtration Plant, County of Orange, CA D Trvine Ranch Water District Zone IV to Zone VI Pump Station, City of Irvine, CA D Zone V Reservoir Robinson Ranch. County of Orange, CA D Zone C Reservoir (PA 12) Zone D Reservoir (PA51 S), Mission Viejo, CA D Coto do Caza Water Transmission Facility 3.2 & 4.24, Counry of Orange, CA ➢ Forcbay for Lake Mission Viejo Fill System, Mission Viejo, CA D Sunnymead Ranch Reservoirs, Moreno Valley, CA D 2 mil. gal. Steel Reservoir, The Summit of Anaheim Hills, CA > I mg. Buried Reservoir, The Summit of Anaheim Hills, CA Y General Kearney Reservoir, Rancho California, CA ➢ Date Street Reservoir, Rancho California, CA PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC, OCT -30 -2002 15:20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.19i43 0 EXHIBIT A PSE Resumes PACIFIC 930rt.9 ENGINEERING, INC. • OCT -30 -2002 15:20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • CERTIFIED ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST EDUCATION Bachelor of Sciences, Geosciences, 1986 University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 5978 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CEG 1987 714 730 5191 P.20i43 CARISA ADRIZZI -DAVIS PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Certified Engineering Geologist for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Ms. Endrizzi- Davis: ♦ Conducts geologic investigations for residential and commercial developments. ♦ Performs geologic mapping and site reconnaissance. • Performs fault investigations and assesses geologic hazards. • Performs detailed logging of test borings and trencltcs. ♦ Assists in seismic refraction surveys. • Analyzes aerial photographs. ♦ Prepares geotechnical reports. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Ms. Endrizzi -Davis has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Jnc., since 1998, as a Certified Engineering Geologist. Ms. Endrizzi- Davis' prior experience includes: • Geologist, John A. Gayers & Assoc, — Laguna Hills, California Soils Technician, GeoSoils, Inc., Santa Ana, California Lab Technician, Orange County Environmental Management Agency, Construction Materials Division, California PROJECT EXPERIENCE • ,Large -scale land developments. Landslide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. ♦ Rippability and downhole geologic surveys. Geotechnical, material and geologic investigations including studies of active faults within the Alquist - Priolo Special Studies zones. • Geologic investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. Various landslide investigations and repair projects. • Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. • Geotechnical evaluations for feasibility to purchase. ♦ Landslide and slope stability investigations. • Mass grading for residential and commercial projects. ♦ Project Geologist for mass grading developments. • Structural distress evaluation/manometer surveying. ASSOCIATIONS South Coast Geologic Society Association of Engineering Geologists PACIFIC SOILS CNGINI£pIN6, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING CIVIL ENGINEERING ASS *ATE EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Computer Sciences, 1986 California State University, Fullerton, California 714 730 5191 P.21i43 (EVEN L. JESSUP PROFESSIONAL. RESPONSIBILITIES As a Civil Engineering Associate for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Jessup: ♦ Conducts soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. Performs site reconnaissance. ♦ Prepares geotechnical engineering reports. ♦ Performs in- grading inspections. • Prepares geotechnical engineering reports. • Reviews project plans and specifications. • Provides technical support for engineers and technical staff. ♦ Assists in field and laboratory operations. EMPLOYMENT 13ISTORY Mr. Jessup has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1982, beginning as a laboratory technician, advancing to senior soils technician to his current position as Civil Engineering Associate in 1998. PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Foundation inspections during construction. • Pavement design and evaluation. ♦ Mass grading for residential development. • Hillside grading. ♦ Commercial, residential and industrial developments. • Field observation/monitoring of large earthwork projects. ♦ Field inspection of reinforced concrete structures, pipeline construction, and deep foundations, Plan checking, report review and ongoing inspection for earthwork projects. ♦ Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. ♦ Civil Engineering Associate responsible for overseeing field operations during mass grading and onsite construction operations for numerous master - planned residential developments including: Portolla Hills, Alterra — Chino Hills, Majestic Spectrum — Chino, Santa Lucia — Newport Coast, Ahso Viejo PA 10, Aliso Viejo Golf Resort, San Joaquin Hills Transportation Corridor, One Ford Road — Newport Beach, Spectrum 5 and Northwood High School — City of Irvine. PACIFIC SOILS ENOINGE511N6, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • REGISTERED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER MANAGER OF GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES (TUSTIN) EDUCATION Doctor of Philosophy, Civil Engineering, 1990 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRATIONS Registered Civil Engineer, California, RCE 42518 Registered Geotechnical Engineer, California, RGE 2172 714 730 5191 P.22i43 • AZZAM J. ALWASH PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Registered Geotechnical Engineer and Manager of Geotechnical Services (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Dr. Alwash: ♦ Provides upper level management and staffing resources for geotechnical investigations and analyses. ♦ Provides technical advice to staff. ♦ Coordinates and supervises geotechnical field investigations. ♦ Prepares geotechnical reports. ♦ Assists in business development. ♦ Reviews project plans and specifications. ♦ Provides project administration. ♦ Directs and supervises technicians in data compilation and analyses. EMPLOYMENTFIISTORY Dr. Alwash has held positions of increasing responsibility with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., beginning in 1985 as a Civil Engineering Associate and achieving Registered Geotechnical Engineer status in 1992. He currently serves as the Manager of Geotechnical Services of the Tustin office. Dr. Alwash's experience prior to 1985 includes lecturing in various Civil Engineering courses at California State University, Fullerton, and the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California, as well as independent consulting, design and construction of shoring systems. PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Residential, commercial and industrial development. ♦ Pavement design and evaluation. ♦ Mass grading for residential development. ♦ University facilities expansion. ♦ Bridge foundation design. ♦ Geoiechnical investigations of distressed structures. ♦ Geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway and residential projects, as well as critical structures. ♦ Field engineering inspection for all phases of construction for both commercial and residential projects. ♦ Slope stability evaluations. ASSOCIATIONS American Society of Civil Engineers (Member) PUBLICATIONS Available upon request. PACIFIC SOILS @1ya1rwE4711VC, INc. OCT -30 -2002 15:20 PAIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.23/43 SENIOR LABORATORY MANAGER KEENEY D. VAN HORN EDUCATION UCLA Extension Liberal Arts, Los Angeles, California, 1962 to 1 967 East Los Angeles Junior College, Rio Hondo Junior College, Whittier, California Undergraduate Work, Industrial Arts, 1961 to 1969 Los Angeles Tract Tech., Pasadena City College, Pasadena, California Preventative Medicine School, 1964 U.S. Army — Fort Sam Houston, Texas REGISTRATIONS/CERTIFICATES Registered Construction Inspector, California, 251 d Instrument Rated Private Pilot, FAA 572543149 Certified Nuclear Soil Gauge Operator, 1977 Certificate of Proficiency, California Departrnent of Transportation PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Senior Laboratory Manager for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Van Horn: • Provides direction and management for all laboratory services. Performs a wide variety of physical tests on soils and concrete. These tests are related to investigative geotechnical and engineering purposes. • Insures that laboratory persormel perform tests in strict accordance with ASTM, California State or other governing agency specifications. ♦ Responsible for procuring, designing and manufacturing much of the testing and sampling equipment, • Insures that all laboratory and field equipment are properly calibrated on a regular basis and in accordance with ASTM, California State or manufacturer's recommendations. ♦ Prepares laboratory test reports. ♦ Consults with clients regarding laboratory testing requirements. • Reviews laboratory tests and procedures. ♦ Occasionally conducts onsite compaction testing. Occasionally conducts subsurface drilling and sampling operations. EMPLOYMENT IHSTORY Mr. Van Horn has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1969 initially as a Laboratory Technician increasing responsibility to Laboratory Branch Manager. Currently his title is Senior Laboratory Manager and he is responsible for the Cypress and San Diego Laboratories. His prior experience includes: 4 U.S. Army, 1964 to 1966 ♦ Los Angeles, County Flood Control District, 1963 to 1964 and 1966 to 1969, PACIFIC 9CHL6 SN61NGFgINCi, INC. OCT -30 -2602 15:21 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • PRINCIPAL ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST VICE PRESIDENT — MANAGING PRINCIPAL MANAGER OF GEOLOGICAL SERVICES (TUSTIN) EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Geology, 1977 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 3805 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CEG 1197 Registered Environmental Assessor, California, REA 02590 714 730 5191 P.24i43 0 DEAN C. ARMSTRONG PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Principal Engineering Geologist and Managing Principal (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Armstrong: ♦ Directs business development. • Performs upper level management of investigations and analyses for geologic and geotechnical reports. • Conducts geologic and soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. ♦ Provides in -house project rmartagement for geotechnical projects. ♦ Conducts fault studies and assesses geologic hazards. • Provides technical direction for geologic staff. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr. Armstrong has held positions of increasing responsibility with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., beginning in 1978 as an Engineering Geology Associate. Mr. Armstrong currently holds the title of Vice President. Additionally, Mr. Armstrong is the Managing Principal and Manager of Geological Services of the Tustin office. Prior to 1978, Mr. Armstrong was employed by L.T. Evans, Los Angeles, California as a soils technician. PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Large -scale land developments. ♦ Landsiide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. • Rippability and downhole geologic survcys. ♦ Mass grading for residential development. • Hillside grading. ♦ Geotechnieal, material and geologic investigations including studies of potentially active faults. ♦ Geologic and geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. ASSOCIATIONS Association of Engineering Geologist (Member) South Coast Geologic Society (Member) PACIFIC GC31LG UNGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15.25 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • 714 730 5191 P.39i43 Proposal No. 02 -5-044R July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 EXHIBIT "B" COST ESTIMATE BREAKDOWN GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTING SERVICES PROVIDED BY PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC, NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXHIBIT B 1. PRELIMINARY RESEARCH AND COORDINATION Obtaining and analyzing existing geotechnieal and site records Geologist or Engineering Associate 30 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /hr. $ 2,550.00 Principle Review 2 hm @ $ 135.00 /hr. $ 270.00 Subl'otal $ 2,820.00 2. MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATIONS Assuming 5 Meetings at 4 hours each. Geologist or Civi Engineer 20 firs. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 SubTotal $ 2,200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (Psomas) - See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM 20 hrs. @ S $ 6,500.00 a. Underground Service Alert & Site Clearance 20 firs. @ $ 110.00 Au. $ 2,200.00 Associate Geologist 4 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /hr. $ 340.00 Field Vehicle 4 hrs. @ $ 6.00 /hr. $ 24.00 Subtotal SubTotal $ 364.00 b. Drill Rig Access in Slope (if necessary) Dozer 8 firs. @ $ 130.00 /hr. $ 1,040.00 C. Cone Penetrometer Testing (assuming 12 Holes) CPT Rig 20 hrs. @ S $ 6,500.00 Geologist or Engineer 20 firs. @ $ 110.00 Au. $ 2,200.00 Field Vehicle 20 hrs. @ S 6.00 /hr. $ 120.00 Methane Detector 2 days @ S 75.00 My. 1 150.00 Subtotal Subtotal $ 8,970.00 d, hollow Stem Boring (assuming 2 to 3 Holes) Hollow Stem Rig 20 hrs. @ S Geologist or Engineer 20 tom, @ S Field Vehicle 24 hrs. @ $ Backfill slurry/bentonite $ 144.00 Methane Detector 2 days @ $ PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEERING, INC_ 180.00 /hr. $ 3,600.00 i 10.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 6.00 /hr. $ 144.00 $ 600.00 75.00 /dy. $ 150.00 Subtotal -$ 6,694.00 OCT -30 -2002 15:25 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • 714 730 5131 P.40i43 Proposal No. 02 -5 -MR July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 EXHIBIT B - COST ESTIMATE BREAKDOWN (CONT') NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER e. Laboratory Testing 110.00 /lu. $ Laboratory Maximum Dry Density 3 tests @ $ Direct Shear 1 tests @ $ Expansion Index 20 tests @ $ Hydrometer Analyses 50 tests @ $ Sieve Analyses 20 tests @ $ Consolidation 30 tests @ $ In -situ Moisture & Density 28 tests @ S Chemical Analysis (by others) 4 tests @ $ L Archeo Subconsultant (LSA) - See attached proposal Archeologist 5. PREPARING REPORTS Analyses & Report Preparation Geologist or Engineer Associate Geologist or Engineer Principal Engineer Principal Geologist Accommodations (typing, repro., etc.) 112.00 /test $ 336.00 104.00 (test $ 104.00 84.00 /test $ 1,680.00 42.00 /test $ 2,100.00 56.00 /test $ 1,120.00 112.00 /test $ 3,360.00 14.00 /test $ 392.00 35.00 /test $ 140.00 Subtotal $ 9,232.00 $ 1,500.00 Total Field & Lab $ 27,800.00 20 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /hr. 5 1,700.00 32 hrs. @ $ 110.00 /lu. $ 3,520.00 4 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr. $ 54000 4 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr. $ 540.00 10 Reports FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM $ 1,500.00 5. Subtotal $ 7,800.00 SUMMARY 1. PRELIMINARY RESEARCH AND COORDINATION $ 2,820.00 2. MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATIONS $ 2,200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (Psomas) - See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM $ 27,800.00 5. PREPARING REPORTS $ 7,800.00 GRAND TOTAL $ 45,720.00 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:26 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • 714 730 5191 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714 ) 730.2122, FAX: (714) 730 -5191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFECTra JUNE 1, 2002 ) Principals (consultations) $ 150.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 135,00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 110.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates S 85.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 75.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 65.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.00/hr. Soils Technicians $ 56.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 72.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 56.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 50.001hr. Drafting Personnel $ 55.001hr. Expert Witness (Research) $ 175.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 275.00/hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 112,00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 112.00 2) Direct Shear $ 112,00 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 28.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 168.00 4) Hydrometer $ 42.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 56.00 15) 'R" -Value $ 364.00 6) Full Gradation $ 112,00 16) Moisture & Density $ 14.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 56.00 Moisture Only $ 14.00 8) Consolidation $ 112.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression (chunk samples) $ 56.00 (Soil) $ 56.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 112.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear - -Time Only Moisture & Density $ 14.00 11) C.B.R, $ 252.00 * 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 84.00 12) Specific Gravity S 56.00 20) Durability Index $ 168.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($6.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) -- ($6.00 per hour) * FS -1 (6 /l /02) -TUS includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density per contract agreement P. 41/43 CORPORATE NEADOUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN OIE00 COUNTY TEL. (714) 220.0770 TEL (3101325-7272 or (323) 77517]1 TEL: (909) 676.8195 TEL 858 5601713 FAX (714) 220 -9569 FAX. (7141220-9589 ( 1 AX. (909; 67E� 19]9 FAX 10581 560.0380 1n1rovf -V I e+rcr� ACORD'. CERTIFICAVE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATEIMMIODY ) 1 z /a /o2 PRODUCER License - Ul ZU fJU (bbZ) UZJ-UbJ1 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION Bowermaster & Associates Insurance ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE P.O. Box 100 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 10631 Paramount Blvd. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. Downey, CA 90241 -0100 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE INSURED Pacific Soils Engineering P.O. Box 2249 10653 Progress Way Cypress, CA 90630 INSURER Hartford Fire Insurance Company INSURERS Travelers Insurance INSURER c Twin City Fire Insurance Company _ INSURER D State Compensation Insurance Fund _ INSURER E Rock River Insurance Company THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS isa�X Newport Beach, CA 92658- 8915(�(X IN$R FFE TIVE POLICY(MMUDATTON' OLIC LTR DATE MMIDOI1V TypE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DA IMI.I/DDIYY LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 72CESOA2155 5/1102 5/1/03 FIRE DAMAGE (Any onofle) $ 300,000 CI-AIMS MADE X I OCCUR, MED EXP(Any one person) $ 10,000 PERSONAL B ADV INJURY I$ 1,000,000 ' GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,000 ; GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER PRODUCTS COMPIOP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY I X I JECi J LOC i AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY _ COMBINEDSINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 B �X. ANY AUTO �P81OSO2D1734TIL02 5/1/02 5/1/03 IEeaccwenn ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY ! $ SCHEDULED AUTOS /Per person X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY _ X I NON OWNED AUTOS /Per acc coon $ PROPERTY DAMAGE per accident) GARAGELIABILITY AUTOONLY EAACCIDENT J $ ANVAUTO EA ACC $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY AGO I $ EXCESS LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,000 C I X OCCUR �_ CLAIMS MADE !72HUSL6911 5/1/02 5/1/03 _ AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 I $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X . RETENTION $ 10,0001 $ WORKERS COMPENSATION AND I X TORY LIMITS_ _ ER . EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY D 5410000091-02 5/1102 5/1/03 EL EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 DISEASE E L EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 E L DISEASE POLICY LIMIT I $ 1,000,000 :OTHER E :Professional Liability AEP0045000 5/1102 i 5/1/03 i$1,000,000 per claim $1,000,000 Agg E ;Professional Liability AEP0045000 511102 1 5/1/03 IDeductible $50,000 per claim DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONSNEHICLESIEXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENTISPECIAL PROVISIONS See attached page. CERTIFICATE HOLDER X I ADDITIONAL INSURED; INSURER LETTER: CANCELLATION ACORD 25 -5 (7/97) © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Newport Beach Public Works Dept DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILCEIYY).+)0 %t0 MAIL30 DAYS WRITTEN Shauna Oyler REVISED 3300 Newport Blvd NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, M *rXM *y56 P.O. Box 1768xisaTiiasirriuxi�aiirl�ro isa�X Newport Beach, CA 92658- 8915(�(X AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25 -5 (7/97) © ACORD CORPORATION 1988 PACISOI -01 ARPA PAGE 1 OF 1 OESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS - I City of Newport Beach Public Works Dept Pacific Soils Engineering Shauna Oyler REVISED P.O. Box 2249 3300 Newport Blvd 10653 Progress Way P.O. Box 1768 Cypress CA 90630 Newport Beach CA 92658 -8915 "10 days notice of cancellation in the event of non - payment of premium. ;Certificate holder, it's elected officials, officers, agents, , representatives and employees are named as additional insureds for :general liability under Hartford's form GN2 01 41 6 0119 5 (copy attached) & auto liability (Form to follow) but only for the work I performed by the named insured. (Primary & Non- Contributory wording applies to the general liability per Hartford's form GN201 41 6 0119 5 (copy attached). Waiver of subrogation applies to the workers compensation order from the state fund today. j i • 0 05/17/2002 11:23 FAX 001 U Policy Number: 72CESOA2155 y Named Insured and Address Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. z� Endt. No. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION SCHEDULED ADDITIONAL INSUREDS SCHEDULE ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT OR PERMIT REQUIRES THIS INSURANCE TO BE PRIMARY FOR ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. It is agreed that, solely with respect to any additional insured's under this policy which appear in the Schedule of this endorsement, that the Other Insurance Condition (Section IV) is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following, but only with respect to your operations, operations on your behalf or 'your work:" Other Insurance H other valid and collectible insurance is available to the insured for a loss we Cover under this policy, our obligations are limited as follows: a. Primary Insurance This insurance is primary and we will not seek conbibution from other insurance available to the person or organization shown in the Schedule of this Endorsement except when b, below applies: b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any of the followinq other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis: (1) That is Fire. Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Rlsk or similar coverage for "your work; (2) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to you: of Form GN 20 16 14 (ED. 01195) Printed in U.S.A. (NS) ® 1995, The Hartford (Includes copyrighted matorial of insurance Services Office Page 1 of 2 05/17/2002 11:23 FAX 0002 • (3) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of "aircraft.' autos' or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion 9. (SECTION 1). When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under this policy to defend any 'claim" or 'suit" that any other insurer has a duly to defend. If no other insurer defends, we mfl undertake to do so, but we will be enti0ed to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance: and (2) The total of all deductible and self- insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, it any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the limits of insurance shown in the Declarations of this policy. c. Method of Sharing If All the other insurance permits contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever comes first. If any of the other does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurers share is based on the ratio of its applicable limits of insurance to the total applicable limits of insurance of all insureds. Form GN 20 16 14 (ED. 01193) Page 2 of 2 DEC -13 -2002 FRI 04:02 PM 014 URANCE Fax# f 11q— (.[`f7— 331F FAX N0, -0391654 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach P. 01 This checklist is comprised of requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach- Date Received: / 3 -D �I— Dept. /Contact Received From: l Q f t O e✓ Date Completed: /1.— 1 3—d 1-- Sent to: r,— By: I) I kl r Company /Person required to have certificate: Va r ,/ % L Sr`, I. GENERAL LIABILITY A. INSURANCE COMPANY: 1✓ B. AM BEST RATING (A: Vil or greater): /-t- fi X V C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? es ❑ N D. LIMITS (Must be $1M or greater): What is limit provided? C> YYl E. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must include): Is it included? NI�es ❑ No F. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its Yes officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? (W ❑ No G. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be included): Is it included? XYes ❑ No H. CAUTIONI (Confirm that loss or liability of the named insured is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement include "solely by negligence" wording? ❑ Yes No I. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. II. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY A. INSURANCE COMPANY: B. C. D. E. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): tzy__ - ) v __ _ ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted In California? LIMITS (Must be $1M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM): What is limits provided? ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? Leg res ❑ No I n-.`, ) ❑ Yes [ No F. PRIMARY & NON- CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste Haulers only): OL- Is it included? ❑ Yes ❑ No G. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. 111. WORKERS' COMPENSATION A. INSURANCE COMPANY: B. AM BEST RATING (A: VI.I or greater): _ C. LIMITS: Statutory D. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To include): HAVE ALL ABOVE REQUIREMENTS BEEN MET? IF NO, WHICH ITEMS NEED TO BE COMPLETED? Is it included? try [VYes ❑ No ❑ Yes XNo Q-r,T_ r tz5 GAR* ', n S rr e .A ryDQY . • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT AGENDA ITEM NO. 13 November 12, 2002 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, P.E. 949 - 644 -3328 Idalton @ city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES RECOMMENDATIONS: 1. Approve a Professional Services Agreement with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the Agreement. 2. Approve a Budget Amendment appropriating $45,720.00 from the unappropriated balance Newport Coast Annexation Fund No. 298 to Account No. 7298- C5100705. DISCUSSION: On January 1, 2002, the long- awaited annexation of the Newport Coast community became a reality, thus transferring approximately 7,800 acres and 5,600 planned dwelling units from this unincorporated Orange County area into the City. A pre- annexation Agreement with the residents of Newport Coast provides for the City to investigate siting and constructing a community center within the annexation area. Unfortunately, the master plan for Newport Coast does not envision nor include a site for a community center, and appropriate locations for such a facility are limited. The Agreement also sets aside $7 million of Irvine Ranch Water District transfer funds into a 'Building Account' to design, obtain permits for and construct the community center. The community center would encompass approximately 22,000 sq. ft. of floor area, including a gymnasium with bleachers, a branch library, meeting rooms, a kitchen, restrooms, and ancillary support rooms. SUBJECT: NEWPORT COAST UNITY CENTER PROFESSIONAL SERVICE REEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES November 12, 2002 Page 2 One possible site for the community center is at the northeast corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road. This site lies over a portion of the closed Coyote Canyon Landfill and upon portions of Newport Ridge Park (see attached site map). To determine if the site is suitable for a community center, the City must obtain and analyze geotechnical data from the site. Of particular concern is whether compressible materials or gasses exist within the landfill under or near the proposed building, and if they do exist, what effect they might have upon a public building and its occupants. Also, if compressible materials or gasses are present, how they might be mitigated to allow for the construction and use of a public building at the site. Accordingly, a geotechnical report is needed for the site before any design work may begin. If the report indicates that the site is suitable for a community center, Staff would seek to develop a community center that satisfies the needs of the residents and the City. If the site is not suitable, Staff and the residents would look for another site. CONSULTANT SELECTION: Staff solicited proposals from numerous firms to obtain and analyze geotechnical data from the site. Six firms responded with proposals, and two of the firms appeared to be better qualified to perform the work. From the two, Staff selected Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., a well - established Orange County firm that is not currently providing other geotechnical services to the City. Staff also negotiated services and fees for the site investigation (see attached Professional Services Agreement). SCOPE OF SERVICES AND COMPENSATION: Pacific Soils will provide records research, an aerial topographic survey, a soil boring plan, coordination of approvals and clearances with regulatory agencies, conferences with City Staff and regulatory agencies, soil borings, archaeological monitoring, laboratory testing and analysis, and a geotechnical report with recommendations for the site. Upon submittal of field data to the City for review, Pacific: is required to consult with and obtain City approval to continue on the remaining work. In the event the scope of services the site is found to be unsuitable for constructing a community center, the contract provides for Pacific to cease work and be compensated for the portion of work that they have completed. Otherwise, Pacific's work will be completed within 45 working days after their contract documents are approved by the City, and Pacific's compensation will not exceed $45,720.00. FUNDING: Funds have not been budgeted for the community center and Staff recommends the City Council approve a budget amendment to appropriate $415,720.00 from the Building Fund SUBJECT: NEWPORT COAST UNITY CENTER PROFESSIONAL SERVICE REEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES November 12, 2002 Page 3 of the Newport Coast Annexation account (Fund No. 298) to a new Capital Improvement Account No. 7298- C5100705. Environmental Review: (not applicable) Prepared by: Lloy alton, P. . Submitted by: Da 1 d iffDa (A- Assistant City Manager Attachments: Professional Services Site map Budget Amendment 0 0 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL ANALYIS FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this.. day of 2002, by and between the City of Newport Beach , a Municipal Corporation (hereinafter referred to as "City "), and Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue — Suite 514, Tustin, California, 92780, (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a Municipal Corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City. B. City is planning to implement a project to determine the site suitability for a proposed Community Center in the Newport: Coast community ( "Project'). C. City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topographic site survey and geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement. D. The principal member of Consultant firm for the purpose of the Project is Carisa Endrizzi- Davis. E. City has solicited and received a proposal from Consultant, has reviewed the previous experience and evaluated the expertise of Consultant, and desires -1- 0 Ll to contract with Consultant under the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. TERM The term of this Agreement shall commence on the 18th day of November 2002, and shall terminate on the 31St day of January 2003, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED Consultant shall diligently perform all the duties set forth in the scope of services, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by reference. 3. COMPENSATION TO CONSULTANT City shall pay Consultant for the services in accordance with the provisions of this Section and the scheduled billing rates set forth in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. No rate changes shall be made during the term of this Agreement without prior written approval of City. Consultant's compensation for all work performed in accordance with this Agreement, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed the total contract price of forty -five thousand, seven hundred twenty and 00 1100 Dollars ($45,720.00). 3.1 Consultant shall maintain accounting records of its billings which includes the name of the employee, type of work performed, times and dates of all work which is -2- 0 0 billed on an hourly basis and all approved incidental expenses including reproductions, computer printing, postage and mileage. 3.2 Consultant shall submit monthly progress invoices to City payable by City within thirty ('30) days of receipt of invoice. 3.3 Consultant shall not receive any compensation for extra work without prior written authorization of City. Any authorized compensation shall be paid in accordance with the schedule of the billing rates as set forth in Exhibit "B ". 4. STANDARD OF CARE 4.1 All of the services shall be performed by Consultant or under Consultant's supervision. Consultant represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel required to perform the services required by this Agreement and that it will perform all services in a manner commensurate with the community professional standards. All services shall be performed by qualified and experienced personnel who are not employed by City nor have any contractual relationship with City. Consultant represents to City that it has or shall obtain all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals required of its profession. If Consultant is performing inspection or construction management services for the City, the assigned staff shall be equipped with a Nextel Plus type cellular /direct connect unit to communicate with City Staff; consultant's Nextel Direct Connect I.D. Number will be provided to City to be programmed into City Nextel units, and vice versa. Consultant further represents that it shall keep in effect all such licenses, permits and other approvals during the term of this Agreement. 4.2 Consultant shall not be responsible for delay, nor shall Consultant be -3- 9 0 responsible for damages or be in default or deemed to be in default by reason of strikes, lockouts, accidents, acts of God, failure of City to furnish timely information or to promptly approve or disapprove Consultant's work, delay or faulty performance by City, contractors, or governmental agencies, or any other delays beyond Consultant's control. 4.3 The term Construction Management or Construction Manager does not imply that Consultant is engaged in any aspect of the physical work of construction contracting. Consultant shall have control over or charge of, and shall be responsible for Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection the project as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002. 5. INDEPENDENT PARTIES City retains Consultant on an independent contractor basis and Consultant is not an employee of City. The manner and means of conducting the work are under the control of Consultant, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the expressed terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute Consultant or any of Consultant's employees or agents to be the agents or employees of City. Consultant shall have the responsibility for and control over the details and means of performing the work provided that Consultant is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Anything in this Agreement which may appear to give City the right to direct Consultant as to the details of the performance of the services or to exercise a measure of control over Consultant shall mean that Consultant shall follow the desires of City only in the results of the services. El 7 6. COOPERATION Consultant agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator, and any other agencies, which may have jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with Consultant on Project. 7. PROJECT MANAGER Consultant shall assign the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002, to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during term of Project. Consultant has designated Carisa Endrizzi -Davis to be its Project Manager. Consultant shall not bill any personnel to Project other than those personnel identified in Exhibit "B ", whether or not considered to be key personnel, without City's prior written approval by name and specific hourly billing rate. Consultant shall not remove or reassign any personnel designated in this Section or assign any new or replacement person to Project without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to removal or assignment of non -key personnel. Consultant, at the sole discretion of City, shall remove from Project any of its personnel assigned to the performance of services upon written request of City. Consultant warrants it will continuously furnish the necessary personnel to complete Project on a timely basis as contemplated by this Agreement. 8. TIME OF PERFORMANCE Time is of the essence in the performance of the services under this Agreement and Consultant shall perform the services in accordance with the schedule specified in the -5- { 0 Exhibit A. The failure by Consultant to strictly adhere to the schedule may result in termination of this Agreement by City and assessment of damages against Consultant for delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant shall not be responsible for delays, which are due to causes beyond Consultant's reasonable control. However, in the case of any such delay in the services to be provided for Project, each party hereby agrees to provide notice to the other party so that all delays can be addressed. 8.1 Consultant shall submit all requests for extensions of time for performance in writing to the Project Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition, which purportedly causes a delay, but not later than the date upon which performance is due. The Project Administrator shall review all such requests and may grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays, which are beyond Consultant's control. 8.2 For all time periods not specifically set forth herein, Consultant shall respond in the most expedient and appropriate manner under the circumstances by telephone, fax, hand delivery or mail. 9. CITY POLICY Consultant shall discuss and review all matters relating to policy and project direction with the Project Administrator in advance of all critical decision points in order to ensure that Project proceeds in a manner consistent with City goals and policies. W 0 0 10. CONFORMANCE TO APPLICABLE REQUIREMENT All work prepared by Consultant shall conform to applicable city, county, state and federal law, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator and City Council. 11. HOLD HARMLESS Consultant shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers and employees and volunteers of the City of Newport Beach (collectively "Indemnitees ") from and against any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all negligent acts or omissions of Consultant, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Agreement, excepting only the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees, and shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in defending any such claim. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing, any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. 12. INSURANCE Without limiting consultant's indemnification of City, and prior to commencement of work, Consultant shall obtain and provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement policy or policies of liability insurance of the type and amounts described below and satisfactory to City. Certification of all required policies shall be -7- 0 0 signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf and must be filed with City prior to exercising any right or performing any work pursuant to this Agreement. Except workers compensation and errors and omissions, all insurance policies shall add City, its elected officials, officers, agents, representatives and employees as additional insured for all liability arising from Consultant's services as described herein. Insurance policies with original certificates and endorsements indemnifying Project for the following coverages shall be issued by companies admitted to do business in the State of California and assigned Best's A- Vll or better rating: A. Worker's compensation insurance, including "Wavier of Subrogation" clause, covering all employees and principals of Consultant, per the laws of the State of California. B. Commercial general liability insurance original certificate and endorsement (which includes additional insured and primary and non- contributory wording), covering third party liability risks, including without limitation, contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If commercial general liability insurance or other form with a general aggregate is used, either the general aggregate shall apply separately to this Project, or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the occurrence limit. C. Commercial auto liability and property insurance, including additional insured (and primary and non- contributory wording for waste haulers only), 11:11 0 0 covering any owned and rented vehicles of Consultant in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. D. Professional errors and omissions insurance, which covers the services, to be performed in connection with this Agreement in the minimum amount of one million and 00 /100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) Said policy or policies shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled by either party, except after thirty (30) days' prior notice has been given in writing to City. Consultant shall give City prompt and timely notice of claim made or suit instituted arising out of Consultant's operation hereunder. Consultant shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work. Consultant agrees that in the event of loss due to any of the perils for which it has agreed to provide comprehensive general and automotive liability insurance, which Consultant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery. consultant hereby grants to City, on behalf of any insurer providing workers compensation, comprehensive general, and automotive liability insurance to either Consultant or City with respect to the services of Consultant herein, a waiver of any right of subrogation, which any such insurer of said Consultant may acquire against City by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. Loa 0 0 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS Consultant shall not assign, sublease, hypothecate or transfer this Agreement or any of the services to be performed under this Agreement, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise without prior written consent of City. Any attempt to do so without consent of City shall be null and void. 14. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS Each and every report, draft, work product, map, record and other document reproduced, prepared or caused to be prepared by Consultant pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be the exclusive property of City. Documents, including drawings and specifications, prepared by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by City or others on any other project. Any use of completed documents for other projects and any use of incomplete documents without specific written authorization from Consultant will be at City's sole risk and without liability to Consultant. Further, any and all liability arising out of changes made to Consultant's deliverables under this Agreement by City or persons other than Consultant is waived as against Consultant and City assumes full responsibility for such changes unless City has given Consultant prior notice and has received from Consultant written consent for such changes. Consultant shall, at such time and in such forms as City may require, furnish reports concerning the status of services required under this Agreement. stem I 15. CONFIDENTIALITY The information, which results from the services in this Agreement, is to be kept confidential unless City authorizes the release of information. 16. CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES In order to assist Consultant in the execution cf his responsibilities under this Agreement, City agrees to provide the following: A. Access to, and upon request of Consultant, City records and GIS data about the proposed site. B. Assistance in contacting regulatory agencies associated with permitting for the Project and review of the Project plan. 17. ADMINISTRATION The Public Works Department will administer this Agreement. Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager, shall be considered the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Project Administrator or his /her authorized representative shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 18. RECORDS Consultant shall keep records and invoices in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement. Consultant shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to the costs incurred under this Agreement. All such records shall be clearly identifiable. Consultant shall allow a representative of City during normal business hours to examine, audit and make transcripts or copies of such records. Consultant shall -11- I • • allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings and activities related to the Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement. 19. WITHHOLDINGS City may withhold payment of any disputed sums until satisfaction of the dispute with respect to such payment. Such withholding shall not be deemed to constitute a failure to pay according to the terms of this Agreement. Consultant shall not discontinue work for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of withholding as a result of such withholding. Consultant shall have an immediate right to appeal to the City Manager or his designee with respect to such disputed sums. Consultant shall be entitled to receive interest on any withheld sums at the rate of seven percent (7 %) per annum from the date of withholding of any amounts found to have been improperly withheld. 20. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS In the event of errors or omissions that are due to the negligence or professional inexperience of Consultant which result in expense to City greater than would have resulted if there were not errors or omissions in the work accomplished by Consultant, the additional design, construction and /or a restoration expense shall be borne by Consultant. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit City's rights under any other sections of this Agreement. 21, CITY'S RIGHT TO EMPLOY OTHER CONSULTANTS City reserves the right to employ other consultants in connection with Project. -12- 0 0 22. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST A. Consultant or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act "), which (1) requires such persons to disclose financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the work performed under this Agreement, and (2) prohibits such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. B. If subject to the Act, Consultant shall conform to all requirements of the Act. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for termination of this Agreement by City. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Consultant's violation of this Section. 23. SUBCONSULTANT AND ASSIGNMENT Except as specifically authorized under this Agreement, the services included in this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted without prior written approval of City. 24. NOTICES All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. -13- E All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Consultant to City shall be addressed to Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager at: City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA, 92663 (949) 644 -3002 Fax (949) 644 -3020 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Consultant shall be addressed to Consultant at: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514 Tustin, CA 92780 (714) 730 -2122 (714) 730 -5191 Fax 25. TERMINATION In the event either part hereto fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions hereof at the time and in the manner required hereunder, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) days, or if more than two (2) days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) days after receipt by defaulting party from the other parry of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the nondefaulting party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. 25.1 City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Agreement by giving seven (7) days' prior written notice to Consultant as -14- 9 0 provided herein. Upon termination of this Agreement, City shall pay to Consultant that portion of compensation specified in this Agreement that is earned and unpaid prior to the effective date of termination. 26. COMPLIANCES Consultant shall comply with all laws, state or federal and all ordinances, rules and regulations enacted or issued by City. 27. WAIVER A waiver by either party of any breach, of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein whether of the same or a different character. 28. INTEGRATED CONTRACT This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereon. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only by written execution signed by both City and Consultant. 29. PATENT INDEMNITY Consultant shall indemnify City, its agents, officers, representatives and employees against liability, including costs, for infringement of any United States' letters patent, trademark, or copyright infringement, including costs, contained in Consultant's drawings and specifications provided under this Agreement. -15- ,_q P 0 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: City Attorney ATTEST: City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH A Municipal Corporation 0 Mayor PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. In Printed Name f: \users \pbw\shared\agreements\fy 02- 03\pacfic soils- newport coast community center.doc -15- 0-T- 30-20C2 15:15 FPCiFi- SJIL= E'l�- NEE ?:FIG • aPACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514 TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 r E'_EF'HONE. (714) 730- 2122, °;X: (714)'30 5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 L _ T3GJ °Tm! F.7= EXHIBIT A July 22, 2002 Revised October 29. 2002 Proposal No, 02- 05 -044R Attention: Mr. Dave Kiff Subject: REVISED PROPOSAL FOR GEOTECI4NICAL SERVICES IN SATISFACTION OF RFP Newport Coast Community Center Site Analysis, City of Newport Beach, County of Orange, California Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this revised proposal and cost estimate to provide a geotechnical investigation for the Newport Coast Community Center, in the City of Newport Beach (City), California. This revised proposal is based on the original proposal dated July 22, 2002 and recent discussions with you in regards to inserting "stop work" benchmarks during the investigation - This would allow the City the ability to terminate the work to reduce City exposure should it become clear that the site is not suitable for the proposed development. In order to provide the City with a document that can be used as a rcfrrcnce for defining the scope of work, PSE elected to present herein a copy of the older proposal with revised sections referring to the "stop work" trigger points. This firm's objective is to provide a comprehensive yet competitive proposal for the requested services. This is best accomplished by understanding the services requested and the nature of the project. To that end, this proposal includes aproject description, scope of geotechnical services, a project management methodology and a cost summary. Presented herein is a detailed description of the various tasks associated with the geotechnical investigation such as conducting the background research, conducting the field investigation, coordinating with the involved agencies and compiling a report for the project. CORPORATE HEADCUANn {R5 L05 ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE CC UNIY , Fc : (714) 220 -0'70 TFL (310 325-T 2 01 SAN DIEGO 6C1713 FAX: p14220.?588 ) 27 (- 9589 5 -sTt TEL(909)6 "6.8155 FAX: 11;5601383 FAX (714j 220-9588 FAX. (909) b; 6� 1879 FAX: (8581 580 0380 FPC1i7 _r!'_5 E'!' 1116 714 7 -10 5191 P.0-1i4-1 • • Proposal No, 02 -05 -044 Page 2 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 We appreciate the opportunity to provide this proposal and look forward to working with you on this project. Respectfully submittcd, PACIFIC SQILS ENGINEERING, INC. J. AWASH, Ph.D. ofGeotechnical Services Revie ed by: DEAN C. ARMSTRONG Vice President PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEMOWING, INC. OCT- 3 @ -2OE2 i =.:7E ^RC! =IC SOILS 714 71'_•0 5191 F,6414-, 17J Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 A_ PROJECT DESCRIPTION �J Page 3 Site Location and Description The proposed location for the planned Newport Coast Community Center is at the northwest corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, adjacent to the Coyote Canyon Landfill within the northeast comer of Newport Ridge Park, in the City of Newport Beach, California. This portion of the park is currently open space with sidewalk, trees, bushes and grass. The landscaped portion of the park site itself is relatively flat with a 2:1 (horizontal:vertical) to 4:1 slope descending to the landfill to the north. Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope, presumably on an addition to the slope or using pile supports. The park site itself is relatively level and would be accessible to a conventional drill rig and CPT sounding rig with approved access to the park and access through the existing fence. Exploratory drilling at the toe of slope may also be necessary which would require access through the landfill and permission to breach the existing fence near the toe of slope as well as "grading" to provide an access roadway. 2, Proposed Construction The proposed community center would be approxi:nately 22,000 square feet in size, and would include a full size gymnasium with bleachers, two meeting rooms, a kitchen, a 5,000 square foot branch library, ancillary support rooms, restrooms and surrounding site work. Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope. Therefore the sructure may be a multi -level structure witb subterranean portions or a one- or two -story structure. ,Utematively, the building pad can be widened by adding some fill to the existing slope, and to constr-uct the access road shown on the; sketch. The surrounding site PACIFIC BOILS SNOINEERINO, INC, HDIJ- 7 - -2002 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 4 work is assumed to consist of landscaping and open -air ground -level parking. Site access is shown from i\ e -,vport Coast Drive, with the road descending down to the base of the existing slope, and encroaching into what is now the landfill property. This road then loops back toward the park site where it shows two parking areas, located in the vicinity of the existing slope. B. SCOPE OF PROPOSED GEOTECHNIC L SERVICES PSE's investigation would be aimed at developing sufficient geotechnical data for preparation of a preliminary written report to document our findings for the site. The report would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project and for submittal to the controlling authorities as the plans are processed. The report would include design recommendations for that can be used by the project team to design the proposed foundations, as well as adequate recommendations to be used by the contractors to bid for the construction of the project. The scope of this firm's geotechnical investigation of the site and associated office work is as follows: ➢ Preliminary Research— Obtain and analyze relevant existing geological and geotechnical site records. This would require a visit to the Engineering Services Department, of either the County of Orange or the City of Newport Beach, to search for, and review the available records. Presently identified geotechnical concerns include the possibility that the landfill extends under the proposed building footprint and/or fill slopes that may be constructed to increase the level pad area and access roadway. It should be noted that PSE's proposed project manager supervised grading of the existing slope and park. Development of a Boring Plan — Develop a Boring Plan, based partly on the researched information, that will effectively analyze the existing site conditions from a geotechnical point of view and determine the extent to which, if any, the Coyote Canyon landfill footprint extends under the proposed site. Presently, it is proposed to excavate, log and sample 2 to 3 hollow -stem borings to depths of approximately 50 feet and 8 to 12 CPT borings to varying depths. Soil samples would be collected for laboratory testing. Laboratory testing would include testing for in -situ dry density and moisture content, maximum dry density and optimum moisture content, consolidation characteristics, shear strength, expansion potential and sulfate content. The Boring PIan, however, is subject to change upon procurement of the information obtained dining the preliminary research phase discussed above. Once the boring plan is PACIFIC SOILS CNOINrr=M1Wa. 1n & _ TaTRL P.02 OCT -G© -2002 1= 15 F`ACIFI= SGI_S E'IGt:IEE=1'15 -11 770 591 P.0&'4-, • • Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Pale 5 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 finalized, it will be submitted for review and approval by the regulatory agencies. PSE proposes that the findings be discussed prior to proceeding with the next step. if the City decides that the site is too constrained, PSE will stop work and will bill the Cite for charges incurred to date. > Submittal of Boring Plan and Coordination With Regulatory Agencies — Submit Boring Plan, including drilling methods and required remediation associated with the borings to the City of Newport Beach and to the following agencies for review and approval: California Regional Water Quality Control Board, Santa Ana Region (Regional Board), the Orange County Integrated Waste Management Department (IWMD), the Irvine Company (TIC), the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), and the Local Enforcement Agency (LEA). If it is determined that borings are necessary within the face of the slope, construction of a temporary access road and drill pad would be required. Our discussions with the regulatory agencies will include construction of the access road proper procedure for restoring or repairing the excavations in such a manner that would protect the effectiveness of the landfill cover. This may include, if necessary, special abandonment procedures for the affected borings. If the possibility exists for encounter rig landfill materials, proper collection and disposal of such materials may be necessary. Moreover, our discussions will include the requirements of each of th e regulatory agencies in regards to the foundation systems that may be used to support the proposed structural improvements and how their requirements might be incorporated in the final design of the subject project. PSE will work with regulatory agencies and the City to amend the plan based on comments received so as to achieve an effective Boring Plan that can be approved. It is estimated that approximately 5 meetings will be needed over the course of the project, and that each meeting will last approximately 4 hours. PSE suggests that representatives of the City attend the meetings with regulatory agencies indicated above. This would allow for more interaction and allow the team to more accurately ascertain site limitations and the requirements of each of these agencies. At the completion of field meetings, PSE and the City will meet to discuss findings to date and ascertain if the project should still go forward. If it is decided to stop, PSE will terminate the project and bill the City for work completed to date, only. IT the decision is to investigate the site further, then the next step is to obtain the permits and proceed with the field investigation. ➢ Obtain Appropriate Permits — Obtain appropriate permits to implement Boring Plan. It is our understanding that the City will be responsible for paying for permit fees directly. > Provide a Site Survey —A site survey (topographic survey) would be prepared by Psomas, a local consulting engineering firm. This sun ey would include securing new PACIFIC 520IL6 ENOINEEMING, INC. OC7- 3E -2� ©% _S 17 PPCIF;C SOILS E^IOi•d-EP1:dG 7^a ©7'4_ Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 6 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 black and white aerial photographs of the site at 1" = 240' scale. These photos would be utilized to prepare a 1" = 40' topographic map with 1 -foot contours and spot elevations of the subject area (Psomas qualifications are attached). r Implementation of Plan — Prior to commencement of exploratory drilling, PSE would field mark the proposed boring locations, notify Underground Scrvice Alert and meet with park personnel in an attempt to avoid damage to existing underground utility lines. In addition, PSE will mobilize a dozer to build an access road. PSE will then conduct the geotechnical exploration and obtain soil samples for laboratory testing and analysis. ➢ Provide Archaeological Observation —As required by the Caltrans' Environmental Handbook, LSA Associates, Inc. would provide archaeological testing and data recovery for the hollow -stem portion of our Boring Plan, or as necessary (LSA Associates, Inc., qualifications attached). At the completion of the field investigation and prior to commencing laboratory testing, PSE will discuss the findings of the field investigation and to determine if there were any unusual findings that would render the site unacceptable for the proposed development. if it is determined that the site is not acceptable, PSE will terminate the work at City request and we will charge for work completed to date_ If the findings are not negative, then PSE will proceed with the remainder of the investigation. ➢ Laboratory Testing of Samples — Once it is determined that the investigation can proceed forward, PSE will proceed with testing of selected soils samples to determine pertinent geotechnical parameters that might be used in the design of foundations. 7 Analyze Results and Prepare Report — Analyze results of the exploration Plan and prepare a written report of findings. This report would document findings from the preliminary research, field exploration and laboratory testing. Geotechnical recommendations regarding project feasibility /site suitability would be discussed and preliminary con struction/foundation recommendations would be provided. The site topographic survey would also be included as part of this package. PSE would prepare and submit 10 copies of a preliminary geotechnical report which would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project. Confer with City of Newport Beach and Related Agencies — PSE would keep the city continually informed of project proceedings as well as confer with interested agency staff, as necessary, to effectively and efficiently complete the above services. PACIFIC SOILS e<NmNEERING, INa. OCT -3e -200-7 ;5:17 PACFiC 5�iL5 015G_MEEP NG 714 r =G `191 P.08 %'43 Proposal No. 02-05-044 Page 7 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Citv Responsibilities Ti is our understanding that the City will provide drawings of the proposed community center footprint, the landfill footprint, and related GIS information and encroachment permits for aeotechnical exploration. Further, the City is to pay for the permit fees required by other agencies. It is also our understanding that the City will schedule and participate in meetings with the Geotechnicai Consultant and interested agencies as needed. C. 1713 PROTECT SCHEDULE Upon authorizarion to proceed with this investigation PSE would conduct the investi_ation as follows: Phase 1 — PSE would begin its study approximately 3 days after receiving notice to proceed. PSE would begin by contacting the various regulatory, agencies to notify them of our intentions and to obtain information and permits ne, :essary to the project. This would be followed by research of the site, development and submittal of the Boring Plan, negotiations regarding the Boring Plan, and obtaining all necessary permits and site clearances. We anticipate this phase of work would take approximately 3 weeks. Phase 2 — Following completion of Phase 1, PSE would commence with the field study which would last approximately five days. This includes construction of temporary access roads, if necessary. Phase 3 —Following completion of field work, an allowance of three weeks for laboratory testing and three weeks for engineering analysis and report: preparation should be made. Therefore, it is anticipated that a report will be available within six weeks of completing the fieldwork_ PROTECT TEAM The project team includes Carisa Endrizzi -Davis (Project Manager/Engineedng Geologist), Skip Clay (Associate Geologist) and Steve Jessup (Associate Engineer), with Dr. Azzam Alwash (Geotechnical Engineer) and Dean Armstrong (Engineering Geologist) providing technical review, PACIFIC $MILS ENGINEERING, INC. A OCT- 30 -2e22 15:17 Proposal No. 02 -05 -04-4 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOBS c'dL:�lEE =i'G • Principals -In- Support • ,14 '730 5151 P.09. -3 Dr. Alwash, RCE, RGE & Mr. Armstrong, RG, CEG Mr. I Mr. Van Hom. SUDCrvisor I Ms. Endrizzi - Davis, RG, LSA Page 8 I Associate Geologist I Mr_ Clay, B.S. Geology/Paleontology Carisa Endrizzi- Davis is a registered Geologist and Certified Engineering Geologist with 15 years experience in the geotechnical consulting business. She will provide oversight for the entire project and be involved in the geologic evaluation of the project. She is extremely suited to this project given her involvement with development of Newport Ridge Park. She served as the full -time field geologist (for John A. Sayers and Associates, the geotechrtical engineer of record for Newport Ridge), during rough grading of Newport Ridge, which included development of Newport Ridge Park. Skip Clay is an Associate Geologist with 5 years experience in geotechnical consulting. He previously worked with LSA as a paleontologist as he specialized in paleontology while earning his B.S. He is currently working on his masters degree in geology. He will be involved in the evaluation of geologic hazards, including seismic hazards analysis for the site and he will conduct the majority of the subsurface exploration. Skip is well - trained in the skills needed to conduct effective subsurface exploration, having drilled, sampled and logged over 100 borings for PSE. PACIFIC $OILS ENOINEEMING, INC. OCT -3E -20702 .LS: 17 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised Octob:r 29, 2002 P;K1Fi- Sate__ 114 733 s1.1 P.1r,,:;- SEP Clay 50 Steve Jessup Page 9 Steve Jessup is an Associate Engineer with 15 years experience in the geotechnical consulting business. He has previously worked as a field technician for PSE and now serves as an engineering associate, assisting our geotechnical engineers with data summary and input and report compilation. Steve will provide oversight and a summary/compilation of the laboratory data and engineerilg input as needed_ Azzam Alwash, Manager of Geotechnical Services, is a registered Geotechnical Engineer with over 18 years experience. He will provide review cf the geotechnical engineering considerations as well as perform the engineering analyses for the project. Dean Armstrong, Vice President and Tustin Office Manager, is a certified Engineering Geologist with over 20 years experience. He will provide review of geological considerations. Keeney VanHorn, Laboratory Testing Supervisor. Laboratory testing will be conducted under the supervision of Mr. Keeney Van Hom who is our laboratory manager and is responsible for our laboratory personnel. Resumes for the PSE project team personnel are attached as Exhibit A. ESTIMATED NUMBER OF TEAM SOURS Carisa Endriai -Davis 96 SEP Clay 50 Steve Jessup 4 Azzam Alwash 6 Dcaa Armstrong 4 Laboratory 165 SUBCONSULTANTS Psomas 35 not including flr ht tune) LSA 16 E. TDENTTF1CATfON .AND RESLTAMS OF SUBCONSLR,T.4NTS Company profiles and resumes for the subconsultants are attached as Exhibit A- 1, PACIFIC SOILa EN61NEEMJNO, INC:. Proposal No_ 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 F. ADDITIONAL TASKS OR COST SAVING MEASURES 714 735 =_ 01 F.02i32 Pace 10 In addition to the hollow -stem borings proposed for the subject site, which will allow visual soil identification and sample collection, the proposed drilling program calls for two days of Cone Penetrometer Test (CPT) drilling. This drill method is designed to obtain large amounts of engineering data with a small amount of disturbance to the site. PEE feels this method will be especially advantageous with regard to exploration of a site adjacent to a landfill. This method does not produce drill cuttings and no soil samples are taken, therby reducing the risk of bringing potentially environmentally hay ardous substances (landfill waste) to the surface. G. EXCEPTIONS TO CITY'S STANDARD PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT The following are PEE's exceptions /additions (in italics) to the Draft Professional Services Ao eement for the PFP for NC Community Center Geotech /Site Survey: i> Page 1 RECITALS, Item C should read: City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topog-raphic site survey and geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in this agreement. 7 Page 4, Rem 4.3 should read: Consultant shall have control over or charge of and shall be responsible for the Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection with the Project, as outlined in .the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05-94 j. ➢ Page 5 Item 7 should read: Consultant shall assign the Project, as outliners in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05 -44 ' ), to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. H. COST PROPOSAL/FEES See the attached Exhibit 13 for a summary of our Cost Proposal for the subject Project. I. COMPANY PROFILE Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., a California corporation, has been offering geotechnicai consulting services to the construction industry, land developers, architects, cneinecrs, governmental agencies and individual homeowners since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of V-nginecrs, geologists, field ;=ACLFIC 50FL9 ENOWEEC lWm. IWM i`? OCT -30 -2002 5 :1e FgC1F IC bGiLS DIG'.'Ic ='PIG 71:1 ;30 5'91 F. 12' 3 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page I 1 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 goverrunental agencies and individual homeowner since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of engineers, geologists, field technicians and support staff: The firm is approved as a Soil Testing Agency by the Veteran's Administration, the Federal Housing Administration, the City of Los Angeles, and other municipalities in the County of Los Angeles. Approval has also been obtained from Orange, San Francisco, Ventura, Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo, Kern, Humboldt, San Bernardino, and San Diego Counties. Our professional staff is comprised of eight (S) registered geolechnical engineers and ten (10) engineering geologists, who are certified by the State of California. Furthermore, our technical staff, comprised of sixteen (16) associate engineers and associate geologists, and forty (40) soil technicians, assist our professional staff in conducting the field investigations and various tasks associated with our geotechnical services. All personnel are employed on a full -time basis except for a registered geophysicist and soils stratignapher who are available on a consulting basis Our corporate headquarters are located in the City of Cypress (Orange County) with branch offices in San Diego (San Diego County), and Tustin (Orange County) and a satellite office located in Temecula (Riverside County). Services offered by this firm include: GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES Geotechnical engineering provides the blending of soil engineering and engineering geology practices to solve the complex development problems confronting agencies, cities, construction companies, developers and builders in California. All levels of geotechnical services front feasibility level studies to completion of land development are provided by this firm. These services include technical consulting and technical observations during land development. The commonly addressed geotechnical concerns are geology, site seismicity, PACIFIC SOILIR ENGINEERING, INC. o r- e-zaez _s i� PPCIFI ;Qf S DC_: ;7 7'1G Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 12 groundwater evaluations, earthwork remediation, foundation design, construction testing and pavement design. I LABORATORY TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. conducts laboratory testing utilizing methods currently accepted by local municipalities and the State of California. Those methods include procedures defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and the California Manual of Testing. Fully equipped materials testing laboratories are located at our facilities in Cypress and San Diego. The laboratories are staffed and equipped to perform a full range of soil, rock, aggregate, concrete, and roadway section testing. We have surface and subsurface exploratory and sampling equipment and the most modern field- testing equipment including approximately 40 nuclear density- moisture probes. Sand cone and other approved testing and sampling equipment is also available. We are currently approved to perform engineering and geologic services for the following governmental agencies. ➢ National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Jet Propulsion Laboratory ➢ Department of the Army - Corps of Engineers, North Pacific Division ➢ Department of the Navy - Western Division, Naval Facilities Engineering Command ➢ United States Department of Agriculture Forest Services ➢ United States Department of Transportation ➢ State of California - Office of the State Architect PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 PRC!FIC = ❑IL DIS:HEr_giIlG 7?4 730 5_51 P. 14- 47- • • Proposal No. 02 -05 -04-4 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 ➢ State of California - State Military Force, Military Department ➢ California State University and College System Page 13 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc, has qualified personnel performing field inspection and testing for developers and municipalities. Our field - testing includes soil compaction testing, remedial earthwork observation, aggregate base compaction testing, asphalt laydown observation, concrete testing, and trench backfill inspection/testing. 4. CONSULTATION AND REVIEW OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS BY OTHERS Our experience in this profession enables us to review work by other firms for municipalities and developers to verify conformance with governing codes, project specifications and accepted geotechnical practices. We have worked in concert with numerous gecteehnical firms as both reviewer and reviewed. Our principals have served as expert witnesses in Los Angeles, San Diego, Ventura, Riverside, and Orange Counties. 5_ SELECTED COMP -A-NY PROJECTS Our firm has extensive experience in executing geotechnical investigations for various projects ranging from residential to industrial to major projects for governmental agencies. The following is a partial list of our recent relevant projects and clients. PACIFIC 80IL6 CNOINEMMMO, INC. OCT -30 -2002 :5 :1� FGCI =I S —i -S EJGI`IEEP;11G 71'— 730 5191 P.15 %43 • • Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 14 OFFICE BLIl,AiNGS AND BUSINESS PARKS ENCINO PLAZA TOWER 6 — STORIES (Encino, California) DAYS INN BUILDING 4 — STORIES (Diamond Bar, California) TOWN CENTER BUSINESS PARK (Santa Fe Springs, California) GATEWAY CORPORATE CENTER 4 — STORIES (Diamond Bar, California) STATE OFFICE BUILDING 6 - STORIES (Long Beach, California) COMMONWEALTH PLAZA TOWER 6 - STORIES (Torrance, California) IBM OFFICE BUILDING 5 - STORIES (Thousand Oaks, California) BRIDGES AND STREETS LA PAZ ROADIOSO CREEK BRIDGE FOOTHILL CORRIDOR SITING STUDY (Mission Viejo, Califorma) (County of Orange, California) SPRINGHURST DRI V FJPENASQUITOS CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) CALLE DEL OSO ORO BRIDGE (Ciry of Mrlrricta, California) SPRINGBROOK DRIVE PENASQUITOS CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) 405 FREEWAY WIDENING GETTY CENTER DRIVE (City of Los Angeles, California) CLINTON KEITH ROAD MURRIETA CREEK BRIDGE (.Murrieta, California) JAMBOREE ROAD A.T. & S.F. RAU -ROAD BRIDGE (City of Tustin, California) UNIVERSITY DRIVE WIDENING (City of Irvmc, California) NORTH CITY WEST PARKWAY (City of San Diego, California) EASTERN TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR LOMA RIDGE SECTION (County of Omngc, California) POINSETTIA AVENUE A.T. & S.F. RAILROAD BRIDGE (City of Carlsbad, California) PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. OCT —E0 -2002 ,S:1S PRCIFIC S�:LS ENG "IEEPRIG • Proposal No. 0.2 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 HIC"R RISE BUILDINGS GEM CENTER SOUTH BUILDING (Brentwood, California) WESTBURY TERRACE- 12 STORIES (West Los Angcics, California) USA NISSAN HEADQUARTERS - 14 STORIES (Gardena, California) MALCOM MANOR - 20 STORI ES (Wezm od, California) LOS ANGELES COUNTY COURTHOUSE. AIRPORT BRANCH — 10 STORIES (Los Angeles, California) COMMERCE CASINO HOTEL -10 STORIhS (City of Commerce) SPECIAL STRUCTURES PACIFIC AMPHITHEATER (Costa Mesa, California) RITZ CARLTON HOTEL (Laguna Niguel, California) JET PROPULSION LAB - DEEP SPACE ANTENNA (Goldstone, California and Tidbmbilla, Australia) FACIPIC SOIL$ EN1311YEERING, INC. • Page 15 OCT- -0-2202 SC: 19 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOIL._ = tJGIIdEE =:h.� • • 71= 730 5_ ^1 ?. 170u= Page Ib AERA ENERGY, LLC AHMANSON DEVELOPMENT AMERICAN HAWAIIAN STEAMSHIP CO. AMERICAN BEAUTY HOMES AMERICAN PLANT GROWERS ANDEN GROUP . ATLANTIC PACIFIC AVCO THE BALDWIN COMPANY CABOT, CABOT AND FORBES CALPROP CARPENTER AND SMALLWOOD C.ARLTON BUILDERS CARMA- WHITING CITATION CLASSIC DEVELOPMENT COTO DE CAZA CPH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CVJ, INC. DAON DIVERSIFIED DEVELOPMENT FIRST FINANCIAL GENERAL AMERICAN TRANSPORT J. PAUL GETTY TRUST GREG SYMONDS E. W. HAHN, INC. HAMILTON- TURNUTZER HOMES BY POLYGON THE IRVINE COMPANY KAJTMA ASSOCLATES KAUFMAN AND BROAD KB HOME THE KOLL COMPANY MESSENGER INVESTMENTS CLIENT LIST MARLBOROUGH CALIFORNIA J. L. MANLEY AND ASSOCIATES MBK HOMES, LTD MISSION LAND COMPANY MISSION VIEJO DEVELOPMENT CO. MT. OLYMPUS DEVELOPMENT CO M. J. BROCK AND SONS THE OLSON COMPANY OVERTON -MOORE ASSOCIATES PARDEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY PARAGON I, M. PETERS COMPANY DALE POE DEVELOPMENT PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY PULTE HOMES RANCHO MISSION VIEJO RANCHO FINANCIAL ASSOCLATES RECREATION GROUPS OF COMPANIES SAN CLEMENTS GROUP STANDARD PACIFIC CORPORATION SUNCAL COMPANIES SUWNYGLEN GROUP KATHRYN G. THOMPSON DEV. CO. TOLL BROTHERS, INC. TRADEWOOD CORPORATION TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR AGENCY NEW URBAN WEST COMMUNITIES V IA VERDE DEVELOPMENT W & B DEVELOPERS INC. WARMINGTON COMPANY WATSON INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES WESTON COMMUNITIES WILLIAM LYON COMPANY DACIAIC SOR-6 ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -�_70 -2002 15'19 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIPIC SC:LS EtdGi'dEc Ilda • RESERVOIRS. RATER SUPPLY-TREATMENT AND DiSTRIBliT10W D Shield Pump Station ?base I% Huntington Bcach, CA D Plano Trabuco Zone IV Reservoir Facility 4.7 1, County of Orange, CA > Saddleback Parks Pump Station, County of Orange, CA ➢ Aufdenkamp Connection Waterline, County of Orange, C.A D Oso Creek Subsurface Barrier Project, Mission Viejo, CA > Ortega Well Abandonments, San Juan Capistrano, CA S Williams Canyon • Shaw Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA D Modjeskz Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA East Orange Filtration Plant, County of Orange, CA Y Irvine Ranch Water District Zone IV to Zonc V] Pump Station, City of Irvin -, CA > Zone V Reservoir Robinson Ranch. County of Orange, CA Zone C Reservoir (PAI2) Zone D Reservoir (PA61S), Mission Vicio, CA Coto do C'aza Water Transmission Facility 3.2 & 4.24, Counry of Orange, CA %- Forebay for Lake Mission Viejo Fill System, Mission Viejo, CA Sunnymead Ranch Reservoirs, Moreno Valley, CA A 2 mil, gal. Steel Reservoir, The Summit of Anaheim Hills, CA `r I m.g. 13 .ricd Reservoir, The Summit of Anahcim Hills, CA 2' General Kearney Reservoir, Rancho California, CA Date Strout Reservoir, Rancho California, CA PACIFIC BOILS ENOINEERINO, INC. • 714 7317 5191 P.1Si43 Page 17 OCT -30 -3002 15 :20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5 ^_91 P.15 -3 • • EXHIBIT A PSE Resumes PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEERING, WC. 0--T-32-20C2 i5:2�� PPCIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING ` 714 7�10 5191 P. -22143 CERTIFIED ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST CA]RISTENDRIZZI -DAVIS EDUCATION Bachelor of Sciences, Geosciences, 1986 University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 5978 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CEG 1987 PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Certified i=agineering Geologist for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Ms. Endrizzi- Davis: ♦ Conducts geologic investigations for residential and commercial developments. • Performs geologic mapping and site reconnaissance. ♦ Performs fault investigations and assesses geologic hazards. • Performs detailed logging of test borings and trenches. • Assists in seismic refraction surveys. ♦ Analyzes aerial photographs. ♦ Prepares geotechnicalreports. EMPLOYMENT 141STORY Ms. Endrizzi -Davis has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1998, as a Certified Engineering Geologist. Ms. Endrizzi- Dams' prior experience includes: • Geologist, John A. Gayers & Assoc, — Laguna Hills, Califomia ♦ Soils Technician, GeoSoils, Inc., Santa Ana, California ♦ Lab Technician, Orange County Environmental Management Agency, Construction Materials Division, California PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Large -scale land developments. ♦ Landslide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. Rippabiiity and downhole geologic surveys. Geotechnical, material and geologic investigations including studies of active faults within the Alquist- Priolo Special Studies Zones. • Geologic investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. Various landslide investigations and repair projects. • Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. Geotechnical evaluations for feasibility to purchase. ♦ Landslide and slope stability investigations. Mass grading for residential and commercial projects. Project Geologist for mass grading developments. ♦ Structural distress evafuation/manometer surveying. ASSOCIATIONS South Coast Geologic Society Association of Engineering Geologists PACIFIC 801LS ENGINEV=MIr 6, lm=. ..A pCT -30 -2:332 E5:2E FRCI71C SCI_S ENGINEEP.ING CIVIL ENGINEERING ASSOCIATE EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Computer Sciences, 1986 California State University, Fullenon, California P.21.'�'3 ?TEVEN L. JESSUP PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES Asa Civil Engineering Associate for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Jessup: • Conducts soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. • Performs site reconnaissance. • Prepares geotechnical engineering reports. • Performs in- grading inspections. • Prepares geotechnical engineering reports. • Reviews project plans and specifications. • Provides technical support for engineers and technical staff. • Assists in field and laboratory operations. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr. Jessup has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1982, beginning as a laboratory technician, advancing to senior soils technician to his current position as Civil Engineering Associate in 1 998. PROJECT EXPERIENCE • Foundation inspections during construction. • Pavement design and evaluation. • Mass grading for residential development. • Hillside grading. • Commercial, residential and industrial developments. • Field observation/monitoring of large earthwork projects. • Field inspection of reinforced concrete structures, pipeline construction, and deep foundations. • Plan checking, report review and ongoing inspection for earthwork projects. f Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. ♦ Civil Engineering Associate responsible for overseeing field operations during mass grading and onsite construction operations for numerous master - planned residential developments including: Portolla Hills, Alterra — Chino Hills, Majestic Spectrum — Chino, Santa Lucia — Newport Coast, Aliso Viejo PAID, Aliso Viejo Golf Resort, San Joaquin Hills Transportation Corridor, One Ford Road — Newport Beach, Spectrum 5 and Northwood High School — City of Irvine. PACIFIC SOILS E1%f9lNIZEMINO, INC. GCT -3E -2002 ;5:20 PACIFIC SC;LS ENGINEEPIIIG • REGISTERED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER MANAGER OF GEOTECHNICAL SER'v9CES (TUSTIN} EDUCATION Doctor of Philosophy, Civil Engineering, 1990 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRATIONS Registered Civil Engineer, California, RCE 42518 Registered Geotechnical Engineer, California, RGE 2172 714 730 519'_ P._._'a_ • AZZAM J. ALWAS:H PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Registered Geotechnical Engineer and Manager of Geotechnical Services (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Dr. Alwash: • Provides upper level management and staffing resources for geotechnical investigations and analyses. • Provides technical advice to staff. • Coordinates and supervises geotechnical field investigations. • Prepares geotechnica] reports. • Assists in business development. + Reviews project plans and specifications. + Provides project administration. • Directs and supervises technicians in data compilation and analyses. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Dr. Alwash has held positions of increasing responsibility with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., beginning in 1985 as a Civil Engineering Associate and achieving Registered Geotechnical Engineer status in 1992. He currently serves as the Manager of Geotechnical Services of the Tustin office. Dr. Alwash's experience prior to 1985 includes lecturing in various Civil Engineering courses at California State University, Fullerton, and the University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California, as well as independent consulting, design and construction of shoring systems. PROJECT EXPERIENCE + Residential, commercial and industrial development. • Pavement design and evaluation. ♦ Mass grading for residential development. + University facilities expansion. • Bridge foundation design. • Geotechnical investigations of distressed structures. • Geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway and residential projects, as well as critical structures. • Field engineering inspection for all phases of construction for both commercial and residential projects. • Slope stability evaluations. ASSOCIATIONS American Society of Civil Engineers (Member) PUBLICATIONS Available upon request. PACIFIC SOILS IErNGINEEfi /NG, INC. OCT- 2E -2O22 _ =:20 PACIFIC SOILS -1!-' 77-2 - • • SENIOR LABORATORY MANAGER KEENEY D. VAN HORN EDUCATION UCLA Extension Liberal .Arts, Los Angeles, California, 1962 to 1967 East Los Angeles Junior College, Rio Hondo Junior College, Whittier, California Undergraduate Work, Industrial Arts, 1961 to I969 Los Angeles Tract Tech., Pasadena City College, Pasadena, California Preventative Medicine School, 1964 U.S. Army — Fort Sam Houston, Texas REGISTRATIONS/CERTIFICATES Registered Construction Inspector, California, 2510 Instrument Rated Private Pilot, FAA 572543149 Certified Nuclear Soil Gauge Operator, 1971 Certificate of Proficiency, California Department of Transportation PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Senior Laboratory Manager for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Van Horn: • Provides direction and management for all laboratory services. • Performs a wide variety of physical tests on soils and concrete. These tests are related to investigative geotechnical and engineering purposes. • Insures that laboratory personnel perform tests in strict accordance with ASTM, California State or other governing agency specifications. • Responsible for procuring, designing and manufacturing much of the testing and sampling equipment. • Insures that all laboratory and field equipment are properly calibrated on a regular basis and in accordance with ASTM, California State or manufacturer's recommendations. • Prepares laboratory test reports. • Consults with clients regarding laboratory testing requirements. • Reviews laboratory tests and procedures. • Occasionally conducts onsite compaction testing. • Occasionally conducts subsurface drilling and sampling operations. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr. Van Hom has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1969 initially as a Laboratory Technician increasing responsibility to Laboratory Branch Manager. Currently his title is Senior Laboratory Manager and be is responsible for the Cypress and San Diego Laboratories. His prior experience includes: • U.S. Army, 1964 to 1966 • Los Angeles, County Flood Control District, 1963 to 1964 and 1966 to 1969. PACIFfG 6bIL6 ENGINEC¢gINQ, INC. OCT -30 -2002 1521 PGC I. I C SOILS EH5 _ I1EEP 1G • PRINCIPAL ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST VICE PRESIDENT — MANAGING PRINCIPAL MANAGER OF GEOLOGICAL SERVICES (TUSTIN) EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Geology, 1977 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 3805 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CEG 1197 Registered Environmental Assessor, California, REA 02590 714 730 51 =1 • DEAN C. ARMSTRONG PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Principal Engineering Geologist and Managing Principal (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Armstrong: ♦ Directs business development. ♦ Performs upper level management of investigations and analyses for geologic and geotechnical reports. ♦ Conducts geologic and soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. ♦ Provides in -house project management for geotechnical projects. ♦ Conducts fault studies and assesses geologic hazards. • Provides technical direction for geologic staff. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr. Armstrong has held positions of increasing responsibility with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc, beginning in 1978 as an Engineering Geology Associate. Mr. Armstrong ctm-ently holds the title of Vice President. Additionally, Mr. Armstrong is the Managing Principal and Manager of Geological Services of the Tustin office. Prior to 1978, Mr. Armstrong was employed by L.T. Evans, Los Angeles, California as a soils technician. PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Large -scale land developments. • Landslide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. ♦ Rippability and downhole geologic surveys. ♦ Mass grading for residential development. + HilIside grading. ♦ Geotechnical, material and geologic investigations including studies of potentially active faults. • Geologic and geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. ASSOCIATIONS Association of Engineering Geologist (Member) South Coast Geologic Society (Member) PACIPICe SdILG QNOINEERING, INC.. OCT-32-2002 1-1:215 Proposal No. 02- 5 -044R July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 FgC;F1- _u1S �rlG:rl_c ?iNG • EXHIBIT "B" E COST ESTIMATE BREAKDOWN GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTLVG SERVICES PROVIDED BY PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 714 7�_O 5191 P.39•'4-� EXHIBIT B I. PRELIMINARY RESEARCH .4ND COORDINATION Obtaining and anal }-zing existing geotechnical and site records Geologist or Engineering Associate 30 lus, @ $ 85.00 ,fhr. $ 2.550.00 Principle Review 2 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr. $ 270.00 Subtotal $ 2,820.00 2. MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATIONS Assuming 5 Meetings at 4 hours each_ Geologist or Civi Engineer 20 hrs. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 SubTotal $ 2.200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (I'somas) -See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM 9. Underground Service Alert & Site Clearance Associate Geologist 4 hrs. @ S 85.00 /;-it. $ 340.00 Field Vehicle 4 hrs. @ S 6.00 /hr. $ 24.00 SubTotal $ 364.00 b, Drill Rig Access in Slope (if necessary) Dozer 9lirs. @ $ C. Cone Penetrometer Testing (assuming 12 holes) CPT Rig Geologist or Engineer 20 hrs. @ S Field Vehicle 20 hrs, (a S Methane Detector 2 days @ S d. Hollow Stem Boring (assuming 2 to 3 Holes) Hollow Stem Rig 20 hrs. @ S Geologist or Engineer 20 hrs. r, $ Field Vehicle 24 hrs. @ S Backfill slurry(bentonite $ 144.00 Methane Detector 2 days @. S PACIFIC BOILS ENr]INeeRINO, INC. 130.00 /hr. $ 1,040.00 S 6,500.00 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 6.00 /hr. $ 120.00 75.00 Idy. S 150.00 Subtotal $ 8,970.00 180.00 /hr. $ 3,600.00 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 6.00 (hr. $ 144.00 S 600.00 75.00 /dy. $ 150.00 Subtotal $ 6,694.00 OrT -30 -2002 75:25 PACIFIC SOILS 7;1 733 =.191 P. 401 4; Proposal No. 02- 5 -044R July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 EXHIBIT B - COST ESTIMATE BREAKDO A N (CONT') NE'%TORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER C. Laboratory Testing Laboratory Maximum Dry Density 3 tests @ $ 112.00 /test 5 336.00 Direct Shear I tests @ $ 104.00 /test $ 104.00 Expansion Index 20 tests rg $ 84,00 /test S 1,680.00 Hydrometer Analyses 50 tests @ S 42.00 /test $ 2,100.00 Sieve Analyses 20 tests @ S 56.00 /test S 11120.00 Consolidation 30 tests @ S 112.00 /test S 3:360.00 In -situ Moisture & Density 28 tests @ $ 14.00 /test $ 392.00 Chemical Analysis (by others) 4 tests @ S 35.00 /test $ 140.00 Subtotal S 9,232.00 L Archeo Subeonsultant (LSA) - See attached proposal Archeologist S 1,500,00 Total Field & Lab S 27,500.00 S. PREPARING REPORTS Analyses & Report Preparation Geologist or Engineer Associate 20 hrs. Cc), $ 85.00 lhr. S 1,700.00 Geologist or Engineer 32 hrs. @ S 110.00 /lu. $ 3,520.00 Principal Engineer 4 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr. S 540.00 Principal Geologist 4 hrs. C S 135.00 /hr. $ 540.00 Accommodations (typing, repro., etc.) 10 Reports $ 1,500.00 Subtotal $ 7,800.00 S(JKMARY I. PRELIMINARY RESEARCH AND COORDINATION $ 2.820.00 2. WETfNGS AND NEGOTIATIONS $ 2,200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (Psomas) - See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM $ 27.800.00 S. PREPARING REPORTS $ 7,800.00 GRAND TOTAL S 451720.00 PACIFIC SOIL$ ENOINEERINm, InrC. PAC1.FiC_ SOILS .FIG_h1Ec?iNG 714 733 5191 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE. SUt7E 514, TUSTIN, CALIPORWA 92780 TELEPHONE. {7141 7302122, FAX: (714) 7305191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFECTIVE JUNE 1, 2002 ) 13) Atterberg Limits Principals (consultations) S 150.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 135.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 1 I0.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates S 85.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants S 75.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 65.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.001hr. Soils Technicians S 56.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) S 72.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 56.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 50.00/hr. Drafting Personnel $ 55.00111r. Expert Witness (Research) $ I75.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) S 275.00/hr. LAB_ ORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density S 112.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 112.00 2) Direct Shear S 11100 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 28.00 Shrinkage Limits S 168.00 4) Hydrometer $ 42.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 56.00 15) "R "-Value S 364.00 6) Full Gradation $ 112.00 16) Moisture & Density S 14.00 7) Sand Equivalent S 56.00 Moisture Only $ 14.00 8) Consolidation $ 112.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression (chunk samples) $ 56.00 (Soil) $ 56.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 11100 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear - -Time Only Moisture & Density $ 14.00 11) C.B.R. $ 252.00 * 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 84.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 56.00 20) Durability Index $ 168.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION To THE ABOVE (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($6.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) -- (S6.00 per hour) x x* FS -1 (6 /1/02) -TUS includes 5 -laver laboratory maximum density per contract agreement CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LDS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 22D•ORD TEL: (310( 3257272 0 1323) 776 6T. t TEU (909) 6766195 TEL: f858) 5601712 FAX: (714) 2209589 FAX (714 220 ?59g FAX' (909) 6761579 °4X:(656)560.0360 i.r '{ � - ttr1ili 1 �S�A86St . r i�: i OK ✓ f !� J yL ♦. � Y Y AT Y•- .y. vi WIWI1 !. City of Newport Beach • BUDGET AMENDMENT • 2002 -03 EFFECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: Increase Revenue Estimates X Increase Expenditure Appropriations Transfer Budget Appropriations SOURCE: from existing budget appropriations from additional estimated revenues Ix from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: NO. BA- 021 AMOUNT: $as,72a.00 Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance AND X Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: To increase expenditure appropriations for Newport Coast Community Center professional services agreement for geotechnical services. ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE Fund Account 298 3605 REVENUE ESTIMATES (3601) Fund /Division Account EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Description Equipment Fund Balance Description Signed: Signed: Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit $45,728.00 - Automatic Credit $45,728.00 G —01 Date Da16 2 D Date Description Division Number 7298 Newport Coast Annexation Account Number C5100705 Newport Coast Community Center Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Signed: Signed: Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit $45,728.00 - Automatic Credit $45,728.00 G —01 Date Da16 2 D Date lty of Newport Beach 0 BUDGET AMENDMENT 2002 -03 EFFECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: Increase Revenue Estimates X Increase Expenditure Appropriations Transfer Budget Appropriations SOURCE: from existing budget appropriations from additional estimated revenues PX from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: NO. BA- 021 AMOUNT: gas,72o.ao Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance AND X Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: NOV 1 Z : +lj',j1 To increase expenditure appropriations for Newport Coast Community Center professional services agreement for geotechnical services. ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE Fund Account 298 3605 REVENUE ESTIMATES (3601) Fund /Division Account EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Description Newport Coast Fund Balance Description Signed: Z(1�5161k �� Signed: `lDY+t ✓ Services Director City Manager Signed: (4 , —(f III (/(/), City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit Credit $45,720.00 $45,720.00 Date v Z ate / / / 2 L�- Date Description Division Number 7298 Newport Coast Annexation Account Number C5100705 Newport Coast Community Center Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Signed: Z(1�5161k �� Signed: `lDY+t ✓ Services Director City Manager Signed: (4 , —(f III (/(/), City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit Credit $45,720.00 $45,720.00 Date v Z ate / / / 2 L�- Date ;1i 12; 2Lii;2 SE,: J 5163416 e9 i=Whn RCTS &R:,NCH F GE 01 0 0 42o 02, "nTp OFCAUFORNIA __ i� + ^.^••�s. ('cw -uc� _ CALIFORNIA INTEGRATED WASTE MANAGEMENT BOARD IV I � 9n�s. $lflpi)K� +o. Rld.mb 95tH ItlrtAREr dd.o5. F.O 3n 9025. 95M F�►X 8� Remediation, Closure Technical Services TO: Mooeline Arakelian Phone 949 752 -1678 Fax Phone 949 - 474 -0692 Date 1111212002 3:12 Number of 5a-es inCiueing wver s1 ?eet 3 FROM: Michael 6119chnick C1WA43 Closure B Technical Services State of Celi,°omia Phone (916) 3416316 Fax Phone (916) 319 -7334 REMARKS: E FY! D Review ❑ Action Needed ❑ Please Com,nent Here is a copy of Section 21190 of Title 27, California Code of Regulations. Thi= secVon specifies the general criteria to be met to build on landfill property. Y srrz� m P,,, V� pz;, •, :.'12!2201 16: ?3 9163a16S; C I'aMB F:CTS }3FJ�N ^..� F ^AGE f, • ft ;� - _ ? � ❑ - i� l'tu�Ktt , ii .� - .'�.ontry _ _ — -y:c _'S'A __ _ . (a) Proposed posiclosute land uses shall be designed and mamtarncd to: (1) protect public bcalth and safety and prevent damage to structute5. roads, utilities and gas momtorirg and eonnol systems; (2) prevent public contact with waste, landfill gas and iearhate, and i?)prevent WOW gas exp;osiotls (b) The site design shall coasidcr one or more propose i uses of tae site toward which the operator v: dl direst it- efforts, or $11111 show development as open space. anded in hat, nnize with the >eetng and landscaped :.itlt native shrubbery of '.ow maintenance ground cover ' (c) All proposed postclosure land uses, other than non- i,-rigated op'ea 5p-ce. ou snes :mplatuent,ng cloauu of on c ;osvd sites shalt be Submitted to the EA, RWQCS, local air district and'.ocal land uie agency. Tl:e PA shall re; icw and appzave pronosed postclosw'e land uses if the plu lest invoh'CS stuctures wn!;in 1,010 feet of the drsl ;ttsal 1'1a, structures o- cop of waste, modification of the low per acabilky layer, or i:n aatson over w astc. (d) Corstraction on the site shall maintain the intevnty of '.he final covet; drainage and eres:ou control system:. and gas rn '.iitoring rind control systetns. The oevoer or operator shall d'eroonstrate to the satisfutun o.` ll:e EA hat the activtaes w ll not post a threat to pubh.- health and safety am; the envircnmenz. Ary proposed rrodificaiinn :,t rmiacement of the low pcinneahility layer of the finial corer shall begin upon al>aa:ovn! by ,r$• EA, and tl.,c (e) corsnuctiou of structural improvemcnts or top of lend idled areas during the pnstcioScre pettod shall pure' ,;e following conditions ' (I i automatic methane gas sensors, designed to trigger an suotble alarm when methane concentrations are dettcted, shall be installed to al! bl.ildings (27 enclosed basement constrncnon is pmimb.ted; ( 3) buildoigs shall be coostructtd to rratigare the �ifects of gas acctunulait on, which via,, it hide an scavc gas eolLetien orpassis•e cent Syslems, (4) buildings 2nd on Mies shall be constructed to mitigate :hc clfecis of dntnentia! set Ill emt•i :t. AK utility ^olutechors shall he designed with flcxibl-- ronnecdons and unirty collars (5) utd +ues shall licit be installed ru or beiow any low litimeability !aver of final covet; (6) piSngs shall not he installed in ni through any i�ottoni later unless approved by the X1itp:.'B, (7) if pt.ings arc installed m or lhreu,l, :be law pemarabilily isyet Of final cover inen :tic roar perrrcabihy layer must '�c replaced or repaned; and IF I periodic tucthane gas runtiturinF shall be cooLlucted inside all hus :dings and undergroayd -.unities in accordance with section 2093: of Aaicle 6, of Subchapter A of this Chapel, (P I he EA may regv:re that an additional soil'.ayet or builuine 1>ad be. placed on the final cover p: for is c:.: >nucu(ln IC pro eci the integrity and functi011 of the various )ageri of final cover (g) All on cite consnucnon willrm 110,30 feet of the boundary .,f ary disposal arc- shall be d_sipt.ed and enishtx;cd In accotu;Ke wnb :be follovviog or m areerdance with art equivalent der.ieu whmlr wit: prevent Roe rruwo:m m•.y tr,e building, nn!e�s an exrarstior ]:as been Issued. 12 1 2vt 916341636 Mute. C I4a'1F. F.C75 FRi..p]i• (f) a geomembrane or equivalent system with low portability to landfill ¢as shall be installed beteen the concrete floor slab of the bmidntg and subgrade; (2) a perrmeable layer of open graded rnattrial of clear aggregate with a winimum thiclarss or l2 inches shall be installed between tit geomembraue and the subg :adt or slab, ? 3) a gcotestile filter shall be utilized to prevalt the mnod-act:(m of finis into the permeable lacet ; (41 perforated veining pipes shall he iris wWirt @te penneabie layer, and shall be dcsignaa in operate without cloamg' (5) Ste venting pine shall be constricted with the ai tSt) to be connected to an iud.ccd draft cshmst system, (6) automatic rttetnanc gas sensors shall be iustzlied mch ±n (he peirxahle gas lave:, and trsjje Par bLilding to nigger an audiole alarm when methar:e gas coucentrattcme ate ectcz'ted, and (7) pc7io6u :methane gas monitoring ehail be conducted ms.de all builAmas and urdergroutd utdlCes in acc'ndanee with Aruc!e 6, of Subchapter 4 of this chapter (section 20020 et scq. -. .IatForhj d d: Secdonr J0502 rsvd 4M20, t uh4r d. •� m :`a(i• 1ni $ecLan 6.5.'06 l :,d�, Cmvrrnmrr.: Co ^e .4efercner: Szct�tur, P30'i, �i77? Doti 1170 i, Fua�ry$g: r, r Cnrh: ann Svrpmt Se'ie_'1.`Al. (uru mmn: L : %a PAGE P3 3577 AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AMENDMENT NO 3 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this ADM day of ( , 2007, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a Municipal corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "City ") and PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC., a California corporation, whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514, Tustin, California 92780 (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant "), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On November 12, 2002, City and Consultant entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement', for geotechnical design services for the Newport Coast Community Center, hereinafter referred to as "Project'. B. On November 4, 2004, City entered into Amendment No. 1 to reflect additional geotechnical design services not contemplated in Agreement and to extend the term of Agreement to December 31, 2005. C. On July 11, 2006, City entered into Amendment No. 2 to retain and compensate Consultant for construction phase geotechnical services not contemplated in Agreement and to extend the term of Agreement to December 31, 2007. D. City now desires to retain and compensate Consultant for additional construction phase geotechnical services not contemplated in Agreement and Amendment 2. E. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as Amendment No. 3, as provided below: NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Consultant shall be compensated for professional services performed - pursuant to this Amendment No. 3 in accordance with "Exhibit A" dated March 9, 2007, and attached hereto. 2. Total additional compensation to Consultant for services performed pursuant to this-Amendment No. 3 for all work performed in accordance with this Amendment No. 3, including all reimburseable items and E 0 subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Five Thousand One Hundred Fifty Six Dollars ($5,156). 3. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 3 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: By Uthwi ial. gh&' City Clerk Attachment: Exhibit A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, A Municioal Corporation 0 Mayor for the City of PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 0 By, r— tZ jtit64�ZT1��� Title'.�s����� ` Print Name: • PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714)730 -5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 RECEIVED MAR 19 2007 Public Works Department City of Newport Beach March 9, 2007 Work Order 500601 -G Attention: Mr. Lloyd Dalton Subject: EXPLANATION OF CHANGE ORDER REQUEST #1 TO AMENDMENT NO.2 Professional Services Agreement with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. For Newport Coast Community Center 6401 San Joaquin Hills Road City of Newport Beach, California References: 1. Cost Estimate for Geotechnical Services During Precise Grading and On -Site Construction, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California; by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., dated May 31, 2006 (W.O. 500601 -G). 2. Change Order Request #1 to Amendment No. 2 to Professional Services Agreement with Pacific Soils Engineering; hic. For Newport Coast Community Center, 6401 San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California; by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., dated January 18, 2007. Gentlemen: Per your request, the following provides an explanation for the amount of the referenced Change Order Request totaling $5,200.00. Please note that the original cost estimate (Reference 1), which accompanied the services agreement, presents estimated fees based on assumed hours to complete the tasks however the billing is done on a time and materials basis. Following is a summary of the hours and fees for services that are in excess of the original estimate. The summarized fees were rounded to the nearest hundred dollars for the purposes of the Reference 2 Change Order. dn"flie -M) 783 -7843 %grm 87A•984i1 PORA: T' E NEADOUAR TE L(714)1,=*10 F LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY TEL: (310) 325-7272 or(323)775 -6771 TEL: (951) 582-0170 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (951) 582 -0176 SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL. (858) 560 -1713 FAX: (958) 560 -0880 Work Order 500601 -G March 9, 2007 Page 2 Charges Outside Scone of Original Aareement (See the Reference 1 Cost Estimate in Appendix A). Sewer tie -in on Newport Coast Drive Additional hours for geologist due to hard rock Meetings ( Geotechnical Engineer) Meetings (Engineering Geologist) 26.5 hrs. x $92.00 * /hr. $2438.00 10.0 hrs. x $123.00* */hr. $1230.00 3.0 hrs. x $148.00 * * /hr. $ 444.00 4.0 hrs. x $123.00 * * /hr. $ 492.00 (Anticipated hours in excess of the Reference 1 estimate to complete post grading observation and testing 6.0 hrs. x $92.00 * /hr. 552.00 TOTAL $5156.00 * includes hourly wage plus charges for field vehicle and nuclear test gauge ** includes hourly wage plus charges for field vehicle Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact this firm at (714) 730 -2122. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SO�jILnS1 ENGINEERING, INC. By: C A EN RIZZI- S /CEG 1987 Reg. Exp.: 12 -31 -07 Certified Engineering Geol Distribution: (1) Addressee (1) Ms. Kim Harvey via fax Reviewed by: aLl R NALD A. REED/RGE 2524 RCE 53581/Reg. Exp.: 6 -30 -07 Manager of Geotechnical Services CED:51J:RAR:rb:500601 -G, March 9, 2007 (Explanation of Change Order No. 1) Attachments: Appendix A — W.O. 500601-G Cost Estimate dated May 31, 2006 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL' (714) 220 -0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951 ) 582 -0170 TEL (858) 560.1713 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: (951) 582-0176 FAX; (658)580-0380 0 0 APPENDIX A COPY OF THE REFERENCE 1 COST ESTIMATE PREPARED BY PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. DATED MAY 31, 2006 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 0 aPACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN. CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730.2122, FAX. (714 ) 730.5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Attention: Mr. Lloyd Dalton E EXHIBIT A May 31, 2006 Proposal No. 06 -5-019 Work Order 500601 -G Subject: COST ESTIMATE FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES ,, j�� During Precise Grading and On -Site Constructi�� V Newport Coast Community Center City of Newport Beach, California SuN 24p6 s pepat'ti<'�en� References: See Appendix pub�tGW NewpO\A Beach CIv 0{ Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this cost estimate to provide geotechnical consulting services in support of development of the subject site. The scope of this proposal is based on a review of the referenced reports; discussions with representatives of the City of Newport Beach; presumed schedules and phasing; and this firm's experience with similar projects. The following is a description of tasks that are considered a part of the scope of work to be conducted by PSE during site development. ITEM -Z: Precise Grading The geotechnical consulting and testing services to be provided during precise grading of the subject site will consist of the following: full -time observation and testing during precise grading operations; laboratory testing of representative soil samples; preparation and ,submittal of one (1) precise grading report documenting PSE's observations and laboratory test results collected during precise grading as well as presenting final geotechnical design parameters and recommendations. PSE's engineer will attend weekly project meetings prior to construction and during grading as requested. Based on an assumed time of 15 working days to complete precise grading, the total estimated cost is $22,500.00 for the above scope of work. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY - SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 220 -0770 TEL: f310) 325 -7272 w (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951) 562 -0170 TEL: (656) 560 -1713 FAX: (14) 220 -9599 FAX: (714y 220 -9569 FAX'. (951) 562 -0176 FAX'. (656) SSD -0360 Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 ITEM -2: On -Site Construction Page 2 The geotechnical observation and testing services to be provided during on -site construction operations will encompass the following: building and retaining wall footing excavations; building slab presaturation verification; utility lateral trench backfill (storm drain, sewer, water, joint utility area drains); curb and gutter and parking area subgrade compaction; base material compaction; asphalt laydown operations; and exterior flatwork subgrade compaction and presaturation. Observation and testing services during on -site construction will be on a part-time basis. These services will be provided on an as- needed, on -call basis as requested by the project superintendent. A final soils report documenting the on -site construction activities will be prepared. It is assumed that only one (1) final soil engineering report encompassing the entire project will be necessary. Laboratory testing and associated office support will be provided during on -site construction. Based on an assumed time of 80 hours of part -time soils technician time during on -site construction, the total estimated cost is $13,000.00 for the above scope of work. This proposal assumes that the project is characterized as "Public Works" by the State Department oflndustrial Relations and, therefore, would fall under the current interpretation of the California prevailing wage law. Therefore, the project is subject to a higher pay rate for soils technicians to comply with State law and, therefore, a higher billing rate. The hourly rates for soils technicians used in preparation of this cost estimate have incorporated the higher billing rate associated with "Public Works" projects and prevailing wage law. During site development and on -site construction operations, eight -hour days and five -day workweeks have been incorporated into this cost estimate. Should the contractor elect to work in excess of eight hours a day or should they work Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays, an overtime factor 1-1/4 times the hourly rate will be applied. ITEM -1: Precise Grading ITEM -2: On -Site Construction SUMMARY GRAND TOTAL PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEERING. INC. $ 22,500.00 $ 13,000.00 $ 35,500.00 0 0 Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 Page 3 The above costs are based upon assumed times to complete the various tasks. It is also assumed that meetings with your staff and/or consultants will be required. However, due to the unknown nature of the number or frequency of meetings, additional conference time will be billed in accordance with the attached FEE SCHEDULE. Fees will be billed on a time and materials basis, utilizing the attached FEE SCHEDULE, but will not exceed the estimated amount unless the scope of the project changes or without your prior authorization. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. appreciates the opportunity to present this proposal. Should you have any questions, please contact the undersigned at our Tustin Office. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SOILS ENJ3INEERING, INC. 9;�* - STEVEN L. h SUP Civil Engineering Associate Reviewed by: 7?a- of RONALD A. REED Manager of Geotechnical Services Distrihution:(1) Addressee SURAR:rh- 06.5 -019, May 31, 2006, (Newport Coast Community Center City of Newport Beach) Attachment: Fee Schedule AUTHORIZED BY: Title Date PACIgC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 0 0 DO ►I113 ". References Page 4 Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Engineer Manual No. 1110 -1 -1904, dated September 30, 1990. John A. Sayers and Associates, 1993, Rough Grading Geotechnical Report, Newport Ridge, Lots "M ", "Q ", and 8 Portions of Lot 10 and Newport Ridge Drive East from Station 46+60 to 65 +00, and Including Crib Wall Number 2 and Gas Mitigation Trench Construction, Tract 14509, Orange County, California, For Coastal Community Builders, W.O. 340 -2 -69, dated September 10, 1993. NMG Geotechnical, Inc., 1995, Geotechnical Report of Observation and Testing of Precise Grading for a Portion of Newport Ridge Community Park, Including Entry Plaza, Tennis Courts, Basketball Courts, Play Fields and Park Areas, Newport Coast, County of Orange, California, Project Number 94075 -1, dated May 19, 1995. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003a, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601, dated March 7, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003b, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Comer of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601, dated March 7, 2003, Revised March 24, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2004, Supplemental Geotechnical Investigation and Grading Plan Review, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601A, dated December 22, 2004, Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005x, Response to the City of Newport Beach Geotechnical Report Review Checklist Dated July 26, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated November 17, 2005. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005b, Response to the City of Newport Beach Review of Geotechnical Response, Dated November 29, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated January 27, 2006. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. J � 9 • ©PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730.2122, FAX: (714) 7305191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFECTIVE MAY 29, 2005) Principals (consultations) $ 160.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 140.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 115.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates $ 88.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 78.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 72.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 84.0011ir. Soils Technicians $ 64.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 64.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 60.001lu. Technical Illustrator $ 60.00/hr. CAD Illustrator $ 78.00/lu. Expert Witness (Research) $ 200.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 300.00/hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 128.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 128.00 2) Direct Shear $ 128.00 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 32.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 192.00 4) Hydrometer $ 48.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 64.00 15) "R" -Value $ 416.00 6) Full Gradation $ 128.00 16) Moisture & Density $ 16.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 64.00 Moisture Only $ 16.00 8) Consolidation $ 128.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression chunk samples) $ 64.00 (Soil) $ 64.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 128.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear — Time Only Moisture & Density $ 16.00 11) C.B.R. $ 288.00* 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 96.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 64.00 20) Durability Index $ 192.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($7.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density ** per contract agreement fee schedule �5 -05) CORPORATE HEADOUA TERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY - SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 220 -0770 TEL: )310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951) 582.0170 TEL: (858) 560 -1713 FAX: (714) 220-9509 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: 1951) 582 -0176 FAX: (858) 560-0380 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 T PROF SSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this t day of ei(-' 2004, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "City ") and PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC., whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514, Tustin, California 92780 (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On November 12, 2002, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement', for geotechnical services for the Newport Coast Community Center, hereinafter referred to as "Project'. B. City desires to enter into this Amendment No. 1 to reflect professional services not included in Agreement and to extend the term of Agreement to December 31, 2005. C. City desires to retain and compensate Consultant for supplemental geotechnical investigation not contemplated in the original Professional Services Agreement. D. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Amendment No. 1 ", as provided below. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: Consultant shall be compensated for professional services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 1 in accordance with °Exhibit A" dated October 8, 2004 and attached hereto. 2. Total additional compensation to Consultant for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 1 for all work performed in accordance with this Amendment No. 1, including all reimburseable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000). 3. The term of Agreement shall be extended to December 31, 2005. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. 0 0 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: 6A Assis ant City Attomey for the City of Newport Beach CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, A Municipal Corporation By: 4"'` . z4l�i� City Manager for the City of Newport Beach PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC.: t� I- . IvIIno.T...vi. Attachment: Exhibit A f :Wsers\phvAshared\agreements\fy 04 -05 \pacific soils amendment 1.doc PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE. SUITE 514. TUSTIN. CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122. FAX: (714) 7305191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. October 8, 2004 P.O. Box 1768 Proposal No. 04 -5 -046 Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 Attention: Mr. Lloyd Dalton Subject: PROPOSAL FOR SUPPLEMENTAL GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION Relocation of the Proposed Newport Coast Community Center Northwest Cotner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road City of Newport Beach, California Reference: Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc, Work Order 500601, (revision dated, March 24, 2003). Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present a proposal to conduct a supplemental geotechnical investigation due to relocation of the proposed Newport Coast Community Center in the City of Newport Beach. The proposed investigation would supplement existing data that was presented in the referenced report. This phase of work would consist of a subsurface geotechnical investigation and laboratory- testing program; review of the revised building locations and previous report, analysis of the data; and preparation of a written report. Presented below is a further breakdown of these tasks. Field Investigation and Laboratory Testing > Field mark proposed boring locations and contact Underground Service Alert (USA). It should be noted that PSE does not have access to plans showing existing underground improvements; as such, PSE will not accept liability if subsurface structures, not identified by USA, are damaged. > Drill, log and sample four- bucket auger borings to evaluate the subsurface conditions (one day of drilling). A subcontractor will perform the drilling. The borings would extend to a maximum depth of roughly 30f feet below existing round surface. CORPORATE HEAGOUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SOUTH ORANGE COUNTY TEL: (714) 22G -0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 o, (3231 7756771 TEL: (9091582-0170 TEL: 1714) 730 -2122 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (714) 2209589 FAX: (909) 552 -0176 FAX: 1714) 730 -5191 Proposal No. 04 -5 -046 October 8, 2004 ➢ Perform laboratory testing of samples obtained from the borings to evaluate relevant engineering properties of the on -site subsurface materials. Analysis, Plan Review, and Report Preparation Compile geologic data on a geotechnical map using a site plan as a base. Evaluate the results of the laboratory- testing program. Page 2 > Develop preliminary site grading recommendations including anticipated remedial measures. > Evaluate the allowable soil bearing pressures and provide preliminary recommendations relative to the design of foundations, retaining walls, and concrete slabs. > Attend one project team meeting (four hours). Prepare a geotechnical report presenting the items outlined above. The report will include PSE's conclusions and recommendations for site development along with the the boring logs and a geotechnical map. The estimated cost to provide these services is $10,000.00. These estimated costs for the supplemental phase of work are based upon assumed times to complete the various tasks. Fees will be billed on a time and materials basis, utilizing the attached FEE SCHEDULE but will not exceed the estimated amount without your prior authorization. Due to the unknown nature of meetings, conference time beyond the estimated four hours will also be billed in accordance with the attached FEE SCHEDULE. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., appreciates the opportunity to present this proposal. We will be happy to meet with you regarding the project at your convenience. Should you have any questions, please contact the undersigned at our Tustin Office (714) 730 - 2122). Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. RONALD A. REED /RGE 2524 RCE 53581 /Reg. Exp.: 6 -30 -07 Manager of Geotechnical Services RAR:DT:rb -04 -5 -046 October 8, 2004 (City of Newport Beach) f DON TERRES /CEG 1362 Reg. Exp.: 1 -31 -05 Manager of Geological Services PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. aPACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE SUITE 514. TUSTIN. CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE (714) 730 2122 FAX 17141 730 5191 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($6.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density ** per contract agreement fee schedule (6-03) CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL (7141 2200770 TEL: (3 10) 325 7272 0, (3231775 6771 TEL 1909) 6768195 TEL. (858) 560 1713 FAX. (714) 2209589 FAX: 1714) 2209589 FAX: 1909) 676 1879 FAX: (858) 5600380 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFECTIVE JUNE 1, 2003) Principals (consultations) $ 160.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 140.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 115.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates $ 88.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 78.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 68.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 80.00/hr. Soils Technicians $ 60.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 75.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 60.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 52.00/hr. Technical Illustrator $ 58.00/hr. CAD Illustrator $ 78.00/hr. Expert Witness (Research) $ 200.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 300.00 /hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 120.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 120.00 2) Direct Shear $ 120.00 Ftterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 30.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 180.00 4) Hydrometer $ 45.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 60.00 15) "R" -Value $ 390.00 6) Full Gradation $ 120.00 16) Moisture & Density $ 15.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 60.00 Moisture Only $ 15.00 8) Consolidation $ 120.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression chunk samples) $ 60.00 (Soil) $ 60.00 17) Concrete Testing " (Rock) $ 120.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear — Time Only Moisture & Density $ 15.00 11) C.B.R. $ 270.00* 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 90.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 60.00 20) Durability Index $ 180.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($6.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density ** per contract agreement fee schedule (6-03) CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL (7141 2200770 TEL: (3 10) 325 7272 0, (3231775 6771 TEL 1909) 6768195 TEL. (858) 560 1713 FAX. (714) 2209589 FAX: 1714) 2209589 FAX: 1909) 676 1879 FAX: (858) 5600380 9 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 10653 PROGRESS WAY, P.O. BOX 2249, CYPRESS, CALIFORNIA 90630 TELEPHONE: (714) 220 -0770, FAX: (714) 220 -9589 (Corporate Headquarters) Ms. Mary Locey Public Works Specialist CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Beach Boulevard P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92663 Subject: Dear Ms. Locey: AMENDMENT NO.1 0 October 29, 2004 Work Order 500601 Professional Service Agreement NOV 1 2004 Newport Coast Community Center ( } Lblr y;1Wra.lra CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA' Attached are two (2) copies of Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Service Agreement (PSA) dated November 12, 2002 for the Newport Coast Community Center. The amendments have been signed by a representative of this firm contingent upon your approval of our insurance. Attached are copies of certificates and endorsements of our current insurance package for your approval. Original wet signed certificates are being mailed to the City of Newport Beach directly from our broker, Bowermaster and Associates. Please be aware that there were issues with insurance during the initial work performed by this firm covered by the PSA. The cover letter provided with Amendment No. 1 references a Section 14. Insurance of the PSA. Please note that Section 14 is Ownership of Documents. Section 12 detailed the insurance requirements. There are no requirements listed for excess/umbrella liability coverage. However, the sample certificates provided with your letter indicates $5,000,000 per occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate coverage. This is inconsistent with the Professional Service Agreement language. Please notify this firm in writing of the acceptance of the insurance certificates and endorsements upon your execution of the amendment. Work will not be scheduled or initiated until PSE receives a fully executed agreement. If you have any questions or require additional information, please contact this office at (714) 220 -0770. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. By: \ J DANIEL T. MARTINEZ, President Distr.: (1) Addressee DTM/m1- 500601 LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY SOUTH ORANGE COUNTY TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -8771 TEL: (909) 582 -0170 TEL (858) 560 -1713 TEL: (714) 730.2122 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (909) 582 -0176 FAX: (858) 560 -0380 FAX: (714) 730.5191 A& A& PACISOI -01 CAJA ACORD� CERTIFICA E OF LIABILITY IMRA CE ° oizi //20004 ) PRODUCER Bowermaster & Associates Insurance P.O. Box 100 10631 Paramount Blvd. (562) 923 -9631 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. TYPED INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER Downey, CA 90241.0100 POLICY EXPIRATION INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # INSURED Pacific Soils Engineering P.O: Box 2249 ' — "1~ . 9 +:. INSURER A: Hartford Fire Insurance Company EACH OCCURRENCE INSURER e: St. Paul Travelers PREMISES iEs occum ce 10653 Progress Way Cypress, CA 90630 NOV INSURERC:Twin City Fire Insurance Company 72CESOA2155 INSURERD:Arch Specialty Insurance Co. 5/1/2005 INSURER E: CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR COVERAGES . - - ` THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. TYPED INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER POLICYEFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,60 PREMISES iEs occum ce $ 100,06 A X X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY 72CESOA2155 5/1/2604 5/1/2005 CLAIMS MADE a OCCUR MED EXP (Anyone person) S 10,06 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY S 1,000,00 GENERAL AGGREGATE S 2,000,06 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - COMPIOPAGG S 2,000,0 POLICYFx_1 Pte' LOC B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO - P810502D1734 511120 51112005 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,06 X BODILY INJURY P $ ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS ' ` Y Par acdtle $ HIREDAUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS E RISK MA AGER PERTY DAMAGE (Per ecddenq $ GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT S OTHER THAN EA ACC $ ANYAUTO S AUTO ONLY: AGO EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,06 C X OCCUR FICLAIMSMADE 72HUSL6911 511/2004 51112005 AGGREGATE $ 4,000,06 $ $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION S 10,000 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND U- OTH- TORWC Y STLIMATITS ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ EMPLOYER$' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUrIVE E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEd S OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? If yes, describe antler SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT I $ OTHER D Commercial Prof Liability 12AEP0548501 5/112004 5/112005 Per claim & Age. $1,000,00 D Commercial Professional Liabil 12AEP0548501 51112004 511/2005 Deductible $50,000 per clal DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I VEHICLES / EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS See attached page. City of Newport Beach ATTN: Mary Locey Public Works Dept 3300 Newport Beach Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663- ACORD 25 120011081 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATH DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILLX )U0MAIL 30 DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, 0VJ0(114> MyJW6l0(M 1968 i DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS - Pacific Soils Engineering P.O. Box 2249 10653 Progress Way Cypress CA 90630 PACISOI -01 CAJA PAGE 1 OF 1 City of Newport Beach ATTN: Mary Locey Public Works Dept 3300 Newport Beach Boulevard policy cancels for non - payment the company will issue 10 day notice of cancellation. Newport Coast Community Center, Newport Beach, CA [tonal insured: The City, it officers, officials, employees an volunteers are additional Insured per Hartford's form # 11 61 4119 5 (form attached). 0 PwNcy Numaer: 72CESOA2155 Named Insured and Address: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. Endt. No. THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION SCHEDULED ADDITIONAL INSUREDS SCHEDULE ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT OR PERMIT REQUIRES THIS INSURANCE TO BE PRIMARY FOR ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. It is apnea that. Snldy with respect b arty add90nal Insurad's mWer fhis policy m"ch appear b the SdIeWo of *6 andoraeffrent, that the OttW Msuranoe Condition (Sed ion M is ddeted to No erdi ety arW rePWM4 by the rdbwft but "with rowed to your operations, operatfaq m your behalf or )ow work:' Other Ineuranee KcItW vaed and ooRecate Vmmorce is avrdabb to the Nsond ror a bss we cmw under Wa pWy, our otri pum era Rdtb W as folom: a. Primuytneurmcm Tlis Ydurame is Primary and uve vAl W seek oerNirxion from adwr klstaarrca &veil" W the person or orgaWuRm s mwnin to Sdmdtae d Us Fjtdoreenrets mcoeptwlwn 6. txdow ap0ev b. Et<eeu Insurance Tt" kmnnce is excess over any of Me tdbwbg Wier brwrarme, wfieater primary, races, oorrtirrgert or any ogwrbash: (i) rhat is Fye, Extended Coverage, Bulders Risk h arobatim Rtak or sitdlar oversee for yuur kraW (2) That is Fro insurance for Premises rented to you: or Form GN 2 ®1a 14 (E0. A1M) Printed in UaA. (NS) 0 1995, The Hartford rinckrdes oopynptxeo materW of hsvnnce Servk en Offioo Copy 2 of Page 1.max Pogo t of 2 0 0 (3) 11 fm low ( �Nihe maYa«wnx or use O �alrcralt-•aulos or watercraft to e,e earore not aubtea to When this nsumnce is excess, we will hire no duty under this popsy to d~ any •daim• or •wjr {hat any Othsr 4mm has a duty as defend. if no other insurer dslands, we nis undMake 10 do s0. but we vdp be Wfdtled to the irsured's r%M 89*4sit tress other kswm. When this Insurance is eXeeea Oyer ether insurance, we vdd pay only our share of the emmae of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of., (1) The total etraum that at such Other Irlataame would pay for the loss in the absence of tars insurenm; and (2) The total of as deductible and sell - nswed *mounts hmaw as that other Insurance. We wit share the w"Ohlind IM, tt any, vdtt any chi insurance tut is not deaaibed in Oda Excess Declarations of d was not bought spedfiwty w apply in excess of We Amka of ymmw ea shown in the c Method of Shannp If et the other insurance pemets cw&ft ion by equal shares, we will follow dda metal also. Under this aptreach each insurer cw*t d" equal amounts una7 it has pear its oppooabte Mmk of insurance ar none or the loss remalrs, Mrl Pww domes dust. t any Os the other does not Oft. tontfbutlon by equal shares, are will donbibhne by Iknlq, Under this method, each Insurer's share Is based on the reto of Us app icabte Ikrets of insurance to the total applicable omits of Insurance of lip insureds, Fenn GK 20 It 14 (19D. OIMM Copy 2 of Page 1.max Pape 2 of 2 C R OLDER COPY STATE P.O. BOX 420807, SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94142 -0807 COMPENSATION INSURANCE FUND CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE ISSUE DATE: 10 -27 -2004 GROUP: 000541 POLICY NUMBER: 91 -2004 CERTIFICATE ID: 475 CERTIFICATE EXPIRES: 05 -01 -2005 05-01- 2004/05 -01 -2005 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPT ATTN NARY LOCEY 3300 NEWPORT BLVD NEWPORT BRACH CA 92663 JOB: NEWPORT COAST M14MUNITY CENTER NEWPORT BEACH, CA This is to certify that we have issued a valid Worker's Compensation Insurance policy in a form approved by the California Insurance Commissioner to the employer named below for the policy period indicated. This policy is not subject to cancellation by the Fund except upon 30 days advance written notice to the employer. We will also give you 30 days advance notice should this policy be cancelled prior to its normal expiration. This certificate of insurance is not an insurance policy and does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policy listed herein. Notwithstanding any requirement, term or condition of any contract or other document with respect to which this certificate of insurance may be issued or to which it may pertain, the insurance afforded by the policy described herein is subject to all the terms, exclusions, and conditions, of such policy. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE � _c.t�u PRESIDENT EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY LIMIT INCLUDING DEFENSE COSTS: $1,000,000 PER OCCURRENCE. ENDORSEMENT #2065 ENTITLED CERTIFICATE HOLDERS' NOTICE EFFECTIVE 05 -01 -2003 IS ATTACHED TO AND FORMS A PART OF THIS POLICY. ENDORSEMENT #2570 ENTITLED WAIVER OF SUBROGATION EFFECTIVE 10 -27 -2004 IS ATTACHED TO AND FORMS A PART OF THIS POLICY. THIRD PARTY NAME: CITY OF NEWPORT BRACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPT EMPLOYER PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING INC 10653 PROGRESS WAY # 2249 CYPRESS CA 90630 DJLSC1 RGE I 90- 27.2009 SCIF 10262E ACCepI Nis ceHifimte only H you see P feint watermark ihBl reeES'OFFICIAI STATE POND DOCUMENT' PAGE 1 OF t 0_357 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR GEOTECHNICAL ANALYIS FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this AL� day of :&Yl, , 2002, by and between the City of Newport Beach , a Municipal Corporation (hereinafter referred to as "City"), and Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue — Suite 514, Tustin, California, 92780, (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant"), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. City is a Municipal Corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California with the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted under the statutes of the State of California and the Charter of City B. City is planning to implement a project to determine the site suitability for a proposed Community Center in the Newport Coast community ( "Project"). C. City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topographic site survey and s geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in t this Agreement. D. The principal member of Consultant firm for the purpose of the Project is E. City has solicited and received a proposal from Consultant, has reviewed the previous experience and evaluated the expertise of Consultant, and desires -1- to contract with Consultant under the terms and conditions provided in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, it is mutually agreed by and between the undersigned parties as follows: 1. TERM The term of this Agreement shall commence on the 18th day of November 2002, and shall terminate on the 31st day of January 2003, unless terminated earlier as set forth herein. 2. SERVICES TO BE PERFORMED Consultant shall diligently perform all the duties set forth in the scope of services, attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by reference. 3. COMPENSATION TO CONSULTANT City shall pay Consultant for the services in accordance with the provisions of this Section and the scheduled billing rates set forth in Exhibit 'B" attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference. No rate changes shall be made during the term of this Agreement without prior written approval of City. Consultant's compensation for all work performed in accordance with this Agreement, including all reimbursable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed the total contract price of forty -five thousand, seven hundred twenty and 001100 Dollars ($45,720.00). 3.1 Consultant shall maintain accounting records of its billings which includes the name of the employee, type of work performed, times and dates of all work which is -2- L billed on an hourly basis and all approved incidental expenses including reproductions, computer printing, postage and mileage. 3.2 Consultant shall submit monthly progress invoices to City payable by City within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice. 3.3 Consultant shall not receive any compensation for extra work without prior written authorization of City. Any authorized compensation shall be paid in accordance with the schedule of the billing rates as set forth in Exhibit "B ". 4. STANDARD OF CARE 4.1 All of the services shall be performed by Consultant or under Consultant's supervision. Consultant represents that it possesses the professional and technical personnel required to perform the services required by this Agreement and that it will perform all services in a manner commensurate with the community professional standards. All services shall be performed by qualified and experienced personnel who are not employed by City nor have any contractual relationship with City. Consultant represents to City that it has or shall obtain all licenses, permits, qualifications and approvals required of its profession. If Consultant is performing inspection or construction management services for the City, the assigned staff shall be equipped with a Nextel Plus type cellular /direct connect unit to communicate with City Staff, consultant's Nextel Direct Connect I.D. Number will be provided to City to be programmed into City Nextel units, and vice versa. Consultant further represents that it shall keep in effect all such licenses, permits and other approvals during the term of this Agreement. 4.2 Consultant shall not be responsible for delay, nor shall Consultant be -3- responsible for damages or be in default or deemed to be in default by reason of strikes, lockouts, accidents, acts of God, failure of City to furnish timely information or to promptly approve or disapprove Consultant's work, delay or faulty performance by City, contractors, or governmental agencies, or any other delays beyond Consultant's control. 4.3 The term Construction Management or Construction Manager does not imply that Consultant is engaged in any aspect of the physical work of construction contracting. Consultant shall have control over or charge of, and shall be responsible for Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection the project as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002. 5. INDEPENDENT PARTIES City retains Consultant on an independent contractor basis and Consultant is not an employee of City. The manner and means of conducting the work are under the control of Consultant, except to the extent they are limited by statute, rule or regulation and the expressed terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute Consultant or any of Consultant's employees or agents to be the agents or employees of City. Consultant shall have the responsibility for and control over the details and means of performing the work provided that Consultant is in compliance with the terms of this Agreement. Anything in this Agreement which may appear to give City the right to direct Consultant as to the details of the performance of the services or to exercise a measure of control over Consultant shall mean that Consultant shall follow the desires of City only in the results of the services. H 0 6. COOPERATION Consultant agrees to work closely and cooperate fully with City's designated Project Administrator, and any other agencies, which may have jurisdiction or interest in the work to be performed. City agrees to cooperate with Consultant on Project. 7. PROJECT MANAGER Consultant shall assign the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002, to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of Project. This Project Manager shall be available to City at all reasonable times during term of Project. Consultant has designated is to be its Project Manager. Consultant shall not bill any personnel to Project other than those personnel identified in Exhibit 'B ", whether or not considered to be key personnel, without City's prior written approval by name and specific hourly billing rate. Consultant shall not remove or reassign any personnel designated in this Section or assign any new or replacement person to Project without the prior written consent of City. City's approval shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to removal or assignment of non -key personnel. Consultant, at the sole discretion of City, shall remove from Project any of its personnel assigned to the performance of services upon written request of City. Consultant warrants it will continuously fumish the necessary personnel to complete Project on a timely basis as contemplated by this Agreement. 8. TIME OF PERFORMANCE Time is of the essence in the performance of the services under this Agreement and Consultant shall perform the services in accordance with the schedule specified in the -5- 0 0 Exhibit A. The failure by Consultant to strictly adhere to the schedule may result in termination of this Agreement by City and assessment of damages against Consultant for delay. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant shall not be responsible for delays, which are due to causes beyond Consultant's reasonable control. However, in the case of any such delay in the services to be provided for Project, each parry hereby agrees to provide notice to the other party so that all delays can be addressed. 8.1 . Consultant shall submit all requests for extensions of time for performance in writing to the Project Administrator not later than ten (10) calendar days after the start of the condition, which purportedly causes a delay, but not later than the date upon which performance is due. The Project Administrator shall review all such requests and may grant reasonable time extensions for unforeseeable delays, which are beyond_ Consultant's control. 8.2 For all time periods not specifically set forth herein, Consultant shall respond in the most expedient and appropriate manner under the circumstances by telephone, fax, hand delivery or mail. 9. CITY POLICY Consultant shall discuss and review all matters relating to policy and project direction with the Project Administrator in advance of all critical decision points in order to ensure that Project proceeds in a manner consistent with City goals and policies. M G 0 10. CONFORMANCE TO APPLICABLE REQUIREMENT All work prepared by Consultant shall conform to applicable city, county, state and federal law, regulations and permit requirements and be subject to approval of the Project Administrator and City Council. 11. HOLD HARMLESS Consultant shall indemnify, defend, save and hold harmless City, its City Council, boards and commissions, officers and employees and volunteers of the City of Newport Beach (collectively "Indemnitees ") from and against any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all negligent acts or omissions of Consultant, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Agreement, excepting only the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees, and shall include attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in defending any such claim. Nothing in this indemnity shall be construed as authorizing, any award of attorneys' fees in any action on or to enforce the terms of this Agreement. 12. INSURANCE Without limiting consultant's indemnification of City, and ,prior to commencement of work, Consultant shall obtain and provide and maintain at its own expense during the term of this Agreement policy or policies of liability insurance of the type and amounts described below and satisfactory to City. Certification of all required policies shall be -7- Il 0 i • signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf and must be filed with City prior to exercising any right or performing any work pursuant to this Agreement. Except workers compensation and errors and omissions, all insurance policies shall add City, its elected officials, officers, agents, representatives and employees as additional insured for all liability arising from Consultant's services as described herein. Insurance policies with original certificates and endorsements indemnifying Project for the following coverages shall be issued by companies admitted to do business in the State of California and assigned Best's A- VII or better rating: A. Worker's compensation insurance, including °Wavier of Subrogation" clause, covering all employees and principals of Consultant, per the laws of the State of California. B. Commercial general liability insurance original certificate and endorsement (which includes additional insured and primary and non- contributory wording), covering third party liability risks, including without limitation, contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If commercial general liability insurance or other form with a general aggregate is used, either the general aggregate shall apply separately to this Project, or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the occurrence limit. C. Commercial auto liability and property insurance, including additional insured (and primary and non - contributory wording for waste haulers only), H 7 41 covering any owned and rented vehicles of Consultant in a minimum amount of $1 million combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. D. Professional errors and omissions insurance, which covers the services, to be performed in connection with this Agreement in the minimum amount of one million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) Said policy or policies shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be canceled by either party, except after thirty (30) days' prior notice has been given in writing to City. Consultant shall give City prompt and timely notice of claim made or suit instituted arising out of Consultant's operation hereunder. Consultant shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work. Consultant agrees that in the event of loss due to any of the perils for which it has agreed to provide comprehensive general and automotive liability insurance, which Consultant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery. Consultant hereby grants to City, on behalf of any insurer providing workers compensation, comprehensive general, and automotive liability insurance to either Consultant or City with respect to the services of Consultant herein, a waiver of any right of subrogation, which any such insurer of said Consultant may acquire against City by virtue of the payment of any loss under such insurance. 'b 13. PROHIBITION AGAINST TRANSFERS Consultant shall not assign, sublease, hypothecate or transfer this Agreement or any of the services to be performed under this Agreement, directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise without prior written consent of City. Any attempt to do so without consent of City shall be null and void. 14. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS Each and every report, draft, work product, map, record and other document reproduced, prepared or caused to be prepared by Consultant pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement shall be the exclusive property of City. Documents, including drawings and specifications, prepared by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement are not intended or represented to be suitable for reuse by City or others on any other project. Any use of completed documents for other projects and any use of incomplete documents without specific written authorization from Consultant will be at City's sole risk and without liability to Consultant. Further, any and all liability arising out of changes made to Consultant's deliverables under this Agreement by City or persons other than Consultant is waived as against Consultant and City assumes full responsibility for such changes unless City has given Consultant prior notice and has received from Consultant written consent for such changes. Consultant shall, at such time and in such forms as City may require, furnish reports concerning the status of services required under this Agreement. -10- 15. CONFIDENTIALITY The information, which results from the services in this Agreement, is to be kept confidential unless City authorizes the release of information. 16. CITY'S RESPONSIBILITIES In order to assist Consultant in the execution of his responsibilities under this Agreement, City agrees to provide the following: A. Access to, and upon request of Consultant, City records and GIS data about the proposed site. B. Assistance in contacting regulatory agencies associated with permitting for the Project and review of the Project plan. 17. ADMINISTRATION The Public Works Department will administer this Agreement. Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager, shall be considered the Project Administrator and shall have the authority to act for City under this Agreement. The Project Administrator or his/her authorized representative shall represent City in all matters pertaining to the services to be rendered pursuant to this Agreement. 18. RECORDS Consultant shall keep records and invoices in connection with the work to be performed under this Agreement. Consultant shall maintain complete and accurate records with respect to the costs incurred under this Agreement. All such records shall be clearly identifiable. Consultant shall allow a representative of City during normal business hours to examine, audit and make transcripts or copies of such records. Consultant shall -11- allow inspection of all work, data, documents, proceedings and activities related to the Agreement for a period of three (3) years from the date of final payment under this Agreement. 19. WITHHOLDINGS City may withhold payment of any disputed sums until satisfaction of the dispute with respect to such payment. Such withholding shall not be deemed to constitute a failure to pay according to the terms of this Agreement. Consultant shall not discontinue work for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of withholding as a result of such withholding. Consultant shall have an immediate right to appeal to the City Manager or his designee with respect to such disputed sums. Consultant shall be entitled to receive interest on any withheld sums at the rate of seven percent (7 %) per annum from the date of withholding of any amounts found to have been improperly withheld. 20. ERRORS AND OMISSIONS In the event of errors or omissions that are due to the negligence or professional inexperience of Consultant which result in expense to City greater than would have resulted if there were not errors or omissions in the work accomplished by Consultant, the additional design, construction and /or a restoration expense shall be bome by Consultant. Nothing in this paragraph is intended to limit City s rights under any other sections of this Agreement. 21. CITY'S RIGHT TO EMPLOY OTHER CONSULTANTS City reserves the right to employ other consultants in connection with Project. -12- 22. CONFLICTS OF INTEREST A. Consultant or its employees may be subject to the provisions of the California Political Reform Act of 1974 (the "Act "), which (1) requires such persons to disclose financial interest that may foreseeably be materially affected by the work performed under this Agreement, and (2) prohibits such persons from making, or participating in making, decisions that will foreseeably financially affect such interest. B. If subject to the Act, Consultant shall conform to all requirements of the Act. Failure to do so constitutes a material breach and is grounds for termination of this Agreement by City. Consultant shall indemnify and hold harmless City for any and all claims for damages resulting from Consultant's violation of this Section. 23. SUBCONSULTANT AND ASSIGNMENT Except as specifically authorized under this Agreement, the services included in this Agreement shall not be assigned, transferred, contracted or subcontracted without prior written approval of City. 24. NOTICES All notices, demands, requests or approvals to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing and conclusively shall be deemed served when delivered personally or on the third business day after the deposit thereof in the United States mail, postage prepaid, first class mail, addressed as hereinafter provided. -13- i .. • All notices, demands, requests or approvals from Consultant to City shall be addressed to Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager at: City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA, 92663 (949) 644 -3002 Fax (949) 6443020 All notices, demands, requests or approvals from City to Consultant shall be addressed to Consultant at: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514 Tustin, CA 92780 (714) 730 -2122 (714) 730 -5191 Fax 25. TERMINATION In the event either part hereto fails or refuses to perform any of the provisions hereof at the time and in the manner required hereunder, that party shall be deemed in default in the performance of this Agreement. If such default is not cured within a period of two (2) days, or if more than two (2) days are reasonably required to cure the default and the defaulting party fails to give adequate assurance of due performance within two (2) days after receipt by defaulting party from the other party of written notice of default, specifying the nature of such default and the steps necessary to cure such default, the nondefaulting party may terminate the Agreement forthwith by giving to the defaulting party written notice thereof. 25.1 City shall have the option, at its sole discretion and without cause, of terminating this Agreement by giving seven (7) days' prior written notice to Consultant as SEN ,I 9 0 provided herein. Upon termination of this Agreement, City shall pay to Consultant that portion of compensation specified in this Agreement that is earned and unpaid prior to the effective date of termination. 26. COMPLIANCES Consultant shall comply with all laws, state or federal and all ordinances, rules and regulations enacted or issued by City. 27. WAIVER A waiver by either party of any breach, of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein whether of the same or a different character. 28. INTEGRATED CONTRACT This Agreement represents the full and complete understanding of every kind or nature whatsoever between the parties hereto, and all preliminary negotiations and agreements of whatsoever kind or nature are merged herein. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereon. Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only by written execution signed by both City and Consultant. 29. PATENT INDEMNITY Consultant shall indemnify City, its agents, officers, representatives and employees against liability, including costs, for infringement of any United States' letters patent, trademark, or copyright infringement, including costs, contained in Consultant's drawings and specifications provided under this Agreement. -15- 0 E IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year first written above. APPROVED AS TO FORM: By: ic, Z:�:��-- City Attorney ATTEST: By: V �� M .V' .��Yl City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH A Municipal Corporation r By: ayor PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 1 AMIlk Printed Name Jk=-Z� Xjj3f%* flusersVbW\shared\agreementsVy 02 -01pacific soils - newport coast community center.doc -15- OCT -30 -2002 15115 PRCIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.02i43 _ PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC, 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 MrPHONE: 1714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 739 -5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beacb, California 92663 EXHIBIT A July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Proposal No. 02 -05-WR Attention: Mr- Dave Yiff Subject: REVISED PROPOSAL FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES IN SATISFACTION OF RFP Newport Coast Community Center Site Analysis, City of Newport Beach, County of Orange, California Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this revised proposal and cost estimate to provide a geotechnical investigation for the Newport Coast Community Center, in the City of Newport Beach (City), California. This revised proposal is based on the original proposal dated July 22, 2002 and recent discussions with you in regards to inserting "stop work" benchmarks during the investigation - This would allow the City the ability to terminate the work to reduce City exposure should it become clear that the site is not suitable for the proposed development. In order to provide the City with a document that can be used as a reference for defining the scope of work, PSE elected to present herein a copy of the older proposal with revised sections referring to the "stop work" trigger points. This firm's objective is to provide a comprehensive yet competitive proposal for the requested services. This is best accomplished by understanding the services requested and the nature of the project. To that end, this proposal includes a project description, scope of geotechnical services, a project management methodology and a cost summary. Presented herein is a detailed description of the various tasks associated with the geotechnical investigation such as conducting the background research, conducting the field investigation, coordinating with the involved agencies and compiling a report for the project CORPORATE HEAOOUARTFRU LOS ANGELES COWRY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714122 -0770 TEL (310) 325.7272 o (3231 7756771 TEL (809) 6768195 TEL: (8581560.1713 FAX: (714) 22-9589 FAX: (714)ZZ -9590 FAX: (900) 6761879 FAX: (853) 560.0380 OCT -30 -2002 15:15 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.03i43 • Page 2 We appreciate the opportunity to provide this proposal and look forward to working with you on this project. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SQU 5 ENGINMERING, INC. Ph.D. al Services Revi ed by: DEAN C. ARMSTRONG Vice President PACIFIC ISOIL9 ENGINEERING, INC, OCT -30 -2002 15:16 Proposal No, 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • 714 730 5191 P.04/43 • Page 3 A. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1. Site Location and Description The proposed location for the planned Newport Coast Community Center is at the northwest corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, adjacent to the Coyote Canyon Landfill within the northeast corner of Newport Ridge Park, in the City of Newport Beach, California. This portion of the park is currently open space with sidewalk, trees, bushes and grass. The landscaped portion of the park site itself is relatively flat with a 2:1 (horizontal:verdcal) to 4:1 slope descending to the landfill to the north. Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope, presumably on an addition to the slope or using pile supports. The park site itself is relatively level and would be accessible to a conventional drill rig and CPT sounding rig with approved access to the park and access through the existing fence. Exploratory drilling at the toe of slope may also be necessary which would require access through the landfill and permission to breach the existing fence near the toe of slope as well as "grading" to provide an access roadway. 2. Proposed Construction The proposed community center would be approximately 22,000 square feet in size, and would include a full size gymnasium with bleachers, two meeting rooms, a kitchen, a 5,000 square foot branch library, ancillary support rooms, restrooms and surrounding site work_ Based on the location sketch provided in the RFP package, it is our understanding that the community center is to be located, at least partially, within the existing slope. Therefore the structure may be a multi-level structure with subterranean portions or a one- or two -story structure. Alternatively, the building pad can be widened by adding some fill to the existing Slope, and to construct the access road shown on the sketch. The surrounding site PAQIFIC BOILS 6NHIN@Efa(NG, INC. .,NOV -04 -2002 09 =46 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.e2i02 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 4 work is assumed to consist of landscaping and open -air ground -levei parking. Site access is shown from Newport Coast Drive, with the road descending down to the base of the existing slope, and encroaching into what is now the landfill property. This road then loops back toward the park site where it shows two parking areas, located in the vicinity of the existing slope. B. SCOPE OF PROPOSED GEOTECIINICAL SERVICES PSE's investigation would be aimed at developing sufficient geotechnical data for preparation of a preliminary written report to document our findings for the site. The report would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project and for submittal to the controlling authorities as the plans are processed. The report would include design recommendations for that can be used by the project team to design the proposed foundations, as well as adequate recommendations to be used by the contractors to bid forthe construction of the project. The scope of this firm's geotechnical investigation of the site and associated office work is as follows: ➢ preliminary Research— Obtain and analyze relevant existing geological and geotechnical site records. This would require a visit to the Engineering Services Department, of either the County of Orange or the City of Newport Beach, to search for, and review the available records. Presently identified geotechnical concerns include the possibility that the landfill extends under the proposed building footprint and/or fill slopes that may be constructed to increase the level pad area and access roadway. It should be noted that PSE's proposed project manager supervised grading of the existing slope and park. ➢ Development of a Boring Plan — Develop a Boring Plan, based partly on the researched information, that will effectively analyze the existing site conditions from a geotechnical point of view and determine the extent to which, if any, the Coyote Canyon landfill footprint extends under the proposed site. Presently, it is proposed to excavate, log and sample 2 to 3 hollow -stem borings to depths of approximately 50 feet and 8 to 12 CPT borings to varying depths. Soil samples would be collected for laboratory testing. laboratory testing would include testing for in -situ dry density and moisture content, inaximum dry density and optimum moisture content, consolidation characteristics, shear strength, expansion potential and sulfate content. The Boring Plan, however, is subject to change upon procurement of the information obtained during the preliminary research phase discussed above. Once the boring plan is PACIFIC SOILS eNOINEEFUMO. we TOTAL P.02 OCT -30 -2002 15:16 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.06i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 5 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 finalized, it will be submitted for review and approval by the regulatory agencies. PSE proposes that the findings be discussed prior to proceeding with the next step. If the City decides that the site is too constrained, PSE will stop work and will bill the City for charges incurred to date. ➢ Submittal of Boring Plan and Coordination With Regulatory Agencies — Submit Boring Plan, including drilling methods and required remediation associated with the borings to the City of Newport Beach and to the following agencies for review and approval: California Regional Water Quality Control Board, Santa Ana Region (Regional Board), the Orange County Integrated Waste Management Department (IWMD), the Irvine Company (TIC), the South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD), and the Local Enforcement Agency (LEA). If it is determined that borings are necessary within-the face of the slope, construction of a temporary access road and drill pad would be required. Our discussions with the regulatory agencies will include construction of the access road proper procedure for restoring or repairing the excavations in such a manner that would protect the effectiveness of the landfill cover. This may include, if necessary, special abandonment procedures for the affected borings. If the possibility exists for encountering landfill materials, proper collection and disposal of such materials may be necessary. Moreover, our discussions will include the requirements of each of the regulatory agencies in regards to the foundation systems that may be used to support the proposed structural improvements and how their requirements might be incorporated in the final design of the subject project. PSE will work with regulatory agencies and the City to amend the plan based on comments received so as to achieve an effective Boring Plan that can be approved. It is estimated that approximately 5 meetings will be needed over the course of the project, and that each meeting will last approximately 4 hours. PSE suggests that representatives of the City attend the meetings with regulatory agencies indicated above. This would allow for more interaction and allow the team to more accurately ascertain site Iimitations and the requirements of each of these agencies. At the completion of field meetings, PSE and the City will meet to discuss findings to date and ascertain if the project should still go forward. If it is decided to stop, PSE will terminate the project and bill the City for work completed to date, only. If the decision is to investigate the site further, then the next step is to obtain the permits and proceed with the field investigation. ➢ Obtain Appropriate Permits — Obtain appropriate permits to implement Boring Plan. It is our understanding that the City will be responsible for paying for permit fees directly. ➢ Provide a Site Survey —A site survey (topographic survey) would be prepared by Psomas, a local consulting engineering firm. This survey would include securing new PACIFIC aowa ENGIN66pINO, rNc. DCT -30 -2002 15:17 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.07i43 r • • Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 6 black and white aerial photographs of the site at 1" = 240' scale. These photos would be utilized to prepare a 1" = 40' topographic map with 1 -foot contours and spot elevations of the subject area (Psomas qualifications are attached). D Implementation of Plan — Prior to commencement of exploratory drilling, PSE would field mark the proposed boring locations, notify Underground Service Alert and meet with park personnel in an attempt to avoid damage to existing underground utility lines. In addition, PSF will mobilize a dozer to build an access road. PSE will then conduct the geotechnical exploration and obtain soil samples for laboratory testing and analysis. ➢ Provide Archaeological Observation —As required by the Caitrans' Environmental Handbook, LSA Associates, Inc. would provide archaeological testing and data recovery for the hollow -stem portion of our Boring Plan, or as necessary (LSA Associates, Inc., qualifications attached). At the completion of the field investigation and prior to commencing laboratory testing, PSE will discuss the findings of the field investigation and to determine if there were any unusual findings that would render the site unacceptable for the proposed development. If it is determined that the site is not acceptable, PSE will terminate the work at City request and we will charge for work completed to date. If the findings are not negative, then PSE will proceed with the remainder of the investigation. Y Laboratory Testing of Samples — Once it is determined that the investigation can proceed forward, PSE will proceed with testing of selected soils samples to determine pertinent geotechnical parameters that might be used in the design of foundations. D Analyze Results and Prepare Report — Analyze results of the exploration Plan and prepare a written report of findings. This report would document findings from the preliminary research, field exploration and laboratory testing. Geotechnical recommendations regarding project feasibility /site suitability would be discussed and preliminary constnrction/foundation recommendations would be provided. The site topographic survey would also be included as part of this package. PSE would prepare and submit 10 copies of a preliminary geotechnical report which would be suitable for use by you and your consultants in the design and construction of the project. ➢ Confer with City of Newport Beach and Related Agencies — PSE would keep the city continually informed of project proceedings as well as confer with interested agency staff, as necessary, to effectively and efficiently complete the above services. PACIFIC SOILS CNOiNEERINO, INC. 3C7 -30 -2002 15:17 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINMRING 714 730 5191 P.08i43 Proposal No. 02-05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 City Responsibilities Page 7 It is our understanding that the City will provide drawings of the proposed community center footprint, the landfill footprint, and related GIS information and encroachment permits for geotechmcal exploration. Further, the City is to pay for the permit fees required by other agencies. It is also our understanding that the City will schedule and participate in meetings with the Geotechnical Consultant and interested agencies as needed. C. PROJECT SCHEDULE Upon authorization to proceed with this investigation PSE would conduct the investigation as follows; Phase I — PSE would begin its study approximately 3 days after receiving notice to proceed. PSE would begin by contacting the various regulatory agencies to notify them of our intentions and to obtain infonnatiorr and permits necessary to the project This would be followed by research of the site, development and submittal of the Boring Plan, negotiations regarding the Boring Plan, and obtaining all necessary permits and site clearances. We anticipate this phase of work would take approximately 3 weeks. Phase 2 — Following completion of Phase I, PSE would commence with the field study. which would last approximately five days. This includes construction of temporary access roads, if necessary. Phase 3 — Following completion of field work, an allowance of three weeks for laboratory testing and three weeks for engineering analysis and report preparation should be made. Therefore, it is anticipated that a report will be available within six weeks of completing the fieldwork D. PROJECT TEAM The project team includes Carisa Endrizzi -Davis (Project Manager/Engineering Geologist), Skip Clay (Associate Geologist) and Steve Jessup (Associate Engineer), with Dr. Azzam Alwash (Geotechnical Engineer) and Dean Armstrong (Engineering Geologist) providing technical review. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERINs, INC. .00T -30 -2002 15:17 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.09i43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Dr. Alwash, RCE, RGE & Mr. Armstrong, RG, CEG Mr. Mr. ;Nis. Endrizzi- Davis, RG, CEG Subconsultants I Psomas (Civil) Mr_ Clay, B.S. Page 8 Cariss Eadrizzi- Davis is a registered Geologist and Certified Engineering Geologist with 15 years experience in the geotechnical consulting business. She will provide oversight for the entire project and be involved in the geologic evaluation of the project. She is extremely suited to this project given her involvement with development of Newport Ridge Park. She served as the full -time field geologist (for John A. Sayers and Associates, the geotechnical engineer of record for Newport Ridge), during rough grading of Newport Ridge, which included development of Newport Ridge Park. Skip Clay is an Associate Geologist with 5 years experience in geotechnical consulting. He previously worked with LSA as a paleontologist as he specialized in paleontology while earning his B.S. He is currently corking on his masters degree in geology. He will be involved in the evaluation of geologic hazards, including seismic hazards analysis for the site and he will conduct the majority of the subsurface exploration. Skip is well - trained in the skills needed to conduct effective subsurface exploration, having drilled, sampled and logged over 100 borings for PSE. PACIFlC SOILS ENWINEEPIING, INC. [7CT -30 -2002 15 17 P FIC SOILS QJGINEERING .714 730 5191 P. 10/43 Proposal No: 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 9 Steve Jessup is an Associate Engineer with 15 years experience in the geotechnical consulting business. He has previously worked as a field technician for PSE and now serves as an engineering associate, assisting our geoteclmical engineers with data summary and input and report compilation. Steve will provide oversight and a summary/compilation of the laboratory data and engineering input as needed AnArn Alwash, Manager of Geotechnical Services, is a registered Geotechnical Engineer with over 18 years experience. He will provide review of the geotechnical engineering considerations as well as perform the engineering analyses for the project. Dean Armstrong, Vice President and Tustin Office Manager, is a certified Engineering Geologist with over 20 years experience. He will provide review of geological considerations. Keeney VanHorn, Laboratory Testing Supervisor. Laboratory testing will be conducted under the supervision of Mr. Keeney Van Horn who is our laboratory manager and is responsible for our laboratory personnel. Resumes for the PSE project team personnel are attached as Exhibit A. ESTtMAT1rJl'N1JA1]= OF:TEAM HOURS Carisa Endriai -Davis 96 Skip clay 50 Steve Jessup 4 Azzam Alwash 6 Dean Ar=t mg 4 Laboratory 165 SUBCONSULTANrS Psomas 35 not including flight time LSA 16 E. IDENTIFICATION AND RESUMES OF SUBCONSULTANTS Company profiles and resumes for the subconsultants are attached as Exhibit A -1. PACIFIC SOILS ENCINEERINO, INC. ,J-06 -2002 07 :32 - PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.02i02 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 Page 10 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 F. ADDMONAL TASKS OR COST SAVING MEASURES In addition to the hollow -stem borings proposed for the subject site, which will allow visual soil identification and sample collection, the proposed drilling program calls for two days of Cone Penetrometer Test (CPT) drilling. This drill method is designed to obtain large amounts of engineering data with a small amount of disturbance to the site. PSE feels this method will be especially advantageous with regard to exploration of a site adjacent to a landfill, This method does not produce drill cuttings and no soil samples are taken, therby reducing the risk of bringing potentially environmentally hazardous substances (landfill waste) to the surface. G. EXCEPTIONS TO CITY'S ST -4x R—D PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT The following are PSE's exceptionsladditions (in italics) to the Draft Professional Services Agreement for the RFP for NC Community Center CeotechlSite Survey: Page l RECITALS, Item C should read: City desires to engage Consultant to provide a topographic site survey and geotechnical analysis based upon the terms and conditions contained in this agreement. Page 4 : Item 4.3 should read: Consultant shall have control over or charge of and shall be responsible for the Project's design, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures, or for any health or safety precautions and programs in connection with the Project, as, ourlftied in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05-44 )_ . ➢ Page 5 . Item 7 should read: Consultant shall assign the Project, as outlined in the revised proposal dated October 29, 2002 (Proposal No. 02 -05 -44 ), to a Project Manager, who shall coordinate all phases of the Project. H, COST PROPOSALIFEES See the attached Exhibit 13 for a summary of our Cost Proposal for the subject Project. I. COMPANY PROFILE Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., a California corporation, has been offering geotechnical consulting services to the construction industry, land developers, architects, engineers, governmental agencies and individual homeowners since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of engineers, geologists, field PACIFIC SOU-9 ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:18 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PAiJIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.12/43 • Page 11 governmental agencies and individual homeowners since 1955. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., currently employs 100 people made up of engineers, geologists, field technicians and support staff. The firm is approved as a Soil Testing Agency by the Veteran's Administration, the Federal housing Administration, the City of Los Angeles, and other municipalities in the County of Los Angeles. Approval has also been obtained from Orange, San Francisco, Ventura, Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo, Kern, Humboldt, San Bernardino, and San Diego Counties. Our professional staff is comprised of eight (8) registered geotechnical engineers and ten (10) engineering geologists, who are certified by the State of California. Furthermore, our technical sta1% comprised of sixteen (16) associate engineers and associate geologists, and forty (40) soil technicians, assist our professional staff in conducting the field investigations and various tasks associated with our geotechnical services. All personnel are employed on a full -time basis except for a registered geophysicist and soils stratigrapher who are available on a consulting basis Our corporate headquarters are located in the City of Cypress (Orange County) with branch offices in San Diego (San Diego County), and Tustin (Orange County) and a satellite office located in Temecula (Riverside County). Services offered by this firm include: 1. GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES Geotechnical engineering provides the blending of soil engineering and engineering geology practices to solve the complex development problems confronting agencies, cities, construction companies, developers and builders in California. All levels of geotechnical services from feasibility level studies to completion of land development are provided by this firm. These services include technical consulting and technical observations during land development. The commonly addressed geotechnical concerns are geology, site seismicity, PACIFIC SOILS RNGIN6iRING, INC. E)CT -30 -2002 15 18 PA6IC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P. 13/43 Proposal No. 02-05-W Page 12 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 groundwater evaluations, earthwork remediation, foundation design, construction testing and pavement design. 2. LABORATORY TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. conducts laboratory testing utilizing methods currently accepted by local municipalities and the State of California. Those methods include procedures defined by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTW and the California Manual of Testing. Fully equipped materials testing laboratories are located at our facilities in Cypress and San Diego. The laboratories are staffed and equipped to perform a full range of soil, rock, aggregate, concrete, and roadway section testing. We have surface and subsurface exploratory and sampling equipment and the most modern field- testing equipment including approximately 40 nuclear density- moisture probes. Sand cone and other approved testing and sampling equipment is also available. We are currently approved to perform engineering and geologic services for the following governmental agencies. ➢ National Aeronautics and Space Administration, Jet Propulsion Laboratory ➢ Department of the Army - Corps of Engineers, North Pacific Division Department of the Navy - Western Division, Naval Facilities Engineering Command )> United States Department of Agriculture Forest Services ➢ United States Department of Transportation State of California - Office of the State Architect PACIFIC 60ILH GNDIIVEEFilA1G, INC. M -30 -2002 15:19 proposal No. 02 -05-044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PR6IC SOILS ENGINEERING ➢ State of California - State Military Force, Military Department ➢ Califomia State University and College System 714 730 5191 P. 14/43 Page 13 3. FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. has qualified personnel performing field inspection and testing for developers and municipalities. Our field- testing includes soil compaction testing, remedial earthwork observation, aggregate base compaction testing, asphalt laydown observation, concrete testing, and trench backfill inspection/tcsting. 4. CONSULTATION AND REVIEW OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS BY OTHERS Our experience in this profession enables us to review work by other firms for municipalities and developers to verify conformance with governing codes, project specifications and accepted geotechnical practices. We have worked in concert with numerous geoteebnieal firms as both reviewer and reviewed. Our principals have served as expert witnesses in Los Angeles, San Diego, Ventura, Riverside, and Orange Counties. S. SELECTED COMPANY PROJECTS Our firm has extensive experience in executing geotechnical investigations for various projects ranging from residential to industrial to major projects for governmental agencies. The following is a partial list of our recent relevant projects and clients. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. ,OFT -30 -2002 15 =19 PFIC SOILS ENGINEERING Proposal No. 02 -05-W July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 C, J 714 730 5191 P.15/43 Page 14 OFFICE BUILDINGS AND BUSINESS PAM ENCINO PLAZA TOWER 6 — STORIES (Encino, California) DAYS INN BUILDING 4 — STORIES (Diamond Bar, California) TOWN CENTER BUSINESS PARK (Santa Fe Springs, California) GATEWAY CORPORATE CENTER 4 — STORIES (Diamon3 Bar, California) LA PAZ ROADlOSO CREEK BRIDGE (Mission Viejo, California) SPRINGHURST DP CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) CALLE DEL OSO ORO BRIDGE (City of Mutriets, California) SPRINGBROOK DRIVE PENASQUITOS CREEK BRIDGE (City of San Diego, California) 405 FREEWAY WIDENING GETTY CENTER DRIVE (City of Los Angeles, California) CLINTON KEITH ROAD MURRISTA CR25K BRIDGE (Munneta, California) STATE OFFICE BUILDING 6 . STORIES (Long Beach, California) COMMONWEALTH PLAZA TOWER 6- STORIES (Torrence, California) IBM OFFICE BUILDING 5 . STORIES (Thousand Oaks, California) FOOTHILL CORRIDOR SITING STUDY (County of Orange, California) JAMBOREE ROAD AT. & S.F. RAILROAD BRIDGE (City of Tustin, California) UNIVERSITY DRIVE WIDENING (City of Irvine, California) NORTH CITY WEST PARKWAY (City of San Diego, California) EASTERN TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR LOMA RIDGE SECTION (County of Orange, California) POINSETTIA AVENUE A.T. & S.F. RAILROAD BRIDGE (City of Carlsbad, California) PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15:19 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 H(GlH RISE BUILDINGS GEM CENTER SOUTH BUILDING (Brentwood, California) WESTBURY TERRACE -12 STORIES (Wass Los Angela, California) USA NISSAN HEADQUARTERS - 14 STORIES (Gardena, Califomia) MALCOM MANOR - 20 STORIES (Westwood, California) LOS ANGELES COUNTY COURTHOUSE AIRPORT BRANCH — to STORIES (Los Angeles, California) COMMERCE CASINO HOTEL -10 STORIES (City of Commerce) SPECIAL, STRUCTURES PACIFIC AMPHITHEATER (Costa Mesa, California) RITZ CARLTON HOTEL (Laguna Niguel, California) JET PROPULSION LAB - DE13P SPACE ANTENNA (Goldstone, Califomia and Tidbinbilla, Australia) PACIPIC BOILS ENGwormpINO, INC. 714 730 5191 P.16/43 • Page 15 'OCT -30 -2092 15 :19 FIC SOILS ENGINEERING •714 730 5191 P.IV43 Proposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 16 CLIENT LIST ABRA ENERGY, LLC AHMANSON DEVELOPMENT AMERICAN HAWAIIAN STEAMSHIP CO. AMERICAN BEAUTY HOMES AMERICAN PLANT GROWERS ANDEN GROUP. ATLANTIC PACIFIC AVCO THE BALDWIN COMPANY CABOT, CABOT AND FORBES CAL PROP CARPENTERANDSMALLWOOD CARLTON BUILDERS CARMA- WHITING CITATION CLASSIC DEVELOPMENT COTO DE CAZA CPH CAPITAL MANAGEMENT CVJ, INC. DAON DIVERSIFIED DEVELOPMENT FIRST FINANCIAL GENERAL. AMERICAN TRANSPORT J. PAUL GETrY TRUST E. W. HAHN, INC. HAMILTON- TURNUTZER HOMES BY POLYGON THE IRVINE COMPANY KAJIMA ASSOCIATES KAUFMAN AND BROAD KB HOME THE KOLL COMPANY MESSENGER INVESTMENTS MARLBOROUGH CALIFORNIA J. L. MANLEY AND ASSOCIATES MBK HOMES, LTD MISSION LAND COMPANY MISSION VIEJO DEVELOPMENT CO. MT. OLYMPUS DEVELOPMENT CO. M. I BROCK AND SONS THE OLSON COMPANY OV ERTON -MOORS ASSOCIATES PARDEE CONSTRUCTION COMPANY PARAGON J. M. PETERS COMPANY DALE POE DEVELOPMENT PRUDENTIAL INSURANCE COMPANY PULTE HOMES RANCHO MISSION VIFJO RANCHO FINANCIAL ASSOCIATES RECREATION GROUPS OF COMPANIES SAN CLEMENTS GROUP STANDARD PACIFIC CORPORATION SUNCAL COMPANIES SUNNYGLEN GROUP KATHRYN G. T14OMPSON DEV. CO. TOLL BROThERS, INC. TRADEWOOD CORPORATION TRANSPORTATION CORRIDOR AGENCY NEW URBAN WESTCOMMUNJTIES VIA VERDE DEVELOPMENT W & B DEVELOPERS INC. WARM INGTON COMPANY WATSON INDUSTRIAL PROPERTIES WESTON COMMUNITJBS WILLIAM LYON COMPANY PACIFIC 6011-13 ENOINEEMING, INC. 'OCT -30 -2002 15:19 IC SOILS ENGIIELORING 714 730 5191 P.18i43 Pmposal No. 02 -05 -044 July 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 Page 17 RESERVnm5 WATER SUPPLY TREATMENT AND 111STUEUT10N D Shield Pump Station Phase 11, Huntington Beach, CA A Plano Tmbuco Zone IV Reservoir Facility 4.7 1, County of Orange, CA D Saddleback Parks Pump Station, County of orange, CA AufdenkwW Connection Waterline, County of Orange, CA D Oso Creek Subsurface Barrier Project, Mission Viejo, CA D Ortega Well Abandonments, San juen Capistrano, CA ➢ Williams Canyon - Shaw Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA D Mudjeska Zone Reservoir, County of Orange, CA East Orange Filtration Plan, County of Orange, CA D Irvine Ranch Water District Zone rV to Zone VI Pump Station, City of [rvino, CA Zone V Reservoir Robinson Ranch, County of Orange, CA • Zone C Reservoir (PAI2) Zone D Reservoir (PA61S), Mission MCA CA • Coto de C= Water Transmission Facility 3.2 & 4.24, County of Orange, CA ➢ Forobay for Lake Mission Viejo Fill System, Mission Viejo, CA Y S,=ymead Ranch Reservoirs, Moreno Valley, CA D 2 mil. gal. Steel Rescrvos, The Summit of Anaheim Hrlis, CA Y I m.g. Buried Reservoir, The Summit of Anaheim Hills, CA 9 General Kearney Rcsavoir, Rancho California, CA Date Street Reservoir, Rancho California, CA PACIFIC 5011-9 ENGINEERING, INC. OCT -30 -2002 15 =20 PO=�IC SOILS ENGINEERING •714 730 5191 P.19/43 EXHIBIT A PSE Resumes PACIFIC BOILS ENGINEERING, INC_ OCT -30 -2002 2520 FIC SOILS &GItEERING CERTMED ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST EDUCATION Bachelor of Sciences, Geosciences, 1986 University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 5978 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CE.G 1987 714 730 5191 P.20/43 • CARYSA DRIZZI DAVIS PROFESSIONAL RESPONSMILI77ES As a Certified Engineering Geologist for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Ms. Endrizzi- Davis: ♦ Conducts geologic investigations for residential and commercial developments. ♦ Performs geologic mapping and site reconnaissance. • Performs fault investigations and assesses geologic hazards. • Performs detailed logging of test borings and trenches. • Assists in seismic refraction surveys. • Analyzes aerial photographs. ♦ Prepares geotechnicalreports. EMPLOYMENT ]USTORY Ms. Endrizzi -Davis has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1998, as a Certified Engineering Geologist. Ms. Endrizzi Davis' prior experience includes: • Geologist, John A. Gayers & Assoc. — Laguna Hills, California • Soils Technician, GeoSoils, Inc., Santa Ana, California • Lab Technician, Orange County Environmental Management Agency, Construction Materials Division, California PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Large -scale land developments. Landslide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. ♦ Rippability and downhole geologic surveys. ♦ Geotechnical, material and geologic investigations including studies of active faults within the Alquist- Priolo Special Studies Zones. Geologic investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. ♦ Various landslide investigations and repair projects. • Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. ♦ Geotechnieal evaluations for feasibility to purchase. Landslide and slope stability investigations. • Mass grading for residential and commercial projects. ♦ Project Geologist for mass grading developments. ♦ Structural distress evaluation/manometer surveying. ASSOCIATIONS South Coast Geologic Society Association of Engineering Geologists PaatFte 1BOWS ervrsnura -14MM, INC, OCT -30 -2962 1520 PRCIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING ;x.v • CIYIL ENGINEERING ASSOCIATE EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Computer Sciences, 1986 California State University, Fullerton, California 714 730 5191 P.21/43 / SPVEN L. JESSUP PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Civil Engineering Associate for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Jessup: • Conducts soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. • Performs site reconnaissance. • Prepares geotechnical engineering reports. • Performs in- grading inspections. • Prepares geotcchnical engineering reports. • Reviews project plans and specifications. • Provides technical support for engineers and technical staff. • Assists in field and laboratory operations. EMPLOYMENT MSTORY Mr. Jessup has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, inc,, since 1982, beginning as a laboratory technician, advancing to senior soils technician to his current position as Civil Engineering Associate in 1998. PROJECT EXPERIENCE • Foundation inspections during construction. • Pavement design and evaluation, • Mass grading for residential development. • Hillside grading. • Commercial, residential and industrial developments. • Field observation/monitoring of large earthwork projects. ♦ Field inspection of reinforced concrete structures, pipeline construction, and deep foundations. • Plan checking, report review and ongoing inspection for earthwork projects. + Surface and subsurface investigations for grading and development of residential and commercial sites. • Civil Engineering Associate responsible for overseeing field operations during mass grading and onsite construction operations for numerous master - planned residential developments including: Portolla Hills, Alterra — Chino Hills, Majestic Spectrum — Chino, Santa Lucia —Newport Coast, Aliso Viejo PAID, Aliso Viejo Golf Resort, San Joaquin Hills Transportation Corridor, One Ford Road — Newport Beach, Spectrum 5 and Northwood High School — City of Irvine. PACIFIC 6OILS ENSaVREpING, INC. 0CT -30 -2002 1520 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING REGISTERED GEOTECIINICAL ENGINEER MANAGER OF GEOTECMCAL SERVICES (TUSTIN) EDUCATION Doctor of Philosophy, Civil Engineering, 1990 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRA71ONS Registered Civil Engineer, California, RCE 42518 Registered Geotechnical Engineer, California, RGE 2172 714 730 5191 P.22i43 AZZAM J. ALWASH PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As a Registered Geotechnical $ngineer and Manager of Geotechnical Services (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Dr. Alwash: • Provides upper level management and staffing resources for geotechnical investigations and analyses. ♦ Provides technical advice to staff. • Coordinates and supervises geotechnical field investigations. ♦ Prepares geotechnical reports. • Assists in business development. ♦ Reviews project plans and specifications. ♦ Provides project administration. • Directs and supervises technicians in data compilation and analyses. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Dr. Alwash has held positions of increasing responsibility with Pacific Sorts Engineering, Inc., beginning in 1985 as a Civil Engineering Associate and achieving Registered Geotechnical Engineer status in 1992. He currently serves as the Manager of Geotechnical Services of the Tustin office. Dr. Alwasb's experience prior to 1985 includes lecturing in various Civil Engineering courses at California State University, Fullerton, and the University of Southem California, Los Angeles, California, as well as independent consulting, design and construction of shoring systems_ PROJECT EXPERIENCE ♦ Residential, commercial and industrial development. ♦ Pavement design and evaluation. + Mass grading for residential development. * University facilities expansion. • Bridge foundation design. Geotechnical investigations of distressed structures. Geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway and residential projects, as well as critical structures. Field engineering inspection for all phases of construction for both commercial and residential protects, Slope stability evaluations. ASSOCIATIONS American Society of Civil Engineers (Member) PUBLICATIONS Available upon request. PACIFIC SGILS ♦sN�INE?EAING, INC. Qa -30 -2002 15:20 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 'r14 e3Ad 717y r.e� SENIOR LABORATORY MANAGER KEENEY D. VAN HORN EDUCATION UCLA Extension Liberal Arts, Los Angeles, California, 1962 to 1967 East Los Angeles Junior College, Rio Hondo Junior College, Whittier, California Undergraduate Work, Industrial Arts, 1961 to 1969 Los Angeles Tract Tech., Pasadena City College, Pasadena, California Preventative Medicine School, 1964 U.S. Army — Fort Sam Houston, Texas REGISTRATIONSICERTIFICATES Registered Construction Inspector, California, 2510 Instrunicrit Rated Private Pilot, FAA 572543149 Certified ]Nuclear Soil Gauge Operator, 1977 Certificate of Proficiency, California Department of Transportation PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Senior Laboratory Manager for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Van Horn: ♦ Provides direction and management for all laboratory services. ♦ Performs a wide variety of physical tests on soils and concrete. These tests are related to investigative geotechnical and engineering purposes. • insures that laboratory personnel perform tests in strict accordance with ASTM, California State or other governing agency specifications. ♦ Responsible for procuring, designing and manufacturing much of the testing and sampling equipment. ♦ litres that all laboratory and field equipment are properly calibrated on a regular basis and in accordance with ASTM, California State or manufacturer's recommendations. ♦ Prepares laboratory test reports. ♦ Consults with clients regarding laboratory testing tquiranents. ♦ Reviews laboratory tests and procedures. ♦ Occasionally conducts onsite compaction testing. ♦ Occasionally conducts subsurface drilling and sampling operations. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr. Van Horn has been employed by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., since 1969 initially as a Laboratory Technician increasing responsibility to Laboratory Branch Manager. Currently his title is Senior Laboratory Manager and he is responsible for the Cypress and San Dego Laboratories. His prior experience includes: ♦ U.S. Army, 1964 to 1966 ♦ Los Angeles, County Flood Control District, 1963 to 1 964 and 1966 to 1969. P4Acw= SC/L6 SNGaVirEWIN13, INC. QCT -30 -2002 1521 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING PRINCIPAL ENGINEERING GEOLOGIST VICE PRESIDENT — MANAGING PRINCIPAL MANAGER OF GEOLOGICAL SERVICES (TUSTI19 EDUCATION Bachelor of Science, Geology, 1977 University of Southern California, Los Angeles, California REGISTRATIONS Registered Geologist, California, RG 3805 Certified Engineering Geologist, California, CEG 1197 Registered Environmental Assessor, Califor n* REP. 02590 714 730 5191 P.24i43 ,• DEAN C. ARMSTRONG PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIES As Principal Engineering Geologist and Managing Principal (Tustin) for Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Mr. Ammstrong: • Directs businemdevelopment. • Performs upper level management of investigations and analyses for geologic and geotechnical reports. • Conducts geologic and soil investigations for residential and commercial developments. ♦ Provides in -house project management for geotechnical projects. • Conducts fault studies and assesses geologic hazards. • Provides technical direction for geologic staff. EMPLOYMENT HISTORY Mr, Armstrong has held positions of increasing responsrbility with Pacific Soils Etgineerin91 ]nc., beginning in 1978 as an Engineering Geology Associate. Mr. Armstrong currently holds the title of Vice President. Additionally, Mr. Armstrong is the Managing Principal and Manager of Geological Services of the Tustin office. Prior to I978, Mr. Armstrong was employed by L.T. Evans, Los Angeles, California as a soils technician. PRO.iECT EXPERIENCE • Large -scale land developments. • Landslide, slope stability, fault and seismic hazard evaluations. • Rippability and downhole geologic surveys. • Mass grading for residential development. • Hillside grading. ♦ Geotechnicai; material and geologic investigations including studies of potentially active faults. • Geologic and geotechnical investigations for commercial, roadway, residential projects and critical structures. ASSOCIATIONS Association of Engineering Geologist (Member) South Coast Geologic Society (Member) PACIFIC S0/LE SWINEERING. INC. QCT -30 -2002 15:25 Proposal No. 02 -5-044R .filly 22, 2002 Revised October 29, 2002 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING • EXHIBIT "B" 0 COST ESTIMATE BREAKDOWN GEOTECHNICAL CONSULTING SERVICES PROVIDED BY PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 714 730 5191 P.39i43 EXHIBIT B 1. PRELIM) NARY RESEARCH AND COORDINATION Obtaining and analyzing existing geotechnical and site records Geologist or Engineering Associate 30 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /lin $ 2,550.00 Principle Review 2 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr_ $ 270.00 Subt'otal $ 2,820.00 2. MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATIONS Assuming 5 Meetings at 4 hours each. Geologist or Civi Engineer 20 his. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 SubTotal $ 2,200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (Psomas) - See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM a. Underground Service Alert & Site Clearance $ 6,500.00 Geologist or Engineer 20 firs. Associate Geologist 4 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /hr. $ 340.00 Field Vehicle 4 hrs. @ $ 6.00 /hr_ $ 24.00 6.00 /hr. SubTotal $ 364.00 b. Drill Rig Access in Slope (if necessary) @ $ 75.00 Idy_ Dozer 8 hrs. @ $ 130.00 /hr. $ 1,040.00 C. Cone Penetrometer Testing (assuming 12 Holes) CPT Rig $ 6,500.00 Geologist or Engineer 20 firs. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 Field Vehicle 20 hrs. @ $ 6.00 /hr. $ 120.00 Methane Detector 2 days @ $ 75.00 Idy_ $ 150.00 Subtotal --$ 8,970.00 d. hollow Stem Boring (assuming 2 to 3 Holes) Hollow Stem Rig 20 brs. @ $ 180.00 /hr. $ 3,600.00 Geologist or Engineer 20 his. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 2,200.00 Field Vehicle 24 firs. @ $ 6.00 /hr. $ 144.00 Backfill sluny/benionite $ 600.00 Methane Detector 2 days @ $ 75.00 /dy. $ 150.00 Subtotal $ 6,694.00 PACIFIC BDILD ENGINEERING, INC. ,OCT -30 -2002 1525 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING 714 730 5191 P.40/43 Proposal No. 02 -5 -044R duly 22, 2002 Revised October 24, 2002 EXHIBIT B - COST ESTIMATE BREAKDOWN (CON'') NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER e. Laboratory Testing Laboratory Maximum Dry Density 3 tests @ S 112.00 /test $ 336.00 Direct Shear 1 tests @ $ 104.00 hest S 104.00 Expansion Index 20 tests @ $ 84.00 /test $ 1,680.00 Hydrometer Analyses 50 tests C3a $ 42-00 /test $ 2,100.00 Sieve Analyses 20 tests @ $ 56.00 /test $ 1,120.00 Consolidation 30 tests @ $ 112.00 /test $ 3,360.00 In -situ Moisture & Density 28 tests @ $ 14.00 /test $ 342.00 Chemical Analysis (by others) 4 tests @ $ 35.00 hest S 140.00 Subtotal $ 4,232.00 L Archeo Subconsultant (LSA) - See attached proposal Archeologist $ 1,500.00 Total Field & Lab $ 27,800.00 5. PREPARING REPORTS Analyses & Report Preparation Geologist or Engineer Associate 20 hrs. @ $ 85.00 /hr_ $ 1,700.00 Geologist or Engineer 32 hrs. @ $ 110.00 /hr. $ 3,520.00 Principal Engineer 4 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /hr. $ 540.00 Principal Geologist 4 hrs. @ $ 135.00 /bn S 540.00 Accommodations (typing, repro., etc.) 10 Reports $ 1.500.00 Subtotal $ 7,800.00 SUMMARY 1. PRELEWINARY RESEARCH AND COORDINATION S 2,820.00 2. MEETINGS AND NEGOTIATIONS S 2,200.00 3. TOPOGRAPHIC SITE SURVEY (Psomas) - See attached proposal $ 5,100.00 4. FIELD AND LABORATORY PROGRAM $ 27,800.00 S. PREPARING REPORTS $ 7,800.00 GRAND TOTAL $ 45,720.00 PACIFIC SOILS eNOINEER5NG, INC. DLI- Sb -�00� 15 =�6 PHC;lf 1L: SL11L5 tNU1NEEk11NU '(14 ?30 =5191 P. 41/43 • PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 9002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN. CALIFORNIA 82780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730.5191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICE RENDE D (Emcriw JUNE 1, 2002 ) Principals (consultations) $ 150.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 135.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 110.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates $ 85.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 75.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 65.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.00/hr. Soils Technicians $ 56.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing wage Project) $ 72.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 56.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 50.00/hr. Drafting Personnel $ 55.00/hr. Expert Witness (Research) $ 175.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 275.00/hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 112.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 112.00 2) Direct Shear $ 112.00 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 28.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 168.00 4) Hydrometer $ 42.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 56.00 15) "R" -Value $ 364.00 6) Full Gradation $ 112,00 16) Moisture & Density $ 14.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 56.00 Moisture Only $ 14.00 8) Consolidation $ 112.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression (chunk samples) $ 56.00 (Soil) $ 56.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 112.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear - -Time Only Moisture & Density $ 14.00 11) C.B.R. $ 25100 * 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 84.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 56.00 20) Durability Index $ 168.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDmoN TO THE Aeove: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of.- -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($6.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) -- {$6.00 per hour) FS -1 (6 /l /02) -TUS includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density per contract agreement CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL (714) 220.0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 776-6771 TEL: (909) 8768195 TEL (858) 5601713 FAX-'[714) 2209589 FAX: (714) 2209569 FAX: (909) 6761979 PAX: (858) 560 -0380 PACISOI -01 ARPA °J 2 ACORD CERTIFICF, OF LIABILITY INSUk E ? INSR LTR PRODUCER License #(;A-01297JU (bbZ) 923-1101 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUE E OF INFORMATION Bowermaster & Associates Insurance ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE P.O. Box 100 HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 10631 Paramount Blvd. ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY'THE POLICIES BELOW. INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE Downey, CA 90241 -0100 INSURED Pacific Soils Engineering INSURER A: Hartford Fire Insurance Company INSURER B: Travelers Insurance P.O. BOX 2249 10653 Progress Way Cypress, CA 90630 NSURER c:Twin City Fire Insurance Company INSURER D: State Compensation Insurance Fund $ 1,000,000 INSURER E: Rock River Insurance Company COVERAGES THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACTOR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAYBE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER DATE (MMIDDrrY) DATE (MMIDDIYY LIMITS A GENERAL LIABILITY X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CLAIMS MADE T OCCUR 72CESOA2155 511102 511103 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 FIRE DAMAGE (Any one 11m) $ 300,000 MED EXP (Any me person) $ 10,000 PERSONAL& ADV INJURY $ 1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 2,000,00 GENL AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: POLICY X JECT LOC PRODUCTS - COMP /OP AGG $ 2,000,000 B AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ANY AUTO ALL OWNED AUTOS SCHEDULED AUTOS HIRED AUTOS NON -OWNED AUTOS P810502DI734TIL02 511102 511103 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,00 X BODILY INJURY (Per parson) $ X BODILY INJURY (Per scrJrlent) $ X PROPERTYDAMAGE (Per accident) $ GARAGE LIABILITY ANY AUTO AUTO ONLY - EA ACCIDENT $ OTHER THAN EAACC AUTO ONLY: AGG iI $ C EXCESS LIABILITY X OCCUR ]CLAIMSMADE DEDUCTIBLE X RETENTION $ 10,000 72HUSL6911 511102 511!03 EACH OCCURRENCE $ 4,000,00 AGGREGATE $ 4,000,000 $ $ D WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY 5410000091 -02 511102 511103 IA X ITOO LIMIT$ ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,00 E.L. DISEASE - FA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,0 E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT $ 1,000,00 E E OTHER Professional Liability Professional Liability AEP0045000 JAEP0045000 511102 5(1102 511103 5!1103 $1,000,000 per claim $1,000,000 Agg Deductible $50,000 per claim DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONSILOCATIONS MICLES /EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT /SPECIAL PROVISIONS See attached page. City of Newport Beach Public Works Dept Shauna Oyler REVISED 3300 Newport Blvd P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, CA 92658 -8915 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED PO�LLIICyCIESS HE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATIOI DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING INSURER WILAAI MyyAyIILy300yyy yDyAAYYySyyWyyRyIITyTTEyyNyy NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUTTA$LTIRPT9H0'SO9& ` _ PACISOI -01 ARPA PAGE 1 OF 1 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS - Pacific Soils Engineering P.O. Box 2249 10653 Progress Way Cypress CA 90630 City of Newport Beach Public Works Dept Shauna Oyler REVISED 3300 Newport Blvd P.O. Box 1768 0 days notice of cancellation in the event of non - payment of premium. Beach CA 92658 -8915 holder, it's elected officials, officers, agents, , representatives and employees are named as additional insureds for )ility under Hartford's form GN20141601195 (copy attached) & auto liability (Form to follow) but only for the work by the named insured. & Non - Contributory wording applies to the general liability per Hartford's form GN20 1 41 6 0119 5 (copy attached). of subrogation applies to the workers compensation order from the state fund today. 05/17/2002 11 :23 FAI v Policy Number: 72CESOA2155 Named Insured and Address: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. Endt. No. 10001 k THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDMENT OF OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION SCHEDULED ADDITIONAL. INSUREDS SCHEDULE ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED AND THE WRITTEN CONTRACT OR WRITTEN AGREEMENT OR PERMIT REQUIRES THIS INSURANCE TO BE PRIMARY FOR ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM YOU AGREE TO INCLUDE AS AN ADDITIONAL INSURED. R is agreed that, solely with respect to any additional insured's under this policy which appear in the Schedule of this endorsement, that the Other Insurance condition (Section IV) is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following, but only with respect to your operations, operations on your behalf or your work:" Other Insurance If other valid and collectible instrance is available to the insured for a loss we cover under this POW, our obligations are flirted as follows: a. Prlmarytnsumnce This insurance is primary and we will not seek contribution from other insurance available to One Person or organization shmm in the Schedule of this Endorsement except when b. below appttes: b. Excess Insurance This insurance is excess over any of the following other insurance, whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis: (1) That is Fire. Extended Coverage, Builder's Risk, Installation Risk or ssnilar coverage for "your work; (2) That is Fire insurance for premises rented to you: or Form GN 201614 (ED. 01195) Printed in U.S.A. (NS) 0 1995, The Hartford (Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office Page 1 of 2 05/17/2002 11:23 PAX 2002 (3) If the loss arises out of the maintenance or use of, "aircraft." autos" or watercraft to the extent not subject to Exclusion g. (SECTION 0. _ When this insurance is excess, we will have no duty under this policy to defend any 'claw or "suit' that any other insurer has a duty to defend. If no other insurer defends, we will undertake to do so, but we will be entitled to the insured's rights against all those other insurers. When this insurance is excess over other insurance, we will pay only our share of the amount of the loss, if any, that exceeds the sum of: (1) The total amount that all such other insurance would pay for the loss in the absence of this insurance; and (2) The total of all deductible and self- insured amounts under all that other insurance. We will share the remaining loss, it any, with any other insurance that is not described in this Excess insurance provision and was not bought specifically to apply in excess of the limits of insurance shown in the Declarations of this policy. c. Method of Sharing If all the other insurance pefmRs contribution by equal shares, we will follow this method also. Under this approach each insurer contributes equal amounts until it has paid its applicable limit of insurance or none of the loss remains, whichever cronies first. If any of the other does not permit contribution by equal shares, we will contribute by limits. Under this method, each insurer "s share is based on the ratio of its applicable limits of insurance to the total apple limits of insurance of all insureds. fomr ON 20 16 14 (ED. 01195) Page 2 of 2 DE0-13 -20002 FRI 04:02 PM CAL ANCE FAX N0, 71 1654 Fax # ! `7 i " to W- 3 317 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach This checklist is comprised of requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach. bate Received: �� �.3 `Z? „1— Dept. /Contact Received From: Date Completed: /.J_- I _�-d 1-- Sent to: Companylperson required to have certificate: I. GENERAL LIABILITY By: P. 01 A. INSURANCE COMPANY: B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? N D. LIMITS (Must be $1 M or greater): What is limit provided? _ rn r E. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must include): is it included? �<Fes Q No F. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? [Q' Yes ❑ No G. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be included): Is it included? Yes ❑ No H. CAUT'IONI (Confirm that loss or liability of the named insured is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement include "solely by negligence' wording? ❑ Yes tNo 1. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. 19 AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY A. INSURANCE COMPANY: 7Tv- Q 0 eJ Gf � B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): C. ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): �-.�; Is Company admitted it! California? L� res ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM): What is limits provided? I yy,�_ [ } E. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officlals, employees and volunteers): Is it included? ❑ Yes b�No F. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste Haulers only): Is it included? C] Yes [I No G. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. III WORKERS' COMPENSATION A. INSURANCE COMPANY: B. AM BEST RATING (A. VII or greater): C. LIMITS: Statutory D. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To include): HAVE ALL ABOVE REQUIREMENTS BEEN MET? OF NO, WHICH ITEMS NEED TO BE COMPLETED? Is it included? Ur's"ILQ Ves © No ❑ Yes XNo A, P UZ 0 0 CITY CLERK CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NOTICE INVITING BIDS Sealed bids may be received at the office of the City Clerk, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, CA 92663 until 11:00 AM on the 30th day of March, 2006, at which time such bids shall be opened and read for NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER Title of Project Contract No. 3577 $7,700,000.00 Engineer's Estimate Yen G. Badum Works Director PLAN HOLDER LIST AVAILABLE ON CITY WEBSITE htto://www.city.newnort- beach.ca.us CLICK: Online Services • Public Works Contracts Bidding Only Pre - Qualified General Contractors with a "B" License have copies of Plans and Specs for this project. PLEASE NOTE: Prospective Subcontractor bidders ONLY may obtain bid documents from Santa Ana Blue Print Reprographics 17922 Sky Park Circle, Suite H, Irvine (494) 756 -1001 For technical information, contact Betsey Dougherty, FAIA, Architect, at (714) 427 -0277 For general information, contact Lloyd Dalton, PE, Project Manager at (494) 6443328 0 9 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE INVITING BIDS .......................................................... ............................... Cover INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ........................................................ ..............................3 BIDDER'S BOND .............................................................................. ..............................5 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) ..................................... ..............................6 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ......................................................... ..............................7 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES ......................................................... ..............................8 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL .... 9 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA .......................................... .............................11 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER ............................................. .............................12 CONTRACT..................................................................................... ...........I......I.....I...... 3 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND .................................................... .............................19 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND ................................................ .............................21 PROPOSAL................................................................................ ............................... PR -1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS ................................................................. ...........................SP -1 E 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS The following documents shall be completed, executed and received by the City Clerk in accordance with NOTICE INVITING BIDS: INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS BIDDER'S BOND DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER ALL ADDENDA TO PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS BID OPENING DATE (if any) TECHNICAL ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE REFERENCES NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT DESIGNATION OF SURETIES PROPOSAL ISSUED BY AGENCY PRIOR TO 2. Cash, certified check or cashier's check (sum not less than 10 percent of the total bid price) may be received in lieu of the BIDDER'S BOND. The title of the project and the words "Sealed Bid" shall be clearly marked on the outside of the envelope containing the documents. 3. The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for the Contract Documents listed above. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding and legal agents prior to submission of bid. 4. BIDDER'S BOND shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. The successful bidder's security shall be held until the Contract is executed. 5. The estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL are approximate, and are given solely to allow the comparison of total bid prices. 6. Bids are to be computed upon the estimated quantities indicated in the PROPOSAL multiplied by unit price submitted by the bidder. In the event of discrepancy between wording and figures, bid wording shall prevail over bid figures. In the event of error in the multiplication of estimated quantity by unit price, the correct multiplication will be computed and the bids will be compared with correctly multiplied totals. The City shall not be held responsible for bidder errors and omissions in the PROPOSAL. 7. The City of Newport Beach reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any minor irregularity or informality in such bids. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, at the request and expense of the Contractor, securities shall be permitted in i • substitution of money withheld by the City to ensure performance under the contract. The securities shall be deposited in a state or federal chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent. 8. In accordance with the California Labor Code (Sections 1770 et seq.), the Director of Industrial Relations has ascertained the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the locality in which the work is to be performed for each craft, classification, or type of workman or mechanic needed to execute the contract. A copy of said determination is available by calling the prevailing wage hotline number (415) 703 -4774, and requesting one from the Department of Industrial Relations. All parties to the contract shall be governed by all provisions of the California Labor Code relating to prevailing wage rates (Sections 1770 -7981 inclusive). Please note, The Davis -Bacon Wage determinations are available at Federal Wage website: http://www.-qpo.,qov/davisbacon/ca.htmi 9. The Contractor shall be responsible for insuring compliance with provisions of Section 1777.5 of the Labor Code Apprenticeship requirements and Section 4100 et seq. of the Public Contracts Code, "Subletting and Subcontracting Fair Practices Act". 10. All documents shall bear signatures and titles of persons authorized to sign on behalf of the bidder. For corporations, the signatures shall be of a corporate officer or an individual authorized by the corporation. For partnerships, the signatures shall be of a general partner. For sole ownership, the signature shall be of the owner. The signature below represents that the above has been reviewed. LICENSE NO.: 302007 CLASS: B, A Contractor's License No. & Classification BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signat re/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT MARCH 30, 2006 Date CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 BIDDER'S BOND We, the undersigned Principal and Surety, our successors and assigns, executors, heirs and administrators, agree to be jointly and severally held and firmly bound to the City of Newport Beach, a charter city, in the principal sum of Ten Percent of the Bid Amount Dollars ($ 10% ), to be paid and forfeited to the City of Newport Beach if the bid proposal of the undersigned Principal for the construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 in the City of Newport Beach, is accepted by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach and the proposed contract is awarded to the Principal, and the Principal fails to execute the Contract Documents in the form(s) prescribed, including the required bonds, and original insurance certificates and endorsements for the construction of the project within thirty (30) calendar days after the date of the mailing of "Notification of Award ", otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. If the undersigned Principal executing this Bond is executing this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. Witness our hands this 24th day of Bernards Bros. Inc. Name of Contractor (Principal) Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 818 956 -4338 Telephone March -2nna Lisa L. Thornton, Attorney in Fact Print Name and Title (Notary acknowledgment of Principal & Surety must be attached) Company Profile Company Profile Pagel of 3 SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WA 98185 -0001 800 - 332 -3226 Former Names for Company Old Name: SELECTIVE AUTO & F INS CO AMER Effective Date: 11 -02 -1953 Agent for Service of Process DAWN JEWORSKI, 120 VANTIS SUITE 130 ALISO VIEJO, CA 92656 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC #: NAIC Group #: California Company ID #: Date authorized in California: License Status: Company Type: State of Domicile: 24740 0163 1442 -3 October 07, 1953 UNLIMITED- NORMAL Property & Casualty WASHINGTON Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the http: / /cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov /pis /wu co prof/idb co prof utl.get co prof?p EID =3361 03/30/2006 Company Profile glossary. AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY CREDIT FIRE LIABILITY MARINE MISCELLANEOUS PLATE GLASS SPRINKLER SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Compaq Performance.& Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Page 2 of 3 http: / /cdinswww .insurance.ca.gov /pls/wu co prof/idb co prof utl.get co prof?p EID =3361 03/30/2006 CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California County of Los Angeles ss. On March 29, 2006 beforeme, Eileen Roe, Notary Public Data Name end Tift d Ofter (..9.. 'Jam Doe. Notary wdlr7 personally appeared Charles E. Glidden Namals) of Signega) ♦v 1 • t .� 1I M personally known to me ❑ proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personW whose name ji re subscribed to the with' Instrument and acknowledgedto met he executed the same in his authorized capacity(iee), and that by is/ it signaturefp$ on the instrument the p son(gj, c r the entity upon behalf of which the person( acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my an and official se I. ,P aq f�-e�e S'gnammre 0 of N omry Nut k OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons retying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this tam to another document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: BIDDER'S BOND Document Date: MARCH 24, 2006 Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: LISA L. THORNTON Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer Signer's Name: i CHARLES E. GLIDDEN Individual Corporate Officer— Title(s): VICE PRESIDENT Partner —❑ Limited O General Attorney -in -Fact Trustee Guardian or Conservator Other: Signer Is Representing: BERNARDS BROS. INC. Number of Pages: I RIGHT THU618PRIN1 OF SIGNER 0 1999 Naomi Notary Aasocialbn • 9350 De Solo Av .. P.O. Box 2 • Ch.t M, CA 913192602 • mvn.mfOnalnotagaM Ptoe. No. 59DT R.al.,. Call Td)-Free I- B069739B27 CA'LIFQ'R'NiIA'AsLmL QCKN0INLEDGME ,PURPOS,E N,,T-" State of California County of Los Angeles On ��� before me, Clarice Lee, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. �^ C A ICE LEE if in kf '' r�3Vl1r 1,1489447 = C, AAV � C i;'LiFORNIA z 1-:q! 5 -cwrm P �'�•� � �y wn. -i, r��r,,, uns 11, 2008 J Cla ice Le ' . SAFECO- POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98185 No. 9991 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington Corporation, does each hereby appoint } lief #iWlt {Yi { }}YY W } YftHittiiii } }Yt }ii }gR}#ttNkigktifYi}iu� L. THORNTON; LOs AnVIM C811f0[ N8H} R}} i}} pipM! }plkiiiikkYk#}}tli } }}} #RYi}}#H}N its his and lawful aflomey(s)=I -Ihct with full aulhodty to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 1st day of February , 2000 RJL PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attomeys4n -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any Instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any Instrument conferring such authority or on any bad a undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be Impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall riot be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provisions of Aricle V. Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (i) A copy of the power-of-attaney appointment executed pursuant thereto. and ( iii) Certifying that said power- oLattomey appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seal of fie Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct and that both the Bylaws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full face and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said oorporagon MAR 2 4 2W' this SEAL 11 !l SEAL1 5-09741SAEF 7198 day of �-&01 s"� , RA PIERSON. SECRETARY 0 Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation. 211100 POF CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: i r C Address: 5 EARTHWORK " Phone: State License Number: Name: nn I� VOG Address: 6 GAS //%] u i /l MITIGATION Phone: G State License Number: p a Name: . Address: 7 ASPHALT LoS �S PAVING Phone: State License Number: g BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder geI C' � Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: �Ctve j Address: 8 SITE CONCRETE e.- i Phone: State License Number: f :�0:7O y Name: Vk- Address: 10 LANDSCAPE & IRRIGATION Phone: State License Number: a �I Name: F.CCYGi Address: 13 REINFORCING STEEL Phone: State License Number: BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder 6�. 7 Authorized Signa ure/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: -cc✓LS Address: 14 STRUCTURAL ✓OQ %q`Q U Al CONCRETE Phone: State License Number: I�O�041 Name: p l Address: 15 MASONRY f—;rc <5f Phone: State License Number: 05-1/;t q Name: / � M Address: 16 STRUCTURAL STEEL & MISCELLANEOUS Phone: METALS �} State License Number: BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder d 1/" _t, Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: ndGT� Address: 17 STEEL DECKING I, Phone: State License Number: Name: M 3 �Hr� Address: 18 ROUGH �ful .,in CARPENTRY Phone: State License Number: % 375Y Name: Address: 19 FINISH CARPENTRY Phone: y � State License Number: 3z p Lt,53 BERNARDS BROS. INC.�� Bidder Authorized Signature/Title t CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: p,, I Address: 21 BUILDING INSULATION pp Phone: State License Number: Name Address( tt 01W Lt ry v+p 22 ROOFING 4dcG ✓rp�f Phone: C� State License Number: 8,54 ; Name: - / . K�tl War Address: 23 SHEET J lfnaLl n. METAL Phone: State License Number: G BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder 0 —.111 F ///Authorized Signa ure/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Soecifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid 11 7A Name: r/t .A �I . 30 ENTRANCES, Address: STOREFRONTS GOf .f%A��f & WINDOWS Phone: State License Number: L(f J q G3' 1 b 1 0 Name: f' k +J riBif Address: PLASTER & 32 DRYWALL Phone: State License Number: Oqolj Name: /%'I aGa A6i J�1.S Address: CERAMIC F ir �. ��,. 33 TILE Phone: State License Number: 9 90 D BERNARDS BROS. INC. / _Z zfl_ / Bidder 111111 Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: Address: ° ACOUSTICAL VZ ILnU w 34 CEILINGS Phone: State License Number: Name: Nd� Address: 35 WOOD CIA ,L FLODRING fwo Phone: State License Number: %p `% 2°t Name: C� Address: 36 Phone: State License Number: BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Id ��Y E 7� Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: f ✓ t +�-I Address: 37 PAINTING ca roha Phone: State License Number: T Name: C Cr Address: 39 Phone: State License Number: Name: Address: 41 PLUMBING 4 �/"ra Phone: State License Number: F go f is BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and /or the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractor's Information Bid Item Description of Work %of Number Total Bid Name: 19G4 3 Address: 42 SITE J � UTILITIES n�j eaves 8 Phone: State License Number: Name: 5k/A- � .na Address: 43 FIRE VCA t' i Jr SPRINKLERS Phone: State License Number: 0 `I Name: 6' r `U aE 77n7 4;,, Address: N A �lv,�we9d o,. 44 HVAC Phone: State License Number: Zya��g BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder Authorized Signat re/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT 6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTOR(S) State law requires the listing of all subcontractors who will perform work in an amount in excess of one -half of one percent of the Contractor's total bid. If a subcontractor is not listed, the Contractor represents that he /she is fully qualified to and will be responsible for performing that portion of the work. Substitution of subcontractors shall be made only in accordance with State law and/or the Standard Saecifications for Public Works Construction, as applicable. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300 appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. The Bidder, by signing this designation, certifies that bids from the following subcontractors have been used in formulating the bid for the project and that these subcontractors will be used subject to the approval of the Engineer and in accordance with State law. No changes may be made in these subcontractors except with prior approval of the City of Newport Beach. (Use additional sheets if needed) Subcontractors Information Bid Item Description of Work . Number otal Bid Name: * n �J 1 U Address: 45 ELECTRICAL �Q} Phone: State License Number: �Y8 6 ?z Name: Address: Phone: State License Number: Name: Address: Phone: State License Number: BERNARDS BROS. INC. Bidder ,e, 1� -� 'Authorized Signa refritle CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 NON - COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT State of California ) LOS ) ss. County of ANGELES ) CHARLES E. GLIDDEN being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is VICE PRESIDENT of BERNARDS BROS. INC. , the party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that party making the foregoing bid; that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. I declare under penalty of perjury of the laws of the State of California t the foregoing is true and correct. �\ BERNARDS BROS. INC.` 5��` ` - - -� Bidder Authorized Signature/Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this 30TH day of MARCH 2006 by CHARLES E. GLIDDEN , personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. EIIEEN W' LOP.CpmgMwion #' 1450987 �Yhm`-Cdamd' loo AMPIN COW* Notary Public EILEEN ROE W Comm. EvM Doc 7,12W [SEAL] 12/07/2007 My Commission Expires: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 DESIGNATION OF SURETIES Bidders name BERNARDS BROS. INC. Provide the names, addresses, and phone numbers for all brokers. and sureties from whom Bidder intends to procure insurance and bonds (list by insurance /bond type): BROKER: AON RISK SERVICES, INC. OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA INSURANCE SERVICES 707 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, SUITE 6000 SURETY: SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA 91203 TELEPHONE: (818) 956 - 4338 INSURANCE: ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY 4 EMBARCADERO CENTER, SUITE 2000 SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111 TELEPHONE: (415) 490 - 9625 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 CONTRACTOR'S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY RECORD TO ACCOMPANY PROPOSAL Bidders Name BERNARDS BROS. INC. Record Last Five (5) Full Years ' Current Year of Record The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary-- Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 2 Current Record Record Record Record Record Yearof for for for for for Record 2005 2004 2003 2002 2001 Total 2066 No. of contracts 20 37 27 39 22 16 161 Total dollar 57092 157,571 Amount of 171,389 Contracts (in 135,000 79,831 Thousands of $) 63,000 663,883 No. of fatalities 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 No. of lost Workday Cases 0 2 4 0 5 172 183 No. of lost workday cases involving permanent transfer to 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 another job or termination of employment The information required for these items is the same as required for columns 3 to 6, Code 10, Occupational Injuries, Summary-- Occupational Injuries and Illnesses, OSHA No. 102. 2 Legal Business Name of Bidder BERNARDS BROS. INC. Business Address: 618 SAN FERNANDO ROAD, SAN FERNANDO, CA 91340 Business Tel. No.: (818) 898 - 1521 State Contractor's License No. and Classification: 302007 CLAaS: B, A Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN. VICE PRESIDENT The above information was compiled from the records that are available to me at this time and I declare under penalty of perjury that the information is true and accurate within the limitations of those records. Signature of bidder Date MA CJ Title DROGLAS D. BERNARDS, PRESIDENT Signature of bidder - - Date IARCH 30, 2006 Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN. VICE PRESIDENT Signature of bidder Date Title Signature of bidder Date Title If bidder is an individual, name and signature of individual must be provided, and, if he is doing business under a fictitious name, the fictitious name must be set forth. If bidder is a partnership or joint venture, legal name of partnership /joint venture must be provided, followed by signatures of all of the partners /joint ventures or of fewer than all of the partners /joint ventures if submitted with evidence of authority to act on behalf of the partnership /joint venture. If bidder is a corporation, legal name of corporation must be provided, followed by notarized signatures of the corporation President or Vice President or President and Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and the corporate seal. Signatures of partners, join venturers, or corporation officers must be acknowledged before a Notary Public, who must certify that such partners /joint venturers, or officers are known to him or her to be such, and, in the case of a corporation, that such corporation executed the instrument pursuant to its bylaws or a resolution of its Board of Directors. M License Detail Page 1 of 3 License Detail CALIFORNIA CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD Contractor License # 302007 DISCLAIMER A license status check provides information taken from the CSLB license data base. Before relying on this information, you should be aware of the following limitations: • CSLB complaint disclosure is restricted by law (B &P 7124_6). If this entity is subject to public complaint disclosure, a link for complaint disclosure will appear below. Click on the link or button to obtain complaint and /or legal action information. • Per B &P 7071.17, only construction related civil judgments reported to the CSLB are disclosed. • Arbitrations are not listed unless the contractor fails to comply with the terms of the arbitration. • Due to workload, there may be relevant information that has not yet been entered onto the Board's license data base. Extract Date: 03/30/2006 * * * Business Information * * * BERNARDS BROS INC 610 ILEX STREET SAN FERNANDO, CA 91340 Business Phone Number: (818) 898 -1521 Entity: Corporation Issue Date: 01/20/1975 Expire Date: 03131/2007 * * * License Status * * * This license is current and active. All information below should be reviewed. http: / /www2.cslb.ca.gov /CSLB LIBRARY /License+Detail.asp 03/30/2006 License Detail * * * Classifications * * * KiiRi Description GENERAL ENGINEERING CONTRACTOR © GENERAL BUILDING CONTRACTOR * * * Bonding Information * * * Page 2 of 3 CONTRACTOR'S BOND: This license filed Contractor's Bond number 6398075 in the amount of $10,000 with the bonding company SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA. Effective Date: 01/2312006 Contractor's Bonding History BOND OF QUALIFYING INDIVIDUAL(1): The Responsible Managing Officer (RMO) DOUGLAS DEAN BERNARDS certified that he /she owns 10 percent or more of the voting stock/equity of the corporation. A bond of qualifying individual is not required. Effective Date: 01/01/1980 * * * Workers Compensation Information * * * This license has workers compensation insurance with the ARCH INSURANCE COMPANY NAIC #11150 Policy Number: 71WC12025501 Effective Date: 06/30/2005 Expire Date: 06/30/2006 Workers.Compensation. History Personnel List http: / /www2.cslb.ca.gov /CSLB LIBRARY /License+Detail.asp 03/30/2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDA Bidders name BERNARDS BROS. INC. The bidder shall signify receipt of all Addenda here, if any, and attach executed copy of addenda to bid documents: Addendum No. Date Received gn re I MARCH 24 2006 HARLES E. G IDDEN VICE PRE 11 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT F t \1-1 FO Rr'/ ADDENDUM NO. 1 Newport Coast Community Center Contract No. 3577 DATE: March 24, 2006 Public Works Director TO: ALL PLANHOLDERS Bidders shall sign this Addendum No.1 and attach it to the bid proposal. No bid will be considered unless this signed Addendum No. 1 is attached. I have carefully examined this Addendum No. 1 and have included full payment therefor in my Proposal. CHARLES E. GLIDDEN Bidder's Name (Printed) BERNARDS BROS. INC. Firm's Name MARCH 24, 2006 CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT h r'[1..I T {c f,. 1 1 1YJ 3194: ArMl toop Costa Mesa Colifornic 92626-3405 714.427:0277 8 714.421.0286® Vr %.'W,dnARCHITECTUR£.:'' ADDENDUM NO.1 Date Issued: March 24, 2046 Project: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 6401 San Joaquin Hills Rd, Newport Beach, CA 92660 Plan #: B- 5166.8 Owner: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, CA 92663 Architect: Dougherty and Dougherty Architects LLP 3194 -D Airport Loop Costa Mesa, CA 92626 04-D Job No. 20312.10 0 -3 The clarifica6ons,modffcations; changes, additions, arfdtar deletions contained herein shall be incorporated within the consUuctiondocuments for the project. Stich infomratibn shall take precedence over that previously published. GENERAL: THIS ADDENDUM IS FOR BIDDING ANDCONSTRU.4TION. RELATIVE TO SUBSTI'T'UTIONS, Item No. 1.1 Drawing Reference: Specification Reference: Description: City of Newport Beach Newport Coast Community Center Addendum 1 - March 24, 2006 Plan No. B- 5186 -S NIA 01630 Substitutions In response to several substitution requests, submit a Wtrften request for proposed substitutions to the Architect no.later than 21 days.after bid award. Nb substitutions will be considered after this 21 day period. This is a public project. Specifications are written and materials selected with the City, Performance, quality, materials and colors are a basis for selection, and establish a minimum standard for competitive bid. The position of the City is that substitution requests cannot be considered prior to bid, but may be considered after award. All Page 1 of 4 G 0 Now � 4cxutc rf: i;• 0M 3194[' MpotLoap Costa Mesa CaRomin 42626-34U5 714.4�70277 19 714.427.0288 9 ',V:, w.dDARCHRECTURE.:'%:_� substitutions are at the bidder's option and bidder's risk. Submit corresponding material samples and mock -ups per each section of the specification and follow substitution requirements per section 01630 of the specification. CHANGES TO THE SPECIFICATIONS: Item No. 1.2 Drawing Reference: N/A Specification Reference: 15800 Temperature Control System Description:. Replace sections 2.1.H & I with the attached revised.spea ications. Item H.3.a: aluminum fins changed to copper fins, and aluminized steel heat exchanger change to copper. Item HAI &c: aluminum fns change to copper. Item 1.1, remove the word "Carrier Co. CCS/CCN. Item 1.74 remove sub items 24,25, and 26.. Item 1.8, not used. Item 1.9, replace word TEMP to temperature. Item 1.01.a, remove tfre word TEMP. item 1.9.e, not used. Item 1.10.x, replace sentence. ftem No. 1.3 Drawing Reference; Sheets A502 thru A504 and A506 Specitieation Reference: 07210 Building insulation Description: Replace sheet 07210 -1 with the attached revised sheet Section 2.12.1, the thermal insulation 9 -value shalfbe k -19 br Roofs instead of R -30. Item No. 1,4 Drawing Reference: N/A Specification Reference: 04200 Unit Masonry Assemblies Description: Replace.sheets 042008 and 9 with the attaciedrevised slhta, Manufacturer, CavClear was incorrectly listed .under products they did not manufacture and were not listed under the products they do manufacture. CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS: Item No. 1.5 Drawing Reference: A001 Site Plan Specification Reference: 02780 Unit Pavers Description: The pattern of the concrete pavers has been revised to reffea the 'actual 12° square pavers as noted in the specifications See attached sketch ADD1 -01. Contrasting colors will be selected between the "Stoney City of Newport Beach Newport Coast Community Center Addendum 1 - March 24, 2006 Plan No. &5186 -5 Page 2 of 4 r_ u 3194_ AlrpW Loop Casio Mesa Coktomio 42620405 714.427,277 R 714.427.028813 1W.,W.dDARCHIT5dURf,E'i11, + Creek' pavers and the ADA truncated dome detectabie,waming pavers per manufacturer's standard range of colors selectee by the City. Item No. 1.6 Drawing Reference: AOOI Site Plan Specification Reference: 10390 Flag Pales Description: Location of Flag Pole is noted. See attached sketch ADD1 -01; Partial Site Plan and sketch ADD1 -02 for footing detail. Item No. 1,7 Drawing Reference:. A002 Site Details Specification Reference; 02751,DA Description: Under Keynotes: Keynote 02751 DA shall read "REINFORCtNG BARS - SEE CIVIL FOR SIZING AND SPACING" CLARIFICATfONS: Item No. 1.8 Drawing Reference: N/A Specification Reference: 167% Cabliing DaWeleph9ne Description: Contractor is to provide conduit for required law voltage cabling for data, telephone, security systems and Aar low voltage systems. The design package for low voltage work Will be issued as a separate contract. System selection will be forthcoming as a part df that package, Item No. 1.9 Drawing Reference: A101 & A604 Specification Reference: 11062 Stage Curtains Description: Supply stage curtains as indicated.on Floor Plan sheet A101 and interior elevation 1, A81A604. There is no valance or intermediate traveler curtains. ATTACHMENTS: The following attachments are all part of Addendum No.1 City of Newport Beach Newport Coast Community Center Addendum 1 — March 24, 2006 Plan No. B- 5186 -S Page 3 of 4 r.arrurc,eeL vi.,�•av�r�c s•r�e:orrs 3194.1 A✓port Loop Costa Moab Ccdvanrt a 92626 -3405 714A27.0277 6 114,427.02888 WVlWAOARCHITECTURE.! -(:m XI I W CVvI T . Specification section 04200 -8 & 9- total of 2 pages. 2. Specification section 07210 -1- total of 1 page, 3. Speeification section 15800- total of 8 pages. 4. Sketch AOD1 -01 {11 "071 5. Sketch ADD1 -02 {81/2"x11 "} END OF ADDENDUM NO,1 City of Newport Beach Newport Coast Community Center Addendum i "March 24, 2006 Plan No. B-51WS Page 4 of 4 2) All Tees, Flanges, and Valve Insulation in Conjunction with Aluminum Jacketing: Use Childers Aluminum Special Fabrications insulation Covers as manufactured by Childers Products Company. Shields: Provide shields for insulated piping at hanger or support locations. See "Pipe Supports" as specified hereinbefore. H. Equipment (Also See Schedules on Drawings): 1. The Manufacturer of the heating and air oonditonkng equipment as specified herein other than what is called for on the schedule shall certify that the equipment furnished can be installed within the areas designated on the drawings without exceeding the overall width, length, height and wek ht, and shall be fully responsible for any modifications necessary to the structural framing, and associated openings through the roof. These shall be provided, for by coordinating with the Contractor who shall obtain approval of the Architect prior to proceeding with any work. Any additional cost shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any additional costs that may be incurred by the Electrical Contractor should the equipment proposed exceed the electrical design capabiites. 2. The HVAC equipment manufacturer shall coordinate with the Control Contractor to provide the required terminals, relays, etc, for each unit as necessary to permit for automafic control of the various systems unit by the Energy Management System. 3. Packaged Roof Top GaslElechic Units: a. Single Zone Roof Mounted Air Conditioning Units: Units shall be of the manufacturer, model, size, capacities, SEER & EER as indicated on the drawings or approved equal. Units shah be rated in accordance with ARI Std. 2101240 and 270 and ANSIIASHRAE 15 — Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration & Callomia Energy Commission Administrative Code Title 20124 for rrdnimum efficiency requirements and designed in accordance with UL Std, 564. Units shall be combination electric coofinglgas heating type completely factory assembled, wired and tested. Units shall be complete with centrifugal supp y� err mplete with motor and belt drive, motor starters, copper tube evaporator wJlhcqgpZfins al cooled condensing section with copper tube and aluminum fin coil, complete refrigerant system with all piping and accessories, refrigerant charge, filter frames to accommodate replaceable media, 2" thick idlers as specified hereinafter all operaflng and safety control and galvanized steel foil faced Insulated weatherproof housing. Provide factory wired 24 volt control circuit with control transformer. Where indicated on drawing schedule, units shall be provided with multi-stage heating cooling capability. The compressor or multiple compressors with dual refigerant ckcuits shall be resiliently mounted and equipped with positive crankshaft lubrication, crank case heater, drier, manual reset high pressure switches, automatic reset on low pressure switches, of level sight glass, charging valve, sight glass, discharge and suction service valves, accessible gauge ports, discharge temperature limited, current.and temperature sensing motor overloads, factory installed indoor evaporator defrost control to prevent compressor slugging by interrupting compressor operation, five minute compressor timed-off cyde ri II be unconditionally guaranteed /� for five (5) years. Heating sedan shall include an stainless steel heat exchanger, stainless L_l 1< steel burner, side outlet flue automatic gas contra , edronic spark ignitor for 100% safety, induced draft blower, fan and limit controls. Heat exchanger shell have a 10 year warranty. Each unit shall be provided with a roof mounfing frame. As indicated on drawing equipment schedule provided a enthalpy controlled 100% fresh outdoor air economy cycle with 3 position damper arrangement or power exhaust. Power exhaust fan assemblies field mounted shall be supported with angle iron steel. Coordinate supports with General Contractor and submit shop drawings for approval prior to installation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -13 15800 -14 Factory Start -Up: Contractor shat provide for the Equipment Manufacture to supenhae start -up, check, test and start the unit. A report by the Manufacturer shah be furnished to the Engineer for approval. Provide a spring isolation roof mounting curb as manufactured by MICRO METAL or CAN FAB with 2 inch static deflection spring isolators and earthquake restraints complete with base curb, Isolator frame and perimeter flashing. Isolaiicn curb shall be State of California OSHPD approved 4. Split system (Cooling Only): a. General: Unit shall be of the split system cooling only design of the type, model and capacities as shown on the drawings as manufactured by Carder Co. Test operate each unit at factory and rate in accordance with ARI Standard 210. Provide UL approved unit b. Outdoor Condensing Unit The compressor shall be scroll type or hermetically seated with buik -in prot ' ri n, cooled and overload protected. Unit shall include coil with copper tubes an cop fins, efficient outdoor fan, suction line accumulator, expansion valve, �I crankcase ,7ier os high pressure switch, timed off control, refdgerant tine connections, electrical connections, and all required refrigeration and oil system service valves. Compressor shall carry unconditional 5 -year guarantee. c. Indoor Fan Coil Unit Enclose unit within a foil faced insulated steel cabinet complete with ttite ' d r blower, drain pan, condensate Gft pump, refrigerant coil with copper tubes and `copp_e_r lins� expansion valve kit, and all required controls, inducting microprocessor remote —c8h>r I a themostat. d. Controls: Provide a remote room thermostat to actuate the unit automatically to maintain the desired room temperature. Thermostat shall be .attached to wall within a vandal proof enclosure, BEKO or equal. e. Piping: Field installed piping with field charge of refrigerant All piping shall be sized and installed in strict accordance with Unit Manufacturer's Instructions. f. Val re . Provide as required for service of equipment g. Factory Start -Up: Provide for Equipment Manufacturer to check test and start the units. 5. Exhaust Fans: a. Power Roof Exheksters: Curb mounted fans shag be Cook, Carnes or Greenheck of the sizes and capacities Indicated on the drawings, complete with backward cave non - ov&Wding blower wheel, motor, belt drive, disconnect switch, bid screen, back draft dampers, extruded aluminum weather -proof housing, factory pre - fabricated roof curb, UL label and shall be tested and rated in accordance with the applicable AMCA codes and shall bear the AMCA label. Air Filters (See Drawings for Size and Number Required): a. Replaceable (Throwaway) Panel Filters: Provide factory fabricated, viscous•ooated, Farr 30130, or equivalent, pleated panel type replaceable air filters, 2" thick, UL Class 2 throwaway, cotton and synthetic — non - fiberglass media material. Where required or as indicated on drawing, construct holding frames of 20 ga. galvanized steel, capable of holding media and media frame in place and gasketed to prevent unfiltered air bypassing between media frames and holding members. b. Air filters shall be a State Fke Marshal approved and listed type. Preformed filters having combustible framing shall be tested as a complete assembly. Air filters in all occupancies shall be Class 2 or dotter, (as shown in the State Fie Marshal listing). C. Istatiatiom Filters shall be installed at each all handling unit CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WAC d. Provide two (2) sets of fillers for each air handling unit Utilize one (1) set for start -up, test and balance and provide Owner with second set Temperature Control System: 1. Provide and install a cc to au mat(c control systems for the proper operation and control of the Heating, Ventfla9n�§ a'nt� W'r Condhtiahmg sys emt s. The work shall be complete with all required remote interlocks and control all as required for a complete and properly operating control syst m. 2. All motors, power driven equipment and automatic control equipment, except motor starters as hereinafter set forth required and connected with the work of this section of the specifications are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. 3. Control low (24V) and control One (120V) voltage wiring, conduit and related switches and relays required for the automatic control andfor ihterkxlk of motors and equipment indudes final connection, are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. Materials and Installation to conform to Class 1 or 2, CAC Tile 24, Article E725, and as restricted under the Division 16 Electrical of these specifications. 4. Power wiring, conduit, outlets, disconnect switches, motor starters and motor -rated contractors, and making of final connections, except as hereinafter specified, are to be lu mished and installed under the Division 16 Electrical of the Specification. 5. System Description: The system shall consist of a single zone programmable communicating thermostat with unit controller. The system shag also Include a complete array of sensors and input components. The controls shall be capable of stand -alone use, or networked to form a communication bus. The thermostats shag operate and be configurable without the use of a computer, but shall provide the capability of both local and remote network access through a computer. 6. Quality Assurance: The control system shall be designed to conform to UL and GSA standards. Controller shall be manufactured within an 180-9000 certified facility, 7. Equipment a. The control system shag be available as a complete package, with the required input sensors and additional cxmfrd components readily available. It shag provide complete control of the HVAC unit The system shag be capable of "self-test' on board diagnostics, which communicate alarms and operating status. Unit control relay pack shag be available factory Installed with direct connect to field irctalied monitor. b. Device Memory and Time Clock: System shag not require the use of battery back -up to support time docks and rron- volatle memory slDrage. The time docks must be capable of retaining the correct time for a minimum of ten (10) hours and the non - volatile memory storage shall be indefinite during a power interruption. The system shag restart itself and immediately begin normal operation when power is restored. c. Stand Alone Capability: System shall be capable of operating as a stand alone system and not require a computer to prompt arty functions for normal operaton. The system shag be capable of being Interfaced to a computer either remotely or locally for purposes of diagnostics, programming, monitoring, and data logging. d. TEMP System Monitor Thermostat: 1) Shag include an electronic control that shall determine the demand for heeling or coding based on the space demand. 2) Shall have the ability to operate the system fan either automatically, with the fan switch on AUTO (fan operation only durig a system unoccupied healing or coding mode), or continuously during the occupied mode with the fan switch set to ON. Fan operation during unooeupled mode shall be automatic Switches shall be accessible and changeable remotely. System shall provide both commanded and actual fan status. 3) Shall have the ability to protect the system configuration from tampering and CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -15 15800 -16 misuse by providing a minimum of four levels of security access into the thermostat control. Access levels shall range from allowing no configuration changes at the system control to allowing full configuration at the system control. Access levels within that range shall provide for user comfort adjustments of temperature and schedule of use. 4) Shall have the ability to automatically or manually change -over between heating and cooling. 5) Shall be capable of monitoring supply air temperature and utilizing this Information as a safety device to de•enargize stages of heating or cooling when adjustable equipment temperature limits are exceeded. Individual configurable temperature values for first and second stage both heating and cooling limits shall be selectable. 6) Shag include the capability to prevent unnecessary operation of second stage when on-board trend'srg indicates that first stage can satisfy space demand. 7) The control system shall provide protection from the unit being intermittently sequenced from heating to cooling until the Time Guard time period has elapsed. This time period shall be a minimum of five minutes and shall vary with control system thermostat Identification number or address. An integral override feature shag be provided to allow service troubleshooting to be performed wfthout waiting for the Time Guard Interval. 8) The system shall provide adjustable minimum run times for both heat and cool. It shah also provide adjustable minimum run times within either cool or heat modes. 9) Shag be capable of receiving and broadcasting outside air temperature information to the network communication bus. 10) Shall have the ability of establishing separate adjustable heating and cooling lockout temperatures based on outside air temperature. These temperatures shall be individually configurable and will prevent unnecessary operation of heatinglcoding within the bounds of the lockout temperatures. 11) Shall have the capability to alarm on adjustable unit discharge temperature for both heat and cool. 12) Shall have the capability to provide for unit reset when required for servicing the equipment. 13) The control system shall have the ability to automatically stagger multiple unit start times upon power -up after a power failure. 14) The unit control relay pack shag have outdoor duty rating, suitable for Installation and operation in outdoor environments. 15) Calibration of the system sensors shall be adjustable from the monitor thermostat without requiring the sensor to be taken out of service. 16) Shag have an on -board time dodo capable of broadcasting to the network, it shall be capable of receiving time broadcasts from other network products. The dock shah support 365 day scheduling, with integral Daylight Savings and leap-year capability. The time clock shall be adjustable in one minute increments, and shell have the capablity of being taken 40 One" either locally or remotely via software. Shag be capable of 18 holiday schedules with up to 99 days per holiday schedule. 17) Shall be capable of establishing, adjusting and storing both an occupied and unoccupied program format on a daily basis. Scheduling increments shall be in 1 minute sectors, with eight program periods available. 18) Shall be capable of either following Its own program schedules for occupied and unoccupied operation or following the program schedule of another device on the network communication bus. 19) Shall have Integral unoccupied override capability to provide up to 4 hours of additional occupied operation without additional programming. 20) Shall have an LCD display capable of displaying separate heating and cooling set CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC r9m 9. Operating Sequence - The Temperature Monitor System shall control ft HVAC unit in the following manner. k-_� a. Each ornsys monitor thermostat, during the occupied mode, shall access zone demand di race etween set point and space temperature) for heating and cooling. When the monitor thermostat registers a demand for heating or coding of 1.5° F, it shah energize the W stage of the HVAC unit When demand reaches 2° F, the second stage of the unit shall be energized. The second stage sequence shah be allowed only I the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not able to satisfy the existing zone load. When demand faith to 1.0° F, second stage is released. When the demand falls to 0.5° F, the first stage is released. b. During unoccupied mode, the monitor thermostat shall display unoccupied set points. When unoccupied period demand reaches 1.5° F, the first stage of to HVAC equipment shall be energized. When demand reaches 2° F, the monitor thermostat shah initiath second stage operation. The second stage sequence shall be allowed only 'd the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not We to satisfy the existing zone load. During unoccupied mode, the unit fan shah operate intermittently. C. On units equipped with economizers, Integral economizer operation shalt be provided by the system monitor thermostat Economizer operatlon shall be substituted for first stage mechanical cooling when outdoor air temperatures are suitable. d. All monitor thermostats shah be capable of following their own individual occupied schedule with independent period operation, or the schedule of another network device. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -17 points and additional diagnostic information. Such information shah include: current system mode, time of day, security access level, space temperature, supply air temperature, outside air temperature, relative humidity, fan status, filter status, and Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) status. 21) Shan be capable of displaying temerature information in Fahrenheit or Celsius temperature scales in increments of one tenth of a degree. The capability shall be provided to display space temperature and set points on a rotating basis. 22) Shall include an adjustalrle set point limiting feature to allow a high and low range limit on heating and cooling set points. 23) Shall have an on -board space temperature sensor. The TEMP monitor thermostat shall also be capable of remote space sensing from a location away from the TEMP monitor thermostat when using a Remote Room Sensor. Capability shah be provided to read space temperature separately from the local TEMP monitor thermostat, from the Remote Room Sensor or to read an average from the local and up to 4 Remote Room Sensors. 24) 25) Not Used Not Used 26) Not Used r9m 9. Operating Sequence - The Temperature Monitor System shall control ft HVAC unit in the following manner. k-_� a. Each ornsys monitor thermostat, during the occupied mode, shall access zone demand di race etween set point and space temperature) for heating and cooling. When the monitor thermostat registers a demand for heating or coding of 1.5° F, it shah energize the W stage of the HVAC unit When demand reaches 2° F, the second stage of the unit shall be energized. The second stage sequence shah be allowed only I the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not able to satisfy the existing zone load. When demand faith to 1.0° F, second stage is released. When the demand falls to 0.5° F, the first stage is released. b. During unoccupied mode, the monitor thermostat shall display unoccupied set points. When unoccupied period demand reaches 1.5° F, the first stage of to HVAC equipment shall be energized. When demand reaches 2° F, the monitor thermostat shah initiath second stage operation. The second stage sequence shall be allowed only 'd the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not We to satisfy the existing zone load. During unoccupied mode, the unit fan shah operate intermittently. C. On units equipped with economizers, Integral economizer operation shalt be provided by the system monitor thermostat Economizer operatlon shall be substituted for first stage mechanical cooling when outdoor air temperatures are suitable. d. All monitor thermostats shah be capable of following their own individual occupied schedule with independent period operation, or the schedule of another network device. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -17 e. Na f Ag monitor thermostats in occupied mode shelf display their separate heating and doling set points, the current system mode, and system fan operation. g. AN monitor thermostats in setback mode shall display their separate heating and cooling setback set points, the current system mode, system fan operation, and will indicate unoccupied mode. 10. Service and Warranty: a fter installation, system start-up shall be performed. All thermostats and related �nVonents will be adjusted. The entire system must be in operation for twenty -four (24) hours prior to seeking acceptance from the ownertenginser. b. The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If, within twelve (12) months from data of acceptance by ownerfenghneer, any of the equipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or material, A will be repaired, adjusted, or replaced free of charge by the installing contractor. PART 3 - D ECUTION 3.1 INSTALLA11ON 15800.18 A. Equipment Installation: 1. All equipment provided under this section of the specifications shall be installed in strict accordance with the Manufacturers recommendations. 2. Should the drawings or specifications Indicate the equipment is to be installed in a manner not in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations, the Contractor shall obtain direction from the Engineer prior to proceeding with the installation. If the Contractor proceeds with the Installation without obtaining direction from the Engineer, the Contractor shall be required to make all required corrections to the installation at no additional cost to the contract. 3. Space Consideration: Certain equipment and ductwork will have to be installed within the limited space available as indicated on the drawings. Exact field measurements of existing conditions will be the responsibility of this Contractor to assure that the equipment and ductwork to be installed under this Section of the specifications can be installed as indicated. Contractor shall submit shop drawings for approval prior to installation. These field verified dimensions shag be made prior to purchase of equipment or fabrication of ductwork. B. Cer igcaUon: The Contractor shag arrange for and pay for the services of a certified representative of the air concttioning Unit Manufacturer, who shag review and sign as acceptable to the Manufacturer, all shop drawings essential to the installation of the alr conditioning units. The shop drawings shall be reviewed and signed by this representative, prior to submittal to the Architect for acceptance. Shop drawings shag include such items as control diagrams arrangement and type of vibration isolation base, and safety controls. 1. Any change in controls, or installation procedures required by the Unit Manufacturer, shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. All changes to mechanical and electrical drawings required by the Manufacturer shall be made, provided these changes do not reduce the scope of the work, which shall be considered as a minimum requirement 3. If during the progress of the installation, the Manufacturers representative required additions to, or changes to the work of the Installation of the air conditioning units, wiring, controls, all such additional changes shall be made without cost to the Owner. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10.0"120 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire - test - response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, ASTM E 119, or ASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 General: A. Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's readily available thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Sizes selected shah minimize joints and shall fully fill spaces between studs, joists, etc. Formaldehyde-Free: provide batts free of formaldehyde. B. Provide thermal insulation with the following R values: R -19 at Roofs. 2. R- C. Unlaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Sound Control Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) of type described below: 1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; 3.112 inch thick. 2. Manufacturer: Johns ManvileSound- Shield Free, or equal. 3. Surface - Burning Characteristics: Maximum fiam"pread and smoke -developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. D. Encapulated Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type II, Class A; with a polyethylene vapor - retarder membrane wrap. 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 2. Manufacturer: Johns Manville Comfort - Shield Free, or equal. E. Rigid Insulation: At metal roof deck. Air infiltration barrier: Building paper conforming to Federal Specifications UU- B- 790-a, Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2. Two layers. Behind masonry veneer, one layer of DuPont "Tyvek' as described in Section 0M Is acceptable. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDING INSULATION 07210 -1 a receive ribbed flashing and form a hooked seam. Form hem on upper surface of metal so that completed seam will shed water. 8. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from copper. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 112 Inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 9. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from copper. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wail, bend metal back on itself for 314 inch (19 mm) and down into joint N inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 10. Metal Expansion -Joint Strips: Fabricate from copper to shapes indicated. B. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Solder for Copper. ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead. 2. Elastomeric Sealant ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight C. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES r� rr A. Compressible Filler: Premoided filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Bond - Breaker Strips: Asphalt - saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt felt). C. Weep/Vent Products: Use one of the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wicking Material: Absorbent rope, made from UV- resistant synthetic fiber, 1/4 to 318 inch (6 to 10 mm) in diameter, in length required to produce 2 -inch (50 -mm) exposure on exterior and 18 inches (450 mm) in cavity between wythes. Use only for weeps. 2. Round Plastic WeeptVent Tubing: Medium - density polyethylene, 318 -inch (9-mm) OD by 4 inches (100 mm) long. 3. Rectangular Plastic WeeplVent Tubing: Clear butyrate, 318 by 1 -1/2 by 3-1/2 inches (9 by 38 by 89 mm) long. 4. Cellular Plastic WeepNent One -piece, flexible extrusion made from UV- resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 118 inch (3 mm) less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturer's standard. a. Available Products: 1) Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Maze weep vent 2) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O-Wal Division; Cell Vents. 3) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent 4) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Quadro-Vent. 5) Wire -Bond; Cell Vent. 5. Mesh WeepNent: Free - draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands, full height and width of head joint and depth 118 inch (3 mm) less than depth of outer wythe; in color selected from manufacturers standard. a. Available Products: 1) Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net Weep Vents; CavCle=Weep nts 2) Or equal. . CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES D. Cavity Drainage Material: Free - draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. Provide one of the following configurations: a. Strips, full -depth of cavity and 10 inches (250 mm) wide, with dovetail shaped notches 7 inches (175 mm) deep that prevent mesh from being clogged with mortar droppings. b. Strips, not less than 1 -112 inches (38 mm) thick and 10 inches (250 mm) wide, with dimpled surface designed to catch mortar droppings and prevent weep holes from being clogged with mortar. c. Sheets or stdps full depth of cavity and installed to full height of cavity. d. Sheets or strips not less than 1 Inch (25 mm) thick and installed to full height of cavity with additional strips 4 inches (100 mm) high at weep holes and thick enough to fill entire depth of cavity and prevent weep holes from being clogged with mortar. 2 Available Products: a. Advanced Building P duce Inc,- Morta b. Archovations, Inc. & C. Dayton Superior Corporation, Du r n wn; Polylite MorfarStop; Cavf:lear d. Mortar Net USA, Ltd,; Mortar Net CavGear E. Reinforcing Bar Posttioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joins spanning masonry unit ceps with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are farmed from 0.142 -Inch (3.6 -mm) steel wire, trot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four bops as needed for number of bars Indicated. I . Available Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O -Wat Division; DIA 810, DIA 812 or DIA 817. b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner. c. Hohmann & Bernard, Inc.; #RB or #RB -Twin Reber Positioner. d. Wire-Bond; O -Ring or Double O -Ring Rebar Positioner. 2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Addis Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard - strength cleaner designed for removing mortar /grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air - entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water- repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout 2. Limit cementtious materials in mortar to portand cement, mortar cement, and lime. 3. Limit cementitous materials In mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portiand cement, mortar cement, and lime. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200.9 PARTIAL WE PLAN REFERENCE SHEET: A101- SITE PLAN 10350.M -FLAG POLE SEE DET. ADDl-02 1 !il 2 ti pia II o ..... ........................ -------- -- -------------- . ...... .. .................. . .. ... .... ..... .......................... . ... _1 . . ............. ......... ......... . .......... ................ . CIL-M PARTIAL WE PLAN REFERENCE SHEET: A101- SITE PLAN 10350.M -FLAG POLE SEE DET. ADDl-02 1 !il 2 ti pia !2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 NOTICE TO SUCCESSFUL BIDDER The following Contract Documents shall be executed and delivered to the Engineer within ten (10) days (not including Saturday, Sunday and Federal holidays) after the date shown on the "Notification of Award" to the successful bidder: CONTRACT WITH REQUIRED INSURANCE CERTIFICATES AND ENDORSEMENTS LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND • FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The City of Newport Beach will not permit a substitute format for these Contract Documents. Bidders are advised to review their content with bonding, insuring and legal agents prior to submission of bid. Original Certificate(s) of Insurance, General Liability Insurance Endorsement, and Automobile Liability Insurance Endorsement shall be provided as required by the Contract documents and delivered to the Public Works Department within ten (10) working days after the date shown on the Notification of Award to the successful bidder. The Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Faithful Performance Bond shall be issued by an insurance organization or surety (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) listed as an acceptable surety in the latest revision of the Federal Register Circular 570. Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 22300, appropriate securities may be substituted for any monies to be withheld to ensure performance under the Contract. Insurance companies affording coverage shall be (1) currently authorized by the Insurance Commissioner to transact business of insurance in the State of California, and (2) assigned Policyholders' Rating A (or higher) and Financial Size Category Class VII (or larger) in accordance with the latest edition of Best's Key Ratina Guide: Property - Casualty. Coverages shall be provided as specified in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, except as modified by the Special Provisions. Certificates of Insurance and additional insured endorsements shall be on the insurance company's forms, fully executed and delivered with the Contract. The Notice to Proceed will not be issued until all contract documents have been received and approved by the City. 12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 CONTRACT THIS AGREEMENT, entered into this_ day of , 2006, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, hereinafter "City," and ERNARDS BROS., INC., hereinafter "Contractor," is made with reference to the following facts: WHEREAS, City has advertised for bids for the following described public work: CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER Contract No. 3577 WHEREAS, Contractor has been determined by City to be the lowest responsible bidder and Contractor's bid, and the compensation set forth in this Contract, is based upon Contractor's careful examination of all Contract documents, plans and specifications. NOW, THEREFORE, City and Contractor agree as follows: A. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The complete Contract for the Project includes all of the following documents: Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Proposal, Bidder's Bond, Non - Collusion Affidavit, Faithful Performance Bond, Labor and Materials Payment Bond, Permits, General Conditions, Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings, Plans and Special Provisions for Contract No. 3577, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (current adopted edition and all supplements) and this Agreement, and all modifications and amendments thereto (collectively the "Contract Documents "). The Contract Documents comprise the sole agreement between the parties as to the subject matter therein. Any representations or agreements not specifically contained in the Contract Documents are null and void. Any amendments must be made in writing, and signed by both parties in the manner specified in the Contract Documents. B. SCOPE OF WORK Contractor shall perform everything required to be performed, and shall provide and furnish all the labor, materials, necessary tools, expendable equipment and all utility and transportation services required for the Project: All of the work to be performed and materials to be furnished shall be in strict accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is required to perform all activities, at no extra cost to City, which are reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the intended results. 13 C. COMPENSATION As full compensation for the performance and completion of the Project as required by the Contract Documents, City shall pay to Contractor and Contractor accepts as full payment the sum of Eight Million, One Hundred Fifty -Nine Thousand and 001100 Dollars ($8,159,000.00). This compensation includes: (1) Any loss or damage arising from the nature of the work, (2) Any loss or damage arising from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions in the performance of the work, (3) Any expense incurred as a result of any suspension or discontinuance of the work, but excludes any loss resulting from earthquakes of a magnitude in excess of 3.5 on the Richter Scale and tidal waves, and which loss or expense occurs prior to acceptance of the work by City. D. NOTICE OF CLAIMS Unless a shorter time is specified elsewhere in this Contract, before making its final request for payment under the Contract Documents, Contractor shall submit to City, in writing, all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract. Contractor's acceptance of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims for compensation under or arising out of this Contract except those previously made in writing and identified by Contractor in writing as unsettled at the time of its final request for payment. E. WRITTEN NOTICE Any written notice required to be given under the Contract Documents shall be performed by depositing the same in the U.S. Mail, postage prepaid, directed to the address of Contractor and to City, addressed as follows: CITY City of Newport Beach Public Works Department 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 Attention: Lloyd Dalton, PE (949) 644 -3328 F. LABOR CODE 3700 LIABILITY INSURANCE hereby certifies: Bemards Bros., Inc. 618 San Fernando Road San Fernando, CA 91340 818- 898 -1521 818 - 898 -4909 Fax Contractor, by executing this Contract, "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which requires every employer to be insured against liability for Workers' Compensation or undertake self - insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this Contract." G. INSURANCE Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less than A:VII and insurers must be a California Admitted Insurance Company. Contractor shall furnish City with original certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this Contract. The certificates and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that 14 insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All certificates and endorsements are to be received and approved by City before work commences. City reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by Contractor, his agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. The cost of such insurance shall be included in Contractor's bid. 1. Minimum Scope of Insurance Coverage shall be at least as broad as: a) Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage "occurrence" form number CG 0002 (Edition 11/85) or Insurance Services Office form number GL 0002 (Edition 1/73) covering Comprehensive General Liability and Insurance Services Office form number GL 0404 covering Broad Form Comprehensive General Liability. b) Insurance Services Office Business Auto Coverage form number CA 0002 0287 covering Automobile Liability, code 1 "any auto' and endorsement CA 0029 1288 Changes in Business Auto and Truckers Coverage forms - Insured Contract. c) Workers' Compensation insurance as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability insurance. 2. Minimum Limits of Insurance Coverage limits shall be no less than: a) General Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage. If Commercial Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, either the general aggregate limit shall apply separately to this project/location or the general aggregate limit shall be twice the required occurrence limit. b) Automobile Liability: $1,000,000.00 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage. c) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability: Workers' compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employers Liability. 3. Deductibles and Self- Insured Retentions Any deductibles or self- insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. At the option of City, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self- insured retentions as respects City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses. 15 4. Other Insurance Provisions The policies are to contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: a) General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverages City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of Contractor, including the insured's general supervision of Contractor; products and completed operations of Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by Contractor. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to City, its officers, officials, employees or volunteers. Contractor's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance and /or primary source of recovery as respects City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self- insurance maintained by City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers shall be excess of the Contractor's insurance and shall not contribute with it. iii. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers. iv. Contractor's insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. v. The insurance afforded by the policy for contractual liability shall include liability assumed by contractor under the indemnification /hold harmless provision contained in this Contract. b) Workers' Compensation and Employers Liability Coverage The insurer shall agree to waive all rights of subrogation against City, its officers, agents, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for City. c) All Coverages Each insurance policy required by this clause shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled, rescinded by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days' prior written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to City. All of the executed documents referenced in this contract must be returned within ten (10) working days after the date on the "Notification of Award," so that the City may review and approve all insurance and bonds documentation. 5. Acts of God Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7105, Contractor shall not be responsible for the repairing and restoring damage to Work, when damage is determined to have been proximately caused by an Act of God, in excess of 5 percent of the Contract amount provided that the Work damaged is built in accordance with the plans and specifications. 16 6. Right to Stop Work for Non - Compliance City shall have the right to direct the Contractor to stop work under this Agreement and /or withhold any payment(s), which become due to Contractor hereunder until Contractor demonstrates compliance with the requirements of this article. H. RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGES OR INJURY City and all officers, employees and representatives thereof shall not be responsible in any manner: for any loss or damages that may happen to the Work or any part thereof; for any loss or damage to any of the materials or other things used or employed in performing the Work, for injury to or death of any person either workers or the public; or for damage to property from any cause arising from the construction of the work by Contractor, or its subcontractors, or its workers, or anyone employed by it. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for any liability imposed by law and for injuries to or death of any person or damage to property resulting from defects, obstructions or from any cause arising from Contractor's work on the Project, or the work of any subcontractor or supplier selected by the Contractor. Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend City, its officers and employees from and against (1) any and all loss, damages, liability, claims, allegations of liability, suits, costs and expenses for damages of any nature whatsoever, including, but not limited to, bodily injury, death, personal injury, property damages, or any other claims arising from any and all acts or omissions of Contractor, its employees, agents or subcontractors in the performance of services or work conducted or performed pursuant to this Contract; (2) use of improper materials in construction of the Work; or, (3) any and all claims asserted by Contractor's subcontractors or suppliers on the project, and shall include reasonable attorneys' fees and all other costs incurred in defending any such claim. Contractor shall not be required to indemnify City from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of City, its officers or employees. 4. To the extent authorized by law, as much of the money due Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall be considered necessary by City may be retained by it until disposition has been made of such suits or claims for damages as aforesaid. 5. Nothing in this article, nor any other portion of the Contract Documents shall be construed as authorizing any award of attorneys' fees in any action to enforce the terms of this Contract, except to the extent provided for in H.3, above. 6. The rights and obligations set forth in this Article shall survive the termination of this Contract. EFFECT OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTION Execution of this Contract and all other Contract Documents by Contractor is a representation that Contractor has visited the Project Site, has become familiar with the local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated all relevant observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents. J. CONFLICT If there is a conflict between provisions of this Contract and any other Contract Document, the provisions of this Contract shall prevail. 17 K. WAIVER A waiver by City or any term, covenant, or condition in the Contract Documents shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this contract to be executed the day and year first written above. ATTEST: %411. v hv,(, CITY CLERK APPROVED AS TO FORM: Cam.-- - AARON C. HARP Assistant City Attorney ff.] CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH A Municipal Corporatio By: c Ma BERNARDS BROS., INC. By: L--V*Ulf _. (Corporate `ffficer) Title: V1 a rust den _/ Print Name: Cbv6k L5. 6pliddeln By: (Fina ialO,f/fiicer) Title: V /CQ 7cYQSIctGi�f c, Print Name: !�OZ ]T Z 5k 16L CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO, 3577 BOND NO. enoassa LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, has awarded to Bernards Bros. Inc. , hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 in the City of Newport Beach, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3577 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surely on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, We the undersigned Principal, and, sareco insurance g2ZnP ny or America duly authorised to transact business under the laws of the State of California. as Surety. (referred to herein as `Surety") are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, In the SUM Of Eight Million One Hundred Fifty Nlne Thousand and No/100ths lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, Withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Band, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 10 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Band, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et, seq. of the Civil Code of the Skate of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has pen duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 12th day of April 11 2006. Bemads Bo. Inc. I(f W Z6 1 t N t Name of Contractor (P(ncipal) A-u—thdiized Skgnaturemtle Safeco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 818 955.4338 Telephone Autha ed Age t Signatu . Thornton, Attomey in Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED 20 'CA�LIF�ORN:IA` BALL- PURPOSES ACa,KNOWL�EDGME�NT State of California County of Los Angeles On I ZMOP before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. %x M R.MAYEERRY [4 OKA.V f)'3 9419 = mac" y 2 � �.+ NMAHV P:,- ` ^ALJPORNIA J .C6 aK5EtES:XfU °�?Y f�- L51*^I rxe •r c�ee i0 2006 fi \l M.R. Mayberry SAFECO' POWER 1131 OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 95195 No. 9581 That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint suu+ uuu: suuasrrsrs++ ruswwuur +sarruawasr +wws » »ausuxaA L. TNORNTON; Los Angeles, Califomiar++++ srsxgsraruuuu +rnwwrrusuuru»rrussrrr+ its true and lawful atomey(sym -fact, with fug authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety fronds u undertakings and other documents of a similar character Issued in the course of Its business, and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 1st day of February , 2090 i I R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... the President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surely operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as atomeysmirrfact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business... On any Instrument making or evidencing such appointmem. the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On arty Instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such Instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28, 1970. "On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (i) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (it) A copy of the power- of- atlomey appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (ill) Certifying that said power-of- atlomey appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and 0* see[ of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations, and of a Power of Atomey issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in fug force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation SEAL 5 -0974 /SAEF 7/99 this APR 12 20 day of RA PIERSON, SECRETARY ® Registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation. 2/1/00 PDF CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California l County of Ka Via } ss. On 4PLO 15, 2IXXv ,before me, �1- personally appeared WX J. personally known to me proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personN whose nameN�re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to m at he /she /they executed the same in his tthw uthorized capacity fi , and that by hl h�r/thejr signatureXon the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the personK acted, executed the instrument. WI NESS my hand and official seal. YWAA Place Notary Seal Above SI re of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description fD Attached Document ��07' , l� Yf �y _as1 Title or Type of Document: 0 N (_,� 1 Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Number of Pages: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer��� T C�QI� Signer's Name: (J CJ ❑ Individual T f th b n ❑ Corporate Officer — Title(s): ❑ Partner — ❑ Limited ❑ Gen ❑ Attorney in Fad ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer Is Representing: U( //��^I �•/-p� To um ere Gene 1.�. T J (,(L. Perna ydS 61899 Ne8oral Nobry A9eoCNbon • 9350 De Solo Ave., P.O Box 2402 • CMBwoM, CA B13112402 • wxwneM1One4otary.ory Prot. No. 590] Reo .. Cal Tdl -Free 1 -e00 -0]88821 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT BOAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 BOND NO. 6409658 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 62.287.00 being at the rate of $ 12.6648.sof$z15116.601$6.05 thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, State of California, by motion adopted, awarded to . Bemards Bros. Inc. , hereinafter designated as the "Principal ", a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No, 3577 in the City of Newport Beach, In sNct conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3577 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract: NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and safeco Insurance Company of America . duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety"), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the sum of Eight Woon One Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and NOMMInslawfUl money of the t}nited States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, end assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fait to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to Its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. 21 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there Shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attomeys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond Shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City. In the event that the Principal executed this bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has ben duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 12th day of April 1 r 20Q5, 1' Bemards Bros. Inc. Y /a Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized SignaturelTitle Safeco Insurance Company or America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 9.1203 Address of Surety 818 958 -4338 Telephone C44ent Signa tire Lisa L. Thornton, Attomey In Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTSOF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED F:%UseMV`BW%PWeMCdnlracWFY 05.081NEWPORT COAST COTAVIt1NITY CENTER C- 357nCONTRACT G3577 -doc W CALIFO <R "NI'A ALL','PU,RPOSE,A KNOWLED;G'ME'NT State of California County of Los Angeles On APR 12" 2061 before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M.R. Mayberry R MAYBERRY = ,q €':'CMS 1ZP9AE9 !i ��r.1i C4;,M0.flA � �u'a 4N� Lk;MU47Y p PW `mn EUC r "eC 10 206 M.R. Mayberry Company Profile Company Profile Page 1 of 2 SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE, WA 98185 -0001 800 - 332 -3226 Former Names for Company Old Name: SELECTIVE AUTO & F INS CO AMER Effective Date: 11 -02 -1953 Agent for Service of Process DAWN JEWORSKI, 120 VANTIS SUITE 130 ALISO VIEJO, CA 92656 Unable to Locate the Agent for Service of Process? Reference Information NAIC #: NAIC Group #: California Company ID #: Date authorized in California: License Status: Company Type: State of Domicile: 24740 0163 1442 -3 October 07, 1953 UNLIMITED- NORMAL Property & Casualty WASHINGTON Lines of Insurance Authorized to Transact The company is authorized to transact business within these lines of insurance. For an explanation of any of these terms, please refer to the gloss a AIRCRAFT AUTOMOBILE BOILER AND MACHINERY BURGLARY COMMON CARRIER LIABILITY CREDIT FIRE LIABILITY MARINE http:// cdinswww.insurance.ca.gov /pls /wu co prof /idb_ co prof utl.get_co_prof?p_EID =... 04/27/2006 Company Profile MISCELLANEOUS PLATE GLASS SPRINKLER SURETY TEAM AND VEHICLE WORKERS' COMPENSATION Company Complaint Information Company Enforcement Action Documents Company Performance & Comparison Data Composite Complaint Studies Want More? Help Me Find a Company Representative in My Area Financial Rating Organizations Last Revised -April 17, 2006 03:14 PM Copyright m California Department of Insurance Page 2 of 2 http: / /cdinswww. insurance .ca.gov /pls /wu_co_ prof /idb co_prof utl.get_co_prof?p_EID =... 04/27/2006 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 PROPOSAL To the Honorable City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, California 92663 Gentlemen: The undersigned declares that he has carefully examined the location of the work, has read the Instructions to the Bidders, has examined the Plans and Special Provisions, and hereby proposes to furnish all materials except those supplied by the City and shall perform all work required to complete Contract No. 3577 in accordance with the Plans and Special Provisions, and will take in full payment therefor the following lump sum prices for the work, complete in place, to wit: ITEM UNIT ITEM DESCRIPTION PRICE IN FIGURES ecr 1. Lump Mobilization $ j --top,aor7 Sum 2. Lump Construct Newport Coast $ 4 5-9 DDO Sum Community Center $ TOTAL PRICE IN FIGURES TOTAL PRICE IN WORDS ,�%.f Af l;vn -Oer. �l ✓„dr�.L Fdf �,. TJt, sti�i( Dollars and Og Cents Date: MARCH 30, 2006 TELEPHONE: (818) 898 - 1521 FAX: (818) 898 - 4909 Bidder's Telephone and Fax Numbers LICENSE NO.: 302007 CLASS: B, A Bidder's License No(s). and Classification(s) Bidddder BERNNAARDS BROS. INC. er Bidder's Authorized Signature and Title CHARLES E. GLIDDEN, VICE PRESIDENT Bidders Address 618 SAN FERNANDO ROAD SAN FERNANDO, CALIFORNIA 91340 Within seven calendar days after bids are opened, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a "Schedule of Values" for the Lump Sum construction item in his proposal. The Engineer will use said Schedule to calculate monthly progress payments during the term of construction and to pay for units of extra work. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE 12006 PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND Aon Risk Sandoes, Ine. of Southern California CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE 707 Wilshire Blvd. Suite 6000 DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE Los Angeles. CA 60017 POLICIES BELOW. Phwm: (213) 6303200 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC N INSURED isuRERA: Ards lnsunanoe Company 11150 Bemerds Bros., Inc. INSURER B: Zurich American Ina Co 18535 618620 San Fernando Road San Fernando, CA 91340 INSURER a INSURER a: INSURER E: THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LAIITS SHOWN MAY NAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. wao LTR ADM "" meov weuRAxrE p.A;Ia10lA IroucY aFFarnw ure(YwowrTl POUCYE w+.T= earx oartY LIMA. A ❑ GENERAa LIAanITr rmYetERGLaOffAAI UADLIM ❑ CUe64NpG OCCYARFNCE 71PKG2025601 7/12005 7/12006 EPRI OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 ON.KGE TO RENTED PREMRSEB Eaamence $ 50.000 Mtn EXPpMa,apsnW $ 5.0O� 0604 UtrdwRS6aea Frtn PD PERIONALSADVVUURY $ 1,000.000 ® Ow.11ew 6 Cmbactws ProlaSVO; %lilt GENFPALAGGREGATE $ 2,00.000 PRODUCTs— COMPA)PADG $ 2,000.000 4£YLADaIaiGRl1LVT APPDF9 PETE ❑I RPPMCT ❑= A ❑ AVTGM011EELWTILf1Y ® AxrAUm 71PKG2025601 7/12005 7112006 CONSINEDSamIEUUIT (En sYmoaD $ 1,OOD.000 0 ALL GwNEa AVM9 ❑ Bd1F➢LLp1 Nn09 BOMYIWIIRY (Pa WmaO 5 MnED.Wins ® rmuaa ^uTos BOOBY INJURY J� dd.0 $ ❑ ❑ PROPERTY DAMAGE IPa owl4onU $ ❑ DARA6E Wa1LITY ❑ A mno ❑ AUTOONLY— FAACMDENT $ OTHER THAN AUTO ONLY: AGO $ $ C] eXCess N)eBRELLA LNBIVIY EACH OCCURRENCE $ ❑ occua ❑ cuuus Vona AGGREGATE $ ❑ pEDUCTIRLE 3 ❑ REreMgN $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND ENPLOYFAS'LNBnIrY .NY paoPloeTOgrPrATNallov:cuTrvE OFFCEBMWBEN FXQIAED) 71WCi2025501 6/3D2005 6/30/2006. 0 wcrn ^.0 °ao" CHACCm EL EACH ACCIDFM $ 1,000,000 EL DISEASE -FA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 o nAewe�mas ePFtul Fnvrmom s+ow E.L. DkVE E -POLICY LIMIT S 1.000.000 OTHER B CDC Dlfterenm In Conditions MBR350042804 TBD TED LENC 53B5,00D Dad. 2% of Value at Risk I)MRIPT1ON Of OPERATmNS ILOGTONSNF. nn vamraUSIONS ADDED BY EN00RSEHExrrsPECUIPROVm10Na BIGYd1o54JSE THIS ONE GIJAL/WGDIC 137180 Ra: Newport Coast Community Center- Contract #3577 City of Newport Beach, Its Officers, agents, Officials, employees and volunteers are Included as Additional Insured as respects Liability arising out of operations (work) performed by or on behalf of the Named Insured. The insurance provided shall be prbnary and any other Insurance maintained by the Additional Insured Is excess and noneonbibutory. Severability of Interest clauses applies as respects General Liability. The Workers Compensation Includes a Welder of Subrogation as required by contract. Thirty (30) Days Notice of Cancellation - Non - Renewal - Ten (10) Days Natice For Non- Paymonl of Premium. SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DUMBED POLICIES BE CANCELL®. BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE City of Newport Beach THEREOF. THE I88UWG COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO WX _$D_ DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE Public Works DepL CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMEO TO THE LEFT, BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL LMPOSE NO OOUI TIOH Alt: Uoyd Dalton, PE OR LIABILITY OF ANY RING UPON THE INSURER, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES 3300 Newport Blvd. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE NDwport Beach, QA 82663 � p B I P. Policy Namber. 71 PKG2025601 COMMERCIAL GENERAL COMMERCIAL LIABILITY CG 201010 01 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - SCHEDULED PERSON OR ORGANIZATION This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: [yU S Iu1:t:leik1111 NJB Tile a V1:114 Ywaks]h 0 AM030 t7Nl .t,t•. a _ Ciy of Newport Beach, its ol8cams, agents, oBciais, employees and volunteers Re: Rix Newport Coast Community center -contract #3577 (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsement.) 137180 A. Section IT —Who Is An Insured is amended to include (1) All wort, including materials, parts or equipment as an insured the person or organization shown in the furnished in connection with such work, on the projec Schedule, but only with respect to liability arising out of (other than service, maintenance or repairs) to be your ongoing operations performed for that insured. performed by or on behalf of the additional insureds) at the site of the covered operations has been completed, or B: With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional (2) That portion of "your work" out of which the injury or insureds, the following exclusion is added: damage arises has been put to its intended use by any 2. Exclusions person or organization other than another contractor o This insurance does not apply he "bodily subcontractor engaged in performing operations for a injury" or "property damage" occurring after. principal as a part ofthe same project Primary Insurance Clause: it is further agreed that the Insurance provided by this endorsement Is Primary. Other Insurance afforded to the Additional Insured shall be excess of, and does not contribute with, the Insurance provided by this endorsement. Severability of Interest: The Limits of this policy apply to the Insured: a) As if each Insured were the only Named Insured; and b) Separately to each insured against whom claim is made or'suit' Is brought. CG 20 10 10 01 ®ISO Properties, Inc., 2000 Page 1 of I THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED- AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH YOU - COMPLETED OPERATIONS- PRIMARY AND NON - CONTRIBUTORY ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies i„s.nince provided under the following: Section 11 - Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an insured any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed m writing in a contract or agreement that such person or organization is an additional insured on your policy. Such person or organization is an additional insured only with respect to liability arising out of i) "your work" at the location designated; or ii) the `products- completed operations hazard." Coverage afforded to these additional insured parties will be primary to, and non - contributory with, any other insurance available to that person or organization. All other terms and conditions of this Policy remain unchanged. Policy Number : 71PKGMSaat Named Insured: Bemards Bros.. Inc. This endorsement is effective on the inception date of this Policy rmless otherwise stated herein: Endorsement Effective Date: 711=05 00 ML0079 00 1103 Policy No. 71WC12026601 WC 00 03 13 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule. (This agreement applies only to the extent that you perform work under a written contract that requires you to obtain this agreement from us.) This agreement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule Person or Organisation Job Deaeription 137160 City of Newport aiaarh. its ofsrers, agents, ofHtlab, empbyeea and Re: Newport Coast Community Canter - Contract #3677 volunteara APR -06 -2006 13:31 FROM: //"�`! TO:8194 %443318 P.1/1 Fax #; L G �(c1 J U Y y— 5 3 1 y CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CHECKLIST City of Newport Beach This checklist is compfl of. requirements as outlined by the City of Newport Beach. Date Received: Y A t Dept/Contact Received From: r Date Completed: Sent to; X91(4 i-, By: Company /Person required to have certificate: _ CA r tfl• ah R ro I. GENERAL LIABILITY /� A. INSURANCE COMPANY: A r&7 TM1 ura i �droi B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): C. ADMITTED Company (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? a Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1 M or greater): What Is limit provided? Ae*v+I eA, $ 1 ivv t Ct, E. PRODUCTS AND COMPLETED OPERATIONS (Must include): Is It included? es No F. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? LIT res ❑ No G. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (Must be included): Is it included? Yes ❑ No H. CAUTION! (Confirm that loss or liability of the named Insured is not limited solely by their negligence) Does endorsement include "solely by negligence" wording? ❑ Yes tfNo I. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION. Although there is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. U. AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY /t 'p A. INSURANCE COMPANY: X0 Zlri NcY A. B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): A - XV C. ADMITTED COMPANY (Must be California Admitted): Is Company admitted in California? Yes ❑ No D. LIMITS (Must be $1M min. BI & PD and $500,000 UM): What is limits provided? E. ADDITIONAL INSURED WORDING TO INCLUDE (The City its ��// officers, officials, employees and volunteers): Is it included? El es ❑ No F. PRIMARY & NON - CONTRIBUTORY WORDING (For Waste Haulers only): Is it included? N r Ar ❑ Yes ❑ No G. NOTIFICATION OF CANCELLATION: Although there Is a provision that requires notification of cancellation by certified mail; per Lauren Farley, the City will accept the endeavor wording. III. WORKERS' COMPENSATION Vt ('t�•�tin A. INSURANCE COMPANY: Yrt ti B. AM BEST RATING (A: VII or greater): T—Xv C. LIMITS: Statutory �� D. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION (To Include): Is it included? Yes ❑ No HAVE ALL ABOVE REQUIREMENTS BEEN MET? ffi Yes ❑ No IF NO, WHICH ITEMS NEED TO BE COMPLETED? • 0 C_359 AMENDMENT NO.2 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 j-0- PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this day of cc 2006, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORt BEACH, a municipal c rporation, (hereinafter referred to as "City") and PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC., a California corporation, whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514, Tustin, California 92780 (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On November 12, 2002, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement", for geotechnical services for the Newport Coast Community Center, hereinafter referred to as "Project ". B. On November 4, 2004, the City entered into Amendment No. 1 to reflect professional services not included in Agreement and to extend the term of Agreement to December 31, 2005. C. City now desires to retain and compensate Consultant for construction phase geotechnical services not contemplated in the original Professional Services Agreement and Amendment No. 1, and to extend the term of agreement to December 31, 2007. D. City and Consultant mutuall desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as Amendment No. 2, as provided below: NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Consultant shall be compensated for professional services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 2 in accordance with "Exhibit A" dated May 31, 2006, and attached hereto. 2. Total additional compensation to Consultant for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 2 for all work performed in accordance with this Amendment No. 2, including all reimburseable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Thirty Five Thousand and Five Hundred Dollars ($35,500). 0 3. The term of Agreement shall be extended to December 31, 2007. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: ' J.'- C, - L., Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, A Municipal CorpX- Mayor By: for the City of Newport Beach Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc.. By: V 'r 1- 4rL� By: LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk Attachment: Exhibit A Titl «n— Print Name» -T MWcrI}lc� f: \userslpbvAshared \agreements \fy 05- 05\pacific soils amendment 2.doc E 10 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92750 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730 -5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Attention: Mr. Lloyd Dalton EXHIBIT A May 31, 2006 Proposal No. 06 -5-019 Work Order 500601 -G Subject: COST ESTIMATE FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES te,Vt0 During Precise Grading and On -Site Constructir v Newport Coast Community Center V S City of Newport Beach, California References: See Appendix plN emenk Q�b1ic W Ne P °p e ch GIN aE Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this cost estimate to provide geotechnical consulting services in support of development of the subject site. The scope of this proposal is based on a review of the referenced reports; discussions with representatives of the City of Newport Beach; presumed schedules and phasing; and this firm's experience with similar projects. The following is a description of tasks that are considered a part of the scope of work to be conducted by PSE during site development. ITEM -1: Precise Grading The geotechnical consulting and testing services to be provided during precise grading of the subject site will consist of the following: full -time observation and testing during precise grading operations; laboratory testing of representative soil samples; preparation and submittal of one (1) precise grading report documenting PSE's observations and laboratory test results collected during precise grading as well as presenting final geotechnical design parameters and recommendations. PSE's engineer will attend weekly project meetings prior to construction and during grading as requested. Based on an assumed time of 15 working days to complete precise grading, the total estimated cost is $22,500.00 for the above scope of work. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 220 -0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951) 582 -0170 TEL: (858) 560 -1713 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: (951) 582-0176 FAX: (856)560 -0380 Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 ITEM -2: On -Site Construction Page 2 The geotechnical observation and testing services to be provided during on -site construction operations will encompass the following: building and retaining wall footing excavations; building slab presaturation verification; utility lateral trench backfill (storm drain, sewer, water, joint utility area drains); curb and gutter and parking area subgrade compaction; base material compaction; asphalt laydown operations; and exterior flatwork subgrade compaction and presaturation. Observation and testing services during on -site construction will be on a part -time basis. These services will be provided on an as- needed, on -call basis as requested by the project superintendent. A final soils report documenting the on -site construction activities will be prepared. It is assumed that only one (1) final soil engineering report encompassing the entire project will be necessary. Laboratory testing and associated office support will be provided during on -site construction. Based on an assumed time of 80 hours of part-time soils technician time during on -site construction, the total estimated cost is $13,000.00 for the above scope of work. This proposal assumes that the project is characterized as "Public Works" by the State Department of Industrial Relations and, therefore, would fall under the current interpretation of the California prevailing wage law. Therefore, the project is subject to a higher pay rate for soils technicians to comply with State law and, therefore, a higher billing rate. The hourly rates for soils technicians used in preparation of this cost estimate have incorporated the higher billing rate associated with "Public Works" projects and prevailing wage law. During site development and on -site construction operations, eight -hour days and five -day workweeks have been incorporated into this cost estimate. Should the contractor elect to work in excess of eight hours a day or should they work Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays, an overtime factor 1 -` %4 times the hourly rate will be applied. SUMMARY ITEM -1: Precise Grading $ 22,500.00 ITEM -2: On -Site Construction $ 13.000.00 GRAND TOTAL $ 35,500.00 PACIFIC SOILS ENSINEERINS, INC. Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 Page 3 The above costs are based upon assumed times to complete the various tasks. It is also assumed that meetings with your staff and/or consultants will be required. However, due to the unknown nature of the number or frequency of meetings, additional conference time will be billed in accordance with the attached FEE SCHEDULE. Fees will be billed on a time and materials basis, utilizing the attached FEE SCHEDULE, but will not exceed the estimated amount unless the scope of the project changes or without your prior authorization. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. appreciates the opportunity to present this proposal. Should you have any questions, please contact the undersigned at our Tustin Office. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SOILS EN INEERING, INC. STEVEQLSQUP Civil Engineering Associate Reviewed by: T-)a e 4W RONALD A. REED Manager of Geotechnical Services Distribution:(]) Addressee SLJ:RAR:rb-06 -5 -019, May 31, 2006, (Newport Coast Community Center City of Newport Beach) Attachment: Fee Schedule AUTHORIZED BY: Title Date PACIFIC BOILS ENSINEEAINO, INC. Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 • r APPENDIX References Page 4 Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Engineer Manual No. 1110 -1 -1904, dated September 30, 1990. John A. Sayers and Associates, 1993, Rough Grading Geotechnical Report, Newport Ridge, Lots "M ", IV% and 8 Portions of Lot 10 and Newport Ridge Drive East from Station 46 +60 to 65 +00, and Including Crib Wall Number 2 and Gas Mitigation Trench Construction, Tract 14509, Orange County, California, For Coastal Community Builders, W.O. 340 -2 -69, dated September 10, 1993. NMG Geotechnical, Inc., 1995, Geotechnical Report of Observation and Testing of Precise Grading for a Portion of Newport Ridge Community Park, Including Entry Plaza, Tennis Courts, Basketball Courts, Play Fields and Park Areas, Newport Coast, County of Orange, California, Project Number 94075 -1, dated May 19, 1995. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003a, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Comer of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601, dated March 7, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003b, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Comer of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601, dated March 7, 2003, Revised March 24, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2004, Supplemental Geotechnical Investigation and Grading Plan Review, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601A, dated December 22, 2004. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005a, Response to the City of Newport Beach Geotechnical Report Review Checklist Dated July 26, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated November 17, 2005. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005b, Response to the City of Newport Beach Review of Geotechnical Response, Dated November 29, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated January 27, 2006. PACIFIC BOILS ENOINEERINO, INC. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 927$0 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730 -5191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFECTIVE MAY 29, 2005) THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($7.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density * * per contract agreement fee schedule�5 -05) CORPORATE HEADQUA TERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 220 -0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951) 582 -0170 TEL: (858) 560 -1713 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX! (951) 582-0176 FAX: (858)560 -0380 Principals (consultations) $ 160.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 140.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 115.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates $ 88.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 78.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 72.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 84.00/hr. Soils Technicians $ 64.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 64.00/hr. Associate Soils Technicians $ 60.00/hr. Technical Illustrator $ 60.00/hr. CAD Illustrator $ 78.00/hr. Expert Witness (Research) $ 200.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 300.00/hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 128.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 128.00 2) Direct Shear $ 128.00 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 32.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 192.00 4) Hydrometer $ 48.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 64.00 15) "R" -Value $ 416.00 6) Full Gradation $ 128.00 16) Moisture & Density $ 16.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 64.00 Moisture Only $ 16.00 8) Consolidation $ 128.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression chunk samples) $ 64.00 (Soil) $ 64.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 128.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear — Time Only Moisture & Density $ 16.00 I I) C.B.R. $ 288.00* 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 96.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 64.00 20) Durability Index $ 192.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($7.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density * * per contract agreement fee schedule�5 -05) CORPORATE HEADQUA TERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL: (714) 220 -0770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 or (323) 775 -6771 TEL: (951) 582 -0170 TEL: (858) 560 -1713 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX: (714) 220-9589 FAX! (951) 582-0176 FAX: (858)560 -0380 F; 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 M 4 4 4 5 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT INDEX FOR SPECIAL PROVISIONS NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 INTRODUCTION PART 1 -- GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE 2 -9 SURVEYING 2 -9.3 Survey Service 2 -9.6 Survey Monuments SECTION 3 CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing SECTION 5 UTILITIES 5 -7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE 5 -8 SALVAGED MATERIALS SECTION 6 PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General 6 -7.2 Working Days 6 -7.4 Working Hours F; 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 M 4 4 4 5 6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 5 SECTION 7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 5 7 -5 PERMITS 5 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK 5 7.8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 6 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water 6 7 -8.6 Water Pollution Control 6 7 -8.8 Steel Plates 6 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 6 7 -10.1 Traffic and Access 6 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets 6 7 -10.4 Public Safety 6 7- 10.4.1 Safety Orders 6 7 -15 CONTRACTOR LICENSES 7 7 -16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS /AS BUILT DRAWINGS 6 SECTION 9 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7 9 -3 PAYMENT 7 9 -3.1 General 7 PART 3 - -- CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 EARTHWORK 7 300 -1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 7 300 -1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 7 300 -1.3.1 General 7 300 -1.5 Solid Waste Diversion 8 SECTION 302 ROADWAY SURFACING 8 302 -5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 8 302 -5.1 General 8 302 -5.4 Tack Coat 8 ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS F:\Users\PBWIShared\Contracts\FY 05 -0SVNEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER C- 35771SPECS INDEX C- 3577.doc SP 1 OF 8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO. 3577 INTRODUCTION Work necessary for the completion of this contract shall be done in accordance with (1) these Special Provisions, including the ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS attached hereto; (2) the Plans (Drawing Nos. B- 5186 -S and R- 5901 -S); (3) the City's Design Criteria Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, (2004 edition); (4) the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2003 edition, including supplements); (5) the Newport Beach Municipal Code; and (6) the Building Permit (Plan Check #1793- 2005). Copies of the Design Criteria Standard Special Provisions and Standard Drawings may be purchased at the Public Works Department. Copies of the Standard Specifications may be purchased from Building News, Inc., 1612 South Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA 92802, (714) 517 -0970. OPPORTUNITY TO PERFORM 2ND CONTRACT FOR CITY A 2nd City of Newport Beach construction contract, Santa Ana Heights Fire Station and Training Facility, will be bid within seven days after bids are opened for Newport Coast Community Center. The fire station site is located at Mesa Drive and Acacia Street, within a ten minute drive (four miles) from the Newport Coast Community Center site. In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, that firm may provide input to the City of Newport Beach as to which project to begin construction upon first. The City of Newport Beach will then delay the Notice to Proceed for the second project as needed to accommodate the Contractor's schedule to commence work on both projects, but not to exceed 25 working days. In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, the number of consecutive working days allowed to complete all work under each Contract shall remain as specified in Section 6 -7.1 of each project's Special Provisions. Award of both contracts to one firm shall not be a cause for leniency in completing both contracts within the prescribed number of consecutive working days or extension of the number of consecutive working days allowed to complete all work under each Contract. The SP2OF8 Contractor shall staff each project team as needed to complete all work on each contract within the number of consecutive working days specified for each project. In the event that one firm is awarded contracts to construct both projects, liquidated damages shall then remain at $1500 per calendar day for each project, as specified in Section 6 -9 of each project's Special Provisions. The following Special Provisions supplement or modify the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction as referenced and stated hereinafter: PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2- -SCOPE AND CONTROL OF THE WORK 2 -6 WORK TO BE DONE. Add to this section: "The work necessary for the completion of this contract consists of preparing and submitting a satisfactory Water Quality Control Plan; obtaining Building Permits; clearing a portion of Newport Ridge Community Park of its improvements; relocating a sports field and fence within the Park; staking; and constructing utility connections, a parking lot, a community center, and landscaping and irrigation systems within the cleared portion of the Park site." 2 -9 SURVEYING 2 -9.3 Survey Service. Add to this section: "The City verify the Contractor's construction staking as required to construct the improvements. The Contractor shall notify the City at lease two working days before the date that stakes must be verified." 2 -9.6 Survey Monuments. Prior to commencing construction, the Contractor shall, inspect the project for existing survey monuments. In the event that survey monuments are removed or otherwise disturbed by the Contractor during construction, the Contractor shall retain the services of a California licensed engineer or surveyor to restore the affected survey monuments at the Contractor's sole expense. The Contractor's engineer or surveyor shall also file the required Comer Records with the County of Orange upon monument restoration. SP3OF8 SECTION 3- -- CHANGES IN WORK 3 -3 EXTRA WORK 3 -3.2 Payment 3 -3.2.3 Markup. Replace this section with, "(a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor's costs and shall constitute the markup for all overhead and profits: 1) Labor ............. ............................... 20 2) Materials ........ ............................... 15 3) Equipment Rental ........................... 15 4) Other Items and Expenditures ........... 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent shall be added for compensation for bonding. (b) Work by Subcontractor. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 3- 3.2.3(a) shall be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. This Section only applies to work in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Proposal." SECTION 4 - -- CONTROL OF MATERIALS 4 -1 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP 4 -1.3 Inspection Requirements 4 -1.3.4 Inspection and Testing. All material and articles furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material or article shall be used in the work until it has been inspected and accepted by the Engineer. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer full information as to the progress of the work in its various parts and shall give the Engineer timely (48 hours minimum) notice of the Contractor's readiness for inspection. The Engineer shall select an independent testing laboratory and pay for all testing as specified in the various sections of the Standard Special Provisions and these Special Provisions. When, in the opinion of the Engineer, additional tests and retesting due to failed tests or inspections are required because of unsatisfactory results in the manner in which the Contractor executed his work, such tests and inspections shall be paid for by the Contractor. SP4O178 SECTION 5 - -- UTILITIES 5 -7 ADJUSTMENTS TO GRADE. The Contractor shall coordinate the adjustment of Irvine Ranch Water District, Southern California Edison, The Gas Company, Pacific Bell and cable facilities to the finish grade with the appropriate utility company. 5 -8 SALVAGED MATERIALS. The Contractor shall remove and salvage the baseball backstop, portions of the wrought iron fence around Newport Ridge Community Park, etc., for reuse at the site as indicated on the plans. The Contractor shall repair and recoat such items to as least equal their preconstruction condition prior to reinstallation. SECTION 6 - -- PROSECUTION. PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK 6 -1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. Add to this section: "The time of completion as specified in Section 6 -7 shall commence on the date of the 'Notice to Proceed." No work shall begin until a "Notice to Proceed" has been issued, a pre - construction meeting has been conducted, and a schedule of work has been approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall submit the schedule of work to the Engineer for approval at least five working days prior to commencing any work. Said schedule shall be bar chart or CPM style. The Engineer will review the schedule and may require the Contractor to modify the schedule to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. If work falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall be prohibited from starting additional work until he has exerted extra effort to meet his original schedule and has demonstrated that he will be able to maintain his approved schedule in the future. Such stoppages of work shall in no way relieve the Contractor from his overall time of completion requirement, nor shall it be construed as the basis for payment of extra work because additional personnel and equipment were required on the job." 6 -7 TIME OF COMPLETION 6 -7.1 General. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall complete all work under the Contract within 310 consecutive working days after the date on the Notice to Proceed. The Contractor shall ensure the availability of all material prior to the start of work. Unavailability of material will not be sufficient reason to grant the Contractor an extension of time for 100 percent completion of work." 6 -7.2 Working Days. Revise 3) to read: "any City holiday, defined as January 15t the third Monday in January (Martin Luther King Day), the third Monday in February (President's Day), the last Monday in May (Memorial Day), July 4t the first Monday in September (Labor Day), November 11th (Veterans Day), the fourth Thursday in SP5OF8 November (Thanksgiving), December 24th, (Christmas Eve — half day), December 25"' (Christmas), and December 315 (New Year's Eve — half day). If January 1 st, July 4th, November 11th or December 25th falls on a Sunday, the following Monday is a holiday." 6 -7.4 Working Hours. Normal working hours are limited to 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 P.M. Monday through Friday. Should the Contractor elect to work outside normal working hours, he must first obtain special permission from the Engineer. The request may be for 4:30 P.M. to 6:30 P.M. on weekdays or 8:00 A.M. to 6 P.M. on Saturday only. A request for working during any of these hours must be made at least 72 hours in advance of the desired time period. A separate request must be made for each work shift. The Engineer reserves the right to deny any or all such requests. Additionally, the Contractor shall pay for supplemental inspection costs of $123.90 per hour when such time periods are approved. 6 -9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Revise sentence three to read: "For each consecutive calendar day after the time specified in Section 6 -7.1 for completion of the work, the Contractor shall pay to the City or have withheld from moneys due it, the daily sum of $1500. Revise paragraph two, sentence one, to read: "Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1500 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by the failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time. The intent of this section is to emphasize to the Contractor the importance of prosecuting the work in an orderly preplanned continuous sequence so as to minimize inconvenience to residences, businesses, vehicular and pedestrian traffic, and the public as a result of construction operations." SECTION 7 -- RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR 7 -5 PERMITS. Replace this section with: "As a component of his contract services, the Contractor shall obtain permits to construct the buildings specified in the plans from the City of Newport Beach's Building Department. Plans for said permits are `permit ready' (Plan Check #1743 - 2005). City of Newport Beach building permit and construction inspection fees will be waived. To facilitate construction, the Engineer will provide the Contractor a gratis copy of all City records pertaining to existing development at the site." 7 -7 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall give Irvine Ranch Water District seven calendar days advance notice of the time work on their facilities must take place. The times and dates of any utility shut SP6OF8 downs shall be coordinated through the Engineer. The Engineer shall approve of nighttime work in advance. 7 -8 PROJECT SITE MAINTENANCE 7 -8.5 Temporary Light, Power and Water. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall make arrangements for power and water use during construction and will be solely responsible to pay for such use. This includes providing for power and water use until the Building Department grants occupancy for Newport Coast Community Center." 7 -8.6 Water Pollution Control. Add to this section, "Surface runoff water, including all water used during sawcutting operations, containing mud, silt or other deleterious material due to the construction of this project shall be treated by filtration or retention in settling basin(s) sufficient to prevent such material from migrating into any catch basin, Newport Harbor, the beach, or the ocean." 7 -8.8 Steel Plates. The City can provide a limited quantity of steel plates. These plates may be obtained for a rental charge of $15.00 per plate per week or part thereof. In addition the Contractor shall deposit $100 for the use of the City's lifting eye fitting and for the use of trench plates. The Contractor shall obtain plates from and return plates to the City's Utilities Yard at 949 West 16th Street. To determine the number of plates available and to reserve the plates, the Contractor must call the City's Utilities Superintendent, Mr. Ed Burt, at (949) 718 -3402. 7 -10 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 7 -10.1 Traffic and Access. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall provide traffic control and access in accord with Section 7 -10 of the Standard Specifications and the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) also published by Building News, Inc." 7 -10.2 Storage of Equipment and Materials in Public Streets. Delete the first paragraph and add the following: "The Contractor shall obtain areas for storing equipment and materials. Construction materials and equipment may be stored in streets, roads, or sidewalk areas only if approved in advance by the Engineer. Prior to move -in, the Contractor shall take photos of storage areas, and upon completion of work shall restore the areas to their preconstruction conditions." 7 -10.4 Public Safety 7- 10.4 -1 Safety Orders. Add to this section: "The Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for conditions of the job site, including safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. The Contractor shall fully comply with all State, Federal and other laws, rules, regulations, and orders relating to the safety of the public and workers. SP70F8 The right of the Engineer or the City's Representative to conduct construction review or observation of the Contractor's performance shall not include review or observation of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the construction site." 7 -15 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSES. At the time of the award and until completion of work, the Contractor shall possess a General Building Contractor B License. At the start of work and until completion of work, the Contractor and each subcontractor shall possess a Business License issued by the City of Newport Beach. 7 -16 CONTRACTOR'S RECORDS /AS BUILT DRAWINGS. A stamped set of approved plans and specifications shall be on the job site at all times. In addition, the Contractor shall maintain "As- Built" drawings of all work as the job progresses. A separate set of drawings shall be maintained for this purpose. These drawings shall be up -to -date and reviewed by the Engineer each time a progress payment is requested. Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall provide "As- Built" corrections upon a copy of the Plans. The "As- Built" correction plans shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to final payment or release of any bond. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, and documents in accord with generally accepted accounting principles and practices. These books, records, and documents shall be retained for at least three years after the date of completion of the project. During this time, the material shall be made available to the Engineer. Suitable facilities are to be provided for access, inspection, and copying of this material. SECTION 9--- MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 9 -3 PAYMENT 9 -3.1 General. Revise paragraph two to read: "The Lump Sum bid prices in the proposal shall include full compensation for furnishing labor, materials, tools, and equipment and doing all the work to complete the Lump Sum items of work in place, and no other compensation will be allowed therefor. PART 3 CONSTRUCTION METHODS SECTION 300 - -- EARTHWORK 300 -1 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 300 -1.3 Removal and Disposal of Materials 300 -1.3.1 General. Add to this section: "The work shall be done in accordance with Section 300 -1.3.2 of the Standard Specifications except as modified and supplemented herein. Joins to existing pavement lines shall be full depth sawcuts. Final removal between the sawcut lines may be accomplished by the use of jackhammers or sledgehammers. Pavement breakers or stompers will not be permitted on the job. The Engineer must approve final removal accomplished by other means. The Contractor shall maintain the job site in a clean and safe condition. The Contractor shall remove any broken concrete, debris or other deleterious material from the job site at the end of each week." 300 -1.5 Solid Waste Diversion. Non - reinforced concrete and asphalt wastes generated from the job site shall be disposed of at a facility that crushes such materials for reuse. Excess soil and other recyclable solid wastes shall not be disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall maintain monthly tonnage records of total solid wastes generated and solid wastes disposed of at a sanitary landfill. The Contractor shall report said tonnage monthly to the Engineer on a form provided by the Engineer and provide appropriate confirmation documentation from the recycling facility. 302 -5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 302 -5.1 General. Add to this section: "Asphalt concrete (A.C.) shall be III- C3 -AR- 4000." 302 -5.4 Tack Coat. Add to this section: "Prior to placing asphalt concrete, a tack coat of Type SS -1h asphaltic emulsion at a rate not to exceed 1/10 gallon per square yard shall be uniformly applied to existing A.C. and P.C.C. surfaces and edges against which asphalt concrete is to be placed." The Contractor shall fully comply with the following ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS which augment, but are not referenced to, sections of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. ARCHITECT'S TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH January 20, 2006 Owner City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Blvd. Newport Beach, California 92663 -3884 (949) 644 -3328 Fax(949)644 -3318 Architect Dougherty + Dougherty Architects LLP 3194 D Airport Loop Drive Costa Mesa, Califo a 92626 -340 (714)427 -0277 Fax(714Y42��r i Civil Engineer Parsons Transportation 2201 Dupont Dr. Ste 200 Irvine, CA 92612 (949) 263 -9322 (949) 263 -1225 FAX Bob Steaffens. P.E. No.: C Structural Engineer KNA Consulting Engineers 23282 Mill Creek Dr. Ste 100 Laguna Hills, CA 92653 By: No.: By: Recreation Director Exp. NO. Or By: Public Works Director By: By: Assistant City Manager General Services Director Mechanical Engineer �c�����P1 CRAPoS� q�\) 0 F. T. Andrews, Inc. 831 S. Harbor Blvd. cs a r Anaheim, California 92805 N0. 14,001 r (714)772- 9193k, fl 31,4'7 Fax (714) p� Ray Cra, to .E. APIIO�� No.: �4t - I C/ Exp 4 �f . ... �1. ^, . Electrical Engineer Fes' GLP Engineering ti`vQ�QR 1751 East Garry Avenue Santa Ana, California 92705 - : 17252 (949) 428 -8800 xp, (r30 O6 Fax (128 880 Ri S F�fC1TitGP�' By; �OFCA00' !0 No.: D. 3u 2L Landscape Architect STONE \ \yp; 0 ``� Nuvis 3151 Airway Ave. Ste J -3 Cj ��. �c.�V- Costa Mesa, CA 92626 a c "t} (714) 754 -7 11 (714)75 46 FAX Bob No.: _%� / Exp. By: Fire Chief SPECIFICATIONS NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 1— GENERAL Section 01010 Summary of Work Section 01050 Field Engineering Section 01055 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Section 01070 Abbreviations, Symbols and Acronyms Section 01100 Construction Documents Section 01200 Project Meetings, Section 01300 Submittals Section 01320 Construction Schedule Section 01410 Testing and Inspection Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls Section 01630 Substitutions Section 01700 Contract Close -Out Section 01720 Project Record Documents Section 01760 Colors DIVISION 2 — SITE CONSTRUCTION Section 02210 Waterproofing Section 02230 Site Clearing Section 02300 Earthwork Section 02361 Termite Control Section 02505 Underground Utilities Marking Section 02510 Water Distribution Section 02530 Sanitary Sewerage Section 02553 Natural Gas Distribution Section 02741 Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving Section 02751 Cement Concrete Pavement Section 02780 Unit Pavers Section 02805 Off -Site Improvements Section 02810 Irrigation Systems Section 02821 Chain -Link Fences and Gates Section 02825 Ornamental Metal Fencing Section 02920 Lawns and Grasses Section 02930 Exterior Plants DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 — MASONRY Section 04200 Unit Masonry Assemblies CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 1 DIVISION 5 — METALS Section 05120 Structural Steel Section 05310 Steel Deck Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 05521 Pipe and Tube Railings DIVISION 6 — WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Section 06160 Sheating Section 06195 Structural Panel Web Joists Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork DIVISION 7 — THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07115 Bituminous Dampproofing Section 07210 Building Insulation Section 07320 Clay Tile Roofing Section 07412 Metal Wall Panels Section 07550 Modred Bitumen Membrane Roofing Section 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing Section 07720 Roof Specialties and Accessories Section 07820 Translucent Panel System Section 07841 Through Penetration Firestop Systems Section 07842 Firestopping Section 07920 Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 — DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08110 Standard Steel Doors and Frames Section 08212 Stile and Rail Wood Doors Section 08305 Access Doors Section 08330 Insulated Auto -set Fire Door with A Motor Operator Section 08331 Counter Fire Shutter with Hand Crank Operation Section 08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts Section 08520 Aluminum Windows Section 08710 Door Hardware Section 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9 — FINISHES Section 09225 Lath and Plaster Section 09260 Gypsum Assemblies Section 09310 Ceramic Tile Section 09512 Acoustical Panel Ceilings Section 09545 Wood Ceilings Section 09550 Gymnasium Wood Flooring Section 09651 Resilient Floor Tile Section 09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories Section 09680 Carpet CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE 2 Section 09720 Wall Coverings Section 09800 Acoustical Treatments Section 09900 Painting Section 09980 Stainless Steel Counters DIVISION 10 —SPECIALTIES Section 10100 Tackable Wall Surface Section 10155 Solid Polymer Toilet Compartments Section 10350 Flagpoles Section 10431 Signs Section 10522 Fire Extinguishers, Cabinets and Accessories Section 10536 Fabric Awning Section 10651 Operable Panel Partitions Section 10800 Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11— EQUIPMENT Section 11062 Stage Curtains Section 11132 Projection Screens Section 11400 Food Services Section 11451 Residential Appliances Section 11480 Athletic Equipment DIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS Section 12494 Roller Shades Section 12760 Telescoping Bleachers DIVISION 13 — NOT USED DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS Section 14420 Wheelchair Lifts f11UTWicLfil' ft Section 15400 Plumbing Section 15600 Automatic Fire Sprinklers Section 15800 HVAC DIVISION 16— ELECTRICAL Section 16000 Basic Electrical Requirements Section 16721 Fire Alarm System Section 16770 Speaker System END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. Work will be constructed under a single general construction contract B. The work will include the construction of a new community center and gymnasium, including a lobby and corridor, reception area, administrative office and storage, divisible large and small meeting rooms, a warming kitchen, restrooms, a gymnasium with retractable bleachers, a stage and support space that opens to the gymnasium and outdoor north patio, and storage and utility rooms. The site is an existing park that will be cleared for the new construction. Included in the work is a new parking lot, walks, steps and ramps. Also included are site utilities, CMU trash and transformer enclosures, site retaining walls, relocated wrought iron fences with new gates, planting and irrigation, and a relocated playfield with relocated supporting facilities and new chain link fence. 1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. General Conditions. 1.4 STANDARD REFERENCES A. Any material or procedure specified by reference to number, symbol, or title of a specific standard, such as a commercial standard, a Federal Specification, a trade association standard, or other similar standard document shall comply with requirements in latest revision thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto in effect on date of executed Contract, except as limited to type, class or grade, or modified in such reference. 1.5 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Construction shall be in conformance with the most currently adopted editions of the following Codes: 1. California Building Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 2. 2. California Electrical Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 3. 3. California Mechanical Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 4. 4. California Plumbing Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 5. 5, California Energy Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 6. 6. California Fire Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 9. 7. Americans with Disabilities Act; Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities. 8. California Historic Buildings Code, CCR, Title 24, Part 8. 1.6 OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ACT REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 -1 A. During the entire construction period, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain conditions at the Project site so as to meet in all respects the requirements of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). This provision shall cover the Contractor's employees and all other persons working upon or visiting the site. To this end, the Contractor shall inform himself and his representatives of Federal OSHA standards. 1.7 COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the Work so as to minimize conflicts and optimize efficiency. B. The placement of pipes, conduits, other materials, and the location, size and reinforcement of holes in the building structure shall conform to the structural Drawings and Specifications. When the requirements of the Mechanical, Electrical or other sections of the Specifications or Drawings are in conflict with the structural requirements, the structural requirements shall take precedence. Where the safety of the building structure is threatened, due to mechanical, electrical or other construction or holes required for such construction, modifications shall be made as directed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of Specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. D. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment. E. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of City's activities. 1.8 UTILITY AND BUILDING SYSTEM COORDINATION A. Notify Architect if conditions are discovered which would prevent the completed construction from conforming to the requirements of the Work. B. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. C. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs, D. Fallow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable. Place runs parallel with line of building or partitions. E. Configure piping, conduit, and rack installation to permit access into drop ceilings with minimum clearance above ceiling. F. Do not instal ductwork, conduit, piping, or other building system components on support systems for other components unless specifically designed to accommodate such shared use and only with approval of the Architect. 1.9 WORK INDICATED AS N.I.C. A. The term "NV shall be construed to mean that portions of the Project are not to be furnished, installed or performed by the Contractor. The term shall mean "Not in this Contract" or "Not a Part of the Work to be performed by the Contractor' except that coordination and installation of certain NIC items specified shall be the Contractors responsibility. 01010 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK B. "NIC" construction is indicated and specified herein as an aid to the Contractor in scheduling the amount of time and materials necessary for the completion of the Contract. 1.10 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF THE PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of only those portions of the park site designated for construction operations, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the following: 1. Coordinate the use of the premises under the direction of the City. 2. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract that are stored at the site. 3. Obtain and pay for the use of additional storage or construction areas needed for operations. C. The Contractor shall make provisions to insure the security of the buildings and construction site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01010 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 -3 SECTION 01050 - FIELD ENGINEERING PART 1— GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surveying requirements for the Work. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01720: Project Record Documents B. Section 02310: Earthwork C. Section 02741: Hot Mix Asphalt D. Section 02751: Cement Concrete Pavement 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. CONTRACTOR shall submit the name and address of the State of California licensed surveyor to ARCHITECT including any changes as they may occur. B. At request of ARCHITECT, CONTRACTOR shall submit copies of cut sheets, coordinate plots, data collector printouts, and other documentation as available to verify completeness and /or accuracy of field surveying Work. C. Certificates: Submit a certficate signed by the land surveyor certifying that the location and elevations of the improvements comply with the Contract Documents PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LAYOUT OF THE WORK A. CONTRACTOR shall employ a State of California licensed surveyor to lay out the entire Work, set grades, lines, levels, control points, vertical and horizontal control, elevations, grids and positions. Before the commencement of Work, surveyor shall, in conjunction with OWNER provided engineering survey of the Project site, locate all reference points and benchmarks, then lay out all lines, elevations, and measurements for the entire Work including but not limited to, buildings, grading, paving and utilities. 3.2 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Establish a minimum of two permanent horizontal and vertical control points on the Project site, remote from the building area, referenced to data established by the survey control points. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING 01050-1 B. Indicate the reference points on the project record drawings with the basis of elevation being the established benchmarks. C. Establish lines, grades, locations and dimensions by instrumentation. From time to time, verify the layout of all Work by the same methods. D. Provide grade stakes and elevations to construct over excavation and re- compaction, rough and final grades, paved areas, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, building pads, landscaped areas, and other areas as required. E. Calculate and layout proposed finished elevations and intermediate control as required to provide smooth transitions between the spot elevations indicated in the Contract Documents. F. Provide stakes and elevations for grading, fill, and topsoil placement G. Provide adequate horizontal and vertical control to locate utility lines, including but not limited to, storm, sewers, water mains, gas, electric and signal and provide vertical control in proportion to the slope of the line as required for accurate construction. Dry utilities will be based upon adequate horizontal and vertical control layout. Prior to trench closure, survey and record invert and flow line elevations. Survey and record top of curb and flow line elevations on finished concrete or AC surfaces at key locations such as BC's, EC's, grade breaks, corners or angle points in sufficient number to demonstrate the Work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. H. Provide horizontal and vertical control for batter boards for drainage, utility, and other on -site structures as required. Furnish building corner offsets as required to adequately locate building pads. Provide cut and fill stakes within the building pad perimeter adequate to control both over excavation and re-compaction and the final sub -grade elevation of the building pad. J. Submit a certification signed by the surveyor confirming the elevations and locations of improvements are in conformance with the Contract Documents. The statement shall include survey notes for the finish floor and building pad, showing the actual measured elevations on the completed sub - grade, recorded to the nearest 0.01'. Building pad tolerance will be +- 0.10'. 3.3 ESTABLISHMENT OF GRADES IN ASPHALT CONCRETE AREAS A. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Grading Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. 01050-2 B. Areas having drainage gradients of 2% or more shall have elevation stakes, set with instrument, at grid intervals of 25 feet. Intermediate stakes may be set by using a tightly -drawn string line over the tops of adjacent stakes. Grade stakes must be set at all grade breaks, grade changes, etc. C. Areas having drainage gradients of less than 2 percent shall have elevation stakes, set with instrument, at 10 foot intervals. Grade stakes must be set at all grade breaks, grade changes, etc. D. Protect and maintain stakes in place until their removal is approved by the City. Grade or location stakes lost or disturbed by Contractor, shall be reset by the Surveyor at the expense of Contractor. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING 3.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Upon Substantial Completion, CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for reproducible transparencies of the as built survey drawings. Deliver to ARCHITECT, final "record" drawings of the original drawings and completed Work within specified tolerances. B. Record drawings shall indicate locations by coordinate of all utilities onsite with top of pipe elevations at major grade and alignment changes, rim grate or top -of -curb and flow line elevations of all drainage structures and manholes. C. Completed record drawing transparencies shall be signed and certified as correct and within specified tolerances by the licensed surveyor. D. Attention is called to other sections of the Contract Documents requiring verification or measurements of installed Work by survey. Surveyor shall perform and certify all such surveys or verification are completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, END OF SECTION 01050 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIELD ENGINEERING 01050-3 A STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (SWPPP) MUST BE IN PLACE AT THE CONSTRUCTION SITE AND A COMPLETED NOTICE OF INTENT (N01) MUST HAVE BEEN SENT TO THE STORM WATER REGIONAL CONTROL BOARD. THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE SWPPP & N01, INCLUDING ALL APPLICABLE PERMIT & PREPARATION FEES. SECTION 01055 -STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 — GENERAL 1.01 APPLICATION A. This Section addresses the preparation, implementation and monitoring of a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) & Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCD's) for the purpose of preventing the discharge of pollutants from the construction site into the receiving waters. This includes the elimination of pollution discharges such as improper dumping, spills or leakage from storage tanks or transfer areas. If a SWPPP is required, the Owner will not issue a Notice to Proceed until the Contractor has prepared and obtained approval of the SWPPP from the Owner. The Contractor shall also secure a certification that the construction project has met all of the conditions of the General Construction Activity Storm Water Permit and comply with all applicable local, state and federal regulations governing storm water pollution prevention. B. A Waste Discharger Identification (WDID) number will be issued to the project within 10 business days after the SWRCB receives a complete N01 package (original signed N01, vicinity map, and check). C. Penalties: Failure to comply with this Section may result in significant fines and possible imprisonment. The Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB) or other prosecuting authority may assess fines of up to $32,500 per day for each violation. Should the City be fined or penalized as a result of the Contractor failing to comply with this Section, the Contractor shall reimburse the City for any and all fines, penalties and related costs. D. Payment: All costs for work required for compliance with this Section shall be included within the Bid Prices. 1.02 REFERENCES A. State Water Resources Control Board ( SWRCB) Order No, 99.08-DWQ National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) General Permit No. CAS000002, Waste Discharge Requirements for Discharges of Storm Water Runoff Associated with Construction Activity. B. California Stormwater Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition. PART 2 — PRODUCTS I SUBMITTALS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: Provide the quality, grade and type of materials as specified in Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition and General Permit No. CAS000002. B. Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in conformance with these specifications, the Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition, and the requirements of the General Construction Permit requirements for a site map. Include the WPCDs as Attachment B to the SWPPP. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01055-1 PART 3- EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION AND APPROVAL A. The Contractor shall prepare the Storrs Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required to comply with storm water pollution regulations for project sites with storm water discharges associated with construction activity such as clearing or demolition, grading, excavation and other land disturbances. For project sites, new or existing, with land disturbance of 1 or more acres (or less than 1 acres if part of a common plan for development), the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner the SWPPP for review and approval. The Contractor shall also pay annual renewal fee(s) until the contract is completed and make all such checks payable to the State Water Resources Control Board, The Contractor shall prepare the SWPPP by following the SWPPP template provided in the California Stormwater Quality Association, Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition. This template is available in Microsoft Word or pdf downloadable format, free of charge, at the following web site: http:llwww.cabmphandbc oks.comlConstruction.aso #SWPPP B. Within ten (10) days after Award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner, two (2) copies of the SWPPP for review by the Project Civil Engineer. After the Owner's & Engineers approval, the Contractor shall provide approved copies of the SWPPP as follows: one (1) copy each to the Owner, the Owner's Construction Inspector, Project Architect, and Project Civil Engineer. C. The Contractor will fill out and submit the Notice of Intent (N01) and the applicable application fee, made payable to: "State Water Resources Control Board ", no later than 48 hours before the commencement of construction begins. It is advised that the N01 be submitted 30 days prior to the date the receipt letter is needed. A copy of the NOI can be downloaded from the world wide web at the following web address: http:llwww. swrcb. ca. gov/ stormwtr /docs /finalconstpermit.pdf D. When construction is complete the Contractor will file a Notice of Termination (NOT) with the local Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB ) and provide a copy to the Owner. A copy of the Notice of Termination format can be downloaded from the world wide web at the following web address: http: /hvww. swrcb .ca.clov /stormwtr /docs /cDnsinot. pdf 3.02 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL DRAWINGS A. The Contractor shall prepare Water Pollution Control Drawings (WPCDs) in conformance with these specifications, the Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition, and the requirements of the General Construction Permit requirements for a site map. Include the WPCDs as Attachment B to the SWPPP. B. Guidance on preparing the WPCDs can be found in the Stormwater Best Management Practice Handbook, Construction, January 2003 Edition, Appendix B, Section 500.4. or the SWPPP template available in Microsoft Word or pdf downloadable format, free of charge, at the following web site: http:// www. cabmphandbDoks ,com /Construcfion.asp #SWPPP. C. Use grading sheets, drainage sheets or erosion control sheets as base sheets for the WPCDs. Select BMPs that are appropriate for the site and show their locations on the WPCDs. 3.03 IMPLEMENTATION 01055-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN A. Install perimeter controls prior to starting other construction work at the site. B. Contain on -site storm water at the jobsite. Do not drain on -site water directly into the storm drain. C. Designate trained personnel for the proper implementation of the SWPPP. D. Revise SWPPP to suit changing site conditions and also when property installed systems are ineffective. E. At the end of Construction Contract: Leave in place storm water pollution prevention controls needed for post - construction storm water management and remove those that are not needed as determined by the Owner. Thereafter, remaining controls will be maintained by the Owner. 2. Provide Site Monitoring Reports, SWPPP revisions, Compliance Certifications and related documents to the Owner. 3. Post - construction storm water operation and management plan as described in the compliance certifications are considered to be in place at the end of the Construction Contract 3.04 MONITORING A. The Contractor sha11 conduct examination of storm water pollution prevention controls monthly, as well as before and after each storm and each 24 -hour period during extended storm events. The Contractor shall also prepare and maintain, at the jobsite, a log of each inspection using Site Monitoring Report Forms. 3.05 LIABILITIES AND PENALTIES A. Review of the SWPPP and inspection logs by the Owner's Inspector shall not relieve the Contractor from liabilities arising from non - compliance of storm water pollution regulations. B. Payment of penalties for noncompliance by the Contractor shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor and will NOT be reimbursed by the Owner. C. Compliance with the Clean Water Act pertaining to construction activity is the sole responsibility of the Contractor. For any fine(s) levied against the Owner due to non - compliance by the Contractor, the Owner wM deduct from the final payment due the Contractor the total amount of the fine(s) levied on the Owner, plus legal and associated costs. . END OF SECTION 01055 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN 01055-3 SECTION 01070 - ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 area part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. List of abbreviations, symbols and acronyms used in these Specifications. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS ac Alternating current BTU British thermal unit cfh Cubic feet per hour chn Cubic feet per minute CID Centimeter Co. Company COP Coefficient of performance Corp. Corporation d Penny db. Decibel DB Dry bulb do Direct current EER Energy efficiency ratio F Degrees Fahreheit fpm Feet per minute gph Gallons per hour gpm Gallons per minute HP Horsepower HVAC Heating, ventilating and air conditioning Hz Hertz Inc. Incorporated KHz Kilohertz lb Pound LED Light emitting dial MBH 1000 BTUs per hour MHz Mega hertz mil Thousandth of an inch mm Millimeter mph Miles per hour OZ. Ounce pH Acidity- alkalinity, balance psi Pounds per square foot psi Pounds per square inch psig Pounds per square inch, gage RF Radio frequency rpm Revolutions per minute CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS 01070 -1 1.4 1.5 01070 -2 V Volt WB Wet bulb SYMBOLS # Number Foot/Feet " Inch(es) % Percent ABMS American Bureau of Metal Statistics ABPA American Board Products Association ACI American Concrete Institute AGA American Gas Association AHAM Association of Heating and Air Conditioning Manufacturers AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Inc. ANSI American National Standards Institute APA American Plywood Association AQMD Air Quality Management District ARI Air - Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASHRAE American Society of Healing, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association CCR California Code of Regulations CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute CQC California Quality Control (CMA Standards) CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standards, U.S. Department of Commerce CTI Ceramic Tile Institute DHI Door and Hardware Institute FCC Federal Communication Commission FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association FM Factory Mutual FS Federal Specifications HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS IACS International Annealed Copper Standards IAMPO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronic Engineers, Inc. IES Illuminating Engineering Society IMI International Masonry Institute IRI Industrial Risk Insurers MIA Marble Institute of America MIA Masonry Institute of America MLSFA Metal Lath /Steel Framing Association MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve & Fittings Industry. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters NBS National Bureau of Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFPA National Forest Products Association NOFMA National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association NPCA National Paint and Coatings Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute PS Product Standard, U.S. Department of Commerce RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute SDI Steel Deck Institute SFPA Southern Forest Products Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association SJI Steel Joist Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning ConlractorsNat anal Association SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSPC Steel Structure Painting Council SWI Steel Window Institute TCA Tile Council of America UK Unrforrn Building Code UCI Uniform Construction Index UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. UMC Uniform Mechanical Code UPC Uniform Plumbing Code WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WIC Woodwork Institute of California WWPA Western Wood Products Association CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS 01070 -3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01070 01070 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS AND ACRONYMS SECTION 01100 - CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL t.t SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract forthis Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 JURISDICTION A. No trade jurisdictional allocation of this work is intended by the subdivision of the Construction Documents. Itshall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to subdivide the Work in the manner he deems necessary. In that regard, it shall be the Contractors responsibility to insure that all apportioned work be coordinated so as to provide complete working systems where such systems are composed of two or more components of work. 1.3 USE OF MATERIALS, PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT A. It is intended that all materials, products and equipment be used in the manner intended by the manufacturer. In the absence of instructions to be contrary, and where readily identifiable, the manufacturers or his trade association's specifications and/or directions are hereby incorporated by reference. In the absence of specific manufacturers instructions the trade association's general specifications or standards shall apply including any and all ASTM or ANSI performance and installation standards for the material, product or equipment. 1.4 INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS A. It is the intent of these Construction Documents to include all items and components for the proper execution of the Work, and the provisions of a complete and functional facility. In that regard all appurtenant and accessory items and components required for construction of complete and functional systems within the construction shall be provided whether specifically identified in these Construction Documents or not. 1.5 KEYNOTING A. A keynoting system is used on the drawings for material references and notes. Refer to the Keynote Legend on the drawing for the information that relates to each keynote symbol on the respective drawing. Where provided within the drawings, keynotes reference specification sections by means of a five -digit number identifying the section where a more complete description of the item will be found. The letter suffix of the keynote is a sequential differentiation and does not relate to any corresponding reference letter in the specification. Keynotes do not describe construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. No trade jurisdictional allocation of this work is intended by the subdivision of these keynotes. Il shall be the Contractor's sole responsibility to subdivide the work in the manner he deems necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 01100 -1 3.1 PERFORMANCE BY THE CONTRACTOR A. "Reasonably inferable" is defined as a degree of interpretation of the documents which will provide, at the Contractors expense, complete working systems within the parameters of the following examples, but not limited to these examples: 1. Where light fixtures or electrical appliances and equipment are indicated, it is reasonably inferable that power and circuiting be provided. 2. Where plumbing fixtures are indicated, it is reasonably inferable that waste and vent be provided and supply and or return lines. 3. Where HVAC equipment is indicated, it is reasonably inferable that structural support, power and condensate piping be provided. 4. Where casework is indicated, it is reasonably inferable that anchorage be provided. 5. Where waterproofing systems are indicated, it is reasonably inferable that bond breakers, protective boards, backer rods, sealants and flashing be provided. 6. Where items of work are indicated which are not pre - finished it is reasonably inferable that shop or field finish is required. Finish shall be to the standard of quality specified for similar materials. B. In providing complete working systems, in the absence of complete information, the Contractor shall be required to provide components to a standard of quality consistent with similar work specified. In the absence of such standard, he shall be entitled to provide such items at the lease cost to him consistent with industry standards. END OF SECTION 01100 01100-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Section Includes: Requirements for pre - construction meeting, progress meetings, and pre - installation conferences. 12 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Before issuance of notice to proceed, a pre - construction meeting will be held at a time and location designated by the Owner's Representative. B. Attendance: The meeting shall be attended by the Architect, the Owner's representative and his professional consultants, the Contractor and his superintendent, all major subcontractors and other persons designated by the City. C. Agenda: The agenda for the meeting shall include the following items as a minimum. 1. Distribution and discussion of the construction schedule. 2. Designation of persons authorized to represent and sign documents for the Owner and Contractor, with examples of official signature of each. 3. Procedures and forms for processing submittals, field decisions, proposal requests, change orders, applications for payment, and revised construction schedules. 4. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 5. Contractor's use of premises including location of office, construction and storage areas, parking areas, and routes for construction traffic. 6. Procedures for resolving interruptions of construction activities to accommodated the City's use of the remainder of the park site. 7. Temporary barricades, utilities, sanitary facilities, signs and other temporary facilities required. 8. Safety and first aid procedures including designation of Contractors safety officer. 9. Normal working hours 10. Security procedures. 11. Housekeeping procedures. 12. Communication procedures between parties. 13. List names, addresses and telephone numbers of those persons authorized to act for the Contractor in emergencies. 14. Constructions permit requirements, procedures and posting. 15. Testing laboratory or agency and testing procedures. 16. Establish schedule for progress meetings. 17. Other administrative items as appropriate. 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Progress meetings shall be held at the dates and times scheduled at the pre - construction meeting unless changes are agreed to by all parties and appropriate notification of such changes has been given. B. Attendance: The meeting shall be attended by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor's superintendent and the Architect. When requested by the Owner or the Contractor; subcontractors and engineering consultants shall also attend. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS 012W -1 C. Agenda: The agenda for these meetings shall include the following items. 1. Review progress of construction since the previous meeting. 2. Discuss user's activities that will impact construction activities. 3. Discuss field observations, problems and conflicts. 4. Identify problems which impede planned progress and develop corrective measures as required to regain the projected schedule. Revise the construction schedule if necessary. 5. Plan progress during the next construction period. 6. Coordinate the progress of subcontractors. 7. Review changes proposed by the Owner for their effect on the construction schedule and completion time. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCES A. Before beginning construction activities that require coordination with other construction, a pre - installation conference will be held at a time designated by the Contractor. B. Attendance: The meeting shall be attended by the Owner, the Contractor's superintendent, and the installers and manufacturers representatives involved in or affected by the installation. Advise the Owners Representative of scheduled conference dates and times. C. Agenda: The conference shall: 1. Assure a clear understanding of the Drawings and Specifications 2. Resolve possible conflicts and compatibility problems 3. Establish coordination between all parties involved. 4. Assure a clear understanding of shop drawings and installation instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01200 01200-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECT MEETINGS SECTION 01300 — SUBMITTALS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contractforthis Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 12 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for submitting to the ArchitectlEngineer, schedules, shop drawings, product data, samples, material lists, manuals, warranties and certificates, etc., required by individual Specification Section and procedures for submitting finish hardware schedule and segregation of contract costs to the Owner. B. Wherever possible, throughout the Contract Documents, the minimum acceptable quality of workmanship and materials has been defined by the name and catalog number of a manufacturer and by reference of recognized industry standards. C. To ensure that specified products are furnished and installed in accordance with the design intent, procedures have been established for advance submittal of design data and for its review by the Architect. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01720: Project Record Documents. B. Other Sections requiring submittals. 1.4 PROCEDURES A Contractor shall secure and submit Shop drawings, manufacturers catalogs, samples, warranties, operating and instruction manuals, etc. to the Architect/Engineer for review and approval. B. After the Architect has date - stamped, signed and reviewed submittals, with corrections noted, if any, the Architect will transmit submittals to Contractor. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A Approval of Submittals: Contractor shall clearly identify any deviations from the Contract Drawings and Specifications on submittals. Prior approval of any deviation by the City Architect/Engineer or his representative is required. Any deviation without said prior approval, even though stamped approved, is not acceptable. 1. Approval stamp is for design and quality only. No deviations. No quantities. B. Deliver submittals to the Architect/Engineer. Identify project name and address, telephone number of Contractor, subcontractor and supplier. Identify; as appropriate, pertinent drawing sheets, detail numbers and Specification Section numbers. Clearly identify any deviations from Contract Documents. (Exception - Finish Hardware Schedule and Segregation of Contract Costs). CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBMITTALS 01300 -1 C. Make submittals in accordance with the approved Construction Schedule, and approved Shop Drawing Submission Schedule, in sequence that avoids delaying work and progress of other Contractors. D. CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY REVIEW SUBMITTALS PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO THE ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER. E. Timing of Submittals: 1. Within 60 calendar days after Award of Contract by the City, Contractor shall submit to the Architect all shop and diagram drawings, all materials lists and other submittals required by the Specifications, prior to the establishment of a job start date. (Exception - Finish Hardware Schedule and Segregation of Contract Costs). 2. Contractor shall coordinate submittal of related items. 3. In scheduling, allow at least 14 full working days for the Architects review following receipt of submittal. For Mechanical, Plumbing, Electrical and other submittals which require joint review with the City, allow 14 full working days following receipt of submittal. F. Each submittal shall be accompanied by a letter of transmittal containing a complete itemized and numbered list of submitted materials. Separate letters of transmittal shall accompany each submittal from different subcontractors. G. Resubmission: If requested, resubmit submittals in a timely manner. Resubmit as specified for initial submittal but identify as such. Indicate any changes which have been made other than those requested by the Architect. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings are original drawings prepared by Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or distributor which illustrate some portion of work by showing fabrication, layout, setting, or erection details. B. Draw shop drawings to an accurate scale that is large enough to indicate all pertinent features and methods. C. Copies Required and Distribution: Unless otherwise indicated in individual specification sections, submit 6 sets of blueline or blackline prints. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. Manufacturer's Standard Schematic Drawings: 1. Delete information which is not applicable to Project. 2. Supplement standard Drawings to provide additional information applicable to Project. B. Manufacturer's catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations, and other standard descriptive data: 1. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products, or models. 2. Indicate dimensions and clearances required. 3. Indicate performance characteristics and capacities. 4. Indicate wiring diagrams and controls. C. Copies Required and Distribution: Submit 6 copies. 1.6 SAMPLES 01300 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1. Submit samples of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate: a. Functional characteristics of product or material, with integral parts and attachment devices. b. Full range of colors, textures, and patterns. 2. Provide permanent identification for each sample. 3. Color and Pattern: Whenever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product, submit accurate physical sample to the Architect/Engineer for review and selection. Color brochure and printed color chips will be rejected. 4. Number Required: Submit 3 of each. B. Field Samples: When specified, erect field samples and mock -ups at project site to illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship and to establish standards by which completed work shall be judged. C. After return of office samples or review of field samples, these items may be used in construction of project with approval of the Architect/Engineer. 1.9 SEGREGATION OF CONTRACT COSTS A. Provide a Segregation of Contract Costs as required by the General Conditions. 10 MANUALS A. Where Manuals are required to be submitted covering items included in Work, prepare Manuals in durable binders, approximately 8 -112" by 11" in size, and provide following information: 1. Identification on, or readable through, front cover stating general nature of manual. 2. Neatly typewritten index at front of Manual, furnishing immediate information as to location in Manual of data or equipment involved. 3. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of equipment involved. 4. Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts, their part numbers, current cost, and name and address of nearest vendor of parts. 5. Copy of all Guarantees and Warranties issued. 6. Copy of approved Shop Drawings with data concerning changes made during construction. B. Extraneous Data: Where contents of Manuals include manufacturers' catalog pages, clearly indicate precise items included in this installation and delete, or otherwise clearly indicate, manufacturers' data which is not part of this installation. C. Number of Copies Required: Deliver 6 copies to the Architect/Engineer for review, approval and distribution. The Architect/Engineer will return 3 copies to Contractor. 1.11 CERTIFICATES A. Submit in triplicate, in accordance with requirements of each Specification Section. 1.12 COLOR FINISH LIST CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBMITTALS 01300 -3 A. The Finish List is provided as an attachment to this section, and indicates materials and colors as selected and approved by the owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01300 01300 -A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBMITTALS SECTION 01320 -CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction Schedule procedures, preparation, submittal, updates, and revisions. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 01300: Submittals. B. Section 01720: Project Record Documents: 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Within thirty calendar days after Execution of Contract, or as determined by the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall submit, for review, to the City, a detailed Construction Schedule setting forth all requirements for complete execution of work. B. Ten calendar days after receipt of the City Representative's review comments, submit a final Construction Schedule acceptable to the Owner. C. Include in initial schedule a written summary narrative sufficiently comprehensive to explain basis of Contractor's approach to work. 1. If a Construction Schedule is considered by the Owners Representative to be in non - compliance with any requirement of the Contract, Contractor will be notified to review and revise the Construction Schedule and bring it into compliance. Failure of Contractor to submit a Construction Schedule in full compliance with the Contract may result in a delay in processing of progress payments, since Construction Schedule will be used in evaluating progress for payment approval. 2. Simultaneously with each submittal of Progress Payment Request, Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative an updated Construction Schedule reflecting work progress as of end of previous reporting period. Each such Construction Schedule shall indicate actual progress to date in execution of work, together with a projected schedule for completion of work. 3. All subsequent scheduled submittals are subject to review and acceptance by the Owner. The Owner retains the right to withhold progress payments until Contractor submits a Construction Schedule acceptable to the Owner Representative, 4. Concurrent with the Owners acceptance of Contractor's submitted Construction Schedule shall be Contractors signature of acceptance. 1.5 PREPARATION GUIDELINES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01320 -1 A. Work of this Contract shall be scheduled and progress monitored using a critical path network type scheduling system. Scheduling system shall be broken into sub - activities which shall, as a minimum, include major suppliers, all approvals, major trades of plumbing, mechanical, electrical, security, fire, and elevatorslescatators. Scheduling system shall indicate all inter - relationships between trades and suppliers. B. Level of detail indicated in schedule shall be equal to or greater than that provided by Table of Contents of Contract Technical Specifications, including any addenda. Duration and events indicated on schedule shall conform, W applicable, to phasing set forth in the Contract and shall show any area or building within a particular phase. Schedule shall indicate any and all Contract "milestone events" and other milestones agreed to by the Owner, but no other manually - imposed dates will be accepted unless approved. C. Construction Schedule shall represent a practical plan to complete work within time requirements of the Contract. 1. A schedule extending beyond Contract time or less than Contract time will not be acceptable. 2. A schedule found unacceptable by the Owner shall be revised by Contractor and resubmitted. D. Construction schedule shall clearly indicate sequence of construction activities, grouped by applicable phase and shall specifically indicate: 1. Start and completion of all items of work, their major components, and interim milestone completion dates, as determined by Contractor and the Owner. 2. Activities for procurement, delivery, installation of equipment, materials, and other supplies, including: Time for submittals, re- submittals, and reviews. Include decision dates for selection of finishes, if applicable. 3. Time for fabrication, and delivery of, manufactured products for work. 4. Interdependence of procurement and construction activities. 5. As applicable, dates for testing, balancing equipment, and final inspection. E. Schedule shall be in sufficient detail to assure adequate planning and execution of work. 1. Each activity shall range in duration from 1 to 20 workdays and shall be total of actual days required for completion, and shall not include consideration of weather impact on completion of that activity. 2. Schedule shall be suitable, in judgment of the Owner Representative, to allow monitoring and evaluation of progress in performance of work; and it shall be calendar time - scaled. 3. Activities shall include: a. Description; what is to be accomplished and where. b. Workday duration. C, Scheduled activities shall indicate continuous flow, from left to right. 4. Identify days per week and shifts per day worked; also, non -work days and holidays. Failure to include any element of work required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing work required to comply with the Contract Documents, notwithstanding acceptance of Construction Schedule. G. Submittal of Construction Schedule shall be understood to be Contractor's confirmation that the schedule meets requirements of the Contract Documents, and that work will be executed in sequence indicated in schedule. 1.6 REVIEWS, UPDATES, AND REVISIONS A. The Owner's Representative will review and return Contractor's Construction Schedule, with summary comments. It revisions are required, Contractor shall resubmit Schedule within 10 calendar days following receipt of the Owner's comments. 01320 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE B. After Contractor and the Owner agree to a final schedule, it will become the Project Construction Schedule and considered part of the Contract Documents. No changes to Schedule will be allowed unless-mutually agreed upon with the Owners Representative. C. Contractor shall analyze and update the Construction Schedule: As part of monthly payment application, Contractor shall submit to and participate with the Owner in a schedule review to include: 1. Actual completion dates for work items completed during report period. 2. Actual start dates for work items started during report period. 3. Estimated remaining duration for work items in progress, which will not exceed original duration for activity. 4. Estimated start dates for work items scheduled to start during month following report period, if applicable. 5. Changes in duration of work items. 6. In case of a change to Contractors planned sequence of work, Contractor shall include a narrative report with updated progress schedule which shall include, but not be limited lo, a description of problem areas, current and anticipated delaying factors, and any proposed revisions for a recover plan. 7. All change orders affecting this schedule shall be clearly identified as a separate and new activity. 8. Review of Construction Schedule will not relieve Contractor of responsibility for accomplishing all work in accordance with the Contract Documents. D. Updates: The Contractor shall submit to the Owners Representative, with each payment application, an up- to-date Construction Schedule to include following: 1. Work Item Report: Detailing work items and dependencies as indicated on the schedule. 2. Separate listing of activities completed during reporting period. 3. Separate listing of activities which are currently in progress, indicating their remaining duration and percentages completed. 4. Separate listing of activities which are causing delay in work progress. 5. Narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Construction Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect, including effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. 6. Resolution of conflict between actual work progress and schedule logic: when out -of- sequence activities develop in the Schedule because of actual construction progress, Contractor shall submit a revised schedule to conform to current job sequence and direction. E. If, according to current updated Construction Schedule, the Owner determines Contractor is behind the Contract completion dale or any interim milestone completion dates, considering all time extensions to which Contractor is entitled, Contractor shall submit a revised schedule, showing a workable plan and a narrative description to complete project on time. See Article 1.04, Paragraph C-2. The Owner may' withhold progress payments until a revised schedule, acceptable to the Owners Representative, is submitted by Contractor. Scheduling of change or extra work orders is responsibility of Contractor. 1. Contractor shall revise Construction Schedule to incorporate all activities involved in completing change orders or extra work orders and submit it to the Owner for review. G. If the Owner finds Contractor is entitled to extension of any completion date, under provisions of the Contract, the Owner's Representative's determination of total number of days extension will be based upon current analysis of Construction Schedule, and upon data relevant to extension. H. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that delays to non - critical activities will not be considered a basis for a time extension unless activities become crifical. Non - critical activities are those activities which, when delayed, do not affect an interim or final Contract completion date. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 01320 -3 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner's Representative not more than 7 days after commencement of delay; otherwise, it shall be deemed finally waived for all purposes. Contractor shall provide an estimate of probable effect of such delay on progress of work as part of claim. 1.7 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY A. Nothing in these requirements shall be deemed to be an usurpation of Contractor's authority and responsibility to plan and schedule work as Contractor sees fit, subject to all other requirements of Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall provide at all times sufficient competent labor, materials, and equipment to property carry on work and to insure completion of each part in accordance with Construction Schedule and within time agreed. C. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all submittals to the Owner are accurate and consistent. Damage, including extra time and cost, caused by inaccuracies from Contractor will be compensated by Contractor. 1.8 SUSPENSION OF PAYMENTS A. Initial Submittal: The Owner has the right to withhold progress payments until Construction Schedule is accepted by the Owner's Representative. B. Update Submittals: The Owner has the right to withhold progress payments if Contractor fails to update and submit Construction Schedule and reports as required by the Owner. 1.9 RECORD COPY A. At completion of work items, submit Construction Schedule reflecting "as -built" sequence. 1.10 FORM OF SUBMITTAL A. All Construction Schedule submittals shall be transmitted with a Letter of Transmittal and shall include 6 copies and one reproducible copy. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01320 01320 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SECTION 01410 - TESTING AND INSPECTION PART1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Section Includes: Cooperate with the Owners selected testing agency, the Owners assigned Inspector, and others responsible for testing and inspecting the Work, and assist the Owner by coordinating such testing and inspecting services as specified in this Section and/or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Requirements for testing may be required in other Sections of these Specifications. 2. Where no testing requirements are specked or required by reference standards or authorities having jurisdiction, the Owner may require such testing to be performed under current pertinent standards for testing. Payment for such testing will be made as described herein. C. Work Not Included: 1. The Owner will select a pre - qualified independent testing laboratory and Inspector. 2. The Owner will pay for initial services of the testing laboratory as further described hereinafter. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Owner will select an independent testing laboratory to conduct the tests. Selection of the material required to be tested shall be by the laboratory of the Owners representative and not by the Contractor. B. Qualifications of Testing Laboratory: The testing laboratory shall be qualified to the Owner's acceptance in accordance with ASTM E 329. C. Codes and Standards: Testing, when required, will be in accordance with pertinent codes and regulations and with selected standards of the American Society for Testing and Materials and other organizations or agencies which publish recognized codes, standards, or tests. 1.3 TEST REPORT DISTRIBUTION A. Promptly process and distribute required copies of test reports and related instructions to ensure necessary re- testing and/or replacement of materials with the least possible delay in progress of the Work. 1.4 PAYMENT FOR TESTING SERVICES A. Initial Services: The Owner will pay for initial testing and inspection except as specifically modified hereinafter or as specified otherwise in technical sections, provided the results of inspection indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Re- testing: When initial tests or inspection indicate noncompliance with the Contract Documents, subsequent re- testing or re- inspection occasioned by the noncompliance shall be performed by the same testing laboratory or Inspector and the costs thereof will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract amount. Re- testing and re- inspection will continue until lest or inspection results indicate compliance. C. Code Compliance Testing: Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances, or by authorities having jurisdiction and made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of and shall be paid for by the Owner, but back-charged to the Contractor in case of re- testing due to noncompliance. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TESTING AND INSPECTION 01410-1 D. Specified Inspections and Tests: Tests and inspections specified in the Specifications, directly or by reference, shall be coordinated by the Contractor at his expense and paid for by the Owner, but shall be back - charged to the Contractor. Re- inspection and retesting shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.048. E. Contractors Convenience Testing: Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of and at the expense of the Contractor. 1.5 INSPECTION BY THE OWNER A. The Owner and his representative will have access, for the purpose of inspection, to parts of the work and to the shops wherein the work is in preparation and the Contractor shall maintain proper facilities and provide safe access for such inspection. B. The Owner shall have the right to reject materials and workmanship, which are defective, and to require their correction. Rejected workmanship shall be satisfactorily corrected and rejected materials shall be removed from the premises without charge to the Owner. If the Contractor does not correct such rejected work within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the Owner may correct rejected work a charge the expense to the Contractor. C. Should it be considered necessary or advisable by the Owner at any time before final acceptance of the entire work to make an examination of work already completed by removing or tearing out the same, the Contractor shall on request promptly furnish necessary facilities, labor and materials. If such work is found to be defective in respect due to fault of the Contractor or his subcontractor, he shall defray expenses of such examination and of satisfactory reconstruction. If, however, such work is found to meet the requirements of the contract, the additional cost of labor and material necessarily involved in the examination and replacement will be allowed to the Contractor. 1.6 OWNER'S PERSONNEL A. From fime to time, personnel in the employ of the Owner may inspect the Work when the Work is in progress but shall have no authority to direct the Contractor or request changes in the Work except as may be provided elsewhere in the Contract Documents. PART 2 — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 COOPERATION WITH TESTING LABORATORIES AND INSPECTORS A. Inspectors and representatives of the testing laboratory shall have access to the work. Provide facilifies for such access in order that the testing, inspection and the obtaining of samples may be done property. 12 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED SAMPLE A. Contractor shall deliver material specimens to the Owners testing lab, which must by terms of the Contract be tested prior to inclusion in the Project, at least 45 days prior to scheduled delivery to the job site. B. Material shipped by the Contractor from the source of supply prior to having satisfactorily passed such testing and inspection or prior to the receipt of notice from said representative that such testing and inspection will not be required shall not be incorporated in the job. 3.3 FIELD SPECIMENS 01410-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Field specimens and samples for testing, unless otherwise provided in these Contract Documents, shag be selected and taken by the testing laboratory or Inspector and not the Contractor. Sampling equipment and personnel will be provided by the testing laboratory. Deliveries of specimens and samples to the testing laboratory will be performed by the testing laboratory. 3.4 SCHEDULES FOR TESTING A. Establishing Schedule: 1. By advance discussion with the testing laboratory selected by the Owner, determine the time required for the laboratory to perform tests and to issue each of its findings. 2. Provide required time within the construction schedule. B. Revising Schedule: When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate such changes of schedule with the testing laboratory as required. C. Adherence to Schedule: When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the determined schedules, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the work, extra charges for testing attributable to the delay may be back - charged to the Contractor and will be deducted by the Owner from the Contract amount. 3.5 REQUIRED TESTING Tests and inspections for the following items will be required in accordance with referenced Sections(Chapters of California Building Code of, Title 24, Part 2: A. Excavations and Foundation: Chapter 18A and 33. 1. Inspections: a. Earth fill compactions: 3301.1. b. Excavation and fill for foundations: 3301.1 B. Concrete Chapter 19A. 1. Materials: a. Portland Cement Tests: 1903A.2, 1929A. 1. b. Concrete Aggregates: 1903A.3. C. Reinforcing Bars: 1903A.5,1929A.2. d. Batch Plant Inspection: 1929A.4. e. Waiver of Batch Plant InspectiontTests:1929A.5,1929A.6 2. Quality Proportions of Concrete: 1904A, 1905A.1, A.2, A.3, AA, A.S. Strength Tests of Concrete: 1905A.6. 1 Inspections: a. Job Site Inspection: 1905A.7. b. Batch Plant of Weighmaster Inspection:1929AA. C. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: 1929A. 12. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TESTING AND INSPECTION 01410-3 C. Masonry: Chapter 21A. 1. Materials: a. Masonry Units: 2102A.2 (4, 5, 6). b. Portland Cement, Lime: 2102A.2 (2,3), 2103A.2. G. Mortar and Grout Aggregate: 2102A.2 (1), 2103A.3, A.4. d. Reinforcing Bars: 2102A.2 (10), 1903A.5, 1929A.2. 2. Quality: a. Portland Cement Tests: 1903A.2,1929A.1. J. Mortar and Grout Tests: 2105A.3.4 (2). C. Masonry Prism Tests: 2105A.3.2, 3.3, 3.5. d. Masonry Core Tests: 2105A.3.1. e. Masonry Unit Tests: 2105A.3.4 (1), A.6. f. Reinforcing Bar Tests: 1929A.2. 3. Inspection: a. Reinforcing Masonry: 2105A.7. b. Reinforcing Bar Welding Inspection: 1929A.'12. D. Steel: Chapter 22A. 1. Materials: a. Structural Steel, Cold Formed Steel: 2202A.1, 2231A.1 b. Material Identification: 2202A.2. 2. Inspection and Tests: a. Tests of Structural and Cold Formed Steel: 2231A.1. b. Tests of High Strength Bolts, Nuts, Washers: 2231A.2. C. Shop Fabrication Inspection: 2231A.4. d. Welding Inspection: 2231A.5. e. High Strength Bolt Inspection: 2231A.6. E. Wood: Chapter 23A 1. Materials: a. Lumber and Plywood: 2304A. END OF SECTION 01410 01410-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TESTING AND INSPECTION SECTION 01500 - CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 20312.10 - O6-01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Description of temporary utilities and protection of construction facilities which are to be provided and maintained by Contractor. 13 RELATED SECTIONS A. Refer to the General Conditions of the Contract. 1.4 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Water: 1. Water used on work will be furnished and paid for by the Contractor. Contractor shall provide necessary temporary piping from distribution point to points on site where water is necessary to carry on work, and upon completion of work shall remove temporary piping. 2. Provide suitable drainage system, subject to approval of the Owner, to carry construction waste water from site to an approved disposal location. B. Electricity: 1. The Contractor will furnish and pay for electrical power necessary for construction purposes at site. Contractor shall provide necessary temporary wiring and lighting and shall remove all temporary wiring and lighting at the completion of the Work. Temporary wiring and lighting shall comply with requirements of all applicable Electrical Codes. Contractor shalt be responsible for all damage caused by overloading or other causes and the installation shall be satisfactory to the Owner. 2. Furnish and install area distribution boxes, so located that individual trades may use 100' -0" maximum length extension cords to obtain adequate power and artificial lighting, at points where required for work, for inspection and for safety. 3. Provide electricity needed for construction including connections for construction equipment requiring power. 4. Gas: Contractor shall provide and install gas equipment and piping necessary to perform his work, and shall remove same upon completion of work. Contractor shall pay for the gas used in work. C. Heating and Ventilation: 1. Provide, maintain, and pay for heat needed for proper Installation of work and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to weather. 2. Provide ventilation of enclosed areas to cure materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, or gases. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 111141031 D. Temporary Telephone: Contractor shall provide and pay all costs for one cellular telephone or business telephone line at site for his use. E. Use means necessary to maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of work. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S FACILITIES A. Temporary Offices: Contractor shall provide and maintain a trailer on site for duration of project. Trailer shall have ample headroom; shall be properly lighted, heated and ventilated. Contractor shall provide an electric drinking fountain or bottled water. 2. Trailer, equipment and furniture shall remain Contractor's property. Provide table and chairs for meetings. Contractor shall remove such property upon completion of work. B. Storage Units: 1. Provide secure and waterproof storage units where required for temporary storage. 2. Storage Unit Construction: Walls, roof and doors minimum 16 gage steel; floors 1" tongue and groove hardwood or 314" minimum exterior type plywood, with undercarriage designed to accommodate forklift blades 42" to 60' long; doors at one end of storage unit, double wide swing out with waterproof gaskets and lockable steel locking bars. 3. Pay all charges and set the storage unit where directed by the Owner. 4. Remove storage unit from the site after removal of all the items that were temporarily stored and when directed by the Owner. C. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities that may consist of portable chemical toilets. Number of toilets shall be based on number of workers -1 per 15 workers. 2. Toilet facilities shall be kept supplied with toilet paper and kept in a clean and sanitary condition until completion of work, and then be removed from work site. Upon removal, that portion of site shall be property cleaned and graded. 3. Locate sanitary facilities away from public road ways. D. Contractor's Security Barricade 1. Contactor shall erect temporary security barricade as required for safety and as specified. New or used material may be used. 2. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, barricade shall be constructed of 6' -0" high chain link fencing. Space posts not to exceed 10' -0" on centers. Posts shall be of following nominal pipe dimensions: terminal, comer, and gate posts 2 -112 ", line posts 2 ". Chain link fabric shall be not less than #13 gage, 2" mesh, and in one width. Posts, fabric and accessories shall be galvanized. a. All terminal, comer, gate, and every fifth intermediate line post shall be set in 12" diameter concrete footing 30" deep. Posts set in concrete shall be full depth of footing. Posts set in earth shall be set to a depth of 30" with soil firmly compacted around post. b. Fabric shall be attached to posts with #14 gage tie wire at 16" centers. A 96 gage steel tension wire with turnbuckles shall be installed at top and bottom of barricade fencing. Wire tie fabric to tension wires at 18" centers. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 01500-2 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 3. Chain link fencing shall be free from barbs, icicles or other projections resulting from galvanizing process. Fence fabric having such defects will be rejected even though it has been erected. 4. Gates shall be fabricated of steel pipe with welded corners, and bracing as required. Fabric to be attached to frame at 12" centers. Provide all gate hardware of a strength and quality to perform satisfactorily until barricade is removed upon completion of work. 5. At completion of work, remove barricade and concrete post footings from site; backfill and compact fence footing holes. Existing surface paving that is cut into or removed shall be patched and sealed to match surrounding areas. E. Other Enclosures: 1. Provide lockable, temporary weather -tight enclosures at openings in exterior walls to create acceptable working conditions, to allow for temporary beating and for security. 2. Provide protective barriers around trees, plants and other improvements designated to remain. Storage Yards and Sheds: 1. Contractor shall fence and maintain storage yards in an orderly manner. 2. Storage for materials that cannot be stored outside may be stored within building. 3. Exact location, size and access of storage yards shall be approved by Owner. 4. Remove storage yards and sheds as rapidly as progress of work will permit. G. Contractor's Parking: Location and number of spaces for Contractors parking directed by the Owner. 1.6 GENERAL ITEMS A. Staging areas for delivery of materials and equipment will be at locations designated by the Owner. B. Safety and Security Lighting: Provide 20 foot candles minimum inside building(s) and 5 foot candles outside. C. Noise Control: Muffle all equipment. Loud music prohibited. 1.7 TRENCHES A. Open trenches for installation of utility lines (water, gas, electrical and similar utilities) and open pits outside barricaded working areas shall be barricaded at all times. Barricades, such as traffic safety type saw horses or post should be used. High visibility orange netting shall be strung between horses or posts. Trenches shall be backfilled and patch -paved within 72 hours after approval of installation by the Owner, or shall have "walk plates" installed. B. Open trenches deeper than 3'-6 ", and not located within a public street access, shall be enclosed within a 6'-0" high chain -link fence. 1.8 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN A. Size, design and information as agreed to based upon contractor submitted and approved by owner. Engage an experienced sign painter to apply graphics. Finish with 3 coats of paint. Language to be provided by owner and Architect. Locate sign as directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 -3 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01500 01500-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS SECTION 01630 —SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Section Includes: Procedures for submittal of requests for substitution for materials. C. Related Documents: The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit a written request for proposed substitutions to the Architect not later than 21 days after the bid award. No substitution will be considered after this 21 day period. B. Where materials or items of manufacturer are specified in groups and are made or furnished by one manufacturer, no substitution will be considered that is not made or furnished similarly by one manufacturer. Where the Contractor proposes to use a system of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings the substitution shall be proposed as a complete system. C. No adverse impacts to the construction schedule will be allowed for substituted items. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBMITTING SUBSTITUTIONS: A. Submit written request for each proposed substitution on form shown at the end of this Section. Provide data substantiating request as well as a "Certificate of Suitability" certifying that the proposed substitution is equal or better in all respects to that specified and that it will, in all respects perform the function for which it is intended. Include with request all required samples. Submit 3 copies of all written requests and data for proposed substitutions. B. Submit complete information to the Architect so that proper evaluation can be made. The burden of proof of equality of the substituted item shall be on the Contractor. Acceptance of such substitutions is entirely at the discretion of the Architect and Owner. All materials or items of manufacturer which the Contractor proposes to substitute for those specified must he accepted by the Architect before they may be ordered. C. The Architect will issue to the Contractor a list setting forth those items for which substitutions are accepted. No substitution will be accepted for any materials or item of manufacture called for in the Contract Documents which is not of equal quality and utility and which does not possess equal design or color characteristics to those of the specified material or item. D. If, in the opinion of the Architect or Owner, the proposed substitution is not equal or better in every respect to that so indicated or specified, or was not submitted for acceptance in the manner outlined above, the Contractor shall fumish the specified materials. E. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, in proposing a substitution for any item herein specified, to inform all other trades, vendors, and subcontractors of effects said substitution will have upon their construction activities or products. Failure to so notify shall require that the Contractor make all payments arising from alterations in specified materials or methods necessary to complete the Work in an approved and acceptable manner. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-1 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM Re: Project Name Project Manual Section Number Item To: Architect From General Contractor We hereby submit for your consideration the following product comparisons of the specified item and the proposed substitution: A. Comparison Specified Item Substitution 1. Product NamelModel 2. Manufacturer Address Phone Number 3. Product Cost Installation/Labor Cost 4. Delivery Time Installation Time 5, Product Characteristics 6. Dimensions Effects 7. Guarantee/Warranty 8. ICBO No. 9. UL Rating B. Substantiating Data: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-3 Attach manufacturer's literature for both specified item and substitution. C. Samples: Provide samples for both specified item and substitution, if applicable. D. Similar Projects 1. Name Date Address 2. Name Date Address E. Maintenance Service/Parts; Name Address F. What Effect does this substitution have on applicable code requirements? G. Change Data: Attach complete information for changes to be made to drawings and project manual. xxsxss xxx xxssx Certification of equal performance and assumption of liability for equal performance. ' The Contractor shall agree to pay for costs involved in changing the building design; including engineering, drafting and detail cost caused by the proposed substitution. Submitted by: Signature Name Title Firm 01630 -4 Date CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS Address City Slate Zip Telephone Remarks: Owner: Date: Signature must be by persons having authority to legally bind his firm to the above temrs. Failure to provide legally binding signature will result in retraction of approval. Accepted Not Accepted . *If. *. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SUBSTITUTIONS 01630-5 SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Section Includes: Activities and procedures for closing out the Contract and assisting in Owner's final inspection. C. Related Documents: The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1. Section 01500: Removal of temporary construction facilities 2. Section 01720: Project Record Documents. 1.2 REQUIREMENTS PREPARATORY TO FINAL INSPECTION A. Remove temporary facilities from the site. B. Thoroughly clean the building and site. C. All plumbing and mechanical equipment shall operate quietly and free from vibration. Properly adjust, repair, balance, or replace equipment producing objectionable noise or vibration in the occupied areas of the buildings. Provide additional brackets, bracing, other methods to prevent objectionable noise or vibration. All systems shall operate without humming, surging, or rapid cycling. D. Properly mount all operating instructions for equipment and post as specified in their respective sections. E. Job Record specifications and prints shall be completed, signed, and submitted to the Owner's Representative as specified herein. F. Submit to the Owners Representable, the material and equipment maintenance instructions, as specified in the body of the Specifications. G. Submit to the Owner's Representative, all guarantees and warranties as specified in the General Conditions. H. When requested, submit certificates indicating payment of all debts and Claims arising from the Work. Deliver all tools which are a permanent part of equipment installed in the Work to the Owner. J. Deliver all keys, construction and permanent, property identified, to the Owner. 1.3 FINAL INSPECTION A. After all requirements preparatory to the final inspection have been completed as herein specified, notify the Owners Representative and Owner's Inspector to perform the final inspection. 1.4 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS AND PRINTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 -1 A- Maintain a set of Record Specifications and Prints and turn over to the Architect at the completion of the project. 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SUBMITTAL: A. Submit to the Owner for approval, 5 copies of complete operation and maintenance data as specified herein and in other sections of these specifications. Submit data a minimum of 30 days before completion of the Contract. The Contract will not be considered complete unfil this data has been reviewed by the Owner. B. Assemble all data required herein, except that to be mounted in frames, in three -ring loose -leaf binders, complete with index, index dividers, and permanently attached exterior label on cover. C. Data Required: 1. Manufacturer's Manuals: Submit complete installation, operation, maintenance and service manuals, and printed instructions and parts lists for all materials and equipment where such printed matter is regularly available from the manufacturer. This includes, but is not limited to such service manuals as may be sold by the manufacturer covering the operation and maintenance of his items, and complete replacement parts lists sufficiently detailed for parts replacement ordering to manufacturer. Bound publications need not be assembled in binders. 2. Equipment Nameplate Data: Submit a typewritten list of all mechanical and electrical equipment showing exact equipment nameplate data. Identify equipment by means of names, symbols, and numbers used in the contract documents. 3. System Operating Instructions: Submit typewritten instructions covering operation of the entire system as installed (not duplicating manufacturer's instructions for operating individual components).,. Include schematic flow and control diagrams as appropriate and slow or list system valves, control elements, and equipment components using identification symbols and numbers. List rooms, area of equipment served, and show proper settings for valves, controls, and switches. 4. System Maintenance Instructions: Submit typewritten instructions covering routine maintenance of system. List each item of equipment requiring inspection, lubrication, or service and briefly describe such maintenance, including types of lubricants and frequency of service. It is not intended that these instructions duplicate manufacturer's detailed instructions. Give name, address and phone number of nearest firm authorized or qualified to service equipment or provide parts. 5. Wall Mounted Data: Frame one set of typewritten system instructions and diagrams as specified above, covered with glass and mounted in locations as directed by the Owner. This set of instructions is in addition to the 5 required herein. 1.6 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL: A. After Work under this contract Is completed, tested and before acceptance, and not less than 5 days after submittal of the operation and maintenance data specified elsewhere in this section, operate all systems for a period of three 8 -hour days during which time keep on the project competent personnel familiar with the items installed whose full -time assignment Will be to instruct the Owner's maintenance personnel In the operation and maintenance of the equipment and systems. B. Instructions from manufacturer's representatives required under other sections of this specification shall be conducted during this period. Do not conduct this instruction period before completion of piping and equipment labeling required. C. Make arrangements and notices for operation and instruction periods through the Owner. D. This three day instruction period shall be in addition and subsequent to any period of operation, test and adjustment called for elsewhere in this specification. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES 01700 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT CLOSEOUT A. Deliver all manufacturers' warranties required by the Contract Documents, with Owner named as the beneficiary. In addition, for all equipment and machinery, or components thereof, bearing a manufacturers' warranty that extends for a longer time period than the Contractor's warranty, secure and deliver the manufacturers' warranties in the same manner. B. Form of Warranty: Submit written warranties, except manufacturers' standard printed warranties, on the Contractor's, subcontractor's, material suppliers', or manufacturer's own letterhead, addressed to the Owner. Submit all warranties in duplicate, and in the form shown on the following page, modified as approved to suit the conditions pertaining to the warranty. C. Submission of Warranties: Collect and assemble all written warranties into a bound booklet form, and deliver them to the Owner for final review and approval. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01700 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 (To be typed on Letterhead of Contractor responsible for Work to be guaranteed.) We hereby guarantee that the GUARANTEE FOR (Work) Work performed for the construction of has been performed in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and that the Work as installed will fulfill the requirements of the Guarantee included in the Specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our Work, together with any adjacent Work which may be displaced by so doing, that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of ( ) year(s) from date of acceptance of the above named project by the City of Newport Beach, without any expense whatsoever to the said Owner, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted. In the event of our failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within thirty days after being notified in writing by the Owner, we collectively or separately do hereby authorize the Owner to proceed to have said defects repaired and made good at our expense and we will honor and pay the costs and charges there from upon demand. Date: Signed: Date: Signed: (Subcontractor) (Supplier) (Contractor) Local Representative to be contacted for services: Name: Address: 01700-4 Phone No. (Sample Form) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT CLOSEOUT SECTION 01720 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Procedures for preparing accurate "Project Record Documents "(Specifications and Drawings). 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Secton 01010: Summary of Work. B. Section 01300: Submittals. 1.4 PROCEDURES A. Promptly following Contract Award, General Contractor shall secure from the Owner one complete set of Specifications and prints of the Contract Drawings and mark them as "Project Record Documents ". B. Timing of Entries: Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information. C. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining and recording changes on "Project Record Documents". D. Do not use "Project Record Documents' set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the Owner and Architect. Maintain separate job sets for subcontractors and workers daily use. E. Maintain "Project Record Documents" set at job site trailer. Set is not to leave the trailer. F. Use all means necessary to protect 'Project Record Documents" set from deterioration, loss or damage until completion of work. G. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black -line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked -up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. G. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720 -1 2. Mark record sets with erasable, red - colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location. 3. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable. H. Record Specifications: Submit one copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Drawings, where applicable. The Owner's approval of current status of "Project Record Documents" will be a prerequisite to the Owner's approval of requests for progress payments and request for final payment. 1. Progress Approvals: Prior to submitting each request for progress payments, secure the Owner's approval of status of 'Project Record Documents ". 2. Prior to submitting request for final payment and final Inspection, General Contractor shall submit "Project Record Documents" set to the Owner, with transmittal letter, in duplicate, for approval and further processing. 3. The General Contractor shall certify that the 'Project Record Documents" are complete and accurately reflect all changes or modifications to the original Construction Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Applicable) END OF SECTION 01720 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 01760 —COLORS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. This section is intended to supplement the provisions of the General Conditions, and to supplement criteria established elsewhere in these documents for the basis of acceptance or rejection of requests for substitution. COLOR SELECTION PROCESS A. All colors will be selected by the Architect and approved by the City. Materials and products have been specified partly based upon the availability of colors desired by the architect as being compatible with the overall color palate for the project. A preliminary color palate has been developed based upon the materials and products specified. Although requests for substitution are encouraged in order to generate competition and equal opportunity among suppliers, the basis for acceptance or rejection of a request for substitution may rest with the availability of colors compatible with the palate. Based upon the availability of colors within the items specified or allowed as substitution afinal color palate will be developed after completion of the substitution period. B. See attached finish list. Finish List Window Frames W -1 Clear Anodized Aluminum Glazing PPG GL -1 Clear Window Coverings Mechoshade — Thermoveil 3000 Series Satin and Diamond Group WC-1 3014 Pewter Acoustic Gelling Armstrong World Industries AC -1 Ultima Vector Painting Dunn Edwards P -1 DE6055 Wild West Accent P -2 DE6217 Ancient Earth Accent P -3 DE6215 Wooden Peg Accent P -4 DE6214 Pigeon Gray Accent P -5 DE6213 Fine Grain General Interior Wall CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COLORS 01760-1 P -6 DE6212 Crisp Muslin General Interior Wall & Ceiling Stage Curtain S &K Theatrical Draperies, Inc. SC -1 2502 Ruby Protective Wall Covering Korogard PWC -1 RF36 -07 Reflections -Cream Wainscot Vinyl Wall Coverna Koroseal Wallcoverings VWC -1 E21 -10 Esquire — Runway Movable Wall Surface & Tackable Wall Gymnasium Wall Padding Porter Athletic Equipment GWP -1 10 Maroon Granite GEM International Inc G -1 Gem Sapphire Brown Counter Tops Wood Stain WS -1 Dark Red Walnut to match Woodharbor Cherry Sangria Plastic Laminate Wilsonart International PL -1 4814 -60 Tungsten EV Carpet ShawTek Yearbook CPA 55550 Mascot Vinyl Composition Tile Mannington Commercial - SolidPoint VCT -1 337 Toasted Sesame Vinyl Wall Base Burke Mercer VWB-1 597 Mocha Gymnasium Flooring GF -1 Maple Porcelain Tile Crossville Ceramics: 18x18 floor, 12x12 wall PT -1 AV114 Grand Canyon Floor & Wall Tile Ceramic Tile Dahile — glazed 44 CT -1 K111 Black Wall Accent Quarry Tile Dahile — Quarry Textures: Bx8 QT -1 T08 Sahara Tan Kitchen Floor 01760-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COLORS Grout Custom Building Products Grout for Ceramic Tile and Stone GT -1 #145 Light Smoke Toilet Partitions Comtec Industries — Protec P300 Series TP -1 Black Fabric Awning Sunbrella °FiresisP FA -1 Clay Tile Roof Redland Clay Tile CTR -1 Metal Wall Panels MWP -1 END OF SECTION 01760 To be selected from manufacturers' full range of colors. To be selected from manufacturers' full range of colors. Natural Copper (allowed to patina) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COLORS 01760-3 SECTION 02210 — WATERPROOFING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 11 SUMMARY A. Provisions of Division 01 apply to this section. B. Section Includes: 1. Elastomedc waterproofing on planter, retaining walls, and the exterior subgrade of building walls. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit a certificate stating applicator is certified by the elastomeric waterproofing material manufacturer, and upon completion, submit a certificate staling that elastomeric waterproofing systems have been installed in conformance with reviewed submittals and manufacturer's recommendations. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's Product Data including complete installation instructions. C. Experience Record: Submit a list of at least five installations on which each of the materials and systems proposed for installation have been in satisfactory service for at least 3 years. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Manufacturer. Elastomeric waterproofing system shall be manufactured by a firm with a minimum of 20 years experience in the production of elastomeric waterproofing. B. Qualifications of Installer: A firm which has at least 3 years experience in work of the type required by this section, and is recommended by manufacturer to install the specified products. C. Materials shall comply with current State of California and local Air Quality Management City requirements for volatile organic compounds of not over 350 grams per liter. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials, except bulk material, in manufacturer's unopened containers fully identified with manufacturer's name, trade name, type, class and grade. Each container shall be identified with material name, date of manufacturer and batch number. . B. Store materials in unopened containers. Store above grade and under cover, protect from damage. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Install suitable impervious type masking to preclude staining of surfaces to remain exposed wherever elastomeric waterproofing abuts or laps on to other finish surfaces, and provide additional protection as necessary to supplement masking; cover entire area of building subject to damage or staining. B. Protect adjacent Work during installation of Work of this Section. C. Install Work of this section, only in dry weather and when temperature of surfaces to receive waterproofing are above 40 degrees F and below 90 degrees F. D. Do not install any materials when water in any form is present on the surface or if materials are wet CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATERPROOFING 02210-1 I l:CC -Mks A. Manufacturer shall provide a 3 year material warranty. B. Installer shall provide a 3 year labor warranty. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Elastomeric waterproofing shall be manufactured by: 1. Pacific Polymers, Inc., 12271 Monarch Street, Garden Grove, CA 92841, (800) 888 -8340 2. Gaco Western, Inc., Western Region, P.O. Box 88698, Seattle, WA 98138 -2698, (626) 797 -1424 3. 3M Specified Construction Products Dept., 3M Center Bldg. 225- 45 -08, PO Box 9310, St. Paul, Minnesota 55133 - 3225,(800)480.1704 2.2 ELASTOMERIC MEMBRANE WATERPROOFING SYSTEM A. Polymers, Inc., Elasto -Deck B.T. System, as a standard of quality, conforming to the following: 1. Application: a. 60 mils thick — smooth surfaces. b. 90 mils thick — rough surfaces. 2. Material Types a. Type I: For horizontal surfaces. b. Type II: For vertical surfaces. c. Elasto -Deck B.T. Knffegrade: For cracks, voids and other surface irregularities. 2.3 RELATED MATERIALS A. Sealants: Elasto-Thane 230 or Elasto-Thane 227. B. Backer Rod: Closed -cell Polyethylene rod, such as Ethafoam by Dow Chemical. C. Flashing Tape: Woven glass cloth tape. D. Protection Course: Minimum 118° thick APOC Protection Panel by Asphalt Products Oil Corp., or equal. E. Cleaning Materials: Elasto-Deck solvent or Xylene. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 02210-2 A All surfaces must be clean and free of any oil, dirt, grease, and other contaminants, which will interfere with adhesion of the coatings. Surfaces shall be left broom clean. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATERPROOFING B. Concrete: 1. Concrete surfaces shall be trowel finished followed by a light brooming, left free of loose particles, ridges, projections, voids and droppings that would interfere with the application of the coatings. 2. Concrete surfaces shall be water cured in lieu of curing compounds for a minimum of 28 days. It curing compounds are furnished, they shall be compatible with the provided waterproofing system. C. All substrate conditions and surfaces shall be subject to inspection by the manufacturer and installer. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. All surfaces must be clean and free of any oil, dirt, grease, and other contaminants, which will interfere with adhesion of the coatings. B. Concrete All surfaces to receive elastomeric waterproofing system shall be completely cleaned by sandblasting or acid etching. If acid etching is provided, a 10% to 15% mudatic acid solution applied by mop or broom, shall be allowed to remain on the surface approximately 10 minutes or until bubbling ceases. Surfaces shall then be thoroughly washed with clean water to remove all residues and shall be allowed to dry. C. Cracks and Control Joints 1. Except for non - moving shrinkage cracks, all other cracks and joints must be sealed vAh a single component sealant of the same manufacturer as the elastomeric membrane waterproofing and installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Large cracks, 1116" and over, shall be routed out as required by the manufacturer and sealed with an approved elastomeric sealant. Apply sealant to inside area of cracks only. Do not install on concrete deck surfaces. 3. Seal secondary control and expansion joints with sealant and backer rod as recommended in the installation specifications of the elastomeric membrane waterproofing. 3.3 PROTECTION A- Protect building from damage resulting from spillage, dripping and dropping of materials. Prevent materials from entering and clogging drains and waterways. B. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Install Elastomeric membrane waterproofing in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions except as hereinafter specified. Coordinate the Work so the complete membrane is installed in a continuous operation, and that all areas where installation has started, per coat, are completed the same working day. B. Elastomeric Membrane Waterproofing — 60 Mils thickness! Smooth Surface Installation: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATERPROOFING 02210-3 1. All cracks 1116' and over shall be routed or saw cut and filled with joint filler of the same manufacturer as the elastomeric membrane waterproofing and installed according to manufacturers recommendations. 2. At intersections of membrane and vertical walls, columns, pipes, and other penetrations, caulk a V fillet bead at the meeting angle using a joint filler of the same manufacturer as the elastomeric membrane waterproofing and installed according to manufacturers recommendations. 3. Install the first coat of the elastomeric membrane waterproofing at a rate of 50 square feet per gallon by airless spray, roller, brush, or squeegee according to the manufacturers installation procedures for smooth surfaces. 4. After a 24 -hour curing period, install a second coat of elastomeric membrane waterproofing at the same 50 square feet per gallon rate to provide a total dry film thickness of 60 mils. C. Elastomeric Membrane Waterproofing -- 90 Mils thickness I Rough Surface Installation: 1. All cracks 1116" and over shall be routed or sawcut and filled with joint filler of the same manufacturer as the elastomeric membrane waterproofing and installed according to manufacturer's recommendations. 2. At intersections of membrane and vertical walls, columns, pipes and other penetrations, caulk a' /.' fillet bead at the meeting angle using a joint filler of the same manufacturer as the elastomeric membrane waterproofing and installed according to manufacturers recommendations. 3. Install the first coat of elastomeric membrane waterproofing at a rate of 35 square feet per gallon by airless spray, roller, brush, or squeegee according to the manufacturers installation procedures for rough surfaces. 4. After a 24 -hour curing period, install a second coat of elastomeric membrane waterproofing at the same 35 square feel per gallon rate to provide a total dry film thickness of 90 mils. 3.4 INSPECTION A. The wet film thickness of each coat shall be checked during application by averaging numerous measurements taken with a film gauge and thickness shall be sufficient that when cured the dry film thickness will be as specified herein. B. All surfaces coated shall be visibly checked to insure areas have not been missed and all holidays in the film are repaired. C. All coaling Work shall be subject to inspection at any time to insure a strict compliance with the manufacturers recommendations. Test areas shall be cut whenever requested by the manufacturers technical representative to verify conformance to the Specifications. Any unsatisfactory area shall be remedied by the applicator. 3.5 PROTECTION COURSE A. Install protection board on cured membrane after testing, without delay, so that the period of exposure shall be minimized. 3.6 CLEAN UP A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 02210 02210-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATERPROOFING SECTION 02230 - SITE CLEARING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK 2031210 - 06-01 -20 A. Extent of site clearing is shown on drawings. Contractor to verify existing conditions before starting the Work, and take full liability for damage to the same. B. Site clearing includes, but is not limited to: 1. Removing above -grade improvements, including but not limited to the following: vegetation, grass, grass roots, shrubs, tree stumps, trees, upturned stumps, weed growth, tree roots, brush, masonry, concrete, rubbish, debris and other objectionable materials, fences, gates, concrete and bituminous surfaces. 2. Removing below -grade improvements. 3. Protection of existing above -grade improvements. 4. Protection of existing below -grade improvements. 12 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02300 - Earthwork 1.3 JOB CONDITIONS A. Traffic: Conduct site clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roadways, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. B. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicat- ed to remain in place. 1. Protect improvements on adjoining properties and on Owner's property. 2. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to all parties having jurisdiction. 1.4 EXISTING SERVICES A. General: Indicated locations are approximate; determine exact locations before commencing Work. B. Arrange for disconnecting, removing, capping and plugging utility services. Notify affected utility companies in advance and obtain approval before starting this Work. C. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services. Identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE) PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SITE CLEARING 02230-1 3.1 SITE CLEARING A. General: Remove, improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. B. Removal of Improvements: Remove existing above -grade and below -grade improvements completely as indicated on the drawings. Abandonment or removal of certain underground pipe or conduits are shown on the drawings, and is included under work of those sections. Removal of abandoned underground piping or conduit interfedng with construction is included under this section. 32 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS A. Burning on Owner's Property: Burning is not permitted on Owner's property. B. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable and excess topsoil from Owners property and dispose of off site in a legal manner. END OF SECTION 02230 02230-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SITE CLEARING SECTION 023100— EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The work of this section shall include excavation, unclassified cut, unclassified fill, removing existing unsatisfactory material, preparing areas to be filled, spreading and compacting of fill in the areas to be filled, and all other work necessary to complete the grading of the site. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to place, spread, moisten or dry, and compact the fill in strict accordance with these specifications and the project Geotechnical Report to the lines and grades indicated on project plans or as directed in writing by the Geotechnical Engineer. Included with this Work are the following: 1. General exterior grading, cutting and filling, including grading for building area, paving, planting areas, banks and hillsides. 2. Excavating, filling, back1 lling, and compacting for Project site pavement, planting areas, buildings, and other structures. 3. Drainage and moisture - control fill course for slabs -on- grade. 4. Subbase course for walks and pavements. 5. Subsurface drainage backfill for walls and trenches. 6. Excavating and backbiting trenches within buildings lines. 7. Excavating and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical utilities and appurtenances. 8. Shoring plan guidelines. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Section 01050 - 2. Section 02230 - 3. Section 02741 - 4. Section 02751 - 5. Section 02530 - 6. Section 02510 - Field Engineering Site Clearing. Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving Cement Concrete Pavement Sanitary Sewerage Water Distribution 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. B. Subgrade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. C. Borrow: Soil material obtained off site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations. D. Subbase Course: The layer placed between the subgrade and base course in a paving system or the layer placed between the subgrade and the surface of a pavement or walk. E. Base Course: The layer placed between the subbase and surface pavement in a paving system. F. Drainage Fill: Course of washed granular material supporting slab on grade placed to cut off upward capillary flow of pore water. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-1 G. Permeable Backfill: Provide permeable backfill material behind retaining structures consisting of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, natural sands, manufactured sand, or combinations. H. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect, shall be at the Contractors expense. I. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. J. Utilities include underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for the following: 1. Each type of plastic warning tape. 2. Filter fabric. C. Samples of the following: 1. 20 lb sample sealed in air tight container, of proposed drainage fill materials. 2. 12 by 12 inch sample of filter fabric. D. Test Reports: In addition to test reports required underfield quality control, submit the following: d. One optimum moisture- maximum density curve for each soil sample 2. Report of actual unconfirmed compressive strength of each stratum tested. E. Excavation support & protection (shoring) shop drawings for informational purposes: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer for excavation support and protection systems. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: 02300-2 1. ASTM D422 - Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils. 2. ASTM D1556 - Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand -Cone Method. 3. ASTM D1557 - Test Methods for Moisture- Density Relations of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 10- lb (4.54 kg) and 18 -inch (457 -mm) Drop. 4. ASTM D2216 - Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock, and Sal Aggregate Mixtures. 5. ASTM D2922 - Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depths). 6. ASTM D3017 - Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil- Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depths). 7. ASTM D4318 - Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils. 8. AASHTO T217 - Determination of Moisture in Soils by Means of a Calcium Carbide Gas Pressure Meter. 9. UBC Standard No. 18-2 - Expansion Index Test. 10. California Building Code, Appendix Chapter 33, 2001 Edition. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK B. Geotechnical Investigation: Prepared by Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., Work Order 500601, dated March 24, 2003 and supplemental report, Work Order 500601A, dated December 22, 2004. This information is available at the offices of the project architect for inspection by bidders, and will be provided to the successful bidder. C. Pre- Grading Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Before commencing earthwork operations, meet with representatives of the governing authorities, Owner, Architect, consultants, Geotechnical Engineer, independent testing agency, and other concerned entities. Review earthwork procedures and responsibilities including testing and inspection procedures and requirements. Notify participants at least 3 working days prior to convening conference. Record discussions and agreements and furnish a copy to each participant. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION MONITORING A. All earthwork and foundation construction should be monitored by a qualified engineedtechnician under the supervision of a Geotechnical Engineer, including; • Observation of all site preparations; • Observation of shoring installation, if needed: • Observation of all site excavations; • Test and approval of all import soil; • Observation of placement of all compacted fills and backfills; • Observation of all surface and subsurface drainage systems; • Observation of all foundation and pile excavations; • Observation of subgrade preparation for paved and building areas B. The Geotechnical Engineer of Record should be noted at least three (3) days in advance of the start of construction. A joint meeting between the Contractor and Geotechnical Engineer is recommended prior to the start of construction to discuss specific procedures and scheduling. The Geotechnical Engineer should be present to observe the soil conditions encountered during construction, to evaluate the applicabirdy of the recommendations presented in the Soils Report to the soil conditions encountered, and to recommend appropriate changes in design or construction if conditions differ from those described herein. The Geotechnical Engineer of Record should inspect and approval all imported backfill material prior to its placement as backfill, approve the subgrade beneath all fills, fill placement and bottom of all foundation excavations before concrete or steel is placed. C. The Geotechnical Engineer shall submit compaction reports to the Construction Manager and the Civil Engineer at the completion of the work, including test results and plot plans indicating the locations from which the tested samples of fill were taken. The Geotechnical Engineer shall keep the Construction Manager informed on the progress of the grading work. 1.6 IMPORT AND EXPORT OF EARTH MATERIALS A. Fees: Pay as required by government authority having jurisdiction over the area. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300 - 3 B. Bonds: Post as required by government authority having jurisdiction over the area. C. Hauling Routes and Restrictions: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the area. 1.7 DIG ALERT NOTIFICATION A. Before grading, the Contractor must contact the Underground Service Alert of Southern California (Dig Alert) at 1- 800- 227 -2600 for information on buried utilities and pipelines. B. Delineation of the proposed excavation site is mandatory. Mark the area to be excavated with water soluble or chalk based white paint on paved surfaces or with other suitable markings such as flags or stakes on unpaved areas. C. Call at least Two (2) full working days prior to digging. D. Your permit for digging will not be valid without a Dig Alert ticket number. E. If the members (utility companies) have facilities within the work area, they will mark them prior to the start of your excavation and if not, they will let you know there is no conflict. A different color is used for each utility type (electricity is marked in red, gas in yellow, water in blue, sewer in green, telephone and cable N in orange). F. The Law requires you to hand expose to the point of no conflict 24" on either side of the underground facility, so you know its exact location before using power equipment. G. If caught digging without a Dig Alert ticket you can be fined as much as $50,000 per California government code 4216. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Information on Drawings or in soil investigation report does not constitute a guarantee of accuracy or uniformity of soil conditions over the Project site. B. Per geotechnical report, the site is covered with engineered artificial fill. The fill ranges in depth from approximately 3 feet over most of.the site to as much as 30 feet below the northwest comer of the main building. The fill, consisting of clayey silt with some rock fragments, appears to be derived from on -site bedrock materials. Expansion index tests were performed and ranged from 35 to 44. As such, the on -site soils tested classify as having "low" expansion potential acoordint to Table 184 -B of the UBC. The on -site soils are classified as having a 'negligible' soluble sulfate effect on concrete. The soils are classed as "severely corrosive" towards ferrous metals. C. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied by the Owner or others except when permitted in writing by the Architect and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. Provide a minimum 48 hours' notice to the Architect and utility owners and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. D, Where subsurface utilities are shown on the plans to be removed, the Contractor, at its option, may either completely remove or abandon said utility in place. However, the Contractor shall completely remove said utility beneath any proposed building or where said utility would interfere with any proposed improvement (including landscaping). Should the Contractor elect to abandon any utility in place he shall completely backfig said utility with 1 -112 sack sand - cement slurry mixture. Coordinate with utility companies to shutoff services if lines are active. E. Noise and Dust Abatement: Exercise all reasonable and necessary means to abate dust, dirt rising and undue noise. Perform necessary sprinkling and wetting of construction site to allay dust as required by applicable codes and ordinances. 02300-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. General: All soils materials to be used throughout the site shall be approved for use by the geotechnical testing engineer. Provide approved borrow soil materials from off site when sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations. B. The Contractor is solely responsible for verifying the earthwork quantities necessary to complete the project. Per the Geotechnical report it is anticipated that the on -site fill will neither shrink nor bulk considerably when removed and re- compacted. The onsite bedrock may bulk on the order of 10 percent when removed and re- compacted. Also, a loss of approximately 0.1 to 0.2 feet should be considered in areas where existing turf is stripped and reproved offsite. As is the case with every project, contingencies should be made to adjust the earthwork balance when grading is in- progress and actual conditions are better defined C. Satisfactory Soil Materials: Soils approved by the testing geotechnical engineer and free of rock or gravel larger than 6 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, vegetation and other deleterious matter and at least 80 percent of the material shall pass through a U.S. Standard % inch Sieve and no more than 40 percent shall pass through a U.S. Standard 200 sieve. Material swell shall be less than 2 percent and the sulfate content less than 0.2 percent on any imported fill. Expansion index of material shall be less than 20. D. Borrow Fill Material: Satisfactory soil materials, as described above. In addition, imported soil materials shall not consist of crushed concrete, asphalt, construction debris, or other deleterious materials. E. Backfill & Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials, as described above. In addition, Imported soil materials shall not consist of crushed concrete, asphalt, construction debris, or other deleterious materials. F. Subbase and Base Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and natural or crushed sand, ASTM D 2940, with at least 95 percent passing a 1 112 inch sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200 sieve. G. Engineered Fill: Satisfactory soil materials, and crushed stockpiled materials as described above. H. Bedding Material for Trenches: 1. Bedding sand shall be as defined by Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition (Green Book) Section 200 -1.5, and shall be free of expansive material and organic matter. Bedding material for utility lines outside the property lines shall be as required by the agency having jurisdiction. On -site soils_ are not considered suitable for beddina or shading of util'fies. 2. Sand, gravel, crushed aggregate or native free - draining granular material providing a sand equivalent of at least 30 or a coefficient of permeability greater than 1.4 inches per hour. All of the sand bedding shall be compacted to 90 percent of maximum density as indicated in the Contract Documents by mechanical means. Flooding and letting shall not be permitted without prior written approval from the Geotechnical Engineer. Pipe bedding material shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding (8) eight inches. After the sand has been compacted the remainder of the trench shall be backfilled. Backfill Material for Trenches: 1. The on -site soils may be used for backfilling utility trenches from one foot above the top of pipe to the surface, provided the material is free of organic matter and deleterious substances. Any soft and/or loose materials or fill encountered at pipe invert should be removed and replaced with properly compacted fill or adequate bedding material. 2. Where Construction Documents indicate areas of backfill requiring cement -sand slurry, the material requirements in Section 02751— Cement Concrete Pavement shall be followed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-5 J. Drainage Fill: Washed pea gravel containing no particles finer than a 3f4 inch sieve opening size. K. Permeable Backfill: Provide permeable backfill material behind retaining structures consisting of gravel, crushed gravel, crushed rock, natural sands, manufactured sand, or combinations of these materials conforming to the following gradations, which are identical to Caltrans Class 2 permeable material. Sieve Size: Percentage Passing 1 inch 100 314 inch 90-100 318 inch 40-100 No. 4 25 -40 No. 8 18 -33 No. 30 515 No. 50 0 -7 No. 200 0 -3 2. Permeable material shall have a Sand Equivalent value of not less than 75. 3. Provided backing for weep -holes shall consist of 3 cu. ft. of aggregate in burlap sacks, securely lied. Aggregate shall conform to requirements for No. 3 concrete aggregate as specified in subsection 200 -1.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 4, Permeable Backfill Alternate Materials: Instead of the materials specified for retaining structures backfill, a drainage matting system such as Miradrain by Mirafi, Inc., or equal, may be provided if reviewed by the Architect, 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Warning Tape: Acid and alkali - resistant polyethylene film metallic warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of the utility. Tape Colors: Provide tape colors to utilities as follows: a. Red: Electric. b. Yellow: Gas, oil, steam, and dangerous materials. C. Orange: Telephone and other communications. d. Blue: Water systems, with "Caution: Water Line Below." e. Green: Sewer systems, with "Caution: Sewer Line Below." B. Drainage pipe and fittings. 1. Perforated Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe: Perforated PVC meeting ASTM D 2729. Perforations are 2 rows of 1/2' holes on 5" centers 120 degrees apart. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, use perforated pipe at subdrainage system; unperforated through sleeved walls C. Filter Fabric: Manufacturer's standard nonwoven pervious geotextile fabric of polypropylene geotextiles, "Mimfi 140N" or approved equal. 02300-6 1. Provide filter fabrics that meet or exceed the listed minimum physical properties determined according to ASTM D 4759 and the referenced standard test method in parentheses: a. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D 4632): 100 lb. b. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D 4751): #70 U.S. Standard sieve. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK C. Permeability (ASTM D 4491): 135 gallons per minute per sq. ft. 2.3 EXCAVATION SUPPORT & PROTECTION — SHORING PLAN A. The CONTRACTOR shall have at the Worksite, copies or suitable extracts of: Construction Safety Orders, Tunnel Safety Orders and General Industry Safety Orders issued by the State Division of Industrial Safety. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with provisions of these and all other applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations. B. Before excavating any trench 1.5m (5 feet) or more in depth, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed plan to the Owner showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other revisions to be made for the Workers' protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, the plan shall be prepared by a registered Civil Engineer. No excavation shall start until the Owner has accepted the plan and the CONTRACTOR has obtained a permit from the State Division of Industrial Safety. A copy of the permit shall be submitted to the Owner. C. The INSPECTOR will provide a competent person trenchlexcavation certification form to the CONTRACTOR. It shall be completely filled out before any worker has access to trench or excavation and returned to the INSPECTOR before the end of the first working day. The CONTRACTOR shall certify by this form the name of the competent person administering the Work, the soil classification, and the type of excavation protective system provided and/or installed. D. The CONTRACTOR shall completely fence all excavations to provided protection against anyone falling into the excavation and to the satisfaction of the INSPECTOR. The fencing shall be in place at all times except when workers are present and actual construction operations are in progress. E. The fencing material shall be chain link fabric or welded wire fabric (6x6 -W9xW9 minimum) and 1.5 m (5 feet) high, constructed according to one of the following: 1. Tensioned fencing material and have top and bottom tension wires securely fastened to driven steel posts or other equally rigid elements at a maximum spacing of 3.6m (12 feet); or 2. Untensioned fencing materials securely fastened to extended trench shoring elements at a maximum spacing of 2.4m (6 feet) and fastened to continuous top and bottom rails constructed of nominal 50mm x 100mm (2 in x 4 in) lumber or equally rigid material. Framed panels with suitable supporting elements fastened together to form a continuous fence may also be used. F. Payment for performing all work necessary to provide safety measures shall be included in the prices bid for other items of work except where separate bid items for excavation safety are provided, or required by law. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent property and existing improvements and structures as necessary to prevent undermining, caving of cuts, and miscellaneous damage. B. Provide cribbing, sheeting, and shoring necessary to safely retain the earth banks and protect excavations and adjoining grades from caving and other damage resulting from excavating together with suitable forms of protection against bodily injury to personnel employed on the work and the general public. Be responsible for the design, installation, and maintenance of required cribbing and shoring and shall meet the approval of the State Division of Industrial Safety and local governing agencies requirements. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-7 C. Utility lines and structures shown shall be protected and treated as indicated. Where work not shown is encountered, report it to the Architect before proceeding with excavation. Encase active lines in sleeves where they pass through concrete; remove inactive lines as directed, and plug the remaining ends. Bear the costs for repairs to damaged or broken utilities and any damages related thereto. D. Protect existing improvements and adjacent properties from storm damage and flood hazard originating on this project unfit final acceptance by the Owner. Prevent sill run-off from the limits of work in accordance with governmental requirements. E. A 6 foot high, temporary chain link fence and gates, (pair 26' wide, minimum) shall be erected prior to any grading operations at the construction limits perimeter. Coordinate the exact location with Architect and Inspector. 3.2 DEWATERING A. Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. Any water entering an excavation shall be immediately pumped out and the exposed excavation allowed to dry. B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils from softening and damage by rain or water accumulation. 3.3 GRADE STAKES A. The Contractor's Surveyor will set grade stakes. The Surveyor shall be a California registered land surveyor or licensed Civil Engineer. The Surveyor shall be hired and paid by the Contractor, and shag be subject to the approval of the Owner. Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 48 hours before staking is to be started. The Owner will determine if work is ready for staking. B. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Construction Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. C. Protect and maintain stakes in place until their removal is approved by the Owner. Grade or location stakes lost or disturbed by Contractor, shall be reset by the Surveyor at the expense of Contractor. D. Grades for underground conduits will be set at the surface of the ground. The Contractor shall transfer them to the bottom of the trench. 3.4 EXCAVATION A. Explosives: Do not use explosives. B. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to required subgrade elevations regardless of the character of materials and obstructions encountered. 3.5 STABILITY OF TEMPORARY EXCAVATIONS A. All unsupported sides of excavations shall have a slope no greater than 1 (horizontal) to 1 -112 (vertical). Where due to site conditions, it is not possible to maintain this minimum ratio the sides of the excavation (whether for bu lding foundation, utility trench or cut back) shall be supported by engineered shoring. 02300.8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK B. All applicable requirements of the California Construction and General Industry Safety Orders, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, and the Construction Safety Act should also be followed. 3.6 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES A. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. B. Excavation under building pad: Refer to Geotechnical Report for additional information. 1. Removal and recompaction is recommended for all building areas underlain by shallow fill or bedrock. Building foundation elements should be underlain with a- minimum of three (3) feet of compacted fill. Therefore, assuming the footing is two (2) feet in depth, overexcavation would be required to a depth of five (5) feet below finish grade. Bedrock or shall fill areas situated adjacent to deep fill areas should be overexcavated 113 the maximum depth of the fill within the building area, to a maximum overexcavation depth of 15 feet. This condition exists on the northern end of the main building and will require a 10 foot overexcavation. The 10 foot overexcavation should transition to the five (5) foot overexcavation at a roughly 2:1 gradient or less. Overexcavation of the building areas should extend a minimum of five (5) feet outside the building footprint. The overexcavated materials can then be placed as compacted fill, minus any large rocks (over 8 inches). 2. All fills should be placed in 6 to 8 inch thick maximum lifts, watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions, and then compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 90 percent. The laboratory maximum dry density and optimum moisture content for each change in soil type should be determined in accordance with Test Method ASTM D 1557. 3. The depth of soil overexcavation should be reviewed by Geotechnical Engineer during the actual construction. Any subsurface obstruction, buried structural elements, and unsuitable material encountered during grading, should be immediately brought to the attention of Geotechnical Engineer for proper exposure, removal and processing, as recommended. 4. All overexcavated areas must be observed by the testing geotechnical engineer prior to recompaction to insure that a suitable foundation bottom has been achieved. 5. Below Floor slab: Below all building on -grade slabs there shall be a 4 inch course of free draining material and impervious membrane constructed as follows: 2 inches of sand over the engineered fill, a continuous 10 mil polyethylene impervious membrane sheet, with edges taped, and 2 inches of sand over the impervious membrane. 6. No underground obstructions or questionable material should remain within the buitdirig areas. Depressions or cavities created as a result of the removal of these materials should be Filled with engineered fill. 3.7 EXCAVATION FOR CONCRETE WALKS 8 ASPHALT PAVEMENTS A. Subgrade Preparation: Overexcavate surfaces under concrete pavement and asphalt one (1) foot minimum below the proposed subgrade elevations. The horizontal limits of overexcavation should extend to a minimum horizontal distance of 2 feet beyond the perimeter of the proposed improvements. The exposed over -cut surface should then be scadfied to an additional depth of at least 6 inches, watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions, and re- compacted to at least 90 percent of the ASTM D-1557 laboratory test standard. Back -fill with excavated native materials andfor approved imported non - expansive soils. All backfill should be watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly aboveoptimum moisture conditions and compacted by mechanical means in approximate 6 to 8 inch thick maximum lifts. The degree of compaction obtained should be at least 90 percent of the ASTM D -1557 laboratory test standard. Subgrade soils should exhibit a firm, unyielding surface in addition to the recommended compaction. B. The above subgrade preparation recommendations are based on the assumption that soils encountered during field exploration are representative of soils throughout the site. However, there can be unforeseen and unanticipated variations in soils between points of subsurface exploration. Hence, over - excavation depths must be verified, and CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-9 adjusted if necessary, at the time of grading. The over - excavated materials may be moisture conditioned and re- compacted as engineered fill. 3.8 EXCAVATION, BACKFILL & COMPACTION FOR UTILITIES A. Field conditions may require deviations from information indicated on Drawings. Such changes in work shall be covered by a Change Order, indicating an increase or decrease in the Contract sum. B. Before excavation, Contractor shall contact the "Underground Service Alert of Southern California" (USASC) for information on buried utilities and pipelines. C. When connections are to be made to any existing pipe, conduit, or other appurtenances, the actual elevation or position of which cannot be determined without excavation, the Contractor shall excavate for, and expose, the existing improvement before laying any pipe or conduit. The Engineer shall be given the opportunity to inspect the existing pipe or conduit before connection is made. Any adjustments in line or grade which may be necessary to accomplish the intent of the plans will be made, and the Contractor will be paid for any additional work resulting from such change in line or grade. D. Trenches, ditches, pits, sumps, and similar items which are outside the barricaded working area shall be barricaded to conform to Cal OSHA standards. E. Trenches over 5' -0" in depth shall conform to the Construction Safety Orders of the California Division of Industrial Safety, see Section 2.3 EXCAVATION SUPPORT & PROTECTION — SHORING PLAN. F. Safe and suitable ladders which project 2 feet above the top of the trench shall be provided for all trenches over 4 feet in depth. One ladder shall be provided for each 50 feet of open trench, or fraction thereof, and be so located that workers in the trench need not move more than 25 feet to a ladder. G. Where indicated and/or required to excavate in lawn areas, protect adjoining lawn areas outside of the Work area. Replace or install removed sod upon completion of backfill by installing sod level with adjacent lawns. If installation of removed sod fails, furnish sod and install to match existing lawns. H. All trenches should be backfilled with approved fill material compacted to relative compaction of not less than 90 percent of maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557. Backfill shall be placed in layers not exceeding 12" (inches) in thickness. 1. Backfill over excavations to the required elevations with earth, gravel, sand, or concrete and compact as required. Provide excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining, or providing protection against water intrusion. Slope adjacent grades away from excavations to minimize entry of water. J. Do not excavate trenches parallel to footings closer than 18" from the face of the footing or below a plane having a downward slope of 2 horizontal to one vertical, from a line 9" above bottom of footings. 1. Unless otherwise indicated on Drawings, depth of excavations outside the buildings shall allow for a minimum coverage above top of pipe, tank or conduit measured from adjoining finished grade, as follows: a. Steel Pipe - 24" below finished grade b. Copper Water Tube - 30" below finished grade c. Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe - 36" below finished grade d. Plastic Pipe (domestic water) - 36" below finished grade e. Plastic Pipe (fire) - 36" below finished grade I. Tanks or other structures - 36" below finished grade g. Soil, sewer & storm drain - minimum 18" below finished grade, and as required for proper pitch and traffic load. 02300 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK K. If soft, spongy, unstable, or other unsuitable material is encountered upon which the bedding material or pipe is to be placed, this material shall be removed to a depth ordered by the Engineer and replaced with bedding material suitably densified. Additional bedding so ordered, over the amount required by the Plans or Specifications, will be paid for as provided in the Bid. If the necessity for such additional bedding material has been caused by an act of failure on the part of the Contractor or is required for control of groundwater, the Contractor shall bear the expense of the additional excavation and bedding. L. Unless indicated otherwise, excavate trenches to the required depths for utilities, such as pipes, conduit and tanks, with minimum allowances of 6 inches at the bottom and 6 inches at the sides for bedding of unprotected piping or as required for concrete encasement of conduits as indicated on Drawings. Maximum allowances at the sides for trenching shall be 12 inches. Grade bottom of trenches to a uniform smooth surface. Remove loose soil from the excavation before installing sand bedding or concrete encasement. M. Where portions of existing structures, walks, paving, etc. must be removed or cut for pipe or condull installation, replace the material with equal quality, finished to match adjacent work. N. Provide a minimum clear dimension of 6 inches from sides of wall excavation to outer surfaces of buried pipes or conduits installed in the same trench or outside surfaces of containers and /or tanks. 0. Install warning tape directly above sewer & water pipes, 12 inches above top of pipe, where applicable. P. DO NOT place backfill until the bedding and pipe work installed has been inspected, tested and approved by the Inspector. Remove excavated rocky material unsuitable for backfill from the site prior to final backfilling. Q. Backfill shall be placed in layers not exceeding 8" (inches) in thickness and compacted to 90% of the maximum density, determined in accordance with ASTM D1557, unless otherwise directed herein. R. If materials excavated from the Project site are not permitted for trench backfill in paved areas or as specified in Contract Documents, backfill trenches with a one sack cement -sand slurry mix. Install backfill to an elevation of the existing undisturbed grade plus one inch. S. Bedding zone shall be defined as the area containing the material specified that is supporting, surrounding, and extending to 1 foot above the top of pipe. Compaction requirements in this area must meet 90 %. T. Bedding material shall first be placed on a firm and unyielding subgrade so that the pipe is supported for the full length of the barrel. There shall be 6" (inch) minimum of bedding below the pipe barrel and 1" (inch) clearance below a projecting bell for sewer, storm drain and water pipe. The material in the bedding zone shall be placed and densified by mechanical compaction only. U. Mechanically compacted backfill shall comply with section 306 -1.3.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. V. Concrete backfill trenches that carry below or pass under footings and that are excavated within 18 Inches of footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of footings. W. Fill voids with approved backfill materials as shoring bracing and sheeting is removed. 3.9 INSPECTION & TESTING AT TRENCHES A. Pipe will be inspected in the field before and after laying. If any cause for rejection is discovered in a pipe after it has been laid, it shall be subject to rejection. Any corrective work shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be at NO cost to the Owner. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-11 B. The Inspector or Geotechnical Engineer will inspect all subgrades and excavations prior to placing bedding & backfill materials. C. DO NOT place backfill until the bedding and pipe work installed has been inspected, tested and approved by the Inspector. Remove excavated rocky material unsuitable for backfill from the site prior to final backfilling. D. Utility backfill compaction test shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, method "Co. E. Utility backfill in place density test per ASTM D 1556 (sand cone) or other test method as considered appropriate by the Geotechnical Engineer. Hydrostatic pressure tests shall be done only after backfill has been placed and final compaction has been achieved. 3.10 APPROVAL OF SUBGRADE A. Notify Geotechnical Engineer when excavations have reached required over - excavation subgrade. B. When Geolechnical Engineer determines that unforeseen unsatisfactory soil is present, continue work only after receiving direction from the Contracting Officer. C. Reconstruct subgrades damaged by rain, accumulated water or construction activities as directed by the Soils Engineer. 3.11 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION A. Fill of unauthorized excavation below bottoms of foundations or wall footings will be engineered fill. B. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Soils Engineer. C. Where indicated widths of utility trenches are exceeded, provide stronger pipe, or special installation procedures, as required by the Geotechnical Engineer. 3.12 STORAGE OF SOIL MATERIALS A. After the site has been stripped of all debris, vegetation and organic materials, excavated on site soils may be reused for engineered fill provided the organic content does not exceed 3 percent. High in -site moisture contents will require aeration prior to placement as engineered fill. Rocks or chunks of concrete or asphalt greater than 8 inches in any dimension shall not be incorporated into engineered fill. B. Stockpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including acceptable borrow materials. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Stockpile soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. Cover to prevent wind -blown dust. 3.13 PLACEMENT OF ENGINEERED FILL A. Spreading and Compacting Fill Material: 02300-12 All fills should be placed in 6 to 8 inch thick maximum lifts, watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions, and then compacted to a minimum relative compaction of 90 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK percent. The laboratory maximum dry density and optimum moisture content for each change in soil type should be determined in accordance with Test Method ASTM D 1557. 2. After each layer has been placed, mixed, and spread evenly, it shall be thoroughly compacted by the Contractor to the specified density. Compaction shall be accomplished by sheepsfoot rollers; vibratory rollers; mulfiple- wheel, pneumafic -fired rollers; or other types of acceptable compacting equipment. Equipment shall be of such design that it will be able to compact the fill to the specked density. Compaction shall be continuous over the entire area, and the equipment shall make sufficient passes to obtain the desired density uniformly. Jetting, puddling and hydroconcolitation techniques shall not be used. 3. When backfilling and compacting behind retaining walls and flexible retaining structures, the Contractor shall use lightweight compaction equipment such as hand - operated equipment, shoring, or other means to avoid over - stressing structural walls. When using lightweight compaction equipment, the rill materials shall be spread in horizontal layers not greater than 6 inches thick, measured before compaction. B. Observation and Testing: The Geotechnical Engineer's representative shall observe the excavation, filling, and compacting operations and shall make density tests in the fill material so that he can state his opinion as to whether or not the fill was constructed in accordance with the specifications. If the surface is disturbed, the density tests shall be made in the compacted materials below the disturbed zone. When these tests indicate that the density or moisture content of any layer of fill or portion thereof does not meet the specified density or moisture content, the particular layer or portions shall be reworked until the specified density and moisture content have been obtained. 3.14 BACKFILL - GENERAL A. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. 3. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities. 4. Concrete formwork removal. 5. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. 6. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. 7. Installing permanent or temporary horizontal bracing on horizontally supported walls. 3.15 GRADING A. Remedial Grading: Perform remedial grading per Geotechnical Engineers Report and recommendations, as if they were repeated herein. B. Rough & Fine Grading: Rough grade area sufficiently high to require cutting by fine grading. C. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. 1. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. 2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to conform to required surface tolerances. 3. Grade area for paving to a depth below finish grades indicated, equal to base and pavement thickness to be constructed. 4. Cut banks neatly to required finish grades as cut progresses, or leave cuts full and finish grading by mechanical equipment, which will produce finish grades indicated on Drawings. 5. Grade filled banks full and compact beyond grade of finish bank so that when trimmed to finish grades, soil is compacted to density specified for final slope face. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300 -13 6. Bring areas to be graded to approximate finish grades and then scarify, moisten and roll to obtain required density. Scarify, moisten and roll resulting high and low areas to obtain required finish grades by cutting and filling. 7. Grade future planting areas so that, upon cultivation and fertilization, they will conform to finish grades indicated for planting areas. 8. Protect all utilities. D. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent pending. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: t. Building pad tolerance will be+ -0,10. 2. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. 3. Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. 4. Pavements: Plus or minus Y2 inch. E. Grading Inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of '% inch when tested with a 10 -foal straightedge. 3.16 BASE COURSES A. Under pavements, place base courses per Section 02741— Hot -Mix Asphalt Paving. 3.17 DRAINAGE FILL A. Under slabs on grade, place drainage fill course on prepared subgrade. Compact drainage fill to required cross sections and thickness. 3.18 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. A Geotechnical Engineer designated by the Owner will be engaged to perform continuous inspection of the placing and compacting of all fills and backfills within the limits of grading of this project. All work shall be done in accordance with the approved plans and these specifications and as recommended and approved by the Geotechnical Engineer. Revised recommendations relating to conditions differing from the approved soils engineering and engineering geology reports shall be submitted to the Owner, inspector, and the civil engineer. Costs for all such inspections and tests shall be paid by the Owner. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying the Geotechnical Engineer in advance so that he may be present to perform his services as needed. B. The Geotechnical Engineer shall submit compaction reports to the Construction Manager and the Civil Engineer at the completion of the work, including test results and plot plans indicating the locations from which the tested samples of fill were taken. The Geotechnical Engineer shall keep the Constnrcticn Manager informed on the progress of the grading work. C. Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. 02300-14 1. Perform field in -place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or other test method as considered appropriate by Geotechnical Engineer. a. Field in place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK b. When field in place density tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. 2. Paved and Building Slab Areas: Perform at least one field in place density test for every 500 cubic yards or two vertical feet of fill placed and at subgrade. 3. Foundation Wall Backfilt: In each compacted backfill layer, perform at least one field in place density test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. 4. Trench Backfll: In each compacted initial and final backfill layer, perform at least one field in place density test for each 150 feet or less of trench, bud no fewer than two tests. D. When testing agency reports that subgrades, fills, or backfills are below specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density is obtained. E. The Owner will inspect foundation excavations when completed and ready for forms, after forms are in place, and before first placement of concrete. 3.19 PROTECTION A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. B. Repair and re establish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or lose compaction due to subsequent construction operations or weather conditions. Scarify or remove and replace material to depth directed by the Architect; reshape and recompact at opfimum moisture content to the required density. C. Settling: Where settling occurs during the Project correction period, remove finished surfacing, backfill with additional approved material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible. 3.20 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil, trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off the Owner's property. END OF SECTION 02300 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EARTHWORK 02300-15 SECTION 02361 - TERMITE CONTROL 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 GENERAL A. Summary: This Section specifies soil treatment for termite control. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. C. Quality Assurance: In addition to requirements of these specifications, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for Work, including preparing substrate and application rates. D. Engage a licensed professional pest control operator to apply soil treatment solution. E. Use only termiticides that bear a federal registration number of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). F. Restrictions: Do not apply soil treatment solution until excavating, filling, and grading operations are completed, except as otherwise required in construction operations. 1. To ensure penetration, do not apply soil treatment to excessively wet soils or during inclement weather. Comply with handling and application instructions of soil toxicant manufacturer. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. Soil Treatment Solution: Use an emulsible, concentrated term licide that dilutes with water, specially formulated to prevent termite infestation. Provide a working solution of one of following chemical elements in concentrations recommended by termiticide manufacturer. 1. Chloropyrifos: a. Dursban TC, Dow Chemical Co. 2. Permathrin: a. Dragnet FT, FMC Corp. b. Torpedo, ICI Americas, Inc. 3. Cypermelhrine: a. Prevail FT, FMC Corp. b. Demon, ICI Americas, Inc. 4. Fenvalerate: a. Gold Coast Tribute, Du Pont. 5. Isofenphose: a. Pryfon, Mobay Corp. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TERMITE CONTROL 02361-1 B. Other solutions may be used as recommended by Applicator if approved for intended application by local governing authorities. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. 1.4 EXECUTION A. Surface Preparation: Remove foreign matter that could decrease treatment effectiveness on areas to be treated. Loosen, rake, and level soil to be treated, except previously compacted areas under slabs and foundations. Termiticide may be applied before placing compacted fill under slabs, if recommended by manufacturer. B. Application Rates: Apply soil treatment solution at rates and concentrations recommended by soil termiticide manufacturer. C. Post signs in areas of application warning workers that soil termticide treatment has been applied. Remove signs when areas are covered by other construction. Posting of signs shall meet the regulations of the California DTSC and DSA for school sites. D. Reapply soil tern icide treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 02361 02361-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TERMITE CONTROL SECTION 02505- UNDERGROUND UTILITIES MARKING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as If repeated fully herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Earthwork: Section 02310. 1.3 SUMMARY A. Provide underground warning tape for. 1. Potable and non - potable water. 2. Reclaimed water. 3. Natural gas. 4. Sanitary sewers. 5. Fire Protection water services. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference specifications and standards: 1. ANSI: Z53.1 Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: In accord with General Conditions. B. Product data: 1. Manufacturers detailed technical materials data, including technical bulletins, drawings, guides, and manuals, as applicable to the work of this Project. 2. For color coding of speck utilities not indicated on Drawings or not specified herein, submit samples of color coding tape markings for selection by Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Marking tape: 1. Empire Level Manufacturing Corporation (Thor Enterprises), Waukesha, WI, (414) 521 -3171, (800)872 -8467. 2. Harris Industries, Inc., Huntington Beach, CA, Tel: (714) 898 -BD48, (800) 222 -6666. 3, Mutual Industries North, Inc., Philadelphia, PA, Tel: (215) 927.6000, (800) 523-0888. 4, Reef Industries, Inc., Houston, TX, Tel: (281) 484 -6892, (800) 231 -2417. 5. Stranco Inc., Michigan City, IN, Tel: (219) 874 -5221, (800) 348 -3217. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNDERGROUND UTILITIES MARKING 02505-1 2.2 MATERIALS A. Marking tape: Reinforced or unreinforced type, 6 in. wide, inert, virgin resin, plastic film formulated for extended use underground, imprinted with an appropriate legend to define type of utility line it identifies. Nondetectable: Minimum 4 mils overall thickness. a. DuraTec or ShieldTec as manufactured by Empire Level Manufacturing Corporation (Thor Enterprises). b. Underground Tape (UT series) as manufactured by Harris Industries, Inc. c. Non - Detectable Underground Marking Tape (No. 17783) as manufactured by Mutual Industries North, Inc. d. Underground Warning Tape (PUWT -XXX series) as manufactured by Stranco, Inc. 2. Detectable: Double-lamination/sandwich with continuous aluminum core, minimum 5 mils overall thickness. Provide manufacturer's splice clips or other accessory materials to maintain conductivity throughout entire length of tape installation, a. ThorTec or MagnaTec as manufactured by Empire Level Manufacturing Corporation (Thor Enterprises). b. Underground Tape (DU series) as manufactured by Harris Industries, Inc. c. Underground Detectable Tape (No, 17774) as manufactured by Mutual Industries North, Inc. d. Detect-A -Line Detectable Underground Warning Tape (PUWT -XXXD series) as manufactured by Stranco, Inc. e. Terra Tape Sentry Line 1350 as manufactured by Reef Industries, Inc. 3. Color code: Black lettering on color backgrounds in accord with the APWAIULCO Uniform Color Code and ANSI Z53.1, except as follows. a. Yellow: Natural gas distribution and transmission. b. Black or white lettering on blue background: Potable water systems. c. Black or white lettering on green background: Sanitary sewer. d. Yellow lettering on purple background: Reclaimed water lines. e. Black lettering on silver background with orange band striping: Hot water systems. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Marking tape: 1. Nondetectable tape Instal over metallic utility lines. 2. Detectable tape: Install over nonmetallic utility lines. 3. Install one tape directly on top of the bedding material over each utility line at the 12 o'clock position. END OF SECTION 02505 02505 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNDERGROUND UTILITIES MARKING SECTION 02510 —WATER DISTRIBUTION 20312.10 - 06 -01.20 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS NOTICE IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY. CONTACT THE IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT AT 949 -453 -5300 OR 949 - 453 -5615. I.R.W.D. WILL INSTALL ALL DOMESTIC WATER, RECLAIMED WATER, AND BYPASS METERS FOR NON- RESIDENTIAL SERVICES WITHOUT EXCEPTION. WATER SERVICE NOTE: WATER SERVICE MUST BE MAINTAINED TO ALL CUSTOMERS WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION AREA AT ALL TIMES. IF THE PRIMARY SOURCE OF WATER IS INTERRUPTED, A TEMPORARY SECONDARY SOURCE SHALL BE SUPPLIED BY THE CONTRACTOR, APPROVED BY THE LOCAL WATER DEPARTMENT. ANY EXPENDITURES INCIDENTAL THERETO SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR. THE WATER SHALL BE SAFE FOR DRINKING IN ACCORDANCE WITH PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE DRINKING WATER STANDARDS. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Provisions of the General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 apply to this section. B. Section Includes: 1. Piping and specialties for domestic water and fire protection services outside the building from point of connection at public right -of -way to building perimeter. 2. Trenching Requirements: Conform to the requirements of Section 02300 - Earthwork. 3. Site plumbing contractor shall make connections to all previously installed pipe systems continuing into the building or cap and locate work 5' outside the building, LINO, for continuation by the (wilding plumbing contractor or fire sprinkler contractor. 4. Hydrostatic Pressure & Disinfection Testing 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturers catalog data for materials. Include technical data for piping, gaskets, joints and couplings, gate valves, fire hydrants, post indicator valves, & double check detector assembly. B. Certificates: Certificates attesting that tests set forth in referenced publications have been performed and the performance requirements have been satisfied. 1.3 LICENSES, PERMITS & FEES A. The Contractor working outside the building and on Irvine Ranch Water District water mains must have a Class "C- 34" or Engineering "A' Contractors license valid in the State of Califomia. B. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, licenses, or agreements required by any legally constituted agency, pay for all fees and give all necessary notices required for the construction of the work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with all of the City of Newport Beach Standards, Procedures, Conditions, and Requirements for construction work located in the public right -of -way. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02610-1 u Department located at City Hall. C. All work within the Irvine Ranch Water District's jurisdiction shall conform to the City's "Procedural Guidelines and General Design Requirements" and "Construction Manual ", as last revised. The Contractor must obtain a copy of these documents prior to construction D. Comply with the Copper Tube Handbook, Copper Development Association, available on the world wide web at: http:l lwww .copper.orgAubehdbktbook.html. E. Comply with the "Guide Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy Building Piping Systems ", Revision 1, by the Copper Development Association Inc, available at: http: / /www. copper .org /pub_list /plumbing.htmi. F. Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances," 1995 Edition for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision. G. Comply with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," 1999 Edition for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision H. Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code," for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated devices. I. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 02510-2 ANSI: a. ANSI B16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings. b. ANSI B18.521M Metric Round Head Short Square Neck Bolts. 2. ASTM: a. ASTM A 47 Ferric Malleable Iron Castings. b. ASTM A 48 Gray Iron Castings. C. ASTM A 53 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hit - Dipped, Zinc- Coated Welded and Seamless. d. ASTM A 307 Carbon Steel bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength. e. ASTM A 563 Ductile Iron Castings. f. ASTM A 563 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts. g. ASTM B 61 Steam or Valve Bronze Castings. h. ASTM B 62 Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. i. ASTM B 88 Seamless Copper Water Tube. j. ASTM C 94 Ready -Mixed Concrete. IL ASTM D 1527 Acrydonibile- ButadieneStyrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. I. ASTM D 1785 Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120. M. ASTM D 2235 Solvent Cement for ABS Plastic Pipe, and Fittings. n. ASTM D 2241 PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. o. ASTM D 2282 ABS Plastic Pipe. P. ASTM D 2466 PVC Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. q. ASTM D 2468 ABS Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. r. ASTM D 2564 PVC Plastic Piping Systems. S. ASTM D 2774 Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Piping. I. ASTM D 2855 Making Solvent- Cemented Joints with PVC Pipe and Fittings. U. ASTM D 3139 Joints Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION V. ASTM F 402 Safe Handling Of Solvent Cements, Primer and Cleaners Used for Joining Thermoplastic Pipes and Fittings. W. ASTM F 477 Elastomeric Seals for Joining Plastic Pipes. 3. American Water Works Association (AWWA) Standards: a. AWWA C1041A21.4 Cement -Mortar Lining For Ductile -Iron Pipe and Fittings For Water b. AWWA C1101A21.10 Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches, for Water and Other Liquids. G. AWWA C111IA21.11 Rubber- Gasket Joints for Ductile4ron pressure Pipe and Fittings. d. ASTM C151IA21.51.96 Ductile -Iron Pipe, centrifugally cast, for water 3 inches through 64 inches. e. AWWA C1531A21.53 Ductile -Iron Compact Fittings, 3 inches through 16 inches, for Water and Other Liquids. I. AWWA C500 Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. g. AWWA C503 Wet- Barrel Fire Hydrants. h. AWWA C508 Swing -Check Valves for Waterworks Service, 2 inches through 24 inches NPS. I. AWWA C509 Resilient - Seated Gate Valves for Water and Sewerage Systems. j. AWWA C511 Reduced - Pressure Principal Backflow- Prevention Assembly. k. AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances. I. AWWA C651 Disinfecting Water Mains. M, AWWA C800 Underground Service Line valves and Fittings. n. AWWA C900 PVC Pressure Pipe, 4 inches through 12 inches, for Water Distribution. o. AWWA M23 PVC Pipe - Design and Installation. 4. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry: a. MSS -SP -BO Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. b. MSS -SP -73 Silver Brazing Joints for Wrought and Cast Solder -Joint Fittings. 5, Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association ( UBPPA): a. UBPPA UNI -PUB -9 Installation of PVC Pressure Pipe. b. UBPPA UNI -B -13 Standard Performance Specification on joined restrained devices for use with Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe. 6. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL): a. UL 246 Hydrants for Fire - Protection Service. b. UL 262 Gate Valves for Fire - Protection Service. G. UL 312 Check Valves for Fire - Protection Service. d. UL 789 Indicator Posts for Fire - Protection Service. J. California Plumbing Code, CPC, current edition. K. The "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" or °Greenbook Standards" and the "Standard Plans for Public Works Construction ", latest edition, which are written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Citys Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of these documents may be obtained at the BNI Building News, 1612 S. Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA. 92802, phone 1 -888 -264 -7483 or available on the intemet at: http://www.bnibooks.com/. 1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-3 A. The Contractor shall notify the Irvine Ranch Water District at 949 -053 -5300 or 949 - 453 -5615 at least four (4) working days prior to the start of any construction on IRWD facilities. B. The Contractor shall make connections to the existing public facilities as shown on the construction drawings. Contractor will coordinate with the Irvine Ranch Water District. C. Coordinate with other utility work. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Store items above ground on platforms, skids or other approved supports. B. Deliver piping with factory- applied end -caps. Maintain end -caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. D. Handling: Use sling to handle valves and fire hydrants whose size requires handling by crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not use hand wheels or stems as lifting or rigging pongs. E. Protect coating and linings on pipes, fittings and accessories from damage. Do not drag pipe to trench. Repair coatings or linings damaged. 1.7 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS INCLUDING ASBESTOS- CEMENT PIPE A. All removed materials, except those indicated on the plans or described herein to remain the property of the Owner, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed in accordance with local, state, and federal laws. Should any of those materials be considered as hazardous the Contractor shall provide the Owners Inspector with paper custody trail documentation of the disposal. B. Asbestos — Cement (A -C) Pipe Removal and Disposal: The plans for the project may indicate that existing asbestos - cement pipe is to be removed from the ground. Where so indicated the Contractor shall excavate with care, expose the pipeline and remove the A -C pipe to the nearest joint. Should the plans not call out the removal of the A -C pipe and A -C pipe is encountered, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the Inspector as to whether or not the A-C pipe is to be removed or can be left in place. Cutting of the pipe shall only be done if absolutely there is no other way to expose the length of pipe to the nearest joint that be separated and the Inspector approves the cutting of the pipe. Cutting of the pipe shall be done with a mechanical saw with a pressure water source to dampen the pipe and the dust from the cutting, To remove a coupling, the coupling may have to be broken in the trench. The pipe once removed from the trench may be broken for handling. The breaking shall be done within a plastic bagging or sheeting material to minimize the release of asbestos fibers into the atmosphere. Once removed and broken, if necessary, the A -C material shall be bagged and disposed of legally with the Inspector to be given a copy of all Contractor paperwork as to the legal disposal of the material. If the A -C pipe section(s) are removed intact the pipe can be removed by the Contractor from the project site and become the property and responsibility of the Contractor. 1.8 DRAWINGS A. Because of the small scale drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the conditions surrounding installation of his work, furnishing the necessary piping, fittings, valves, and other devices which may be required to complete the installation. B. The general arrangement indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible. Coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings prior to installation of piping fixtures and equipment to 02510-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION verify adequate space available for installation of the work shown. In the event a field condition arises which makes it impossible to install the work as indicated, submit, in writing, the proposed departures to the Architect for his acceptance. Only when Architect's acceptance is given, in writing, shall Contractor proceed with installation of the work. C. In case of a difference in the specifications or drawings, or between the specifications and the drawings or in the drawings, the Contractor shall figure the most expensive alternate and after award of contract, shall secure direction from the Architect. 1.9 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before bidding on this work, Contractors shall make a careful examination of the premises and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the requirements of the contract. By the act of submitting a proposal for the work included in this contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have made such study and examination, and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions of the site. 10 PROTECTION A. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. B. Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to equipment and materials until he has received written notice from the Architect or Engineer that his work has been accepted. 1.11 LOCATIONS A. The locations of apparatus, piping and equipment indicated on the drawings are approximate. Piping and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passages clear. The locations of and mounting heights of all fixtures shall be coordinated with the architectural plans and room elevations. B. Clearances and Openings: Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other trades to avoid confliction and permit for a neat and orderly appearance of the entire installation. The Contractor shall, in advance of the work, furnish instructions to the General Contractor as to his requirements for equipment and material installation of any kind, whether or not specifically mentioned on drawings or in the specifications, and shall include recesses, chases in walls, and all required openings in the structure. Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cuttings are found to be required, the cost of the same shall be charged to this Contractor. 1.12 SUBMITTAL DATA (Also see Division 1) A. Furnish, all at one time, prior to any installation, within the time noted below, six (6) copies of valid submittal data on all fixtures, material, equipment and devices. Each submitted item shall be indexed and referenced to these specifications and to put identification numbers on fixtures and equipment schedules. B. Manufacturers submittal literature and shop drawings are required on all items to ensure the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available for review. Requirements of the submittals and Engineer's submittal notes are a part of the work of this Division except that Engineer's notes may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of work of this Division. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-5 C. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project but the review does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements of this Division to property install work. D. A list of names is not a valid submittal. To be valid, all submittals must: 1. Be delivered to the Architect's office within thirty -five (35) days of award of the contract. Corrections or changes in submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time limit. 2. Include all pertinent construction, installation, performance and technical data. 3. Have all copies marked to indicate clearly the individual items being submitted. 4. Have each item cross - referenced to the corresponding specified item and be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 5. Contain calculations and other detailed data justifying how the item was selected for proposal. Data must be completed enough to permit detailed comparison of every significant characteristic for which the specified item was analyzed during design. 6. Include, for every item which differs in size, configuration, connections, service, accessibility or any other significant way, a drawing to the same (or larger) scale as to the pertinent portions of the contract drawings. In this drawing show a complete layout of the system except that which is identical to the contract drawings, unless the unchanged portions must be shown to indicate such things as clearances. This drawing, together with the contract design drawings must show the complete system as revised to accommodate the proposed alternate. 7. In addition to the material and equipment submittals, the Contractor shall provide shop drawings of all underground utilities complete with all appurtenances and indicate exact location by dimension to grading plan, submit for review prior to installation. 1.13 IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT AUTHORITY IN PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY A. The Irvine Ranch Water District shall have access to the work at all times during construction and shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for ascertaining full knowledge of the progress, workmanship, and character of materials used and employed in the work. No pipe, fittings, or other materials shall be installed or backfilled untl inspected and approved by the City Inspector. The contractor shall give due notice in advance of backfilling to the City Inspector so that proper inspection may be provided. B. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of any obligations to complete the work as prescribed by the standard specifications. Any known defective work shall be corrected before testing or final inspection will be permitted. Unsuitable materials may be rejected even if these materials have been previously overlooked by the City Inspector. C. The City Inspector shall have the authority to suspend the work completely or in part for such time as it may deem necessary K the contractor fails to carry out instructions given by the City Inspector, or to perform any required provisions of the plans and specifications. The contractor shaft immediately comply with a written order of the City Inspector to suspend the work completely or in part. The work shall be resumed when improper methods or defective work are corrected as ordered and approved in writing by the City Inspector. 1.14 INSPECTION A. All work in the public right -of -way, including that within easements, shall be subject to inspection by I.R.W.D. and shall be left uncovered until approved by the City Inspector. The contractor shall not proceed with any subsequent phase of work until the previous phase has been inspected and approved by the City. B. Notice shall be given to the City Chief Inspector at least 96 hours before starting construction. Signed utility plans must be delivered to the Chief Inspector at least four (4) working days before the contractor will be allowed to start construction. 02510-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION C. A pre- construction conference must be held at least four (4) working days before the start of construction. The contractor's job foreman and /or job superintendent, the developer's engineer and the City Inspector must be present. The purpose of this meeting will be to answer any questions on City specification requirements, to obtain the contractor's construction schedule and emergency phone numbers, and to discuss any circumstances which may affect job installation. D. All work on private property: Contractor shalt not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up before it has been duly inspected, tested and approved by the Owner, Architect or any other authorized inspectors having legal jurisdiction over his work. Should he fail to observe the above, he shall uncover the work and, after it has been inspected, tested and approved, recover it at his own expense. 1.15 SUBSTITUTIONS (Also see Division 1) A. The Contractor assumes full responsibility that alternate manufacturers, items and procedures will meet the job requirements and is responsible for cost of redesign and of modifications to this and other parts of work caused by alternate items furnished under work in this Section. In view of these responsibilities, it is the purpose of these specifications to establish procedures which ensure that the Contractor has considered all the ramifications of proposed alternates before submitting them for review. Submittals which do not comply with the requirements of these specifications or which indicate proposed aflemates were selected without proper regard to the requirements of the job, will not be approved. No more than one proposed alternate will be considered for each item. B. This Contractor is responsible to provide sufficient information to allow the Engineer to analyze any proposed alternate. If inadequate information is provided, the proposal will not be approved and resubmittal will not be allowed. C. The Architect or his authorized representative shall be the sole judge as to the quality and suitability of proposed alternate equipment, fixtures or materials and decisions of the Architect or that of his representative shall be final and conclusive. 1.16 RECORD DRAWINGS (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall provide and keep up -to -date a complete "as- built" record set of blueline prints which shall show every change from the original drawings and the exact "as- built" locations and sizes of the work provided under this Section of the specifications. This set shall include locations, dimensions, depth of buried piping, cleanouts, shut -off valves, sewer invert locations, plugged wyes, tees, etc. On completion of the work, the Contractor shall incorporate all as -built information on a set of reproducible tracings provided by the Architect and this set of reproducibles shall be delivered to the Architect. 1.17 GUARANTEES (Also see Division I) A. The Contractor shall guaranty the work against defective material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the dale of completion of the contract and /or acceptance for the work by the Owner. Damage due to acts of God or from sabotage and/or vandalism is specifically exempted from the guaranty. When defective material and/or workmanship are discovered which require repairs to be made under this guaranty, all such work shall be done by the Contractor at his own expense and shall being within five (5) working days after written notice of such defects has been given to him/her by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail repair such defective material or workmanship within five (5) working days thereafter, the Owner may cause the necessary repairs to be made and charge the Contractor with the actual cost of all labor and materials required. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by leaks in pipelines or equipment furnished and installed under this Section for a period of one (1) year after date of acceptance of his work. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-7 All equipment and fixtures shall carry manufacturer's warranty against defective pads or poor workmanship and shall not be less than one (1) year. See specific equipment specifications for extended warranty requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 22 MATERIALS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Pipe: 1. Ductile Iron: a. Where noted on the Construction Documents install, Ductile Iron, Thickness Class 53 (Pressure Class 350) for 4 -inch through 8 -inch. Pipe shall have "Tyton" type push -on ends, shall comply in all respects with the provisions of AWWA C150 and C151. All standard length pipe (nominal laying length of 18 feet) shall be plain end by bell in accordance with AWWA C111. All plain ends, including short lengths, shall be beveled and all bell ends shall be "Tyton' type with appropriate rubber gaskets. Short length pipe shall be plain end on both ends. Wrap all ductile iron underground pipe and fittings with minimum 8 -mils of polyethylene wrap. b. The ductile iron pipe shall be manufactured or supplied by American Ductile Iron Pipe (a division of American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Birmingham, Alabama), U.S. Pipe 8 Foundry Company, Tyler Pipe/Union Foundry, Griffin Pipe Products Company, or approved equal. 2. P.V.C.: a. Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Water Pipe, Pipe Material compound meeting ASTM D 1784, Cell Class 12454 -B and AWWA 0900. Pipes shall have integral bell and spigot joints with elastomeric gaskets. Pipe pressure class shall be 200 with cast iron pipe equivalent outside diameters. Maximum length of each section of pipe between elastomeric rings shall be twenty (20) feet. Acceptable manufacturers: J -M Manufacturing Blue Brute, Vinyl Tech, Diamond Plastic, PW Pipe, or approved equal. b. Pipe shall be legibly marked in blue pipe size and at 5 foot intervals and each coupling to identify the nominal OD BASE, PVC, dimension ratio number or pressure Gass, AWWA C900 and the seat of the testing agency that verified the suitability of the material. 3. Copper Tube: Copper tubing with diameters 2 -112" and 3" shall be seamless copper tube, Type K 'hard', drawn temper, meeting ASTM B 88 bearing NSF Standard 61 approval. For tubing up to 2" diameter, use Type K'soft', annealed temper, ASTM B 88. Muller Brass, Cambridge -Lee Halstead, or equal. B. Fittings: 02510-8 Ductile Iron: Ductile iron fittings shall be supplied in accordance with AWWA Standard C110, Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 In. Through 48 (n. for Water and Other Liquids ", or AWWA Standard C153, "Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3 In. Through 24 In for Water Service ". All fittings shall have mechanical ioints unless otherwise specified. a. Mechanical joints shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard C111, "Rubber- Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings." CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION b. Flanged fittings shall conform to the requirements of AWWA Standard C110 or C153. Flanges shall be drilled to ANSI 816.1, 125 lb standard bolt template. The 250 lb. Flanges, when required, shall be drilled to ANSI 816.1, 250 lb. standard bolt template. C. Where restrained joints are indicated on the plans, push -on 'Tyton" joints shall be restrained with "Field -Lok" gaskets as manufactured by U.S. Pipe or approved equal. d. Ductile iron pipe fittings shall be manufactured or supplied by American Ductile Iron Pipe (a division of American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Birmingham, Alabama), U.S. Pipe & Foundry Company, Tyler Pipe/Union Foundry, Griffin Pipe Products Company, Sigma Corporation, Star Pipe Products Co., or approved equal. 2. Wrought Copper, Solder -Joint Pressure Fitting _s: Solder type ANSI B 16.22. Note: Pipe, solder, and flux shall be lead -free for drinking water. Flux shall be an approved water - soluble material. Threaded ends conforming to ASME B1.20.1. C. Service Saddles: All service connections to PVC pressure pipe shall be constructed with bronze service saddles with I.P. treads for receiving a bronze corporation stop. Service saddles for PVC pressure pipe shall be double strap bronze saddle to provide full support around the circumference of the pipe in order to provide full bearing and prevent distortion of the pipe when the saddle is made tight. Service saddles shall be Jones J -979 or approved equal. D. Corporation Stop: James Jones J -1935 or approved equal. E. Soldered Filler Metal: Meeting ASTM B 32, Alloy Sn95. F. Brazing Filler Metal: Meeting AWS A5.8, BCuP -5, Silver Solder 1000 degrees F, Silvaloy 15, or equal. G. Soldering Fluxes: ASTM 8813, liquid or paste type. H. Brazing Fluxes: ANSIIAWS A5.31, Type FB3-A or FB3 -C. The use of brazing flux is not necessary if the components being joined are wrought copper tube. I. Dielectric Union: 1. Brass union with 6 -inch brass nipple. 2. Union - flanged; Watts Model 3100, 3110, 3200 or approved equal. J. Gaskets for Ductile Iron Pipe: Gaskets for flanged joints shall be full faced, cut from 118 inch thick Nitrite Rubber Buna -N , bolt holes pre - punched, conforming to the requirements of ANSI /ASME B16.2.1. Gaskets shall be manufactured or supplied by Tripac Fasteners, Long Beach Industrial Gaskets, or approved equal. K. Lining and Coating for Ductile Iron Pipe: All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be factory cement mortar lined with seal coat in accordance with AWWA Standard C104, and coated with bituminous material as specified in AWWA 151. Mortar lining of pipe or fittings in the field is not permitted. L. Pipe Couplings: 1. All couplings for use on PVC pipe for water lines shall be manufactured from the same materials and in compliance with the specifications set forth herein before for PVC pipe. Each coupling shall be equipped with two rubber rings, which fit into individual grooves formed in the inner wall of the coupling to eliminate blowouts and leaks. 2. Rubber rings for use with PVC pipe couplings, fittings and appurtenances shall be manufactured from property vulcanized rubber compounds to a uniform cross - section free from porosity, pits and blisters in conformance with the requirements of ASTM F -477. M. PVC & Mechanical Pipe Joints and Jointing Materials: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-9 1. PVC Pressure Pipe Joints: shall be integral, bell and spigot gasketed joints. 2. Joints between pipe and metal fittings, valves, and other accessories shall be mechanical joints as specified in AWWA C111lA21.11 unless otherwise noted on Construction Documents. 3. Provide each PVC C -900 Pipe joint connection with an elastomeric gasket suitable for the bell or coupling installation. 4. An elastomeric gasket shall be designed with a retainer ring which "locks" the gasket into integral bell groove and shall be installed at the point of manufacturer. Gasket shall be in conformance with ASTM F477. 5. Gaskets for push on joints and compression type joints or mechanical joints for connections between pipes and metal fittings, valves, and other accessories shall be as specked in AWWA C1111A21.11. 6. Sleeve -type mechanically coupled joints may be used in lieu of push -on joints on plain -end PVC plastic joints. Comply with requirements of ASTM D 3139. 7. Solvent weld joints in PVC Pressure Class 150 Pipe are NOT PERMITTED, N. Botts and Nuts for Mechanical Joints, Flanged Fittings, Flexible Couplings & Restraint Devices: 1. All bolts and studs shall be Type 316 Stainless Steel per ASTM Al 93 Grade BBM, project ends of bolts 1/4 to 318 inch beyond nut 2. All nuts and washers shall be Type 316 Stainless Steel per ASTM A194 Grade 8M, provide 1 washer per nut. 3. All exposed nuts and bolts, which are to be buried, shall be coated with a mastic after they are assembled. Coal -tar mastics shall be Protecto -Wrap No. CA1200 coating as manufactured by Protecto -Wrap Company, Denver, Colorado or an approved equal. 4. Bolts shall be lubricated with anti seize lubricant 0. Gate Valves: 1. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM: Resilient seated gate valves shall be used for sizes 4 to 12 inches. All ferrous components of valves shall be ductile iron and coated with a fusion bonded epoxy. Gate valves shall have non - rising stems (NRS) and shall be manufactured to meet or exceed the requirements of AWWA Standard C509, with fully encapsulated disk. The following parts of the valve shall be made of ductile iron: bonnet, body, yoke, wrench nut, O -ring packing plate or seal plate, gland follower, and gate. Omit valve handle and furnish with 2 -inch operating unit a. Approved gate valve manufacturers / models: 1) American AVK Series 25 2) American Flow Control Series 2500 3) Clow F -6100 4) Kennedy 4571 5) Mueller A-2360 6) M & H Valve Company b. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, all buried gate valves installed at fd6ngs shall have mechanical joint ends. C, Non -rising stem gate valves shall be equipped with an external dirt and weather 0 -ring seal where the stem enters the bonnet cover casting. This seal shall be independent of the two internal O -ring seals located above and below the stem collar. The top two O-ring seals shall be replaceable with valve under full working pressure in the open position. All body to bonnet and bonnet to cover seals shall be pressure energized 0 -rings. Flat gaskets shall not be allowed. d. All gate valves shall be provided with a stem extension if depth of valve nut exceeds 4 feet. All valve extensions shall be centered in the valve well by use of a guide and shall operate freely without binding after installation. All valves shall open by turning the wrench nut left (counter - clockwise). e. Gate valves must be U.L. Listed & FM approved: minimum of 200psi. I. All gate valves shall be wrapped with 3 layers of 8 -mil polyethylene. 2. Hot And Cold Domestic Water Service: 02510 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION a. Gate valves 2%" or larger. Class 125#, 0 S and Y, IBBM, bolted bonnet, solid disc, flanged ends. End connections shall be flanged or full lug style. b. 1. Approved gate valve manufacturers f models: 1) Hammond IR1140; Stockham G623; American 20F; Crane 465 -112; Milwaukee F2885; Walworth 726F; Nibco F- 617 -0. C. Gate valves 2" or less: Valves shall be Class 125 and 200 psi WOG, non - rising stem, threaded bonnet, solid wedge disc and manufactured in accordance with MSS -SP 80, Type 1. Body, bonnet, external stuffing box and wedge are to be of bronze ASTM B62. Stems shall be of dezincification- resistant silicon bronze ASTM 8371 or low -zinc alloy 899, non - asbestos packing and malleable or ductile iron handwheel. Valve ends shall be threaded type. d. Approved gate valve manufacturers ! models: 1) Hammond 113645; Crane 1701; Walworth Fig. 7; Milwaukee 105; American 3F; Stockham B- 103; Nibco T -113, P. Water Meters: Materials, installation, and testing of water meter assemblies shall conform to the Irvine Ranch Water Citys General Technical Specification 15150, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual. Q. Fire Hydrants: Fire hydrants shall conform to the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15139, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". R. Valve Boxes: Shall be Brooks Products or Eisel Enterprises, concrete type with cast iron cover and name of service clearly marked on cover. 1. Owner valve boxes per Construction Documents. 2. Paint fire hydrant valve box lids with 2 coats of red enamel. S. Thrust Restraining Materials: Restraint systems to be used on PVC C -900 pipe shall meet or exceed A.S.T.M. Standard F1674 -96, 'Standard Test Methods for Joint Restraint Products for Use with PVC Pipe; or the latest revision thereof. Restraint systems used on ductile pipe shall meet or exceed U.L. Standard 194. Underwriter Laboratories (U.L.) and/or Factory Mutual (FM) certifications are required on all restraint systems. All mechanical restraint devices shall be wrapped with 3 layers of 8 -mil polyethylene after assembly. 1. Mechanical Joint Fittings: a. Restrainer mechanism shall be integrated into the design of the follower gland. As the mechanism is activated, multiple wedging action shall be imparted against the pipe increasing its resistance as internal pressure increases. After burial of the restraining mechanism, joint flexibility shall be maintained. The actuating bolt shall be threaded into the restraining wedge and have a 1 -1/4' across the flats hex head. The actuating bolt system shall have a torque - limiting head designed to break off at preset torque levels, thus insuring proper action of the restraining device. After removal of the torque - limiting head, a 1 1/4" hex head shall remain to facilitate the removal and re- assembly of the gland. Glands shall be manufactured of high strength ductile iron in accordance with ASTM A536, Grade 65 -45 -12 requirements. Wedge mechanisms shall be heat - treated ductile iron, hardened to at least 370 BHN hardness. The restraining mechanism shall have a pressure rating equal to that of the pipe on which If is used and shall have a safety factor of at least 2:1. The restraining gland shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F 1674, and UNI- B- 13 -94, 'Recommended Performance Specification For Joint Restraint Devices For Use Wilh Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe." CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-11 02510-12 b. The following qualified product list identifies specified manufacturers models approved for installation in this water distribution system: Ductile Iron Pipe Manufacturer PVC C -900 Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe 2100 Series EBBA Iron Sales, In 2000 PV Megalug 1100 Romac Industries, In Romagrip PVC Romagrip DI Star Pipe Products Stargrip Series 4000 Stargrip Series 3000 Uni- Flange Corporation Series 1500 Series 1400 2. Bell and Spigot Harness: a. Restraint Devices for bell and spigot joints of PVC Pipe shall consist of split restraint rings, one installed on the spigot, connected to one installed on the pipe barrel behind the bell. The restraint devices shall incorporate a series of machined serrations (not "as cast") on the inside diameter to provide positive restraint, exact ft, 360° contact and support of the pipe wall. Restraint Devices shall be of ductile iron, ASTM A536, Grade 65 -45.12 and connecting rods shall be of high strength, low alloy material in accordance with ANSI / AWWA C1111A21.11 unless specified as stainless steel in these specifications. b. All Restraint Devices shall have a water working pressure rating equivalent to the full rated pressure of the PVC Pipe they are installed on, with a minimum 2:1 safety factor in any nominal pipe size. In addition, they shall meet or exceed the requirements of Uni- B- 13 -94, `Recommended Performance Specification For Joint Restraint Devices For Use With Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe." Notarized certification from the manufacturer of the restraint device shall be provided with submittals. C. The following qualified product list identifies specified manufacturers models approved for installation in this water distribution system: Manufacturer PVC C -900 Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe EBBA Iron Sales, In 1600 Series 1700 Series Romac Industries, In 611 Series 611 Series Star Pipe Products 1100 Series Not Approved Uni - Flange Corporation Series 1390 Not Approved 3. Push -On Pipe Bells & Plain End Pipe: Where restrained joints are indicated on the Construction Drawings for ductile iron pipe, push -on joints shall be restrained with "Field-Lok 350" gaskets as manufactured by U.S. Pipe or approved equal. "TR -Flex' restrained joint pipe as manufactured by U.S. Pipe or approved equal is also an acceptable option for restrain of push -on joints. Restrained push -on joint pipe and fittings shall be capable of being deflected after assembly. 4. Flange Adapters: a. Flange Adapters shall be manufactured from ductile iron per ASTM A536, Grade 65.42 -12 and shall have bolt circles and bolt holes to meet ANSI B16.1— Class 125 or Class 250 if required and shown on plans. b. The following qualified product list identifies specified manufacturers models approved for installation in this water distribution system: Manufacturer PVC C -900 Pipe Ductile Iron Pipe EBBA Iron Sales, In 2100 Series 2100 Series Romac Industries, In Not Approved Field Flange Star Pipe Products Not Approved Series 200 Uni - Flange Corporation Not Approved Series 20014001420 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 5. Concrete: Concrete for thrust blocks shall conform to Concrete Class 560 -C -3250. If thrust block is to be disturbed or backfill is to be placed prior to developing its required strength, additional mechanical thrust restraining devices approved by the Civil Engineer shall be installed. Tracer Wire for Nonmetallic Pipes: Tracer wires shall be electrically continuous #14 soft drawn copper wire, Type TW, blue plastic covered for domestic water and red for fire system. Provide in sufficient length to be continuous over each installed section of nonmetallic pipe. At hydrants, the wire shall be extended up the bury and secured by a cable lug under the top nut of one set of breakaway bolts. U. Polyethylene Protective Wrapping: Polyethylene wrap shall conform to the requirements of ANSIIAWWA C105 "American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ducffle-Iron Pipe Systems' and be a minimum thickness of 0.008 in. (8 mils), black for potable water. Tubing shall be taped and secured with general purpose polyethylene tape, 2 inches wide and 10 mils thick (Scotchrap No. 50, Plicoflex No. 340, Protecto Wrap No. 200, Polyken No. 900, or approved equal). V. SLEEVE -TYPE FLEXIBLE AND TRANSITION COUPLINGS 1. Sleeve -type couplings shall be in accordance with ANSIIAWWA C219 - Standard for Bolted Sleeve -type couplings for Plain -End Pipe, and shall be of steel with steel bolts, without pipe stop, and be of sizes to fit the pipe and fittings indicated. The middle ring shall be not less than 1M -inch in thickness and shall be either 5 of 7 inches long for sizes up to and including 30 inches and 120 inches long for sizes greater than 30 inches, for standard steel couplings, and 16 inches long for long- sleeve couplings. The followers shall be single - piece contoured mill sections welded and cold- expanded as required for the middle rings, and of sufficient strength to accommodate the number of bolts necessary to obtain adequate gasket pressures without excessive rolling. The shape of the follower shall be of such design as to provide positive confinement of the gasket. Rods, bolts, and nuts shall be stainless steel. Buried sleeve -type couplings shall be epoxy- coated at the factory. 2. Gaskets for sleeve -type couplings shall be rubber- compound material that will not deteriorate from age or exposure to air under normal storage or use conditions. Gaskets for wastewater and sewerage applications shall be Buna "N," Grade 60, or equivalent suitable elastomer. 3. The gaskets shall be immune to attack by impurities normally found in water or wastewater. All gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM D2000 - Classification System for Rubber Products in Automotive applications, AA709Z, meeting Suffix B13 Grade 3. All gaskets shall be compatible with the piping service and fluid utilized. 4. Where insulating couplings are required, both ends of the coupling shall have a wedge - shaped gasket, which assembles over a rubber sleeve of an insulating compound in order to obtain insulation of all coupling metal parts from the pipe. 5. All sleeve -type couplings on pressure lines shall be harnessed unless thrust restraint is provided by other means. Harnesses shall be in accordance with the AWWA M11 standard, or as indicated. 6. The following qualified product list identifies specified manufacturers models approved for Straight and Transition Coupling Romac Industries, Inc.: Style "501" Ford Meter Box Co.: Style "FC2A" Smith - Blair: Model 441 & 411 JCM Industries: 200 Series Notes: Couplings shall be Epoxy lined and Coated with stainless steel bolts and nuts. Buried flange couplings shall be wrapped with 3 layers of 8 -mil polyethylene. Flanged Coupling Adapter Romac Industries, Inc.: Ford Meter Box Co.: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION Style "FCA 501" & "FC400" Style "FCA' 02510-13 JCM Industries: 300 Series Smith - Blair: Style "913" Notes: Flanged Coupling. Adapters shall be Epoxy lined and Coated with stainless steel bolls and nuts. Buried flange couplings shall be wrapped with 3 layers of 8 -mil polyethylene. W. Backflow Preventers: Materials, installation, and testing of backflow preventers shall conform to the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15112, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District 'Construction Manual ". X. Fire Department Connection: 1. 2 -WAY: U.L. Listed, exposed connection, 4" X 2' /z" cast brass, two -way inlet body with single clapper, back outlet. Lettered "AUTO SPKR ". 2. Paint one coat Dunn Edwards Versaprime 42414 and two coats Dunn Edwards 71007 Safety Red. Apply paint after all testing and disinfection has passed, but prior to final acceptance by the Utility or Inspector. 3. Model: Potter - Roemer - Figure 5710 or approved equal. Fire Department Connection Check Valve 1. In -line pattern, spring- operated double doors, Class 250, cast iron body, renewable bronze doors and Viton- A seal, Inconel springs, stainless steel trim, flat faced wafer. 2. Paint one coat Dunn Edwards Versaprime 42.44 and two coals Dunn Edwards 71007 Safety Red. Apply paint after all testing and disinfection has passed, but prior to final acceptance by the Utility or Inspector. 3. Model: Stockham WG -990, or approved equal. Z. Supervisory Switch — D.C.D.A.: Provide U.L. Listed and FM approved, Notifier Series NIP supervisory switch for Double Check Detector Assembly. The mechanism shall be contained in a red baked enamel, weatherproof housing and shall incorporate the necessary facilities for attachment to the valve. The switch mechanism shall have a minimum capacity of 1 ampere, 125 volts a-c. The entire installed assembly shall be tamper proof and arranged to cause switch operation if the housing cover is removed or if the unit is removed from it's mounting. Install supervisory switches where shown on drawings and provide all wires and conduits required from supervisory switch to the fire alarm panel in building. Approved Model: Potter OSYSU -2 for D.C.D.A., or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION ON PRIVATE PROPERTY 3.1 CLEARANCES OF WATER LINE A. Buildings: 3 feet. B. Parallel to Sewer Line: 02510-14 1. Water lines 4 inches or less in diameter shall not be installed in a common trench with the building sanitary drain unless the bottom of the water line is at least 12 inches above the top of the building sanitary drain or where the water line is installed on a solid shelf excavated on one side of the common trench with a minimum clear horizontal distance of 12 inches from the building sanitary drain. 2. Water mains larger than 4 inches in diameter shall be separated from the Project site sanitary sewer, receiving more than one building sanitary drain or acid pipeline, in accordance with the requirement of the State of California, Human and Welfare Agency, Department of Health Services, CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION C. Crossing Sewer Line: 1. A water main shall be separated from sanitary sewer in accordance with the requirements of the State of California Administrative Code, Title 22, Section 64630(e)(2), unless modified herein. 2. Install water main a minimum of 12 inches clear, above or below a sanitary sewer. 3. A water main greater than 4 inches in diameter, crossing under a sanitary sewer line, shall be installed with all their joints located at least 10 feet away from each side of the sanitary sewer line. 4. A water main greater than 4 inches in diameter, crossing over a sanitary sewer line, shall be installed with all their joints located at least 5 feet away from each side of the sanitary sewer line. D. Install all water mains no closer than 10 feet horizontally clear from the edge of sewage leach fields, seepage pits and septic tanks. 3.2 LAYING OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE WATER MAIN A. Installations of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA Standard C600, "Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances" and the pipe manufacturer's installation manual. The DIPRA Publication "Guide for the Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains" shall be used for details of pipe installation practice except as follows and where noted otherwise on plans. Maximum deflection per joint for 8 -inch thru 12 -inch pipe is 3 degrees: minimum laying radius for 18 feet pipe lengths is 345 feet. Maximum deflection per joint for 16 -inch pipe is 2 degrees; minimum laying radius for 18 feet pipe lengths is 520 feet. B. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. If the pipe - laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting soil into it, the Engineer may require that before lowering the pipe into the trench, a temporary plug be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During the laying operations, no debits, tools, clothing or other materials shall be left in the pipe. C. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. This provision shall apply during the lunch -hour breaks as well as overnight. If water is in the trench, the seal shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. D. The cutting of pipe for inserting tees, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. No pipe shall be laid in water or when, in the option of the Engineer trench conditions are unsuitable. Field welding of Ductile Iron Pipe for repair or for joining is prohibited. 3.3 LAYING OF PVC PRESSURE PIPE WATER MAIN A Installations of pipe, bends, and fittings shall be in accordance with Section 3.2 for ductile iron bends and fittings and AWWA C -605, "Underground Installation of (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water" and/or the Unfbell guideline UNI- PUB -9, 'Installation Guide for PVC Pressure Pipe. PVC bends and fittings are not allowed. The UnkBell Handbook of PVC Pipe- Design and Construction shall be used for details of pipe installation practice except as follows and where noted otherwise on plans. Longitudinal bending of pipe sections is prohibited. Any directional change shall be accomplished through manufacturer approved 1 degree deflection of push on joints, 5 degree deflection with Cerlainteed — couplings, or ductile iron bends capable of withstanding 250 psi loads. A number 14 gauge, solid, soft drawn insulated copper tracer wire is required for PVC pipe installation. The tracer wire shall be wrapped around the pipe at 10 -foot intervals and brought up inside each valve can to within 6 inches of the valve cover. B. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. If the pipe- laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting soil into it, the Engineer may require that before lowering the pipe into the trench, a temporary plug be placed over each end and CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 -15 left there until the connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During the laying operations, no debris, tools, Clothing or other materials shall be left in the pipe. C. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by watertight plug or other means approved by the Inspector. This provision shall apply during the lunch -hour breaks as well as overnight If water is in the trench, the seal shall remain in place until the trench is pumped completely dry. D. The cutting of pipe for inserting tees, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. The beveled end of any PVC pipe shall be cut off before the pipe is inserted into a mechanical joint bend or fitting. No pipe shall be laid in water or when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. E. Field inspection for plastic pipe and fittings shall follow section 306. 1.2.12, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition. 3.4 LAYING OF COPPER PIPE A. Contractor shall follow the "Guide Specification for Copper and Copper Alloy Building Piping Systems ", Revision 1, by the Copper Development Association Inc, available at: http:llwww. copper .orglpub_list /plumbing.htmi B. Soldered Joints: For copper tubing 1 inch and smaller construct joints according to ASTM 8828. C. Brazed Joints: For copper tubing 1 -114 inch and larger, for all below and above grade piping, construct joints according to ANSIlAWS C3.4. D. All underground copper tubing shall be double polyethylene encased in sleeves, 8-mil minimum thickness, and all openings in the sleeves shall be taped shut with Polyken #900 Tape Wrap or approved equal. E. Unions and Flanges: Ground joint, cast bronze unions for sizes 2 inch and smaller, 150 -pound flange, cast brass, for sizes larger than 2 inches conforming to ANSI 616.24. 35 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING FACILITIES A. The Contractor shall notify the Irvine Ranch Water District at 949-453 -5300 or 949453 -5615 at least four (4) working days prior to the start of any construction on IRWD facilities. B. Shutdown of Main: All work necessary to shut down an existing public water main for the benefit of a Contractor shall be by I.R.W.D. personnel. Unless at the direct supervision of the Utility Inspector, under no circumstances shall the Contractor operate valves, hydrants, and other appurtenant equipment on the existing public system. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate the necessary shutdown schedules through the Utility Inspector assigned to the project. Scheduled shutdowns shall require sufficient time to allow operations personnel to review, approve, and develop an appropriate Operation Program. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all schedules current and coordinating all deviations which may occur from time to time with the Utility Inspector. C. The Utility Agency will make a concerted effort to isolate the system as planned with the Contractor. However, the Contractor shall be prepared to employ pumping equipment if a water tight seal cannot be achieved. City or Utility Agency will not be responsible for any delays due to system shutdown and isolation. D. When extensive main shutdown is required, the Utility will determine what temporary service connections may be required. The Contractor shall furnish all necessary hose, piping, valves, water trucks and associated labor required to provide such temporary service. All piping, hoses and associated equipment used in temporary service connections shall be flushed and disinfected in accordance with this specification. 02510-16 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER . WATER DISTRIBUTION 3.6 3.7 E. All tle -in locations shall be excavated a minimum of one working day in advance of final connection to expose the affected portions of existing pipelines and to allow time for the necessary measurements, assembling of materials and equipment, and assuring that all pre - assembled piping and fittings will be compatible with the existing main. PIPE JOINT ASSEMBLY A. The joint shall be cleaned and free of dirt, grit or debris. Precaution shall be taken while joining to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. The spigot and bell shall slide together without displacement of the rubber gasket. The best laying practice is with the bell facing the direction of laying. B. Insert the rubber ring into the groove, making sure the ring is completely seated. Lubricate the spigot. C. The spigot shall be inserted into the bell and forced slowly into position by use of a large bar lever and a wood block across the pipe end. D. Joints between PVC pipe and ductile iron, valves and fittings shall be mechanical -joint connections with retainer glands as shown on the Construction Drawings. 3.8 THRUST RESTRAINT A. The contractor shall be responsible for anchoring the pipe and fittings against movement due to water pressure. The materials specified in Section 2.2 -S will be used for restraining any movement of underground piping systems. If domestic water and fire pipelines are installed in the same trench, at the same horizontal plane, the use of thrust blocks will be prohibited at angle points since all concrete thrust blocks must be poured against undisturbed soil. Therefore, where domestic water and fire pipelines are installed in the same trench, at the same horizontal plane, the use of mechanical joint restraint fittings is mandatory. Contractor must also install bell and spigot harness restraint devices, for PVC pipe, at all bell and spigot joints on PVC pipe. Where concrete thrust blocks can be installed they shall be placed so as not to interfere with the fi ing joint. im INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Provide gate valves conforming to AWWA C509 in accordance with AWWA C600 "Standard for Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtances." B. Water valves shall be installed at locations shown on the Construction Drawing, or as directed by the Inspector. Valves shall be set plumb, and shall be stabilized and supported separately from the pipeline. information regarding size, type, make, and number of turns to close shall be supplied to the Utility. All valves shall be covered with a valve box assembly. Valve boxes shall be plumb, centered over the valve nut, and supported separately from the valve body. Valve boxes shall be lowered to below paving grade level prior to street paving, and after final grade has been established by the final grade. In any event, Contractor shall ensure that all valve boxes will provide access to the operation of the valve by the Utilities' personnel. Valve boxes shall be flagged or barricaded during construction to divert traffic around their location. INSTALLATION OF HYDRANTS A. Fire hydrant assemblies shall be installed in accordance with IRWD standard specified in the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification Water District "Construction Manual ". 3.10 INSTALLATION OF WATER METERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION drawings, detail drawings, and as 15139, located in the Irvine Ranch 02510 -17 A. Water meters shall be installed in accordance with IRWD standard drawings, detail drawings, and as specified in the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15150, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". 3.11 INSTALLATION OF BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Backfiow preventers shall be installed in accordance with IRWD standard drawings, detail drawings, and as specked in the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15112, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". 3.12 PROTECTION OF METAL SURFACES A. All exposed surfaces of the valves, Flanges, bolts, nuts, tie -rods, turn buckles, etc. in contact with the earth and backfill materials shall be coated with a minimum of 30 mils of bitumastic coating prior to backfilling. In addition to this bitumastic coating, all iron or steel surfaces such as valves, flanges, bolts, nuts, couplings, shall be encased in 8 mil polyethylene wrapping in accordance with AWWA C105 'American National Standard for Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile -Iron Pipe Systems ". Stainless Steel bolts and nuts are to be protected following Section 2.01 N.3. 3.13 ELECTROLYSIS PREVENTION A. Insulating (dielectric) couplings or Cinch long brass nipples shall be installed at locations specified or as required. Dielectric insulators shall be provided to insulate dissimilar metal to metal contact. Flanges shall be provided with a complete insulating component consisting of gasket bolt sleeves and bolt washers. Dielectric insulators shall be installed at locations indicated or as required. B. Where steel or cast iron below grade connects to copper or brass piping above grade, the transition from steel or cast iron pipe to copper or brass pipe shall be installed in an above grade accessible location. C. Underground dielectric connections shall be in accessible yard boxes. D. Above ground dielectric connections shall be exposed. 3.14 CHLORINATION, HYDROSTATIC TESTING, & LEAKAGE TESTING FOR PUBLIC & PRIVATE DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM A. Chlorination of potable water mains within public and private property shall comply with the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15041, located In the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". B. Hydrostatic testing of potable water mains within public and private property shall comply with the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15042, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". C. Leakage and infiltration testing of potable water mains within public and private property shall comply with the Irvine Ranch Water Districts General Technical Specification 15043, located in the Irvine Ranch Water District "Construction Manual ". 3.15 PIPELINE FLUSHING & HYDROSTATIC TESTING FOR UNDERGROUND PRIVATE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM 02510-18 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION A. General Requirements: 1. Hydrostatic testing and and flushing of newly laid or repaired pipelines and appurtenances must be completed before the pipelines can be connected to the existing water distribution system. Pipelines and appurtenances shall remain isolated from the existing water distribution system during hydrostatic testing and disinfecting. 2. All services, hydrants, and other appurtenances connected to the newly laid fire pipeline shall be pressure tested at the same time as that of the pipeline. Care shall be taken to expel all air from the pipeline and services during any filling operation. Independent newly installed fire lines, fire hydrants and other appurtenances that are being connected to exisfing pipelines, shall be hydrostatic tested the same as for pipelines as described herein. B. Temporary Piping and Appurtenances for Flushing & Pressure Testing: 1. The Contractor and /or subcontractor shall supply all temporary piping, corporation and curb stops, test plates, bulkheads, plugs, pipe end caps, valves, fittings, calibrated meters, equipment, labor and method necessary for pressure testing and flushing of the newly laid pipeline. The Contractor shall also provide any temporary piping, backflow devices, and appurtenances needed to carry potable water to the section of pipeline being flushed and pressure tested. C. Private fire service mains and lead -in connections to system risers shall be flushed thoroughly before connection is made to system piping in order to remove foreign materials that might have entered the main during the course of the installation or that might have been present in existing piping. The minimum rate of flow shall be not less than the water demand rate of the system, which is determined by the system design, or not less than that necessary to provide a velocity of 10 ft/s, whichever is greater. For all systems, the flushing operations shall be continued for a sufficient time to ensure thorough cleaning. The General Contractor & City Inspector shall be present during the flushing. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to dispose of the flushed water from the project area. The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary in providing for adequate drainage from the site. The disposal of water is described later in this Section. Underground mains shall be flushed at the flow rates specified below (N.F.P.A. 24 9 -1.1) according to the maximum pipe size in the line. While conducting the flushing operation, the Contractor shall exercise care that the water does not create any damage. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by this operation. Flow required to produce a velocity of 10 ft per second in pipes: 4" -396 GPM 8" -1560 GPM 12" -3520 GPM 6" -880 GPM 10" -2440 GPM 3.16 HYDROSTATIC (PRESSURE) TESTING FOR UNDERGROUND PRIVATE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM A. The Contractor shall hire a licensed independent subcontractor to conduct the required hydrostatic testing of newly laid pipelines. Unless specified differently on the plans or as supplemented herein, hydrostatic testing shall comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances," 1995 Edition. After completion of the hydrostatic testing, the sub - contractor shall fill out the certificate shown in Figure A- 9 -2.1, N.F.P.A. 24, 1995 Edition, located at the end of this specification. The General Contractor & City Inspector shall be present during the testing. B. Preparation for the Hydrostatic Test CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-19 1. All concrete anchor and thrust blocks associated with sections of the pipelines to be tested, shall have cured for a minimum time of 72 hours prior to any flushing or pressurizing of the pipeline. Restrained joints or other methods of pipe support may be used to reduce this time if approved by the Inspector. 2. The Contractor shall flush the pipeline with potable water to remove dirt and debris. Flushing and disposal of water is discussed elsewhere in this Section. 3. The amount of pipeline footage to be tested at one time shall be determined by the Inspector and shall not exceed 1,000 feet in length. Test plates (bulkheads), corporation stops, and other temporary facilities required for testing purposes shall be installed at the Contractor's expense. Testing against valves is not permitted unless approved by the Inspector. 4. Each control valve shall be fully opened and closed under system water pressure to ensure proper operation. C. Procedures for Hydrostatic Testing 1. Each section of pipeline and all fire hydrants, services, and appurtenances connected thereto, shall be subjected to the hydrostatic test. The pipeline shall be filled with potable water. Care shall be exercised to see that provisions are made for the escape of air at high points and ends of laterals. Contractor shall see that all combination air release valves are open and operating. After the line has been completely filled, it shall be allowed to stand at 40 psi minimum pressure for a sufficient length of time to permit the escape of any pockets of air and allow the mortar lining to absorb the maximum moisture. During this time, all visible pipe, fittings and joints shall be inspected for leakage. 2. All new private fire service mains shall be tested hydrostatically at not less than 200 psi pressure for two hours, or at 50 psi in excess of the maximum static pressure when the maximum static pressure is in excess of 150 psi. D. Repetition of Hydrostatic Test 1. If the leakage in the section of pipeline being tested exceeds the maximum allowable rate specified herein, such section will be considered defective. The plumbing contractor shall determine the points of leakage and make the necessary repairs at his expense. The subcontractor will then conduct another hydrostatic test. This procedure shall be continued unfit the leakage falls below the allowed maximum. 2. The amount of leakage in buried piping shall be measured at the specified test pressure by pumping from a calibrated container. For new pipe, the amount of leakage at the joints shall not exceed two quarts per hour (1.89Uh) per 100 gaskets or joints irrespective of pipe diameter. 3. The amount of allowable leakage shall be permitted to be increased by one fluid ounce per inch valve diameter per hour (30 ml 125 mmlh) for each metal seated valve isolating the test section. 4. Tests shall be made by the contractor in the presence of the authority having jurisdiction or the representative of the owner. Contractor shall fill out the certificate shown in Figure A- 9 -2.1, N.F.P.A. 24, 1995 Edition, located at the end of this specification. E. After Satisfactory Hydrostatic Test 1. All valves shall be tested for leak proof fightness after the pipeline hydrostatic test with the test pressure on one side of the valve and atmospheric pressure on the other side. 2. Regardless of the hydrostatic test results, the Contractor shall repair all detectable leaks. 3.17 DISINFECTION OF UNDERGROUND PRIVATE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM A. Fire mains or laterals, on private property, from the backflow device to the building fire riser do NOT need to be disinfected. 3.18 DISPOSAL OF TEST WATER 02510-20 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION A. The disposal of all water used in flushing, hydrostatic testing, and disinfecting the sections of pipeline shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. The disposal of water shall, in all cases, be carried out in strict observance of the water pollution control requirements of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board. B. The Contractor shall obtain an NPDES permit and comply with that permit in his discharge of test water. C. The Contractor shall apply a reducing agent to the solution to neutralize residual chlorine or chloramines remaining in the water. Additionally, the flow of water from the sections of pipeline shall be controlled to prevent erosion of surrounding soil, damage to vegetation, altering of ecological conditions in the area, and damage to any construction or maintenance activity occurring in any ditch or storm drain downstream of discharge. 3.19 CONNECTING TO EXISTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM A. After all hydrostatic tests and disinfecting has been completed and demonstrated to comply with the Specifications, the Contractor shall connect newly laid pipeline to the existing distribution system. B. Where connections are to be made to an existing potable water system, swab or spray the interior surfaces of all pipe and fittings used in making the connections with a five (5) percent or greater hypochlorite solution as directed by the Inspector. C. As soon as the connection is completed, thorough flushing is required until all discolored water is removed. 3.20 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY PIPING AND APPURTENANCES A. After the newly laid section of pipeline has been approved by the Inspector for connection to the existing distribution system, the Contractor shall disconnect and remove all temporary piping, fittings, test plates, backflow devices, and other appurtenances used for pressure testing, chlorinating, and flushing. B. Contractor shall remove and replace all stops used for testing and disinfecting of the pipeline with stainless steel repair clamps. 3.21 CLEANING A. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. 3.22 PROTECTION A. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion, 3.23 CONTRACTOR'S MATERIAL & TEST CERTIFICATE FOR PRIVATE FIRE SERVICE MAINS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510 -21 FIGURE A -9 -2.) Typical contractnr's material and test certificate for private fire service mains (continued on neat page) Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Private Fire Service Mains PROCEDURE Upon completion of work, inspection and tests shall be made by the contractors representative and witnessed by an owner's representative All defects shall be corrected and system left In service before contractors personnel finally leave the job. A certificate shall be filled out and signed by both representetwes. Copies shall be prepared for approving authorities, owners. and contractor. It is understood the owner's representative's signature in no way prejudices any claim against contractor for faulty malarial, poor workmanship, or failure to comp_ty w0 approving authority's reeuirement5 or local ordinances. PROPERTY NAME DATE PROPERTY ADO HESS ACCEPTE D 3Y APPROV ING AUTHORITIES (NAMES) ADDRESS - - - -_ - - -- PLANS INSTALLATION CONFORMS TO ACCEPTED PLANS Q YES -F] NO ;EQUIPMENT USED ISAPPROVED ;_3 YES El NO 1 I NO. STATE DEVIATIONS HAS PERSON IN CHARGE OF FIRE EQUIPMENT BEEN INSTRUCTED AS O YES Q NO TO LOCATION OF CONTROL VALVES AND CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF THIS NEW EQUIPMENT? IF NO, EXPLAIN INSTRUCTIONS - - -- HAVE COPIES OF APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTIONS AND CARE AND YES NO MAINTENANCE CHARTS BEEN LEFT ON PREMISES? IF NO, EXPLAIN LOCATION SUPPLIES BUILDINGS ' PIPE TYPES AND CLASS TYPE JOINT PIPE CONFORMS TO STANDARD O YES 0 NO PIPESAND FITTINGS CONFORM TO STANDARD 1 — YES G NO JOINTS IF NO, EXPLAIN BURIED JOINTS NEEDING ANCHORAGE CLAMPED, STRAPPED. OR BLOCKED IN 'J YES Q NO ACCORDANCE WITH STANDARD IF NO, EXPLAIN FLUSHING: Flow the required rate until water Is clear as inNcated by no collection of foreign malerial in burlap bags at outlets soch as hydrants and blow -oils. Flush at fiows not less than 390 GPM (1476 Umin) for 4 -inch pipe. 610 GPM (2309 Umin) for 5 inch pipe, B60 GPM (3331 Umin) for 6 -inch pipe, 1560 GPM (5905 Umin) lot 8 -inch pipe, 2440 GPM (9235 Umin) for 10 -inch pipe, and 3520 GPM If 3323 Umin) for 12 -inch pipe. When supply cannot produce stipulated ff ew rates, obtain maximum available. TEST HYDROSTATIC: Hydrostatic tests shall be made at not less than 200 psi (118 bars) for two hours or 50 psi 13.4 bars) DESCRIPTION above stalk pressure in excess of 150 psi (10.3 bars) for two hours. LEAKAGE: New pipe laid with rubber gasketed joints shall, if the workmanship is satisfactory, have little or no leakage at the joints. The amount of leakage at the Joints shall not exceed 2 qts, per hr. (1.89 Uh) per 100 fonts Irrespecllve of pipe diameter. The amount of allowable leakage specified above may be increased by 1 11 oz per in, valve diameter per hr. (30 mU•25 mm /h) For each metal seated Valve Isolating the test section. If dry barrel hydrants are tested with the main valve open, so the hydrants are under pressure, an additional 5 oz per minute (150 mUnim) leakage is permitted for each hydrant. _ NEW PIPING FLUSHED ACCORDING TO STANDARD Q YES C NO BY (COMPANY) IF NO, EXPLAIN - I _ I HOW FLUSHING FLOW WAS OBTAINED THROUGH WHAT TYPE OPENING FLUSHING iC PUBLICWATER TANKOR RESERVOIR (_1FIREPUMP `Q HYDRANT BUTT QOPENPIPE t_r TESTS _ LEAD -INS FLUSHED ACCORDING TO STANDARD Q YES Q NO BY (COMPANY) IF NO, EXPLAIN 'HOW FLUSHING FLOW WAS OBTAINED THROUGH WHAT TYPE OPENING EiPUBLIC WATER OTANK OR RESERVOIR 'DFIRE PUMP 0 Y CONN. TO FLANGE QOPEN PIPE 8 SPIGOT 02510-22 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION FIGUR L A -9 -2.1 Typical contractor's material and test certificate for private fire service mains (continued) END OF SECTION 02510 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-23 ALLNEW PIPING HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED AT BURIED JOINTS COVERED HYDROSTATIC TEST PSI FOR HOURS LJ YES NO TOTAL AMOUNT OF LEAKAGE MEASURED NO LEAKAGE ALLOWED FOR VISIBLE JOINTS LEAKAGE - - -- GALS. HOURS TEST ALLOWABLE LEAKAGE (BURIED) NO LEAKAGE ALLOWED FOR VISIBLE JOINTS GALS. HOURS NUMBER INSTALLED TYPE AND MAKE ALL OPERATE SATISFACTORILY HYDRANTS (_] YES NO WATER CONTROLVALVES LEFT WIDE OPEN (J YES NO IF NO, STATE REASON CONTROL VALVES HOSE THREADS OF FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS AND HYDRANTS ,r_i YES '_' NO INTERCHANGEABLE WITH THOSE OF FIRE DEPARTMENT ANSWERING ALARM DATE LEFT IN SERVICE ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: REMARKS — -- _ NAME OF INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SIGNATURES TESTS WITNESSED BY FOR PROPERTY OWNER (SIGNED) TITLE + DATE FOR INSTALLING CONTRACTOR (SIGNED) I TITLE I DATE ADDITIONAL EXPLANATION AND NOTES END OF SECTION 02510 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WATER DISTRIBUTION 02510-23 SECTION 02530 — SANITARY SEWERAGE 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 NOTE TO CONTRACTOR: FOUR (4) WORKING DAYS NOTICE IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY, CONTACT THE IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT AT 949 -053.5300 OR 949453 -5615. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Supply and installation of private sanitary sewer system from building wall perimeter, unless noted otherwise, to private site sanitary sewer point of connection as shown on Construction Documents. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Trenching Requirements: Conform to the requirements of Section 02300 — Earthwork 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturers Catalog data for materials. Include technical data for pipe, accessories, gaskets, joints, couplings, and cleanout valve box with lid. B. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certified statement that the pipe has been manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of the California Plumbing Code, ASTM, & The Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 1.4 LICENSES, PERMITS & FEES A. The Contractor working on Irvine Ranch Water District sewer mains must have a Class °C -34" or Engineering `A" Contractors license valid in the State of California B. The Contractor shall obtain all necessary permits, licenses, or agreements required by any legally constituted agency, pay for all fees and give all necessary notices required for the construction of the work. 1.5 DRAWINGS A. Because of the small scale drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the conditions surrounding installation of his work, furnishing the necessary piping, fittings, traps, and other devices which may be required to complete the installation. B. The general arrangement indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible. Coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings prior to installation of piping fixtures and equipment to verify adequate space available for installation of the work shown. In the event a field condition arises which makes it impossible to install the work as indicated, submit, in writing, the proposed departures to the Architect for his CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-1 acceptance. Only when Architect's acceptance is given, in writing, shall Contractor proceed with installation of the work. C. In case of a difference in the specifications or drawings, or between the specifications and the drawings or in the drawings, the Contractor shall figure the most expensive aftemate and after award of contract, shall secure direction from the Architect. 1.6 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before bidding on this work, Contractors shall make a careful examination of the premises and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the requirements of the contract. By the act of submitting a proposal for the work included in this contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have made such study and examination, and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions of the site. 1.7 PROTECTION A. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. B. Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to equipment and materials until he has received written notice from the Architect or Engineer that his work has been accepted. 1.8 LOCATIONS A. The locations of apparatus, piping and equipment indicated on the drawings are approximate. Piping and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passages clear. The locations of and mounting heights of all fixtures shall be coordinated with the architectural plans and room elevations. B. Clearances and Openings: Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other trades to avoid confliction and permit for a neat and orderly appearance of the entire installation. The Contractor shall, in advance of the work, furnish instructions to the General Contractor as to his requirements for equipment and material installation of any kind, whether or not specifically mentioned on drawings or in the specifications, and shall include recesses, chases in walls, and all required openings in the structure. Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cuttings are found to be required, the cost of the same shall be charged to this Contractor. 1.9 SUBMITTAL DATA (Also see Division 1) A. Furnish, all at one time, prior to any installation, within the time noted below, six (6) copies of valid submittal data on all fixtures, material, equipment and devices. Each submitted item shall be indexed and referenced to these specifications and to put identification numbers on fixtures and equipment schedules. B. Manufacturers submittal literature and shop drawings are required on all items to ensure the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available for review. Requirements of the submittals and Engineer's submittal notes are a part of the work of this Division except that Engineers notes may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of work of this Division. 02530-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE C. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project but the review does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements of this Division to property install work. D. A list of names is not a valid submittal. To be valid, all submittals must: 1. Be delivered to the Architect's office within thirty -five (35) days of award of the contract. Corrections or changes in submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time limit. 2. Include all pertinent construction, installation, performance and technical data. 3. Have all copies marked to indicate clearly the individual items being submitted. 4. Have each item cross - referenced to the corresponding specified item and be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 5. Contain calculations and other detailed data justifying how the item was selected for proposal. Data must be completed enough to permit detailed comparison of every significant characteristic for which the specified item was analyzed during design. 6. Include, for every item which differs in size, configuration, connections, service, accessibility or any other significant way, a drawing to the same (or larger) scale as to the pertinent portions of the contract drawings. In this drawing show a complete layout of the system except that which is identical to the contract drawings, unless the unchanged portions must be shown to indicate such things as clearances. This drawing, together with the contract design drawings must show the complete system as revised to accommodate the proposed aftemate. 7. In addition to the material and equipment submittals, the Contractor shall provide shop drawings of all underground utilities complete with all appurtenances and indicate exact location by dimension to grading plan, submit for review prior to installation. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS (Also see Division I) A. The Contractor assumes full responsibility that alternate manufacturers, items and procedures will meet the job requirements and is responsible for cost of redesign and of modifications to this and other parts of work caused by alternate items furnished under work in this Section. In view of these responsibilities, it is the purpose of these specifications to establish procedures which ensure that the Contractor has considered all the ramifications of proposed alternates before submitting them for review. Submittals which do not comply with the requirements of these specifications or which indicate proposed alternates were selected without proper regard to the requirements of the job, will not be approved. No more than one proposed aftemate will be considered for each item. B. This Contractor is responsible to provide sufficient information to allow the Engineer to analyze any proposed alternate. If inadequate information is provided, the proposal will not be approved and resubmittal will not be allowed. C. The Architect or his authorized representative shall be the sole judge as to the quality and suitability of proposed alternate equipment, fixtures or materials and decisions of the Architect or that of his representative shall be final and conclusive. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall provide and keep up-to -date a complete "as -built* record set of blueline prints which shall show every change from the original drawings and the exact "as- built" locations and sizes of the work provided under this Section of the specifications. This set shall include locations, dimensions, depth of buried piping, cleanouts, shut -off valves, sewer invert locations, plugged wyes, tees, etc. On completion of the work, the Contractor shall incorporate all as -built information on a set of reproducible tracings provided by the Architect and this set of reproducibles shall be delivered to the Architect. 1.12 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-3 A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 1. All work within the Irvine Ranch Water District's jurisdiction shall conform to the City's `Procedural Guidelines and General Design Requirements" and "Construction Manual ", as last revised. The Contractor must obtain a copy of these documents prior to construction. 2. The "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" or "Greenbook Standards" and the "Standard Plans for Public Works Construction ", latest edition, which are written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Citys Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of these documents may be obtained at the BNI Building News, 1612 S. Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA. 92602, phone 1 -688- 264 -7483 or available on the intemet at: http:Nwww.bnibooks.comL 3. California Plumbing Code, CPC, current edition, Chapter 7. 4. California Administrative Code, Title 22, Section 64630(e)(2). 5. Underwriters Laboratories. 6. American Society of Testing Materials. 1.13 IRVINE RANCH WATER DISTRICT AUTHORITY IN PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY A. The Irvine Ranch Water District shall have access to the work within their jurisdiction at all times during construction and shall be furnished with every reasonable facility for ascertaining full knowledge of the progress, workmanship, and character of materials used and employed in the work. No pipe, fittings, or other materials shall be installed or backfilled until inspected and approved by the City Inspector. The contractor shall give due notice in advance of backfilling to the City Inspector so that proper inspection may be provided. B. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the contractor of any obligations to complete the work as prescribed by the standard specifications. Any known defective work shall be corrected before testing or final inspection will be permitted. Unsuitable materials may be rejected even 9 these materials have been previously overlooked by the City Inspector. C. The City Inspector shall have the authority to suspend the work completely or in part for such time as it may deem necessary if the contractor fails to carry out instructions given by the City Inspector, or to perform any required provisions of the plans and specifications. The contractor shall immediately comply with a written order of the City Inspector to suspend the work completely or in part. The work shall be resumed when improper methods or defective work are corrected as ordered and approved in writing by the City Inspector. 1.14 INSPECTION A. All work in the public right -of -way, including that within easements, shall be subject to inspection by I.R.W.D. and shall be left uncovered until approved by the City Inspector. The contractor shall not proceed with any subsequent phase of work until the previous phase has been inspected and approved by the City. B. Notice shall be given to the City Chief Inspector at least 96 hours before starting construction. Signed utility plans must be delivered to the Chief Inspector at least four (4) working days before the contractor will be allowed to start construction. C. A pre - construction conference must be heM at least four (4) working days before the start of construction. The contractor's job foreman andlor job superintendent, the developer's engineer and the City Inspector must be present The purpose of this meeting will be to answer any questions on City specification requirements, to obtain the contractors construction schedule and emergency phone numbers, and to discuss any circumstances which may affect job installation. D. All work on private property Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up before it has been duty inspected, tested and approved by the Owner, Architect or any other authorized inspectors having legal 02530-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE jurisdiction over his work. Should he fail to observe the above, he shall uncover the work and, after it has been inspected, tested and approved, recover it at his own expense. 1.15 GUARANTEES (Also see Division I A. The Contractor shall guaranty the work against defective material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion of the contract and/or acceptance for the work by the Owner. Damage due to acts of God or from sabotage and /or vandalism is specifically exempted from the guaranty. When defective material and /or workmanship are discovered which require repairs to be made under this guaranty, all such work shall be done by the Contractor at his own expense and shall being within five (5) working days after written notice of such defects has been given to him/her by the Owner. Should the Contractor fail repair such defective material or workmanship within five (5) working days thereafter, the Owner may cause the necessary repairs to be made and charge the Contractor with the actual cost of all labor and materials required. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by leaks in pipelines or equipment furnished and installed under this Section for a period of one (1) year after date of acceptance of his work. C. All equipment and fixtures shall carry manufacturer's warranty against defective parts or poor workmanship and shall not be less than one (1) year. See specific equipment specifications for extended warranty requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 All materials within the Irvine Ranch Water District's jurisdiction shall conform to the City's "Construction Manual" as last revised The Contractor must obtain a copy of this document Prior to construction 2.2 MATERIALS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Pipeline: 1. Project site sanitary sewer. a. PVC Sewer Pipe sizes 4 through 8 inch, ASTM D -3034, SDR -35. The pipe will have a permanently installed reinforced rubber ring gasket in an Integral bell joint. PVC Sewer Fittings SDR -35 shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM Standards D -3034 and F -1336 or F -679. The PVC material shall have a minimum cell classification of 124%B, 12454 -C or 12364 -C as defined in ASTM 0- 1784. b. Where noted on plans: Acrylonibile- Butadiene - Styrene Schedule 40 plastic drainpipe and fittings meeting the requirements of ASTM D 2661 and D 3311. Provide ABS solvent cement for piping and joint connections and install in accordance with IAMPO Standards IS 5, 9, and UPC Section 718. All products shall bear the seal of a nationally recognized listing or certifying agency. C. Where noted on plans: Vitrified clay extra strength with plain end, meeting ASTM C 700 standards. Wedge lock joints conforming to material and performance standards ASTM C 425 -02 "Standard Specification for Compression joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings'. Installation shall be as per ASTM C 12-01 "Standard Practice for Installing Vitrified Clay Pipe Lines ". Manufactured by Mission Clay Products or approved equal. B. Cleanout Assemblies: Cleanout plug shall be line size. 1. See Construction Documents for details. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-5 C. Concrete, Mortar and Related Materials: Conform to Section 02751: Cement Concrete Paving, unless noted otherwise. D. Metal Covers, Frames and Accessories: 1. Conform to Section 206 — Miscellaneous Metal Items of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. 2. Metal Covers and Frames: Vandal- resistant design. 3. Hot -dip galvanize all steel parts after fabrication and prior to assembly in accordance with Section 210 — Paint and Protective Coating of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction. E. Bedding Materials: Conform to the requirements of Section 02300. PART 3 - EXECUTION ON PRIVATE PROPERTY 3.1 PIPELINE INSTALLATION — PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Install pipeline in a practical alignment and uniform slope to the point of connection as indicated on the plans. Prior to trench excavation, verify size, material depth, and location of the point of connection. Notify Civil Engineer if point of connection elevation is different then that shown on construction drawings as it may affect the design of the system. B. Where invert elevations are indicated, run pipe at a uniform slope between inverts shown. C. Join pipes and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. M E. Refer to ASTM D 2321 -00 "Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications" or Uni -Bell PVC Pipe Association UNI -PUB -6 "Installation Guide for PVC Solid -Wall Sewer Pipe" for installation information. 3.2 CLEARANCES OF SANITARY PIPELINE A. Buildings or Structures - 2 feet. B. Parallel to Water Line: 1. Building sanitary drain, (starts from the asphalt pad to existing site sewer) shall not be laid in a common trench with the water line unless the bottom of the water line shall be at least 12 inch above the top of the sewer pipeline. 2. In addition, the water pipe shall be placed on a solid shelf excavated on one side of the common trench with a minimum clear horizontal distance of 12 inch sewer or drain line. 3. Site sanitary sewer (receiving more than one building sanitary drain or acid pipeline) shall be separated from the water line in accordance with the requirements of the State of California, Human and Welfare Agency, Department of Health Services. C. Crossing Water Line: 1. Building sanitary drain shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches below the potable water line 02530-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE 2. Site sanitary sewer shall be separated from the water main in accordance with the requirements of the State of California Administrative Code, Title 22, Section 64630(e)(2). 3.3 CLEANOUTS A. In general, provide cleanouts at the upper terminal for each sanitary pipeline, at intervals not exceeding 100 feet in straight ran and any fraction thereof and for each aggregate horizontal change in direction exceeding 135 degrees. See construction drawings for exact locations. B. Install required cleanouts before horizontal pipelines are covered. C. In concrete -paved areas, extend cleanouts flush with finish grade. D. In unpaved and asphalt -paved areas, install cleanouts in yard boxes 4 inches below the yard box cover. E. In traffic areas, install countersunk cleanout plugs where raised heads protrude. 3.4 ABANDONED SEWERS AND STRUCTURES A. Plug or cap every abandoned sanitary pipeline or part thereof in an approved manner within 5 feet of the property line. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Where new building sewers are to be connected into a sewer line which is in active use, the CONTRACTOR shall call for such protection as is necessary to prevent construction debris from being washed into the active sewers. Plugged inlets or other suitable protection shall be called for in the active manhole before beginning manhole. modifications or tract sewer cleaning. 3.6 FIELD INSPECTION FOR PLASTIC PIPE & FITTINGS ON PRIVATE PROPERTY A. Inspect interior of sewer piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place with the use of closed circuit television (cctv), and again at completion of Project. The final video inspection shall be performed after the successful completion of the air or water pressure test and mandrel test and prior to the certificate of occupancy by the Owner for the new building. All mains and sewer laterals shall be video inspected. The Contractor shall give the Inspector a minimum of 48 hours notice prior to this video inspection. A video tape of the inspected pipeline shall be delivered to the Inspector for approval. Defects requiring correction include the following a. Alignment Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between structures. b. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. c. Infiltration: Water leakage into piping. d. Exfiltration: Water leakage from or around piping. 2. Replace defective piping using new materials, and repeat inspections until defects are within allowances specified. 3. Re- inspect and repeat procedure until results are satisfactory. B. Deflection Test All flexible and semirigid sewer line pipe shall be tested in accordance with S.S.P.W.C. Sections 306- 1.2.12 and 306 - 1.2.13 for deflection, joint displacement, or any other obstruction by passing a rigid mandrel CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE 02530-7 through the pipe by hand, not less than 30 days after completion of the trench backfill, but prior to permanent resurfacing. The mandrel shall be a full circle, solid cylinder, or a rigid, non - adjustable, odd - numbered leg (9 leg minimum) steel cylinder, accepted by the ENGINEER as to design and manufacture. The circular cross section of the mandrel shall have a diameter of at least 95 percent of the specified average inside diameter of the pipe and the minimum length of the circular portion of the mandrel shall be equal to the nominal diameter of the pipe. Obstructions encountered by the mandrel shall be corrected by the CONTRACTOR. C. All costs incurred by the Contractor attributable to cctv, mandrel, & deflection testing, including any delays, shall be borne by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. 3.7 TESTING OF SEWER PIPE ON PRIVATE PROPERTY A. After installation of sewer pipe a low pressure air test shall be performed. Contractor to follow guidelines set forth in the UNI -BELL PVC Pipe Association's, UNI -B -6, "Recommended Practice for Low- Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe." This documentation is available, for free, on the world wide web at htto:t/www.unF bell.or_gAiterature.php. 3.8 INSPECTION & TESTING OF SEWER PIPE UNDER I.R.W.D. AUTHORITY A. All inspection & testing work within the Irvine Ranch Water District's jurisdiction shall conform to the City's "Procedural Guidelines and General Design Requirements° and "Construction Manual ", as last revised. The Contractor must obtain a copy of these documents prior to construction. 3.9 CLEANUP A. The pipe installation shall be thoroughly cleaned after all testing has occurred, Cleaning shall be performed by the Contractor by means of an inflatable rubber ball, The ball shall be of a size that will inflate to ft snugly Into the pipe to be tested. The ball shall be controlled with a tag line. The ball shall be placed in the last maintenance hole on the pipe to be cleaned, and water shall be introduced behind it. The ball shall pass through the pipe with only the pressure of the water impelling it. All debris flushed out ahead of the ball shall be removed at the first maintenance hole where its presence is noted. In the event cement or wedged debris or a damaged pipe shall stop the ball, the Contractor shall remove the obstruction. B. Remove rubbish, debris, and waste materials and legally dispose of off the Project site. END OF SECTION 02530 02530-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SANITARY SEWERAGE SECTION 02553 - NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following for natural gas distribution outside the building: 1. Piping, 2. Valves. 3. Service regulators. 4. Service meters. 5. Concrete bases. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 15 Section "Fuel Gas Piping" for natural gas piping inside the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gas Main: Utility's natural gas piping. B. Gas Distribution: Piping from gas main to individual service-meter assemblies. C. Service-Meter Assembly: Piping, valves, [service regulator,] [service meter,] and specialties. D. Point of Delivery: Piping outlet from service-meter assembly. E. Natural Gas Piping: Piping that conveys natural gas from point of delivery to natural gas utilization devices inside the building. F. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working - Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 100 psig (690 kPa) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Service Meters: 65 psig (450 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. PE pipe and fittings. 2. Valves. 3. Service regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02553-1 4. Service meters. Indicate [pressure ratings and] capacities. Include [bypass fittings] [bypass fittings and meter bars] [meter bars] [supports]. B. Shop Drawings: For natural gas service piping and service meter assembly. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality - control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For the following natural gas distribution equipment and accessories to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1. Service regulators. 2. Service meters. 3. Earthquake valves. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of earthquake valves and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements .w B. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX. C. Comply with requirements of utility supplying natural gas and with authorities having jurisdiction for natural gas systems. D. Comply with [ANSI 2223.1 or NFPA 541 [or] [AGA IFGC] for materials, installation, testing, inspection, and purging. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and legally dispose of liquids from drips in existing gas piping. Handle liquids to avoid spillage and ignition. Notify gas supplier. Do not leave flammable liquids on premises overnight. B. Store PE pipes and valves protected from direct sunlight. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility- locating service for area where Project is located. B. Interruption of Existing Natural Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of gas supply according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner] no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of natural gas service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of natural gas service without Owner's written permission. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate connection to gas main with utility. B. Coordinate natural gas distribution with other utility Work. 02553-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPES AND FITTINGS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining materials. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E or S, Grade B; Schedule 40, black. 1. Malleable -Iron Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threads complying with ASME B1.20.1. 2. Steel Fittings: ASME 816.9, wrought -steel butt- welding type; and ASME 816.11, forged steel. 3. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5. 4. Unions: ASME BI 6.39, Class 150, black malleable iron; female pattern; brass -to -iron seat; ground joint. C. PE Pipe: ASTM D 2513, SDR 11. 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D 2683, socket type or ASTM D 3261, butt type with dimensions matching ASTM D 2513, SDR 11, PE pipe. D. Transition Fittings: Manufactured pipe fitting with one PE pipe end for [heat - fusion] <Insert others connection to PE pipe and with one ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, steel pipe end for threaded connection to steel pipe. E. Service -Line Risers: Manufactured PE pipe fitting with PE pipe inlet for [heat- fusion] connection to underground PE pipe; PE pipe riser section with protective- coated, anodeless, steel casing and threaded outlet for threaded connection to aboveground steel piping. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Components, Tapes, Gaskets, and Botts and Nuts: Suitable for natural gas and as recommended by piping manufacturer. 2.4 SHUTOFF VALVES A. Shutoff Valves, General: Manual operation, suitable for natural gas service, and with 100 -psig (690 -kPa) <Insert other minimum working - pressure rating. B. Threaded Valves, NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller. Include listing by agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Nonlubricated, Tapered Plug Valves: Brass or cast -iron body, with brass tapered plug; lever operation; and complying with ASME B16.33, MSS SP -78, UL 8421, or CSA listing]. Include lever] and locking device). 1. Manufacturers: a. Essex Brass. b. Lyall, R. W. 8 Company, Inc. C. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. d. Mueller Company. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02553-3 D. Lubricated, Tapered Plug Valves: Cast -iron body, with lubricated, brass tapered plug; lever operation; and complying with ASME 816.33, MSS SP -78, UL 842[, or CSA listing]. Include lever[ and locking device]. 1. Manufacturers: a. Mueller Company. b. National Meter. c. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. E. Ball Valves: Bronze body, with chrome - plated brass ball; lever handle; and complying with ASME B16.33, MSS SP -110, UL B42[, or CSA listing].[ Include locking device.] Manufacturers: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. c. Maxitrol Company. d. Milwaukee Valve Company. e. NIBCO. f. Stockham. g. Watts Industries, Inc. Lubricated Plug Valves: Cast -iron body, with lubricated, tapered, or cylindrical plug; lever operation; and complying with ASME B16.38, MSS SP -78, UL 842[, or CSA listing].[ Include locking device.] Manufacturers: a. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. b. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. c. Olson Technologies, Inc.; Homestead Valve Div. d. R & M Energy Systems; Flow Control Div. e. Walworth Company (The). G. Nonlubricated Plug Valves: Cast -iron body, with resilient - coated eccentric plug; lever operation; and complying with ASME B16.38, MSS SP -108, UL 8421, or CSA listing].[ Include locking device.] 1. Manufacturers: a. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. b. Olson Technologies, Inc.; Homestead Valve Div. C. Pratt, Henry Co. d. SPX Corporation; DeZURIK Unit. H. PE Valves: Made for gas distribution, with nut or flat head for key operation; and complying with ASME B16.40, UL 842[, or CSA listing]. 02553-4 1. Manufacturers: a. Kerotest Manufacturing Corp. b. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. C. Nordstrom Valves, Inc. d. Perfection Corporation; Gas Products Div. Valve Boxes: Cast -iron, two - section box. Include top section with cover with "GAS" lettering, bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel 5 inches (125 mm) in diameter, and adjustable cast -iron extension of length CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION required for depth of bury. Include tee - handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head and with stem of length required to operate valve. 2.5 EARTHQUAKE VALVES A. Description: ASCE 25[ or CSA listing), mechanical-operation and automatic-shutoff type with operating - pressure rating at least as great as system pressure. Pipe Connections: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. Threaded. b. NPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. 2. Manufacturers: a. Pacific Seismic Products, Inc. b. Quake Defense, Inc.; Emergency Fall -Safe Systems. c. Safe T Quake. d. Seismic Safety Products, Inc. e. US QuakeKoso Canada, Inc. 2.6 SERVICE REGULATORS A. Description: Natural gas service regulator complying with ANSI B109.4 or DIR 006.341sted for service regulators. 1. Construction: Single- stage, steel- jacketed, corrosion - resistant diaphragm type. Include atmospheric vent and elevation compensator. 2. Pipe Connections: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. NPS 2 -1l2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged. 3. Manufacturers: a. American Meter Co. b. Fisher Controls International. c. Invensys Energy Metering. d. National Meter. e. Schlumberger Limited. 2.7 SERVICE METERS A. Service Meters, General: Positive - displacement gas meter. 1. Construction: Metal case with temperature compensation, and corrosion- resistant internal components. 2. Pipe Connections: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. b. NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) and Larger. Flanged. B. Small- Capacity Service Meters: ANSI 8109. 1, diaphragm type, with registration in cubic feet (cubic meters) for meters with capacities of 500 cfh (14.2 cu. mlh) and less. 1. Manufacturers: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02553-5 a. American Meter Co. b. Fisher Controls International. c. Invensys Energy Metering. d. National Meter. e. Schlumberger Limited. C. Large - Capacity Service Meters: ANSI B709.2, diaphragm type, with registration in cubic feet (cubic meters) for meters with capacities of more than 500 cfh (14.2 cu. m /h). Manufacturers: a. American Meter Co. b. Invensys Energy Metering. c. Or equal. D. Rotary Service Meters: ANSI 8109.3, rotating -lobe type, with registration in cubic feet (cubic meters). 1. Manufacturers: a. American Meter Co. b. Schlumberger Limited. G. Or equal. E. Service -Meter Bars: Malleable- or cast -iron frame for supporting service meter. Include offset swivel pipes, nuts with 0 -ring seal, factory- or field- installed dielectric unions, and threaded ends. 1. Exception: Omit offset swivel pipes 9 dimensions match meter connections. 2. Manufacturers: a, Fisher Controls International. b. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. c. Mueller Company. d. National Meter. e. Schlumberger Limited. F. Service- Meter, Bypass Fitting: Ferrous, tee pipe fitting with integral ball check valve and capped side inlet for temporary natural gas supply. 1. Manufacturers: a. Lyall, R. W. & Company, Inc. b. Williamson, T. D., Inc. c. Or equal. 2.8 CONCRETE BASES A. Description: Precast concrete made of 3000 -psi- (20.7 -MPa -) minimum, 28 -day compressive strength reinforced concrete; at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick and 4 inches (100 mm) larger in each dimension than supported item, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK 02553-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off gas to premises or piping section. B. Inspect natural gas piping according to fuel gas code to determine that natural gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with fuel gas code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Flanges, unions, and transition and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aboveground Piping: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Steel pipe, butt - welding -type fittings, and welded joints. Joints for connection to threaded service regulators, service meters, and valves may be threaded. 2. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Steel pipe, malleable -iron fittings, and threaded joints. 3. NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) and Larger. Steel pipe, butt - welding -type fittings, and welded joints. Joints for connection to service regulators, service meters, and valves with flanged connections may be flanged. Joints for connection to service regulators, service meters, and valves with threaded connections NPS 2 -112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100) may be threaded. C. Underground Piping: PE pipe, PE fittings, and heat - fusion joints. D. Protective Conduit for Underground Piping: Steel pipe and threaded- or welding -type fittings. E. Underground- to-Aboveground Piping Connections: Service -line riser. F. PE- to-Steel Piping Connections: Transition fitting. 3.4 VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Drawings indicate types of shutoff valves to be used. If specific types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for lapping gas mains. 2. Underground: Use PE valves. 3. Aboveground, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. Lubricated tapered plug valves. 4. Aboveground, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. Ball valves. 5. Aboveground, MPS 2 -1/2 (DN 65) and Larger. Lubricated plug valves. 3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Install underground, natural gas distribution piping buried at least 36 inches (900 mm) below finished grade. B. Install underground, PE, natural gas distribution piping according to ASTM D 2774. C. Install underground, PE, natural gas distribution piping at entrance to and under part of building in steel piping protective conduit that is vented to outside. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02553-7 D. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service-meter outlets. Locate where readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. t. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches (75 mm) long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. E. Terminate service - regulator horizontal vents or horizontal vent piping with reducing -elbow fittings with large end as outlet. Install fitting outlet turned down with corrosion- resistant insect screen in outlet. 3.6 SERVICE -METER ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION A. Install service-meter assemblies aboveground, on concrete bases. B. Install metal shutoff valves upstream from service regulators. Shutoff valves are not required at second regulators if two regulators are installed in series. C. Install service regulators with vent outlet horizontal or facing down. Install screen in outlet if not integral with service regulator. D. Install metal shutoff valves upstream from service meters. Install dielectric fittings downstream from service meters. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities — Basic Materials and Methods" for dielectric fittings. E. Install service meters downstream from pressure regulators. F. Install pressure- relief or pressure- limiting devices so they can be readily operated to determine if devices are free of debris, tested to determine pressure at which they will operate, and examined for leakage if dosed. G. Install at least two pipe bollards in front of meter assemblies. 3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install PE shutoff valves on branch connections to existing underground, natural gas distribution piping. Install valves with valve boxes. B. Install metal shutoff valves on aboveground, natural gas distribution piping. C. Install earthquake valves aboveground, outside building, and according to listing applications. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect gas distribution piping to natural gas source and extend to service -meter assemblies and points indicated. Connect to building's natural gas piping if it is installed; otherwise, terminate piping with caps, plugs, or flanges, as required for piping material. Refer to Division 15 Section "Fuel Gas Piping" for natural gas piping inside the building. C. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment having threaded pipe connection. D. Install flanges, in piping NIPS 2 -112 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment having flanged pipe connection. 02553-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION E. Connect to utility gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. Install aboveground, natural gas distribution piping upstream from equipment shutoff valves, electrically continuous, and bonded to grounding electrode according to NFPA 70. G. Do not use natural gas distribution piping as grounding electrode. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic - laminate equipment nameplates and signs on or near each service regulator, service meter, and earthquake valve. 1. Text: In addition to identifying unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations. B. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tape over natural gas distribution piping during backfilling of trenches for piping. C. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for warning tapes. 3.10 PAINTING A. Refer to Division 9 Section Painting for field - applied finishes. B. Paint exposed metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties except units with factory- applied paint or protective coating. C. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory- applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas distribution according to requirements of fuel gas code and utility. B. Repair leaks and defective valves and specialties and retest system until no leaks exist. C. Report results in writing. D. Verify correct pressure settings for service regulators. 3.12 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain earthquake valves. Refer to Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 02553 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02553-9 SECTION 02741— HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 REQUIREMENT A. The Contractor shall furnish all tools, equipment, materials, and supplies and shall perform all labor required to complete the work as indicated in the Contract Documents and specked herein. B. The following types of pavement shall be covered in this Section: Paving for playground, parking areas, areas between buildings, adjacent to planting and turf areas, as indicated on Construction Documents. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work of this section shall be performed in accordance with The "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" or "Greenbook Standards" and the "Standard Plans for Public Works Construction ", latest edition, which are written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of these documents may be obtained at the BNI Building News, 1612 S. Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA. 92802, phone 1- 888 -264 -7483 or available on the internet at: http: /lwww.bnibooks.coml. B. The Owner's inspector shall test the temperature of each batch of asphaltic concrete prior to placement. If asphaltic concrete temperature is not within tolerances as set forth in this Section of the Specifications the affected batch shall be rejected. Any and all costs due to the rejected asphaltic concrete shall be the responsibility of the paving contractor. 1.3 ESTABLISHMENT OF GRADES A. The Contractor's Surveyor will set grade stakes. The Surveyor shall be a California registered land surveyor or licensed Civil Engineer. The Surveyor shall be hired and paid by the Contractor, and shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. Contractor shall notify the Owner at least 48 hours before staking is to be started. The Owner will determine if work is ready for staking. B. All work shall conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown on the Construction Plans. Three consecutive points set on the same slope shall be used together so that any variation from a straight grade can be detected. Any such variation shall be reported to the Engineer. In the absence of such report, the Contractor shall be responsible for any error in the grade of the finished work. C. Protect and maintain stakes in place until their removal is approved by the Owner. Grade or location stakes lost or disturbed by Contractor, shall be reset by the Surveyor at the expense of Contractor. D. Areas having drainage gradients of 2 percent or more shall have elevation stakes, set with instrument, at grid Intervals of 25 feet. Intermediate stakes may be set by using a tightly -drawn string line over the tops of adjacent stakes. Grade stakes must be set at all grade breaks, grade changes, etc. E. Areas having drainage gradients of less than 2 percent shall have elevation stakes, set with instrument, at 10 foot intervals. Grade stakes must be set at all grade breaks, grade changes, etc. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741 -1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Mix Designs: The CONTRACTOR shall formulate a job -mix formula using the Hveem method in accordance with S.S.P.W.C. Section 203 -6.2 and submit it to the ENGINEER for approval. The resultant mixture shall have Hveem properties conforming to S.S.P.W.C. Section 203 -.4.3. B. Samples: Prior to the delivery of specified aggregate to the site, the CONTRACTOR shall submit samples of the material for the INSPECTOR's acceptance in accordance with S.S.P.W.C. Section 4 -1.4. Samples shall be typical of materials to be furnished from the proposed source and in conformance with the specified requirements. C. Certificates 1. Twenty days prior to the delivery of aggregates, asphalt materials, and paving mixes to the project site, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer certificates and test results of compliance of such materials with these specifications. 2. Submit certificates of compliance from the supplier for bituminous materials for paint binder, asphaltic concrete, and seal coat. 3. Submit weigh master's certificates or certified delivery tickets for each truck load of asphaltic material delivered to the project site. 4. Upon completion of the weed control treatment, and as a condition for final acceptance, furnish a written certificate stating the brand name of the sterilant and the manufacturer, and that the sterilant used had at least the minimum required concentration, and that the rate and method of application complied in every respect with the conditions and standards contained herein. 1.5 QUALITY CONTROL A Asphaltic Concrete Producers Qualifications: Use only materials furnished by a bulk asphaltic concrete producer regularly engaged in production of hot mix, hot laid bituminous concrete. B. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (S.S.P.W.C.) — Green Book, 2003 Edition with supplements. C. Applicator Qualifications: Paving machine and roller operators shall be fully trained and experienced in the installation of asphaltic concrete paving on projects of similar size and complexity. D. Regulatory Requirements: The quantity of volatile organic compounds (V.O.C.) used in weed killer, seal coat, primer and other materials shall not exceed the limits permitted under the current regulations of the local authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITATIONS A. Do not apply asphalt materials if substrate is wet or excessively damp or if the following conditions are not met: 1. Tack Coats: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F. 2. Asphalt Base Course: Minimum surface temperature of 40 deg F and rising at time of placement 3. Asphalt Surface Course: Minimum surface temperature of 60 deg F at time of placement. 1.7 PAVEMENT - MARKING PAINT 02741 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING A. Proceed with pavement marking only on clean, dry surfaces and at a minimum ambient or surface temperature of 40 deg F for oil -based materials, 50 deg F for water -based materials, and not exceeding 95 deg F. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Base Course Material: Crushed aggregate for the base course shall consist of materials that meet the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction listed below. 1. Crushed aggregate base per Section 200.2.2, 3/4" max. - this is the preferred choice. 2. Crushed miscellaneous base per Section 200 -2.4, fine grade - this is the alternative choice. B. Asphalt Surfacing Materials: Furnish asphalt surfacing for wearing surface meeting the following requirement, furnished from a commercial asphalt central mixing plant. 1. Paint Binden Tack Coat: Asphalt emulsion shall be CSS -1 or CSS -1h and shall conform to the requirements of SSPWC Section 203-3 Emulsified Asphalt. 2. Composition & Grading: a. Base Course: Asphalt concrete shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition, Section 203- 6.4.3. Composition and grading of asphalt shall conform to the applicable pavement usage as listed on the Precise Grading Plan. b. Surface Course: Asphalt concrete shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Constrrction, 2003 Edition, Section 203- 6.4.3. Composition and grading of asphalt shall conform to the applicable pavement usage as listed on the Precise Grading Plan. C, At least two courses shall be laid when the new AC pavement is thicker than 4 inches. The to course shall be a surface course a minimum of 2" (inches) thick. C. Weed Control: 1. The soils sterilant shall be in accordance with current EPA acceptable standard and the California Department of Pesticide Regulations for soils sterilant. Sterilant shall be selected as appropriate for the environment in which is it to be placed. Contractor shall be licensed with the State of California to apply sterilant. Sterilant shall be commercial grade for commercial application. Payment for soil sterilization will include full compensation for application and all materials and incidental work required, 2. Apply Dow Elanoo Spike 8ODF, or approved equal, to subgrade prior to asphalt paving at locations shown on plan. Spike 80DF weed control should be applied at the rate of seven pounds per acre. If another manufacturer is used follow their recommendations. D. Headers and Stakes: 1. Headers: Redwood, Construction Heart Grade, size 2 x 6, unless otherwise indicated on construction drawings 2. Stakes: 2 x 4 redwood or 2 x 3 Douglas fir, Construction Grade. 3. Nails: Common, galvanized, 12d minimum. E. Wheel Stops: 1. Precast concrete, smooth and free of pits and rock pockets, providing a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Size at least 8 inches wide, 6 inches high and 6 feet long. Reinforce with 245 reinforcing bars 24' long. Provide 2 -314 inch diameter pre - drilled holes for anchor installation. 2. Bumper Anchors: Provide %cinch diameter x 18 -inch long galvanized steel pipe. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ?NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER .NOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-3 3. Bumper Adhesive: Provide adhesive recommended by bumper manufacturerrinstaller for fastening bumpers to concrete pavement PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HEADERS A. Install headers along edge of bituminous surfacing abutting turf, earth, or planting area, unless indicated otherwise. B. Install headers so the bottom surface has continuous bearing on solid grade. Where excavation for headers is undercut, thoroughly tamp soil under the header. Compact backfill on both sides of header to the density of adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Fasten headers in place with redwood or Douglas fir stakes of length necessary to extend into solid grade a minimum of 12 inches. Stakes shall be of sound material, neatly pointed, driven vertically, and securely nailed to headers. Space stakes, not to exceed 4 feet on centers with top of stakes set one inch below top of header. Provide a minimum of 2 -12d galvanized common nails through each stake. D. Remove existing headers where new surfacing is installed adjacent to existing surfacing. E. Install temporary headers at transverse joints of paving where continuous paving operations are not maintained. F. Provide additional stakes and anchorage as required to fasten headers in place 3.2 SUBGRADE PREPARATION A. Overexcavate surfaces under asphalt pavements one (1) foot minimum below the proposed subgrade elevations. The horizontal limits of overexcavation should extend to a minimum horizontal distance of 2 feet beyond the perimeter of the proposed improvements. The exposed over -cut surface should then be scarified to an additional depth of at least 6 inches, watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above- optimum moisture conditions, and re-compacted to at least 90 percent of the ASTM D -1557 laboratory test standard. Back -fill with excavated native materials and/or approved imported non - expansive soils. All backfill should be watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions and compacted by mechanical means in approximate 6 to 8 inch thick maximum lifts. The degree of compaction obtained should be at least 90 percent of the ASTM D -1557 laboratory test standard. Subgrade soils should exhibit a firm, unyielding surface in addition to the recommended compaction. B. The above subgrade preparation recommendations are based on the assumption that soils encountered during field exploration are representative of soils throughout the site. However, there can be unforeseen and unanticipated variations in soils between points of subsurface exploration. Hence, over - excavation depths must be verified, and adjusted if necessary, at the fime of grading. The over - excavated materials may be moisture conditioned and re- compacted as engineered fill. C. Subgrade tolerances: Subgrade for pavement shall not vary more than 0.02' from the specified grade and cross section. Subgrade for subbase or base material shall not vary more than 0.04' from the specified grade and cross section. Variations within the above specified tolerances shall be compensating so that the average grade and cross section specified are met. D. Correct irregularities by dressing down or filling as may be required, to bring areas to true subgrade elevations. E. Where filling is required, scarify the subgrade to bond the new material to the in place material; use additional material as required, subject to the approval of the Architect, and provided by the Contractor. 02741-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING Remove excess material from the site to a legal disposal area. 3.3 APPLICATION GENERAL A. Finish elevations, extent of asphalt paving and locations of type of asphalt and class of base shall be as indicated and specified herein and on the Construction Documents. Bring subgrade elevations sufficiently Wow the finish elevations of the paving so as to accommodate the thickness of paving and base. 3.4 STERILANT APPLICATION A. Place herbicide below base course. Meet the applicable environmental control requirements. Apply as directed by the manufacturer's printed instructions just before application of the base course. Sterilant shall not be applied within two feet of planting areas. 3.5 APPLICATION OF BASE COURSE A. Install base course material, encompassing spreading and compacting, in accordance with the S.S.P.W.C. Section 301 -2, Untreated Base. B. After preparing the subgrade as specified in 3.5.A, all traffic on the subgrade shall be avoided. Should it be necessary to haul over the prepared subgrade, the CONTRACTOR shall drag and roll the traveled way as frequently as may be necessary to remove ruts, cuts, and breaks in the surface. All cuts, ruts, and breaks in the surface of the subgrade that are not removed by the above operations shall be raked and hand tamped. All equipment used for transporting materials over the prepared subgrade shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. C. Continued use of sections of prepared subgrade for hauling, so as to cut up or deform it from the true cross- section, will not be permitted. The CONTRACTOR shall protect the prepared subgrade from all traffic. D. Maintain the surface in its finished condition until the succeeding layer is placed. 3.6 PLACING ASPHALT CONCRETE SURFACING: A. Paint Binderffack Coat: A tack coat shall be applied in conformance with S.S.P.W.C. Section 302 -5.4. B. Asphalt Concrete Pavement: 1. The method of proportioning, mixing, transporting, laying, processing, rolling the material, and the standards of workmanship shall conform to the applicable requirements of S.S.P.W.C. Section 302 -5 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT. At no time shall the coarse aggregate that has segregated from the mix be scattered across the paved mat. 2. The Inspector will examine the base before the paving has begun. The Contractor will correct any deficiencies before the paving is started, 3. Asphalt concrete of the class indicated in Section 2.13.2 shall be laid in courses conforming to S.S.P.W.C. Table 302- 5.5(A) unless otherwise stated herein. 4. At least two courses shall be laid when the new AC pavement is thicker than 4 inches. The top course shall be a wearing surface course a minimum of 2 inches thick. 5. Successive courses may be laid upon previously laid courses as soon as the previous course has cooled sufficiently to show no perceivable displacement under equipment or loaded material delivery trucks. 6. Wherever AC pavement does not terminate against a curb, gutter, or another pavement, the Contractor shall provide and install a redwood or pressure treated Douglas fir header at the line of termination. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING 02741-5 3.7 FLOODTESTING A. Flood Test: A water flood test shall be done in the presence of the Inspector. The flooding shall be done by water tank truck. Depressions where the water ponds to a depth of more than 1/8 -inch shall be filled or the slope corrected to provide proper drainage. The edges of the fill shall be feathered and smoothed so that the joint between the fill and the original surface is invisible. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Replace or repair deficient and damaged asphalt paving. B. All paving shall drain property before being accepted. Upon completion, the pavement shall be true to grade and cross section. When a 10 foot straightedge is laid on the finished surface parallel to the centerline of the roadway, the surface shalt not vary from the edge of the straightedge more than 118 inch, except at intersections or at changes of grade. Any areas that are not within this tolerance shall be brought to grade immediately following the initial rolling. There shall be no variation greater than 114 inch plus or minus from a 10 foot straight edge, except at grade changes. The paving material In the area to be repaired shall be removed, by an approved method, to provide a minimum laying depth of 1 inch, or 2 times the maximum size aggregate, whichever is greater, of the new pavement at the join line. Repairs shall not be made to pavement surface by feather- edging at the join lines. All expenses for pavement repair up shall be borne by the Contractor at NO cost to the Owner. 3.9 INSTALLATION OF PARKING BUMPERS A. Install bumpers as indicated on the Drawings. On bituminous paving, install anchors through pavement and into the ground a minimum of 12 inches. On concrete pavement, install bumpers in a continuous bed of adhesive recommended by manufacturer. 3.11 PARKING STALL STRIPES AND /OR PAINTED DIRECTIONS A. Pavement marking paint shall be "White Formula No. 2600A9 Duraline 2000 and yellow Formula No. 2601A9 Duraline 2000 as manufactured by Morton. These temporary paints shall be applied at 15 mils wet, in two coats. B. Painted lines and markings on pavement at accessible parking stalls shall be 3 -inch minimum wide (blue in color) equal of Color No. 15090 per Federal Standard 595B. G. Parking spaces for persons with disabilities shall be marked according to CBC Section 11296.5. D. Tactile warning fines shall be in conformance to CBC Section 11336.8.3 and 11336.8.4. E. Paint curb red at fire lanes. 3.12 PROTECTION B. Protect the Work of this section until Substantial Completion. 3.13 CLEAN UP A. Clean all debris and unused materials from the paving operation. Clean all surfaces that have been spattered or defaced as a result of the paving operation. Asphalt or asphalt stains which are noticeable upon surfaces of concrete, or materials which will be exposed to view, shall be promptly and completely removed. Cleaning shall be 02741-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HOT -MIX ASPHALT PAVING SECTION 02751 — CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all materials for concrete in accordance with the provisions of this Section and shall form, mix, place, cure, repair, finish, and do all other work as required to produce finished concrete, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Provide curb cuts meeting the accessibility requirements of the California Code of Regulations (CCR) Title 24 Part 2, 11278.5, and ramps complying with CCR, T24, CCR, Part 2, 1003.3.4 and 11338.5. C. The following types of concrete shall be covered in this Section: Portland cement concrete pavement, cement walks, curbs, gutters, trash pick -up areas, ramps, mowing strips, fence post footings, sliding gate concrete tracks, catch basins, pipe bedding and encasements, transition structures, flagpoles and light standard bases and footings, splash blocks and equipment pads. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions and Division 1. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Comply with the reference specifications of the GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. The "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" or "Greenbook Standards" and the "Standard Plans for Public Works Construction ", latest edition, which are written and promulgated by the Joint Cooperative Committee of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association and Southern California Districts Associated General Contractors of California. Copies of these documents may be obtained at the BNI Building News, 1612 S. Clementine Street, Anaheim, CA. 92802, phone 1- 888 -264 -7483 or available on the internet at: hftp:llwww.bnibooks.cwml. C. Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards. Federal Specifications: a. UU- B-790A (Int.Amd. 1) Building Paper, Vegetable Fiber (Kraft, Waterproofed, Water Repellant and Fire Resistant). 2. Commercial Standards: a. ACI 214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete. b. ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings. C. ACI 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement d. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete. e. ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. I. ACI 350 Recommended Practice for Sanitary Structure. g. ASTM C 31 Practices for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 -1 h. ASTM C 33 Specification for Concrete Aggregates. I. ASTM C 39 Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. j. ASTM C 40 Test Method for Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregates for Concrete. k. ASTM C 42 Methods of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 1. ASTM C 785pecification for Flexural Strength. M. ASTM C88Test Method for Soundness of Aggregates by use of Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium Sulfate. n. ASTM C 94Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. o. ASTM C 114 Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement. P. ASTM C 131 Test Method for Resistance to Degradation of Small -Sized Coarse Aggregate by Abrasion and Impact in the Los Angeles Machine. q. ASTM C 136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate. r. ASTM C 143 Test Method for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete. S. ASTM C 150 Specification for Portland Cement t. ASTM C 156 Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials. U. ASTM C 157 Test Method for Length Change of Hardened Hydraulic Cement Mortar and Concrete. V. ASTM C 172 Specification for Sampling Fresh Concrete. W. ASTM C 192 Method of Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory. X. ASTM C 260 Specification for Air - Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. y. ASTM C 289 Test Method for Potential Reactivity of Aggregates (Chemical Method). Z. ASTM C 311 Method for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. aa. ASTM C 494 Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. bb. ASTM C 618 Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete. cc. ASTM D 1751 Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non - extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). dd. ASTM E 119 Method for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. 1.4 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. The following submittals and specific information shall be provided. 02751-2 Mix Designs: Prior to beginning the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER, for review, and approval, preliminary concrete mix designs for each class and type of concrete specified herein. The mix designs shall be designed by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the ENGINEER. All costs related to such mix design shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. a. Each concrete mix submittal shall contain the following information: 1) Slump on which the design is based. 2) Total gallons of water per cubic yard. 3) Brand, type, composition and quantity of cement 4) Brand type, composition and quantity of fly ash. 5) Specific Gravity and gradation of each aggregate. 6) Ratio of fine to total aggregate per cubic yard. 7) Weight (surface dry) of each aggregate per cubic yard. 8) Brand, type, and ASTM designation, active chemical ingredients and quantity of each admixture. 9) Copy of the Building and Safety Research Report Approval for each concrete admixture. 10) Air content. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 11) Compressive strength based on 7 day and 28 day compression tests, including standard deviation calculations, corroborative data (if applicable), and required average comprehensive strength per ACI 318, Section 5. 12) Time of initial set. 13) Certification stamp and signature by a Civil or Structural engineer registered in state of California. 14) Certificate of Compliance for Cement. 2. Certified Delivery Tickets: Where ready -mix concrete is used, the CONTRACTOR shall provide certified weighmaster delivery tickets at the time of delivery of each load of concrete. Each certificate shall show the public weighmaster's signature, and the total quantities, by weight of cement, sand, each class of aggregate, admixtures, and the amounts of water in the aggregate and added at the batching plant as well as the amount of water allowed to be added at the site for the specific design mix. Each certificate shall, in addition, state the mix number, total yield in cubic yards, and the time of day, to the nearest minute, corresponding to when the batch was dispatched, when it left the plant, when it arrived at the job, the time that unloading began, and the time that unloading was finished. 3. When a water reducing admixture is to be used, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish mix designs for concrete both with and without the admixture. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Certificate of Compliance signed by the supplier identifying the type of fly ash and stating that the fly ash complies with ASTM C 618 and these Specifications, together with all supporting test data prior to the use of the fly ash the sample represents. The supporting data shall also contain test results confirming that the fly ash in combination with the cement and water to be used meets all strength requirements and is compatible with air - entraining agents and other admixtures. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review the design mix for Hy ash concrete together with the design mix for portland cement (non -fly ash) concrete as specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing for Portland Cement Concrete shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the ASTM and California Tests listed in the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition, Section 201- 1.1.5. B. Samples for strength tests of each class of concrete placed each day shall be taken not less than once a day, or not less than once for each 50 cubic yards of concrete, or not less than once for each 2,000 square feet of surface area for slabs. Additional samples for seven -day compressive strength tests shall be taken for each class of concrete at the beginning of the concrete work or whenever the mix or aggregate is changed. C. The cost of all laboratory tests on cement, aggregates, and concrete, will be borne by the CONTRACTOR. D. Concrete for testing shall be supplied by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the Owner, and the CONTRACTOR shall provide assistance and facilities to the INSPECTOR in obtaining samples, and disposal and cleanup of excess material. E. Curbs and gutters shall be staked by a Land Surveyor licensed to practice in the State of California. F. Construction Tolerances: The CONTRACTOR shall set and maintain concrete forms and perform finishing operations so as to ensure that the completed work is within the tolerances specified herein. Surface defects and irregularities are defined as finishes and are to be distinguished from tolerances. Tolerance is the specified permissible variation from lines, grades, or dimensions shown. Where tolerances are not stated in the specifications, permissible deviations will be in accordance with ACI 347. G. The following construction tolerances are hereby established and apply to finished walls and slab unless otherwise shown: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-3 Item Tolerance Variation of the constructed linear outline from the established position in plan. Variation from the level or from the grades shown. Variation from the plumb Variation in the thickness of slabs and walls. Variation in the locations and sizes of slabs and wall openings PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS In 10 feet: 118 -inch; In 20 feet or more: 114 -inch In 10 feet: 118 -inch; In 20 feet or more: 114 -inch In 10 feet: 1 /84th; In 20 feet or more: 114 -inch Minus 1/8 -inch; Plus 114 -inch Plus or minus 1/8 -inch A. Materials shall be delivered, stored, and handled so as to prevent damage by water or breakage. Only one brand of cement shall be used. Cement reclaimed from cleaning bags or leaking containers shall not be used. All cement shall be used in the sequence of receipt of shipments. B. All materials furnished for the work shall comply with the requirements of Sections 201, 203, and 204 of ACI 301, as applicable. C. Storage of materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 205 of ACI 301. D. Form Materials: Plywood, metal, metal - framed plywood, or other acceptable panel -type materials to provide full - depth, continuous, straight, smooth exposed surfaces. Conform to Section 303 -5.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 edition. 1. Use flexible or curved forms for curves of a 100 -foot or less radius. E. Reinforcing Materials: As follows: 1. Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615 deformed grade 40 billet steel, plain finish, unless otherwise specified on Construction Document. 2. Welded Steel lire Fabric: ASTM A 185, flat sheets, not rolls, unfinished. 3. Plain, Cold -Drawn Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, 4. Dowels: ASTM A 615, Grade 40, plain steel, unfinished. F. Concrete Materials: As follows: Cement shall be standard brand porlland cement conforming to ASTM C 150, 80% Type 11 or Type V with 20% Class F fly ash. A water- reducing admixture conforming to section 2.1, part GA herein must also be used. A single brand of cement shall be used throughout the work, and prior to its use, the brand shall be acceptable to the ENGINEER. The cement shall be suitably protected from exposure to moisture until used. Cement that has become lumpy shall not be used. Sacked cement shall be stored in such a manner so as to permit access for inspection and sampling. Certified mill test reports for each shipment of cement to be used shall be submitted to the INSPECTOR. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 02751-4 CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 2. Concurrent with strength design criteria, concrete shall also be proportioned to provide the requisite durability to satisfy the exposure conditions imposed by either environment and/or service. Durability, in this context, refers to the ability of the concrete to resist deterioration from the environment or service in which it is placed. Concrete proportioned in accordance with ACI 318, chapter 4, Durability Requirements, will meet this criteria. 3. Combined Aggregate 1" maximum coarse aggregate size conforming to Grading C of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Section 201- 1.3.2(A). Aggregates shall be obtained from pits acceptable to the INSPECTOR, shall be non - reactive, and shall conform to ASTM C 33. 4. Water. Shall be potable, clean, and free from objectionable quantities of silly organic matter, alkali, salts and other impurities. The water shall be considered potable, for the purposes of this Section only, if it meets the requirements of the local governmental agencies. G. Admixtures: 1. The ENGINEER may require the use of admixtures or the CONTRACTOR may propose to use admixtures to control the set, effect water reduction, and increase workability. In either case, the addition of an admixture shall be at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The use and continued use of an admixture shall be approved by the ENGINEER. Admixtures specified herein, other than calcium chloride, shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C 494. The required quantity of cement shall be used in the mix regardless of whether or not an admixture is used. Admixtures shall contain no free chloride ions, be non -toxic after 30 days, and shall be compatible with and made by the same manufacturer as the air entraining admixture. 2. These admixtures shall not be used in greater doses than those recommended by the manufacturer or permitted by the ENGINEER. The permitted dosage of the admixture shall not exceed that which will result in an increase in the driving shrinkage of the concrete in excess of 20 percent when used in precast or prestressed concrete, or 10 percent when used in any other structural concrete. The strength of concrete containing the admixture in the amount of proposed shall, at the age of 48 hours and longer be not less than that of similar concrete without the admixture. The admixture shall not adversely affect the specified air content, unless permitted by the ENGINEER. 3. Set controlling admixture shall be either with or without water- reducing properties. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently over 80 degrees F, a set retarding admixture such as [Sika Chemical Corporation's Plastiment], [Master Builder's Pozzolith 300R], or equal shall be used. Where the air temperature at the time of placement is expected to be consistently under. 40 degrees F, a set accelerating admixture such as [Sika Chemical Corporation's Plastocrete 161FL], [Master Builder's Pozzolith 50C], or equal shall be used. 4. Low range water reducer shall conform to ASTM C 494, Type A. It shall be either a hydroxylated carboxylic acid type or a hydroxylated polymer type. The quantity of admixture used and the method of mixing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 5. High range water reducer shall be suffonated polymer conforming to ASTM C 494, Type F or G. a. If the high range water reducing agent is added to the concrete at the batch plant, it shall be second generation type, [Daracem 100, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co.]; [Pozzolith 430R, as manufactured by Masterbuilders]; or equal. High range water reducer shall be added to the concrete after all other ingredients have been mixed and initial slump has been verified. b. If the high range water reducer is added to the concrete at the job site, it shall be used in conjunction with a low range water reducer and shall be [Pozzolith 40ON and Pozzolith MBL82, as manufactured by Masterbuilders]; [WRDA 19 and WRDA 79, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Co.]; or equal. Concrete shall have a slump of 3- inches ± 1/2 -inch prior to adding the high range water reducing admixture at the job site. The high range water reducing admixture shall be accurately measured and pressure injected into the mixer as a single dose by an experienced technician. A standby system shall be provided and tested prior to each day's operation of the job site system. 6. Air - entraining agent meeting the requirements of ASTM C 260, shall be used. Sufficient air - entraining agent shall be used to provide a total air content of 3 to 4 percent; provided that, when the mean daily temperature in the vicinity of the worksite falls below 40 degrees F for more than one day, the total air content provided shall be 5 to 6 percent. The Owner reserves the right, at any time, to sample and test the air - entraining agent received on the job by the CONTRACTOR. The air - entraining agent shall be added to the batch in a portion CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 -5 H. J. K. 02751 -6 of the mixing water. The solution shall be batched by means of a mechanical hatcher capable of accurate measurement. 7. Calcium Chloride: Except as otherwise provided herein, calcium chloride will not be permitted to be used in concrete. 8. Fly ashlpozzolan shall conform to ASTM C 618 and the following supplementary requirements: a. Class F fly ash o Loss on ignition, maximum 4 percent o S03 content, maximum 3 percent o Moisture content, maximum 1 percent o R = (CaO - 5 %)1(Fe203), maximum 0.75 percent b. Class F fly ash, as a percent by weight of total cementitious material, shall not exceed 15 percent. Curing Materials: 1. Concrete curing compound shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C309 Type 1 -D (clear or translucent with a fugitive dye), Class B (Resin Type Only), except the loss of water shall not exceed 0.15 kilograms per square meter in 24 hours nor 0.45 kilograms per square meter in 72 hours when tested in accordance with ASTM C 156. The CONTRACTOR shall provide, when requested by the ENGINEER, certified copies of vendor's test report showing compliance with ASTM C 309 and these specifications. The testing and the report shall be supplied without cost to the Agency. All compounds shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR in sealed original containers labeled in accordance with ASTM C 309 and with the date of manufacture. 2. Polyethylene sheet for use as concrete curing blanket shall be white and conform to ASTM C 171. The loss of moisture when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156 shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface. 3. Polyethylene-coated burlap for use as concrete curing blanket shall conform to ASTM C 171. The loss of moisture, when determined in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C 156, shall not exceed 0.055 grams per square centimeter of surface. Expansion Joint Filler Material 1. Curb & Gutter. Nonextruding and Resilient Filler. Celotex "Flexcell ", or approved equal, 114 -inch thick material conforming to ASTM D 1751 -99. 2. Concrete Walk and Slab: "Homex 300 ", or approved equal, as manufactured by Homasote Company, material conforming to ASTM D 1751 -99. 3. Elaslomeric Sealant: Premium - grade, high- performance, moisture - cured, single- component, polyurethane- based, non -sag elastomeric sealant, ASTM C -920, Type S, Class 25; Grade NS, Use NT, Sikaflex -15 LM by Sika Corporation, Elasto-thane 230 by Pacific Polymers International, Inc. Related Materials: As follows: 1. Damp - proofing agent shall be an asphalt emulsion, such as [Sonneborn Hydrocide 6601, [Flintkote C -13-E Foundation Coating], or equal. 2. Epoxy adhesives shall be the following products for the applications specified: a. For bonding freshly- mixed, plastic concrete to hardened concrete, [Sikadur HimMod Epoxy Adhesive, as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation]; [Concresive 1001 -LPL, as manufactured by Adhesive Engineering Company]; or equal. b. For bonding hardened concrete or masonry to steel, [Colma -Dur Gel], [Sikadur Hi -Mod Gel], or equal. Flatwork, Curb, & Curb - Gutter Mix Design: Special exposure mixes should be proportioned in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 4, Durability Requirements. Admixtures containing calcium chloride are prohibited for use in concrete CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT exposed to sulfates. Concrete shall conform to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition, Section 201- 1.1.3, mix class 618- CLE4000P: 1. Compressive Strength: minimum of 4000 psi at 28 days compressive strength. 2. Water- Cement Ratio: 0.50 maximum gallsack. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches at point of placement. 4. Cement per cu yard (sacks): 6.5 (minimum). 5. Air Content: 4 % +/ -1 % percent. L. Thrust Block Mix Design: 1. Compressive Strength: 3250 psi at 28 days compressive strength. 2. Water- Cement Ratio: 0.600 maximum gallsack. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches at point of placement. 4. Cement per cu yard (sacks): 6.0. M. Slurry Mix Design: 1. Compressive Strength: 100 psi at min. 28 days compr. strength. 2. Water - Cement Ratio: 3.300 gallsack 3. Slump Limit: 5 inches at point of placement. 4. Cement per cu yard (sacks): 1.0 5. Air Content: 4 % +I -1% percent. N. Concrete Splash Block: Pre -cast reinforced concrete splash block, 17 x 24 ", Christy Concrete Products Inc, ordering code M50SPB1, or approved equal. Contractor can view this product at the following web site: htto://www .chd*concrele.com /html /si)lash blocks.html. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION OF SURFACES FOR CONCRETING A. General: Earth surfaces shall be thoroughly wetted by sprinkling, prior to the placing of any concrete, and these surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling up to the time of placing concrete thereon. The surface shall be free from standing water, mud, and debris at the fime of placing concrete. B. Subgrade Preparation: Overexcavate surfaces under concrete pavement one (1) foot minimum below the proposed subgrade elevations. The horizontal Nmits of overexcavation should extend to a minimum horizontal distance of 2 feet beyond the perimeter of the proposed improvements. The exposed over -cut surface should then be scarfed to an additional depth of at least 6 inches, watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions, and re- compacted to at least 90 percent of the ASTM D -1557 laboratory test standard. Back -fill with excavated native materials and/or approved imported non - expansive soils. All backfill should be watered or air dried as necessary to achieve slightly above - optimum moisture conditions and compacted by mechanical means in approximate 6 to 8 inch thick maximum lifts. The degree of compaction obtained should be at least 90 percent of the ASTM D -1557 laboratory test standard. Subgrade soils should exhibit a firm, unyielding surface in addition to the recommended compaction. C. The above subgrade preparation recommendations are based on the assumption that soils encountered during field exploration are representative of soils throughout the site. However, there can be unforeseen and unanticipated variations in soils between points of subsurface exploration. Hence, over - excavation depths must be verified, and adjusted K necessary, at the time of grading. The over - excavated materials may be moisture conditioned_ and re- compacted as engineered fill. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-7 D. Joints in Concrete: Concrete surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed, where the placement of the old concrete has been stopped or interrupted so that, as determined by the ENGINEER, the new concrete cannot be incorporated integrally with that previously placed, are defined as construction joints. The surfaces of horizontal joints shall be given a compacted, roughened surface for good bond. Except where the Drawings call for joint surfaces to be coated, the joint surfaces shall be cleaned of all lattance, loose or defective concrete, and foreign material. Such cleaning shall be accomplished by sandblasting followed by thorough washing. All pools of water shall be removed from the surface of construction joints before the new concrete is placed. E. Embedded Items: No concrete shall be placed until all formwork, installation of parts to be embedded, reinforcement steel, and preparation of surfaces involved in the placing have been completed and ACCEPTED by the INSPECTOR at least 24 hours before placement of concrete. All surfaces of forms and embedded items that have become encrusted with dried grout from concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such grout before the surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. F. All inserts or other embedded items shall conform to the requirements herein. G. All reinforcement, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts, and similar items shall be set and secured in the forms where shown or by shop drawings and shall be acceptable to the INSPECTOR before any concrete is placed. Accuracy of placement is the. responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. H. Where concrete is to be cast against old concrete, (greater than 60 days of age), the surface of the old concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened by sand - blasting, exposing the aggregate. In concrete shear - walls, suspended slabs and roof slabs, the interface surface at construction joints shall be roughened to a full amplitude of one quarter inch. The hardened surface shall be cleaned of all latent foreign material and washed clean, prior to the application of an epoxy bonding agent. I. No concrete shall be placed in any structure until all water entering the space to be filled with concrete has been properly cut off or has been diverted by pipes, or other means, and carried out of the forms, clear of the work. No concrete shall be deposited underwater nor shall the CONTRACTOR allow still water to rise on any concrete until the concrete has attained its initial set. Water shall not be permitted to flow over the surface of any concrete in such manner and at such velocity as will injure the surface finish of the concrete. Pumping or other necessary dewatering operations for removing ground water, if required, will be subject to the review of the ENGINEER. J. Corrosion Protection: Pipe, conduit, dowels, and other ferrous items required to be embedded in concrete construction shall be so positioned and supported prior to placement of concrete that there will be a minimum of 2- inches clearance between said items and any part of the concrete reinforcement. Securing such items in position by wiring or welding them to the reinforcement will not be permitted. K. Openings for pipes, inserts for pipe hangers and brackets, and the setting of anchors shall, where practicable, be provided for during the placing of concrete. L Anchor bolts shall be accurately set, and shall be maintained in position by templates while being embedded in concrete. M. Cleaning: The surfaces of all metalwork to be in contact with concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, grease, loose scale and rust, grout, mortar, and other foreign substances immediately before the concrete is placed. 3.2 HANDLING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING A. General: Placing of concrete shall conform to the applicable requirements of ACI 301 and the requirements of this Section. B. Non - Conforming Work or Materials: Concrete which upon or before placing is found not to conform to the requirements specified herein shall be rejected and immediately removed from the work. Concrete which is not 02751-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT placed in accordance with these Specifications, or which is of inferior quality, shall be removed and replaced by and at the expense of the CONTRACTOR. C. D. Casting New Concrete Against Old: An approved epoxy adhesive bonding agent shall be applied to the old surfaces according to the manufacturers written recommendations. This provision shall not apply to joints where waterstop is installed. E. Conveyor Belts and Chutes: All ends of chutes, hopper gates, and all other points of concrete discharge throughout the CONTRACTOR'S conveying, hoisting and placing system shall be so designed and arranged that concrete passing from them will not fall separated into whatever receptacle immediately receives it. Conveyor belts, if used, shall be of a type acceptable to the INSPECTOR. Chutes longer than 50 feet will not be permitted. Minimum slopes of chutes shall be such that concrete of the specified consistency will readily How in them. If a conveyor belt is used, it shall be wiped clean by a device operated in such a manner that none of the mortar adhering to the bell will be wasted. All conveyor belts and chutes shall be covered. Sufficient illumination shall be provided in the interior of all forms so that the concrete at the places of deposit is visible from the deck or runway. F. Placement in Slabs: Concrete placed in sloping slabs shall proceed uniformly from the bottom of the slab to the top, for the full width of the pour. As the work progresses, the concrete shall be vibrated and carefully worked around the slab reinforcement, and the surface of the slab shall be screeded in an up -slope direction. G. Temperature of Concrete: The temperature of concrete when it is being placed shall be not more than 90 degrees F nor less than 40 degrees F in moderate weather, and not less than 50 degrees F in weather during which the mean daily temperature drops below 40 degrees F. Concrete ingredients shall not be heated to a temperature higher than that necessary to keep the temperature of the mixed concrete, as placed, from falling below the specified minimum temperature. If concrete is placed when the weather is such that the temperature of the concrete would exceed 90 degrees F, the CONTRACTOR shall employ effective means, such as precooling of aggregates and mixing water using ice or placing at night, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete, as it is placed, below 90 degrees F. The CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no additional compensation on account of the foregoing requirements. H. Cold Weather Placement: Earth foundations shall be free from frost or ice when concrete is placed upon or against them. Fly ash concrete shall not be placed when the air temperature falls below 50 degrees F. Float Finish: Begin floating when bleed water sheen has disappeared and the concrete surface has stiffened sufficiently to permit operations. Float surfaces to trueplanes within a tolerance of 114 inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10- foot -long straightedge placed anywhere on the surface in any direction. The finished surface shall be free from humps, sags, blemishes or other irregularities Cut down high spots and fill low spots. Refloat surface immediately to a uniform granular texture. 1. Medium broom finish required on surfaces up to 6°% slope: Draw a soft bristle broom across concrete surface, perpendicular to line of traffic, to provide a uniform fine line texture. 1 Ramps/ Slopes over 6° %: Provide a heavy broom finish by striating surface 1/16 inch to 116 inch deep with a stiff - bristled broom, perpendicular to line of traffic. Joints: Joints: Joints in concrete curb, gutter, and walk shall be designated as expansion joints and weakened planelscore joints. See Architectural plans for maximum distance between expansion joints for flatwork and place at maximum 24 feet O.C. for curbs 1 curb & gutter or as indicated on construction drawings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-9 a. Expansion Joints: Provide 114" premolded joint filler, material meeting Section 2.11 herein. Construct expansion joints in conformance with S.S.P.W.C. Section 303 - 5.4.2. 1) Extend expansion joint fillers full -width and depth of joint, and 114" below finished surface where joint filler is indicated. If no joint sealer is called for, place top of premolded joint filler flush with top of concrete or curb. 2) Where elastomeric sealer is noted on the construction documents, the premolded joint filler strips shall be placed Y2" below the surface of the concrete or curb, the full width of the expansion joint. The remainder of all joints shall be filled to the surface of the concrete with the elastomeric sealant. 3) Joint filler strips between walk and curb shall be the depth of the walk plus 1 inch with the top set flush with the speed grade of the top of curb. b. Weakened Plane/Score Joints: 1) Weakened plane joints in sitework concrete shall comply with SSPWC subsection 302 -6.5.4 except that the configuration of the joint shall be as indicated on the drawings. 2) Weakened plane joints in concrete curbs, sidewalks and gutters shall comply with SSPWC subsection 303 -5.4.3 except that the joint configuration shall be as indicated below. 3) Location: As shown on architectural drawings, but in any case not more than 8 feet O.C. both ways in sidewalks. In gutter, including gutter integral with curb, joints shall be at regular intervals not exceeding 8 feet. Where integral curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement, the joint shall be aligned with the pavement joints where practical. K. Protection: In hot, dry, and windy weather protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation - control film. Apply according to manufacturers instructions after screeding and bull floating, but before floating. 3.3 TAMPING AND VIBRATING A. As concrete is placed in the forms or in excavations, it shall be thoroughly settled and compacted, throughout the entire depth of the layer which is being consolidated, into a dense, homogeneous mass, filling all corners and angles, thoroughly embedding the reinforcement, eliminating rock pockets, and bringing only a slight excess of water to the exposed surface of concrete during placement. Vibrators shall be high speed power vibrators (8000 to 10,000 rpm) of an immersion type in sufficient number and with (at least one) standby units as required. B. Care shall be used in placing concrete around waterstops. The concrete shall be carefully worked by rodding and vibrating to make sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Where flat -strip type waterstops are placed horizontally, the concrete shall be worked under the waterstops by hand, making sure that all air and rock pockets have been eliminated. Concrete surrounding the waterstops shall be given additional vibration, over and above that used for adjacent concrete placement to assure complete embedment of the waterstops in the concrete. C. Concrete in walls shall be internally vibrated and at the same time rammed, stirred, or worked with suitable appliances, tamping bars, shovels, or forked tools until it completely fills the fortes or excavations and closes snugly against all surfaces. Subsequent layers of concrete shall not be placed until the layers previously placed have been worked thoroughly as specified. Vibrators shall be provided in sufficient numbers, with standby units as required, to accomplish the results herein specified within 15 minutes after concrete of the prescribed consistency is placed in the forms. The vibrating head shall be kept from contact with the surfaces of the forms. Care shall be taken not to vibrate concrete excessively or to work it in any manner that causes segregation of its constituents. 3.4 CURING A. Comply with 2001 California Building Code, Title 24, Part 2, Volume 2, Section 1905A.11. 02751 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before concrete has dried. Continue final curing for at least seven (7) days in accordance with ACI 301 procedures. Avoid rapid drying at end of final curing period. B. Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by curing as herein specified. 1. Provide moisture - curing by the following methods: a. Keep concrete surface continuously wet by covering with water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. C. Covering concrete surface with specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating cover with water and keeping continuously wet. Place absorptive cover to provide coverage of concrete surfaces and edges, with 4 inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Provide curing and sealing compound to exposed exterior slabs, walks, and curbs, as follows: a. Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Re -coat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. b. Do not use membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with coating material applied directly to concrete, liquid, floor hardener, waterproofing, dampproofing, membrane roofing, flooring (such as ceramic or quarry file, glue -down carpet), painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. C. Concrete slabs and paving shall be properly cured and protected against damage and defacement of nature during construction operations. If weather is hot or surface has dried out, spray surface with fine mist of water starting not later than two hours after final troweling. Surface of finish shall be kept continuously wet for at least ten days. Wetting is considered emergency work and shall be performed on weekends and holidays if necessary. D. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heal, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance by the Owner. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed work, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. Exclude traffic from concrete paving for at least 7 days after placement. E. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, and other foreign material. Sweep concrete paving not more than 2 days prior to date scheduled for Substantial Completion inspections. 3.5 PUMPING OF CONCRETE A. General: If the pumped concrete does not produce satisfactory end results, the CONTRACTOR shall discontinue the pumping operation and proceed with the placing of concrete using conventional methods. B. Pumping Equipment: The pumping equipment must have 2 cylinders and be designed to operate with one cylinder only in case the other one is not functioning. In lieu of this requirement, the CONTRACTOR may have a standby pump on the site during pumping. C. The minimum diameter of the hose (conduits) shall be 4- inches. - D. Pumping equipment and hoses (conduits) that are not functioning properly, shall be replaced. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751-11 E. Aluminum conduits for conveying the concrete will not be permitted. F. Proportioning: Minimum compressive strength, cement content, and maximum size of aggregates shall be as specified herein. G. Gradation of coarse aggregates shall conform to ASTM C 33 and shall be as close to the middle range as possible. H. Gradation of fine aggregate shall conform to ASTM C 33, with 15 to 30 percent passing the number 50 screen and 5 to 10 percent passing the number 100 screen. The fineness modulus of sand used shall not be over 3.00. I. Water and slump requirements shall conform to the requirements of this Section. J. Cement and admixtures shall conform to the requirements of this Section. K. Field Control: Concrete samples for slump per ASTM C 143 and test cylinders per ASTM C 31 and C 39. 3.6 TREATMENT OF SURFACE DEFECTS A. As soon as forms are removed, all exposed surfaces shall be carefully examined and any irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground in a satisfactory manner in order to secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface. Plastering or coating of surfaces to be smoothed will not be permitted. No repairs shall be made until after inspection by the ENGINEER. In no case will extensive patching of honeycombed concrete be permitted. Concrete containing minor voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects shall have them repaired as specified herein. Concrete containing extensive voids, holes, honeycombing, or similar depression defects, shall be completely removed and replaced. 1. All repairs and replacements herein specked shall be promptly executed by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense. B. Defective surfaces to be repaired shall be cut back from trueline a minimum depth of 112 -inch over the enfire area. Feathered edges will not be permitted. Where chipping or cutting tools are not required in order to deepen the area properly, the surface shall be prepared for bonding by the removal of all laitance or soft material, and not less than 1132 -inch depth of the surface film from all hard portions, by means of an efficient sandblast. After cutting and sandblasting, the surface shall be wetted sufficiently in advance of shooting with shotcrete or with cement mortar so that while the repair material is being applied, the surfaces under repair will remain moist, but not so wet as to overcome the suction upon which a good bond depends. The material used for repair purposes shall consist of a mixture of one sack of cement to 3 cubic feet of sand. For exposed walls, the cement shall contain such a proportion of Atlas white portland cement as is required to make the color of the patch match the color of the surrounding concrete. C. Holes left by tie -rod cones shall be reamed so as to leave the surfaces of the holes clean and rough. These holes then shaft be repaired in an approved manner with non - shrink grout. Holes left by form -tying devices having a rectangular cross - section, and other imperfections having a depth greater than their least surface dimension, shall not be reamed but shall be repaired in an approved manner with non - shrink grout. D. All repairs shall be bulk up and shaped in such a manner that the completed work will conform to the requirements of this Section, as applicable, using approved methods which will not disturb the bond, cause sagging, or cause horizontal fractures. Surfaces of said repairs shall receive the same kind and amount of curing treatment as required for the concrete in the repaired section. E. Prior to filling any structure with water, all packs that may have developed shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. This repair method shall be done on the water bearing face of members. Prior to backfilling, faces of members in contact with fill, which are not covered with a waterproofing membrane, shall also have cracks repaired as specified herein. 02751 -12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Flood Tests: Concrete gutters and concrete pavement shall be given a flood test in the presence of the Inspector. Concrete work where water ponds and does not run off in a reasonable amount of time, shall be removed to the nearest score or joint line and replaced to provide proper drainage. 3.8 CARE AND REPAIR OF CONCRETE A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall protect all concrete against injury or damage from excessive heat, lack of moisture, overstress, or any other cause until final acceptance by the Owner. Particular care shall be taken to prevent the drying of concrete and to avoid roughening or otherwise damaging the surface. Any concrete found to be damaged, or which may have been originally defective, or which becomes defective at any time prior to the final acceptance of the completed work, or which departs from the established line or grade, or which, for any other reason, does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be satisfactorily repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete at the CONTRACTOR'S expense. B. The contractor shall barricade and protect placed Portland Cement Concrete from all damage, marks, mars and/or graffiti. Any Portland Cement Concrete damaged, defaced, discolored or defective shall be replaced at the contractor's expense. END OF SECTION 02751 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT 02751 -13 SECTION 02780 - UNIT PAVERS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01.20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Concrete pavers set in mortar setting beds. 2. Cast -in -place concrete edge restraints. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation and compacted subgrade. 2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for concrete base under unit pavers and for cast -in -place concrete curbs and gutters serving as edge restraint for unit pavers. 3. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for sealing control and expansion joints in unit pavers with elastomeric sealants. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For materials other than water and aggregates. B. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pavers. 2. Mortar and grout materials. 3. Edge restraints. C. Sieve Analyses: For aggregate setting -bed materials, according to ASTM C 136. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Each type of unit paver indicated. 2. Joint materials involving color selection. E. Samples for Verification: 1. Full -size units of each type of unit paver indicated. 2. Joint materials. F. Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports: From latex- additive manufacturer for mortar and grout containing latex additives. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of unit paver, joint material, and setting material from one source and one lot with resources to provide materials and products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS 02780- 1 B. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to latex- additive manufacturer, for testing indicated below, samples of paving materials that will contact or affect mortar and grout that contain latex additives. Use manufacturers standard test methods to determine whether mortar and grout materials will obtain optimum adhesion with, and will be nonstaining to, installed pavers and other materials constituting paver installation. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store pavers on elevated plafforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Store liquids in lightly closed containers. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations for Mortar and Grout: Hot - Weather Requirements: Protect unit paver work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of setting beds and grout Provide artificial shade and windbreaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 deg F (38 deg C) and higher. a. When ambient temperature exceeds 100 deg F (38 deg C), or when wind velocity exceeds 8 mph (13 kmlh) and ambient temperature exceeds 90 deg F (32 deg C), set pavers within 1 minute of spreading setting -bed mortar. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE PAVERS A. Concrete Pavers: Solid paving units, made from normal- weight concrete with a compressive strength not less than 78,000 p.s.i., water absorption not more than 1 percent according to ASTM C 140, and no breakage and not more than 1 percent mass loss when tested for freeze -thaw resistance according to ASTM C 67. a. Basis -of- Design Product: The design for concrete pavers is based on Wausau Tile Type Four Stoney Creek or equal. 1) Thickness: [2 inches (51 mm) 2) Face Size and Shape: 12 inches (305 mm) square 3) Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturers full range B. ADA Compliant Warning Pavers: 02780-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS a. Basis -of- Design Product: The design for ADA compliant warning concrete pavers is based on Wausau Tile. Pavers are in compliance with the Americans with Disablilies Act, and to meet ADA guidelines for application, design and installation. 1) Thickness: [2 inches (51 mm) 2) Face Size and Shape: 12 inches (305 mm) square 3) Pattern: ADA -3 Truncated Dome. 4) Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturers full range 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Job -Built Concrete Edge Restraints: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mixed concrete with minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa). B. Cork Joint Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1752, Type 11. C. Compressible Foam Filler: Preformed strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1. 2.3 AGGREGATE SETTING -BED MATERIALS A. Graded Aggregate for Subbase: Sound, crushed stone or gravel complying with [ASTM D 448 for Size No. 57] [ASTM D 2940, subbase material] [requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for subbase material]. B. Graded Aggregate for Base: Sound, crushed stone or gravel complying with [ASTM D 448 for Size No. 81 [ASTM D 2940, base material] [requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for base course]. C. Sand for Leveling Course: Sound, sharp, washed, natural sand or crushed stone complying with gradation requirements in ASTM C 33 for fine aggregate. D. Stone Screenings for Leveling Course: Sound stone screenings complying with ASTM D 448 for Size No. 10. E. Sand for Joints: Fine, sharp, washed, natural sand or crushed stone with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18 -mm) sieve and no more than 10 percent passing No. 200 (0.075 -mm) sieve. 1. Provide sand of color needed to produce required joint color. F. Drainage Geotextile: Nonwoven needle- punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications, made from polyolefrns or polyesters; with elongation greater than 50 percent; complying with AASHTO M 288 and the following, measured per test methods referenced: 1. Survivability: Class 2; AASHTO M 288, 2. Apparent Opening Size: No. 40 (0.425 -mm) sieve, maximum; ASTM D 4751. 3. Permittivity: 0.5 per second, minimum; ASTM D 4491. 4. UV Stability: 50 percent after 500 hours' exposure; ASTM D 4355. G. Herbicide: Commercial chemical for weed control, registered with the EPA. Provide in granular, liquid, or wettable powder form. 2.4 MORTAR SETTING -BED MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS 02780-3 C. Sand: ASTM C 144. D. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex- additive manufacturer for use with field -mixed portland cement mortar bed, and not containing a retarder. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide latex additive by one of the following: a. Bonsai, W. R. Company. b. Custom Building Products. C. DAP Inc. d. Laticrete International, Inc. E. Water: Potable. Reinforcing Wire: Galvanized, welded, 0.062 -inch- (1.57 -mm -) diameter wire; 2 -by -2 -inch (51- by- 51 -mm) mesh; comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82 except for minimum wire size. 2.5 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand - Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, composed of white or gray cement[, unfading mineral pigments) and white or colored sand as required to produce required color. 1. Latex Additive: Manufacturer's standard water emulsion, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex - additive manufacturer for use with field -mixed sand - portland cement grout. a. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide latex additive by one of the following: 1) Bonsai, W. R. Company.. 2) Custom Building Products. 3) DAP Inc. 4) Laticrete international, Inc. 5) MAPEI Corp. 6) Summitville Tiles, Inc. 7) TEC Incorporated; H. B. Fuller Company. 2. B. Grout Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. C. Water: Potable. 2.6 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers' written instructions for mix proportions, mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing times, and other procedures needed to produce setting -bed and joint materials of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics. Discard mortars and grout if they have reached their initial set before being used. B. Mortar -Bed Bond Coat: Mix neat cement or cement and sand with latex additive to a creamy consistency. C. Portland Cement -Lime Setting -Bed Mortar. Type M complying with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. D. Latex - Modified, Portland Cement Setting -Bed Mortar. Proportion and mix portland cement, sand, and latex additive for setting bed to comply with written instructions of latex- additive manufacturer and as necessary to 02780-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS produce stiff mixture with a moist surface when bed is ready to receive pavers. E. Latex - Modified, Portland Cement Slurry Bond Coat: Proportion and mix portland cement, sand, and latex additive for slurry bond coal to comply with written instructions of latex - additive manufacturer. Job -Mixed Portland Cement Grout: Proportion and mix job -mixed portland cement and sand to match setting -bed mortar, except omit hydrated lime and use enough water to produce a pourable mixture. G. Jdb- Mixed, Polymer- Modified Portland Cement Grout: Add liquid -latex additive to portland cement and sand in proportion and concentration recommended by liquid -latex manufacturer. Proportion cement and sand to comply with written instructions of latex- additive manufacturer. 1. Pigmented Grout: Select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Do not exceed pigment -to- cement ratio of 1:10, by weight. H. Packaged, Polymer- Modified Grout Mix: Proportion and mix grout ingredients according to grout manufacturer's written instructions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas indicated to receive paving, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 2. Where pavers are to be installed over waterproofing, examine waterproofing installation, with waterproofing Installer present, for protection from paving operations. Examine areas where waterproofing system is turned up or flashed against vertical surfaces and horizontal waterproofing. Proceed with installation only after protection is in place. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove substances from concrete substrates that could impair mortar bond, including curing and sealing compounds, form oil, and laltance. B. Clean concrete substrates to remove dirt, dust, debris, and loose particles. C. Proof -roll prepared subgrade according to requirements in Division 2 Section "Earthwork' to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Proceed with unit paver installation only after deficient subgrades have been corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use unit pavers with chips, cracks, voids, discolorations, and other defects that might be visible in finished work. B. Mix pavers from several pallets or cubes, as they are placed, to produce uniform blend of colors and textures. C. Cut unit pavers with motor- driven masonry saw equipment to provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Cut units to provide pattern indicated and to fit adjoining work neatly. Use full units without cuffing where possible. Hammer cutting is not acceptable. For concrete pavers, a block splitter may be used. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS 02780-5 D. Tolerances: Do not exceed 1/32 -inch (0.8 -mm) unit -to -unit offset from flush nor 118 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m) from level, or indicated slope, for finished surface of paving. E. Tolerances: Do not exceed 1116 -inch (1.6 -mm) unit - to-unit offset from flush nor 1/8 inch in 24 inches (3 mm in 600 mm) and 114 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m) from level, or indicated slope, for finished surface of paving. F. Expansion and Control Joints: Provide for sealant - filled joints at locations and of widths indicated. Provide foam filler as backing for sealant - filled joints[, unless otherwise indicated; where unfilled joints are indicated, provide temporary filler until paver installation is complete]. Install joint filler before setting pavers. Sealant materials and installation are specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." G. Expansion and Control Joints: Provide joint filler at locations and of widths indicated. Install joint filler before setting pavers. Make top of joint filler flush with top of pavers. H. Provide edge restraints as indicated. Install edge restraints before placing unit pavers. 1. Install edge restraints to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install stakes at intervals required to hold edge restraints in place during and after unit paver installation. 2. Install job -built concrete edge restraints to comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast4n -Place Concrete." 3. Where pavers set in mortar bed are indicated as edge restraints for pavers set in aggregate setting bed, install pavers set in mortar and allow mortar to cure before placing aggregate setting bed and remainder of pavers. Cut off mortar bed at a steep angle so it will not interfere with aggregate setting bed. 4. Where pavers embedded in concrete are indicated as edge restraints for pavers set in aggregate setting bed, install pavers embedded in concrete and allow concrete to cure before placing aggregate setting bed and remainder of pavers. Hold top of concrete below aggregate setting bed. 3.4 AGGREGATE SETTING -BED APPLICATIONS A. Compact soil subgrade uniformly to at least 9 percent of ASTM D 698) laboratory density. B. Proof -roll prepared subgrade to identify soft pockets and areas of excess yielding. Excavate soft spots, unsatisfactory soils, and areas of excessive pumping or rutting, as determined by Architect, and replace with compacted backfill or fill as directed. C. Place separation geotextile over prepared subgrade, overlapping ends and edges at least 12 inches (300 mm). D. Place aggregate base, compact by tamping with plate vibrator, and screed to depth indicated. E. Place aggregate base, compact to 100 percent of ASTM D 1557 maximum laboratory density, and screed to depth indicated. F. Place drainage geolextile over compacted base course, overlapping ends and edges at least 12 inches (300 mm). G. Place leveling course and screed to a thickness of 1 to 1 -1/2 inches (25 to 38 mm), taking care that moisture content remains constant and density is loose and constant until pavers are set and compacted. H. Treat leveling course with herbicide to inhibit growth of grass and weeds. 1. Set pavers with a minimum joint width of 1116 inch (1.5 mm) and a maximum of 118 inch (3 mm), being careful not to disturb leveling base. If pavers have spacer bars, place pavers hand tight against spacer bars. Use string lines to keep straight lines. Fill gaps between units that exceed 318 inch (10 mm) with pieces cut to ft from full -size unit pavers. When installation is performed with mechanical equipment, use only unit pavers with spacer bars on sides of CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 02780-6 UNIT PAVERS each unit. Vibrate pavers into leveling course with a low - amplitude plate vibrator capable of a 3500- to 5000 -lbf (16- to 22 -kN) compaction force at 80 to 90 Hz. Perform at least three passes across paving with vibrator. Vibrate under the following conditions: 1. After edge pavers are installed and there is a completed surface or before surface is exposed to rain. 2. Before ending each day's work, fully compact installed concrete pavers to within 36 inches (900 mm) of the laying face. Cover pavers that have not been compacted, and leveling course on which pavers have not been placed, with nonstaining plastic sheets to protect them from rain. K. Spread dry sand and fill joints immediately after vibrating pavers into leveling course. Vibrate pavers and add sand until joints are completely filled, then remove excess sand. Leave a slight surplus of sand on the surface for joint filling. L. Do not allow traffic on installed pavers until sand has been vibrated into joints. M. Repeat joint - filling process 30 days later. 3.5 MORTAR SETTING -BED APPLICATIONS A. Saturate concrete subbase with clean water several hours before placing setting bed. Remove surface water about one hour before placing setting bed. B. Apply mortar -bed bond coat over surface of concrete subbase about 15 minutes before placing setting bed. Limit area of bond coat to avoid its drying out before placing setting bed. Do not exceed 1116 -inch (1.6 -mm) thickness for bond coat. C. Apply mortar bed over bond coat immediately after applying bond coat. Spread and screed setting bed to uniform thickness at subgrade elevations required for accurate setting of pavers to finished grades indicated. D. Place reinforcing wire over concrete subbase, lapped at joints by at least one full mesh and supported so mesh becomes embedded in the middle of setting bed. Hold edges back from vertical surfaces approximately 112 inch (13 mm). E. Place mortar bed with reinforcing wire fully embedded in middle of setting bed. Spread and screed setting bed to uniform thickness at subgrade elevations required for accurate setting of pavers to finished grades indicated. F. Mix and place only that amount of mortar bed that can be covered with pavers before initial set. Cut back, bevel edge, remove, and discard setting -bed material that has reached initial set before placing pavers. G. Wet brick pavers before laying if the initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g130 sq. in. (30 g1l94 sq. cm) per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying. H. Place pavers before initial set of cement occurs. Immediately before placing pavers on setting bed, apply uniform 1116 -inch- (1.5 -mm -) thick, slurry bond coat to bed or to back of each paver with a Hat trowel. I. Tamp or beat pavers with a wooden block or rubber mallet to obtain full contact with setting bed and to bring finished surfaces within indicated tolerances. Set each paver in a single operation before initial set of mortar; do not return to areas already set or disturb pavers for purposes of realigning finished surfaces or adjusting joints. J. Spaced Joint Widths: Provide [318 -inch (10 -mm)] 1112 -inch (13 -mm)] [314 -inch (19 -mm)] nominal joint width with variations not exceeding plus or minus [1116 inch (1.5 mm)] [118 inch (3 mm)] [3116 inch (4.5 mm)]. K. Grout joints as soon as possible after initial set of setting bed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS 02780- 7 I . Force grout into joints, taking care not to smear grout on adjoining surfaces. 2. Clean pavers as grouting progresses by dry brushing or rubbing with dry burlap to remove smears before tooling joints. 3. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 4. If tooling squeezes grout from joints, remove excess grout and smears by dry brushing or rubbing with dry burlap and tool joints again to produce a uniform appearance. L. Cure grout by maintaining in a damp condition for seven days, unless otherwise recommended by grout or liquid - latex manufacturer. 3.6 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace unit pavers that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in same manner as original units, with same joint treatment and with no evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During tooling of joints, enlarge voids or holes and completely fill with grout. Point up joints at sealant joints to provide a neat, uniform appearance, properly prepared for sealant application. C. Cleaning: Remove excess grout from exposed paver surfaces; wash and scrub clean. Remove temporary protective coating from brick pavers as recommended by protective coating manufacturer and as acceptable to unit paver and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. END OF SECTION 02780 02780-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT PAVERS SECTION 02805 — OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1- GENERAL 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 NOTE: 48 HOUR NOTICE IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY CONTACT NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT: (949) 644- 3311. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface Improvements: Street work, sidewalks, curbs and gutters. B. Work Area Traffic Control Plan (WATCP). C. Right of Way Enroachment Permit D. Street or Sidewalk Closure Permit 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 2. Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits, licenses and inspections required for work. 3. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Work Area Traffic Control Plan (WATCP). B. The Contractor shall submit a certificate of insurance for worker's compensation, general liability and automobile liability to City of Newport Beach. General liability and automobile liability shall each be in the amount of one million dollars and the general liability must include an endorsement naming the City of Newport Beach as additional insured. C. The Contractor shall submit a Right of Way Enroachment Permit to the City of Newport Beach. D. The Contractor shall submit a Street or Sidewalk Closure Permit to the City of Newport Beach. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 1. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition. 2. City of Newport Beach, Design Criteria, Standard Special Provisions & Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. PART 2- PRODUCTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805-1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be approved for use and shall meet the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. S. Match adjoining improvements, such as construction and expansion joints, sidewalk marking patterns, and trees. C. Nameplates: Foundry or other identifying stamps or markers will not be allowed on exposed portions of the work. Place in concealed locations only 3.2 WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. Contractor shall submit a temporary WATCP to the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department for review and approval 5 working days prior to start of construction. WATCP shall be prepared by the Contractor, shall be drawn to scale and shall delineate the existing curbs and traffic striping. All work shown shall be done in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH), latest edition. B. No construction work shall encroach into a moving lane of traffic between the hours of 7:00 to 9:00 am or 3:30 to 6:30 pm unless otherwise authorized by City of Newport Beach. C. Measurement and Payment: The Contractor shall indude, In the contract unit or lump sum prices for other items of work, all costs associated with 'Traffic Control." The City will not consider any additional compensation. 3.3 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY & MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall contact each property and business owner having access along the project, at least 24 hours prior to start of construction, with a City of Newport Beach approved letter (submitted to and approved by the City of Newport Beach). Contractor shall keep area residents fully informed of the plan of operation throughout the course of this contract. B. The Contractor shall protect the road surface and shall restore said surface to an equivalent or better condition upon completion of all work, The Contractor shall make any interim repairs or maintenance that may be requested by the Inspector during the course of work. C. The Contractor shall replace traffic striping and pavement markings destroyed or damaged during construction with temporary striping or markings acceptable to the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department. The Contractor shall install temporary striping prior to reopening streets to traffic. The Contractor shall permanently restore all traffic striping and pavement markings within seven days of final payment at the City's direction. D. The Contractor shall protect in place or remove and replace all existing utilities and public or private improvements (whether they are specifically noted on the contract drawings or not) including but not limited to all berms, curbs, gutters, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, storm drains, landscaping materials, landscape irrigation, landscape electrical systems, walls and fences in place. The Contractor shall correct or replace any damaged utilities or improvement as part of the contract work. 02805-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS SECTION 02805 — OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 NOTE: 48 HOUR NOTICE IS REQUIRED PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN PUBLIC RIGHT -OF -WAY CONTACT NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT AT: (949) 644- 3311. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Surface Improvements: Street work, sidewalks, curbs and gutters. B. Work Area Traffic Control Plan (WATCP). C. Right of Way Enroachment Permit D. Street or Sidewalk Closure Permit 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 2. Contractor shall procure and pay for all permits, licenses and inspections required for work. 3. Bonds: Post as required by authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Work Area Traffic Control Plan (WATCP). B. The Contractor shall submit a certificate of insurance for workers compensation, general liability and automobile liability to City of Newport Beach. General liability and automobile liability shall each be in the amount of one million dollars and the general liability must include an endorsement naming the City of Newport Beach as additional insured. C. The Contractor shall submit a Right of Way Enroachment Permit to the City of Newport Beach. D. The Contractor shall submit a Street or Sidewalk Closure Permit to the City of Newport Beach, 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with the following as a minimum requirement: 1. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, 2003 Edition. 2. City of Newport Beach, Design Criteria, Standard Special Provisions & Standard Drawings for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. PART 2- PRODUCTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805-1 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be approved for use and shall meet the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction over the work. B. Match adjoining improvements, such as construction and expansion joints, sidewalk marking patterns, and trees. C. Nameplates: Foundry or other identifying stamps or markers will not be allowed on exposed portions of the work. Place in concealed locations only 3.2 WORK AREA TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN A. Contractor shall submit a temporary WATCP to the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department for review and approval 5 working days prior to start of construction. WATCP shall be prepared by the Contractor, shall be drawn to scale and shall delineate the existing curbs and traffic striping. All work shown shall be done in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH), latest edition. B. No construction work shall encroach into a moving lane of traffic between the hours of 7:00 to 9:00 am or 3:30 to 6:30 pm unless otherwise authorized by City of Newport Beach. C. Measurement and Payment: The Contractor shall include, in the contract unit or lump sum prices for other items of work, all costs associated with "Traffic Control." The City will not consider any additional compensation. 3.3 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY & MATERIAL A. The Contractor shall contact each property and business owner having access along the project, at least 24 hours prior to start of construction, with a City of Newport Beach approved letter (submitted to and approved by the City of Newport Beach). Contractor shall keep area residents fully informed of the plan of operation throughout the course of this contract. B. The Contractor shall protect the road surface and shall restore said surface to an equivalent or better condition upon completion of all work. The Contractor shall make any interim repairs or maintenance that may be requested by the Inspector during the course of work. C. The Contractor shall replace traffic striping and pavement markings destroyed or damaged during constriction with temporary striping or markings acceptable to the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department. The Contractor shall install temporary striping prior to reopening streets to traffic. The Contractor shall permanently restore all traffic striping and pavement markings within seven days of final payment at the City's direction. D. The Contractor shall protect in place or remove and replace all existing utilities and public or private improvements (whether they are specifically noted on the contract drawings or not) including but not limited to all berms, curbs, gutters, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, storm drains, landscaping materials, landscape irrigation, landscape electrical systems, walls and fences in place. The Contractor shall correct or replace any damaged utilities or improvement as part of the contract work. 02805-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS E. The Contractor shall replace complete concrete panels or between existing concrete joints during replacement of any concrete work. The Contractor shall replace colored concrete with colored concrete to match when concrete is removed. F. Measurement and Payment: The Contractor shall include, in the contractor unit or lump sum prices for other items of work, all costs associated with "Protection of Property and Materials." The City will not consider any additional compensation. 3.4 UTILITIES A. Existing utility locations shown on contract drawings are based on field survey and records furnished by utility companies and City of Newport Beach Public Works. Where underground main conductors or conduits such as water, gas, sewer, telephone, electric power, or cable television are shown on the contract drawings, the Contractor shall assume that a service lateral from each conductor or conduit extends to every parcel or property whether or not a service lateral is shown. B. The Contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert (USA) at 1- 800.227 -2600 and non - member companies or utilities at least two (2) working days prior to excavating any segment of work. The Contractor shall be prepared to produce USA ticket number at the request of the City. C. The Contractor shall excavate, expose, and determine ( "Pothole ") the location and depth of each potential interference at least two (2) days in advance. Changes or delays caused by the Contractor's failure to perform "Potholing" and interference location work shall not be eligible for extra work, compensation, or, time extension. D. The Contractor shall immediately notify the City Inspector in writing, upon learning of the existence or location of any utility facility omitted from or shown incorrectly on the contract drawings, or improperly marked or otherwise indicated. The Contractor shall provide full details as to depth, location. size and function of the utility. E. The Contractor shall not interrupt or disturb any utility facility without authority from the utility company or order from the City of Newport Beach Public Works Department, The Contractor shall furnish and place the necessary protection around the utility when protection is called for on the contract drawings, visible to the Contractor, or marked as such. The Contractor shall install the utility protection at no additional expense to the City. PART 4 -RIGHT OF WAY ENCROACHMENT PERMIT 4.1 GENERAL A. Any construction performed in the Public Right -of -Way (ROW), City easement, City -owned property, parks, streets, or alleys requires an Encroachment Permit. Encroachment Permits are issued and inspected by the Public Works Department. The ROW is the area beyond the private property line. It includes the alley, the street, the area between the curb and the sidewalk, and the entire public sidewalk. The area between the curb and the sidewalk is called the parkway and this area is owned by the public or City. B. The applicant for an Encroachment Permit will be the contractor, or an authorized agent of a contractor. In addition, if a contractor is hired to perform work in the ROW the City requires their complete information and signature on the permit. A "Letter of Authorization" from the contractor is required if any other person is applying for the permit using the contractors license number. C. Contractors must have a current State of California Contractor's License and Worker's Compensation Insurance (if they have employees working for them). In addition, all contractors. working in the City are required to have a City of Newport Beach Business License. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805.3 D. The following information is required on the application for an Encroachment Permit: • Address of the work • Detailed description of the proposed work • Three sets of plans or sketches of the work on an 8.5" x 11" sheet of paper • Drawings should illustrate property lines, dimensions, grades, street names, and location of City trees, lights standards, fire hydrants, parking meters, and/or utilities • Permit fees are due at the time of application E. If there is interference with the flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic, you may be required to provide a traffic control plan. All traffic control is per the current edition of the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (W.A.T.C.H.). 24 hour written notification of any work impacting neighbors and / or businesses is required. F. Important Note: Portable restroom facilities (port-a- potties) and storage containers are required to be on private property at all times. A dumpster placed on the street requires a Temporary Street Closure Permit. G. A minimum 5' clearance must be provided from any City tree, fire hydrant, streetlight, etc. If the work requires the possible removal of a City tree, prior approval from the Parks, Beaches, and Recreation Commission will be required. Any unauthorized removal or damage of a City tree can result in penalties and/or fines. If a City tree has to be removed to complete a project, such as a tree interfering with a new drive approach, the City has the right to receive compensation for the value of the tree and replacement costs. All City trees must be shown on your submitted plans. H. Application must be made in person by visiting the Public Works Department at City Hall. Located at 3300 Newport Boulevard in Building C. Hours are from 7:30.5:00, Monday through Friday. Permit issuance stops at 4:30 and you should plan on spending at least 30 minutes with staff to process your Permit. 4.2 FEES Below is a list of fees to estimate how much an Encroachment Permit may cost: nr:cruo� unRini- ���' E$ �u "''.ast,�f•�L�1ci'�"rfis'��'a6 — — - — `PEWS PermiCProcessing with Approval from Public Works Department Only Permit Processing Requiring Other Department's Approval Ilnspection Fee (Each) $46.601 Encroachment Agreement Preparation and Recording Fee $87.001 Preparation for City Council Approval I - --- -- -- .. --- ., - -_... - - -I -- $251.00 --_- - -- - Refundable Deposit (Required for all work in the alley or street) j $571_00; —� -- — - - PART 5 -TEMPORARY STREET OR SIDEWALK CLOSURE PERMIT 5.1 GENERAL A. Any use of public streets or sidewalks require a *Temporary Street or Sidewalk Closure" Permit. See City of Newport Beach Municipal Code 12.62.10. Although this sounds like a permit to close an entire street, it really refers to the private use of a portion of the public street or sidewalk. Permits are valid for up to a maximum of 14 days. 02805-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS B. The public right -of -way is the area beyond the private properly line. II includes the alley, street, area between the curb and the sidewalk, and the entire public sidewalk. The area between the curb and sidewalk is called the parkway and this area, although adjacent to your private property, is owned by the public or City. C. Should a condition of the Permit require the posting of "Temporary No Parking" signs City Staff will prepare the signs per the approved conditions of the permit. However, it is the responsibility of the contractor to post the signs at the location 48 hours in advance. Also, and this is very important, immediately after posting the contractor has to notify the Police Department Dispatch for posting verification. 'Temporary No Parking" signs are not enforceable unless the Police Department has verified the signs 48 hours in advance. In other words, towing of vehicles will NOT be enforced. D. If you are planning to use metered parking spaces, an additional fee will be charged based on the hourly rate of the meters used. E. If there is interference with the flow of vehicular or pedestrian traffic, you may be required to provide a traffic control plan. All traffic control is per the current edition of the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (W.A.T.C.H.). F. Below are general regulations covering issuance of Temporary Street and Sidewalk Closure Permits: • Access must be maintained for emergency vehicles at all limes • Dumpsters and materials in the public right -of -way may not block or impede access to fire hydrants • All dumpsters shall be marked with the company identification including the company name, address, phone number, and dumpster number. Reflective material is required on all sides of Ste dumpster • All permitted dumpsters, materials, and/or vehicles shall be located adjacent to the job site only, unless otherwise noted on the permit • Dumpsters and materials must be lawfully placed and may not exceed 8 feet wide • Parking sensitive areas are limited to 20 -yard dumpster for the demolition phase only, thereafter, and for any other reason, small dumpsters are to be utilized • Reserved parking during the summer months and on holidays is limited and/or restricted in beach sensitive areas F. Application must be made in person by visiting Hie Public Works Department at City Hall. Located at 3300 Newport Boulevard in Building C. Hours are from 7:30 - 5:00, Monday through Friday. Temporary Street Closure Permits are normally issued over the counter, but plan on spending at least 20 minutes with City staff. 5.2 FEES Below is a list of fees to estimate how much a Temporary Street Closure Permit may cost: END OF SECTION 02805 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805-5 Permit Processing Fee _ j $57:00; Temporary No Parking Signs (Each) _ $L10i 11Parking Meter Fees (Cost of Meter per Hour x How Many Meters Used x How Many Hours Used) i TBDI ( Refundable Deposit for Cranes Only END OF SECTION 02805 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805-5 b CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPART14ENT L;(JrYIPLFTE THE btLUVi IN FL7 RNIATIQN PR•aJECT- DDRESS: DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED WORK: APPLICANT: hoot: Email A[I[II'ess: malllllg Acid c'S5: 7777c.'ZlIx C d'JNE R: PhoOe: E111all An[Ir655: Malling A67r_ss: -: ty-SI3le0p: ALL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION IS REQUIRED - PLEASE COMPLETE CONTRACTOR: Offb:e PIN Ite: CGlllpallp •; Ii dltfCl'C lttj: JDltsl[? Ph Glle: Gtller PhoDe: Email Annress: malling ACP.ItE ss[ CltyfStatc!Zll ?: Scare L67cnse Number 8. Class: EX :dr CSf CI C> BuSlneSS LIG'nse NUMI ?r: EK t1i'e9: WORKERS CC,GiPEtg3ATr_ -N INS LIRANCE - C ?rt111Ca1e Cl IIIW1'311C? ;Sccrl:.I13810 Lobc4 Sods i 1-c•n1 air : Pollc No: Ex ph es: REFUtiDAB•LE DEPOSIT INFORMATION +rAp,ptfullm : Rc•tuncl Payrabk To: rlall RC- 1111111 Ti -: FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Sli••Clal Conn Rlolls C.f PEI'llllt: ADDITIONAL APPROVAL REQUIRED FROM THE FOLLOWING DEPARTMENTS Utllllk.s: Traiflc: Fire: cl—I etal $[rvlJEs: B Other: EII IIIIP?NIl[J Teclllclatl: pulm 7N'•alks Spe'.1111st: D.11?: PCr11111 NP. N2004- 02805.6 Public :i: +iAs Dcparrlln n[ ?A ? -oii• \311 33�A] Flc.•:pert Bo ulevairl. No o pml Benc h. CA 92661 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS City of Newpc rt Beeach Public Vlorks Di-pardnant CITY: ZIP: PHF ,NE Qayj: Phalle: id9 -Edd -3311 Fax: ,,'ONIPANY. CONTRACTOR. 6R EMERGENCY INF)RPATION NAME: Business License tic.. r DRESS: CITY: STATE:. ...._.....__...ZIP: PHONE EXACT Li tCAT*14.7F ENCROACHMENT: M1k�eln - -1 aJl.+sq:q.pf ivah"Uinta d1u16,+b:r_ar_•cA nwt:cli:vf Reason for Eimp-odvnant: PUMPSTER: HAIJLERC061PANY: 1,31e C Ic•suw to Begin: Data Clc swa to End: 1,14 +i"nn; W I]rv•. Time -:4,'ksurc I Ipenro ittaej hamby co li f; the inbmatiol pl a ided is 4 uc and "al n MCI. and I agl oo t colul47 e:ith tho Rem, awl o:ndiperos on the fiom awl I+:wk of this Rmmit. Polmipe gullan*os to h-.bnmify and hold tlx ']ity of Ne'. >po; l Roach harmless against an clainas.lib�ility. of judgnmlxs G:.I cUmagesa;isi"goul of pamilW, )"Ijdlic4. X hale: Raviev:aa by: .... ...._---_.. °---.. _..__ °. Data:.. ...�.._.. ........... ApprareJ L-y q: ....... . ._.. _.... _ .. .._..__...... Data:. .... ... ......... Petmh Fee: S . ....... ..... ......... Reoeipl No.:....... .. _.. __. .:...�:::.I... 1 % :.- t;...:_ CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OFF -SITE IMPROVEMENTS 02805.7 SECTION 02810 - IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes piping, valves, sprinklers, specialties, controls, and wiring for automatic control irrigation system. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 2 Section "Water Distribution" for water supply from water service piping, water meters, protective enclosures, and bacldlow preventers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Circuit Piping: Downstream from control valves to sprinklers, specialties, and drain valves. Piping is under pressure duringflow. B. Drain Piping: Downstream from circuit- piping drain valves. Piping is not under pressure. C. Irrigation Main Piping: Downstream from point of connection to water distribution piping to, and including, control valves. Piping is under water - distribution - system pressure. D. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials: 1. ABS: Acrylonit6le- butadiene - styrene plastic. 2. FRP: Fiberglass- reinforced plastic. 3. PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic. 4. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 5. PP: Polypropylene plastic. 6. PTFE: Polytetra8uoroethylene plastic. 7. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic. 8. TFE: TetraBuoroethylene plastic. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Design 100 percent water - coverage irrigation system for lawns and exterior plants as indicated. B. Location of Sprinklers and Specialties: Design location is approximate. Make minor adjustments necessary to avoid plantings and obstructions such as signs and light standards. Maintain 100 percent water coverage of turf and planting areas indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810-1 C. Minimum Working Pressures: The following are minimum pressure requirements for piping, valves, and specialties, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Irrigation Main Piping: 1200 psig (1380 kPa)]. 2. Circuit Piping: [150 psig (1035 kPa)]. 3. Drain Piping: [100 psig (690 kPa)j. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include pressure ratings, rated capacities, and settings of selected models for the following: 1. Water regulators. 2. Water hammer arresters. 3. General-duty valves. 4. Specialty valves. 5. Control -valve boxes. 6. Sprinklers. 7. Irrigation specialties. S. Controllers. Include wiring diagrams. 9. Control cables. Include splice kits and conduit. B. Shop Drawings: Show irrigation system piping, including plan layout, and locations, types, sizes, capacities, and flow characteristics of irrigation system piping components. Include water meters, backflow preventers, valves, piping, sprinklers and devices, accessories, controls, and wiring. Show areas of sprinkler spray and overspray. Show wire size and number of conductors for each control cable. C. Coordination Drawings: Show piping and major system components. Indicate interface and spatial relationship between piping, system components, adjacent utilities, and proximate structures. D. Field quality - control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For irrigation systems, to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures Operation and Maintenance Data;' include data for the following: 1. Automatic - control valves. 2. Sprinklers. 3. Controllers. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A- Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for Intended use. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver piping with factory- applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe -end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. B. Store plastic piping protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and bending. 028110 - 2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two <2> days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of water service without Owner's written permission. 1.9 COORDINATION A, Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor -bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. 1.10 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Sprinkler Units: Equal to <Insert number> percent of amount installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than <Insert number> units. 2. Emitter Units: Equal to <Insert number> percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than <Insert number> units. 3. Drip Tube Units: Equal to <Insert number> percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but no fewer than <Insert number> units. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, fitting, and joining materials. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 531A 53M, Schedule 40, Type S or E, Grade A or B, galvanized with threaded ends. 1. Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 531A 53M or ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, galvanized, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. 2. Malleable -Iran Unions: ASME 816.39, Class 150, hexagonal -stock body with ball- and - socket, metal -to- metal, bronze seating surface, and female threaded ends. 3. Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, galvanized, standard pattern. 4. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME 816.1, Class 125. 5. Cast -Iron Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125, galvanized. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810 -3 C. Mechanical- Joint, Ductile -iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical- joint, bell- and plain- spigot end. Mechanical- Joint, Ductile -Iron Fitfings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray -iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile -iron compact pattern. a. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray -iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts. D. Push -on- Joint, Ductile4ron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push -on- joint, bell- and plain- spigot end. 1. Push -on- Joint, Ductile -Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray -iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile -iron compact pattern, a. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber. E. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type L water tube, annealed temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 616.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME 916.22, wrought - copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought - copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint end. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast- copper - allay, hexagonal -stock body, with ball - and - socket, metal-to-metal sealing surfaces and solder -joint or threaded ends. Hard Copper Tube: [ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B),] [ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) and ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C)] [ASTM B 88, Type M (ASTM B 88M, Type C)], water tube, drawn temper. 1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME 816.18, cast - copper -alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought - copper, solder -joint fittings. Furnish wrought - copper fittings if indicated. 2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder -joint end. 3. Copper Unions: MSS SP -123, cast - copper - alloy, hexagonal -stock body, with ball- and - socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces and solder -joint or threaded ends. G. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedule 40. PVC Socket Fittings, Schedule 40: ASTM D 2466. H. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 1785, PVC 1120 compound, Schedule 80. 1. PVC Socket Fittings, Schedule 80: ASTM D 2467. 2. PVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM D 2464. I. PVC, Pressure-Rated Pipe: ASTM D 2241, PVC 1120 compound, [SDR 21] [SDR 21 and SDR 26] [SDR 26). 1. PVC Socket Fittings, Schedule 80: ASTM D 2467. J. PE, Controlled OD Pipe: ASTM F 771 and ASTM D 3035, PE 3408 compound, [DR 9] [DR 9 and DR 111 [DR 11]. 1. PE Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2683. 2. PE Butt- Fusion fittings: ASTM D 3261. K. PE, Controlled ID Pipe: ASTM F 771 and ASTM D 2239; PE 3408 compound; [SIDR 71tSIDR 91 [SIDRs 9, 11.5, and 151. 02810 -4 Insert Fittings for PE Pipe: ASTM D 2609, PA or PP. Include bands or other fasteners. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS L. Transition Fittings: Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities -- Basic Materials and Methods" for transition fittings. M. Dielectric Fittings: Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities -- Basic Materials and Methods' for dielectric fittings. 2.3 JOINING MATERIALS A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities -- Basic Materials and Methods" for commonly used joining materials. 2.4 CORROSION - PROTECTION ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, PE film, 0.008 -inch (0.20 -mm) minimum thickness, tube or sheet. 2.5 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES A. AWWA, Cast -Iron Gale Valves: [AWWA C500, metal- seated] [AWWA C500, metal- seated or AWWA C509, resilient - seated] [AWWA C509, resilient- seated], nomising -stem, gray- or ductile -iron body and bonnet gate valve; with bronze stem and stem nut. 1. Minimum Working Pressure: 200 psig (1380 kPa). 2. End Connections: Mechanical joint. 3. Interior Coating: Complying with AWWA C550. 4. [Available ]Manufacturers: a. American AVK Co.; Valves & Fittings Div. b. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; American Flow Control Div. C. American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Company Subsidiary. d. East Jordan Iron Works, Inc. e. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. f. McWane, Inc.; Clow Valve Co. Div. g. McWane, Inc.; M & H Valve Company Div. h. NIBCO INC. L Stockham. j. United Slates Pipe and Foundry Company. B. Valve Boxes: Comply with AWWA M44 for cast -iron valve boxes. Include top section, adjustable extension of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over valve, and approximately 5 -inch- (125 -mm -) diameter barrel. 1. Operating Wrenches: Furnish total of one steel, tee - handle operating wrench(es) with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and socket matching valve operating nut. C. MSS, Cast -Iron, Nonrising -Stem Gate Valves: MSS SP -70, Type 1, Class 125, with solid wedge and flanged ends. Include all bronze trim, cast -iron body, and handwheel. Manufacturers a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corp. e. Hammond Valve. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810-5 I. Kitz Corporation. g. Legend Valve. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. I. NIBCO INC. j. Powell, Wm. Co. k. Red -White Valve Corp. I. Stockham. M. Walworth Company (The). n. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. D. MSS, Cast -Iron, Rising -Stem Gate Valves: MSS SP -70, Type I, Class 125, with solid wedge and flanged ends. Include all bronze trim, cast -iron body, and handwheel. 1. Manufacturers: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corp. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. Legend Valve. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. NIBCO INC. j. Powell, Wm. Co. k. Red -White Valve Corp. I. Stockham. M. Walworth Company (The). n. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. E. Curb Valves: AWWA C800. Include bronze body, ball or ground -key plug, and wide tee head, with inlet and outlet matching piping material. Manufacturers: a. Amcast Industrial Corporation; Lee Brass Unit. b. Ford Meter Box Co., Inc. (The); Pipe Products Div. C. Grinnell Corp.; Mueller Co.; Water Products Div. d. Jones, James Company. e. Master Meter, Inc. I. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. g. Red Had Manufacturing Co. F. Service Boxes for Curb Valves: Similar to AWWA M44 requirements for cast-iron valve boxes. Include cast -iron telescoping top section of length required for depth of burial of valve, plug with lettering "WATER," bottom section with base of size to fit over curb valve, and approximately 3 41 (75 -mm-) diameter barrel. 1. Shutoff Rods: Furnish total of two steel, tee - handle shutoff rod(s) with one pointed end, stem of length to operate deepest buried valve, and slotted end matching curb valve. G. Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: MSS SP -110, one -piece brass or bronze body with chrome - plated bronze ball, PTFE or TFE seats, and 1400 -psig (2760 -%Pa) minimum] [600 -psig (4140 -kPa)] CWP rating. 1. Manufacturers: 02810-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. DynaQuip Controls. e. Grinnell Corp. f. Jamesbury Inc. g. Kitz Corporation. h. Legend Valve. i. NIBCO INC. ]. Stockham. k. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. H. Copper -Alloy Ball Valves: MSS SP -110, two-piece bronze body with full -port, chrome - plated bronze ball; [PTFE or TFE] seats; and [600 -psig (4140 -kPa)] minimum CWP rating and blowout -proof stem. 1. Manufacturers: a. Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. DynaQuip Controls. e. Flow -Tek, Inc. f. Grinnell Corp. g. Hammond Valve. h. Honeywell. i. Jamesbury Inc. j. Jomar International, Ltd. k. Kitz Corporation. 1, Legend Valve. M. Milwaukee Valve Company. n. Nexus Valve Specialties. o. NIBCOINC. P. R & M Energy Systems. q. Red -White Valve Corp. r. Richards Industries; Marwin Ball Valves. s. Stockham. t. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. 2. Manufacturers: a. Cincinnati Valve Co. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. C. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Grinnell Corp. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. NIBCO INC. j. Powell, Wm. Co. k. Red -White Valve Corp. 1. Stockham. M, Walworth Company (The). n. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810-7 2.6 A. F31 02810-8 PVC Ball Valves: MSS SP -122, union type, with full -port ball, threaded detachable end connectors, and pressure rating not less than [125 psig (860 kPa)] [150 psig (1035 kPa)]. 1. Material Option: MSS SP -122, of plastic other than PVC and suitable for potable water. Include threaded ends and pressure rating not less than 150 psig (1035 kPa), unless otherwise indicated. 2. Manufacturers: a. American Valve, Inc. b. Asahi)America, Inc. c. Colonial Engineering, Inc. d. Fischer, George, Inc. e. Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. I. Jomar International, Ltd. g. King Bros. Industries. h. Legend Valve. I. NIBCO INC.; Chemtrol Div. j. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. k. Philmac Pty. Ltd. I. Plast- O -Matic Valves, Inc. M. Sloane, George Fischer. n. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. SPECIALTY VALVES Bronze Automatic Control Valves: Cast - bronze body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24 -V ac solenoid. 1. Manufacturers: a. Buckner by Storm. b. Ceres Products Corp. C. Champion Irrigation Products. d. Hasslinger Manufacturing Corp. e. Hunter Industries Incorporated. f. Netafim USA. g. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. h. Superior Controls Co., Inc. I. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. j. Weathermatic. Plastic Automatic Control Valves: Molded - plasfic body, normally closed, diaphragm type with manual flow adjustment, and operated by 24-V ac solenoid. Manufacturers: a. Buckner by Storm. b. Ceres Products Corp. C. Champion Irrigation Products. d. Dig Corporation. e. Hit Products Corp. f. Hunter Industries Incorporated. g. Irrilrol Systems. h. Nelson, L. R. Corporation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS i. Netafim USA. j. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. k. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. I. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. M. Weathermatic. C. Automatic Drain Valves: Spring - loaded -ball type of corrosion - resistant construction and designed to open for drainage if line pressure drops below 2.112 to 3 psig (17 to 20 kPa). D. Quick- Couplers: Factory- fabricated, bronze or brass, two-piece assembly. Include coupler water -seal valve; removable upper body with spring - loaded or weighted, rubber - covered cap; hose swivel with ASME 131.20.7, 3/4- 11.5NH threads for garden hose on outlet; and operating key. 1. Locking -Top Option: Vandal- resistant, locking feature. Include two matching key(s). 2. Manufacturers: a. Buckner by Storm. b. Ceres Products Corp. C. Champion Irrigation Products. d. Nelson, L. R. Corporation. e. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. f. Toro Company (The); Inigation Div. g. Weathermatic. h. Western Brass Works, 2.7 CONTROL -VALVE BOXES A. Plastic Control -Valve Boxes: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for installing flush with grade. Include size as required for valves and service. 1. Shape: [Round] [Rectangular]. 2. Sidewall Material: [PE] [PE, ABS, or FRP] 3. Cover Material: [PE] [PE, ABS, FRP, or polymer concrete) [Polymer concrete] a. Lettering: IRRIGATION 4. [Available ]Manufacturers: a. Armorcast Products Co. b. Carson Industries LLC. C. Dallas/Fort Worth Plastics, Inc. d. NewBasis. e. Normandy Products. f. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. g. Plymouth Products Inc. h. Synerlech Molded Products, Inc. B. Polymer - Concrete Control -Valve Boxes: Box and cover, with open bottom and openings for piping; designed for installing flush with grade. Include size as required for valves and service. 1. Shape: Round Rectangular. 2. Sidewall Material: Polymer concrete with lateral and vertical sidewall design loading of [5000 lb (2268 kg)] [110,000 lb (4536 kg)] [15,000 lb (6800 kg)] minimum over 10 by 10 inches (254 by 254 mm) square. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810 -9 3. Cover Material: [Polymer concrete) [Reinforced polymer concrete] > with cover design loading of [5000 lb (2268 kg)] [10,000 lb (4536 kg)] [15,000 lb (6800 kg)] minimum over 10 by 10 inches (254 by 254 mm) square. Lettering: IRRIGATION 4. Manufacturers: a. Armorcast Products Co. b. Carson Industries LLC. C. CDR Systems Corp. d. Christy Concrete Products, Inc. e. NewBasis. I. Strongwell; Lenoir City Div. C. Drainage Backfill: Cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 314 inch (19 mm) minimum to 3 inches (75 mm) maximum. 2.8 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Water Regulators: ASSE 1003, single- seated, direct - operated, water - pressure regulators, rated for 150 -psig (1035 - kPa) minimum initial -inlet working pressure, with size, flow rate, and inlet and outlet pressures indicated. Include integral factory- installed or separate field - installed Y- pattern strainer that is compatible with unit for size and capacity. 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends. 2. NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) and Larger: Bronze or cast -iron body with flanged ends. 3. Interior Components: Corrosion - resistant materials. 4. Manufacturers: a. BERMAD. b. Cashco, Inc. C. CLA -VAL Co. d. Conbraco Industries, Inc. e. FLOMATIC Corp. L GA Industries, Inc. g. Honeywell. h. IMI Cash Valve, Inc. I. Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div. j. Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Wilkins Operation. B. Water Hammer Arresters: ASSE 1010 or PDI WH 2011, with bellows or piston -type pressurized cushioning chamber and in sizes complying with PDI WH 201, Sizes A to F. C. Pressure Gages: ASME B40.1. Include 4 -112 -inch- (115 -mm-) diameter dial, dial range of 2 times system operating pressure, and bottom outlet. 2.9 SPRINKLERS A. Description: Brass or plastic housing and corrosion- resistant interior pads designed for uniform coverage over entire spray area indicated, at available water pressure. Manufacturers: 02810-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS a. Buckner by Storm. b. Ceres Products Corp. C. Champion Irrigation Products. d. Hit Products Corp. e. Hunter Industries Incorporated. I. Irritrol Systems. g. K -RAIN Manufacturing Corp. h. Nelson, L. R. Corporation. i. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. j. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. k. Senninger Irrigation, Inc. I. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. M. Weathermatic. n. Western Brass Works. 2. Flush, Surface Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. 3. Bubblers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. 4. Shrubbery Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment. 5. Pop -up, Spray Sprinklers: Fixed pattern, with screw -type flow adjustment and stainless -steel retraction spring. 6. Pop -up, Rotary, Spray Sprinklers: Gear drive, full - circle and adjustable part- circle types. 7. Pop -up, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full - circle and part - circle types. 8. Aboveground, Rotary, Impact Sprinklers: Impact drive, full - circle and part- circle types. 2.10 SPRINKLER SPECIALTIES A. Application Pressure Regulators: Brass or plastic housing, NPS 314 (DN 20), with corrosion - resistant internal parts, and capable of controlling outlet pressure to approximately 20 prig (136 kPa). B. StrainerlFilter Units: Brass or plastic housing, with corrosion- resistant internal parts; of size and capacity required for devices downstream from unit. C. Emitters: PE or vinyl body. Manufacturers: a. Agrifim. b. Amiad Filtration Systems. C. Aquapore Moisture Systems, Inc. d. Buckner by Storm. e. Dig Corporation. f. Hit Products Corp. g. Irritrol Systems. h. Netafim USA. i. NIBCO INC. j. Olson Irrigation Systems. k. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. 1. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. M. RAINDRIP Im n. Salto Products, Inc. o. Toro Company (The); Irrigation Div. 2. Single - Outlet Emitters: To deliver the following flow at approximately 20 psig (138 kPa): CITY-OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810 -11 Q 2.11 A. a C. a. Flow: [112 gph (1.9 Uh)] [1 gph (3.8 Uh)] [2 gph (7.6 Uh b. Tubing Size: 118 -inch (3 -mm) minimum ID and (10 feet (3 m)] long. 3. Outlet Caps: Plastic, for outlets without tubing. Drip Tubes: [NPS 1/2 (DN 15)] [NPS 314 (ON 20)] [NPS 1 (ON 25)], flexible PE or PVC tubing for emitters and other devices, of length indicated and with plugged end. 02810-12 1. Manufacturers: a. Agricultural Products, Inc. b. Agrifim. C. Aquapore Moisture Systems, Inc. d. Chapin Watermatics Inc. e. Dig Corporation. f. Drip In Irrigation Company. g. Initrol Systems. h. Nelafim USA. I. NIBCO INC. j. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. k. RAINDRIP Inc. I. Saloo Products, Inc. AUTOMATIC - CONTROL SYSTEM Manufacturers: 1. Buckner by Storm. 2. Champion Irrigation Products. 3. Heliotrope General. 4. Hit Products Corp. 5. Hunter industries Incorporated, 6, Hydro-Electronics, Inc. 7. frritrol Systems. 8. K -RAIN Manufacturing Corp. 9. Nelson, L. R. Corporation. 10. Netafim USA, 11. Orbit Irrigation Products, Inc. 12. Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp. 13, Superior Controls Co., Inc. 14. Toro Company (The), Irrigation Div. 15. Weathermatic. Exterior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 4, weatherproof, with locking cover and two matching keys; include provision for grounding. 1. Matedal: Stainless - steel. 2. Mounting: Surface type for wall mounting. Interior Control Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 12, dripproof, with locking cover and two matching keys. 1. Material: Stainless - steel. 2, Mounting: Surface type for wall mounting. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS D. Control Transformer: 24 -V secondary, with primary fuse. E. Controller Stations for Automatic Control Valves: Each station is variable from approximately 5 to 60 minutes. Include switch for manual or automatic operation of each station. F. Timing Device: Adjustable, 24 -hour, 14 -day clock, with automatic operations to skip operation any day in timer period, to operate every other day, or to operate 2 or more times daily. 1. Manual or Semiautomatic Operation: Allows this mode without disturbing preset automatic operation. 2. Nickel- Cadmium Battery and Trickle Charger: Automatically powers timing device during power outages. 3. Surge Protection: Metal- oxide- varistor type on each station and primary power. G. Wiring: UL 493, Type OF -B multiconductor, with solid - copper conductors and insulated cable; suitable for direct burial. 1. Manufacturers: a. AFC Cable Systems Inc. b. Alcatel Canada Wire, Inc. C. American Electric Cable Co. d. American Insulated Wire Corp. e. Cerro Wire & Cable Co., Inc. I. Colonial Wire and Cable Co., Inc. g. Essex Group, Inc.; Building Wire Products Division. h. Precision Cable Manufacturing Co., Inc. i. Southwire Company. j. Triangle Wire and Cable Co. 2. Feeder- Circuit Cables: No. 12 AWG minimum, between building and controllers. 3. Low - Voltage, Branch - Circuit Cables: No. 14 AWG minimum, between controllers and automatic control valves; color -coded different from feeder - circuit -cable jacket color, with jackets of different colors for multiple - cable installation in same trench. 4. Splicing Materials: Manufacturer's packaged kit consisting of insulating, spring -type connector or crimped joint and epoxy resin moisture seal; suitable for direct burial. H. Concrete Base: Reinforced precast concrete with opening for wiring. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Refer to Division 2 Section'Eadhwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. B. Install warning tape directly above pressure piping, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grades, except 6 Inches (150 mm) below subgrade under pavement and slabs. C. Install piping and wiring in sleeves under sidewalks, roadways, parking lots, and railroads. Install piping sleeves by boring or jacking under existing paving if possible. D. Drain Pockets: Excavate to sizes indicated. Backfill with cleaned gravel or crushed stone, graded from 3/4 to 3 inches (19 to 75 mm), to 12 inches (300 mm) below grade. Cover gravel or crushed stone with sheet of asphalt - saturated felt and backfill remainder with excavated material. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810-13 E. Provide minimum cover over top of underground piping according to the following: 1. Irrigation Main Piping: Minimum depth of [36 inches (914 mm)] > below finished grade, or not less than [18 inches (450 mm)] below average local frost depth, whichever is deeper. 2. Circuit Piping: [12 inches (300 mm 3. Drain Piping: 112 inches (300 mm)) 4. Sleeves: [24 inches (600 mm)] 3.2 PREPARATION A. Set stakes to identify locations of proposed irrigation system. Obtain Architect's approval before excavation. 3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS A. Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure. B. Piping in control -valve boxes and aboveground may be joined with flanges instead of joints indicated. C. Aboveground Irrigation Main Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller. Steel pipe; malleable -, gray -, or cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. 2. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: [Type L (Type B)] [Type M (Type C)] hard copper tube, wrought- or cast - copper fittings, and soldered joints. 3. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: Schedule [40] [80], PVC pipe; socket -type PVC fittings; and solvent - cemented joints. 4. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: Schedule 80, PVC pipe; threaded PVC fittings; and threaded joints. 5. NPS 5 (ON 125) and Larger: Steel pipe; malleable -, gray -, or cast -iron fittings; and threaded joints. 6. NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Schedule [40] [80], PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. 7. NPS 5 (ON 125) and Larger: Schedule 80, PVC pipe; Schedule 80, threaded, PVC fittings; and threaded joints. D. Underground Irrigation Main Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: NPS 3 and NPS 4 (ON 80 and ON 100) ductile -iron, mechanical -joint pipe; ductile -iron, mechanical -joint fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints. 2. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: NPS 3 and NPS 4 (DN 80 and ON 100) ductile -iron, push -on -joint pipe; ductile -iron, push -on -joint fittings and gaskets; and gasketed joints. 3. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: Type L (Type B) soft copper tube, wrought - capper fittings, and soldered joints. 4. NPS 4 (ON 100) and Smaller: Schedule [40] [80], PVC pipe and socket fittings, and solvent- cemented joints. 5. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller. Schedule 80, PVC pipe; threaded PVC fittings; and threaded joints. 6. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: SDR 21, PVC, pressure -rated pipe; Schedule 80, PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints. 7. NPS 5 (ON 125) and Larger. NIPS 6 (DN 150) and larger ductile -iron, mechanical -joint pipe; ductile -iron, mechanical -joint fittings, glands, bolts, and nuts; and gasketed joints. 8. NPS 5 (ON 125) and.Larger. NPS 6 (ON 150) and larger ductile -iron, push -on -joint pipe; ductile -iron, push - on- joint fittings and gaskets; and gasketed joints. 9. NPS 5 (ON 125) and Larger: Schedule [40] [80], PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. 10. NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: SDR 21, PVC, pressure -rated pipe; Schedule 80, PVC socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. E. Circuit Piping: Use any of the following piping materials for each size range: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent - cemented joints. 02810-14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 2. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: SDR 26, PVC, pressure -rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. 3. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. [DR 91 [DR 11], PE, controlled OD pipe, PE socket or butt - fusion fittings; and heat - fusion joints. 4. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: [SIDR 71 [SIDR 91, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and banded or coupled joints. 5. NPS 2 -112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. 6. NIPS 2 -112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): SDR 26, PVC, pressure -rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. 7. NPS 2 -1l2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): [DR 9] [DR 11], PE, controlled OD pipe; PE socket or butt - fusion fittings; and heat - fusion joints. NPS 3 (DN 80) pipe and fittings if NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) pipe and fittings are not available. 8. NPS 2 -112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): [SIDR 71 [SIDR 9], PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and banded or coupled joints. F. Underground Branches and Offsets at Sprinklers and Devices: Schedule 80, PVC pipe; threaded PVC fittings; and threaded joints. 1. Option: Plastic piping manufactured for this application may be used instead of pipe and fittings specified. G. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: [Type L (Type B)] [Type M (Type C)] hard copper tube, wrought - copper fittings, and soldered joints. H. Risers to Aboveground Sprinklers and Specialties: Schedule 80, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent - cemented joints. I. Drain Piping: Use any of the following piping materials: 1. All Sizes: Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent - cemented joints. 2. All Sizes: SDR 21, 26, or 32.5, PVC, pressure -rated pipe; Schedule 40, PVC socket fittings; and solvent - cemented joints. 3. All Sizes: SIDR 9, 11.5, or 15, PE, controlled ID pipe; insert fittings for PE pipe; and banded or coupled joints. J. Sleeves: Schedule 40, PVC pipe and socket fittings; and solvent- cemented joints. K. Transition Fittings: Use transition fittings for plastic -to -metal pipe connections according to the following: Couplings: a. Underground Piping NPS 1 -112 (DN 40) and Smaller: Manufactured fitting or coupling. b. Underground Piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and Larger: AWWA transition coupling. 2. Fittings: a. Aboveground Piping: Plastic -to -metal transition fittings. b. Underground Piping: Union with plastic end of same material as plastic piping. 3. Transition fittings are specified in Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities -- Basic Materials and Methods." L. Dielectric Fittings: Use dielectric fittings for dissimilar -metal pipe connections according to the following: 1. Underground Piping: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810 -15 3.4 3.5 a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Dielectric couplings or dielectric nipples. b. NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) and Larger: Prohibited except in valve box. 2. Aboveground Piping: a. NIPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Dielectric unions. b. NPS 2 -112 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Dielectric flanges. 3. Piping in Valve Boxes or Vaults: a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Dielectric unions. b. NPS 2 -112 to NIPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Dielectric flanges. 4. Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities — Basic Materials and Methods." VALVE APPLICATIONS A. Aboveground, Shutoff -Duty Valves: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze, nonrising -stem gate valve. 2. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze ball valve. B. Underground, Shutoff -Duty Valves: Use the following: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Curb stop with tee head, curb -stop service box, and shutoff rod. 2. NPS 3 (DN 80) and Larger. AWWA cast -iron gate valve with elastomeric gaskets and stem nut, valve box, and shutoff rod. C. Underground, Manual Control Valves: Bronze globe valve with control -valve box and valve key. D. Control Valves: 1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. Plastic automatic control valve. 2. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. Bronze, nonrsing -stem gate valve. 3. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller. [Bronze] [Plastic] ball valve. 4. NPS 2 -112 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80): [Bronze] [Plastic] automatic control valve. . 5. NPS 2 -1/2 and NPS 3 (DN 65 and DN 80): Cast -iron, nonrising -stem gate valve. E. Drain Valves: 1. NPS 112 and NPS 314 (DN 15 and DN 20): Automatic drain valve. 2. NPS 1/2 and NPS 314 (DN 15 and DN 20): Bronze, nonrising -stem gate valve. 3. NPS 112 and NPS 314 (DN 15 and DN 20): [Bronze] [Plastic] ball valve. 4. NIPS 1 to NIPS 2 (DN 25 to DN 50): Bronze, nonrising -stem gate valve. 5. NPS 1 to NPS 2 (DN 25 to DN 50): [Bronze] [Plastic] ball valve. PIPING INSTALLATION A. Location and Arrangement Drawings indicate location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated unless deviations are approved on Coordination Drawings. B. Install piping at minimum uniform slope of 0.5 percent down toward drain valves. 02810-16 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS C. Install piping free of sags and bends. D. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit valve servicing. E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. F. Install unions adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NIPS 2 (DN 50) or smaller pipe connection. G. Install flanges adjacent to valves and to final connections to other components with NPS 2 -112 (DN 65) or larger pipe connection. H. Install dielectric fittings to connect piping of dissimilar metals. I. Install underground thermoplastic piping according to ASTM D 2774[ and ASTM F 6901. J. Lay piping on solid subbase, uniformly sloped without humps or depressions. K. Install ductile -iron piping according to AWWA C600. L. Install PVC piping in dry weather when temperature is above 40 deg F 5 deg C. Allow joints to cure at least 24 hours at temperatures above 40 deg F 5 deg C before testing unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer. M. Install water regulators with shutoff valve and strainer on inlet and pressure gage on outlet. Install shutoff valve on outlet. N. Water Hammer Arresters: Install between connection to building main and circuit valves in valve box. 3.6 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities -- Basic Materials and Methods" for basic pipe joint construction. 3.7 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Underground Gate Valves: Install in valve box with top flush with grade. 1. Install valves and PVC pipe with restrained, gasketed joints. B. Underground Curb Stops: Install in service box with top flush with grade. C. Underground, Manual Control Valves: Install in manual control -valve box. D. Control Valves: Install in control -valve box. E. Drain Valves: Install in control -valve box. 3.8 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Flush circuit piping with full head of water and install sprinklers after hydrostatic test is completed. B. Install sprinklers at manufacturer's recommended heights. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810 -17 C. Locate part- circle sprinklers to maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches (100 mm) from walls and 2 inches (50 mm) from other boundaries, unless otherwise indicated. 3.9 AUTOMATIC - CONTROL SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install freestanding controllers on precast concrete bases not less than 36 by 24 by 4 inches (900 by 600 by 100 mm) thick, and not less than 6 inches (150 mm) greater in each direction than overall dimensions of controller. B. Install control cable in same trench as irrigation piping and at least 2 inches (50 mm) below[or beside] piping. Provide conductors of size not smaller than recommended by controller manufacturer. Install cable in separate sleeve under paved areas if irrigation piping is installed in sleeve. 3.10 CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." C. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." D. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque - tightening values. If manufacturers torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4868. 3.11 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic - laminate equipment nameplates and signs on each automatic controller. Text: In addition to identifying unit, distinguish between multple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and wam of hazards and improper operations. B. Refer to Division 2 Section "Piped Utilities — Basic Materials and Methods" for equipment nameplates and signs. C. Warning Tapes: Arrange for installation of continuous, underground, detectable warning tape over underground piping, during backfilling of trenches. D. Refer to Division 2 Section "Earthwork' for warning tapes. 3.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect[, test, and adjust] field - assembled components and equipment installation, induding connections[, and to assist in field testing]. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After eleclydcai circuitry has been energized, operate controllers and automatic control valves to confirm proper system operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 02810 -18 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS C. Remove and replace units and [retest] [reinspect] as specified above. 3.13 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to perform startup service. B. Verify that controllers are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents. C. Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturers submittal and installation requirements in Division 16 Sections. D. Complete startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.14 ADJUSTING A. Adjust settings of controllers. B. Adjust automatic control valves to provide flow rate of rated operating pressure required for each sprinkler circuit. C. Adjust sprinklers so they will be flush with, or not more than 112 inch (13 mm) above, finish grade. 3.15 CLEANING A. Flush dirt and debris from piping before installing sprinklers and other devices. 3.16 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controller and automatic control valves. Refer to Division 1 Section "[Closeout Procedures] [Demonstration and Training]." END OF SECTION 02810 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 02810-19 SECTION 02821 - CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section includes the following: 1. Galvanized steel chain -link fabric. 2. Galvanized steel framework. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Grading" for filling and for grading work. 2. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete footings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. CLFMI: Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: 1. Fence and gale posts, rails, and fittings. 2. Chain -link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments. 3. Gates and hardware. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of fence, each gate, posts, rails, and tension wires and details of extended posts, extension arms, gate swing, or other operation, hardware, and accessories. Indicate materials, dimensions, sizes, weights, and finishes of components. Include plans, elevations, sections, gate swing and other required installation and operational clearances, and details of post anchorage and attachment and bracing. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of chain -link fences and gates certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in 'Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. E. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance of chain -link fence and gale grounding and bonding with performance requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES 02821 -1 A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed chain -link fences and gates similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Source Limitations for Chain -Link Fences and Gates: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, and variety of component for chain -link fences and gates from one source with resources to provide chain -link fences and gates of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. C. Emergency Access Requirements: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for automatic gale operators serving as a required means of access. D. Gate Hardware: Gates located in the path of travel shall comply with the requirements of CBC Section 1003.3.2. Provide solid kick plate 10" minimum high 3" maximum on both sides of the gate. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: B. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for chain -link fences and gates shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CHAIN -LINK FENCE FABRIC A. Steel Chain -Link Fence Fabric: Height indicated on Drawings. Provide fabric fabricated in one -piece widths for fencing in height of 12 feet and less. Comply with CLFMfs "Product Manual' and with requirements indicated below: Mesh and Wire Size: 1 % -inch mesh, 0.192 -inch diameter. B. Selvage: Knuckled at both selvages. 2.2 FENCE AND GATE FRAMING A. Round Posts and Rail: Cold- formed, electdo-resistance- welded, steel pipe or tubing, with minimum yield strength of 45,000 psi and with outside dimension and minimum wall thickness and weight complying with ASTM F 761 for the following fence height and strength and stiffness requirements: Fence Height: As indicated on Drawings. Line, End, Comer, and Pull Posts and Top Rail: Per requirements for Heavy -Duty Fence. B. Gate Posts, Gates, and Accessories: Comply with ASTM F 654 and the following: 1. Type: II, double swing. 2. Metal Pipe and Tubing: Galvanized steel. 3. Frames: Fabricate from round tubing with outside dimension and minimum wall thickness and weight according to ASTM F 654. 4. Posts: Round with outside dimension and minimum wall thickness and weight according to ASTM F 654 for the following individual gale widths: a. 42 inches or less. 02821-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES 5. Hardware: Designed to accommodate electronic pass key hardware form outside of park site, as provided by the city. 6. Provide electrical service to gates. C. Protective Coating for Steel: Posts, rails, and frames protected with an external coating of not less than 0.6 oz. of zinclsq. ft., a chromate conversion coating, and a clear, verifiable polymer film; and an internal protective coating of not less than 0.6 oz. of zinc /sq, ft. or 81 percent, not less than 0.3 -mil- thick, zinc pigmented coating. 2.3 TENSION WIRE A. General: Provide horizontal tension wire at the following locations: Location: Extended along top of fence fabric. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Install chain -link fencing to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements specified. B. Post Excavation: Drill or hand - excavate holes for posts to diameters and spacings indicated, in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. C. Post Setting: Hand- excavate holes for post foundations in firm, undisturbed or compacted soil. Set posts in concrete footing. Protect portion of posts aboveground from concrete splatter. Place concrete around posts and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Verify that posts are set plumb, aligned, and at correct height and spacing, and hold in position during placement and finishing operations until concrete is sufficiently cured. Space posts no farther apart than ten feet. 1. Dimensions and Profile: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Exposed Concrete Footings: Extend concrete 2 inches above grade, smooth, and shape to shed water. 3.3 CHAIN -LINK FENCE INSTALLATION A. Post Bracing Assemblies: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Install braces at end and gate posts and at both sides of corner and pull posts. Locate horizontal braces at midheight of fabric on fences with top rail and at two- thirds fabric height on fences without top rail. Install so posts are plumb when diagonal rod is under proper tension. B. Tension Wire: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Pull wire taut, without sags. Fasten fabric to tension wire with 0.120 -inch- diameter hog rings of same material and finish as fabric wire, spaced a maximum of 24 inches o.c. Install tension wire in locations indicated before stretching fabric. 1. Top Tension Wire: Install tension wire through post cap loops. 2. Bottom Tension Wire: Install tension wire within 6 inches of bottom of fabric and tie to each post with not less than same gage and type of wire. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES 02821 -3 C. Top Rail: Install according to ASTM F 567, maintaining plumb position and alignment of fencing. Run rail continuously through line post caps, bending to radius for curved runs and terminating into rail end attached to posts or post caps fabricated to receive rail at terminal posts. Provide expansion couplings as recommended by fencing manufacturer. D. Intermediate Rails: Install in one piece at post- height center span spanning between posts, using fittings, special offset fittings, and accessories. E. Bottom Rails: Install, spanning between posts, using fittings and accessories. F. Chain -Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework. Leave 1 inch between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage, unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released. G. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c. H. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails. Attach wire at one end to chain - link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain -link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing. 1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts 12 inches o.c. and to braces 24 inches o.c. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. 3.4 GATE INSTALLATION A. General: Install gates according to manufacturer's written instructions, level, plumb, and secure for full opening without interference. Attach fabric as for fencing. Attach hardware using tamper- resistant or concealed means. Install ground -set items in concrete for anchorage. Adjust hardware for smooth operation. 3.5 ADJUSTING A Gate: Adjust gate to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free from binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding. END OF SECTION 02821 02821-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CHAIN -LINK FENCES AND GATES SECTION 02825 - ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 WORK INCLUDED A. Ornamental iron fence materials (including ornamental iron gates, posts and hardware) are covered by these specifications. The contractor shall provide all labor, materials and appurtenances necessary for installation of the ornamental metal fencing system defined herein at (specify project site). 1.3 RELATED WORK A. Section - 02310 - Earthwork B. Section - 03300 - Concrete 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. A complete ornamental fencing system including all components (fence panels, posts, gates and hardware) defined herein shall be supplied by the manufacturer, where required, to match existing fence to be relocated. 1.5 REFERENCES A. ASTM A500 -Cotd- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes, galvanized, yield strength 46,000 psi min. B. ASTM B 117 - Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The contractor must have adequate experience as well as a strong working knowledge of the construction methods and materials involved in ornamental iron fencing. B. The contractor shall provide laborers and supervisors who are thoroughly familiar with the type of construction involved and materials and techniques specified. C. Accessibility Requirements: Gates in path of travel must comply with exit door requirements. (CBC Section 1003.3.2) Provide solid kick plates 10" minimum high3" maximum from the paving on both sides of the gate. 1.7 SUBMITTAL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING 02825-1 A. Approved manufacturer's shop drawings shall become the basis for factory- finished surfaces and must therefore be submitted prior to installation. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to the job site in good condition and provide proper protection from damage to factory- finished surfaces. Materials will be stored with a covering of protective material in a clean, dry location in such a way as to avoid damage, especially damage caused by dust, chemicals and moisture found in the air. B. Materials shall also be stored in such a manner to ensure proper ventilation and drainage and to protect against damage, weather, vandalism and theft. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. The ornamental fencing system shall be manufactured by: a. Merchants Metals to match existing b. Approved equal 2.2 MATERIALS A. Pickets, rails, and posts shall be manufactured from tubing, meeting the requirements of ASTM A500 with an in line hot dipped galvanized exterior zinc coating. B. Pickets for gates shall match the size and style of those used in the fence panels. Frames for gales shall be of sufficient size and thickness to provide adequate support without sag, however, trussing may be required. The manufacturer will supply gate hardwareoof sufficient size and capacity to support the specified gate. C. Pass key locking hardware to be provided by the owner. D. Provide electrical service to gales. E. Finish shall be an eight stage pre - treatment and a four stage corrosion resistant powder coating process. The finish shall conform to local environmental air quality standards. Color shall be determined by the architect. 2.3 FABRICATION - General A. New prime material / galvanized steel, conforming to specked ASTM standards, shall be used in the manufacture of panels, gates and posts. B. Panels, gates and flanged posts shall be of welded construction by the gas metal am method. Pickets shall be attached to rails in the same manner. No wire rods, screws or rivets will be accepted. The layout and welting shall 02825-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING be carried out by experienced craftsmen making sure all welds are neat, clean and of sizes matching those indicated on the drawing. Any and all flush welds shall be ground smooth. C. After fabrication all posts, panels and gates shall be pre- treated to ensure optimum coating adherence to the metal. This 12 -step process consists of: 1. Hot alkaline cleaner 2. Clear water rinse 3. Hot iron phosphate application 4. Clear water rinse 5. Z -153 sealer application 6. Ring rinse 7. Deionized water rinse 8. Dry off oven heat at 425'F 9. Zinc enriched epoxy primer powder coat at 24 mils 10. Gel oven heat at 400'F 11. Ultra polyester finish powder coat at 2 -4 mils 12. Final curing oven at 450'F NOTE: All welds will receive treatment with a zinc rich -epoxy resin primer applied at a thickness of 2 to 4 mils and oven cured at 400'. The finish coat will be applied at 2.4 mils dry film thickness and will be a T.G.I.C. polyester powder coating that combines hardness and durability and can also be touched up in the field. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Layout of the relocated and new fence shall be carried out by the contractor in accordance with the fence construction plans and shop drawings. B. Any changes or surface irregularities shall be verified and graded by the contractor. C. Any discrepancies between approved shop drawings and field conditions must be approved, prior to proceeding with installation, by the architect or engineer. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Fence posts shall be set according to the spaces shown on the drawings. All posts shall be set plumb and level. Footing and past cap sizes shall be as indicated on the drawings. B. Fence panels shall be bolted to the posts. Any bolts and tabs used for connections shall be of the size indicated on the drawings. Bolt threads shall be peened after tightening of bolt. C. Gales shall be installed according to the style and sized indicated on the drawings and shall be installed plumb and level. The contractor will install any required gate stops. To assure alignment of any locking provisions or strikes, attachment wilt be done in the field. When installation is complete the contractor will be responsible for lubricating the hinges, rollers and other gate hardware (including that provided by the city). D. Any abrasions or field welds that cause damage to factory coatings shall be thoroughly cleaned, re- primed, and touched up by the contractor. The paint used will be of the same quality, color and gloss in order to provide a match to the manufacturer's finish. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING 02825-3 3.3 CLEANING A. The clean up of excess materials from the job site is the responsibility of the contractor. B. Post hole excavations shall be scattered uniformly away from the posts or removed as directed. C. Concrete splatter shall be cleaned from exposed posts. END OF SECTION 02825 02825-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ORNAMENTAL METAL FENCING SECTION 02920 - LAWNS AND GRASSES 20312.10 - 06.01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes; 1. Seeding. 2. Sodding. 3. Lawn renovation. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for topsoil stripping and stockpiling. 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling and backfilling, and rough grading. 3. Division 2 Section "Subdrainage" for subsurface drainage. 4. Division 2 Section "Irrigation Systems" for lawn irrigation. 5. Division 2 Section "Exterior Plants" for border edgings. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. B. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced off -site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil. C. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments. D. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill immediately beneath planting soil. E. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-1 B. Certification of Grass Seed: From seed vendor for each grass -seed monostand or mixture stating the botanical and common name and percentage by weight of each species and variety, and percentage of purity, germination, and weed seed. Include the year of production and date of packaging. Certification of each seed mixture for turfgrass sod and hydroseed mix, identifying source, including name and telephone number of supplier. C. Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer. D. Product Certificates: For soil amendments and fertilizers, from manufacturer. E. Material Test Reports: For existing surface soil and imported topsoil. F. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for each type of planting. G. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of lawns during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required initial maintenance periods. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful lawn establishment. 1. Installer's Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full -lime supervisor on Project site• when planting is in progress. 2. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than two hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. B. Soil- Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish soil analysis by a qualified soil- testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter, gradation of sand, silt, and clay content, deleterious material; pH; and mineral and plant- nutrient content of topsoil. Report suitability of topsoil for lawn growth. State - recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory topsoil. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Seed: Deliver seed in original sealed, labeled, and undamaged containers. B. Sod: Harvest, deliver, store, and handle sod according to requirements in TPI's "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" and "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Transplanting and Installation" in Its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Deliver sod in time for planting within 24 hours of harvesting. Protect sod from breakage and drying. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Planting Restrictions: Plant during one of the following periods. Coordinate planting periods with initial maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of Substantial Completion. 02920-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Lawn Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until acceptable lawn is established, but for not less than the following periods: Seeded Lawns: 90 days from dale of Substantial Completion. a. When initial maintenance period has not elapsed before end of planting season, or if lawn is not fully established, continue maintenance during next planting season. 2. Sodded Lawns: 90 days from date of Substantial Completion. B. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly (or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED A. Grass Seed: Fresh, clean, dry, new -crop seed complying with AOSA's 'Journal of Seed Technology; Rules for Testing Seeds" for purity and germination tolerances. B. Grass Seed Mix: Proprietary seed mix as follows: 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Stover Seed Company- Medallion II dwarf type tall fescue blend to match existing turf grass. 2.2 TURFGRASS SOD A. Turfgrass Sod: Certified, complying with TPI's "Specifications for Turfgrass Sod Materials" in its "Guideline Specifications to Turfgrass Sodding." Furnish viable sod of uniform density, color, and texture, strongly rooted, and capable of vigorous growth and development when planted. B. Turfgrass Species: Medallion Plus, 23 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5266, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 4 percent organic material content; free of stones 112 inch (13 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-3 Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on -site. Verify suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. a. Supplement with imported or manufactured topsoil from off -site sources when quantities are insufficient. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well- drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches (100 mm) deep; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. 2.4 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through No. 6 (3.35 -mm) sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through No. 40 (0.425 -mm) sieve. B. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. C. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated. D. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade. E. Agricultural Gypsum: Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 percent calcium sulfate. F. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials. G. Diatomaceous Earth: Calcined, diatomaceous earth, 90 percent silica, with approximately 140 percent water absorption capacity by weight. H. Zeolites: Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight. 2.5 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well- composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 112 -inch (12.5 -mm) sieve; soluble salt content of 5 decisiemenstm; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. B. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen - heated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. 1. In lieu of decomposed wood derivatives, mix partially decomposed wood derivatives with ammonium nitrate at a minimum rate of 0.15lbtcu. ft. (2.4 kg /cu. m) of loose sawdust or ground bark, or with ammonium sulfate at a minimum rate of 0.25 lb/cu, ft. (4 kg /cu. m) of loose sawdust or ground bark. 2.6 PLANTING ACCESSORIES A. Selective Herbicides: EPA registered and approved, of type recommended by manufacturer for application. 02920-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES 2.7 FERTILIZER A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow - release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil - testing agency. C. Slow - Release Fertilizer: Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water - insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil- testing agency. 2.8 MULCHES A. Nonasphaltic Tackifier: Colloidal tackifier recommended by fiber -mulch manufacturer for slurry application; nontoxic and free of plant - growth or germination inhibitors. 2.9 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting Soil Mix: Topsoil mixed with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities: Mix in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil- testing agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive lawns and grass for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, trees, shrubs, and plantings from damage caused by planting operations. 1. Protect adjacent and adjoining areas from hydroseeding and hydromulching overspray. 2. Protect grade stakes set by others until directed to remove them. B. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920-5 3.3 LAWN PREPARATION A. Limit lawn subgrade preparation to areas to be planted. B. Newly Graded Subgrades: Loosen subgrade to a minimum depth of 4 inches (100 mm). Remove stones larger than fl2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm) but not less than required to meet finish grades after light rolling and natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. a. Spread approximately 112 the thickness of planting soil mix over loosened subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches (100 mm) of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil mix. b. Reduce elevation of planting soil to allow for soil thickness of sod. C. Unchanged Subgrades: If lawns are to be planted in areas unaltered or undisturbed by excavating, grading, or surface -soil stripping operations, prepare surface soil as follows: 1. Remove existing grass, vegetation, and turf. Do not mix into surface soil. 2. Loosen surface soil to a depth of at least 6 inches (150 mm). Apply soil amendments and fertilizers according to planting soil mix proportions and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches (100 mm) of soil. Till soil to a homogeneous mixture of fine texture. 3. Remove stones larger than 112 inch (13 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, trash, and other extraneous matter. 4. Legally dispose of waste material, including grass, vegetation, and turf, off Owner's property. D. Finish Grading: Grade planting areas to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Grade to within plus or minus 112 inch (13 mm) of finish elevation. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. Limit finish grading to areas that can be planted in the immediate future. E. Moisten prepared lawn areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface to dry before planting. Do not create muddy soil. F. Before planting, restore areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.4 HYDROSEEDING A. Hydroseeding: Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and fiber mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogeneous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. 1. Mix slurry with nonasphaltic tackifier. 2. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded in a one -step process. Apply slurry at a rate so that mulch component is deposited at not less than 1500- Iblacre (15.6- kg192.9 sq. m) dry weight, and seed component is deposited at not less than the specked seed - sowing rate. 3.5 SODDING A. Lay sod within 24 hours of harvesting. Do not lay sod if dormant or if ground is frozen or muddy. B. Lay sod to form a solid mass with tightly fitted joints. Butt ends and sides of sod; do not stretch or overlap. Stagger sod strips or pads to offset joints in adjacent courses. Avoid damage to subgrade or sod during installation. Tamp 02920.6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES and roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade, eliminate air pockets, and form a smooth surface. Work sifted soil or fine sand into minor cracks between pieces of sod, remove excess to avoid smothering sod and adjacent grass. 1. Lay sod across angle of slopes exceeding 1:3. 2. Anchor sod on slopes exceeding 1:6 with wood pegs or steel staples spaced as recommended by sod manufacturer but not less than 2 anchors per sod strip to prevent slippage. 3. Saturate sod with fine water spray within two hours of planting. During first week after planting, water daily or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to a minimum depth of 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) below sod. 3.6 LAWN RENOVATION A. Renovate existing lawn. B. Renovate existing lawn damaged by Contractors operations, such as storage of materials or equipment and movement of vehicles. 1. Reestablish lawn where settlement or washouts occur or where minor regrading is required. 2. Provide new topsoil as required. C. Remove sod and vegetation from diseased or unsatisfactory lawn areas: do not bury in soil. D. Remove topsoil containing foreign materials resulting from Contractor's operations, including oil drippings, fuel spills, stone, gravel, and other construction materials, and replace with new topsoil. E. Mow, dethatch, core aerate, and rake existing lawn. F. Remove weeds before seeding. Where weeds are extensive, apply selective herbicides as required. Do not use pre - emergence herbicides. G. Remove waste and foreign materials, including weeds, soil cores, grass, vegetation, and turf, and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. H. Till stripped, bare, and compacted areas thoroughly to a soil depth of 6 inches (150 mm). L Apply soil amendments and initial fertilizers required for establishing new lawns and mix thoroughly into top 4 inches (100 mm) of existing soil. Provide new planting soil to fill low spots and meet finish grades. J. Apply hydroseed mixisod, as specified per plan, as required for new lawns. K. Water newly planted areas and keep moist until new lawn is established. 3.7 LAWN MAINTENANCE A. Maintain and establish lawn by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, replanting, and other operations. Roll, regrade, and replant bare or eroded areas and remulch to produce a uniformly smooth lawn. Provide materials and installation the same as those used in the original installation. 1. In areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations, add new mulch and anchor as required to prevent displacement. B. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses, and lawn- watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep lawn uniformly moist to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm). CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES 02920 -7 1. Schedule watering to prevent witting, puddling, erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch. Lay out temporary watering system to avoid walking over muddy or newly planted areas. 2. Water lawn with fine spray at a minimum rate of 1 inch (25 mm) per week unless rainfall precipitation is adequate. C. Mow lawn as soon as top growth is tall enough to cut. Repeat mowing to maintain specified height without cutting more than 1/3 of grass height. Remove no more than 113 of grass -leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Schedule initial and subsequent mowings to maintain the following grass height: 1. Mow grass to a height of 1 -112 to 2 inches (38 to 50 mm). D. Lawn Post Installation Fertilization: Apply fertilizer after initial mowing and when grass is dry. Should fertilizing occur during the months of September through February, calcium nitrate shall be used at the rate of five (5) pounds per 1000 sq. it (2.25 kg/92.9 sq. m) in leau of ammonium sulfate. 3.8 SATISFACTORY LAWNS A. Lawn installations shall meet the following criteria as determined by Architect: 1. Satisfactory Seeded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, uniform, close stand of grass has been established, free of weeds and surface irregularities, with coverage exceeding 90 percent over any 10 sq. ft. (0.92 sq. m) and bare spots not exceeding 5 by 5 inches (125 by 125 mm). 2. Satisfactory Sodded Lawn: At end of maintenance period, a healthy, well- rooted, even - colored, viable lawn has been established, free of weeds, open joints, bare areas, and surface irregularities. B. Use specified materials to reestablish lawns that do not comply with requirements and continue maintenance until lawns are satisfactory. END OF SECTION 02920 02920-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LAWNS AND GRASSES SECTION 02930 - EXTERIOR PLANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10.06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Trees. 2. Shrubs. 3. Ground cover. 4. Plants. 5. Tree stabilization. 6. Edgings. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 2 Section "Site Clearing" for protection of existing trees and plantings, topsoil stripping and stockpiling, and she clearing. 2. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for excavation, filling, and rough grading and for subsurface aggregate drainage and drainage backfill materials. 3. Division 2 Section "Subdrainage" for below -grade drainage of landscaped areas, paved areas, and wall perimeters. 4. Division 2 Section "Site Furnishings" for exterior unit planters. 5. Division 2 Section "Lawns and Grasses" for lawn planting. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation. B. Clump: Where three or more young trees were planted in a group and have grown together as a single tree having three or nwre main stems or trunks. C. Container -Grown Stock: Healthy, vigorous, well -rooted exterior plants grown in a container with well- established root system reaching sides of container and maintaining a firm ball when removed from container. Container shall be rigid enough to hold ball shape and protect root mass during shipping and be sized according to ANSI Z60.1 for type and size of exterior plant required. D. Finish Grade: Elevation of finished surface of planting soil. E. Manufactured Topsoil: Soil produced off -site by homogeneously blending mineral soils or sand with stabilized organic soil amendments to produce topsoil or planting soil. F. Mufti -Stem: Where three or more main stems arise from the ground from a single root crown or at a point right above the root crown. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-1 G. Planting Soil: Native or imported topsoil, manufactured topsoil, or surface soil modified to become topsoil; mixed with soil amendments. H. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or backfill, before placing planting soil. I. Subsoil: All soil beneath the topsoil layer of the soil profile, and typified by the lack of organic matter and soil organisms. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following: 1. 1 lb (.44 kg) of organic mulch for each color and texture required, in labeled plastic bags. 2. Edging materials and accessories, of manufacturer's standard size, to verify color selected. C. Qualification Data: For qualified landscape Installer. D. Product Certificates: For each type of manufactured product, from manufacturer, and complying with the following: 1. Manufacturers certified analysis for standard products. 2. Analysis of other materials by a recognized laboratory made according to methods established by the Association of Official Analytical Chemists, where applicable. E. Material Test Reports: For agricultural suflability of existing surface soil and imported topsoil. F. Planting Schedule: Indicating anticipated planting dates for exterior plants. G. Plant Material Photos- Submit color photos of representative sample of each tree and shrub type specified Minimum height and width to be provided. Minimum caliper size to be provided for trees. H. Maintenance Instructions: Recommended procedures to be established by Owner for maintenance of exterior plants during a calendar year. Submit before expiration of required maintenance periods. I. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified landscape installer whose work has resulted in successful establishment of exterfor plants. 1. Installers Field Supervision: Require Installer to maintain an experienced full -time supervisor on Project site when planting is in progress. B. Soil- Testing Laboratory Qualifications: An independent laboratory, recognized by the State Department of Agriculture, with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated and that specializes in types of tests to be performed. C. Topsoil Analysis: Furnish sal analysis by a qualified soil - testing laboratory stating percentages of organic matter; gradation of sand, silt, and clay content; cation exchange capacity; sodium absorption ratio; deleterious material; pH; and mineral and plant- nutrient content of topsoil. 02930-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 1. Report suitability of topsoil for plant growth. State - recommended quantities of nitrogen, phosphorus, and potash nutrients and soil amendments to be added to produce satisfactory topsoil. D. Provide quality, size, genus, species, and variety of exterior plants indicated, complying with applicable requirements in ANSI Z60.1, "American Standard for Nursery Stock." E. Tree and Shrub Measurements: Measure according to ANSI Z60.1 with branches and trunks or canes in their normal position. Do not prune to obtain required sizes. Take caliper measurements 6 inches (150 mm) above the ground for trees up to 4 -inch (100 -mm) caliper size, and 12 inches (300 mm) above the ground for larger sizes. Measure main body of tree or shrub for height and spread; do not measure branches or roots tip- to-tip. F. Observation: Architect may observe trees and shrubs either at place of growth or at site before planting for compliance with requirements for genus, species, variety, size, and quality. Architect retains right to observe trees and shrubs further for size and condition of balls and root systems, insects, injuries, and latent defects and to reject unsatisfactory or defective material at any time during progress of work. Remove rejected trees or shrubs immediately from Project site. 1. Notify Architect of sources of planting materials seven days in advance of delivery to site. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver exterior plants freshly dug. Immediately after digging up bare -root stock, pack root system in wet straw, hay, or other suitable material to keep root system moist until planting. B. Do not prune trees and shrubs before delivery except as approved by Architect. Protect bark, branches, and root systems from sun scald, drying, sweating, whipping, and other handling and tying damage. Do not bend or bind -tie trees or shrubs in such a manner as to destroy their natural shape. Provide protective covering of exterior plants during delivery. Do not drop exterior plants during delivery and handling. C. Handle planting stock by root ball. D. Deliver exterior plants after preparations for planting have been completed and install immediately. If planting is delayed more than six hours after delivery, set exterior plants and trees in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and keep roots moist. 1. Heel -in bare -root stock. Soak roots that are in dry condition in water for two hours. Reject dried -out plants. 2. Set balled stock on ground and cover ball with soil, peat moss, sawdust, or other acceptable material. 3. Do not remove container -grown stock from containers before time of planting. 4. Water root systems of exterior plants stored on -site with a fine -mist spray. Water as often as necessary to maintain root systems in a moist condition. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with planting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit planting to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Coordination with Lawns: Plant trees and shrubs after finish grades are established and before planting lawns unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-3 When planting trees and shrubs after lawns, protect lawn areas and promptly repair damage caused by planting operations. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace plantings and accessories that fail in materials, workmanship, or growth within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Death and unsatisfactory growth, except for defects resulting from lack of adequate maintenance, neglect, abuse by Owner, or incidents that are beyond Contractor's control. b. Structural failures including plantings falling or blowing over. C. Faulty operation of tree stabilization and edgings. 2. Warranty Periods from Date of Substantial Completion: a. Trees and Shrubs: One year. b. Ground Cover and Plants: One year. 3. Include the following remedial actions as a minimum: a. Remove dead exterior plants immediately. Replace immediately unless required to plant in the succeeding planting season. b. Replace exterior plants that are more than 25 percent dead or in an unhealthy condition at end of warranty period. C. A limit of one replacement of each exterior plant will be required except for losses or replacements due to failure to comply with requirements. d. Provide extended warranty for replaced plant materials; warranty period equal to original warranty period. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service for Trees and Shrubs: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below. Maintenance Period: Three months from date of Substantial Completion. B. Initial Maintenance Service for Ground Cover and Plants: Provide full maintenance by skilled employees of landscape Installer. Maintain as required in Part 3. Begin maintenance immediately after each area is planted and continue until plantings are acceptably healthy and well established, but for not less than maintenance period below. Maintenance Period: Three months from date of Substantial Completion. C. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: From Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard yearly (or other period) maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options. 02930-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TREE AND SHRUB MATERIAL A. General: Furnish nursery-grown trees and shrubs complying with ANSI Z60.1, with healthy root systems developed by transplanting or root pruning. Provide well- shaped, fully branched, healthy, vigorous stock free of disease, insects, eggs, larvae, and defects such as knots, sun scald, injuries, abrasions, and disfigurement. B. Provide trees and shrubs of sizes, grades, and ball or container sizes complying with ANSI Z60.1 for types and form of trees and shrubs required. Trees and shrubs of a larger size may be used if acceptable to Architect, with a proportionate increase in size of roots or balls. C. Root -Ball Depth: Furnish trees and shrubs with root balls measured from top of root ball, which shall begin at root flare according to ANSI Z60.1. D. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. E. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety and caliper with a securely attached, waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name. F. If formal arrangements or consecutive order of trees or shrubs is shown, select stock for uniform height and spread, and number label to assure symmetry in planting. 2.2 SHADE AND FLOWERING TREES A. Shade Trees: Single -stem trees with straight trunk, well - balanced crown, and intact leader, of height and caliper indicated, complying with ANSI Z60.1 for type of trees required. 1. Provide container- growntrees. 2. Branching Height: One -half of tree height. B. Small Upright Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1; stem form as follows: 1. Stem Form: Single trunk. 2. Provide container -grown trees. C. Small Spreading Trees: Branched or pruned naturally according to species and type, with relationship of caliper, height, and branching according to ANSI Z60.1; stem form as follows: 1. Stem Form: Single trunk. 2. Provide container -grown trees. D. Palm Trees: Natural form according to species and type, with relationship of caliper and height according to ANSI Z60.1. 1. Stem Form: Single trunk. 2. Provide balled and burlapped or container -grown trees. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-5 2.3 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS A. Form and Size: Shrubs with not less than the minimum number of canes required by and measured according to ANSI Z60.1 for type, shape, and height of shrub. 1. Shrub sizes indicated are sizes after pruning. 2. Provide container -grown shrubs. 2.4 BROADLEAF EVERGREENS A. Form and Size: Normal- quality, well - balanced, broadleaf evergreens, of type, height, spread, and shape required, complying with ANSI Z60.1. B. Form and Size: Specimen quality as described, symmetrically shaped broadleaf evergreens. 1. Shearing Designation: Natural, never sheared (N). 2. Provide container -grown trees. 2.5 GROUND COVER PLANTS A. Ground Cover: Provide ground cover of species indicated, established and well rooted in pots or similar containers, and complying with ANSI Z60.1 and the following requirements: 2.6 PLANTS A. Annuals and Biennials: Provide healthy, disease -free plants of species and variety shown or listed, with well - established root systems reaching to sides of the container to maintain a firm ball, but not with excessive root growth encircling the container. Provide only plants that are acclimated to outdoor conditions before delivery. B. Perennials: Provide healthy, field -grown plants from a commercial nursery, of species and variety shown or listed, complying with requirements in ANSI Z60.1. C. Vines: Provide vines of species indicated complying with requirements in ANSI Z60.1 as follows: 1. Two -year plants with heavy, well - branched tops, with not less than 3 runners 36 inches (900 mm) or more in length, and with a vigorous well- developed root system. 2. Provide field -grown vines. Vines grown in pots or other containers of adequate size and acclimated to outside conditions will also be acceptable. 2.7 TOPSOIL A. Topsoil: ASTM D 5268, pH range of 5.5 to 7, a minimum of 4 percent organic material content; free of stones 112 inch (13 mm) or larger in any dimension and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 02930-6 1. Topsoil Source: Reuse surface soil stockpiled on -site. Verify suitability of stockpiled surface soil to produce topsoil. Clean surface soil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS a. Supplement with imported or manufactured topsoil from off -site sources when quantities are insufficient. Obtain topsoil displaced from naturally well- drained construction or mining sites where topsoil occurs at least 4 inches It 00 mm) deep; do not obtain from bogs or marshes. 2.8 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, containing a minimum of 90 percent sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through No. 6 (3.35 -mm) sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through No. 40 (0.425 -mm) sieve. B. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur. C. Aluminum Sulfate: Commercial grade, unadulterated. D. Perlite: Horticultural pedite, soil amendment grade. E. Agricultural Gypsum: Finely ground, containing a minimum of 90 percent calcium sulfate. F. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials. G. Diatomaceous Earth: Calcined, diatomaceous earth, 90 percent silica, with approximately 140 percent water absorption capacity by weight. H. Zeoiites: Mineral clinoptilolite with at least 60 percent water absorption by weight. 2.9 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Compost: Well- composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through [112 -inch (13 -mm)] sieve; soluble salt content of 5 decisiemens /m; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. B. Wood Derivatives: Decomposed, nitrogen- treated sawdust, ground bark, or wood waste; of uniform texture, free of chips, stones, sticks, soil, or toxic materials. In lieu of decomposed wood derivatives, mix partially decomposed wood derivatives with ammonium nitrate W a minimum rate of 0.15 lb /cu. ft. (2.4 kg/cu. m) of loose sawdust or ground bark, or with ammonium sulfate at a minimum rate of 0.25 lb/cu. ft. (4 kg /cu. m) of loose sawdust or ground bark. 2.10 FERTILIZER A. Superphosphate: Commercial, phosphate mixture, soluble; a minimum of 20 percent available phosphoric acid. B. Commercial Fertilizer: Commercial -grade complete fertilizer of neutral character, consisting of fast- and slow - release nitrogen, 50 percent derived from natural organic sources of urea formaldehyde, phosphorous, and potassium in the following composition: 1. Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil- testing agency. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-7 C. Slow - Release Fertilizer. Granular or pelleted fertilizer consisting of 50 percent water - insoluble nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium in the following composition: Composition: Nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil- testing agency. 2.11 MULCHES A. Organic Mulch: Free from deleterious materials and suitable as a top dressing of trees and shrubs, consisting of one of the following: Type: Ground or shredded bark or wood and bark chips. B. Compost Mulch: Well- composted, stable, and weed -free organic matter, pH range of 5.5 to 8; moisture content 35 to 55 percent by weight; 100 percent passing through 1 -inch (25 -mm) sieve; soluble salt content of 2 to 5 decisiemenslm; not exceeding 0.5 percent inert contaminants and free of substances toxic to plantings; and as follows: 1. Organic Matter Content: 50 to 60 percent of dry weight. 2.12 WEED - CONTROL BARRIERS A. Composite Fabric: Woven, needle- punched polypropylene substrate bonded to a nonwoven polypropylene fabric, 4.8 oz. /sq. yd. (162 g1sq. m). 2.13 TREE STABILIZATION MATERIALS A. Slakes and Guys: 1. Upright and Guy Stakes: Rough -sawn, sound, new hardwood, redwood, or pressure- preservative- treated softwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2 -by -2 -inch nominal (38- by -38 -mm actual) by length indicated, pointed at one end. 2. Flexible Ties: Wide rubber or elastic bands or straps of length required to reach stakes. 3. Guys and Tie Wires: ASTM A 6411A 641 M, Class 1, galvanized -steel wire, 2- strand, twisted, 0.106 inch (2.7 mm) in diameter. 4. Hose Chafing Guards: Reinforced rubber or plastic hose at least 112 inch (13 mm) in diameter, black, cut to lengths required to protect tree trunks from damage. 5. Guy Cables: 5- strand, 3116 -inch- (4.8 -mm -) diameter, galvanized -steel cable, with zinc - coated tumbuckles, a minimum of 3 inches (75 mm) long, with two 318 -inch (10 -mm) galvanized eyebolts. 6. Flags: Standard surveyors plastic Flagging tape, white, 6 inches (150 mm) long. B. Root -Ball Stabilization Materials: 02930 -8 1. Upright Stakes and Horizontal Hold -Down: Rough -sawn, sound, new hardwood or softwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2-by -2 -inch nominal (38- by -38 -mm actual) by length indicated; stakes pointed at one end. 2. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. 3. Proprietary Devices: Proprietary at- or below -grade stabilization system to secure each new planting by root ball; sized as indicated and per manufacturer's written recommendations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1) Foresight Products, LLC; Duckbill Rootball Fixing System. C. Palm Bracing: Battens or blocks, salts, straps, and protective padding as indicated. 1. Battens or Blocks and Struts: Rough -sawn, sound, new hardwood or softwood, free of knots, holes, cross grain, and other defects, 2 -by -4 -inch nominal (38- by -89 -mm actual) by lengths indicated. 2. Straps: Adjustable steel or plastic package banding straps. 3. Padding: Burlap. 2.14 LANDSCAPE EDGINGS A. Concrete Mow Strip: Refer to planting details: 2.15 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. Antidesiccant: Water - insoluble emulsion, permeable moisture retarder, film forming, for trees and shrubs. Deliver in original, sealed, and fully labeled containers and mix according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Trunk -Wrap Tape: Two layers of crinkled paper cemented together with bituminous material, 4 -inch- (100 -mm-) wide minimum, with stretch factor of 33 percent. C. Planter Drainage Gravel: Washed, sound crushed stone or gravel complying with ASTM D 448 for Size No. 8 D. Planter Filter Fabric: Woven or nonwoven geotextile manufactured for separation applications and made of polypropylene, polyolefin, or polyester fibers or combination of them. 2.16 PLANTING SOIL MIX A. Planting Soil Mix: Topsoil mixed with the following soil amendments and fertilizers in the following quantities: Mix in amounts recommended in soil reports from a qualified soil- testing agency. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas to receive exterior plants for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 WEED ABATEMENT OPERATIONS A. The irrigation system and finish grade shall be completed prior to weed abatement operations. B. Contractor shall operate the irrigation system to keep planting areas uniformly moist for a period of three (3) weeks CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930 -9 (21 consecutive calendar days). At the end of the three (3) week period, Contractor shall spray all visible weeds with a contact herbicide. Application method shall be as recommended by manufacturer. After spraying, planting areas shall remain unwatered for a minimum of forty -eight (48) hours. Remove weeds from site. C. Water seven (7) additional consecutive calendar days from the first application, and apply a contact herbicide as may be necessary. After second spraying, water shall not be applied for an additional forty -eight (48) hour period. Applications shall continue at seven (7) day intervals as determined by the Owner. D. Contractor shall apply spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto adjoining property and pre- venting any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. E. Weeds and debris shall be disposed of off -site. F. Contractor shall have an individual with necessary licenses for application of required herbicides. G. Contractor to schedule weed abatement program so that project turn over date is not delayed. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities, and lawns and existing exterior plants from damage caused by planting operations. B. Provide erosion - control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil- bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. C. Lay out individual tree and shrub locations and areas for multiple plantings. Stake locations, outline areas, adjust locations when requested, and obtain Architects acceptance of layout before planting. Make minor adjustments as required. D. Lay out exterior plants at locations directed by Architect. Stake locations of individual trees and shrubs and outline areas for multiple plantings. E. Trunk Wrapping: Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation; take corrective measures required before wrapping. Wrap trees of 2 -inch (50 -mm) caliper and larger with trunk -wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach without causing girdling. F. Apply antidesiccant to trees and shrubs using power spray to provide an adequate film over trunks (before wrapping), branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect during digging, handling, and transportation. 1. It deciduous trees or shrubs are moved in full leaf, spray with antidesiccant at nursery before moving and again two weeks after planting. G. Wrap trees and shrubs with burlap fabric over trunks, branches, stems, twigs, and foliage to protect from wind and other damage during digging, handling, and transportation. 3.2 PLANTING BED ESTABLISHMENT A. Loosen subgrade of planting beds to a minimum depth of 4 inches (100 mm)]. Remove stones larger than 1f2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off Owner's property. 02930-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS Spread planting soil mix to a depth of 4 inches (100 mm) but not less than required to meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if planting soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet. a. Spread approximately one -half the thickness of planting soil mix over loosened subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches (100 mm) of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil mix. B. Finish Grading: Grade planting beds to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Rolland rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades. C. Before planting, restore planting beds if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading. 3.3 EXCAVATION FOR TREES AND SHRUBS A. Pits and Trenches: Excavate circular pits with sides sloped inward. Trim base leaving center area raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage. Do not further disturb base. Scarify sides of plant pit smeared or smoothed during excavation. 1. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for container -grown stock. 2. Excavate at least 12 inches (300 mm) wider than root spread and deep enough to accommodate vertical ,roots for bare -root stock. 3. If drain tile is shown or required under planted areas, excavate to top of porous backfill over tile. B. Subsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill. C. Obstructions: Notify Architect if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations. Hardpan Layer: Drill 6 -inch- (150 -mm -) diameter holes, 24 inches (600 mm) apart, into free - draining strata or to a depth of 10 feet (3 m), whichever is less, and backfill with free - draining material. D. Drainage: Notify Architect if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub pits. E. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs. 3.4 TREE AND SHRUB PLANTING A. Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60A. B. Set balled and burlapped stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball 1 inch (25 mm) above adjacent finish grades. 1. Remove burlap and wire baskets from tops of root balls and partially from sides, but do not remove from under root balls. Remove pallets, if any, before setting. Do not use planting stock if root ball is cracked or broken before or during planting operation. 2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one -half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backfill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix. C. Set container -grown stock plumb and in center of pit or trench with top of root ball 1 inch (25 mm) above adjacent finish grades. Carefully remove root ball from container without damaging root ball or plant. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-11 2. Place planting soil mix around root ball in layers, tamping to settle mix and eliminate voids and air pockets. When pit is approximately one -half backfilled, water thoroughly before placing remainder of backlill. Repeat watering until no more water is absorbed. Water again after placing and tamping final layer of planting soil mix. D. Organic Mulching: Apply 2 -inch (50 -mm) average thickness of organic mulch extending 12 inches (300 mm) beyond edge of planting pit or trench. Do not place mulch within 3 inches (75 mm) of trunks or stems. E. Inspect tree trunks for injury, improper pruning, and insect infestation; take corrective measures required before wrapping. Wrap trees of 2 -inch (50 -mm) caliper and larger with trunk -wrap tape. Start at base of trunk and spiral cover trunk to height of first branches. Overlap wrap, exposing half the width, and securely attach without causing girdling. 3.5 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape. B. Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs as directed by Architect. C. Prune, thin, and shape trees and shrubs according to standard horticultural practice. Prune trees to retain required height and spread. Unless otherwise indicated by Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured or dead branches from flowering trees. Prune shrubs to retain natural character. 3.6 TREE STABILIZATION A. Trunk Stabilization: Unless otherwise indicated, provide trunk stabilization as follows: 1. Upright staking and Tying: Stake trees 24" box container size and less per tree staking detail. 2. Guying and Staking: Guy trees exceeding 36" box container size to be installed per tree guying detail. B. Root -Ball Stabilization: Where indicated, provide at- or below -grade stabilization system to secure each new planting by the root ball. 1. Wood Hold -Down Method: Horizontal wood hold -down stake placed across top of root ball and screwed at each end to a vertical stake against side of root ball and driven into subsoil. a. Provide stakes of length required to penetrate at least 18 inches (450 mm) below bottom of backfilled excavation. Saw stakes off at horizontal stake. b. Install screws through horizontal hold -down and penetrating at least 1 inch (25 mm) into stakes. Predrill holes if necessary to prevent splitting wood. C. Install second set of stakes on other side of root trunk for larger trees as indicated. 2. Proprietary System: Provide root -ball stabilization system sized and positioned as recommended by product manufacturer, and according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Palm Bracing: Where indicated, provide bracing system at three or more places equally spaced around perimeter of trunk to secure each palm until established. 02930-12 1. Place battens over padding and secure battens in place around trunk perimeter with at least two straps, tightened to prevent displacement. Ensure that straps do not contact trunk. 2. Place diagonal braces and cut to length. Secure upper end of diagonal braces with nails or nail - attached block on each batten. Secure lower end of diagonal braces with stake driven into ground to prevent outward slippage of brace. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 3.7 PLANTING IN PLANTERS A. Place a layer of drainage gravel at least 4 inches (100 mm) thick in bottom of planters, cover with filter fabric, and fill with planter soil mix. Place soil in lightly compacted layers to an elevation of 3 inches (76 mm) below top of planter, allowing natural settlement. 3.6 GROUND COVER AND PLANT PLANTING A. Set out and space ground cover and plants as indicated on plans. B. Dig holes large enough to allow spreading of roots and backfill with planting soil. C. Work soil around roots to eliminate air pockets and leave a slight saucer indentation around plants to hold water. D. Water thoroughly after planting, taking care not to cover plant crowns with wet soil. E. Protect plants from hot sun and wind; remove protection if plants show evidence of recovery from transplanting stock. 3.9 PLANTING BED MULCHING A. Install weed- control barriers before mulching according to manufacturer's written instructions. Completely cover area to be mulched, overlapping edges a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm). Material and Seam Treatment: Composite fabric with seams pinned. B. Mulch backfilled surfaces of planting beds and other areas indicated. 1. Organic Mulch: Apply 2 -inch (50 -mm)m average thickness of organic mulch, and finish level with adjacent finish grades. Do not place mulch against plant stems. 3.10 PLANT MAINTENANCE A. Tree and Shrub Maintenance: Maintain plantings by pruning, cultivating, watering, weeding, fertilizing, restoring planting saucers, adjusting and repairing stakes and guy supports and root -ball stabilization, and resetting to proper grades or vertical position, as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. Spray or treat as required to keep trees and shrubs free of insects and disease. Restore or replace damaged tree wrappings. B. Ground Cover and Plant Maintenance: Maintain and establish plantings by watering, weeding, fertilizing, mulching, and other operations as required to establish healthy, viable plantings. 3.11 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION A. During planting, keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition. B. Protect exterior plants from damage due to landscape operations, operations by other contractors and trades, and others. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. Treat, repair, or replace damaged plantings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER EXTERIOR PLANTS 02930-13 SECTION 03100 - CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Formwork for cast -in -place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage. B. Openings for other work. C. Form accessories. D. Form stripping 20312.10- 06 -01 -20 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THE SECTION A. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete: Supply of concrete accessories for placement by this Section. B. Section 04200 — Reinforced Unit Masonry System: Supply of masonry accessories for placement by this Section. C. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications: Supply of metal fabrications for placement by this Section. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02751 — Portland Cement Concrete Paving. B. Section 03300 — Cast -In -Place Concrete. 1.4 REFERENCES A. ACI 347 — Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork. B. APA PS — 1 — Construction and Industrial Plywood. 1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code requirements, with resultant concrete conforming to required shape, line and dimension. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANC A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347. 1.7 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-1 A. Conform to 2001 California Building Code (CBC) for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork, including Section 1906. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate work under provisions of Sections 01039, B. Coordinate this Section with either Secfions of work, which require attachment of components to formwork. C. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instruction form Architect before proceeding. 1.9 PRODUCT HANDLING A. On delivery to Project Site, place materials in area protected from weather. B. Store materials materials above ground on framework or blocking and cover with protective waterproof covering providing for adequate air circulation and ventilation. Handle materials to prevent damage. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A. Formwork Re-Use Criteria 1. Provide all new materials, except for factory fabricated reusable joist forms. 2. Materials may be reused during the progress of the work, provided surface finish, formwork quality and structural capability are maintained. 3. Completely clean and recondition all reused formwork materials. Recoat for each reuse. B. Softwood plywood — Vertical and horizontal surfaces. 1. Grade Certification: APA Grade stamped, complying with PS -1. 2. Type: APA Plyform, Exterior Type. 3. Panel Finish: Where concrete will be exposed to view in final project, with painted and non - painted finish, provide HDO resin fiber overlay. C. Lumber. Provide Douglas fir, standard or better grade, 2 inch nominal thickness, dressed S4S. D. Exposed Concrete Mouldings and Ornamental Surfaces: Provide reverse moulded soft One mould properly placed and secured in forms. Dress moulded surfaces to true. Smooth surfaces and coated with approved release agent. Construct all projecting wood moulds to allow for removal without damage to concrete surface. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Concealed Condition: [rIr111Ir1WA CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK a. Burke Penta -Tie or equal. Snap -off type, fixed length, cone type, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch in concrete surface; provide flush plugs for cone holes. b. Burke Taper ties or equal. 2. Exposed Condition: Snap -off type, fixed length, cone type, 1 inch back break dimension, free of defects that could leave holes larger than one inch concrete surface; provide sernkrecessed plugs for cone holes. 3. Exposed Condition at sandblasted finish: SuperTie fiberglass form tie system or equal, as manufactured by RJD Industries, Phone 714 -582 -0191. Provide gray color rod, and all necessary accessories and installation devices. B. Form Release Agent: Cresset or equal, colorless, water based material which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete. 1. Select type suitable and appropriate for achieving CCS 2 surface at exposed concrete applications. C. Corners: Chamfered, rigid plastic or wood strip type;' /4x''/4 inch size; maximum possible lengths. D. Sleeves for pipe penetrations: Corrosion Resistant metal /Polyvinyl Chloride pip, size as required for necessary clearances and installation of sealants. E. Nails, Spikes, Lag Botts, Through Bolts, Anchorages: Sized as required, or sufficient strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete. F. Form Stakes: Steel bar stock, pre - drilled for nails. G. Formwork Panel Edge: Provide foam edge stripping at exposed formwork panel edges to minimize mortar leakage. 2.3 TUBE FORM A. Provide Burke or equal prefabricated tube form. 1. Light pole bases: Seamless Series, wall type as required by application. 2. Columns are architectural elements: Smoothtude Series, wall type as required by application. 2.4 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the contractor and subject to the approval of the Architect. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously installed work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this Installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. 3. In the event of discrepancy immediately notify the Architect 4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancies until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 -3 3.2 EARTH FORMS A. Earth forms may be used for footings and grade beams where soil is stable. Any exposed footings shall be formed. B. Hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete. Increase width of earth formed members one inch each side. C. Construct wood edge forms, as specified below, to extend not less than 2 inches below soil level. Do not permit stakes to extend into or through footing zone. Form all concrete without penetrating footing concrete. D. Fill over - excavated footings and foundations with concrete at no additional contract cost. E. Excavate as necessary to accommodate installation and removal of formwork. F. Fill voids resulting from collapse or sloughing of foundation excavation and sidewalls with concrete at no additional contract cost. G. Prior to pouring footings or foundations, remove all debris, loose material, and water from excavation. H. Where water has accumulated in excavation, obtain Architects and Geotechnical Engineers review of the suitability of sub -grade condition. I. Repair sub -grade as required by Geotechnical Engineer at no additional contract cost. 3.3 ERECTION — FRAMEWORK A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with requirements of AC1347. B. Formwork bracing and supports: 1. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. 2. Provide trussed supports when adequate foundations for shores and struts cannot be secured. 3. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to overseeing by construction loads. 4. Provide shores and sinrts with positive means of adjustment capable of taking up formwork settlement during concrete placing operations, using wedges, jacks or a combination of the two. 5. Do not permit form stakes to extend into or through footing zone. Form all concrete without penetrating footing concrete. 6. Provide top form at inclined surfaces where slope is too steep for concrete placement without sagging or sloughing. C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. to not damage concrete during stripping. Provide crush plates or other approved guards where stripping operation may damage concrete. Kerf wood inserts to permit my removal. D. Chamfer exposed corners. Seal Joints between chamfer and form panel. Miter chamfer strips at changes in direction. E. Plywood Lay -out: 1. Place plywood panels with horizontal joints level, vertical joints plumb. 03100-4 a. Unless noted otherwise, place panel edge at center of surface and extend in equal dimension in each direction. b. Set form tie so visible cones are placed in a uniform and aligned pattern. Maintain cones level and vertically aligned. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK 2. Keep form joints to a minimum. Use maximum size panels. 3. Back all joints by a stud or solid blocking, and provide shaped filler where necessary for smoothness. Provide foam from edge striping to prevent grout washout. 4. Reused panels shall be thoroughly cleaned, damaged edges or surfaces repaired, and both sides and edges coated with specified material. 5. Nail plywood along edges and to intermediate supports with common wire nails spaced as necessary to maintain alignment and prevent warping. 6. Openings in structural members, which are not indicated on Drawings are not permitted. 3.4 APPLICATION — FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applies coverings, which are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces wet prior to placement of concrete. 3.5 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS, AND OPENINGS A. Provide formed openings where required items to be embedded in or passing through concrete work. B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete. C. Coordinate work of other Sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses, chases, sleeves, bolts, anchors, and other inserts. D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb. Ensure items are not distributed during concrete placement E. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain. F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted so joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces. 3.6 FORM CLEANING A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection proceeds. B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete. C. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean -out pods. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Erected formwork, shoring, and bracing will be inspected under the provision of Section 01410 to ensure that work is on accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100-5 B. Request inspection 48 hours prior to placing concrete. C. Unless otherwise specified, do not reuse wood formwork for concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Do not patch formwork. D. Deformation of formwork under load causing finish surface to be out of line, level, or plumb will be cause for rejection of concrete and subsequent removal. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL A. Do not remove forms or bracings unfit concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and imposed loads, and in accordance with the following: Columns and Walls: Maintain forms for a minimum of 1 day. B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces scheduled for exposure to view. C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be damaged. Discard damaged forms. D. Plug exposed snap tie holes as specifies in Section 03310. E. Plug taper tie holes with approved cement grout. F. Grout concealed form holes as specified in Section 03310. G. Remove and finish fiberglass form lie per manufacturers recommendations. 3.9 SHORES AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with ACI 347 for shoring. END OF SECTION 03100 03100-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONCRETE FORMWORK SECTION 03300 - CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 20312.10 - 06 -01.20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: 1. Footings. 2. Foundation walls. 3. Slabs -on- grade. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs -on- grade. 2. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement" for concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast - furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Welding certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. E. Qualification Data: For Installer manufacturer and testing agency. F. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-1 1.5 G. 1. Aggregates. Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials. 2. Admixtures. 3. Form materials and form - release agents. 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories. 5. Fiber reinforcement. 6. Waterstops. 7. Curing compounds. 8. Floor and slab treatments. 9. Bonding agents. 10. Adhesives. 11. Vapor retarders. 12. Semirigid joint filler. 13. Joint - filler strips. 14. Repair materials. H. Floor surface flatness and levelness measurements to determine compliance with specified tolerances. I. Field quality - control test and inspection reports. J. Minutes of preinstallation conference. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI- certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI- certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. L� 03300-2 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI - certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI - certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code — Reinforcing Steel." ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete ". 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." G. Concrete Testing Service: Engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixtures. H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. C. Ready -mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot - weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint - filler strips, semirigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, vapor - retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 FORM- FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth - Formed Finished Concrete: Form - facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-3 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High- density overlay, Class 1 or better. b. Medium - density overlay, Class 1 or better; mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. C. Structural 1, B -B or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B -B (Concrete Form), Class 1 or better; mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough- Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Metal, glass- fiber- reinforced plastic, paper, or fiber tubes that will produce surfaces with gradual or abrupt irregularities not exceeding specified formwork surface class. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. D. Pan -Type Forms: Glass- fiber- reinforced plastic or formed steel, stiffened to resist plastic concrete loads without detrimental deformation. E. Void Forms: Biodegradable paper surface, treated for moisture resistance, structurally sufficient to support weight of plastic concrete and other superimposed loads. F. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 314 by 314 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum. G. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal. H. Form - Release Agent: Commercially formulated form - release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form - release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form - facing materials. I. Form Ties: Factory- fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass - fiber- reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 6151A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 7061A 706M, deformed. C. Deformed -Steel Wire: ASTM A 496. D. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 185, plain, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. E. Deformed -Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497, flat sheet. 03300-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 2.4 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), plain -steel bars, cut bars true to length with ends square and free of buns. B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic - protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. 2.5 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II Low Alkali,gray, conform to section 1903.2 CBC. B. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica. C. Normal- Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3M coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse- Aggregate Size: 1 -112 inches (38 mm) nominal. 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. D. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M, potable and not detrimental to concrete. 2.6 ADMIXTURES A. Air - Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water- soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type B. 3. Water - Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High- Range, Water - Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type F. 5. High - Range, Water- Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. C. Set - Accelerating Corrosion - Inhibiting Admixture: Commercially formulated, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor, capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete and complying with ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type C. Available Products: a. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucon CIA. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-5 G. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI. d. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrele CNI. e. Sika Corporation; Sika CNI. D. Non - Set - Accelerating Corrosion - Inhibiling Admixture: Commercially formulated, non - set - accelerating, anodic inhibitor or mixed cathodic and anodic inhibitor; capable of forming a protective barrier and minimizing chloride reactions with steel reinforcement in concrete. 1. Available Products: a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Catexol 1000CI. b. Boral Material Technologies, Inc.; Boral BCN2. c. Cortec Corporation; MCI 200012005NS. d. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co.; DCI -S. e. Master Builders, Inc.; Rheocrete 222 +. f. Sika Corporation; FerroGard -901. E. Color Pigment: ASTM C 979, synthetic mineral oxide pigments or colored water - reducing admixtures; color stable, [free of carbon black,] non - fading, and resistant to lime and other alkalis. Available Manufacturers: a. Bayer Corporation. b. ChemMasters. C. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc.; a Dayton Superior Company. d. Davis Colors. e. Elementis Pigments, Inc. I. Hoover Color Corporation. g. Lambert Corporation. h. Scofield, L. M. Company. I. Solomon Colors. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.7 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513, with factory- installed metal eyelets, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. Available Manufacturers: a. Greenstreak. b. Progress Unlimited, Inc. C. Williams Products, Inc. 2. Profile: Flat, dumbbell with center bulb. 3. Dimensions: 4 inches by 3116 inch thick (100 mm by 4.75 mm thick). 2.6 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745, Class B. Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure - sensitive tape. 03300-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE Available Products: a. Forlifiber Corporation; Moistop Ultra. b. Raven Industries Inc.; Vapor Block 10. C. Stego Industries, LLC; Slego Wrap, 15 mils. B. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1 -112 -inch (37.5 -mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36 -mm) sieve. C. Fine - Graded Granular Material: Clean mixture of crushed stone, crushed gravel, and manufactured or natural sand; ASTM D 448, Size 10, with 100 percent passing a 318 -inch (9.5 -mm) sieve, 10 to 30 percent passing a No. 100 (0.15 -mm) sieve, and at least 5 percent passing No. 200 (0.075 -mm) sieve; complying with deleterious substance limits of ASTM C 33 for fine aggregates. 2.9 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterbome, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Available Products: a. Axim Concrete Technologies; Cimfilm. b. Burke by Edoco; BurkeFilm. C. ChemMasters; Spray -Film. d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; Aquafilm. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film. f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Eucobar. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Vapor Aid. h. Lambert Corporation; Lambco Skin. i. L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; E -Con. j. MBT Protection and Repair, Div. of ChemRex; Confilm. k. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; Sealfight Evapre. I. Metalcrele Industries; Waterhold. M. Nox -Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Monofilm. n. Sika Corporation, Inc.; SikaFilm. o. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; Finishing Aid. p. Unilex; Pro-Film. q. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Monofilm ER. r. Vexcoo Chemicals, Inc.; Cerli -Vex EnvioAssist. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 ozJsq. yd. (305 gfsq. m) when dry. C. Moisture - Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap - polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane - Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Available Products: a. An6 -Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB. b. Burke by Edoco; Aqua Resin Cure. c. ChemMasters; Safe -Cure Clear. d. Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc., a Dayton Superior Company; W.B. Resin Cure. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-7 e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day Chem Rez Cure (J-1 1-W). f. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Kurez DR VOX. g. Kaufman Products, Inc.; Thinfilm 420. h. Lambert Corporation; Aqua Kure - Clear. i. L &M Construction Chemicals, Inc.; L &M Cure R. j. Meadows, W. R., Inc.; 1100 Clear. k. Nox -Crete Products Group, Kinsman Corporation; Resin Cure E. I. Symons Corporation, a Dayton Superior Company; ResaChem Clear Cure. m. Tamms Industries, Inc.; Horncure WB 30. B. Unitex; Hydro Cure 309. o. US Mix Products Company; US Spec Maxcure Resin Clear. p. Vexcon Chemicals, Inc.; Certi -Vex Enviocure 100. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion- and Isolation - Joint - Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt - saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two - component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240, C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non - redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two- component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217 -inch- (0.55 -mm -) thick, galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement - based, polymer - modified, self- leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 118 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent Floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of undedayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well- graded, washed gravel, 118 to 114 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 1091C 109M. B. Repair Overlayment: Cement - based, polymer- modified, self - leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 118 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 03300-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3. Aggregate: Well- graded, washed gravel, topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than ASTM C 1091C 109M. 2.12 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL 118 to 114 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or Coarse sand as recommended by 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cemenlitious materials other than poriland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 25 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 25 percent. 5. Silica Fume: 10 percent. 6. Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 35 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. 7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast- Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 25 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. C. Limit water - soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water - reducing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water - reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water - reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water- cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion- inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. E. Color Pigment: Add color pigment to concrete mixture according to manufacturer's written instructions and to result in hardened concrete color consistent with approved mockup. 213 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS A. Footings and Slabs on Grade: Proportion normal - weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: As indicated on drawings. 2. Maximum Water - Cementitious Materials Ratio: As indicated on drawings. 3. Slump Limit: As indicated on drawings. 4. Air Content: 5 -112 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -112 -inch (38 -mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. 5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1 -inch (25 -mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-9 2.14 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice. 2.15 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 941C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mining and delivery time from 1 -112 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project -Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 941C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum -type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1 -112 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 090000MUTTINTS :. A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 118 inch (3.2 mm) for smooth - formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust - stained steel form- facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. 03300-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form - release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form - removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delammated, or otherwise damaged form - facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form - release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturers written instructions. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-11 Lap joints 6 inches (150 mm) and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. B. Bituminous Vapor Retarders: Place, protect, and repair vapor retarders according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Granular Course: Cover vapor retarder with fine- graded granular material, moisten, and compact with mechanical equipment to elevation tolerances of plus 0 inch (0 mm) or minus 3/4 inch (19 mm). Refer to drawings. 3.5 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not lack weld crossing reinforcing bars. Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. lace overlaps with wire. 3.6 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. 1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of floors and slabs. 2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1 -112 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam- girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. 5. Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near comers, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. 7. Use epoxy- bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth as indicated on drawings as follows: 03300-12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond - rimmed blades. Cut 1/8 -inch- (3.2 -mm -) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. isolation Joints in Slabs -on- Grade: After removing formwork, install joint- filter strips at stab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint - filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating Flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Terminate full -width joint - filler strips not less than 112 inch (13 mm) or more than I inch (25 mm) below finished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants," are indicated. 3. Install joint - filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one - half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.7 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other joints indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of the Work. Field fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self- Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturers written instructions, adhesive bonding, mechanically fastening, and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.8 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement unless approved by Architect. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACf 301. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water - reducing admixtures to mixture. D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously; provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. . 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 1 Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CASTAN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -13 E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and stabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into comers. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open - textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. Cold - Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot - Weather Placement Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractors option. 2. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.9 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Smooth - Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form- facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specked limits on formed- surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, or to be covered with a coaling or covering material applied directly to concrete. B. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.10 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull - floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes to produce a profile amplitude of 114 inch (6 mm) in 1 direction. 03300-14 1. Apply scratch finish to surfaces to receive mortar setting beds for bonded cementflious floor finishes. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power- driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin -film- finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M), for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled, freestanding, 10 -foot- (3.05 -m -) long straightedge resting on 2 high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 114 inch (6 mm). D. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry file is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. While concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel finished floor surfaces. E. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber- bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.11 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in -place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the Work. B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is sfill green and by steel - troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with comers, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel - finish concrete surfaces. 3.12 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold- weather protection and ACI 301 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Iblsq. ft. x h (1 kg /sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300 -15 C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 -inch (300 -mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture - Retaining -Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture - retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture - retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture- retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. C. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture - retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project.. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturers written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.13 LIQUID FLOOR TREATMENTS A. Penetrating Liquid Floor Treatment: Prepare, apply, and finish penetrating liquid floor treatment according to manufacturer's written instructions. 03300-16 1. Remove curing compounds, sealers, oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants and complete surface repairs. 2. Do not apply to concrete that is less than 28 days' old. 3. Apply liquid until surface is saturated, scrubbing into surface until a gel forms; rewet; and repeat brooming or scrubbing. Rinse with water; remove excess material until surface is dry. Apply a second coat in a similar manner if surface is rough or porous. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE B. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions, and to achieve moisture_ content acceptable to floor finish manufacturer's requirements, 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cutfings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one -half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18 -mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spans, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discoloration that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 112 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-17 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair undedayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturers written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair lopping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair lopping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. 6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 314 -inch (19 -mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Testing and Inspecting: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and inspections and to submit reports. C. Inspections as indicated on drawings: D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 03300-18 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. 2. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive- strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 3. Slump: ASTM C 1431C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 4. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal- weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 5. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 10641C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 6. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each days pour of each concrete mixture. 7. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 311C 31 M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure [two] <Insert number> sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 8. Compressive- Strength Tests: ASTM C 391C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field -cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive- strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 9. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. 10. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive - strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive- strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). 11. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive - strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28 -day tests. 12. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 13. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 421C 42M or by other methods as directed by Architect. 14. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 15. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate dos not comply with the Contract Documents. E. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 (ASTM E 1155M) within 24 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 03300 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03300-19 SECTION 04200 - UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes unit masonry assemblies consisting of the following: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMUS). 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Reinforcing steel. 4. Masonry joint reinforcement. 5. Ties and anchors. 6. Embedded flashing. 7. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section 'Bituminous Dampproofing" for dampproofing applied to cavity face of backup wythes of cavity walls. 2. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for exposed sheet metal flashing. 3. Division 7 Section 'Through - Penetration Firestop Systems" for firestopping at openings in masonry walls. 4. Division 7 Section 'Joint Sealants' for sealing control and expansion joints in unit masonry. C. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Anchor sections of adjustable masonry anchors for connecting to structural frame, installed under Division 5 Section "Structural Steel." D. Products installed, but not furnished, under this Section include the following: 1. Steel lintels and shelf angles for unit masonry, furnished under Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications.' 2. Manufactured reglets in masonry joints for metal flashing, furnished under Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net -area compressive strengths (fm) at 28 days. B. Determine net -area compressive strength (F,) of masonry from average net -area compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit - strength method) according to Table 21 -D in the CBC. C. Determine net -area compressive strength (f,) of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to UBC Standard 21.17. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200 -1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For the following: Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. Stone Trim Units: Show sizes, profiles, and locations of each stone trim unit required. Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending and placement of unit masonry reinforcing bars. Comply with ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement," Show elevations of reinforced walls. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end -dam units, and other special applications. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following: 1. Exposed concrete masonry units. 2. Pigmented mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar ingredients to be used on Project. D. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. 1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockup constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing. E. Qualification Data: For testing agency. Material Certificates: Include statements of material properties indicating compliance with requirements including compliance with standards and type designations within standards. Provide for each type and size of the following: Masonry units. a. Include material lest reports substantiating compliance with requirements. b. For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations establishing average net - area compressive strength of units. 2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Reinforcing bars. 6. Joint reinforcement. 7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories. G. Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 1. Include test reports, per UBC Standard 21 -16, for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification, 2. Include test reports, per UBC Standard 21 -18, for grout mixes required to comply with compressive strength requirement. H. Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and mortar type, provide statement of average net -area compressive strength of masonry units, mortar type, and resulting net -area compressive strength of masonry determined according to Table 21 -D in the CBC. 04200-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Cold- Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with cold- weather requirements. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. B. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, through one source from a single manufacturer for each product required. C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from a single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from one source or producer for each aggregate. D. Preconstruction Testing Service: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform preconstruction testing indicated below. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. Retesting of materials that fail to meet speed requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. 1. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit required, per ASTM C 140. 2. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix required, per UBC Standard 21 -16. 3. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix required, per UBC Standard 21 -18. 4. Prism Test: For each type of construction required, per UBC Standard 21 -17. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies with fire- resistance ratings determined per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency, by equivalent concrete masonry thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings. 2. Build mockups for typical exterior and interior walls in sizes approximately 48 inches (1200 mm) high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes and accessories. a. Include a sealant - filled joint at least 16 inches (400 mm) long in mockup. 3. Clean exposed faces of mockups with masonry cleaner as indicated. 4. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather - resistant membrane. 5. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship. a. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing. 6. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-3 A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install unfit they are dry. B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. D. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture - resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover. E. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down both sides and hold cover securely in place. 2. Where 1 wythe of mulliwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure cover a minimum of 24 inches (600 mm) down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place. B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least 3 days after building masonry walls or columns. C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain- splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading coverings on ground and over wall surface. 1 Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 1 Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry. D. Cold- Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold - weather construction requirements contained in Section 21043 in the CBC. 1. Cold- Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning. E. Hot - Weather Requirements: 530.11ASCE 61TMS 602. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS Comply with hot - weather construction requirements contained in ACI A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 04200.4 NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified. 3. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the manufacturers specified. 2.2 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to exceed tolerances and to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not uses units where such defects, including dimensions that vary from specified dimensions by more than stated tolerances, will be exposed in the completed Work or will impair the quality of completed masonry. 2.3 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS (CMUs) A. Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows: 1. Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding, and other special conditions. 2. Provide square -edged units for outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 90. 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net -area compressive strength of 1900 psi (13.1 MPa). 2. Weight Classification: Medium weight, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 318 inch less than nominal dimensions. 4. Faces to Receive Plaster: Where units are indicated to receive a direct application of plaster, provide textured -face units made with gap - graded aggregates. 5. Available Products a. Orco Block. b. Angeles Block. c. Or equal. 2.4 MASONRY LINTELS A. General: Provide masonry lintels, complying with requirements below. B. Masonry Lintels: Prefabricated or built -in -place masonry lintels made from bond beam concrete masonry units with reinforcing bars placed as indicated and filled with coarse grout Cure precast lintels before handling and installing. Temporarily support built -in -place lintels until cured. 2.5 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II, except Type III may be used for cold - weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Portland Cement -Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or Type III, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207, Type S. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-5 D. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. 1. Available Products: a. Capital Materials Corporation; Flamingo Color Masonry Cement. b. Essroc, Italcementi Group; Brixment or Velvet. c. Holcim (US) Inc.; Mortamix Masonry Cement, Rainbow Mortamix Custom Buff Masonry Cement, or White Mortamix Masonry Cement. d. Lafarge North America Inc.; Magnolia Masonry Cement, Lafarge Masonry Cement, Florida Super Masonry, Trinity Super White Masonry Type S, or Trinity White Masonry Type N. e. Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Masonry Cement, or Lehigh White Masonry Cement I. National Cement Company, Inc.; Coosa Masonry Cement E. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329. Available Products: a. Lafarge North America Inc.; Lafarge Mortar Cement or Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. 1. Available Products: a. Bayer Corporation, Industrial Chemicals Div.; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. b. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors. c. Solomon Grind -Chem Services, Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors. G. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 114 inch (6.5 mm) thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16 (1.18 - mm) sieve. 3. White -Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 4. Colored -Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. H. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404. Refractory Mortar Mix: Ground fireclay or non - water- soluble, calcium aluminate, medium -duty refractory mortar that passes ASTM C 199 test; or an equivalent product acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Cold- Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 4941C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Available Products: a. Addiment Incorporated; Mortar Kick. b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80. c. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset. d. Sonnebom, Div. of ChemRex; Trimix -NCA. K. Water: Potable. 2.6 REINFORCEMENT 04200-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 6151A 615M. Reinforcing bars to be welded shall be ASTM A706 Grade 60, 27 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS A. Unit Type Inserts in Concrete: Cast -iron or malleable -iron wedge -type inserts. B. Dovetail Slots In Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from 0.034 -inch (0.9 -mm), galvanized steel sheet. C. Anchor Bolts: Headed or L- shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot -dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 1531A 153M, Class C; of dimensions indicated. D. Postinstalled Anchors: Provide chemical or torque - controlled expansion anchors, with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in solid or grouted unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Corrosion Protection: Carbon -steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe1Zn 5 (5 microns) for Class SC 1 service condition (mild). 2. Corrosion Protection: Stainless -steel components complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Alloy Group 1 or 4) for bolts and nuts; ASTM A 666 or ASTM A 276, Type 304 or 316, for anchors. 2.8 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing, where flashing is exposed or partly exposed and where indicated, complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Copper. ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold -rolled copper sheet, 10- ozlsq. ft. (3-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0135 inch (0.34 mm) thick for fully concealed flashing; 16-oz./sq. ft. (5-kg/sq. m) weight or 0.0216 inch (0.55 mm) thick elsewhere. 2. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches (2400 mm) long minimum, but not exceeding 12 feet (3.6 m). Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. 3. Fabricate through -wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from copper, with ribs at 3 -inch (75 -mm) intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond. a. Available Products: 1) Cheney Flashing Company; Cheney Flashing (Dovetail) or Cheney 3 -Way Flashing (Sawtooth). 2) Keystone Flashing Company, Inc.; Keystone 3 -Way Interlocking Thruwall Flashing. 3) Or equal. 4. Fabricate through -wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to receive counterflashing. 5. Fabricate through -wall flashing with drip edge, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by extending flashing 112 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 6. Fabricate through -wall flashing with sealant stop, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by bending metal back on itself 314 inch (19 mm) at exterior face of wall and down into joint 318 inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 7. Fabricate metal drip edges and sealant stops for ribbed metal flashing from plain metal flashing of same metal as ribbed flashing and extending at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall with hemmed inner edge to CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200 -7 receive ribbed flashing and form a hooked seam. Form hem on upper surface of metal so that completed seam will shed water. 8. Metal Drip Edges: Fabricate from copper. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and 112 inch (13 mm) out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed. 9. Metal Flashing Terminations: Fabricate from copper. Extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) into wall and out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 314 inch (19 mm) and down into joint 318 inch (10 mm) to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod. 10. Metal Expansion -Joint Strips: Fabricate from copper to shapes indicated. B. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." 1. Solder for Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent On and 50 percent lead. 2. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. C. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturers standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene. B. Bond- Breaker Strips: Asphalt- saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt). C. Weep/Vent Products: Use one of the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wicking Material: Absorbent rope, made from UV- resistant synthetic fiber, 1f4 to 318 inch (6 to 10 mm) in diameter, in length required to produce 2 -inch (50 -mm) exposure on exterior and 18 inches (450 mm) in cavity between wythes. Use only for weeps. 2. Round Plastic WeepNent Tubing: Medium - density polyethylene, 318 -inch (9 -mm) OD by 4 inches (100 mm) long. 3. Rectangular Plastic Weep/Vent Tubing: Clear butyrate, 318 by 1 -112 by 3 -1f2 inches (9 by 38 by 89 mm) long. 4. Cellular Plastic Weep/Vent: One- piece, flexible extrusion made from UV- resistant polypropylene copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 118 inch (3 mm) less than depth of outer wythe, in color selected from manufacturers standard. a. Available Products: 1) Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Maze weep vent. 2) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O-Wal Division; Cell Vents. 3) Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 85 Cell Vent. 4) Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; Quadro-Vent. 5) Wire -Bond; Cell Vent. 5. Mesh WeepNent: Free - draining mesh; made from polyethylene strands, full height and width of head joint and depth 118 inch (3 mm) less than depth of outer wythe; in color selected from manufacturers standard. a. Available Products: 1) Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net Weep Vents. 2) Or equal. 04200 -8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES D. Cavity Drainage Material: Free - draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within the wall cavity. 1. Provide one of the following configurations: a. Strips, full -depth of cavity and 10 inches (250 mm) wide, with dovetail shaped notches 7 inches (175 mm) deep that prevent mesh from being clogged with mortar droppings. b. Ships, not less than 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) thick and 10 inches (250 mm) wide, with dimpled surface designed to catch mortar droppings and prevent weep holes from being cogged with mortar. c. Sheets or strips full depth of cavity and installed to full height of cavity. d. Sheets or strips not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick and installed to full height of cavity with additional strips 4 inches (100 mm) high at weep holes and thick enough to fill entire depth of cavity and prevent weep holes from being clogged with mortar. 2. Available Products: a. Advanced Building Products Inc.; Mortar Break. b. Archovations, Inc.; CavClear Masonry Mat. c. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O-Wal Division; Polytite MortarStop. d. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net. E. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit cells with loops for holding reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.142 -inch (3.6 -mm) steel wire, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units with either two loops or four loops as needed for number of bars indicated. Available Products: a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur -O -Wal Division; DIA 810, D/A 812 or DIA 817. b. Heckmann Building Products Inc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner. c. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc.; #RB or #RB -Twin Reber Positioner. d. Wire -Bond; 0 -Ring or Double O -Ring Rebar Positioner. 2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard - strength cleaner designed for removing mortar /grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. Available Manufacturers: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc. b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc. 2.11 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air - entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water - repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout. 2. Limit cementitious materials in mortar to portiand cement, mortar cement, and lime. 3. Limit cementitious materials in mortar for exterior and reinforced masonry to portend cement, mortar cement, and lime. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-9 4. Add cold- weather admixture (9 used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent. B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure quantifies by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering to Project site. C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 21 -15, Proportion Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. D. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 21 -15, Property Specification. Provide the following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to provide required compressive strength of masonry. 1. For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S. 2. For reinforced masonry, use Type S. 3. For mortar parge coats, use Type S. 4. For exterior, above- grade, load- bearing and non -load- bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior load - bearing walls; for interior non -load- bearing partitions; and for other applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N. E. Pigmented Mortar. Use colored cement product or select and proportion pigments with other ingredients to produce color required. Do not add pigments to colored cement products. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement or mortar cement by weight. 3. Mix to match Archilects sample. Colored- Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. Mix to match Architect's sample. G. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with UBC Standard 21 -19. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply with Table 21 -C in the CBC for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches (200 to 280 mm) as measured according to ASTM C 1431C 143M. H. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's written instructions. 2.12 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform source quality - control testing indicated below: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. B. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit furnished, per ASTM C 140. C. Moisture absorbancy lest. 04200 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified. 3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed. B. Before installation, examine rough -in and built -in construction for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.' 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown. Build single - wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated. B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections. C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening. D. Use full -size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor - driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed. E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed. F. Comply with construction tolerances in ACI 530.11ASCE 6/TMS 602 and with the following: 1. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 118 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 114 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 112 inch (12 mm) maximum. 2. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 114 inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3 m), or 112 inch (12 mm) maximum. 3. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from level by more than 118 inch in 10 feet (3 mm in 3 m), 114 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), or 112 inch (12 mm) maximum. 4. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 118 inch (3 mm), with a maximum thickness limited to 112 inch (12 mm). Do not vary from bed -joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 118 inch (3 mm). 5. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 118 inch (3 mm). Do not vary from adjacent bed -joint and head -joint thicknesses by more than 118 inch (3 mm). 6. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1116 inch (1.5 mm) except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units. 7. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1116 inch (1.5 mm) from one masonry unit to the next. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-11 3.3 LAYING MASONRY WALLS A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement -type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less- than - half -size units, particularly at comers, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations. B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond do not use units with less than nominal 4 -inch (100 -mm) horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry. D. Built -in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built -in items. E. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar, unless otherwise indicated. Fill cores in hollow concrete masonry units with grout as indicated on drawings. 3.4 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING A. Lay hollow concrete masonry units as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters. 3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings. B. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness, unless otherwise indicated. C. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct - applied finishes (other than painQ, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS A. General: Install control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in -plane wall or partition movement. B. Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods: 1. Fit bond- breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of concrete masonry units on one side of control joint. Fill resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant. 2. Install preformed control -joint gaskets designed to 6t standard sash block. 3. Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond- breaker strips at joint. Keep head joints free and dear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant. 4. Install temporary foam - plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete for application of sealant. 3.6 LINTELS A. Install steel lintels where indicated. B. Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches (305 mm) for brick -size units and 24 inches (610 mm) for block -size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting lintels. 04200 -12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches (200 mm) at each jamb, unless otherwise indicated. 3.7 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE, AND VENTS A. General: Install embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. Install vents at shelf angles, ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated. B. Install flashing as follows, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through -wall flashing on sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. At multiwythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through outer wythe, turned up a minimum of 4 inches (100 mm), and 1 -1/2 inches (38 mm) into the inner wythe. Form 1/4 -inch (6 -mm) hook in edge of flashing embedded in inner wythe. 3. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) into masonry at each end. At heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches (150 mm) at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches (50 mm) to form end dams. 4. Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1 -112 inches (38 mm) or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 5. Install metal drip edges and sealant stops with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated. 6. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 7. Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch (13 mm) back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal flashing termination. 8. Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is completed. C. Install single - wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall. Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and extend from face shell to face shell. D. Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be built into masonry. E. Install weep holes in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above embedded flashing and as follows: 1. Use specified weeptvent products or open head joints to form weep holes. 2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing under brick sills. Turn wicking down at lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible. 3. Space weep holes 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 4. Space weep holes formed from wicking material 16 inches (400 mm) o.c. 5. Cover cavity side of weep holes with plastic insect screening at cavities insulated with loose -fill insulation. 6. Trim wicking material flush with outside face of wall after mortar has set. Place pea gravel in cavities as soon as practical to a height equal to height of first course above top of flashing, but not less than 2 inches (50 mm), to maintain drainage. 1. Fill cavities full height by placing pea gravel in cavities as masonry is laid so that at any point masonry does not extend more than 24 inches (600 mm) above top of pea gravel. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-13 G. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage material in Part 2 "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article. H. Install vents in head joints in exterior wylhes at spacing indicated. Use specified weeplvent products or open head joints to form vents. 1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. Install through -wall flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking. 3.8 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced masonry elements during construction. 1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry. 2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufficiently to carry their own weight and other temporary loads that may be placed on them during construction. B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in Section 2104.5 in the CBC. C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength to resist grout pressure. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 2104.6 in the CBC for cleanouts and for grout placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height. 2. Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspectors: Owner will engage qualified independent inspectors to perform inspections and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform inspections. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and grades, sizes, and locations of reinforcement. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections indicated below and prepare test reports: 1. Payment for these services will be made by Owner. 2. Retesting of materials failing to comply with specified requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense. C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. (465 sq. m) of wall area or portion thereof. D. Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, per ASTM C 140. E. Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, per UBC Standard 21 -16. Test mortar for mortar air content and compressive strength. F. Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, per UBC Standard 21 -18. G. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, per UBC Standard 21 -17 at for each 5,000 square feet of wall area. 04200 -14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 3.10 PARGING A- Parge exterior faces of below -grade masonry walls, where indicated, in 2 uniform coats to a total thickness of 314 inch (19 mm). Dampen wall before applying first coat and scarify first coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat. B. Use a steel - trowel finish to produce a smooth, flat, dense surface with a maximum surface variation of 118 inch per foot (3 mm per 300 mm). Form a wash at top of parging and a cove at bottom. C. Damp -cure parging for at least 24 hours and protect parging until cured. 3.11 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including comers, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated. C. In- Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one -half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architects approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape. 4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water. 5. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 6. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8 -2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces. 3.12 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site. B. Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soil- contaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill material as fill is placed. 1. Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches (100 mm) in each dimension. 2. Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Division 2 Section 'Earthwork." 3. Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches (450 mm) of finished grade. C. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04810 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES 04200-15 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06-01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel work, as shown on drawings including schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members, typical connections, and types of steel required. 1. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) 'Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 5. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data or manufacturers specifications and installation instructions for following products. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specified standards). 1. Submit certified mill test certificates for mill order steel which can be identified readily by means of heat or melt numbers marked al the mill and for which continuity of such identification can be maintained at the place of fabrication to the satisfaction of the testing agency. Such steel need not be tested as specified in Section 01410. 2. High- strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers. 3. Structural steel primer paint. 4. Shrinkage - resistant grout. C. Shop drawings prepared under supervision of a licensed Civil Engineer, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures, and diagrams. Review of drawings will cover only the general scheme, design, and character of the details, but not the checking of dimensions nor will such review relieve the Contractor from responsibility for executing the construction in accordance with the contract documents. 1. Detail in conformance with the AISC Manual M013. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld. 2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections. 3. Field Connections: Clearly show field connections on the erection drawings with complete details as required so that the connections can be made without reference to the design drawings. 4. Dimensions and Locations: Obtain exact dimensions and locations of all proprietary or manufactured items and equipment (HVAC gear, skylights, hatches, etc.) which affect stnrctural steel members. Coordinate all such data and incorporate into shop drawings. 5. Shop drawings shall clearly identify, in graphic form, all deviations from contract documents. Provide complete description and rationale for deviation. D. Test reports conducted on shop -and field - bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of tests conducted and test results. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -1 E. Submittal procedures and quantities are specked in Section 01340, 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." a. Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: 1) "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility for the design adequacy of any detail configuration of connections developed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings." 2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings," including "Commentary." 3. 'Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections. 4. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 5. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." 6. California Building Code (CBC) Chapter 22. B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1. Provide certifications that welders to be employed have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be the Contractor's responsibility. All welding inspectors shall be as approved by the enforcement agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of work. B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry, in ample time to not to delay work. C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 9 bolts and nuts become dry or rusty, clean and re- lubricate before use. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials that are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and applying surface finishes. All architecturally exposed structural steel members shall conform to the requirements of Section 10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice, particularly, with regard to straightness and finish of welded {joints. B. Structural Steel, Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 992 or ASTM A572 Grade 50. 05120-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL C. Cold- Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B; or ASTM A 501. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized. E. Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65 -35, medium - strength carbon steel. F. Headed Stud -Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1015 or 1020, cold- finished carbon steel with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications. G. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, headed type unless otherwise indicated. H. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts. 1. Provide either hexagonal or square heads and nuts, except use only hexagonal units forexposed connections. I. High- Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A325 or A490 as indicated on drawings, with nuts complying with ASTM A563, Heavy Hex Grade C. Use quenched and tempered medium - carbon steel bolts, nuts, and washers, complying with ASTM A 325 and ASTM A563. J. Direct Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, type as required. K. Electrodes for Welding: Use E70XX electrodes and comply with AWS Code. L. Primers: Fast curing, lead and chromate free, modified alkyd primer as follows or equal approved in accordance with Section 01631: 1. Carboline Co.; No. GP -20 or GP -818 2. Rust- O -Leum Corp.; No. 678 or 7669 3. The Sherwin Williams Co.; No. B50 N 2 or B50N Z 6 4. Tnemec Co., Inc.; 10 -99 or P10 -99 5. When steel is exposed on the exterior of the building provide the following: Zinc -Rich epoxy primer as follows or equal approved in accordance with Section 01631: a. Carboline Co.; No. 893 b. Rust- O-Leum Corp.; No. HS 9369 C. The Sherwin Williams Co.; No. B67 H 5N 5 d. Tnemec Co., Inc.; Epoxoline 66 -1211 M. Galvanizing: ASTM A 123 -89a. N. Galvanizing Repair Compound: High zinc dust content galvanizing repair paint conforming to ASTM A 790 or hot applied zinc rich material. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Solder & Flux; Drygalv 2. Kenco Div.; Galvicon 3. Metalloy Products Co.; Galvaloy 0. Metallic, Nonshrink Grout: For grout in concealed locations use premixed factory packaged, ferrous aggregate, grouting compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C 1107. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, the following: Gifford -Hill & Co., Inc.; Supreme Plus CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-3 2. Master Builders; Embeco 636 1 Sonneborn Building Products; Ferrolith G-DS Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: For grout in exposed to view locations use premixed, nonmetallic, noncorrosive, non- staining grouting compound containing silica sands, Portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents and water reducing agents, meeting the requirements of ASTM C 1107. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Gifford Hill & Co., Inc.; Supreme 2. Master Builders; Masterfiow 713 3. The Upco Company; Upcon Nonshrink 2.2 FABRICATION A. Prior to starting any shop fabrication work, notify the District's Inspector for determination of inspection requirements. B. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated. 1. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. 2. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects. 3. Weld structural steel joints by the shielded metal electric -ARC method. C. Storage and Care of Electrodes 1. Coatings of low- hydrogen type electrodes shall be thoroughly dry when used. After removal from container, electrodes shall be kept in heating quiver until immediately prior to use. 2. Use electrodes as taken from hermetically sealed packages within 4 hours of the time the package is opened. Electrodes not used within this 4 hour period and electrodes that have been exposed more than one hour to air having a relative humidity of 75 percent or greater shall be dried for at last two hours at a temperature of 200 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit before they are used or shalt be conditioned according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 3. Electrodes so dried or reconditioned not used within 4 hours after drying is completed shall be redried before use. 4. Electrodes of any class that have been wet shall not be used under any conditions. D. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated. E. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated. 1. Provide high - strength threaded fasteners for principal bolted connections, except where unfinished bolts are indicated. 2. Provide unfinished threaded fasteners for only bolted connections of secondary framing members to primary members (including purlins, girts, and other framing members taking only nominal stresses) and for temporary bracing to facilitate erection. 3. One sided or other types of eccentric connections will not be permitted unless shown in detail on the Contract Drawings. Where exposed, limit bolt projections beyond face of nuts to one -half inch. F. High - Strength Bolted Construction: Install high- strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Botts" and the following: 05120-4 1. Provide high strength bolts with a suitable identifying mark placed on lop of the head before leaving factory. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 2. Do lightening of nuts with properly calibrated wrenches or turn of nut method; the minimum bolt tension for the size of bolt used is to be in accordance with tables listed in the above standards. 3. Check calibrated wrenches individually for accuracy at least once daily for actual conditions of application. 4. Mark bolts that have been completely tightened with identifying symbol. 5. Install hardened washers in accordance with AISC specifications. 6. Ensure that contact hearing surfaces and threads of bolted pads are free of scale, slag, and burrs which could prevent solid seating of parts. 7. Bolt lengths are to be grip plus 11/4 inch. G. Load Indicator Washers: Provide as manufacturedllioensed by Cooper and Turner or Bethlehem Steel. They may be used for field installation of high- strength bolts. These washers may not be substituted for any required washer, but may be used in conjunction with required washers. Tightening is to be in accordance with these specifications using high strength bolts. After sufficient bolts in a joint are snugged to draw the members into close contact, tightening should progress from the most rigid part to the free edges until the load indicators on all bolts are closed to the required gap of 0.015 inches under the bolt heads or 0.010 inches under the nuts. To prevent overtightening and damage to the bolts do not completely close the gap. H. Tension set bolts, nuts and washers: Series F91: as manufactured by Cold Form Specialities or Bethlehem Steel. May also be used for field installation of high strength bolts. In multi-bolt joints, tighten nuts in stage, a little at a time, without breaking the spline in any one of them until the final stage, to minimize slackening of the installed bolts. Welded Construction 1. Make welled connections in accordance with AWS D1.1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods which will produce true alignment of axes without warp. 2. Grind and dress smooth welds exposed to view in the finished construction, so that the shape and profile of the item welded is preserved. J. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld shear connectors in field, spaced as shown, to beams and girders in composite construction. Use automatic end welding of headed stud shear connectors in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. K. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings. Holes not shown on the contract drawings must be approved by Structural Engineer. L. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. M. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. DO holes in bearing plates. 2.3 SHOP PAINTING A. General: Shop -paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel that is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2 inches of embedded areas only. 1. Do not paint surfaces to be welded or high - strength bolted with slip - critical type connections. 2. Do not paint surfaces scheduled to receive sprayed -on fireproofing. 3. Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean structural steel work to be painted. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-5 1. Protected Interior Steel: Remove loose rust, loose mill scale and spatter, slag or flux deposits using power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP -3. 2. Exposed Exterior Steel: Sand blast surfaces to near white metal in accordance with SSPC SPA 0. C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply shop primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use painting methods which result in full coverage of joints, comers, edges and exposed surfaces. 1. Protected Interior Steel Work: Apply a modified alkyd primer at a rate to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2. Exposed Exterior Steel Work: Apply a zinc rich epoxy primer at a rate to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.4 SHOP GALVANIZING A. General: All structural steel, whether complete members or portions of members, exposed to weather and not to receive painted finish shall be hot -dip galvanized prior to delivery to the job site. B. Any portion of hot -dip galvanized surface which has had the galvanized finish damaged or removed shall be repaired per ASTM -A 780 using galvanize repair paint after erection and surrounding construction is complete. All evidence of environmental attach shall be removed prior to application of repair paint 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural Shapes 1. Identified Structural Steel: Tests are waived for steel identified by heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports and properly tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified for conformance with applicable ASTM standard. 2. Unidentified Steel: If structural steel cannot be identified or its source is questionable, not less than one tension and one bend test shall be make for each 5 tons or factional part thereof. Additional tests may be required when deemed necessary by the Architect, Structural Engineer or Enforcement Agency. Contractor shall bear test costs. 3. Conform to testing requirements of Section 2203 and 2231.1, Chapter 22 CBC. B. Threaded Connections 1. Random inspection of shop fabrication procedures may be performed by Owners testing service without notification. 2. Common bolted assemblies: Owners testing service mill take, at random a minimum of four (4) bolt assemblies of each type for testing to ensure compliance with ASTM standards. C. High - strength bolts, nuts and washers. Conform to testing requirements of section 2231.6 Chapter 22 CBC. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements and Templates: Secure field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and installation. Furnish templates not less than 14 gage, for each individual anchor boll assembly with reference center Ines 05120-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL STEEL or working points clearly marked in order to locate all items to be embedded in concrete together with setting instructions required for installation. B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: In accordance with CCR Title 8, design and provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are securely in place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structure as erection proceeds. Design of such shoring and bracing is the Contractor's responsibility. C. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking as required by CCR Title 8 and as necessary to effectively complete the construction. 3.2 ERECTION A. Setting Base and Bearing Plates: After the supported members have been plumbed, aligned and property positioned, set base and bearing plates. Support plates on adjustable bolt supports or shims until grout has set. Place non - shrink grout or drypack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Follow the grout manufacturer's instructions. B. Framing: Except as specified herein, erect framing in accordance with the AISC S303 and CBC. Plan and lay out framing so that cutting wig not be required. Erect the construction plumb, square, and true to line, level, and position within tolerances established in the AISC S303. C. Holding and Protection: In assembling and during welding, hold the component parts with jogs, clamps or other adequate means to keep parts straight and inclose contact. In welding, take precautions to minimize "lock -up" stress and distortion due to heat. During windy conditions in the field perform welding only after adequate wind protection is furnished and set up. D. Connections: Bolt field connections except where welding is indicated. Perform shop or field welding as indicated or specified. Provide high strength bolted connections for principle bolted connections where indicated. Provide common bolted connections using a minimum of 518 inch diameter bolts for connections not indicated otherwise. Install high - strength bolts in accordance with AISC lRCRBSJ ASpecifcations for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 orA490 Bolts. E. Camber: Inspect beams and girders in the shop for camber and align so that they are fabricated and erected with their camber turned upwards. Camber shall not exceed the requirements of the governing documents. F. On exposed construction, remove erection bolts, temporary welds, run -off plates and backing strips. Fill holes from erection bolts with plug welds and grind smooth. 3.3 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing are specified in Section 01410. 3.4 AS ERECTED DRAWINGS A. After all steel has been erected, correct or revise the shop drawings and erection diagrams to correspond with the changes made in the field. Provide copies of updated drawings to Architect and Structural Engineer. Refer to requirements specified in Section 01700. END OF SECTION 05120 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120-7 SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECK 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes steel deck units for roof application. B. Related Documents: The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. Section 05120: Structural Steel 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product data including manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of decking and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop, erection and placement drawings of roof deck and shear studs. Include deck layout, framing and support of openings, dimensions and sections, details of accessories and type and location of welds. 1. Field Measurements: Before starting shop and erection drawings, verify measurements, lines, grades, elevations, locations and details of field conditions and be responsible for correctness, conformance, accuracy and execution of construction to conform to actual conditions. 2. Detail the construction in conformance with the A1SC Structural Steel Detailing Manual, except where otherwise indicated. 3. Field Connections and Placement Diagrams: Show field connection and placement diagrams on the erection drawings with complete details, layouts and dimensions. 4. Changes: Minor, non - structural changes from the design drawings may be shown on the shop and erection drawings provided they are clearly indicated as such. Structural changes must have prior approval from the Architect, Structural Engineer. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A- Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of the following codes and standards, except as otherwise indicated: 1. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), "Specification forthe Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural Member." 2. American Welding Society (AWS), D1.3'Stmctural Welding Code - Sheet Steel.' 3. Steel Deck Institute (SDI),"Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks and Roof Decks.' 4. UBC Chapter 22, Division V and Section 2204A.2. B. Qualification of Field Welding: Qualify welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1. Provide certifications that welders to be employed in the construction have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for light gage welding. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be the Contractor's responsibility. 1. Welding of steel deck shall be inspected per Title 24 Section 2231A.5. 2. Welding of shear studs shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and inspected perTitle 24 Section 2231A.5. Welders must be qualified and welds shall be checked by inspector. Perform bend teston 5% of studs and minimum 2 per beam. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STEEL DECK 05310 -1 C. FM Listing: Provide steel Floor and roof deck units that have been evaluated by Factory Mutual System, Underwriters Laboratories or other testing agency acceptable to the State Fire Marshal. D. I.C.B.O. Approval: Submit manufacturer's standard information containing I.C.B.O. approval number for product in installation appropriate for project. E. Tests and Inspections: Provide tests and inspections of steel deck materials and work in accordance with Section 01410 - Testing and Inspection. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. ASC Steel Deck 2. Verco 3. Approved equal B. Roof Deck: 1. As indicated on drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Galvanized Steel Deck Units: ASTM A 653, grade as required complying with SDI Specifications with a minimum yield strength of 38,000 PSI. Refer to structural drawings for deck type, gage and section properties. B. Acoustical sound absorbing balls are to be inert and no organic mineral wood or fiberglass provided in proper size for Acustadek specified. C. Miscellaneous Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36. D. Sheet Metal Accessories: ASTM A 526, commercial quality, galvanized 18 GA. E. Finishes: 1. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653, galvanized coating, G90. 2. Factory prime paint over the galvanized surface. Acrylic prime paint to be factory applied and oven cured having a 0.30 mil nominal dry film thickness on exposed side of steel deck. F. Galvanizing Repair: Where galvanized surfaces are damaged, prepare surfaces and repair in accordance with procedures specked in ASTM A 780. G. Metal Closure Strips: Fabricate metal closure strips, for cell raceways and openings between decking and other construction, of not less than 0.045 -inch min. (18 gage) sheet steel. Form to provide fight- fitting closures at open ends of cells or flutes and sides of decking. H. Supplemental support framing where normal deck bearing is precluded by columns, flange plates, or other framing geometry, and around minor openings. 05310-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STEEL DECK 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Form deck units in lengths to span three or more supports, with flush, telescoped, or nested 2 -inch pals at ends and interlocking or nested side pals, of metal thickness, depth, and width as indicated. B. Roof Deck Units: Provide deck configurations that comply with SDI "Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with the drawings and the manufacturer's recommendations, shop drawings, and as specified herein. All work and attachments shall conform to ICBO report. B. Place deck units on supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting members before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks. C. Align deck units for entire length of run of cells and with close alignment between cells at ends of abutting units. D. Align deck units flat and square, secured to adjacent framing without warp or deflection. E. Fastening Deck Units: Refer to structural drawings. F. Uplift Loading: Install and anchor roof deck units to resist gross uplift loading of 45 lbs, psf at eave overhang and 30 lbs. psf for other roof areas. G. Cutting and Fitting: Cut and neatly fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the decking, as shown. H. Reinforcement at Openings: Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of decking, and support of other work shown and as required by structural drawings. I. Closure Strips: Provide metal closure strips at open uncovered ends and edges of roof decking and in voids between decking and other construction. Weld per drawings into position to provide a complete decking installation. J. Touch -Up Painting: After decking installation, wire brush, clean, and paint scarred areas, welds, and rust spots on top and bottom surfaces of decking units and supporting steel members. Touch -up galvanized surfaces with galvanizing repair paint applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. K. In areas where shop - painted surfaces are to be exposed, apply touch -up paint to blend into adjacent surfaces. .3.2 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing are specified in Section 01410. END OF SECTION 05310 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STEEL DECK 05310-3 SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following 1. Steel ladders. 2. Ladder safety cages. 3. Steel ship's ladders. 4. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 5. Loose steel lintels. 6. Shelf angles. 7. Support angles for elevator door sills. 8. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 9. Steel framing and supports for operable partitions. 10. Steel framing and supports for countertops. 11. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 12. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 13. Metal angle corner guards. 14. Metal edgings. 15. Miscellaneous metal trim. 16. Air craft cable. 17. Pipe bollards. 18. Perforated metal plate. 19. Woven wire mesh. 20. Corrugated metal. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section 'Structural Steel" 2. Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" 3. Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings ". 4. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Aircraft cable. 2. Perforated metal plate. 3. Woven wire mesh. 4. Corrugated metal. 5. Paint products. 6. Grout. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-1 B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. C. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. D. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code —Sheet Steel." 3. Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and,'rf pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.2 FERROUS METALS 05500-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36 /A 36M, B. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. C. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304 (Type 316L at corrosive environments). D. Steel Tubing: Cold- formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold- formed metal channels with flange edges returned toward web and with 9/16- inch -wide slotted holes in webs at 2 inches o.c., Unistrut or approved equal. 1. Width of Channels: 1 -5/8 inches. 2. Depth of Channels: As indicated. 3. Metal and Thickness: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 6531A 653M, structural quality, Grade 33, with G90 coating; 0.108- rich nominal thickness (12 gage). 4. Finish: Hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. G. Malleable -Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510. H. Gray -Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from conosion- resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency (or as indicated on structural drawings). Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. J. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 2.3 PAINT A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Section "Painting" and as follows: B. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Organic zincrich primer, complying with SSPC -Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Carboline 621; Carboline Company. b. Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97 -670; PPG Industries, Inc. C. Tneme -Zinc 90-97; Tnemec Company, Inc. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc -dust- content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold - applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC -Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. 2.4 FASTENERS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-3 A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc - plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class FelZn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B. Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade 36. D. Machine Screws: ASME 818.6.3. E. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME 818.22.1. F. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME 818.21.1. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor boll and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four limes the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components zino-plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe1Zn 5 (indoor use). 2. Material: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless -steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 and nuts complying with ASTM F 594. 2.5 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory - packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specificany recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.6 CONCRETE FILL (BOLLARDS) A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi, unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1132 inch, unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal comers to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 05500 -4 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 1. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. J. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. K. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 2.8 STEEL LADDERS A. General: Fabricate ladders for locations shown, with dimensions, spacings, details, and anchorages as indicated. 1. Comply with ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1. B. Siderails: Continuous, 112 -by -2 -112 -inch steel flat bars, with eased edges, spaced 18 inches apart. C. Bar Rungs: 314 -inch- diameter steel bars, spaced 12 inches o.c. D. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. E. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches o.c. with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3. F. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung by coating with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung by a proprietary process. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Mebac; IKG Borden. b. SLIP -NOT; W. S. Molnar Company. G. Galvanize ladders, including brackets and fasteners, in the following locations: Exterior. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-5 2. Interior. where indicated. 2.9 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. General: Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI At 4.3. Assemble by welding or riveting. B. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction by welding or riveting, unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize ladder safety cages, including fasteners, where ladders are required to be galvanized. 2.10 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize plates after fabrication. 2.11 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose structural -steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. 2.12 SHELF ANGLES A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 314 -inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches from ends and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete. Align expansion joints in angles with indicated control and expansion joints in cavity -wall exterior wythe. C. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior walls. D. Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in -place concrete 2.13 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports that are not a part of structural -steel framework as necessary to complete the Work. B. General: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work. C. Fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 05500-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated. 2. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1 -114 inches wide by 114 inch thick by 8 inches long at 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 3. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. D. Fabricate supports for operable partitions as follows: Beams: Continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. E. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide 112 -inch baseplates with four 518 -inch anchor bolts and 114 -inch top plates. 2.14 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6 inches from each end, 6 inches from corners, and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim in the following locations 1. Exterior. 2. Interior, where indicated. 2.15 PIPE BOLLARDS A. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe. B. Fabricate bollards with 3!8 -inch -thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab where required. Drill baseplates at all four comers for 314 -inch anchor bolts. Where bollards are to be anchored to sloping concrete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment of bollards. C. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 114 -inch thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. D. Fabricate internal sleeves for removable bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe or 1/4-inch wall - thickness steel tubing with an OD 1116 inch less than ID of bollards. Match drill sleeve and bollard for 112 -inch steel machine bolt. 2.16 AIR CRAFT CABLE A. Aircraft Cable: Provide aircraft cable as indicated and as follows. 1. Material: Tinned steel. 2. Construction: Twisted wire strands in 7x7 pattern. 3. Size: 118 inch diameter. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 -7 4. Tensile Strength: 1,700 pounds minimum 5. Weight: 2.8 pounds per 100 lineal feet. B. Stainless Steel Cable Systems: Hayn Lines by Hayn Enterprises, LLC, or approved equal. 1. Cable: 3116" diameter, 7x7 (flexible) [1x19 stiff] [7x19 very flexible] Stainless Steel 302 /304 grade mill finish, 3700 lb. Breaking strength. 2. Tumbuckles: Closed barrel, sized by wire size, stainless steel 316 grade satin tumbled finish. 3. Cabling System: Toggle Jaw and Swage [Termination Stud] [Adjust -a -ball] [Threaded Stud] [Deck Toggle] [Lag Turnbuckle) 2.17 PERFORATED PLATE A. Perforated metal plate: 116 ga. cold -rolled steel, galvanized, commercial quality, 3116" RD hole x 112 CTR, STRT,11% open area, safe margin on four sides, finished end pattern, factory finish, custom color as selected by Architect. 2.18 WOVEN WIRE MESH A. Woven Wire Mesh: 11 gage steelwire (stainless steel where indicated), %" spacing each way, flat -top weave, fabricated by The Abbey- Scherer Company or equal, 3130 Airway, Costa Mesa, CA. 92626, telephone: 800468 -2157. 2.19 CORRUGATED METAL A. Corrugated Metal: Provide corrugated metal matching specification section 05310— Steel Deck. 220 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.21 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 1531A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface- preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1B): SSPC -SP 6INACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. 1. Stripe paint comers, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 05500-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 2.22 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C. Bright, Directional Polish: No. 4 finish. D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal fabrications to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through - bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed wells and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, lighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500.9 Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.3 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. 1. Do not grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders until girders are installed and leveled. 3.4 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward bollard. B. Anchor bollards in concrete in formed or core - drilled holes not less than 8 inches deep and 314 inch greater than OD of bollard. After bollards have been inserted into holes, fill annular space surrounding bollard solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 118 inch toward bollard. C. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. D. Anchor bollards to existing construction with post - installed anchors and bolts. Provide four 314 -inch anchors.at each bollard, unless otherwise indicated. Embed anchors at least 4 inches in existing concrete. E. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in concrete by inserting into pipe sleeves preset into concrete. After internal sleeves have been inserted, fill annular space between sleeves solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 118 inch toward internal sleeve. F. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in formed or core - drilled holes not less than 8 inches deep and 314 inch greater than OD of sleeve. After sleeves have been inserted into holes, fill annular space surrounding sleeves solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch toward sleeve. G. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace sleeves in position In footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. Place removable bollards over internal sleeves and secure with 1/2 -inch machine bolts and nuts. After tightening nuts, drill holes in bolts for inserting padlocks. Owner will furnish padlocks. H. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. 1. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING 05500-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC -PA 1 for touching up shop - painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0 -mil dry film thickness. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05500 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL FABRICATIONS 05500-11 SECTION 05120 - STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fabrication and erection of structural steel work, as shown on drawings including schedules, notes, and details showing size and location of members, typical connections, and types of steel required. 1. Structural steel is that work defined in American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice" and as otherwise shown on drawings. 2. Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications are specified elsewhere in Division 5. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data or manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions forfollowing products. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications (including specked standards). 1. Submit certified mill test certificates for mill order steel which can be identified readily by means of heat or melt numbers marked at the mill and for which continuity of such identification can be maintained at the place of fabrication to the satisfaction of the testing agency. Such steel need not be tested as specified in Section 01410. 2. High- strength bolts (each type), including nuts and washers. 3. Structural steel primer paint. 4. Shrinkage - resistant grout. C. Shop drawings prepared under supervision of a licensed Civil Engineer, including complete details and schedules for fabrication and assembly of structural steel members, procedures, and diagrams. Review of drawings will cover only the general scheme, design, and character of the details, but not the checking of dimensions nor will such review relieve the Contractor from responsibility for executing the construction in accordance with the contract documents. 1. Detail in conformance with the AISC Manual M013. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols and show size, length, and type of each weld. 2. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections. 3. Field Connections: Clearly show field connections on the erection drawings with complete details as required so that the connections can be made without reference to the design drawings. 4. Dimensions and Locations: Obtain exact dimensions and locations of all proprietary or manufactured items and equipment (HVAC gear, skylights, hatches, etc.) which affect structural steel members. Coordinate all such data and incorporate into shop drawings. 5. Shop drawings shall clearly identify, in graphic form, all deviations from contract documents. Provide complete description and rationale for deviation. D. Test reports conducted on shop -and field - bolted and welded connections. Include data ontype(s)of tests conducted and test results. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120-1 E. Submittal procedures and quantities are specified in Section 01340. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following, except as otherwise indicated: 1. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." a. Paragraph 4.2.1 of the above code is hereby modified by deletion of the following sentence: 1) "This approval constitutes the owner's acceptance of all responsibility forthe design adequacyof any detail configuration of connections developed by the fabricator as a part of his preparation of these shop drawings." 2. AISC "Specifications for Structural Steel Buildings; including "Commentary." 3. "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections. 4. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel.' 5. ASTM A 6 "General Requirements for Delivery of Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling and Bars for Structural Use." 6. California Building Code (CBC) Chapter 22. B. Qualifications for Welding Work: Quality welding procedures and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1. Provide certifications that welders to be employed have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be the Contractor's responsibility. All welding inspectors shall he as approved by the enforcement agency. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site at such intervals to ensure uninterrupted progress of work. B. Deliver anchor bolts and anchorage devices, which are to be embedded in cast -in -place concrete or masonry, in ample Vim to not to delay work. C. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground by using pallets, platforms, or other supports. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. If bolts and nuts become dry or rusty, clean and re- lubricate before use. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion or damage to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Metal Surfaces, General• For fabrication of work that will be exposed to view, use only materials that are smooth and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust and scale seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding, or by welding and grinding, prior to cleaning, treating, and applying surface finishes. All architecturally exposed structural steel members shall conform to the requirements of Section 10 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice, particularly, with regard to straightness and finish of welded joints. B. Structural Steel, Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 992 or ASTM A572 Grade 50. 05120-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL C. Cold- Formed Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, Grade B. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B; or ASTM A 501. Finish: Black, except where indicated to be galvanized. E. Steel Castings: ASTM A 27, Grade 65 -35, medium - strength carbon steel. F. Headed Stud -Type Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grade 1015 or 1020, cold- finished carbon steel with dimensions complying with AISC Specifications. G. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A, headed type unless otherwise indicated. H. Unfinished Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A 307, Grade A, regular low- carbon steel bolts and nuts. Provide either hexagonal or square heads and nuts, except use only hexagonal units for exposed connections. I. High - Strength Threaded Fasteners: ASTM A325 or M90 as indicated on drawings, with nuts complying with ASTM A563, Heavy Hex Grade C. Use quenched and tempered medium - carbon steel bolts, nuts, and washers, complying with ASTM A 325 and ASTM A563. J. Direct Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, type as required. K. Electrodes for Welding: Use E70XX electrodes and comply with AWS Code. L. Primers: Fast curing, lead and chromate free, modified alkyd primer as follows or equal approved in accordance with Section 01631: 1. Carboline Co; No. GP -20 or GP -618 2, Rust- O -Leum Corp.; No. 678 or 7669 3. The Sherwin Williams Co.; No. B50 N 2 or B50N Z 6 4. Tnemec Co., Inc.; 10 -99 or P10.99 5. When steel is exposed on the exterior of the building provide the following: Zinc -Rich epoxy primer as follows or equal approved in accordance with Section 01631: a. Carboline Co.; No. 893 b. Rust- O-Leum Corp.; No. HS 9369 C, The Sherwin Williams Co.; No. B67 H 51V 5 d. Tnemec Co., Inc.; Epoxoline 66 -1211 M. Galvanizing: ASTM A 123 -89a, N. Galvanizing Repair Compound: High zinc dust content galvanizing repair paint conforming to ASTMA780or hot applied zinc rich material. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. American Solder & Flux; Drygalv 2. Kenco Div.; Galvicon 3. Metalloy Products Co.; Galvaloy 0. Metallic, Nonshrink Grout: For grout in concealed locations use premixed factory packaged, ferrous aggregate, grouting compound meeting the requirements of ASTM C 1107. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, thefolloMng: t. Gifford -Hill & Co., Inc.; Supreme Plus CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 05120 -3 2. Master Builders; Embeco 636 3. Sonneborn Building Products; Ferrolflh G -DS Nonmetallic, Nonshrink Grout: For grout in exposed to view locations use premixed, nonmetallic, non - corrosive, non - staining grouting compound containing silica sands, portland cement, shrinkage compensating agents and water reducing agents, meeting the requirements of ASTM C 1107. Acceptable products include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Gifford Hill & Co., Inc.; Supreme 2. Master Builders; Masterflow 713 3. The Upco Company; Upcon Nonshrink 2.2 FABRICATION A. Prior to starting any shop fabrication work, notify the City's Inspector for determination of inspection requirements. B. Shop Fabrication and Assembly: Fabricate and assemble structural assemblies in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate items of structural steel in accordance with AISC Specifications and as indicated on final shop drawings. Provide camber in structural members where indicated. 1. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. 2. Where finishing is required, complete assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in final structure free of markings, burrs, and other defects. 3. Weld structural steel joints by the shielded metal electric -ARC method. C. Storage and Care of Electrodes 1. Coatings of low- hydrogen type electrodes shall be thoroughly dry when used. After removal from container, electrodes shall be kept in heating quiver until immediately prior to use. 2. Use electrodes as taken from hermetically sealed packages within 4 hours of the time the package is opened. Electrodes not used within this 4 hour period and electrodes that have been exposed more than one hour to air having a relative humidity of 75 percent or greater shall be dried for at last two hours at a temperature of 200 to 250 degrees Fahrenheit before they are used or shall be conditioned according to the manufacturers recommendations. 3. Electrodes so dried or reconditioned not used within 4 hours after drying is completed shall be redded before use. 4. Electrodes of any class that have been wet shall not be used under any conditions. D. Connections: Weld or bolt shop connections, as indicated. E. Bolt field connections, except where welded connections or other connections are indicated. 05120-4 1. Provide high - strength threaded fasteners for principal bolted connections, except where unfinished bolls are indicated. 2. Provide unfinished threaded fasteners for only bolted connections of secondary framing members to primary members (including purlins, girls, and other framing members taking only nominal stresses) and for temporary bracing to facilitate erection. 3. One sided or other types of eccentric connections will not be permitted unless shown in detail on the Contract Drawings. Where exposed, limit bolt projections beyond face of nuts to one -half Inch. High- Strength Bolted Construction: Install high - strength threaded fasteners in accordance with AISC "Specifications for Structural Joints using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" and the following: 1. Provide high strength bolts with a suitable identifying mark placed on top of the head before leaving factory CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL 2. Do tightening of nuts with property calibrated wrenches or turn of nut method; the minimum bolt tension for the size of bolt used is to be in accordance with tables listed in the above standards. 3. Check calibrated wrenches individually for accuracy at least once daily for actual conditions of application. 4. Mark bolts that have been completely tightened with identifying symbol. 5. Install hardened washers in accordance with AISC specifications. 6. Ensure that contact bearing surfaces and threads of bolted parts are free of scale, stag, and burrs which could prevent solid seating of parts. 7. Bolt lengths are to be grip plus 1 1/4 inch. G. Load Indicator Washers: Provide as manufacturedNicensed by Cooper and Turner or Bethlehem Steel. They may be used for field installation of hlgh- strength bolts. These washers may not be substituted for any required washer, but may be used in conjunction with required washers. Tightening is to be in accordance with these specifications using high strength bolts. After sufficient bolts in a joint are snugged to draw the members into close contact, tightening should progress from the most rigid part to the free edges until the load indicators on all bolts are closed to the required gap of 0.015 inches under the bolt heads or0.010 inches under the nuts. To prevent overfightening and damage to the bolts do not completely close the gap. H. Tension set bolts, nuts and washers: Series F9t as manufactured by Cold Form Specialities or Bethlehem Steel. May also be used for field installation of high strength bolts. In mufti -bolt joints, tighten nuts in stage, a little at a time, w thout breaking the spline in any one of them until the final stage, to minimize slackening of the installed bolts. I. Welded Construction: 1. Make welded connections in accordance with AWS 01.1. Assemble and weld built -up sections by methods which will produce true alignment of axes without warp. 2. Grind and dress smooth welds exposed to view in the finished construction, so that the shape and profile of the item welded is preserved. J. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Weld shear connectors in field, spaced as shown, to beams and girders in composite construction. Use automatic end welding of headed stud shear connectors in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. K. Holes for Other Work: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel framing and for passage of other work through steel framing members, as shown on final shop drawings. Holes not shown on the contract drawings must be approved by Structural Engineer. L. Provide threaded nuts welded to framing and other specialty items as indicated to receive other work. M. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. Drill holes in bearing plates. 2.3 SHOP PAINTING A. General: Shop -paint structural steel, except those members or portions of members to be embedded in concrete or mortar. Paint embedded steel that is partially exposed on exposed portions and initial 2 inches of embedded areas only. 1. Do not paint surfaces to be welded or high - strength bolted with slip - critical type connections. 2. Do not paint surfaces scheduled to receive sprayed -on fireproofing. 3. Apply 2 coats of paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. B. Surface Preparation: After inspection and before shipping, clean structural steel work to be painted. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-5 1. Protected Interior Steel: Remove loose rust, loose mill scale and spatter, slag or flux deposits using power tool cleaning in accordance with SSPC SP -3. 2. Exposed Exterior Steel: Sand blast surfaces to near white metal in accordance with SSPC SP -10. C. Painting: Immediately after surface preparation, apply shop primer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Use painting methods which result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges and exposed surfaces. 1. Protected Interior Steel Work: Apply a modified alkyd primer at a rate to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2. Exposed Exterior Steel Work: Apply a zinc rich epoxy primer at a rate to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils. 2.4 SHOP GALVANIZING A. General: All structural steel, whether complete members or portions of members, exposed to weather and not to receive painted finish shall be hot -dip galvanized prior to delivery to the job site. B. Any portion of hot -dip galvanized surface which has had the galvanized finish damaged or removed shall be repaired per ASTM -A 780 using galvanize repair paint after erection and surrounding construction is complete. All evidence of environmental attach shall be removed prior to application of repair paint. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural Shapes 1. Identified Structural Steel: Tests are waived for steel identified by heat number, accompanied by mill analyses and mill test reports and property tagged with Identification Certificate so as to be readily identified for conformance with applicable ASTM standard. 2. Unidentified Steel: If structural steel cannot be identified or its source is questionable, not less than one tension and one bend test shall be make for each 5 tons or factional part thereof. Additional tests may be required when deemed necessary by the Architect, Structural Engineer or Enforcement Agency. Contractor shall bear test costs. 3. Conform to testing requirements of Section 2203 and 2231.1, Chapter 22 CBC. B. Threaded Connections 1. Random inspection of shop fabrication procedures may be performed by Owners testing service without notification. 2. Common bolted assemblies: Owner's testing service will take, at random a minimum of four (4) bolt assemblies of each type for testing to ensure compliance with ASTM standards. C. High- strength bolts, nuts and washers. Conform to testing requirements of section 2231.6 Chapter 22 CBC, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements and Templates: Secure field measurements required for proper and adequate fabrication and installation. Furnish templates not less than 14 gage, for each individual anchor bolt assembly with reference centerlines 05120-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURALSTEEL or working points clearly marked in order to locate all items to be embedded in concrete together with setting instructions required for installation. B. Temporary Shoring and Bracing: In accordance with CCR Title 8, design and provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads. Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are securely to place and final connections are made. Provide temporary guy lines to achieve proper alignment of structure as erection proceeds. Design of such shoring and bracing is the Contractor's responsibility. C. Temporary Planking: Provide temporary planking as required by CCR Title 8 and as necessary to effectively complete the construction. 3.2 ERECTION A. Setting Base and Bearing Plates: After the supported members have been plumbed, aligned and properly positioned, set base and bearing plates. Support plates on adjustable bolt supports or shims unfit grout has set. Place non - shrink grout or drypack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to ensure that no voids remain. Follow the grout manufacturer's instructions. B. Framing: Except as specified herein, erect framing in accordance with the AISC S303 and CBC. Plan and lay out framing so that cutting will not be required. Erect the construction plumb, square, and true to line, level, and position within tolerances established in the AISC 5303. C. Holding and Protection: In assembling and during welding, hold the component parts with jogs, clamps or other adequate means to keep parts straight and in close contact. In welding, take precautions to minimize'lock -ur stress and distortion due to heat. During windy conditions in the field perform welding only after adequate wind protection is furnished and set up. D. Connections: Bolt field connections except where welding is indicated. Perform shop or field welding as indicated or specified. Provide high strength bolted connections for principle bolted connections where indicated. Provide common bolted connections using a minimum of 518 inch diameter bolts for connections not indicated otherwise. Install high - strength bolts in accordance with AISClRCRBSJ ASpecifications forStructural Joints Using ASTM A325 orA490 Bolts. E. Camber: Inspect beams and girders in the shop for camber and align so that they are fabricated and erected with their camber turned upwards. Camber shall not exceed the requirements of the governing documents. F. On exposed construction, remove erection bolts, temporary welds, run -off plates and backing strips. Fill holes from erection bolts with plug welds and grind smooth. 3.3 FIELD INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Inspection and testing are specified in Section 01410. 3.4 AS ERECTED DRAWINGS A. After all steel has been erected, correct or revise the shop drawings and erection diagrams to correspond with the changes made in the field. Provide copies of updated drawings to Architect and Structural Engineer. Refer to requirements specified in Section 01700. END OF SECTION 05120 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120-7 SECTION 05521 - PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Aluminum pipe and tube railings. 2. Steel pipe and tube railings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 - Concrete for tube railings set in flatwork. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: In engineering railings to withstand structural loads indicated, determine allowable design working stresses of railing materials based on the following: 1. Aluminum: The lesser of minimum yield strength divided by 1.65 or minimum ultimate tensile strength divided by 1.95. 2. Steel: 72 percent of minimum yield strength. B. Structural Performance: Provide railings capable of withstanding the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Handrails: a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ ft. (0.73 kN /m) applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 Ibf (0.89 kN) applied in any direction. C. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 2. Top Rails of Guards: a. Uniform load of 50 Ibf/ ft. (0.73 kN /m) applied in any direction. b. Concentrated load of 200 IV (0.89 kN) applied in any direction. C. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. 3. Infill of Guards: a. Concentrated load of 501bf (0.22 kN). b. Uniform load of 25lbf /sq. ft. (1.2 kWsq. m) applied horizontally. C. Infill load and other loads need not be assumed to act concurrently. C. Thermal Movements: Provide exterior railings that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-1 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient, 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. D. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Grout, anchoring cement, and paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or design. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. 1. Sections of each distinctly different linear railing member, including handrails, top rails, posts, and balusters. 2. Fittings and brackets. 3. Assembled Sample of railing system, made from full -size components, including top rail, post, handrail, and infill. Sample need not be full height. a. Show method of finishing and connecting members at intersections. E. Welding certificates. F. Qualification Data: For testing agency. G. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, according to ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." 2. AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code -- Aluminum." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating railings without field measurements. Coordinate wall and other contiguous construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 2. Provide allowance for trimming and fitting at site. 1.7 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING 05521 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Aluminum Pipe and Tube Railings: a. AlumaGuard Corp. b. Blum, Julius & Co., Inc. C. Braun, J. G., Company; a division of the Wagner Companies. d. Hollaender Manufacturing Company. e. Moultrie Manufacturing Company. I. Pisor Industries, Inc. g. Sterling Dula Architectural Products, Inc. h. Superior Aluminum Products, Inc. i. Thompson Fabricating, LLC. j. Tubular Specialties Manufacturing, Inc. k. Wagner, R & B, Inc.; a division of the Wagner Companies, Steel Pipe and Tube Railings a. Pisor Industries, Inc. b. Sharpe Products. C. Wagner, R & B, Inc.; a division of the Wagner Companies. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails, unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 ALUMINUM A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for each aluminum form required. Provide double- dipped clear anodized finish. B. Extruded Bars and Tubing: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), Alloy 6063- T51T52. C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Round Tubing: ASTM B 429, Alloy 6063 -T6. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-3 1. Provide Standard Weight (Schedule 40) pipe, unless otherwise indicated. D. Drawn Seamless Tubing: ASTM B 210 (ASTM B 210M), Alloy 6063 -T832. E. Plate and Sheet: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M), Alloy 6061 -T6. F. Die and Hand Forgings: ASTM 8 247 (ASTM B 247M), Alloy 6061 -T6. G. Castings: ASTM B 2616 26M, Alloy A356.0 -T6. 2.4 STEEL AND IRON A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) or ASTM A 513, Type 5 (mandrel drawn). B. Pipe: ASTM A 531A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedule 40), unless another grade and weight are required by structural loads. 1. Provide galvanized finish for exterior installations and where indicated. C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 361A 36M. D. Castings: Either gray or malleable iron, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Gray Iron: ASTM A 481A 48M, Class 30, unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. 2. Malleable Iron: ASTM A 471A 47M. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Provide the following: 1. Aluminum Railings: Type 304 stainless -steel fasteners. 2. Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe /Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coaling. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated and capable of withstanding design loads. C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. 3. Provide tamper- resistant flat -head machine screws for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. D. Anchors: Provide cast -in -place anchors, fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 05521-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 1. For aluminum railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections. C. Universal Shop Primer. Fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI #79. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g1L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer. D. Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC -Paint 20 or SSPC -Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g1L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer CM18119. b. ICI Devoe Coatings; Calha -Coal 313. c. International Coatings Limited; Interzinc 315 Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer. d. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97 -670. e. Sherwin- Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer formulated for priming zinc - coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and complying with SSPC -Paint 5. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High - zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPG- Paint 20. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. Anchoring Cement: Factory- packaged, nonshrnk, nonstaining, hydraulic - controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. 1. Water - Resistant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.7. FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1132 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-5 D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with either welded or nonwelded connections, unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. 1. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fittings. J. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is manufacturer's standard splicing method. K. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. As detailed. 2. By bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. L. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. M. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. N. Provide wall returns at ends of wall- mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1l4 inch (6 mm) or less. 0. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Al brackets and fittings fastened to plaster provide fillers made from crush - resistant material, or other means to transfer wall loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or filling rotation and crushing of substrate. P. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. Q. For railing posts set in concrete, provide steel sleeves not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long with inside dimensions not less than 112 inch (13 mm) greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming bottom closure. 05521-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 1. For aluminum railings, provide type and alloy as recommended by producer of metal to be welded and as required for color match, strength, and compatibility in fabricated items. B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 painting Sections. C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast- curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with MPI #79. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc -rich primer. D. Zinc -Rich Primer: Complying with SSPC -Paint 20 or SSPC -Paint 29 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer with a VOC content of 420 g/L (3.5 lb/gal.) or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Benjamin Moore & Co.; Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer CM18/19. b. ICI Devoe Coatings; Catha -Coat 313. c. International Coatings Limited; Interzinc 315 Epoxy Zinc -Rich Primer. d. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.; Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97.670. e. Sherwin- Williams Company (The); Corothane I GalvaPac Zinc Primer. E. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer formulated for priming zinc - coated steel and for compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and complying with SSPC -Paint 5. F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High- zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC - Paint 20. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold- applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. H. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory- packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. I. Anchoring Cement: Factory- packaged, nonshrnk, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting compound. Water - Resistant Product: At exterior locations provide formulation that is resistant to erosion from water exposure without needing protection by a sealer or waterproof coating and that is recommended by manufacturer for exterior use. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads. B. Assemble railings in the shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1132 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-5 D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with either welded or nonwelded connections, unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adjoining surfaces. I. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fdtings. J. Nonwelded Connections: Connect members with concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. 1. Fabricate splice joints for field connection using an epoxy structural adhesive if this is manufacturer's standard splicing method. K. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. As detailed. 2. By bending or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings. L. Form simple and compound curves by bending members in jigs to produce unfform curvature for each repetitive configuration required; maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. M. Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings. N. Provide wall returns at ends of wall - mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 114 inch (6 mm) or less. O. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work, unless otherwise indicated. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster provide fillers made from crush - resistant material, or other means to transfer wall loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitfing rotation and crushing of substrate. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. O. For railing posts set in concrete, provide steel sleeves not less than 6 inches (150 mm) long with inside dimensions not less than 112 inch It mm) greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming bottom closure. 05521-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 2.8 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of railings. 2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- 1012C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. Double -dip anodized finish. 2.10 STEEL ANDIRON FINISHES A. Galvanized Railings: 1. Hot -dip galvanize exterior steel and iron railings, including hardware, after fabrication. 2. Comply with ASTM A 1231A 123M for hot -dip galvanized railings. 3. Comply with ASTM A 1531A 153M for hot -dip galvanized hardware. B. Fill vent and drain holes that will be exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and fifing off smooth. C. For galvanized railings, provide hot -dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. D. Preparation for Shop Priming: 'After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with metallic - phosphate process. E. Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements in SSPC -PA 1, "Paint Application SpectBcation No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements have been clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-7 A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. 1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that have been coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 2. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1116 inch in 3 feet (2 mm in 1 m). 3. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 114 inch in 12 feet (5 mm in 3 m). C. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. D. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. E. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in -place construction. 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Nonwelded Connections: Use mechanical or adhesive joints for permanently connecting railing components. Use wood blocks and padding to prevent damage to railing members and fittings. Seal recessed holes of exposed locking screws using plastic cement filler colored to match finish of railings. B. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in Part 2 "Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. C. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip -joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches (50 mm) beyond joint on 3.4 ANCHORING POSTS A. Use steel pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete for installing posts. After posts have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between post and sleeve with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. B. Form or core -drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 314 inch (20 mm) larger than OD of post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space between post and concrete with anchoring cement, mixed and placed to comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions. C. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, welded to post after placing anchoring material. D. Leave anchorage joint exposed; wipe off surplus anchoring material; and leave 11 84nch (3 -mm) buildup, sloped away from post. 3.5 ATTACHING HANDRAILS TO WALLS A. Attach handrails to wall with wall brackets. Provide brackets with 1-112 -inch (38 -mm) clearance from inside face of handrail and finished wall surface. Use type of bracket with flange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 05521-8 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 2. Use type of bracket with predrilled hole for exposed bolt anchorage. B. Locate brackets at spacing required to support structural loads. C. Secure wall brackets to building construction as follows: 1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled -in expansion shields and hanger or lag bolts. 2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts. 3. For wood stud partitions, use hanger or lag bolts set into wood backing between studs. Coordinate with carpentry work to locate backing members. ' 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean aluminum by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. END OF SECTION 05521 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS 05521-9 SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01.20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Framing with timber. 3. Framing with engineered wood products. 4. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 5. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers. 6. Wood furring and grounds. 7. Wood sleepers. 8. Plywood backing panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 2 Section'Termite Control" for site application of borate treatment to wood framing. 2. Division 6 Section "Heavy Timber Construction." 3. Division 6 Section "Sheathing! 4. Division 6 Section "Structural Panel Web Joists." 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal (38 mm actual) or greater but less than 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) in least dimension. C. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal (114 mm actual) or greater in least dimension. D. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. APA: American Plywood Association. 2. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 3. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-1 1. Include data for wood- preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire- retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire- retardant treatments specified to be High- Temperature (HT) type, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. 4. For products receiving a waterbome treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. B. Fastener Patterns: Full -size templates for fasteners in exposed framing. C. Environmental Submittals: 1. Manufacturers' product data for construction adhesive, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Composite wood manufacturers product data for each composite wood product used indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Certificates of chain -of- custody signed by manufacturers certifying that products specified to be made from certified wood were made from wood obtained from certified forests. D. Material Certificates: For dimension lumber speed to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses. Indicate species and grade selected for each use and design values approved by the ALSC Board of Review. E. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Wood - preservative - treated wood. 2. Fire - retardant- treated wood. 3. Engineered wood products. 4. Power -driven fasteners. 5. Powder - actuated fasteners. 6. Expansion anchors. 7. Metal framing anchors. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A- Source Limitations for Engineered Wood Products: Obtain each type of engineered wood product through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from certified forests. 1. Dimension lumber framing. 2. Timber, 3. Laminated veneer lumber. 4. Parallel- strand lumber. 5. Prefabricated wood I- joists. 6. Rim boards. 7. Miscellaneous lumber. 06100-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: UBC Standard 23 -1 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules - wrifing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece or omit grade stamp and provide certificates of grade compliance issued by grading agency. 3. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by UBC Standard 23-1 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber. 4. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Engineered Wood Products: Provide engineered wood products acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. Allowable Design Stresses: Provide engineered wood products with allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.2 WOOD- PRESERVATIVE - TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2, except that lumber that is not in contact with the ground and is continuously protected from liquid water may be treated according to AWPA C31 with inorganic boron (SBX). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. 2. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. B. Kiin -dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent at the time of installation. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. 1. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece or omit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency. D. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100-3 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing and furring attached directly to the interior of below -grade exterior masonry or concrete walls. 4. Wood framing members that are less than 18 inches (460 mm) above the ground in crawlspaces or unexcavated areas. 5. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs -on- grade. 2.3 FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood). 1. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated within fuel modification zone. 2. Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing, and framing in attic spaces. B. Identify fire- retardant- treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece. C. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that do not bleed through, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes. D. Application: Treat all rough carpentry, in fuel modification zone. 1. Framing for raised platforms. 2. Concealed blocking. 3. Framing for non -load- bearing exterior walls. 4. Roof construction. 5. Plywood backing panels. 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER FRAMING A. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent at the time of installation. 2.5 TIMBER FRAMING A. Provide timber framing complying with the following requirements, according to grading rules of grading agency indicated: 1. Species and Grade: Douglas fir -larch No.1 grade; WCLIB, or WWPA. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking, 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants. 5. Furring. 06100 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 6. Grounds. B. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber Douglas Fir -Larch may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. D. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent - over nails and damage to paneling. 2.7 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, Exposure 1, C -D Plugged, fire - retardant treated, in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 112 -inch (13 -mm) nominal thickness. 2.8 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure - preservative treated, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153lA 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power - Driven Fasteners: NES NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME 818.6.1. E. Lag Bolts: ASME 1318.2.1 (ASME 618.2.33M). F. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, Sat washers. G. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components, zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe1Zn 5. 2. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2 (ASTM F 738M and ASTM F 836M, Grade Al or A4). 2.9 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 -5 C. Basis -of- Design Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated on Drawings or Approved Equal products by one of the following: 1. Alpine Engineered Products, Inc. 2. Cleveland Steel Specially Co. 3. Harlan Metal Products, Inc. 4. KC Metals Products, Inc. 5. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc. 6. Southeastern Metals Manufacturing Co., Inc. 7. USP Structural Connectors. D. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design toads, as published by manufacturer, that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a quailed independent testing agency. E. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc - coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 (Z180) coating designation. 1. Use for interior locations where stainless steel is not indicated. F. Stainless -Steel Sheet: ASTM A 666, Type [304] [316]. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. G. Framing Hardware: Per Structural Drawings. 2.10 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill - Sealer Gaskets: Glass - fiber - resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill seater; 1 -inch (25 -mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1132 inch (0.8 mm); selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Sill - Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 114 inch (6.4 mm) thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. C. Adhesives for Gluing Fuming and Sleepers to Concrete or Masonry. Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g1L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. Water - Repellent Preservative: NWWDA- tested and - accepted formulation containing 3-iodo-2- propynyl butyl carbamate, combined with an insecticide containing chloropyrifos as its active ingredient. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, milers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. 06100-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF &PA's "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. C. Framing with Engineered Wood Products: Install engineered wood products to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Metal Framing Anchors: Install metal framing to comply with manufacturers written instructions. E. Do not splice structural members between supports, unless otherwise indicated. F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches (406 mm) O.C. G. Provide fire blocking in furred spaces, stud spaces, and other concealed cavities as indicated and as follows: 1. Fire block furred spaces of walls, at each floor level, at ceiling, and at not more than 96 inches (2436 mm) o.c. with solid wood blocking or noncombustible materials accurately fitted to close furred spaces. 2. Fire block concealed spaces of wood - framed walls and partitions at each floor level, at ceiling line of top story, and at not more than 96 inches (2438 mm) o.c. Where fire blocking is not inherent in framing system used, provide closely fitted solid wood blocks of same width as framing members and 2 -inch nominal- (38- mm actual -) thickness. 3. Fire block concealed spaces between floor sleepers with same material as sleepers to limit concealed spaces to not more than 100 sq. ft. (9.3 sq. m) and to solidly fill space below partitions. 4. Fire block concealed spaces behind combustible cornices and exterior trim at not more than 20 feet (6 m) O.C. H. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. I. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative - treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. J. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER -272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code. 3. Table 2346 -1, "Nailing Schedule," and Table 23- II -B -2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in ICBO's Uniform Building Code. 4. Table 2305.2, 'Fastening Schedule," in BOCA's BOCA National Building Code. 5. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in SBCCI's Standard Building Code. 6. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), 'Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two - Family Dwellings. 7. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members; and Table 602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100.7 K. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads, unless otherwise indicated. L. For exposed work, arrange fasteners in straight rows parallel with edges of members, with fasteners evenly spaced, and with adjacent rows staggered. 1. Comply with indicated fastener patterns where applicable. Before fastening, mark fastener locations, using a template made of sheet metal, plastic, or cardboard. 2. Use finishing nails, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD GROUND, SLEEPER, BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide permanent grounds of dressed, pressure - preservative- treated, key - beveled lumber not less than 1 -112 inches (38 mm) wide and of thickness required to bring face of ground to exact thickness of finish material. Remove temporary grounds when no longer required. 3.3 WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. B. Furring to Receive Plywood or Hardboard Paneling: Install 1 -by -3 -inch nominal- (19- by -63 -mm actual -) size furring vertically at 16 inches. C. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board or Plaster Lath: Install 1 -by -2 -Inch nominal- (19- by -38-mm actual -) size furring vertically at 16 inches (406 mm)] o.c. 3.4 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Install joists with crown edge up and complying with requirements specified on drawings. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX) from weather. ff, despite protection, inorganic boron - treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA - registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet, apply EPA - registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA - registered label. END OF SECTION 06100 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 06100 -8 1 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 06160 — SHEATHING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wall sheathing. 2. Roof sheathing, 3. Building paper. 4. Building wrap. 5. Sheathing joint- and - penetration treatment. 6. Flexible flashing at openings in sheathing. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for plywood backing panels. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire - retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated plywood complies with requirements. include physical properties of treated materials. 3. For fire - retardant treatments specified to be High - Temperature (HT) type, include physical properties of treated plywood both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5516, 4. For products receiving a waterbome treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 5. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment. 6. For building wrap, include data on air - !moisture- infiltration protection based on testing according to referenced standards. B. Environmental Submittals: 1. Manufacturers' product data for construction adhesive, including printed statement of VOC content. 2. Composite wood manufacturer's product data for each composite wood product used on the interior of building indicating that bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. 3. Certificates of chain -of- custody signed by manufacturers certifying that products specified to be made from certified wood were made from wood obtained from certified forests. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 06160-1 C. Research /Evaluation Reports: For the following, showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative - treated plywood. 2. Fire- retardant- treated plywood. 3. Foam - plastic sheathing. 4. Building wrap. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For assemblies with fire- resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory." B. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by specified agency and approved by enforcement agency. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by specked agency and approved by enforcement agency a. Provide Certificate of Inspection or grade mark by an approved inspection agency on each piece of lumber and plywood, indicating compliance with applicable standards of grading rules specified in the referenced standards and this Section. b. Provide quality mark by an approved inspection agency on each piece of preservative treated lumber and plywood, indicating compliance with applicable standards or grading rules specified in the referenced standards and this Section. c. Provide on -site or other approved quality control program acceptable to Architect and designed to test lumber materials prior to installation in order to demonstrate compliance with moisture content criteria. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack plywood and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Plywood: DOG PSI. B. Thickness: As needed to comply with requirements specified, but not less than thickness indicated. C. Factory mark panels to indicate compliance with applicable standard. D. APA rated in accordance with PS 1 -95. 2.2 PRESERVATIVE- TREATED PLYWOOD A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C9. 06160-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Application: Treat plywood in contact with masonry or concrete or used with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2.3 FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED PLYWOOD A. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C27. 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for roof sheathing and where indicated. 4. Use Interior Type A, unless otherwise indicated. B. Kiln -dry material after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 15 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Identify fire- retardant - treated plywood with appropriate classification marking of UL, U.S. Testing, Timber Products Inspection, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Application: Treat all plywood, within the fuel modification zone and the following: 1. Roof and wall sheathing within 48 inches (1220 mm) of fire and party walls. 2. Roof sheathing. 3. Subflooring and underlayment for raised platforms. 2.4 WALL SHEATHING A. Plywood Wall Sheathing: Exposure 1, Structural I sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 32116. 2. Nominal Thickness: As indicated on drawings. B. Paper - Surfaced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM C 791C 79M or ASTM C 1396IC 1396M, gypsum sheathing; with water - resistant - treated core and with water - repellent paper bonded to core's face, back, and long edges. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers.offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gypsum. b. LaFarge North America Inc. C. G -P Gypsum Corporation. d. National Gypsum Company. e. United States Gypsum Co. 3. Type and Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 4. Edge and End Configuration: Square. 5. Size: 48 by 96 inches (1219 by 2438 mm) for vertical. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 06160-3 2.5 ROOF SHEATHING A. Plywood Roof Sheathing: Exterior Exposure 1, Structural 1 sheathing. 1. Span Rating: Not less than 32116. 2. Nominal Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 2.6 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. For roof and wall sheathing, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153lA 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power -driven Fasteners: NES NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening Wood Structural Panels to Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. For wall and roof sheathing panels, provide screws with organic - polymer or other corrosion- protective coating having a salt -spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. F. Screws for Fastening Gypsum Sheathing to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: Steel drill screws, in length recommended by sheathing manufacturer for thickness of sheathing board to be attached, with organic- polymer or other corrosion - protective coating having a salt -spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. 1. For steel framing less than 0.0329 inch (0.835 mm) thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C 1002. 2. For steel framing from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick, attach sheathing to comply with ASTM C 954. 2.7 WEATHER- RESISTANT SHEATHING PAPER A. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677, Type I air retarder, with flame - spread and smoke - developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, when tested according to ASTM E 84; UV stabilized; and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Tyvek wrap or equal: 2. Water -Vapor Permeance: Per manufacturer's specifications through 1 sq. m of surface in 24 hours per ASTM E 96, Desiccant Method (Procedure A). 3. Allowable UV Exposure Time: Not less than three months. B. Building -Wrap Tape: Pressure - sensitive plastic tape recommended by building -wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. 2.8 SHEATHING JOINT- AND - PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Sealant for Paper- Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing Board: Elastomeric, medium - modulus, neutral- curing silicone joint sealant compatible with joint substrates formed by gypsum sheathing and other materials, recommended by 06160-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING sheathing manufacturer for application indicated, and complying with requirements for elastomenc sealants specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by manufacturers of both adhesives and panels. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). B. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self - adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, rubberized- asphalt compound, bonded to a high - density, cross- laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than D.025 inch (0.6 mm). Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW- 705 -TWF Thru -Wall Flashing. b. MFM Building Products Corp.; Window Wrap. C. Polyguard Products, Inc.; Polyguard 300. C. Primer for Flexible Flashing: Product recommended by manufacturer of flexible flashing for substrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction, unless otherwise indicated. C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER -272 for power -driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code." 3, Table 23- II -B-1, 'Nailing Schedule," and Table 23- II -B-2, "Wood Structural Panel Roof Sheathing Nailing Schedule," in ICBO's "Uniform Building Code." 4. Table 2305.2, "Fastening Schedule," in BOCA's "BOLA National Building Code." 5. Table 2306.1, "Fastening Schedule," in SBCCfs "Standard Building Code." 6. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's "International Residential Code for One- and Two - Family Dwellings.' 7. Table 602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table 602.3(2), "Alternate Attachments," in ICC's "International One- and Two - Family Dwelling Code." D. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections. Install fasteners without splitting wood. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 06160-5 E. Coordinate wall and roof sheathing installation with flashing and joint - sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly. F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements. G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast. 3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30S, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural -use panels and applications indicated. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Wall and Roof Sheathing: a. Nail to wood framing. b. Screw to cold- formed metal framing. C. Space panels 118 inch (3 mm) apart at edges and ends. 2. Underlaymenl: a. Nail to subflooring. b. Space panels 1132 inch (0.8 mm) apart at edges and ends. C. Fill and sand edge joints of underlayment receiving resilient flooring right before installing flooring. 3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA -253 and with manufacturers written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to wood framing with [nails] [or] [screws]. 2. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold- formed metal framing with screws. 3. Install boards with a 318 -inch (9.5 -mm) gap where non -load- bearing construction abuts structural elements. 4. Install boards with a 1 144nch (6.4 -mm) gap where they abut masonry or similar materials that might retain moisture, to prevent wicking. B. Apply fasteners so heads bear tightly against face of sheathing boards but do not cut into facing. C. Horizontal Installation: Install sheathing with V- grooved edge down and tongue edge up. Interlock tongue with groove to bring long edges in contact with edges of adjacent boards without forcing. Abut ends of hoards over centers of studs, and stagger end joints of adjacent boards not less than one stud spacing. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each steel stud. 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. and set back a minimum of 318 inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends of boards. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws H overlying self - turning metal lath is screw - attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. D. Vertical Installation: Install board vertical edges centered over studs. Abut ends and edges of each board with those of adjacent boards. Attach boards at perimeter and within field of board to each stud. 06160-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 1. Space fasteners approximately 8 inches (200 mm) o.c. and set back a minimum of 318 inch (9.5 mm) from edges and ends of boards. 2. For sheathing under stucco cladding, boards may be initially tacked in place with screws if overlying self - furring metal lath is screw - attached through sheathing to studs immediately after sheathing is installed. 3.4 WEATHER- RESISTANT SHEATHING -WRAP INSTALLATION A. General: Cover sheathing with weather - resistant sheathing wrap as follows: B. Building Wrap: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Seal seams, edges, fasteners, and penetrations with tape. 2. Extend into jambs of openings and seal comers with tape. 3.5 SHEATHING JOINT- AND - PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. Apply elastomedc sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Apply sufficient quantity of sealant to completely cover joints and fasteners after troweling. Seal other penetrations and openings. 3.6 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturers written instructions. 1. Prime substrates as recommended by flashing manufacturer. 2. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches (100 mm), except that at flashing flanges of other construction, laps need not exceed flange width. 3. Lap flashing over weather - resistant building wrap at bottom and sides of openings. 4. Lap weather - resistant building wrap over flashing at heads of openings. 5. After flashing has been applied, roll surfaces with a hard rubber or metal roller to ensure that flashing is completely adhered to substrates. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Paper - Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing: Protect sheathing by covering exposed exterior surface of sheathing with weather - resistant sheathing wrap securely fastened to framing. Apply covering immediately after sheathing is installed. END OF SECTION 06160 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEATHING 06160-7 SECTION 06195 — STRUCTURAL PANEL WEB JOISTS PART 1 - GENERAL: 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Wood chord and plywood web joists for roof framing. B. Bridging, bracing, and anchorage. C. Framing for openings. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications. B. Section 06100 — Framing and Sheathing. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with Chapter 16 and 23 of 2001 CBC. 1.4 REFERENCES A. APA — AmericanPlywoodAssociation. B. UL — Fire Resistance Directory. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 20312.10 - 06-01 -20 A. Manufacturer shall have produced the specified products for a period of ten (10) years prior to beginning work of this section, and shall have the capability to produce the specified products to the delivery and quantity criteria of the project. B. Manufacturer shall submit documentation demonstrating compliance with jurisdictional authority approved quality control program, including in -plant inspection by an approved testing and inspection laboratory. C. Fabricator/Erector. 1. For Fabrication and installation of work, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the skills required, have installed similar applications of the specified products within one year prior to beginning work of this section, and who are completely familiar with the manufacturer's recommended methods of installation, as well as the requirements of this work. D. Substitution requirements of alternate I -Joist systems. 1. Submit substitutions per provisions of Division One. 2. Prior approval by the jusisdictional authority and engineer of record of all proposed attemative manufacturers, based on projects of similar scope and current ICBO Evaluation Service Report, is a prerequisite to consideration under the provisions of Section 01630. 3. Proposed alternate shall have same Section Modulus and the product of the Moment of Elasticity and Moment of Inertia (EI) as the specified product. Alternate joist dimensions and depths will not be allowed without the specific approval of the Architect and the Structural Engineer. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL PANEL WEB JOISTS 06195 -1 4. No Change Order for extension of time for any cause will be allowed in relationship to any proposed alternative product. No time extensions will be permitted for substitutions after contact award. 5. Continuous inspection of fabrication and testing by a special inspector approved by the jurisdictional authority will be required for all substitutions. Cost of such inspection shall be paid by the Owner and back- charged to the Contractor. Test methods required to demonstrate equivalency to the specified I- joistshall be determined by the Architect, the Engineer and the jurisdictional authority. 6. If the use of substituted I -joist system increases the cost, complexity or dimensional characteristics of any other portions of the work, the additional cost of design, engineering, review by Architect, Structural Engineer and the jurisdictional authority, and all costs of construction resulting from such use shall be paid by the Contractor. 7. The use of a substituted I -joist system requires the filing of an amended application by increasing the estimated cost of the project by the amount of the total cost of the alternate roof system. The Contractor shall pay all resulting additional filing and review fees. The alternate roof system includes joists, sheathing, blocking, bridging and related components, and installation of the alternate system. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions in Division One. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit shop drawings prepared under supervision of a registered civil engineer, licensed in the Stale of California. 2. Shop drawings shall include complete details and procedures and diagrams. Include details of cuts, connections, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. Indicate framing system, sizes and spacing of joists, loads and joist cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging and bracing, and framed openings. 3. Provide setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as work of other sections. 4. Shop drawings shall clearly identify, in graphic form, all deviation from contact documents. Provide complete description and rationale for deviation. 5. Clearly identify all changes made in re- submitted shop drawings. Incorporate changes necessary due to field conditions in re- submittal. C. Product Data /Materials List 1. Submit producer's or manufacturers specifications and installation instructions. Include laboratory test reports and other data to show compliance with specifications, including specified standards. D. Engineering Submittal Criteria: 1. Submit calculations prepared under the direct supervision of a Civil Engineer licensed in the State of Califomia. 2. Structural Calculations: Produce calculations in booklet form, 8 -112 x 11 inch size. Conform to the requirements of the CBC. 3. Provide sufficient information with respect to design criteria, analysis methodology and material capacity to adequately evaluate proposed structural system for compliance with applicable sections of the CDC, E. Fire Resistive Assemblies: After reviewing all relationships and building system components, provide written certification that specked system will provide fire resistive assembly as shown on drawings. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A Deliver products to site under provisions of Section 01600. Store and protect products under provisions of Section 01600. B. Transport and store joists in vertical positions resting on bearing ends. 06195-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL PANEL WEB JOISTS C. Protect joists from moisture, warping, and distortion during transit and when site stored. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements are as shown on shop drawings. PART 2- PRODUCTS: 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Trus -Joist or approved equal. B. Series: As shown on drawings. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood Chord Members: 1, Micro- Laminated LVL per ICBO report PFC - 5381, moisture content of 7 -16 percent at time of fabrication. B. Web: 1. Performance plus oriented stand board (OSB), meeting PS2 -95 criteria, exposure I, minimum 7116 °thickness and complying with PFC -5381. 2. Core gaps at edges are not acceptable. C. Joist Bridging: Type, size and spacing required by joist manufacturer, PFC -5381 and as shown on drawings. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Wood Blocking, Plates, Support Members, and Framing for Openings: Per Division Six. B. Fasteners: Steel, type to suit application and per Division Six. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Verify dimensions and site conditions prior to fabrication. B. Design web joist in accordance with approved standards. 1. Provide system designed for dead and live loads as shown on drawings. 2. Dead Loads: Carefully review drawings and referenced sections of this specification. Design structural systems to respond to loads imposed by such materials and assemblies as specified. 3. Deflection: Limit deflection to 1_1360 live load. C. Fabricate with continuous chords. D. Install plywood web with face grain vertical, ends butt jointed to form a continuous web. E. Apply glue to groove centered in wide face of flange and pressure form and fit web into groove. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL PANEL WEB JOISTS 06195-3 F. Include all extended ends and ceiling extensions, headers, bridging, shear blocks and panels, end supports, and end anchors required for complete installation. 2.5 OTHER MATERIALS A. Provide all other materials, not specifically described but required for complete and proper installation of this work, as selected by the contractor and subject to the approval of the Architect PART 3 - EXECUTION: 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection 1. Prior to work of this section, carefully inspect previously installed work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may property commence. 2. Verify that work of this section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions o the referenced standards. 3. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Architect. 4. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install joists in accordance with manufacturers instructions. B. Place joists true to line and level. Provide temporary bracing to positron joists in place until permanently secured. C. Place permanent bridging, bracing, and anchors to maintain joists straight and in correct position before installation of decking or inducing loads. D. Do not field cuts joists. E. Place headers and supports to frame openings required. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Tolerances shall not be cumulative. B. Install joists aligned within ''% inch of true location. C. Install joist plumb and level, plus or minus' /. inch in 10 feet END OF SECTION 06195 06195-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STRUCTURAL PANEL WEB JOISTS SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior standing and running trim [for field - stained finish]. 2. Interior slatted wood ceiling. 3. Fire -rated wood door frames. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view. 2. Division 6 Section "Interior Architectural Woodwork" for interior casework. 3. Division 9 Section "Painting" for staining and painting of finish carpentry. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Inspection agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association. 2. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. WCLIB -West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 4. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. 1. Include data for wood- preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. 2. Include data for fire- retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. 3. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Color charts consisting of actual materials in small sections for each type of material indicated. C. Environmental Requirements: Provide wood manufacturer's product data for each wood product used indicating that the bonding agent used contains no urea formaldehyde. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FINISH CARPENTRY 06200- 1 2. Certificates of chain -of- custody signed by manufacturers certifying that all wood products are specified to be made from certified wood were made from wood obtained from certified forests. D. Research /Evaluation Reports: Showing that fire- retardant - treated wood complies with building code in effect for Project. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Where fire - retardant materials are indicated, provide materials with specified fire -test - response characteristics as determined by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency on surfaces of materials that will be concealed from view after installation. C. Forest Certification: For the following wood products, provide materials produced from wood obtained from forests certified by an FSC- accredited certification body to comply with FSC 1.2, "Principles and Criteria ": 1. Interior standing and running trim. 2. Fire -rated interior door frames. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. B. Deliver interior finish carpentry only when environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturers written instructions and warranty requirements and at least one coat of specked finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Hardboard Trim: a. ABT Co.; a Louisiana - Pacific Company. b. Georgia - Pacific Corp. c. Temple - Inland Forest Products Corp. 2. Fire -Rated Wood Door Frames: 06200- 2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FINISH CARPENTRY a. Aaron Carlson Co. b. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. C. Art Woodworking & Mfg. Co. d. Custom Woodworks Ltd.. e. Hunter Millworks Inc.. f. Sierra Pacific Industries. g. Somerset Wood Products Co. h. Weyerhaeuser Company. I. Woodcraft Architectural Millwork Inc. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by the American Lumber Standards' Committee Board of Review. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece. 2.3 FIRE- RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire- retardant - treated lumber and plywood are indicated, use materials impregnated with fire- retardant chemicals by a pressure process or other means acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to produce products with the following fire- test - response characteristics: Flame- spread index of not greater than 25 when tested according to ASTM E 84 with test continued for a period of 30 minutes with no evidence of significant progressive combustion. Flame front shall not progress more than 10 -112 feet (32 m) beyond centerline of burner at any time during lest. B. For exposed items indicated to receive transparent finish, do not use chemical formulations that contain colorants or that bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. C. Interior, Low - Hygroscopic -Type, Fire - Retardant Treatment: Formulation that results in treated material with an apparent moisture content of not more than 28 percent when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. D. Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment and drying processes that prevent lumber and plywood from warping and devetoping disookxations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treated woodwork. E. Kiln -dry material after treatment to levels required for untreated material. Do not use material that does not comply with requirements for untreated material or is warped or discolored. 2.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Softwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain Finish): Kiln -dried finished lumber (S4S) of one of the following species and grades: Grade Superior Douglas fir -larch or Douglas fir south; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. B. Hardwood Lumber Trim for Transparent Finish (Stain or Clear Finish): Grade A finish, kiln -dried, aspen, basswood, cottonwood, sap gum, white maple, or yellow poplar finished lumber (S4S), selected for compatible grain and color. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-3 2.5 FIRE RETARDANT FRAMES C. Frames, complete with casings, fabricated from solid fire- retardant- treated wood. Frames comply with NFPA 80 and are listed and labeled, and marked for intended use, for use with doors provided, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on testing according to NFPA 252. 1. Species: Cherry 2. Fire Rating: As indicated. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. 1. Where finish carpentry materials are exposed in areas of high humidity, provide fasteners and anchorages with hot -dip galvanized coating complying with ASTM A 1531A 153M. B. Glue: Aliphatic- or phenolic-resin wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use. 1. Use wood glues that have a VOC content of 30 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials required for sealing siding work. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of specified inspection agencies and with manufacturer's written recommendations for moisture content of finish carpentry at relative humidity conditions existing during time of fabrication and in installation areas. B. Back out or kerf backs of the following members, except members with ends exposed in finished work: 1. Interior standing and running trim. C. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch (25 mm) in nominal thickness to 1/16 -inch (1.5 -mm) radius and edges of lumber 1 inch (25 mm) or more in nominal thickness to 1/8 -inch (3 -mm) radius. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Before installing finish carpentry, condition materials to average prevailing humidity in installation areas for a minimum of 24 hours. 06200-4 . CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FINISH CARPENTRY 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. B. Install finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand where face fastening is unavoidable. 3. Install to tolerance of 118 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2438 mm) for level and plumb. Install adjoining finish carpentry with 1132 -inch (0.8 -mm) maximum offset for flush installation and 1116 -inch (1.5 -mm) maximum offset for reveal installation. 4. Coordinate finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate finish carpentry. 3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full- length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches (610 mm) long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. Cope at returns and miter at comers to produce tight - fitting joints with full - surface contact throughout length of joint. Use scarf joints for end- to-end joints. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment. 1. Match color and grain pattern across joints. 2. Install trim after gypsum board joint finishing operations are completed. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory- applied finishes to restore . damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06200 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FINISH CARPENTRY 06200-s SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 20312.10.06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic - laminate cabinets. 2. Hardwood veneer cabinets. 3. Hardwood veneer display cases with sliding glass door and adjustable glass shelving with vinyl fabric tackable bulletin board back panel. 4. Granite countertops. 5. Stainless Steel countertops. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood studs, blocking, shims, and hanging strips required for installing woodwork and concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 14 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For medium - density fiberboard, high - pressure decorative laminate, epoxy resin laboratory countertops, cabinet hardware and accessories, and finishing materials and processes. B. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large -scale details, attachment devices, and other components. Apply WIC - cerfified compliance label to first page of Shop Drawings. C. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Plastic laminate. 2. Granite. D. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of woodwork certifying that products furnished comply with requirements, originate from certified forests and are formaldehyde free. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402.1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for production and installation of interior architectural woodwork. C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with WIC's "Manual of Millwork' for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. 1. Provide WIC - certified compliance certificate indicating that woodwork complies with requirements of grades specified. 2. Each elevation of casework (not necessarily each unit) shall bear WIC Certified Compliance Label indicating that casework fully meets requirements of WIC grade specified. D. To assure quality as specified, the Owners Representative may inspect work in the process of manufacture of finished casework prior to delivery. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locale concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 2. Provide allowance for on site trimming and scribing to fil. 1.8 COORDINATION A Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 06402 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the WIC quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. Provide all raw materials from certified forests. B. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Cherry, plain cut. To match Wood Harbor Cherry Sangria door. C. Wood Products: Products shall be formaldehyde free and comply with the following: 1. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. 2. Medium- Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, Exterior Glue. 3. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2, Exterior Glue. 4. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1, 5. Veneer -Faced Panel Products (Hardwood Plywood): HPVA HP -1 D. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Water - resistant particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2, or medium - density fiberboard complying with ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, with surface of thermally fused, melamine- impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT -1, E. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high - pressure decorative laminates by one of the following: a. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. b. Or appoved equal. C. Refer to finish list for pattern and color selection (See Section 01760 Colors). F. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: contact cement. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot -melt adhesive or adhesive specified above for faces. G. Stainless Steel top and splash at kitchen: AISI Type 304, with No. 4 polished finish. Refer to Section 09980 for more information. H. Granite top and splash: Refer to finish list for color selection (See Section 01760 Colors). See plans for half -round double bull nose edge. I. Tempered Float Glass for Cabinet Doors and Cabinet Shelves: ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1 (clear) Quality-03, with exposed edges seamed before tempering. Provide sliding 3116" tempered glass doors with ground -in finger pulls and Oat key tumbler locks. 22 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. Frameless Concealed Hinges (European Type): Blum Maxus Hinge M8000 Series Grade 1 Hinge. Provide three hinges for doors over 48" in height. B. Door and drawer pulls: 6 inch radius wire pulls by: Hafele, Steel Handles, nickel plated matt, 117.31.600 series, or equal. C. Magnetic catches: Epco #591, 592 or equal (no known equal). Two on doors over 36" in height. D. Elbow catches: Amerock (National) #8238 -14A, FW #241.300.000, Ives 92A -92, or equal. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -3 E. Recessed adjustable shelf standard: Grant #120 aluminum, KV #255, zinc/steel or equal F. Adjustable shelf clips: Grant #21Zg, KV #256, 239, 346 or equal G. Drawer Slides: Side - mounted, full- extension, zinc - plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, BHMA A156.9, B05091, and rated for the following loads: 1. Box Drawer Slides 100lbf, Accuride Model 3832SC, self- closing. 2. File Drawer Slides: 150 Ibf, Accuride 4034 -18 for drawer widths of 24" maximum, 200 Ibf, Accurde 3640 for drawer widths of 42" maximum. 3. Pencil Drawer Slides: 45 Ibf, Aocurde 2006.. 4. Keyboard SlidelTray System: 75 Ibf, Accuride CBERGO -Tray 200. H. Door locks: National #C8102, 3, 6, 8, 9, 73, 74, 75, Olympus #100 -500, 700SC, 721, Corbin #0737, or equal. I. Grommets for Cable Passage through Countertops: 2 -inch OD, black, molded - plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. J. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMAA156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. Satin Stainless Steel: BHMA 630. K. For concealed hardware, provide manufacturer's standard finish that complies with product class requirements BHMA A156.9. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln -dried to less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure anchorage. Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed -steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled -in -place anchors. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. B. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Corners of Cabinets and Edges of Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members 314 Inch Thick or Less: 1116 inch. 2. Edges of Rails and Similar Members More Than 314 Inch Thick: 1/8 inch. 3. Interior corner cabinets are to be useable space. 4. Install filler panels at comers and end walls to allow clearance for full operation of doors and drawers. 5. Adjustable shelf standards are to be installed flush with face of cabinet. C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fdting. 06402-4 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will be complete. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. D. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 2.5 PLASTIC - LAMINATE CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 15. B. Grade: Premium. C. WIC Construction Style: Style A, Frameless. D. WIC Construction Type: Type I, multiple self- supporting units rigidly joined together. E. WIC Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay. F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High - pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP -28, 0.028 -inch nominal thickness. 2. Postformed Surfaces: PF42, 0.042 -inch nominal thickness. 3. Vertical Surfaces: GP -28, 0.028 -inch nominal thickness 4. Edges: PVC tape, 0.018 -inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. G. Semiexposed Surfaces: Semiexposed surfaces, except interior faces of cabinet doors, shall be faced with thermoset decorative overlay. Interior faces of cabinet doors shall be per exposed surfaces: H. Core Material: Medium Density Fiberboard, Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Faces and sides — Basis of Design: Wilsonart D482 -60 Black Forest. J. Provide dust panels of 114 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 2.6 PLASTIC- LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 16. B. Grade: Premium. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-5 C. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: High - pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD -3 0.050" nominal thickness.. D. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 7. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Countertops and Splash - Basis of Design: Wilsonart 4656 -60 Bronze Legacy. E. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. F. Edge Treatment: Let -in solid wood edge, concealed on face of door. G. Core Material: Exterior -grade plywood. H. Core Material at Sinks: exterior -grade plywood. 2.7 SHOP FINISHING A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 25, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. B. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Concealed surfaces of plastic - laminate -clad woodwork to be surfaced with plastic laminate, or thermoset decorative overlay. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop - fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 118 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. 06402-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. D. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 2.5 PLASTIC-LAMINATE CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 15. B. Grade: Premium. C. WIC Construction Style: Style A, Frameless. D. WIC Construction Type: Type I, multiple self- supporting units rigidly joined together. E. WIC Door and Drawer Front Style: Flush overlay. F. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High- pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: GP -28, 0.028 -inch nominal thickness. 2. Postformed Surfaces: Pr -42, 0.042 -inch nominal thickness. 3. Vertical Surfaces: GP -28, 0.028 -inch nominal thickness 4. Edges: PVC tape, 0.018 -inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish. G. Semiexposed Surfaces: Semiexposed surfaces, except interior faces of cabinet doors, shall be faced with thermoset decorative overlay. Interior faces of cabinet doors shall be per exposed surfaces: H. Core Material: Medium Density Fiberboard. Colors, Patterns, and finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Faces and sides — Basis of Design: Wilsonart D482 -60 Black Forest. J. Provide dust panels of 114 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 2.6 PLASTIC - LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 16. B. Grade: Premium. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-5 C. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate Grade: High - pressure decorative laminate complying with NEMA LD -3 0.050' nominal thickness.. D. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Countertops and Splash - Basis of Design: Wilsonart 4656 -60 Bronze Legacy. E. Grain Direction: Parallel to cabinet fronts. F. Edge Treatment: Let -in solid wood edge, concealed on face of door. G. Core Material: Exterior -grade plywood. H. Core Material at Sinks: exterior -grade plywood. 2.7 SHOP FINISHING A. Quality Standard: Comply with WIC Section 25, unless otherwise indicated. Grade: Provide finishes of same grades as items to be finished. B. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 1. Concealed surfaces of plastic - laminate -clad woodwork to be surfaced with plastic laminate, or thermoset decorative overlay. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop- fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specked in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 118 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. 06402-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK D. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. E. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight fine. 2. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. F. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Install stone or stainless steel countertops with no more than 118 inch variation from a straight line. 2. S. S. backsplashes and lops to be continuous. Granite backsplash and tops to fit tight 3. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 4. Epoxy Resin: Apply epoxy cement at the juncture of the sink and countertop to produce a leak proof joint G. Complete the finishing work specified in this Section to extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, stonework, and stainless steel tops where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06402 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402-7 SECTION 07115 - BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes cold - applied, emulsified- asphalt dampproofing applied to the following surfaces: 1. Exterior, below -grade surfaces of concrete and masonry foundation walls. 2. Back side of concrete and masonry retaining walls, below grade. 3. Interior face of exterior concrete and masonry planer walls, above grade. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for method of application, primer, number of coats, coverage or thickness, and protection course. B. Material Certificates: For each product, signed by manufacturers. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain primary dampproofing materials and primers through one source from a single manufacturer. Provide secondary materials recommended by manufacturer of primary materials. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit asphalt dampproofing to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions. B. Ventilation: Provide adequate ventilation during application of dampproofing in enclosed spaces. Maintain ventilation until dampproofing has thoroughly cured. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Cold- Applied, Emulsified- Asphalt Dampproofing: a. Henry Company. b. Karnak Corporation. c. Koppers Industries, Inc. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07115-1 d. Malarkey Roofing Company. e. Meadows, W. R., Inc. I. Sonnebom, Div. of ChemRex, Inc. 2. Protection Course, Asphaft -Board Type: a. Grace, W. R. & Co.; Construction Products Div. b. Meadows, W. R., Inc. c. Sonneborn, Div. of ChemRex, Inc. 2.2 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING A. Cold - Applied, Emulsified - Asphalt Dampproofing: 1. Trowel Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type II, Class 1. 2. Fibered Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type 11, Class 1. 3. Brush and Spray Coats: ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A- Emulsified - Asphalt Primer. ASTM D 1227, Type III, Class 1, except diluted with water as recommended by manufacturer. B. Asphalt- Coated Glass Fabric: ASTM D 1668, Type I. C. Protection Course, Asphalt -Board Type: Premolded, 118 -inch- (3 -mm -) thick, multi -ply, semirigid board consisting of a mineral - stabilized asphalt core sandwiched between layers of asphalt- saturated felt, and faced on 1 side with polyethylene film. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for surface smoothness and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Begin dampproofing application only after substrate construction and penetrating work have been completed and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection of Other Work: Mask or otherwise protect adjoining exposed surfaces from being stained, spotted, or coated with dampproofing. Prevent dampproofing materials from entering and clogging weep holes and drains. B. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to work; fill voids, seal joints, and apply bond breakers if any, as recommended by prime material manufacturer. 3.3 APPLICATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturers written recommendations unless more stringent requirements are indicated or required by Project conditions to ensure satisfactory performance of dampproofing. 07115-2 1. Apply additional coats if recommended by manufacturer or required to achieve coverages indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 2. Allow each coal of dampproofing to cure 24 hours before applying subsequent coats. B. Apply dampproofing to footings and foundation walls where opposite side of wail faces building interior whether indicated or not. 1. Apply from finished -grade line to top of footing, extend over top of footing, and down a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm) over outside face of footing. 2. Extend 12 inches (300 mm) onto intersecting walls and footings, but do not extend onto surfaces exposed to view when Project is completed. 3. Install tlashings and corner protection stripping at internal and external corners, changes in plane, construction joints, cracks, and where shown as "reinforced," by embedding an 8 -inch- (200 -mm -) wide strip of asphalt- coated glass fabric in a heavy coat of dampproofing. Dampproofing coat required for embedding fabric is in addition to other coats required. C. Contractor's Options: Provide [hot - applied] [cold - applied, cut -back] [or] [cold - applied, emulsified -] asphalt dampproofing, as specified in subsequent articles for substrates indicated, within the following limitations: 1. Use cold - applied, emulsified - asphalt dampproofing on any surface indicated to receive dampproofing. 3.4 COLD- APPLIED, EMULSIFIED- ASPHALT DAMPPROOFING A. On Concrete Foundations: Apply two brush or spray coats at not less than 1.5 gal.1100 sq. ft. (0.6 Usq. m) for first coat and 1 gal.1100 sq. ft. (0.4 Usq. m) for second coat, one fibered brush or spray coat at not less than 3 gal. /100 sq. ft. (1.2 Usq. m), or one trowel coal at not less than 4 gal.1100 sq. ft. (1.6 Usq. m). B. On Backs of Concrete Retaining Walls: Apply one brush or spray coat at not less than 1.25 gal.1100 sq. ft. (0.5 Usq. m). C. On Backs of Masonry Retaining Walls: Apply primer and one brush or spray coat at not less than 1.25 gal.1100 sq. ft. (0.5 Usq. m). D. On Interior Face of Exterior Masonry Walls: Where above grade and indicated to be furred and finished, apply primer and one brush or spray coat at not less than 1 gal. 1100 sq. ft. (0.4 Usq. m). 3.5 INSTALLATION OF PROTECTION COURSE A. Where indicated, install protection course over completed- and -cured dampproofing. Comply with dampproofing material manufacturer's written recommendations for attaching protection course. Support protection course with spot application of trowel -grade mastic where not otherwise indicated. 3.6 CLEANING A- Remove dampproofing materials from surfaces not intended to receive dampproofing. END OF SECTION 07115 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING 07115-3 SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, ASTM E 119, or ASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 General: A. Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards. 1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's readily available thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Sizes selected shall minimize joints and shall fully fill spaces between studs, joists, etc. 2. Formaldehyde -Free: provide batts free of formaldehyde. B. Provide thermal insulation with the following R values: 1. R -30 at Roofs. 2. R -19 at Walls. C. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Sound Control Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) of type described below: 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; 3 -1f2 inch thick. 2. Manufacturer: Johns ManvileSound- Shield Free, or equal. 3. Surface - Buming Characteristics: Maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively. D. Encapulated Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type 11, Class A; with a polyethylene vapor - retarder membrane wrap. 1. Mineral -Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 2. Manufacturer: Johns Manville Comfort - Shield Free, or equal. E. Rigid Insulation: At metal roof deck. F. Air infiltration barrier. Building paper conforming to Federal Specifications UU -B- 790 -a, Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2. Two layers. Behind masonry veneer, one layer of DuPont "Tyvek" as described in Section 05400 is acceptable. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDING INSULATION 07210-1 G. Seaming Tape: Pressure - sensitive tape of type recommended by the insulation or air infiltration barrier manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in foil faces or infiltration barrier; Dupont Contractor Tape, or equal for the barrier. H. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. PART 3- EXECUTION A. Installation, General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. 1. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice and snow. 2. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated with minimum joints in boards or facings. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. 3. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 4. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected. Secure in place with adhesives, tape, or other manufacturer recommended system. 5. Support insulation with wires as required. B. Install air infiltration barrier per manufacturers instructions. Extend barrier to extremities of areas to be protected from infiltration. Secure in place with nails, screws, staples or adhesives or other anchorage system per manufacturers recommendations. Seal seams with sealing tape. C. Protect installed insulation and infiltration barrier from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. END OF SECTION 07210 07210-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BUILDING INSULATION SECTION 07320 • CLAY TILE ROOFING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. This Section includes the following: 1. Formed clay tile roofing files. 2. Underlayment, eave, valley, and ridge protection, naters. 3. Twisted wire tie system 4. Associated copper flashings 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 for definitions of terms related to roofing work not otherwise defined in this Section. B. Clay the roofing —An asbestos free system of undedayment, Title 24 twisted wire tile fastening system, roofing cement, one piece tile conforming to Title 24 requirements. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install a watertight, clay tile roofing system with compatible components that will not permit the passage of liquid water and will withstand wind loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. References: 1. ANSI/ASTM D 2822 - Asphalt Roof Cement 2. ASTM B 370 - Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction 3. SMACNA - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 4. NRCA - Steep Roofing Manual 5. RTI — Roof Tile Institute's "Concrete and Clay Roof Tile Installation Manual". 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roofing product specified. Include data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. Include tile properties, configurations, special shapes and securement methods recommended by manufacturer. B. Manufacturer Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers written instructions for installation in compliance with the requirements of these contract documents, C. Samples for Verification: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING 07320-1 1. Tile manufacturers ICBO report. 2. Tile tie manufacturers ICBO report. 3. Two samples of each tile unit, full size, illustrating color, surface finish and texture, life configuration. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform Work of this Section who has specialized in installing roofing similar to that required for this Project; who is approved, authorized, or licensed by the roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product; and who is eligible to receive the standard roofing manufacturer's warranty. Contractor shall certify that, the company nor any of its officers have been in bankruptcy within the past 10 years. B. All materials shall be VOC compliant for the State of California. C. Perform work in accordance with NRCA Steep Roofing Manual and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. D. Pre installation Conference: Before installing roofing system, conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements of Division 1 Section 'Project Meetings." Notify participants at least 5 working days before conference. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect; Owner's insurer, if applicable; testing and inspecting agency representative; roofing Installer; roofing system manufacturer's representative; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof - mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including pitch and attachment to structural members. 4. Review loading limitations of deck during and after roofing. 5. Review (lashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certifications, and inspection and testing, if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 8. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 9. Document proceedings, including corrective measures or actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Accept file on site in manufacturers original packaging. Inspect for damage. Reject damaged material and remove from project site. B. Store roofing materials in a dry, warm, well- ventilated, weathertight location according to file manufacturer's written instructions. Store rolls and other materials on end on pallets or other raised surfaces. Cut open top of plastic covering and tarp. Do not double -stack rolls. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid significant or permanent damage to deck or structural supporting members. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Regulatory Approvals: Tile and ties shall carry a valid ICBO report (ICBO report No. 3362, April 2002) and meet 1997 UBC standard 15-5. 07320-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year Contractors warranty for labor and installation 1. Warranty shall cover damage caused by failing to resist moisture penetration. 2. Warranty to cover defective files, labor, tear -off, and disposal. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. REDLAND Tile or approved equal. 2. Wire Tye: Newport Fasteners heavy duty wire or approved equal. 2.2 TILE MATERIALS A. Clay Tile: 1. Provide Two -Piece Tapered Mission Clay Roofing Tile as manufactured by Redland Clay Tile, 3835 Avocado Blvd. Suite #265, La Mesa, Ca. 91941 (800) 354 -5983, with matching birdstops at all eaves or approved equal. 2. Color: Color to be selected by Architect from the manufactures full range of colors. B. Mortar: Portland cement, sand and water to 1800 psi strength, natural color. C. Fasteners: 1. Twisted wire system consisting of 0.084 dia stainless steel (type 304 ) wire and 0.037 dia stainless steel tie wire. Galvanized wood deck anchors, 0.084 dia stainless steel wind locks and 1/4" x 1" stainless steel self taping sealing screws. Manufacturer shall lCBO report for entire system. Fasteners shall not protrude the deck material at all overhangs and corridors. 2. Copper Nails, 11 gauge, annular ringed shanked with a 5/16 inch head minimum. D. Flashing materials: Sheet flashings (Copper): ASTM B 370; cold rolled, 16 oz/sF, natural finish. E. Underlayment: 1. Roll underlayment: ASTM D226, nonperforated. 2. Rool undedayment for high wind areas: ASTM D2626 F. Bird stops: Provide bird stops at eave conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING 07320 -3 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which roofing will be applied, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install clay tile roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMA NRCA. B. Underlayment: 1. For pitches of less than 3112: Lay two layers of 30 Or 40 lb. asphalt saturated felt at right angles to roof pitch, mopped solidly with 25lbs. of hot asphalt between layers and mopped solidly on top of layers with hot asphalt. Nail to secure in place as code requires. 2. For pitches of 3112 and greater: Lay one layer of 30 Ib. or two layers of 15 lb. asphalt saturated felt, laid with 4 inch headlap and 6 inch sidelap. Nail to secure in place as code requires. C. Install metal flashings in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. D. Flash with 4# lead and seal all penetrations projecting up through roof or units mounted on the roofing with plastic cement, weather tight. E. Cooperate with inspecting and testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing clay tile system. 3.4 TILE INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions, these specifications and NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. B. All Ole in contact with cement mortar shall be immersed in water for at least 2 minutes before laying. Items projecting through roof shall be flashed by the installation of a weather tight counter flashing. C. All rake, ridge, and first row of field shall be set in mortar and fastened with screws. The first row at eave line shall be double layered by including boosters. D. Install file with tile tie system per manufacturers specifications. Use one twisted wire pertile piece. Seal anchors with roof cement before tying tile. E. Place Ole with mortar at ridge, rake, and eaves. Cut flush and tool exposed joints with tile unit. F. Coordinate installation of roof mounted components of other trades or work projecting through roof. G. Complete installation to provide a weather tight roof system. 07320-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with roofing work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Provide 5 year Contractors warranty for labor and installation 1. Warranty shall cover damage caused by failing to resist moisture penetration. 2. Warranty to cover defective tiles, labor, tear -off, and disposal. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. REDLAND Tile or approved equal. 2. Wire Tye: Newport Fasteners heavy duty wire or approved equal. 2.2 TILE MATERIALS A. Clay Tile: 1. Provide Two -Piece Tapered Mission Clay Roofing Tile as manufactured by Redland Clay Tile, 3835 Avocado Blvd. Suite #265, La Mesa, Ca. 91941 (800) 354 -5983, with matching birdstops at all eaves or approved equal. 2. Color: Color to be selected by Architect from the manufactures full range of colors. B. Mortar: Portland cement, sand and water to 1800 psi strength, natural color. C. Fasteners: 1. Twisted wire system consisting of 0.084 dia stainless steel (type 304 ) wire and 0.037 dia stainless steel fie wire. Galvanized wood deck anchors, 0.084 dia stainless Steel wind locks and 1/4" x 1" stainless steel self taping sealing screws. Manufacturer shall lCBO report for entire system. Fasteners shall not protrude the deck material at all overhangs and corridors. 2. Copper Nails, 11 gauge, annular ringed shanked with a 5116 inch head minimum. D. Flashing materials: Sheet (lashings (Copper): ASTM B 370; cold rolled, 16 ozlsf; natural finish. E. Underlayment: 1. Roll undedayment: ASTM D226, nonperforated. 2. Roo[ underlayment for high wind areas: ASTM D2626 Bird stops: Provide bird stops at eave conditions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING 07320-3 A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which roofing will be applied, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install clay tile roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMAINRCA. B. Underlayment: 1. For pitches of less than 3112: Lay two layers of 30 Or 40 lb. asphalt saturated felt at right angles to roof pitch, mopped solidly with 251bs. of hot asphalt between layers and mopped solidly on top of layers with hot asphalt. Nail to secure in place as code requires. 2. For pitches of 3112 and greater: Lay one layer of 30 lb. or two layers of 15 lb. asphalt saturated felt, laid with 4 inch headlap and 6 inch sidelap. Nail to secure in place as code requires. C. Install metal flashings in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual. D. Flash with 4# lead and seal all penetrations projecting up through roof or units mounted on the roofing with plastic cement, weather tight. E. Cooperate with inspecting and testing agencies engaged or required to perform services for installing clay tile system. 3.4 TILE INSTALLATION A. Install in accordance with the manufacturers written instructions, these specifications and NRCA Steep Roofing Manual. B. All tile in contact with cement mortar shall be immersed in water for at least 2 minutes before laying. Items projecting through roof shall be flashed by the installation of a weather tight counter flashing. C. All rake, ridge, and first row of field shall be set in mortar and fastened with screws. The first row at eave line shall be double layered by including boosters. D. Install tile with file tie system per manufacturers specifications. Use one twisted wire pertile piece. Seal anchors with roof cement before lying tile. E. Place file with mortar at ridge, rake, and eaves. Cut flush and tool exposed joints with file unit. F. Coordinate installation of roof mounted components of other trades or work projecting through roof. G. Complete installation to provide a weather tight roof system. 07320-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING H. Clean area of all broken tiles and fragments. Leave roof and work area clean. I. Install Vandal Caps on all vent stacks penetrating the roof system. 3.5 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove the roofing that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, reinstall roofing, and repair flashings to a condition free of damage and deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. END OF SECTION 07320 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CLAY TILE ROOFING 07320-5 SECTION 07412 - METAL WALL PANELS 20312.10 - 06.01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Factory- formed and field- assembled, concea)ed- fastener, horizontal lock -seam beveled copper wall panels. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for fascia, copings, flashings and other sheet metal work not part of metal wall panel assemblies. 2. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for field- applied sealants not otherwise specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITION A. Metal Wall Panel Assembly: Metal wall panels, attachment system components, miscellaneous metal framing, thermal insulation, and accessories necessary for a complete weathertight system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of metal wall panel and accessory. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and instalfation layouts of metal watt panels; detarTs of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field- assembled work. Accessories: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than 1 -112 inches per 12 inches (1:10): a. Flashing and trim. C. Samples for Verification: For exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below. 1. Metal Wall Panels: 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other metal wall panel accessories. 2. Trim and Closures: 12 inches (3DO mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Accessories: 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long Samples for each type of accessory. 4. Exposed Gaskets: 12 inches (300 mm) long. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS 07412-1 5. Exposed Sealants: For each type and color of joint sealant required. Install joint sealants in 112 -inch- (13- mm-) wide joints formed between two 6 -inch- (150 -mm -) long strips of material matching the appearance of metal wall panels adjacent to joint sealants. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Maintenance Data: For metal wall panels to include in maintenance manuals. F. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of metal wall panel through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of metal wall panels and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to metal wail panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, testing and inspecting agency representative, metal wall panel Installer, metal wall panel manufacturer's representative, structural- support Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects metal wall panels including installers of doors, windows, and louvers. 2. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installers personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 3. Review methods and procedures related to metal wall panel installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Examine support conditions for compliance with requirements, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. 5. Review flashings, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that will affect metal wall panels. 6. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance, certificates, and testing and inspecting if applicable. 7. Review temporary protection requirements for metal wall panel assembly during and after installation. 8. Review wall panel observation and repair procedures after metal wall panel installation. 9. Document proceedings, Including corrective measures and actions required, and furnish copy of record to each participant. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, metal wall panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal wall panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal wall panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. 07412-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS C. Stack metal wall panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal wall panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Store metal -faced composite wall panels vertically, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal -faced composite wall panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal- faced composite wall panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Do not allow storage space to exceed 120 deg F (49 deg C). E. Protect strippable protective covering on metal wall panels from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of metal wall panel installation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal wall panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field measurements before metal wall panel fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, either establish framing and opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal wall panels without field measurements, or allow for field trimming of panels. Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual building dimensions, locations of structural members, and openings correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate metal wall panel assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of studs, soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal wall panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 21 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS 07412-3 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.2 PANEL MATERIALS A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, cold - rolled copper sheet, H00 temper. 1. Weight: Minimum 20 oz half -hard tempered copper panels. 2. Exposed Finish: Mill. 3. CDA, CCBDA, Wall Cladding Systems, typical section and outside corner, File: WCS -101 and WCS -112 B. Panel Sealants 1. Sealant Tape: Pressure - sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch (13 mm) wide and M inch (3 mm) thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal wall panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING AND MATERIALS A. Provide copper cleats, copper end closures, copper flashing, copper trims and other miscellaneous accessories required for complete installation of panels per manufacturer requirements. Copper accessories shall have the same weight and thickness as the copper wall panel. B. Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants and accessory hems as recommended by copper sheet manufacturer and fabricator for copper panel work. 1. Screws & Bolts: Copper, bronze or brass. 2. Cleats: 20 ounce cold rolled copper. 2" wide x 3" long. 3. Solder. ASTM Specification B -32, Composition 50% fin and 50% lead. 60140 tinilead for lead- coated copper. 2.4 CONCEALED- FASTENER, LOCK -SEAM HORIZONTAL BEVELED COPPER WALL PANELS A. General: Provide factory- formed copper wall panels designed to be field assembled by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in side laps. Include accessories required for weathertight installation. Face appearance to be flat and smooth with "paner grid as indicated on the plans. 1. Basis -of- Design Product: Copper Development Association (CDA) beveled system wall cladding. 2. Available manufacturers: a. Revere Copper Products, Inc. b. Hussey Copper, Ltd. C. Outokumpu American Brass Company. B. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, bases, drips, sills, jambs, comers, endwalls, framed openings, 07412-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS rakes, fasciae, parapet caps, soffits, reveals, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal wall panels. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of CDA "Copper in Architecture Handbook" and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather- resistant performance with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrate. Comply with material manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for forming material. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Form panel lines, breaks, and angles to be sharp and true, with surfaces free from warp and buckle. 2. Fabricate wall panels with panel stiffeners as required to maintain fabrication tolerances and to withstand design loads. B. Fabricate metal wall panels in a manner that eliminates condensation on interior side of panel and with joints between panels designed to form weathertight seals. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel. D. Sheet Metal Accessories: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to the design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to farm hems. 2. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 3. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomedc sealant to comply with SMACNA standards. 4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 5. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal wall panel manufacturer for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured: 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a shippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable 9 they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS 07412-5 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal wall panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of work. Examine primary and secondary wall framing to verify that angles, channels, studs, and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal wall panel manufacturer. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of interfering with insulation attachment. B. Install fleshings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.' 3.3 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install panels perpendicular to girls and subgirts, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Field cutting of metal wall panels by torch is not permitted. 2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wail panels. 3, Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement due to thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels. 4. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves, rakes, and at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self - tapping screws. Do not begin installation until weather barrier and flashings that will be concealed by metal wall panels are installed. 5. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 6. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Stagger joints. 7. Install flashing and trim as metal wall panel work proceeds. 8. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four -panel lap splice condition. 9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as indicated or, if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing. 10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self- tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self- tapping screws. 11. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. B. Fasteners: 1. Wall Panels: Use fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior as recommended by manufacturer. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating, by applying rubberized - asphalt undedayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 07412-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS D. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal wall panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 1. Seal metal wall panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant, full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants' 3.4 FIELD - ASSEMBLED METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. Lap -Seam Metal Wall Panels: Fasten metal wall panels to supports with fasteners at each lapped joint at location and spacing recommended by manufacturer. 1. Arrange and nest side -lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets. Apply panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or appiicabon not true to line. 2. Provide metal - backed washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal wall panels. 3. Locate and space exposed fasteners in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. Use proper tools to obtain controlled uniform compression for positive seal without rupture of washer. 4. Install screw fasteners with power tools having controlled torque adjusted to compress washer tightly without damage to washer, screw threads, or panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. 5. Provide sealant tape at lapped joints of metal wall panels and between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. 6. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant tape to weather -side surface of fastenings on end laps, and on side laps of nesting -type panels; and elsewhere as needed to make panels weatherproof to driving rains. 7. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6 -inch (150 -mm) end lap, sealed with butyl - rubber sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates. 15 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. Install components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including trim, copings, comers, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, filters, closure strips, and similar items. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to fine and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. 1. Install exposed copper flashing and trim that is without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather - resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet (3 m) with no joints allowed within 24 inches (600 mm) of comer or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). 3.6 ERECTION TOLERANCES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS 07412 -7 A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panel units within installed tolerance of 114 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), nonaccumulative, on level, plumb, and location lines as indicated and within 118 -inch (3 -mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory- authorized service representative to inspect completed metal wall panel installation, including accessories. Report results in writing. B. Remove and replace applications of metal wall panels where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional tests and inspections, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal wall panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal wall panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal wall panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. B. After metal wall panel installation, clear weep holes and drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant. C. Replace metal wall panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07412 07412-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER METAL WALL PANELS SECTION 07550 MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Preparation of Substrate to Receive Roofing Materials B. Roof Insulation Application to Prepared Substrate C. Roof Membrane Application D. Roof Flashing Application E. Incorporation of Sheet Metal Flashing Components and Roofing Accessories into the Roof System 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Sheet Metal Roofing Specialties 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 5 - Steel Deck B. Division 7 - Sheet Metal Flashing C. Divison 7 - Roofing Specialties 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. References in these specifications to standards, test methods and codes, are impried to mean the latest edition of each such standard adopted. The following is an abbreviated list of associations, institutions, and societies which may be used as references throughout these specifications. 1. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Philadelphia, PA 2. FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Norwood, MA 3. NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association Rosemont, IL 4. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Washington, DC 5. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Chantilly, VA 6. UL Underwriters Laboratories Northbrook, IL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550 -1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals which do not conform to the following requirements will be rejected. B. Submittals Prior to Project Close-out: 1. Certificate Of Analysis from the testing laboratory of the primary roofing materials manufacturer, confirming the physical and mechanical properties of the roofing membrane components. Testing shall be in accordance with the parameters published in ASTM D 5147 and ASTM D 6298' and indicate Quality Assurance /Quality Control data as required to meet the specified properties. A separate Certificate Of Analysis for each production run of material shall indicate the following information: a. Material type b. Lot number C. Production date d. Dimensions and Mass (indicate the lowest values recorded during the production run); 1) Roll length 2) Roll width 3) Selvage width 4) Total thickness 5) Thickness at selvage (coating thickness) 6) Weight e. Physical and Mechanical Properties; 1) Low temperature flexibility 2) Maximum load 3) Elongation @ 5% Maximum Load (ultimate elongation) 4) Dimensional stability 5) High Temperature Stability 6) Granule embedment 7) Resistance to thermal shock` (foil faced products) 2. Manufacturer's printed recommendations for proper maintenance of the specified roof system including Inspection frequencies, penetration addition policies, temporary repairs, and leak call procedures. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Products: Primary roofing products, including each type of sheet, all manufactured in the United States, shall be supplied by a single manufacturer which has been successfully producing the specified types of primary products for not less than 10 years. The primary roofing products shall have maintained a consistent composition for a minimum of five years. B. Product Quality Assurance Program: Primary roofing materials shall be manufactured under a quality control/quality assurance program that is monitored regularly by a third party auditor such as the ISO 9002 audit process. A certificate of analysis for reportinglconfirming the tested values of the actual material being supplied for the project will be required prior to project close -out. C. Agency Approvals: The proposed roof system shall conform to the following requirements. No other testing agency approvals will be accepted. 07550 -2 1. Underwriters Laboratories Class A acceptance of the proposed roofing system (including mopping asphalt or cold adhesive) without additional requirements for gravel or coatings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING SECTION 07550 MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES: A. Preparation of Substrate to Receive Roofing Materials B. Roof Insulation Application to Prepared Substrate C. Roof Membrane Application D. Roof Flashing Application 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 E. Incorporation of Sheet Metal Flashing Components and Roofing Accessories into the Roof System 1.2 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim B. Sheet Metal Roofing Specialties 13 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 5 - Steel Deck B. Division 7 - Sheet Metal Flashing C. Divison 7 - Roofing Specialties 1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. o References in these specifications to standards, test methods and codes, are mpfed to mean the latest edition of each such standard adopted. The following is an abbreviated list of associations, institutions, and societies which may be used as references throughout these specifications. 1. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials Philadelphia, PA 2. FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research Norwood, MA 3. NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association Rosemont, IL 4. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration Washington, DC 5. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association Chantilly, VA 6. UL Underwriters Laboratories Northbrook, IL CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550-1 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals which do not conform to the following requirements will be rejected. B. Submittals Prior to Project Closeout: 1. Certificate Of Analysis from the testing laboratory of the primary roofing materials manufacturer, confirming the physical and mechanical properties of the roofing membrane components. Testing shall be in accordance with the parameters published in ASTM 0 5147 and ASTM D 6298* and indicate Quality Assurance /Quality Control data as required to meet the specified properties. A separate Certificate Of Analysis for each production run of material shall indicate the following informafion: a. Material type b. Lot number C. Production date d. Dimensions and Mass (indicate the lowest values recorded during the production run); 1) Roll length 2) Roll width 3) Selvage width 4) Total thickness 5) Thickness at selvage (coating thickness) 6) Weight e. Physical and Mechanical Properties; 1) Low temperature flexibility 2) Maximum load 3) Elongation @ 5% Maximum Load (ultimate elongation) 4) Dimensional stability 5) High Temperature Stability 6) Granule embedment 7) Resistance to thermal shock* (foil faced products) 2. Manufacturer's printed recommendations for proper maintenance of the specified roof system including inspection frequencies, penetration addition policies, temporary repairs, and leak call procedures. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Acceptable Products: Pdmary roofing products, including each type of sheet, all manufactured in the United States, shall be supplied by a single manufacturer which has been successfully producing the specified types of primary products for not less than 10 years. The primary roofing products shall have maintained a consistent composition for a minimum of five years. B. Product Quality Assurance Program: Primary roofing materials shall be manufactured under a quality controtIquality assurance program that is monitored regularly by a third party auditor such as the ISO 9002 audit process. A certificate of analysis for reporlinglconfirming the tested values of the actual material being supplied for the project will be required prior to project closeout. C. Agency Approvals: The proposed roof system shall conform to the following requirements. No other testing agency approvals will be accepted. 07550-2 1. Underwriters Laboratories Class A acceptance of the proposed roofing system (including mopping asphalt or cold adhesive) without additional requirements for gravel or coatings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING D. Acceptable Contractor: Contractor shall have a minimum of 2 years experience in successfully installing the same or similar roofing materials and be certfied in writing by the roofing materials manufacturer to install the primary roofing products. E. Scope of Work: The work to be performed under this specification shall include but is not limited to the following: Attend necessary job meetings and furnish competent and full time supervision, experienced roof mechanics, all materials, tools, and equipment necessary to complete, in an acceptable manner, the roof installation in accordance with this specification. Comply with the latest written application instructions of the manufacturer of the primary roofing products. In addition, application practice shall comply with requirements and recommendations contained in the latest edition of the Handbook of Accepted Roofing Knowledge (HARK) as published by the National Roofing Contractor's Association, amended to include the acceptance of a phased roof system installation. F. Local Regulations: Conform to regulations of public agencies, including any specific requirements of the city andfor state of jurisdiction. G. Manufacturer Requirements: Ensure that the primary roofing materials manufacturer provides direct trained company personnel to attend necessary job meetings, perform periodic inspections as necessary, and conducts a final inspection upon successful completion of the project. 1.7 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials in the manufacturer's original sealed and labeled containers and in quantities required to allow continuity of application. B. Storage: Store materials out of direct exposure to the elements. Store roll goods on a clean, flat and dry surface. All material stored on the roof overnight shall be stored on pallets. Rolls of roofing must be stored on ends. Store materials on the roof in a manner so as to preclude overloading of deck and building structure. Store materials such as solvents, adhesives and asphalt cutback products away from open flames, sparks or excessive heal. Cover all material using a breathable cover such as a canvas. Polyethylene or other non - breathable plastic coverings are not acceptable. C. Handling: Handle all materials in such a manner as to preclude damage and contamination with moisture or foreign matter. Handle rolled goods to prevent damage to edges or ends. D. Damaged Material: Any materials that are found to be damaged or stored in any manner other than stated above will be automatically rejected, removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 1.8 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Requirements Prior to Job Start 1. Notification: Give a minimum of 5 days notice to the Owner and manufacturer prior to commencing any work and notify both parties on a daily basis of any change in work schedule. 2. Permits: Obtain all permits required by local agencies and pay all fees which may be required for the performance of the work. 3. Safety: Familiarize every member of the application crew with all fire and safety regulations recommended by OSHA, NRCA and other industry or local governmental groups. B. Environmental Requirements 1. Precipitation: Do not apply roofing materials during precipitation or in the event there is a probability of precipitation during application. Take adequate precautions to ensure that materials, applied roofing, and building interiors are protected from possible moisture damage or contamination. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550-3 C. Protection Requirements 1. Membrane Protection: Provide protection against staining and mechanical damage for newly applied roofing and adjacent surfaces throughout this project. 2. Torch Safety: Designate one person on each crew to perform a daily fire watch. The designated crew member shall watch for fires or smoldering materials on all areas of roof construction. Continue the fire watch after roofing material application has been suspended for the day. 3. Limited Access: Prevent access by the public to materials, tools and equipment during the course of the project. 4. Debris Removal: Remove all debris daily from the project she and take to a legal dumping area authorized to receive such materials. 5. Site Condition: Complete, to the owner's satisfaction, all job site clean -up including building interior, exterior and landscaping where affected by the construction. 1.9 GUARANTEEMARRANTY A. Roof Membrane Guarantee: Upon successful completion of the project, and after all post installation procedures have been completed, furnish the Owner with the manufacturer's 20 year labor and materials membrane guarantee. The guarantee shall be a term type, without deductibles or limitations on coverage amount, and shall be issued at no additional cost to the Owner. 1. Siplast 20 Year Roof Membrane Guarantee, or equal. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ROOFING SYSTEM ASSEMBLYIPRODUCTS A. Rigid Roof Insulation: Roof insulation shall be UL and FM approved. Insulation shall be approved in writing by the insulation manufacturer for intended use and for use with the specified roof assembly. Maintain a maximum panel size of 4 feet by 4 feet where insulation is specified to be installed in hot asphalt or insulation adhesive. 1. Polyisocyanurate: A closed cell, rigid polyisocyanurete foam core material, integrally laminated between glass fiber facers, in tuh complyance with ASTM C 1289, Type 11, Class 1, Grade 1. Panels shall have a nominal thickness of 1.7 inches. Acceptable types are as follows: a. ACFoam II, by Atlas Energy Products; Atlanta, GA b. Paratherm, by Siplast I (copal; Irving, TX C. E'NRG'Y 2 by Johns Manville, Inc.; Denver, CO d. Multi-Max FA by RMAX, Inc.; Dallas, TX e. H- Shield by Hunter Panels, LLC, Portland, ME 2. Gypsum Sheathing Panel: A panel composed of a gypsum based, non - structural water resistant core material integrally bonded with fiberglass mats on both sides having a nominal thickness of 1/4 inch.. The panel surface shall be factory primed with a non - asphalfic primer. Acceptable types are as follows: a. Dens -Deck Prime Gypsum Roof Board, by Georgia Pacific Corporation; Atlanta, GA or approved equal. 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEMS A. Roofing Membrane Assembly for use over Metal Decks: A roof membrane assembly consisting of two plies of a prefabricated, reinforced, homogeneous Styrene - Butadiene - Styrene (SBS) block copolymer modified asphalt 07550.4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING membrane, applied over a prepared substrate. Both reinforcement mats shall be impregnated /saturated and coated each side with an SBS modified bitumen blend and coated one side with a torch grade SBS bitumen blend adhesive layer. The adhesive layer shall be manufactured using a process that embosses the surface with a grooved pattern to provide optimum burn -off of the plastic film and to maximize application rates. The roof system shall pass 500 cycles of ASTM D 5849 Resistance to Cyclic Joint Displacement (fatigue) at 14 °F (- 10 0C). Passing results shall show no signs of membrane cracking or interply delamination after 500 cycles. The roof system shall pass 200 cycles of ASTM D 5849 after heat conditioning performed in accordance with ASTM D 5147. The assembly shall possess waterproofing capability, such that a phased roof application, with only the modified bitumen base ply in place, can be achieved for prolonged periods of time without detriment to the watertight integrity of the entire roof system. 1. Siplast Paradiene 20 TG /30 FR TG torchable roof system, or equal. 2. Modified Bitumen Base Ply, Stripping Ply and Flashing Reinforcing Sheet a. Thickness (avg): 114 mils (2.9 mm) (ASTM D 5147) b. Thickness (min): 110 mils (2.8 mm) (ASTM D 5147) G. Weight (min per 100 ff' of coverage): 76 lb (3.7 kglm') d. Maximum filler content in elastomeric blend: 35% by weight e. Low temperature flexibility @ -13° F ( -25° C) - PASS (ASTM D 5147) I. Maximum Load (avg) @ 73 °F (23 °C): 30 Ibf /inch (5.3 kN /m) (ASTM a5147) g. Maximum Load (avg) @ D °F (- 18 "C): 75lbflinch (13.2 kN /m) (ASTM D 5147) h. Elongation @ 5% Maximum Load (avg.) @ 73 °F (23 °C): 50% (ASTM D 5147) i. Dimensional Stability (max): 0.1% (ASTM D 5147) j. High Temperature Stability (min): 250OF (121 °C) (ASTM D 5147) k. Approvals: UL Class listed, FM Approved (products shall bear seals of approval) I. Reinforcement: fiberglass mat or other meeting the performance and dimensional stability criteria M. Siplast Paradiene 20 - torchable grade 3. Modified Bitumen Finish Ply a. Thickness (avg): 150 mils (3.8 mm) (ASTM D 5147) b. Thickness at selvage (coating thickness) (avg): 118 mils (3.0 mm) (ASTM D 5147) C. Thickness at selvage (coating thickness) (min): 114 mils (2.9 mm) (ASTM D 5147) d. Weight (min per 100 R' of coverage): 112 lb (5.4 kg /m') e. Maximum filler content in elastomeric blend: 35% by weight L Low temperature flexibility @ -137 (- 25 °C): PASS (ASTM D 5147) g. Maximum Load (avg) @ 73 °F (23 0C): 30 Ibf inch (5.3 kNlm) (ASTM D 5147) h. Maximum Load (avg) @ 0 °F (- 18 °C): 75 Ibf /inch (13.2 <N/m) (ASTM D 5147) i. Elongation @ 5% Maximum Load (avg.) @ 731F (23°C): 55% (ASTM D 5147) j. Dimensional Stability (max): 0.1% (ASTM D 5147) k. High Temperature Stability (min): 2WF (121° C) (ASTM D 5147) I. Granule Embedment (max loss): 2.0 grams per sample (ASTM D 5147) M. Approvals: UL Class listed, FM Approved (products shall bear seals of approval) n. Reinforcement: fiberglass mat or other meeting the performance and dimensional stability criteria o. Surfacing: ceramic granules P. Siplast Paradiene 30 FR - torchable grade B. Flashing Membrane Assembly: A flashing membrane assembly consisting of a prefabricated, minforced, Styrene- Butadiene- Styrene (SBS) block copolymer modified asphalt membrane with a continuous, channel- embossed metal - foil surfacing. The finish ply shall conform to ASTM D 6298 and the following physical and mechanical properly requirements. 1. Siplast Veral flashing system, aluminum finish, or equal. 2. Metal -Clad Modified Bitumen Flashing Sheet a. Thickness (avg): 142 mils (3.6 mm) (ASTM D 5147) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550-5 b. Thickness (min): 138 mils (3.5 mm) (ASTM D 5147) C. Weight (min per 100 ft' of coverage): 92 lb (4.5 kg /m') d. Coating Thickness — back surface (min): 40 mils (1 mm) (ASTM D 5147) e. Maximum filler content in elastomeric blend: 35°% by weight f. Low temperature Flexibility @ 0° F ( -18° C): PASS (ASTM D 5147) g. Maximum Load (avg) @ 73 °F (23 0C): 85 Ibf /inch (15 kN /m) (ASTM D 5147) h. Maximum Load (avg) @07 (- 18 °C): 180 lbflinch (31.7 kN /m) (ASTM D 5147) i. Elongation @5% Maximum Load (avg) @73'F (23 °C): 45°% (ASTM D 5147) j. Tear - Strength (avg): 120 Ibf (0.54 kN) (ASTM D 5147) k. Dimensional Stability (max): 0.2% (ASTM D 5147) I. High Temperature Stability (min): 225 °F (107 °C) (ASTM D 5147) M. Cyclic Thermal Shock Stability (maximum): 0.2°% (ASTM D 6298) n. Approvals: UL Approved, FM Approved (products shall bear seals of approval) 0. Reinforcement: fiberglass scrim mat or other meefing the performance and dimensional stability criteria P. Surfacing: aluminum metal foil q. Siplast Veral Aluminum C. Approved Roof Systems: Roof systems by Tamko Roofing Products, Inc. and Tremco are approved for use on this project provided that the sheet components and composite roof systems meet the requirements outlined in this specification section. 2.3 ROOFING ACCESSORIES A. Bituminous Cutback Materials 1. Primer: A high flash, quick drying, asphalt solvent blend which meets or exceeds ASTM D 41 requirements. 2. Siplast PA -1125 Asphalt Primer by Siplastilcopal; Irving, TX 3. Mastics: An asphalt cutback mastic, reinforced with non- asbestos fibers, used as a base for setting metal Ranges conforming to ASTM D 4586 Type II requirements. 4. Siplast PA -1021 Plastic Cement by SiplasVicopal; Irving, TX B. Caulking /Sealants: A moisture - curing, non -slump elastomeric sealant designed for roofing applications. The sealant shall be approved by the roof membrane manufacturer for use in conjunction with the roof membrane materials. Acceptable types are as follows: Siplast PS-304 Elastomerc Sealant by SiplasVlcopal; Irving, TX, or equal. C. Ceramic Granules: No. 11 grade specification ceramic granules of color scheme matching the granule surfacing of the finish ply. D. Metallic Powder: A finely graded metal dust as supplied or approved by the membrane manufacturer, used for covering of bitumen overruns over the foil surfaced membrane. E. Fasteners 1. Insulation Fasteners: Insulation fasteners and plates shall be FM Approved, and/or approved by the manufacturer of the primary roofing products. The insulation fasteners shag provide attachment required to meet the specified uplift performance and to restrain the insulation panels against the potential for ridging. The fastening pattern for each insulation panel to be used shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and approved by the manufacturer of the primary roofing products. Acceptable insulation fastener manufacturers for specific deck types are listed below. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING a. Metal Decks: Insulation mechanical fasteners for metal decks shall be factory coated for corrosion resistance. The fastener shall conform meet or exceed Factory Mutual Standard 4470 and when subjected to 30 Kesternich cycles, show less than 15% red rust. Acceptable insulation fastener types for metal decks are listed below. 1) A fluorocarbon coaled screw type roofing fastener having a minimum 0.220 inch thread diameter. Plates used in conjunction with the fastener shall be a metal type having a minimum 3 inch diameter, as supplied by the fastener manufacturer. 2) Parafasl Fastener by Siplast / Icopal; Irving, TX 3) Roofgrip with Buildex Metal Plates by ITW Buildex; Itasca, IL 4) Dekfast #12 with Dekfast Steel Hexagonal Plates, by Construction Fasteners, Inc.; Wyomissing, PA 5) Standard Roofing Fastener by Olympic Manufacturing Group; Agawam, MA Walktread: A prefabricated, puncture resistant polyester core reinforced, polymer modified bitumen sheet material topped with a ceramic- coated granule wearing surface. 1. Thickness: 0.217 in (5.5 mm) 2. Weight: 1.8 Ib /ff2 (8.8 kglm') 3. Width: 30 in (76.2 cm) a. Paratread Roof Protection Material by Siplast / Icopal; Irving, TX, or equal. Cover entire mechanical well with walk tread to provide unlimited accessibility to mechanical equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Sweep or vacuum all surfaces, removing all loose aggregate and foreign substances prior to commencement of roofing. 3.2 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Insulation Securement to Metal Decks: Install insulation panels with end joints offset; edges of the panels shall be in moderate contact without forcing applied in strict accordance with the insulation manufacturer's requirements and the following instructions. Where insulation is installed in two or more layers, stagger joints between layers. 1. Insulation - double layer: Mechanically attach both layers simultaneously to the substrate, using the speed fasteners, at a rate of 1 fastener per 2 square feet of panel area (16 per 4' x 8' panel). Stagger the panel joints between insulation layers. 3.3 ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Membrane Application: Apply roofing in accordance with roofing system manufacturer's instructions and the following requirements. Application of roofing membrane components shall immediately follow application of base sheet and /or insulation as a continuous operation. B. Aesthetic Considerations: An aesthetically pleasing overall appearance of the finished root application is a standard requirement for this project. Make necessary preparations, utilize recommended application techniques, apply the specified materials including granules and metallic powder, and exercise care in ensuring that the finished application is acceptable to the Owner. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550-7 C. Priming: Prime metal and concrete and masonry surfaces with a uniform coating of the specified asphalt primer. D. Bitumen Consistency: Cutting or alterations of bitumen, primer, and sealants will not be permitted. E. Roofing Application: Apply all layers of roofing free of wrinkles, creases or fishmouths. Exert sufficient pressure on the roll during application to ensure prevention of air pockets. 1. Apply all layers of roofing perpendicular to the slope of the deck. 2. Torch apply the Paradiene 20 TS base ply to the primed concrete deck surface, utilizing minimum 3 inch side laps. Butt the end laps of each sheet and torch apply a 12 inch wide strip of the Paradiene 20 TG stripping ply material centered over each end lap. 3. Fully bond the Paradiene 20 TG base ply to the insulation surface, utilizing minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T -laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. 4. Fully bond the finish ply to the base ply, utilizing minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the'[asphalUtorchlcold adhesive] applicator. Stagger end laps of the finish ply a minimum 3 feet. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T -laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger side laps of the finish ply a minimum 12 inches from side laps in the underlying base ply. Stagger end laps of the finish ply a minimum 3 feet from end laps in the underlying base ply. 5. Maximum sheet lengths and special fastening of the specified roof membrane system may be required at various slope increments where the roof deck slope exceeds 112 inch per foot. The manufacturer shall provide acceptable sheet lengths and the required fastening schedule for all roofing sheet applications to applicable roof slopes. F. Granule Embedment: Broadcast mineral granules over all bitumen overruns on the finish ply surface, while the bitumen is still hot or the adhesive is soft, to ensure a monolithic surface color. G. Flashing Application - masonry surfaces: Flash masonry parapet walls and curbs using the reinforcing sheet and the metal foil flashing membrane. After the base ply has been applied to the top of the cant, fully adhere the reinforcing sheet, utilizing minimum 3 inch side laps and extend a minimum of 3 inches onto the base ply surface and 3 inches up the parapet wall above the cant. After the final roofing ply has been applied to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular surfaces or by application of asphalt primer; allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch apply the metal foil -faced flashing into place using three foot widths (cut off the end of roll) always lapping the factory selvage edge. Stagger the laps of the metal foil flashing layer from lap seams in the reinforcing layer. Extend the flashing sheet a minimum of 4 inches beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the finished roof and up the wall to the desired flashing height. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet during application to ensure complete contact-with the walllroof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag. Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge of the flashing on 9 inch centers. (See manufacturers schematic for visual interpretation). H. Flashing Application - wood surfaces: Flash wood or plywood parapet walls and curbs using the reinforcing sheet and the metal foil flashing membrane. The reinforcing sheet shall have minimum 3 inch side laps and extend a minimum of 3 inches onto the base ply surface and to the top of the parapet wall or curb. Nail the reinforcing sheet through the field of the sheet to the vertical wood surface on 12 inch centers from the top of the cant to lop of the wall or curb. Fully adhere the remainder of the flashing reinforcing sheet that extends over the cant and roof level. After the final roofing ply has been applied to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular surfaces or by application of asphalt primer, allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch apply the metal foil -faced flashing into place using three foot widths (cul off the end of roll) always lapping the factory selvage edge. Extend the flashing sheet a minimum of 4 inches beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the finished roof and up the wall to the desired flashing height. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet during application to ensure complete contact with the wall/roof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag. Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge of the flashing on 9 inch centers. (See manufacturer's schematic for visual interpretation). 07550-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING a. Metal Decks: Insulation mechanical fasteners for metal decks shall be factory coated for corrosion resistance. The fastener shall conform meet or exceed Factory Mutual Standard 4470 and when subjected to 30 Kestemich cycles, show less than 15% red rust. Acceptable insulation fastener types for metal decks are listed below. 1) A fluorocarbon coated screw type roofing fastener having a minimum 0.220 inch thread diameter. Plates used in conjunction with the fastener shall be a metal type having a minimum 3 inch diameter, as supplied by the fastener manufacturer. 2) Parafast Fastener by Siplast I Ioopal; Irving, TX 3) Roofgrip with Buildex Metal Plates by ITW Buitdex; Itasca, IL 4) Dekfast #12 with Dekfast Steel Hexagonal Plates, by Construction Fasteners, Inc.; Wyomissing, PA 5) Standard Roofing Fastener by Olympic Manufacturing Group; Agawam, MA Walktread: A prefabricated, puncture resistant polyester core reinforced, polymer modified bitumen sheet material topped with a ceramic - coated granule wearing surface. 1. Thickness: 0.217 in (5.5 mm) 2. Weight: 1.8 Wit' (8.8 kglmJ 3. Width: 30 in (76.2 cm) a. Paratread Roof Protection Material by Siplast I Icopal; Irving, TX, or equal. Cover entire mechanical well with walk tread to provide unlimited accessibility to mechanical equipment. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Sweep or vacuum all surfaces, removing all loose aggregate and foreign substances prior to commencement of roofing. 3.2 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Insulation Securement to Metal Decks: Install insulation panels with end joints offset; edges of the panels shall be in moderate contact without forcing applied in strict accordance with the insulation manufacturers requirements and the following instructions. Where-insulation is installed in two or more layers, stagger joints between layers. 1. Insulation - double layer: Mechanically attach both layers simultaneously to the substrate, using the specified fasteners, at a rate of 1 fastener per 2 square feet of panel area (16 per 4' x 8' panel). Stagger the panel joints between insulation layers. 3.3 ROOF MEMBRANE INSTALLATION A. Membrane Application: Apply roofing in accordance with roofing system manufacturers instructions and the following requirements. Application of roofing membrane components shall immediately follow application of base sheet andlor insulation as a continuous operation. B. Aesthetic Considerations: An aesthetically pleasing overall appearance of the finished roof application is a standard requirement for this project. Make necessary preparations, utilize recommended application techniques, apply the specified materials including granules and metallic powder, and exercise care in ensuring that the finished application is acceptable to the Owner. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550 -7 C. Priming: Prime metal and concrete and masonry surfaces with a uniform coating of the specified asphalt primer. D. Bitumen Consistency: Cutting or alterations of bitumen, primer, and sealants will not be permitted. E. Roofing Application: Apply all layers of roofing free of wrinkles, creases or fishmouths. Exert sufficient pressure on the roll during application to ensure prevention of air pockets. 1. Apply all layers of roofing perpendicular to the slope of the deck. 2. Torch apply the Paradiene 20 TS base ply to the primed concrete deck surface, utilizing minimum 3 inch side laps. Butt the end laps of each sheet and torch apply a 12 inch wide strip of the Paradiene 20 TG stripping ply material centered over each end lap. 3. Fully bond the Paradiene 20 TG base ply to the insulation surface, utilizing minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the torch applicator. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T -laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger end laps a minimum of 3 feet. 4. Fully bond the finish ply to the base ply, utilizing minimum 3 inch side and end laps. Apply each sheet directly behind the `[aspha[Utorchlcold adhesive] applicator. Stagger end laps of the finish ply a minimum 3 feet. Cut a dog ear angle at the end laps on overlapping selvage edges. Using a clean trowel, apply top pressure to top seal T -laps immediately following sheet application. Stagger side laps of the finish ply a minimum 12 inches from side laps in the undedying base ply. Stagger end laps of the finish ply a minimum 3 feet from end laps in the underlying base ply. 5. Maximum sheet lengths and special fastening of the specified roof membrane system may be required at various slope increments where the roof deck slope exceeds 112 inch per foot. The manufacturer shall provide acceptable sheet lengths and the required fastening schedule for all roofing sheet applications to applicable roof slopes. F. Granule Embedment: Broadcast mineral granules over all bitumen overruns on the finish ply surface, while the bitumen is still hot or the adhesive is soft, to ensure a monolithic surface color. G. Flashing Application - masonry surfaces: Flash masonry parapet walls and curbs using the reinforcing sheet and the metal foil flashing membrane. After the base ply has been applied to the top of the cant, fully adhere the reinforcing sheet, utilizing minimum 3 inch side laps and extend a minimum of 3 inches onto the base ply surface and 3 inches up the parapet wall above the cant. After the final roofing ply has been applied to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular surfaces or by application of asphalt primer; allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch apply the metal foil -faced flashing into place using three foot widths (cut off the end of roll) always lapping the factory selvage edge. Stagger the laps of the metal foil flashing layer from lap seams in the reinforcing layer. Extend the flashing sheet a minimum of 4 inches beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the finished roof and up the wall to the desired flashing height. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet during application to ensure complete contact with the wall /roof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag. Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge of the flashing on 9 inch centers. (See manufacturer's schematic for visual interpretation). H. Flashing Application - wood surfaces: Flash wood or plywood parapet walls and curbs using the reinforcing sheet and the metal foil flashing membrane. The reinforcing sheet shall have minimum 3 inch side laps and extend a minimum of 3 inches onto the base ply surface and to the top of the parapet wall or curb. Nail the reinforcing sheet through the field of the sheet to the vertical wood surface on 12 inch centers from the top of the cant to top of the wall or curb. Fully adhere the remainder of the flashing reinforcing sheet that extends over the rant and roof level. After the final roofing ply has been applied to the top of the cant, prepare the surface area that is to receive flashing coverage by torch heating granular surfaces or by application of asphalt primer; allowing primer to dry thoroughly. Torch apply the metal foil-faced flashing into place using three foot widths (cut off the end of roll) always lapping the factory selvage edge. Extend the flashing sheet a minimum of 4 inches beyond the toe of the cant onto the prepared surface of the finished roof and up the wall to the desired flashing height. Exert pressure on the flashing sheet during application to ensure complete contact with the wall/roof surfaces, preventing air pockets; this can be accomplished by using a damp sponge or shop rag. Check and seal all loose laps and edges. Nail the top edge of the flashing on 9 inch centers. (See manufacturer's schematic for visual interpretation). 07550.8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING Use of Metallic Powder: Broadcast metallic powder over all bitumen overruns on the metal foil membrane surface while the bitumen is still hot to ensure a monolithic surface color. J. Water Cut -Off: At end of day's work, or when precipitation is imminent, construct a water cut -off at all open edges. Cut -offs can be built using asphalt or plastic cement and roofing felts, constructed to withstand protracted periods of service. Cut -offs must be completely removed prior to the resumption of roofing. 3.4 ROOF SYSTEM INTERFACE WITH RELATED COMPONENTS A. Walktread: Cut the walktread into maximum 5 foot lengths and allow to relax unfit flat. Adhere the sheet using the specified plastic cement. Apply the specified cement in a 318 inch thickness to the back of the product in 5 inch by 5 inch spots in accordance with the pattern as supplied by the walklread manufacturer. Walk -in each sheet after application to ensure proper adhesion. Use a minimum spacing of 2 inches between sheets to allow for proper drainage. B. Sealant: Caulk all exposed finish ply edges at the transition to metal flashings incorporated into the roof system with a smooth continuous bead of the specified sealant. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND INSPECTIONS A. Site Condition: Leave all areas around job site free of debris, roofing materials, equipment and related items after completion of job. B. Notification Of Completion: Notify the manufacturer by means of manufacturer's printed Notification of Completion form of job completion in order to schedule a final inspection date. C. Final Inspection t. Post - Installation Meeting: Hold a meeting at the completion of the project, attended by all parties that were present at the pre -job conference. A punch list of items required for completion shall be compiled by the Contractor and the manufacturer's representative. Complete, sign, and mail the punch list form to the manufacturer's headquarters. D. Issuance Of The Guarantee: Complete all post installation procedures and meet the manufacturer's final endorsement for issuance of the specified guarantee. END OF SECTION 07550 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER MODIFIED BITUMEN MEMBRANE ROOFING 07550.9 SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY + A. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal counter flashing and base flashing (if any). 2. Metal wall flashing and expansion joints. 3. Built -in metal valleys, gutters, and scuppers. 4. Miscellaneous sheet metal accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry 2. Section 07550 — Modified Bitumen Membrane Roofing 3. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data, Flashing, Sheet Metal, and Accessories: Manufacturer's technical product data, installation instructions and general recommendations for each specified sheet material and fabricated product C. Shop drawings showing layout, profiles, methods of joining, and anchorages details, including major counterflash ngs, trim/fascia units, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, and expansion joint systems. Provide layouts at 114 -inch scale and details at 3 -inch scale. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate work of this section with interfacing and adjoining work for proper sequencing of each installation. Ensure best possible weather resistance and durability of work and protection of materials and finishes. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM MATERIALS A. Copper Sheet: ASTM B 370, Temper H00 or H01, cold - rolled copper sheet B. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing /sheet metal or other non- corrosive metal as recommended by sheet manufacturer Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEET METAL FLASHING 07620 -1 C. Bituminous Coaling: SSPC - Paint 12, solvent -type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15 -mil dry film thickness per coat. D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, non - drying, nonmigrating sealant. E. Reglets: Copper of type and profile indicated, compatible with flashing indicated, noncorrosive. F. Metal Accessories: Provide copper sheet clips, straps, anchoring devices, and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, size and gage required for performance. G. Cast -Iron Drainage Boots: Grey iron castings of size and pattern indicated, ASTM A 46, bituminous shop - coated. H. Gutter and Conductor -Head Guards: 20 -gage bronze with selvaged edges and noncorrosive fasteners. Select materials for compatibility with copper gutters and downspouts. I. Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. 2.2 FABRICATED UNITS A. General Metal Fabrication: Shop - fabricate work to greatest extent possible. Comply with details shown and with applicable requirements of SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual' and other recognized industry practices. Fabricate for waterproof and weather - resistant performance, with expansion provisions for running work, sufficient to permanently prevent leakage, damage, or deterioration of the work. Form work to fit substrates. Comply with material manufacturer instructions and recommendations for forming material. Form exposed sheet metal work without excessive oil- canning, buckling, and tool marks, true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. B. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams in sheet metal with flat -fork seams. Edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder C. Expansion Provisions: Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions in work cannot be used or would not be sufficiently water /weatherproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant {concealed within joints }. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion type joints are indicated or required for proper performance of work, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant, in compliance with SMACNA standards. E. Separations: Provide for separation of metal from noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates by coating concealed surfaces at locations of contact, with bituminous coating or other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer/fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. General: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with manufacturer's installation Instructions and recommendations and with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Anchor units of work securely in place by methods indicated, providing for thermal expansion of metal units; conceal fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weatherproof. B. Bed flanges of work in a thick coat of bituminous roofing cement where required for waterproof performance. C. Install reglets to receive counterllashing in manner and by methods indicated. Where shown in masonry, furnish reglets to trades of masonry work, for installation as work of Division 4 sections. 07620-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEET METAL FLASHING D. Install counterflashing in reglets, either by snap -in seal arrangement or by welding in place for anchorage and filling reglet with mastic or elastomeric sealant, as indicated and depending on degree of sealant exposure. E. Install elastic flashing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where required, provide for movement at joints by forming loops or bellows in width of flashing. Locate cover or filler strips atjoints to facilitate complete drainage of water from flashing. Seam adjacent flashing sheets with adhesive, seal and anchor edges in accordance with manufacturers recommendations. F. Nail flanges of expansion joint units to curb nailers, at maximum spacing of 6 inches o.c. Fabricate seams at joints between units with minimum 34nch overlap, to form a continuous, waterproof system. G. Install continuous gutter guards on gutters, arranged as hinged units to swing open for cleaning gutters. Install "beehive" -type strainer -guard at conductor heads, removable for cleaning downspouts. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces, removing substances that might cause corrosion of metal or deterioration of finishes. B. Protection: Advise Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of flashings and sheet metal work during construction to ensure that work will be without damage or deterioration other than natural weathering at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07620 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SHEET METAL FLASHING 07620-3 SECTION 07720 - ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 12 SUMMARY: A. This section includes the following: 1. Piping and conduit penetration flashing, supports and premolded comers. 2. Roof hatches. 3. Prefabricated Roof Curbs. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications. 2. Section 06100 -Rough Carpentry. 3. Section 07511 - Modified Bituminous Membrane Roofing. 4. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of product specified. Submit manufacturer's detailed technical product data, installation instructions and recommendations, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of individual Components, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of each roof accessory speed including fully dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. Also show layout, anchorage details, rough -in requirements, and conditions on the roof or for other accessories. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in the form of manufacturer's color charts showing full range of colors, textures, shapes, and sizes available for each type of roof accessory indicated. E. Samples for verification purposes in ful -size units or representative section of each type of roof accessory indicated for each color, texture, shape, and sizes specked. F. Coordination Drawings: Submit coordination drawings for items interfacing with or supporting mechanical or electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, or conduit. Indicate dimensions and locations of items provided under this Section, together with relationships and methods of attachment to adjacent construction and to mechanical or electrical items. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Heat/Smoke Vent Compliance Labels: Provide units which have been tested, listed and labeled as follows: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07720-1 1. Construction /Operation: UL- labeled. 2. Construction /Operation: State of California FM labeled. 3. Fire Resistance of Lids: UL Class "A ". B. Standards: Comply with the following: 1. SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details forfabrication of units, including flanges and cap - flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. 2. NRCA "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installation of units. 1.5 GUARANTEE A. Roof curbs shall be guaranteed to be free of defects in materials and/or in workmanship for a period of five years. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS: A. Provide manufacturers'standard units, modified as necessary to comply with requirements. Shop fabricate each unit to greatest extent possible. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL: A. Zinc-Coated Steel: Commercial quality with 0.20 percent copper, ASTM A 525, G90 hot -dip galvanized, mill phosphatized. B. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 3021304, ASTM A 167, 2D annealed finish except as otherwise indicated, temper as required for forming and performance. C. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper as required for forming and performance; AA- C22A41 clear anodized finish, except mill finish prepared for painting where indicated for field painting. D. Extruded Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard extrusions of sizes and general profiles indicated, alloy 6063 -T52; 0.076" minimum thickness for primary framing and curb member ", 0.062" for secondary legs; AA- C22A41 clear anodized finish on exposed members, except as otherwise indicated. E. Structural - Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 446 with G90 coating complying with ASTM A 525, Grade C, or to suit manufacturer's standards. F. Commercial - Quality Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526 with G90 coating complying with ASTM A 525. G. Galvalume- Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 792 with class AZ -50 coating, Grade 40, or to suit manufacturer's standards. H. Insulation: Manufacturer's standard rigid or semi -rigid board of glass fiber of thicknesses indicated. I. Wood Nalers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with water -bome preservatives for above -ground use, complying with AWPB LP -2; not less than 1 -112" thick. J. Fasteners: Same metal as metals being fastened, or nonmagnetic stainless steel or other noncorrosive metal as recommended by manufacturer. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. 07720-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES K. Gaskets: Tubular or fingered design of neoprene or polyvinyl chloride, or block design of sponge neoprene. L. Bituminous Coating: FS TT -C 494A or SSPC -Paint 12, solvent type bituminous mastic, nominally free of sulfur, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coating. M. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning, nondrying, nonmigrating sealant. N. Elastomeric Sealant: Generic type recommended by unit manufacturer, which is compatible with joint surfaces; comply with FS TT- S- 00227E, TT- S -00230C, or TT-S-001 543A. O, Roofing Cement: ASTM D 2822, asphaltic. 2.3 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations on applying and designating finishes. B. Baked Enamel Finish: AA- Cf2C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: chemical conversion coating, acid chromate- fluoride- phosphate pretreatment; Organic Coating: as specked below). Apply baked enamel complying with paint manufacturers specifications for cleaning, conversion coating, and painting. C. Organic Coating: Thermosetting - modified acrylic enamel primer and topcoat system complying with AAMA 603.8, except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils, medium gloss. D. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 2.4 PIPING AND CONDUIT PENETRATION FLASHING, SUPPORTS, AND PRE - MOLDED CORNERS: A. Provide piping and conduit penetration flashing system consisting of EPDM rubber caps, aluminum base flashing and stainless steel clamps. The standard of quality shall be Portals Plus Alumi -Flash System. For mounting directly to the roofing substance or to a curb as required. Support system shall be of equal quality to RPS Pipe Mounting Pedestals as manufactured by Roof Products and Systems Corporation. Provide Pre - moulded corner flashing at all outside, outside comers and inside corners. The standard of quality shall be Portals Plus .060" thick EPDM rubber pre- molded comers. B. Available manufacturers subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offerings, piping and grout penetration flashing, supports and pre - molded comer base flashing which may be incorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Portals Plus, Inc., Bensenville, Illinois. 2. Roof Products and Systems Corp., Bensenville, Illinois. 2.5 ROOF HATCHES A. General: Fabricate units to withstand 40 -Ibf per sq. ft. external loading and 20 -Ibf per sq. ft. internal loading pressure. Frame with 94nch -high, integral -curb, double -wall construction with 1 -112 inch insulation, cant strips and cap flashing (roofing oounterflashing), with welded or sealed mechanical cornerjoints. Provide double -wall cover(Iid) construction with 1 inch insulation core. Provide gasketing and equip corrosion- resistant or hot -dip galvanized hardware including pintle hinges, hold -open devices, interior padlock hasps, and both interior and exterior latch handles. B. Type: Single -leaf personnel access, factory primed for field paint. 1. For Ladder Access: 2 feet 6 inches by 3 feet 0 inch CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07720-3 C. Manufacturers for Roof Hatches Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that maybe incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a.. Bilco Co. b. Dur -Red Products. C. Milcor, Inc. 2.6 ROOF CURBS A. The General Contractor shall provide all labor, material and equipment to completely install prefabricated metal roof curbs. B. Curbs shall be constructed using, minimum 18 gauge galvanized steel (14 gauge for curbs supporting HVAC units, or as deemed necessary by curb manufacturer), with fully mitered and welded comers, internally reinforced with 1 "x 1 "x 118" steel angle (curbs with any side longer than T -01, factory insulated with 1 -112" thick three pound density fiberglass insulation and factory installed pressure treated wood nailers. C. Prefabricated metal roof curbs shall be used at all roof penetrations including but not limited to HVAC units, duct openings, pipe penetrations, column penetrations, and exhaust fans. D. Minimum height of curb shall be 8" above finished roof (or as specified). E. Curbs shall be constructed to match slope of roof and provide a level top surface for mounting of mechanical equipment. F. Manufacturers for roof curbs: Available manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited lo, the following: a. Prefabricated metal roof curbs shall be model CRC #3 as manufactured by Custom Cur, Inc., 3005 South Hickory Street, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37407, 1-800- 251 -3001. b. Approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate with installation of roof deck and other substrates to receive accessory units, and vapor barriers, roof insulation, roofing and flashing; as required to ensure that each element of the work performs property, and that combined elements are waterproof and weathertfght. Anchor units securely to supporting structural substrates, adequate to withstand lateral and thermal stresses as well as inward and outward loading pressures. 1. Except as otherwise indicated install roof accessory items in accordance with construction details of "NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual ". B. Isolation: Where metal surfaces of units are to be installed in contact with noncompatible metal or corrosive substrates, including wood, apply bituminous coating on concealed metal surfaces, or provide other permanent separation. 07720-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES C. Flange Seals: Except as otherwise indicated, set flanges of accessory units in a thick bed of roofing cement, to form a seal. D. Cap Flashing: Where cap flashing is required as component of accessory, install to provide adequate waterproof overlap with roofing or roof flashing (as counter- flashing). Seal with thick bead of mastic sealant, except where overlap is indicated to be left open for ventilation. E. Curbs shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions as detailed on the drawings. F. Size of curbs and required options shall be coordinated by curb manufacturer and general contractor and mechanical contractor prior to fabrication. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean exposed metal and plastic surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Touch up damaged metal coatings. END OF SECTION 07720 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07720-5 SECTION 07820 - TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Section includes the insulated translucent sandwich panel system as shown and specified. Work includes providing and installing: 1. Flat factory prefabricated structural insulated translucent sandwich panels. 2. Aluminum installation system. 3. Aluminum sill Flashing. B. Related Sections: 1. Masonry: Section 04200. 2. Flashing & Sheet Metal: Section 07620. 3. Sealants: Section 07920. 4. Glazing: Section 08800. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Submit manufacturer's product data. Include construction details, material descriptions, profiles and finishes of components. B. Submit shop drawings. Include elevations, details, dimensions and attachments to other work. C. Submit manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for factory finished aluminum. 1. When requested, submit samples for each exposed finish required, in same thickness and material indicated for the work and in size indicated below. If finishes involve normal color variations, include sample sets consisting of two or more units showing the full range of variations expected. a. Sandwich panels: 14" x 28" units b. Factory finished aluminum: 5' long sections D. Submit Installer Certificate, signed by installer, certifying compliance with project qualification requirements. E. Submit product test reports from a qualified independent testing agency indicating each type and class of panel system complies with the project performance requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. Previously completed test reports will be acceptable if for current manufacturer and indicative of products used on this project. Test reports required are: a. Flame Spread and Smoke Developed (UL 723) — Submit UL Card b. Bum Extent (ASTM D-635) C. Color Difference (ASTM D -2244) d. AbrasionlEmsion Resistance (ASTM D4060) e. Impact Strength (UL 972) f. Bond Tensile Strength (ASTM C -297 after aging by ASTM D -1037) g. Bond Shear Strength (ASTM D -1002) h. Beam Bending Strength (ASTM E -72) CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM 07820-1 i. Insulation U- Factor (NFRC -100) j. NFRC System Certification k. Condensation Resistance Factor (AAMA 1503) I. Class 1 Fire Approval (FM 4411) (Optional) m. Anti- Terrorism and Force Protection UFC 04 -010 -01 (Optional) Submit current documentation indicating regular, independent quality control monitoring under a nationally recognized building code review and listing program. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Qualifications 1. Material and products shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of specified materials for a period of at least ten (10) consecutive years and which can show evidence of those materials being satisfactorily used on at least six (6) projects of similar size, scope and location. At least three (3) of the projects shall have been in successful use for ten (10) years or longer. 2. Panel system must be listed by the International Code Council — Evaluation Service (ICC -ES) which requires quality control inspections and fire, structural and water infilUation testing of sandwich panel systems by an approved agency. 3. Quality control inspections and required testing shall be conducted at least once each year and shall include manufacturing facilities, sandwich panel components and production sandwich panels for conformance with "Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panels" as regulated by the ICC -ES. B. Installer's Qualifications: Installation shall be by an experienced installer, which has been in the business of installing specified panel systems for at least five (5) consecutive years and can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size, scope and type. C. Performance Requirements: The manufacturer shall be responsible for the configuration and fabrication of the complete panel system. When requested, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deriver panel system, components and materials in manufacturer's standard protective packaging. B. Store panels on the long edge, several inches above the ground, blocked and under cover in accordance with manufacturer's storage and handling instructions. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Submit manufacturer's and installer's written warranty agreeing.to repair or replace panel system work which fails in materials or workmanship within one (1) year of the date of delivery. Failure of materials or workmanship shall include leakage, excessive defection, deterioration of finish on metal in excess of normal weathering and defects in accessories, insulated translucent sandwich panels and other components of the work. (Contact local representative for extended warranty periods.) PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Kalwall Corporation, tel: (800) 258 -9777 — fax: (603) 627 -7905 — email: info @kalwaf.com CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 07820 -2 TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM B. CPI International, Inc., telephone (800) 759 6985, (847) 816 1060, fax (847) 816 0425, www.cpidaylighting.com C. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 PANELCOMPONENTS A. Face Sheets 1. Translucent faces: Manufactured from glass fiber reinforced thermoset resins, formulated specifically for architectural use. a. Thermoplastic (e.g. polycarbonate, acrylic) faces are not acceptable. 2. Flammability of interior face sheets: a. Flamespread: Underwriters Laboratories (UL) fisted, which requires periodic unannounced retesting, with tlamespread rating no greater than 50 (20) and smoke developed no greater than 250 (200) when tested in accordance with UL 723. b. Bum extent by ASTM D -635 shaft be no greater than 1 ". c. Face sheets shall not deform, deflect or drip when subjected to fire or flame. d. Face sheets shall not delaminate when exposed to 200 °F for 30 minutes per IBC and NBC (300 0F for 25 minutes per UBC and SBC). 3. Weatherability of exterior face sheets: a. Color stability: Full thickness of the exterior face sheet shall not change color more than 3.0 CIE Units DELTA E by ASTM D -2244 after 5 years outdoor South Florida weathering at 5 degrees facing south, determined by the average of at least three (3) white samples with and without a protective film or coating to ensure long- term color stability. Color stability shall be unaffected by abrasion or scratching. b. Erosion barrier. Exterior face shall have a permanent glass erosion barrier embedded beneath the surface to provide long -term resistance to reinforcing fiber exposure. Exterior face surface loss shall not exceed .7 mils and 40 mgs when tested in accordance with ASTM D -4060 employing CS17 abrasive wheels at a head load of 500 grams for 1000 cycles. Sacrificial surface films or coatings are not acceptable erosion barriers. 4. Appearance: Exterior face sheets: Smooth, 0.070" thick. Color to be selected from manufacturer standard. Interior face sheets: Smooth, 0.045" thick. Color to be selected from manufacturer standard. Face sheets shall not vary more than +F 10% in thickness and be uniform in color. 5. Strength: Exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength, impenetrable by hand held pencil and repel an impact equal to 70 (230) fl. lbs. without fracture or tear when impacted by a 3 -114" diameter, 5 lb. free - falling ball per UL 972. B. Grid Core 1. Thermally broken (aluminum) I -beam grid core shall be of 6063 -T6 or 6005 -T5 alloy and temper with provisions for mechanical interlocking of muntin- mullion and perimeter. Width of I- beam shall be no less than 7116 ". The (- beam grid shall be machined to tolerances of not greater than +1- .002 ". 2. Thermal break: Minimum 1 ". CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM 07820-3 C. Laminate Adhesive 1. Heat and pressure resin type adhesive engineered for structural sandwich panel use, with minimum 25 -years field use. Adhesive shall pass testing requirements specified by the International Code Council `Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panel Adhesives." 2. Minimum tensile strength of 750 PSI when the panel assembly is tested by ASTM C -297 after two (2) exposures to six (6) cycles each of the aging conditions prescribed by ASTM D -1037. 3. Minimum shear strength of the panel adhesive by ASTM D -1002 after exposure to five (5) separate conditions: a. 50% Relative Humidity at 73° F: 540 PSI b. 182° F: 100 PSI c. Accelerated Aging by ASTM D -1037 at room temperature: 800 PSI d. Accelerated Aging by ASTM D -1037 at 182° F: 250 PSI e. 500 Hour Oxygen Bomb by ASTM D- 572:1400 PSI 2.3 PANEL CONSTRUCTION (Based on Kalwall) A. Provide sandwich panels of flat fiberglass reinforced translucent face sheets resin laminated to a grid core of mechanically interlocking thermally broken (aluminum) I- beams. The adhesive bonding line shall be straight, cover the entire width of the I -beam and have a neat sharp edge. 1. Thickness: 2-314" 2. Light transmission: 25% 3. Solar heat gain coefficient: .36 4. U- factor by NFRC certified laboratory .53 5. Grid pattern: Nominal 12"x 24 ". B. Panels shall deflect no more than 1.9" at 30 psf in 10'-0" span without a supporting frame by ASTM E -72. C. Panels shall withstand 1200OF fire for minimum one (1) hour without collapse or exterior flaming. D. Thermally broken panels: 1. Minimum Condensation Resistance Factor of 80 by AAMA 1503 measured on the bond line. 2. Minimum CRF of 90 at center of grid cell. E. Panel system shall be a Factory Mutual (FM) tested and approved Class 1 wall system in accordance with FM 4411. 2.4 BATTENS AND PERIMETER CLOSURE SYSTEM A. Closure system: Extruded aluminum 6063 -T6 and 6063 -T5 alloy and temper clamp -tile screw type closure system. B. Sealing tape: Manufacturers standard, pre - applied to closure system at the factory under controlled conditions. C. Fasteners: 300 series stainless steel screws for aluminum closures, excluding final fasteners to the building. D. Finish: Exposed aluminum to be manufacturers factory applied finish that meets the performance requirements of AAMA 2604. (Mill) 1. Color. To be selected from manufacturers standard colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, supporting structure and installation conditions. Do not proceed with panel erection until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint or method recommended by manufacturer. 3. Where aluminum will contact pressure - treated wood, separate dissimilar materials by methods recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install the panel system in accordance with the manufacturer's installation recommendations and approved shop drawings. 1. Anchor component parts securely in place by permanent mechanical attachment system. 2. Accommodate thermal and mechanical movements. 3. Set perimeter framing in a full bed of sealant compound, or with joint filters or gaskets to provide weather -tight construction. B. Install joint sealants at perimeter joints and within the panel system in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean the panel system inside and outside, immediately after installation, according to manufacturers written recommendations. END OF SECTION 07820 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TRANSLUCENT PANEL SYSTEM 07820-5 SECTION 07841 - THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 20312.10- 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes through - penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire - resistance -rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Fire - Resistive Joint Systems." 2. Division 13 Sections specifying fire - suppression piping penetrations. 3. Division 15 Sections specifying duct and piping penetrations. 4. Division 16 Sections specifying cable and conduit penetrations. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: For penetrations through fire- resistance -rated constructions, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items, provide through - penetration firestop systems that are produced and installed to resist spread of fire according to requirements indicated, resist passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire- resistance rating of construction penetrated. 1. Fire - resistance -rated walls including fire walls. 2. Fire - resistance-rated horizontal assemblies including ceiling membranes of roof /ceiling assemblies. B. Rated Systems: Provide through - penetration firestop systems with the following ratings determined per ASTM E 814: 1. F -Rated Systems: Provide through - penetration firestop systems with F- ratings indicated, but not less than that equaling or exceeding fire - resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T -Rated Systems: For the following conditions, provide through - penetration firestop systems with T- ratings indicated, as well as F- ratings, where systems protect penetrating items exposed to potential contact with adjacent materials in occupiable floor areas- a. Penetrations located outside wall cavities. b. Penetrations located outside fire - resistance -rated shaft enclosures. C. For through - penetration firestop systems exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that, after curing, do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions both during and after construction. 1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture - resistant through - penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through - penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. D. For through - penetration firestop systems exposed to view, provide products with flame- spread and smoke - developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E 84. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 1 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For each through - penetration firestop system, show each type of construction condition penetrated, relationships to adjoining construction, and type of penetrating item. Include firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency that evidences compliance with requirements for each condition indicated. 1. Submit documentation, including illustrations, from a qualified testing and inspecting agency that is applicable to each through - penetration firestop system configuration for construction and penetrating items. 2. Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular through - penetration firestop condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer's fire - protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire- resistance -rated assembly. C. Through - Penetration Fireslop System Schedule: Indicate locations of each through - penetration firestop system, along with the following information: 1. Types of penetrating items. 2. Types of constructions penetrated, including fire- resistance ratings and, where applicable, thicknesses of construction penetrated. 3. Through - penetration firestop systems for each location identified by firestop design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. D. Qualification Data: For Installer. E. Product Certificates: For through - penetration firestop system products, signed by product manufacturer. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating through - penetration firestop system complies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FMG according to FMG 4991, "Approval of Fireslop Contractors." B. Installer Qualifications: A firm experienced in installing through - penetration firestop systems similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful performance. C. Installation Responsibility: Assign installation of through - penetration firestop systems and fire - resistive joint systems in Project to a single qualified installer. D. Source Limitations: Obtain through - penetration firestop systems, for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated, through one source from a single manufacturer. E. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide through - penetration firestop systems that comply with the following requirements and those specified in Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article: 07841 -2 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. A qualified testing and inspecting agency is UL, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services for firestop systems acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through - penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per testing standard referenced in "Part 1 Performance Requirements" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Ili: 1.7 1.8 a. Through - penetration firestop system products bear classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. b. Through - penetration firestop systems correspond to those indicated by reference to through - penetration firestop system designations listed by [he following: 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver through - penetration firestop system products to Project site in original, unopened containers or packages with intact and legible manufacturers labels identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life if applicable, qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking applicable to Project, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials for through- penetration firestop systems to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install through - penetration firestop systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by through- penetration fireslop system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Ventilate through - penetration firestop systems per manufacturer's written instructions by natural means or, where this is inadequate, forced -air circulation. COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that through - penetration firestop systems are installed according to specified requirements. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core - drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate through- penetration firestop systems. C. Notify Owners inspecting agency at least seven days in advance of through - penetration firestop system installations; confirm dates and times on days preceding each series of installations. D. Do not cover up through- penetration construction until each installation has jurisdiction. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS firestop system installations that will become concealed behind other been examined by building inspector, it required by authorities having A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, through - penetration firestop systems that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, those systems indicated that are produced by one of the following manufacturers: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the through - penetration firestop systems indicated for each application that are produced by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Grace, W. R. & Co. - Conn. 2. Hilti, Inc. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 -3 3. Johns Manville. 4. Nelson Firestop Products, 5. Specified Technologies Inc. 6. 3M; Fire Protection Products Division. 7. Tremoo; SealantlWeatherproofing Division. 8. USG Corporation. 2.2 FIRESTOPPING, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide through -penetration firestop systems that are compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings; and with the items, if any, penetrating through - penetration firestop systems, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Accessories: Provide components for each through - penetration firestop system that are needed to install fill materials and to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article. Use only components specified by through- penetration firestop system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for firestop systems indicated. Accessories include, but are not limited to, the following items: 1. Permanent forming /damming/backing materials, including the following: a. Slag4rock -wool -fiber insulation. b. Sealants used in combination with other forming /damming /backing materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. c. Fire -rated form board. d. Fillers for sealants. 2. Temporary forming materials. 3. Substrate primers. 4. Collars, 5. Steel sleeves. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. General: Provide through - penetration firestop systems containing the types of fill materials indicated in the Through- Penetration Firestop System Schedule at the end of Part 3 by referencing the types of materials described in this Article. Fill materials are those referred to in directories of referenced testing and inspecting agencies as "fill," "void," or "cavity" materials. B. Cast -in -Place Firestop Devices: Factory- assembled devices for use in cast -in -place concrete floors and consisting of an outer metallic sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a radial extended flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. C. Latex Sealants: Single- component latex formulations that after cure do not re- emulsify during exposure to moisture. D. Firestop Devices: Factory- assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with Intumescent material sized to fit speck diameter of penetrant. E. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum - foil -faced elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized steel sheet. F. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening dielectric, water - resistant putties containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. 07841 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS G. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single-component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. H. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers, and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. I. Pillows /Bags: Reusable heat - expanding pillows(bags consisting of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral - fiber, water - insoluble expansion agents, and fire - retardant additives. J. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. K. Silicone Sealants: Single- component, silicone- based, neutral- curing elastomeric sealants of grade indicated below: 1. Grade: Pourable (self - leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces, and nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces requiring a nonslumping, gunnable sealant, unless indicated firestop system limits use to nonsag grade for both opening conditions. 2. Grade for Horizontal Surfaces: Pourable (self - leveling) formulation for openings in floors and other horizontal surfaces. 3. Grade for Vertical Surfaces: Nonsag formulation for openings in vertical and other surfaces. 2.4 MIXING A. For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with through- penetration firestop system manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Clean out openings immediately before installing through - penetration firestop systems to comply with firestop system manufacturers written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of through - penetration firestop systems. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce dean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with through - penetration firestop systems. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete. B. Priming: Prime substrates where recommended in writing by through - penetration firestop system manufacturer using that manufacturers recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 -5 C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent through - penetration firestop systems from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove smears from firestop system materials. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestop system's seal with substrates. 33 THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install through - penetration firestop systems to comply with Part 1 "Performance Requirements" Article and with firestop system manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install formingldamminglbacking materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross - sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of firestop systems. C. Install fill materials for firestop systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories, and penetrating items as required to achieve fire- resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify through - penetration firestop systems with preprinted metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches (150 mm) of edge of the firestop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestop systems. Use mechanical fasteners for metal labels. For plastic labels, use self- adhering type with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed and, in combination with label material, will result in partial destruction of label if removal is attempted. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Through- Penetration Firestop System - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Through - penetration firestop system designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Through - penetration firestop system manufacturers name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified, independent inspecting agency to inspect through - penetration firestops. Independent inspecting agency shall comply with ASTM E 2174 requirements including those related to qualifications, conducting inspections, and preparing test reports. B. Where deficiencies are found, repair or replace through - penetration firestop systems so they comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing through - penetration firestop systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and firestop installations comply with requirements. 07841 -6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH - PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by through - penetration firestop system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that through - penetration firestop systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated through - penetration firestop systems immediately and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 07841 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THROUGH- PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841-7 SECTION 07842— FIRESTOPPING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. System Performance Requirements: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of fire, according to requirements indicated, and the passage of smoke and other gases. 1. Provide through - penetration firestop systems with F ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not less than the fire- resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 2. Provide joint sealants with fire- resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not less than that equaling or exceeding the fire- resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. 3. For firestopping exposed to view, traffic, moisture, and physical damage, provide products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. 4. For firestopping exposed to view, provide products with flame - spread values of less than 25 and smoke - developed values of less than 450, as determined per ASTM E 84. B. Submittals: In addition to product data for each type of product specified, submit the following: 1. Certification by firestopping manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs) and are nontoxic to building occupants. 2. Shop drawings detailing materials, installation methods, and relationships to adjoining construction for each through- penetration firestop system, and each kind of construction condition penetrated and kind of penetrating item along with design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 3. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying compliance of theirproductswith specified requirements. 4. Product test reports from a qualified testing and inspecting agency evidencing compliance of firestopping with requirements based on comprehensive testing of current products. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide firestopping that complies with the following requirements and those specified under the "System Performance Requirements" paragraph: 1. Firestopping tests are performed by a qualified testing and inspecting agency, including UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services, that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Through - penetration firestop systems are identical to those tested per ASTM E 814 under conditions where positive furnace pressure differential of at least 0.01 inch of water is maintained at a distance of 0.78 inch below the fill materials surrounding the penetrating items in the test assembly. 3. Fire - resistive joint sealant systems are identical to those tested for fire - response characteristics perASTME119 under conditions where the positive furnace pressure differential is at least 0.01 inch of water, as measured 0.78 inch from the face exposed to furnace fire. 4. Ratings of Firestopping: As indicated by reference to designations of UL in their "Fire Resistance Directory" or by another qualified testing and inspecting agency. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Through - Penetration Firestop Systems: Comply with the following requirements in providing system components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items, if any, penetrating firestops under conditions of service and application, based on testing and field experience. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRESTOPPING 07842-1 A. Accessories: Provide the following components for each firestopping system as needed to install fill materials and to comply with "System Performance Requirements" paragraph: t. Permanent forming /damming/backing materials including the following: a. Semirefractory fiber (mineral wool) insulation. b. Ceramic fiber. C. Sealants used in combination with other forming /damming materials to prevent leakage of fill materials in liquid state. d. Fire -rated formboard. e. Joint fillers for joint sealants. I. Polyurethane foam backer rod. 2. Temporary forming materials. a. Substrate primers. b. Collars. c. Steel sleeves. 3. Fill Materials: Provide through - penetration firestop systems composed of the fill materials indicated below: a. Ceramic -Fiber and Mastic Coaling: Ceramic fibers in bulk form formulated for use with mastc coating, and ceramic fiber manufacturer's mastic coating. b. Ceramic -Fiber Sealant: Single- component formulation of ceramic fibers and Inorganic binders. C. Endothermic, Latex Compound Sealant: Single- component, endothermic, latex formulation. d. Intumescent, Latex Sealant: Single- component, intumescent, latex formulation. e. Intumescent Putty: Nonhardening, dielectric, water - resistant putty containing no solvents, inorganic fibers, or silicone compounds. f. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single- component, elastomeric sheet with aluminum foil on one side. g. Job -Mixed Vinyl Compound: Prepackaged vinyl -based powder product for mixing with water at Project site to produce a paintable compound, passing ASTM E 136, with game- spread and smoke - developed ratings of zero per ASTM E 84. h. Mortar: Prepackaged dry mix composed of a blend of inorganic binders, fillers, and llghtwef ht aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogenous mortar. I. Pillows /Bags: Re- usable, heat - expanding pillows /bags composed of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral -fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents and fire - retardant additives. j. Silicone Foam: Two-component, silicone -based liquid elastomer that, when mixed, expands and cures in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking.foam. k. Silicone Sealant: Moisture- curing, single- component, silicone- based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealant. I. Solvent - Release- Curing Intumescent Sealant Solvent- release- curing, single- component, synthetic - polymer -based sealant. B. Fire - Resistive Elastomedc Joint Sealants: Chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated complying with ASTM C 920 requirements and requirements specified in this Section applicable to fire - resistive joint sealants. 07842-2 1. Sealant Colors: Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. 2. Single - Component, Neutral - Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure- related Use NT, and joint - substrate - related Uses M, G, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) 0. a. Additional capability, when tested per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width as measured at time of installation and still comply with other requirements of ASTM C 920: 1) 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 2) 100 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 150 percent movement. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRESTOPPING b. Available manufacturer: Specified Technologies Inc, Pensi1300 sealant or approved equal for 2hr fire rated assembly. 3. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class 25; exposure - related Use NT, and joint - substrate- related Uses M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) 0. a. Additional capability, when tested per ASTM C 719, to withstand the following percentage changes in joint width as measured at time of installation and still comply with other requirements of ASTM C 920: 1) 40 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 65 percent movement 2) 50 percent movement in both extension and compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 4. Single- Component, Nonsag, Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; and Uses NT, M, A, and (as applicable to joint substrates indicated) 0. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Install through - penetration firestops to comply with the "System Performance Requirements" paragraph and the through- penetration firestop manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. A. Install fire - resistive joint sealantto comply with the "System Performance Requirements" paragraph, with ASTM C 1193, and with the sealant manufacturer's installation instructions and drawings pertaining to products and applications indicated. END OF SECTION 07842 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRESTOPPING 07842-3 SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes joint sealants for the following locations: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces as indicated below: a. Control and expansion joints in cast -in -place concrete. b. Control joints in masonry. C. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. d. Control and expansion joints in walls, ceilings and overhead surfaces. e. Other joints as indicated. Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control, expansion, and isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. 3. Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces as indicated below: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. C. Tile control and expansion joints. d. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. e. Perimeter joints of toilet fixtures. I. Other joints as indicated. 4. Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces as indicated below: Control and expansion joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. 5. For mastic roofing sealant refer to Section 07510. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 02521 - Cement Concrete Paving 2. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 3. Section 07620 - Flashing and Sheet Metal 4. Section 07270 - Firestopping 5. Section 08800 - Glass and Glazing 6. Section 09255 - Gypsum Drywall Assemblies 7. Section 09310 - Ceramic Tile CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 07920-1 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that have been produced and installed to establish and to maintain watertight and airtight continuous seals without causing staining or deterioration of joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data from manufacturers for each joint sealant product required. Certification by joint sealant manufacturer that sealants plus the primers and cleaners required for sealant installation comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds. C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products showing full range of colors available, for each product exposed to view. D. Certificates from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. E. Qualification data complying with requirements specked in "Quality Assurance" article. Include list of completed projects with project names addresses, names of Architects and Owners, plus other information specified. F. Product test reports for each type of joint sealants indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specked 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer who has completed joint sealant applications similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project that have resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Single Source Responsibility for Joint Sealant Materials: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single manufacturer for each different product required. C. Product Testing: Provide comprehensive test data for each-type of joint sealant based on tests conducted byaqualified independent testing laboratory on current product formulations within a 24 -month period preceding date of Contractor's submittal of test results to Architect 1. Test elastomeric sealants for compliance with requirements specified by reference to ASTM C 920. Include test results for hardness, stain resistance, adhesion and cohesion under cyclic movement (per ASTM C 719), low- temperature flexibility, modulus of elasticity at 100 percent strain, effects of heat aging, and effects of accelerated weathering. 2. Include test results performed on joint sealants after they have cured for 1 year. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. 07920-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for application indicated. C. Joint Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until contaminants capable of interfering with their adhesion are removed from joint substrates. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated to match adjacent materials. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet at end of this Section, including those requirements referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for Type, Grade, Class, and Uses. 1. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Joint Sealant Data Sheet, provide products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, elastomeric sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufactureres specified in each Elastomeric Sealant Data Sheet. 1. Silicone Sealant Manufacturer: a. Specked Technologies Inc, Pensi1300 sealant or approved equal for 2hr fire rated assembly. 2.3 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 07920-3 A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard one -part, nonsag, mildew - resistant, paintable latex sealant of formulation indicated that is recommended for exposed applications on interior locations and that accommodates indicated percentage change in joint width existing at time of installation without failing either adhesively or cohesively. Also recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce the transmission of airborne sound. B. Acrylic - Emulsion Sealant: Provide product complying with ASTM C 834 that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, latex joint sealants that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited lo, the following: Acrylic - Emulsion Sealant Manufacturers: a. Pecora Corp. b. Sonnebom Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. C. Tremco, Inc. 2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonstaining, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of flexible plastic foam of material indicated below and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance: Closed -cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoulgassing in unruptured state. C. Bond- Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhedng to rigid, inflexible joint filler materials or joint surface's at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self - adhesive tape where applicable. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint sealant- substrate tests and field tests. . B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming in any way joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint sealant performance. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 07920-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and similar porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -tree compressed air. 3. Remove laltance and form release agents from concrete. 4. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer based on preconstruction joint sealant - substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturers printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant installation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. D. Installation.of Sealant Backings: Install sealant backings to comply with the following requirements: 1. Install joint fillers of type indicated to provide support of sealants during application and at position required to produce the cross - sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to pint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. a. Do not leave gaps between ends of joint fillers. b. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear joint fillers. C. Remove absorbent joint fillers that have become wet prior to sealant application and replace with dry material. 2. install bond breaker tape between sealants where backer rods are not used between sealants and joint fillers or back of joints. E. Installation of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filing recesses provided for each joint configuration, and providing uniform, cross - sectional CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 07920.5 shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. Install sealants at the same time sealant backings are installed. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealants to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated, to eliminate air pockets, and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents that discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. 1. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. mi �s]LxillroP A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from conta"th contaminating substances or from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so that they are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so that and installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. B. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT DATA SHEET 1. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES1 2. Base Polymer. Urethane 3. Type: M (multicomponent) 4. Grade: P (pourable) 5. Class: 25 C. Additional Movement Capability: 25 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for a total of 50 percent movement. 1. Use Related to Exposure: T (traffic) 2. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M (Mortar) 3. Use 0 Joint Substrates: 4. Available Manufacturers: a. Pecora Corp. J. Sika Corp. C. Sonnebom Bldg. Prod. Div. D. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT DATA SHEET 1. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES2 2. Base Polymer. Neutral-curing silicone 3. Type: S (single component) 4. Grade: NS (non -sag) 5. Class: 25 E. Additional Movement Capability: 50 percent movement in extension and 50 percent in compression for a total of 100 percent movement. 07920-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 1. Use Related to Exposure: NT (non - traffic) 2. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: M (mortar), A (aluminum) 3. Use 0 Joint Substrates: aluminum coated with a high performance coating, galvanized steel, ceramic tile. Available Manufacturers: a. Dow Coming b. G. E. C. Rhone - Poulenc Inc. F. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT DATA SHEET 1. Elastomeric Joint Sealant Designation: ES3 2. Base Polymer: Acid- curing silicone 3. Type: 3 (single component) 4. Grade: NS (non -sag) 5. Class: 25 6. Additional Movement Capability: 25 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for atotal of 50 percent movement. 7. Use Related to Exposure: NT (non - traffic) 6. Uses Related to Joint Substrates: G (Glass), A (aluminum) 9. Use 0 Joint Substrates: aluminum coated with a high performance coating. 10. Available manufacturers: a. Dow Coming b. G. E. C. Rhone - Poulenc, Inc. G. ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANT DATA SHEET 1. Elastomedc Joint Sealant Designation: ES4 2. Base Polymer. Acid - curing Silicone (mildew resistant) 3. Type: S (single component) 4. Grade: NS (non -sag) 5. Class: 25 6. Additional Movement Capability: 25 percent movement in extension and 25 percent in compression for atotal of 50 percent movement. 7. Use Related to Exposure: NT (non - traffic) 8. Use Related to Joint Substrates: G (glass), A (aluminum) 9. Use 0 joint Substrates: ceramic tile, stainless steel 10. Available Manufacturers: a. Dow Corning b. G. E. END OF SECTION 07920 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER JOINT SEALANTS 07920-7 SECTION 08110 - STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 20312.10.06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Standard hollow -metal steel doors. 2. Standard hollow -metal steel frames. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies" for building anchors into and grouting standard steel frames in masonry construction. 2. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazed liter in standard steel doors. 3. Division 8 Sections for door hardware for standard steel doors. 4. Division 9 painting Sections for field painting standard steel doors and frames. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, fire - resistance rating, and finishes for each type of steel door and frame specified. B. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements below, provide a schedule of standard steel doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings: 1. Elevations of each door design. 2. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles. 4. Details and locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of anchorages, accessories, joints, and connections. 7. Details of glazing frames and stops showing glazing. C. Coordination Drawings: Drawings of each opening, including door and frame, drawn to scale and coordinating door hardware. Show elevations of each door design type, showing dimensions, and locations of door hardware. D. Oversize Construction Certification: For standard steel door assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies; include statement that doors comply with requirements of design, materials, and construction but have not been subjected to fire test. E. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive fire tests performed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of standard steel door and frame. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Source Limitations: Obtain standard steel doors and frames through one source from a single manufacturer. D. Fire -Rated Door Sidelight and Transom Frame Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire- protection ratings indicated. 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric (neutral) pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10B. 2. Test Pressure: Test according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. After 5 minutes into the test, the neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches (1000 mm) or less above the sill. 3. Oversize Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire - protection -rated door assemblies except for size. 4. Temperature -Rise Rating: At exit enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature -rise rating of 450 deg F (250 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section 'Project Management and Coordination." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames palletized, wrapped, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project -site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory- finished doors and frames. B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store doors and frames under cover at Project site. Place units in a vertical position with heads up, spaced by blocking, on minimum 4 -inch- (102 -mm -) high wood blocking. Avoid using nonvented plastic or canvas shelters that could create a humidity chamber. If wrappers on doors become wet, remove cartons immediately. Provide minimum 114 -inch (6-mm) space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify openings by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating standard steel frames without field measurements. Coordinate wall construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.8 COORDINATION 08110- 2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for standard steel frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Benchmark Doors; a division of General Products Co., Inc. 2. Ceco Door Products; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company. 3. CURRIES Company; an ASSA ABLOY Group Company. 4. Pioneer Industries, Inc. 5. Republic Builders Products Company. 6. Steelcraft; an Ingersoll -Rand Company. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008 /A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Supports and Anchors: After fabricating, galvanize units to be built into exterior walls according to ASTM A 153 /A 153M, Class B. C. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Provide items to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 1531A 153M. D. Grout: Comply with ASTM C 476, with a slump of 4 inches (102 mm) for standard steel door frames built into masonry, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. E. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool with 6- to 12-lb/cu. ft. (96- to 192- kg1cu. m) density; with maximum flame - spread and smoke - developed indexes of 25 and 50 respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. F. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing." G. Bituminous Coating: Cold- applied asphalt mastic, SSPC -Paint 12, compounded for 15 -mil (0.4 -mm) dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.3 STANDARD STEEL DOORS A. General: Provide doors of design indicated, not less than thickness indicated; fabricated with smooth surfaces, without visible joints or seams on exposed faces, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with ANSI A250.8. 1. Design: Flush panel 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft -paper honeycomb, polystyrene, polyurethane, mineral - board, or vertical steel-stiffener core that produces doors complying with ANSI A250.8. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-3 a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire- protection ratings indicated. 3. Vertical Edges for Single- Acting Doors: Square edge. 4. Vertical Edges for Double- Acting Doors: Round vertical edges with 2 -118 -inch (54 -mm) radius. 5. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042 -inch- (1.0 -mm -) thick end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. 6. Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic- coated steel sheet. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical - endurance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model Seamless. C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold- rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply with exterior door requirements. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI A250.4 for physical - endurance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B (Heavy Duty), Model Seamless. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcement plates from same material as door face sheets to comply with the following minimum sizes: Hinges: Minimum 0.123 inch (3.0 mm) thick by 1.112 inches (38 mm) wide by 6 inches (152 mm) longer than hinge, secured by not less than 6 spot welds. Lock Face, Flush Bolts, Closers, and Concealed Holders: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7 mm) thick. All Other Surface - Mounted Hardware: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7 mm) thick. E. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. 2.4 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI A250.8 and with details indicated for type and profile. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic- coated steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face corners and seamless face joints. 2. Frames for level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053 -inch- (1.3 -mm -) thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold - rolled steel sheet, unless otherwise indicated to comply with exterior frame requirements. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped and welded face comers and seamless face joints. 2. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.053-inch- (1.3 -mm -) thick steel sheet. 3. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.053 -inch- (1.3 -mm -) thick steel sheet. 4. Frames for Borrowed Lights: 0.053 -inch- (1.3 -mm -) thick steel sheet. D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcement plates from same material as frames to comply with the following minimum sizes: 08110-4 1. Hinges: Minimum 0.123 inch (3.0 mm) thick by 1 -112 inches (38 mm) wide by 6 inches (152 mm) longer than hinge, secured by not less than 6 spot welds. 2. Lock Face, Flush Bolts, Closers, and Concealed Holders: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7 mm) thick. 3. All Other Surface- Mounted Hardware: Minimum 0.067 inch (1.7 mm) thick. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES E. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from electrolytic zinc - coated or metallic - coated steel sheet. Jamb Anchors: 1. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap- and - stirrup or T- shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches (50 mm) wide by 10 inches (250 mm) long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch (4.5 mm) thick. 2. Stud -Wall Type: Designed to engage stud, welded to back of frames; not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick. 3. Postinstalled Expansion Type for Masonry: Minimum 318 -inch- (9.5 -mm -) diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall, with throat reinforcement plate, welded to frame at each anchor location. G. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.042 inch (1.0 mm) thick, and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip -type anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Stabs: Adjustable -type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2- inch (50 -mm) height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. H. Fabricate concealed stiffeners and hardware reinforcement from either cold- or hot - roiled steel sheet. I. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 3l8- inch -thick by 2 -inch- (9.5 -mm -thick by 50 -mm -) wide steel. J. Plaster Guards: Formed from same material as frames, not less than 0.016-inch (0.4 -mm) thick. 2.5 STOPS AND MOLDINGS A. Moldings for Glazed Lites in Doors: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, fabricated from same material as door face sheet in which they are installed. B. Fixed Frame Moldings: Formed integral with standard steel frames, minimum 518 inch (16 mm) high, unless otherwise indicated. C. Loose Stops for Glazed Lites in Frames: Minimum 0.032 inch (0.8 mm) thick, fabricated from same material as frames in which they are installed. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate standard steel doors and frames to be rigid and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for thickness of metal. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identity work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment. B. Standard Steel Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep -hole openings in bottom of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors. C. Standard Steel Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide dosed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints; fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-5 3. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Plaster Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames installed in concrete or masonry. 5. Where installed in masonry, leave vertical mullions in frames open at top for grouting. 6. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 7. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Masonry Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Two anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) in height. 2) Three anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) in height. 3) Four anchors per jamb from 90 to 120 inches (2286 to 3048 mm) in height. 4) Four anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 Inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof more than 120 inches (3048 mm) in height. b. Stud -Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches (457 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches (813 mm) o.c. and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches (1524 mm) in height. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches (1524 to 2286 mm) in height. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches (2286 to 2438 mm) in height. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches (610 mm) or fraction thereof more than 96 inches (2438 mm) in height. 5) Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches (1066 mm) wide and mounted in metal - stud partitions. c. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb. d. Post installed Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches (152 mm) from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches (660 mm) o.c. 8. Door Silencers: Except on weather - stripped doors, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Provide plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction. a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare standard steel doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface- mounted door hardware. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI A250.6 and ANSIIDHI At 15 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for hardware. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to ANSI A250.8. E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of door or frame. 2. Multiple Glazed Lites: Provide fixed and removable stops and moldings such that each glazed lice is capable of being removed independently. 3. Provide fixed frame moldings on outside of exterior and on secure side of interior doors and frames. 4. Provide loose stops and moldings on inside of doors and frames. 08110-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 5. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 2.7 STEEL FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. Finish standard steel door and frames after assembly. B. Metallic - Coated Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so surfaces are free of oil and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc- dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC -Paint 20. C. Steel Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to comply with SSPC -SP 1, "Solvent Cleaning"; remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel; comply with SSPC -SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning," or SSPC -SP 6INACE No. 3, 'Commercial Blast Cleaning.' D. Factory Priming for Field- Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified below immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 0.7 mils (0.018 mm). Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast - curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with ANSI A250.10 acceptance criteria; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible w8h substrate and field - applied finish paint system indicated; and providing a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of standard steel doors and frames. 1. Examine roughing -in for embedded and built -in anchors to verify actual locations of standard steel frame connections before frame installation. 2. For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of work. 3. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory. B. Prior to installation and with installation spreaders in place, adjust and securely brace standard steel door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: Squareness: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110- 7 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. 3. Twist: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor. C. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated mortised and surface - mounted door hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide doors and frames of sizes, thicknesses, and designs indicated. Install standard steel doors and frames plumb, rigid, property aligned, and securely fastened in place; comply with Drawings and manufacturers written instructions. B. Standard Steel Frames: Install standard steel frames and other openings, of size and profile indicated. Comply with SDI 105. 08110-8 Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire- protection -rated openings, install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping or handling limitations, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. C. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been property set and secured. f. Check plumb, squareness, and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with mortar, grout, and plaster containing anfifreezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor and secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with powder - actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings, 3. Metal -Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation behind frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with mortar as specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies." 5. In -Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, Bush, and invisible on exposed faces. 6. In -Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors through Poor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to supporting construction above, unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of shuts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting constnrction above. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage to frame jamb members. 8. Installation Tolerances: Adjust standard steel door frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumb to the following tolerances: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to.plane of wall. c. Twist: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at opposite face corners of iambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm), measured at jambs at floor. C. Standard Steel Doors. Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. Non -Fire -Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1116 inch (1.6 mm). b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 118 inch (3 mm) plus or minus 1/16 inch (1.6 mm). C. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 318 inch (9.5 mm). d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor (No Threshold): Maximum 314 inch (19 mm). 2. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 8 Section "Glazing" and with standard steel door and frame manufacturers written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat- or oval -head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches (230 mm) o.c., and not more than 2 inches (50 mm) o.c. from each comer. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including standard steel doors or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable. B. Clean grout and other bonding material off standard steel doors and frames immediately after installation. C. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer. D. Galvarrnealed Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturers written instructions. END OF SECTION 08110 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110-9 SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior stile and rail wood doors. 2. Interior fire -rated stile and rail wood doors. 3. Interior fire -rated wood door frames. 4. Factory finishing stile and rail wood doors. 5. Factory fitting stile and rail wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 6 Section Interior Architectural Woodwork for wood door frames. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of construction. 1. Include factory- finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door, elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data, including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. 1 Indicate fire ratings for fire doors. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For factory- finished doors. D. Samples for Verification: Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches (200 by 250 mm), with door faces and edgings representing typical range of color and grain for each species of veneer and solid lumber required. E. Product Certificates: Signed by door manufactures. F. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain stile and rail wood doors through one source from a single manufacture. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212-1 B. Quality Standard for Doors of Stock Design and Construction: Comply with WDMA I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors," unless more stringent requirements are specified. Mark, label, or otherwise identify stile and rail wood doors as complying with WDMA L&6, and include panel design number if applicable. C. Quality Standard for Doors of Special Design and Construction: Comply with WIC's "Manual of Millwork" unless more stringent requirements are specified. 1. Provide WIC- Certified Compliance Certificate indicating that doors meet requirements of grades specified. 2. Provide WIC - Certified Compliance Certificate for Installation. D. Fire -Rated Wood Doors and Frames: Doors and frames complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for fire- protection ratings indicated, based on testing according to NFPA 252, 1. Test Pressure: Test at atmospheric pressure. After 5 minutes into the test, the neutral pressure level in furnace shall be established at 40 inches (1000 mm) or less above the sill. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in opaque plastic bags or cardboard cartons. C. Mark each door on top and bottom edge with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors that are defective in materials or workmanship, and have warped (bow, cup, or twist) more than 114 inch (6.4 mm) in a 42 -by -84 -inch (1067 -by- 2134 -mm) section. 1. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors. 2. Warranty shall be in effect during the following period of time from date of Substantial Completion: a. Interior Doors: Five years. 08212-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specked. 2.2 MATERIALS A. General: Use only materials that comply with referenced quality standards unless more stringent requirements are specified. 1. Assemble interior doors, frames, including components, with either dry-use or wet -use adhesives complying with ASTM D 5572 for finger joints and ASTM D 5751 for joints other than finger joints. B. Low - Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea - formaldehyde resins. C. Panel Products: Any of the following: Veneered panel, premier hardwood veneer over warp- resistant lumber core, with solid hardwood edge, with dowels. 2.3 STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF SPECIAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Manufacturers: 1. Woodharbor, or equal. B.. Construction, General: 1. Grade of Doors for Transparent Finish: Premium. 2. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish: Cherry 3. Panel Designs: Drawings indicate panel designs. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 4. Stain: Sangria. C. Door Construction for Transparent Finish: 1. Stile and Rail Construction: Clear lumber, may be edge glued for width. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 2. Stile and Rail Construction: Veneered, structural composite lumber or veneered, edge - glued, finger- jointed Gear lumber. Select veneers for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 -3 2.4 it] E. A. A 08212-4 3. Raised -Panel Construction: Clear lumber, edge glued for width. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 4. Raised -Panel Construction: Edge - glued, dear lumber, glued to both sides of a wood -based panel product. Select lumber for similarity of grain and color, and arrange for optimum match between adjacent pieces. 5. Raised -Panel Construction: Veneered, wood -based panel product with mitered, raised rims made from matching clear lumber. Interior Doors: Basis -of- Design Product: Woodharbor a. Newport Door N3 -13 2. Stile and Rail Widths: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than the following: a. Stiles, Top and Intermediate Rails: 4 -314 inches. b. Bottom Rails: 8 inches. 3. Molding Profile: Prairie. 4. Raised -Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 3f4 inch (19 mm). 5. Flat -Panel Thickness: 112 inch (13 mm). Interior Fire -Rated Doors (20- Minute Rating): Fire -rated doors with 1 -314 -inch- (44 -mm -) thick stiles and rails and veneered flat panels not less than 518 inch (16 mm) thick, complying with requirements indicated for interior doors. INTERIOR FIRE -RATED DOOR FRAMES Available Manufacturers: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Art Woodworking & Mfg. Co. 1 Cabinetry & Millwork Concepts, Inc. 4. Crescent Planing Mill Co. 5. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 6. Fairmount Coal & Lumber Co. Inc. 7. Hunter Millworks Inc. 8. Sierra Pacific Industries. 9. Skagit Architectural Millwork Inc, 10, Summit Door, Inc. 11. Trimfine Sales Co.; Door Units of Georgia, Inc. 12. Wholesale Doors Inc. 13. Woodcraft Architectural Millwork Inc. Frames complete with casings, fabricated from solid fire- retardant - treated wood or from veneered fire- retardant particleboard, fire - retardant medium - density fiberboard, or mineral board. Species: Cherry. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors in sizes indicated for Project -site flung. B. Factory fit doors to suit frame - opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: Clearances: Provide 118 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 112 inch (13 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 318 inch (10 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. 2. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 118 inch in 2 inches (3-112 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. 3. Bevel fire -rated doors 118 inch in 2 inches (3-112 degrees) on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. C. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI - WDHS -3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI All 15-W Series standards, and hardware templates. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard's requirements for factory finishing. Finish faces and edges of doors, including mortises and cutouts. B. Finish wood doors at factory. C. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, finish system, staining effect, and sheen. 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance requirements comparable to AWI System . 3. Staining: Manufacture's Cherry Sangria, to match selection referred to on Finish List 4. Effect: Open -grain finish. 5. Sheen: Satin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and substrates, with Installer present, for suitable conditions where wood stile and rail doors and fire - rated wood door frames will be installed. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212.5 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fire -rated wood door frames level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 1. Countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand smooth. B. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware. C. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced quality standard, and as indicated. Install fire -rated doors in corresponding fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. D. Job -Fi ted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below, do not him stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Clearances: Provide 118 inch (3.2 mm) at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 118 inch (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 114 inch (6.4 mm) from bottom of door to top of threshold. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. 2. Bevel non - fire-rated doors 118 inch in 2 inches (3 -112 degrees) at lock and hinge edges. 3. Bevel fire -rated doors 118 inch in 2 inches (3 -112 degrees) on lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. E. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08212 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS SECTION 08305 - ACCESS DOORS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes access doors for installation in the following types of construction: 1. Gypsum drywall with and without ceramic tile facing. 2. Provide fire -rated access doors where indicated and at fire -rated wall and ceiling assemblies. 3. Provide stainless steel or nickel bronze access doors where indicated and at wet locations, such as toilet rooms, kitchens, etc. as specified in Division 15. Provide locks on all access doors provided for these locations. 4. Access file in suspended or furred acoustic the ceilings are specified in Division 9. B. SUBMITTALS General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. a. Product data in form of manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions for each type of access door assembly, including setting drawings, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorage, devices. 1) Include complete schedule, including types, general locations, sizes, wall and ceiling construction details, finishes, latching or locking provisions, and other data pertinent to installation. b. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of customized access doors and frames, including details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, anchorage and accessory items. C. QUALITY ASSURANCE 1. Single - Source Responsibility: Obtain access doors for entire project from one source from a single manufacturer. 2. Fire - Resistance Ratings: Wherever a fire - resistance classification is indicated, provide access door assembly with panel door, frame, hinge, and latch from manufacturer listed in Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.'s 'Building Materials Directory" for rating shown. a. Provide UL label on each fire -rated access door. 3. Size Variations: Obtain Architect's acceptance of manufacturer's standard size units, which may vary slightly from sizes indicated. 4. Coordination: Furnish inserts and anchoring devices that must be built into other work for installation of access doors. Coordinate delivery with other work to avoid delay. D. PROJECT CONDITIONS 1. Verification: Obtain specific locations and sizes for required access doors from trades requiring access to concealed equipment, and indicate on submittal schedule. 2. Special -Size Access Doors: Use where required or requested. PART 2- PRODUCTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACCESS DOORS 08305-1 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering access doors that may be incorporated in the work include the following: 1. J.L. Industries 2. Milcor, Inc. 3. Nystrom 4. Karp Associates, Inc. B. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 1. General: Furnish each access door assembly manufactured as an integral unit, complete with all parts, and ready for installation. 2. Steel Access Doors and Frames: Fabricate units of continuous welded steel construction unless otherwise indicated. Grind welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of support shown. 3. Stainless Steel Doors and Frames: Fabricate from 16 -gage, #4 satin- finished stainless steel. a. Fabricate frame with exposed flange nominal 1 -inch wide around perimeter of frame. b. For gypsum drywall, furnish perforated frames with drywall bead. 4. Flush Panel Doors: Fabricate from not less than 14 -gage shop -primed steel sheet, with concealed spring hinges or concealed piano hinge set to open 175 degrees. Buff exposed surfaces. a. For fire -rated units, provide manufacturer's standard insulated flush panelldoors, with continuous piano hinge. and seffclosing mechanism. 5. Locking Devices: Furnish flush, screwdriver - operated cam locks of number required to hold door in flush, smooth plane when closed. a. Provide one cylinder lock per access door. Furnish 2 keys per lock. Key all locks alike, unless otherwise scheduled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of access doors. 1. Coordinate installation with work of other trades. B. ADJUST AND CLEAN 1. Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation. 2. Remove and replace panels or frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08305 08305 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACCESSDOORS SECTION 08330 — INSULATED AUTO -SET FIRE DOOR WITH A MOTOR OPERATOR 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install all work under this section as shown on the contract documents, specified herein, and as specified by the job conditions. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Concrete Block: Section 04200 2. Wall Construction: Section 06100 3. Access Doors: Section 08305 4. Gypsum Dry Wall: Section 09250 5. Painting: Section 09900 6. Fire Protection: Section 15320 7. Electrical: Section 16000 8. Smoke Detectors: Section 16000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Furnish submittals in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 01300. B. Shop Drawing: Furnish shop drawings for architect's approval. Include elevations, sections, and details indicating dimensions, materials, finishes, conditions for anchorage and support of each door. C. UL label certification for oversized fire -rated doors and frames that each assembly has been constructed with materials and methods equivalent to requirements for labeled construction D. Product Literature: Submit manufacturer's technical literature describing the product to be used under this section. E. Maintenance and Operating Manuals: Furnish complete manuals describing the materials, devices and procedures to be followed in operating and maintaining all doors under this section. Include manufacturer's brochures and parts lists describing the actual materials used in the product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Provide all doors with fire resistance rating required to comply with governing regulations which are inspected, tested, listed and labeled by UL, complying with NFPA 80 for class of opening. Provide UL label permanently fastened to each fire door assembly. Door shall be tested under UL10B. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of federal, state and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INSULATED AUTO -SET FIRE DOOR WITH A MOTOR OPERATOR 08330-1 C. Testing: Provide documentation from a certified testing agency that the door has been tested for a minimum of 50,000 cycles and 500 drop tests. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver and store materials in manufacturer's original packaging, labeled to show name, brand and type. Store materials in a protected dry location off the ground in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Door Warranty: Furnish One(1) year written warranty signed by the manufacturer and installer agreeing to repair or replace work which has failed as a result of defects in materials or workmanship. Upon notification within the warranty period, such defects shall be repaired at no cost to the owner. PART PRODUCTS 2.1 COILING FIRE DOORS A. Design for Coiling Fire Doors with Auto-Set System is based on model FSFD- IS -M -G as manufactured by McKeon Door Company or approved equal. B. Other acceptable manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. McKeon Rolling Steel Door Company, Inc. b. The Cookson Company. c, Overhead Door Corporation. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Curtain: The steel curtain is to be fabricated of interlocking double steel slats, cold roll formed. The slats shall be of type IS slat design, 22 gauge minimum front and back panels, galvanized steel with zinc coating in accordance with ASTM. A.525 -80. The void of the slats shall be insulated with rock -wool insulation. The back face of the slat must positively interlock with the front slat at both the top and bottom of the section. The weight of the curtain must be equally bome by the front and back slat. B. Bottom Bar: Shall consist of two (2) angles, each not less than 2'x 2" x 118" steel formed to fit slats. Bottom bar shall be provided with slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion. C. Guides: Each guide assembly shall be fabricated of a minimum 3" x 3" support tube, a 2" x 3" inner guide angle and a 3" x 3" outer guide angle. Guides shall be provided with slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion. Provide UL approved smoke seals on each guide assembly. D. Brackets: Mounting brackets of hot rolled 114" steel plate, shall be provided to house ends of the counterbalance assembly. E. Hood: Shall be provided to entirely enclose curtain and counterbalance assemblies. Hood shall be of a design to match brackets. Tops and bottoms shall be bent and reinforced for stiffness. Provide intermediate support brackets at all seams to prevent sagging. 08330-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INSULATED AUTO -SET FIRE DOOR WITH A MOTOR OPERATOR 1. Provide UL approved lintel smoke seats. Electric Motor Operators: Fire fors shall be provided with a compact power unit designed and built by the door manufacturer. Provide UL listed motor operators. Operators shall be equipped with an adjustable screw -type limit switch to break the circuit at termination of travel. High efficiency planetary gearing running in an oil bath, shall be furnished together with a centrifugal governor, spring set solenoid operated brake and a fail safe magnetic release device, completely housed to protect against damage, dust and moisture. Operator is to be NEMA type 1 enclosure. An efficient overload protection device, which will break the power circuit and protect against damage to the motor windings shall be integral with the unit. 1. Motor. Shall be totally enclosed fan cooled, continuous duty, thermally protected, ball bearing type with a class A or better insulation. Single phase motors shall be capacitor start, polyphase shall be squirrel cage induction. Horsepower of motor is to be 112 HP minimum of manufacturer's recommended size, which ever is greater. 2. Starter. Shall be size "00" magnetic reversing starter, across the line type with mechanical and electrical interlocks, with 10 amp continuous rating and 24 volt control circuit. 3. Reducer: Planetary gear type, 90% efficiency minimum, 77:1 reduction. 4. Brake: Double shoe type, continuous duty, solenoid activated, integral within the operator's housing. 5. Control Station: All operators are to be furnished with one flush mount key switch control station marked open and close. G. Self- Closing Mechanism: The fire door is to be designed with a centrifugal governor as an integral part of the operator's construction. The automatic release mechanism shall be triggered by a fusible link, smoke detector or fire alarm. When triggered the door is released and begins to close due to gravitational force. The speed of the door is governed by a centrifugal governor, designed to match the normal operating speed of the door, at a rate of not greater than 9" per second or less than 6' per second. H. Magnetic Release With 10 Second Time Delay: A fail -safe magnetic release device shall be built into the operator as an integral part of the release mechanism. When power is interrupted to the release mechanism by the smoke detector or fire alarm, the door shall begin to self- close. In the event of power failure the time delay shall prevent the fire door from closing for a period of 10 seconds. Once the 10 seconds have lapsed, the fire door shall self close Once power has been restored the automatic reset time delay as well as the fire door shall reset themselves, and the door shall automatically power it -self back to the fully open position. I. Safely edge: Each fire door shall be designed so that once the fire door begins to self - close, the safety edge shall continue to work even if the fusible link has been activated as long as electrical power is provided to the motor operator. In the event that the safety edge meets an obstruction during the self - closing operation, the door shall reverse, return to the open position, momentarily stop, and then begin to self -close again. J. Easy Drop Test Feature: Each fire door shall be designed so that it may be drop- tested simply by cutting power to the operator. By turning the power switch off, the door shall self-close. Once the fire door has satisfactorily dosed, it shall be reset and power it -self back to the fully open position simply by turning the power back on. No ladders or tools shall be needed to reset the door or the time delay unit. K. True Test panel: Fire doors shall be provided with a True Test panel. The test panel shall activate all the fire doors to close via gravity not power and shall be in accordance with NFPA Bulletin #80. Only one test panel shall be required to test all the fire doors on this project. All the fire doors on this project shall be inter - connected through 24vdc Wring so that if one fire door is activated all the fire doors on the project shall close simultaneously. L. Painting: After completion of fabrication, clean all metal surfaces to remove dirt and chemically treat to provide for paint adhesion. Apply baked on enamel primer. Slats are to receive a prime coat of .2 mils of Epoxy primer and .8 mils of Hanna Polyester paint. Color to be selected by architect form the full range of manufactures colors to match the building color program. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INSULATED AUTO -SET FIRE DOOR WITH A MOTOR OPERATOR OB330 -3 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and field conditions to which this work is to be performed and notify architect if conditions of surfaces exist which are detrimental to proper installation and timely completion of work. B. Verify all dimensions taken at job site affecting the work. Notify the architect in any instance where dimensions vary. C. Coordinate and schedule work under this section with work of other sections so as not to delay job progress. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation using only factory approved and certified representatives of the door manufacturer. B. Install door assemblies at locations shown in perfect alignment and elevation, plumb, level, straight and true. C. Adjust door installation to provide uniform clearances and smooth non - binding operation. D. Install wiring in accordance with applicable local codes and the National Electrical Code Standard. Materials shall be UL listed. E. Test door closing sequence when activated by the building's fire alarm system. Reset door after successful test. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installed work using adequate and suitable means during and after installation until accepted by owner. B. Remove, repair or replace materials which have been damaged in any way. C. Clean surfaces of grime and dirt using acceptable and recommended means and methods. END OF SECTION 08330 08330-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER INSULATED AUTO -SET FIRE DOOR WITH A MOTOR OPERATOR SECTION 08331— COUNTER FIRE SHUTTER WITH HAND CRANK OPERATION 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 PART 1GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all materials, labor, equipment and services necessary to furnish, deliver and install all work underthis section as shown on the contract documents, specified herein, and as specified by the job conditions. 1.2 DESCRIPTION A. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Concrete Block: Section 04200 2. Wall Construction: Section 06100 3. Access Doors: Section 08305 4, Gypsum Dry Wall: Section 09250 5. Painting: Section 09900 6. Fire Protection: Section 15320 7. Electrical: Section 16000 8. Smoke Detectors: Section 16000 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Furnish submittals in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 01300. B. Shop Drawing: Furnish shop drawings for architect's approval. Include elevations, sections, and details indicating dimensions, materials, finishes, conditions for anchorage and support of each door. C. UL label certification for oversized fire -rated doors and frames that each assembly has been constructed with materials and methods equivalent to requirements for labeled construction D. Product Literature: Submit manufacturers technical literature describing the product to be used under this section. E. Maintenance and Operating Manuals: Furnish complete manuals describing the materials, devices and procedures to be followed in operating and maintaining all doors under this section. Include manufacturer's brochures and parts lists describing the actual materials used in the product. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Rated Assemblies: Provide all doors with fire resistance rating required to comply with governing regulations-which are inspected, tested, listed and labeled by UL, complying with NFPA 80 for class of opening. Provide UL label permanently fastened to each fire door assembly. Door shall be tested under UL10B and UL1784. Unit shall be provided with an "S" Label. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of the laws, codes, ordinances and regulations of federal, state and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. C. Testing: Provide documentation from a certified testing agency that the door has been tested for a minimum of 50,000 cycles and 500 drop tests. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Deliver and store materials in manufacturer's original packaging, labeled to show name, brand and type. Store materials in a protected dry location off the ground in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COUNTER FIRE SHUTTER WITH HAND CRANK OPERATION 08331-1 1.6 WARRANTY A. Door Warranty: Furnish One(l) year written warranty signed by the manufacturer and installer agreeing to repair or replace work which has failed as a result of defects in materials or workmanship. Upon notification within the warranty period, such defects shall be repaired at no cost to the owner. PART PRODUCTS k�<K�]IltI.CeL71:i3.9;lIj�IgU A. Design for Counter Fire Shutters with Hand Crank Operation is based on model CFS- HK -SSSD as manufactured by McKeon Door Company. B. Acceptable manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. McKeon Rolling Steel Door Company, Inc. b. The Cookson Company. c. Overhead Door Corporation. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Curtain: Shall be assembled of interlocking stainless steel slats, cold rolled. Slats shall have endlocks locking each end of alternate slats to act as a wearing surface, and maintain slat alignment. Curtain shall be 22 gauge minimum (.029 thick) or gauge required by Underwriters Laboratories and Factory Mutual. Slats: Shall be of a cross section not less than 1114" wide by 112" deep B. Bottom Bar: Shall consist of one (1) angle not less than 1 112" x 1 112" x 118" stainless steel formed to fit slats. Bottom bar shall be provided with slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion. C. Guides: Each stainless steel guide assembly shall be fabricated of a minimum of 118" angles and channels in a box type configuration. Guides shall be provided with slotted holes to allow for thermal expansion. 1. Provide UL approved smoke seals on each guide assembly conforming to UL1784 provide units with an "S" Label. D. Brackets: Mounting brackets of hot rolled 114" steel plate, shall be provided to house ends of the counterbalance assembly. E. Hood: Shall he provided to entirely enclose curtain and counterbalance assemblies. The stainless steel hood shall be of a design to match brackets. Tops and bottoms shall be bent and reinforced for stiffness. Provide intermediate support brackets at all seams to prevent sagging. Provide UL approved lintel smoke seals. F. Hand Crank Operator. Hand Crank operated doors shall be provided with a compact power unit designed and built by the door manufacturer. Operators shall be equipped with high efficiency planetary gearing running in an oil bath, and shall be furnished together with a centrifugal governor, spring -set brake and a fail -safe magnetic release device, completely housed to protect against damage, dust, and moisture. G. Self - Closing Mechanism: The fire door is to be designed with a centrifugal governor as an integral part of the operators construction. The automatic release mechanism shall be triggered by a fusible link, smoke detector or fire alarm. When triggered the door is released and begins to close due to gravitational force. The speed of the door is governed by a centrifugal governor, designed to match the normal operating speed of the door, at a rate of not greater than 9" per second or less than 6" per second. 08331 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COUNTER FIRE SHUTTER WITH HAND CRANK OPERATION H. Magnetic Release With 10 Second Time Delay: Afail -safe magnetic release device shall be built into the operator as an integral part of the release mechanism. When power is interrupted to the release mechanism by the smoke detector or Tire alarm, the door shall begin to self - close. In the event of power failure the time delay shall preventthe fire door from closing for a period of 10 seconds. Once the 10 seconds have lapsed, the fire door shall self close Once power has been restored the automatic reset time delay as well as the fire door shall reset themselves, and the door shall automatically power it -self back to the fully open position. Painting: After completion of fabrication, clean all metal surfaces to remove dirt and chemically treat to provide for paint adhesion. Apply baked on enamel primer. Slats are to receive a prime coat of .2 mils of Epoxy primerand.8 mils of Hanna Polyester paint. Color to be selected by architect form the full range of manufactures colors to match the building color program. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces and field conditions to which this work is to be performed and notify architect if conditions of surfaces exist which are detrimental to proper installation and timely completion of work. B. Verity all dimensions taken at job site affecting the work. Notify the architect in any instance where dimensions vary. C. Coordinate and schedule work under this section with work of other sections so as not to delay job progress. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Perform installation using only factory approved and certified representatives of the door manufacturer. B. Install door assemblies at locations shown in perfect alignment and elevation, plumb, level, straight and true. C. Adjust door installation to provide uniform clearances and smooth non- binding operation. D. Install wiring in accordance with applicable local codes and the National Electrical Code Standard. Materials shall be UL listed. E. Test door closing sequence when activated by the building's fire alarm system. Reset door after successful test. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING A. Protect installed work using adequate and suitable means during and after installation until accepted by owner. B. Remove, repair or replace materials which have been damaged in any way. C. Clean surfaces of grime and dirt using acceptable and recommended means and methods. END OF SECTION 08331 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COUNTER FIRE SHUTTER WITH HAND CRANK OPERATION 08331-3 SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior entrance framing systems. 2. Exterior storefront systems. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for installation of joint sealants installed with aluminum -framed systems and for sealants to the extent not specified in this Section. 2. Division 8 Section "Door Hardware' for hardware to the extent not specified in this Section. 3. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing requirements to the extent not specified in this Section. 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. General: Provide aluminum entrance and storefront systems capable of withstanding bads and thermal and structural movement requirements indicated without failure, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. Failure includes the following: 1. Air infiltration and water penetration exceeding specified limits. 2. Framing members transferring stresses, including those caused by thermal and structural movement, to glazing units. B. Glazing: Physically and thermally isolate glazing from framing members. C. Wind Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding wind -load design pressures calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction (1998 CBC) or the American Society of Civil Engineers' ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures,' 6.4.2, 'Analytical Procedure' whichever are more stringent. 1. Deflection of framing members in a direction normal to wall plane is limited to U240 of clear span or 314 inch, whichever is smaller, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Static- Pressure Test Performance: Provide entrance and storefront systems that do not evidence material failures, structural distress, failure of operating components to function normally, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of clear span when tested according to ASTM E 330. a. Test Pressure: 150 percent of inward and outward wind -load design pressures. b. Duration: As required by design wind velocity; fastest 1 mile of wind for relevant exposure category. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-1 D. Seismic Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, capable of withstanding the effects of earthquake motions calculated according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction or ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," Section 9, "Earthquake Loads," whichever are more stringent. E. Dead Loads: Provide entrance- and storefront-system members that do not deflect an amount which will reduce glazing bite below 75 percent of design dimension when carrying full dead load. 1. Provide a minimum 118 -inch clearance between members and top of glazing or other fixed part immediately below. 2. Provide a minimum 1116 -inch clearance between members and doors. F. Live Loads: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate the supporting structures' deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads as required by DSA without failure of materials or permanent deformation. G. Air Infiltration: Provide entrance and storefront systems with permanent resistance to air leakage through fixed glazing and frame areas of not more than 0.06 cfm /sq. ft. of fixed wall area when tested according to ASTM E 283 at a static-air- pressure difference of 1.57 Ibf/sq. ft.. H. Water Penetration: Provide entrance and storefront systems that do not evidence water leakage through Fixed glazing and frame areas when tested according to ASTM E 331 at minimum differential pressure of 20 percent of inward - acting wind -load design pressure as defined by ASCE 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," but not less than 6.24 Ibf /sq. ft.. Water leakage is defined as follows: Uncontrolled water infiltrating systems or appearing on systems' normally exposed interior surfaces from sources other than condensation. Water controlled by flashing and gutters that is drained back to the exterior and cannot damage adjacent materials or finishes is not water leakage. Thermal Movements: Provide entrance and storefront systems, including anchorage, that accommodate thermal movements of systems and supporting elements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures without buckling, damaging stresses on glazing, failure of joint sealants, damaging loads on fasteners, failure of doors or other operating units to function property, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. J. Structural- Support Movement: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate structural movements including, but not limited to, sway and deflection. K. Dimensional Tolerances: Provide entrance and storefront systems that accommodate dimensional tolerances of building frame and other adjacent construction. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For entrance and storefront systems. Straw details of fabrication and installation, including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, provisions for expansion and contraction, and attachments to other work. 08410-2 I . For entrance systems, include hardware schedule and indicate operating hardware types, quantities, and locations. 2. Engineering Details and Calculations: Submit detail plans, specifications and engineering calculations for structural support for review and approval of Architect, structural engineer, and City of Newport Beach. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS C. Engineering Details and Calculations: Submit detail plans, specifications and engineering calculations for structural support for review and approval of Architect, structural engineer, and City of Newport Beach. Allow 6 weeks for City processing. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory- applied color finishes. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, in manufacturer's standard sizes. F. Qualification Data: For Installer G. Field quality- control test and inspection reports. H. Maintenance Data: For aluminum -framed systems to include in maintenance manuals. I. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.. Installer Qualifications: Capable of assuming engineering responsibility and performing work of this Section and who is acceptable to manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM E 699 for testing indicated. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for systems' aesthetic effects and performance characteristics. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Performance characteristics are indicated by criteria subject to verification by one or more methods including pre- construction testing, field testing, and in- service performance. 1. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If modifications are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for aluminum- framed systems by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings, 1. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating aluminum - framed systems without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Assembly Warranty: Manufacturers standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum - framed systems that do not comply with requirements or that deteriorate as defined in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration caused by thermal movements. C, Deterioration of metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-3 d. Adhesive or cohesive sealant failures. e. Water leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas. f. Failure of operating components to function properly. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited lo, the following: Basis -of- Design Product: The design is based on Kawneer 350 Heavy Wall Entrance Door, and Kawneer Trifab VG 451 Storefront. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the named product or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Kawneer. 2. United States Aluminum. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M). 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M). 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429, B. Glazing: One inch insulated glazing and 5116" ceramic glass as specified in Division B Section "Glazing." C. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard pressure - glazing system of black, resilient glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers, fabricated from an elastomer of type and in hardness recommended by system and gasket manufacturer to comply with system performance requirements. Provide gasket assemblies that have corners sealed with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. D. Spacers, Setting Blocks, Gaskets, and Bond Breakers: Manufacturer's standard permanent, nonmigrating types in hardness recommended by manufacturer, compatible with sealants, and suitable for system performance requirements. E. Framing system gaskets, sealants, and joint fillers as recommended by manufacturer for joint type. F. Sealants and joint fillers for joints at perimeter of entrance and storefront systems as specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." G. Bituminous Paint: Cold - applied asphalt -masfic paint complying with SSPC -Paint 12 requirements, except containing no asbestos, formulated for 30 -mil thickness per coat. 08410-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Storefront: KAWNEER Trifab VG 451 Screw Spline Framing or approved equal as detailed on drawings. B. Entrances: KAWNEER 350 Heavy Wall Entrance Door or approved equal as detailed on drawings.. 1. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Provide manufacturer's standard snap -on extruded - aluminum glazing stops and preformed gaskets. 2. Stile Design: As indicated on Drawings. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Provide manufacturer's standard brackets and reinforcements that are compatible with adjacent materials. Provide nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessorfes compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Reinforce members as required to retain fastener threads. 2. Do not use exposed fasteners, except for hardware application. For hardware application, use countersunk Phillips flat -head machine screws finished to match framing members or hardware being fastened, unless otherwise indicated. E. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast -iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123 or ASTM A 153 requirements. F. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding Hashing, compatible with adjacent materials, and of type recommended by manufacturer. G. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable weather stripping as follows: H. Compression Weather Stripping: Molded neoprene complying with ASTM 2.4 ENTRANCES A. Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed doors, for manual swing operation. 1. Door Construction: 1 -314 -inch overall thickness with minimum 0.188 -inch- thick, extruded- aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deep penetration and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed fie rods. 2. Door Design: Medium stile; 3-112 -inch nominal width. a. Accessible Doors: Smooth surfaced for width of door in area within 10 inches above floor or ground plane. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Square, snap -on, extruded - aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. Provide non - removable glazing stops on outside of door. B. Door Hardware: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." 2.5 DOOR HARDWARE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-5 A. General: Provide heavy -duty units in sizes and types recommended by entrance system and hardware manufacturers for entrances and uses indicated. 1. Opening -Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 30 Ibf required to set door in motion and not more than 15 Ibf required to open door to minimum required width. B. Scheduled Door Hardware: Provide door hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Section 08710, Named Manufacturers Products: Product designation and hardware manufacturer are listed in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of section 08710 to establish minimum requirements for design, grade, function, finish, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware. a. Provide named hardware manufacturers products. b. Named products are basis-of-design products. Provide named hardware manufacturers products or comparable products that are equivalent in function and quality and that are recommended and supplied by entrance system manufacturer. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with standards referenced in this Article and with requirements for description, quality, type, and function listed in the Door Hardware Schedule at the end of Section 08710. C. Pivot Hinges: 1. Standard: BHMA Al 56.4, Grade 1. 2. Offset -Pivot Hinges: Provide top, bottom, and intermediate offset pivots at each door leaf. D. Ball- Bearing Butts: 1. Standard: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, radius corner. 2. Provide non - removable pins at hinges exposed to outside of door. 3. Provide nonferrous hinges where hinges are exposed to weather. 4. Quantities: a. For doors with heights up to 87 inches, provide 3 hinges per leaf. E. Confinuous -Gear Hinges: Manufacturers standard with stainless -steel bearings between knuckles; fabricated to full height of door and frame. F. Balanced -Door Hinge Assembly: Manufacturers standard mechanism with balancing guide roller and top- and bottom- sealed, self- aligning, anfdriction bearings, arms, and pivots. 1. Steel Hinge Tube: Concealed in jamb. 2. Clear - Opening Width: Reduction of clear- opening width by hinge assembly limited to 3 inches plus door thickness. G. Locking Devices, General: Do not require use of key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. 08410-6 Opening -Force Requirements: a. Delayed - Egress Locks: Lock releases within 15 seconds after applying a force of not more than 15 Ibf for not more than 3 seconds. b. Latches and Exit Devices: Not more than 151bf required to release latch. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS H. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1. I. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1. J. Automatic and Self- Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Grade 1. K. Panic Exit Devices: Listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. 1. Standard: BHMA At 56.3. Grade 1. L. Cylinders: As specified in Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." Keying: Master key system. Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include notation [ "DO NOT DUPLICATE "] [to be furnished by Owner]. M. , Strikes: Provide strike with black - plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. N. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6. O. Removable Mullions: 1. Standard: BHMA A156.3. 2. When used with panic exit devices, provide removable mullions listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing according to UL 305. Use only mullions that have been tested with exit devices to be used. P. Closers: With accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use and adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 1. Standard: BHMA At56.4, Grade 1. Q. Concealed Overhead Holders. BHMA A156.8, Grade 1 R. Surface - Mounted Holders: BHMA Al 56.16, Grade 1. S. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper. T. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer`s standard replaceable components. 1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000, molded neoprene, or ASTM D 2287, molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701 made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon - fabric or aluminum - strip backing. U. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturers standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. V. Silencers: BHMA At56.16, Grade 1. W. Thresholds: Raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 112 inch. 1. Standard: BHMA A156.21. X. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame hinge -jamb at center - pivoted doors. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-7 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate components that, when assembled, will have accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 1. Fabricate components for screw- spline frame construction. B. Forming: Form shapes with sharp profiles, straight and free of defects or deformations, before finishing. C. Prepare components to receive concealed fasteners and anchor and connection devices. D. Fabricate components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. E. Welding: Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. F. Glazing Channels: Provide minimum clearances for thickness and type of glass indicated according to FGMNs "Glazing Manual." G. Metal Protection: Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. H. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. I. Entrances: Fabricate door framing in profiles indicated. Reinforce as required to support imposed loads. Factory assemble door frame units and factory install hardware to greatest extent possible. Reinforce door frame units as required for installing hardware indicated. Cut, drill, and lap for factory- installed hardware before finishing component. 1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding weather stripping retained in adjustable strip mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. 'After fabrication, clearly mark components to identity their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class 1, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1. 2.8 STEEL PRIMING 08410-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS A. General: Comply with NAAMWs "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations relative to applying primer. B. Surface Preparation: Perform manufacturer's standard cleaning operations to remove dirt, oil, grease, or other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel. C. Priming: Apply manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A , Structural - Sealant - Glazed Systems: Perform quality - control procedures complying with ASTM C 1401 recommendations including, but not limited to, system material qualification procedures, sealant testing, and system fabrication reviews and checks. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Comply with manufacturers written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure non - movement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration. 6. Seal joints watertight, unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose. 2. Where -aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. C. Install components to drain water passing joints and condensation and moisture occurring or migrating within the system to the exterior. D. Set continuous sill members and flashing in a full sealant bed to provide weathertight construction, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." E. Install framing components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack of framing members. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 08410-9 F. Install entrance framing plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades without warp or rack. Lubricate factory- installed operating hardware and other moving parts according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Install surface - mounted hardware according to manufacturers written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. G. Install glazing to comply with requirements of Division 8 Section "Glazing," unless otherwise indicated. H. Install perimeter sealant to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants; unless otherwise indicated. L Erection Tolerances: Install entrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Variation from Plane: Limit variation from plane or location shown to 118 inch in 12 feet; 114 inch over total length. 2. Alignment: Where surfaces abut in line, limit offset from true alignment to 1116 inch. Where surfaces meet at corners, limit offset from true alignment to 1132 inch. 3. Diagonal Measurements: Limit difference between diagonal measurements to 118 inch. J. Entrances: Install to produce smooth operation and fight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Entrances: Install to produce tight fit at weather stripping and weather tight closure. 2. Field- Installed Hardware: Install surface - mounted hardware according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Water Spray Test: Aker completing the installation of test areas indicated, test storefront system for water penetration according to AAMA 501.2 requirements. B. Repair or remove and replace Work that does not meet requirements or that is damaged by testing; replace to conform to specified requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Remove excess sealant and glazing compounds, and dirt from surfaces. B. Entrances: Adjust operating hardware for smooth operation according to hardware manufacturers' written instructions. For doors accessible to people with disabilities, adjust closers to provide a 3- second closer sweep period for doors to move from a 70- degree open position to 3 inches from the latch measured to the leading door edge. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure entrance and storefront systems are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 08410 08410 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS SECTION 08520 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes commercial -grade aluminum window units of the performance class indicated. Window types required include: 1. Fixed Windows. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 - Glazing. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum window units that comply with performance requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's corresponding stock systems according to test methods indicated. B. Design Requirements: Comply with structural performance, air infiltration, and water penetration requirements indicated in ANSIlAAMA 101 -93 for type, grade, and performance class of window units required. 1. Design wind velocity at the project site is 70 mph. C. Testing: Test each type and sae of required window unit through a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency, in accordance with ASTM E 330 for structural performance, with ASTM E 283 for air infiltration, and with ASTM E331 OR E547for water penetration. Provide certified test results. 1. Structural Performance: Provide window units with no failure or permanent deflection in excess of U175 of any member's span after removal of the imposed load, for a positive (inward) and negative (outward) test pressure of 40 Ibflsq. ft 2. Air Infiltration: Provide units with air infiltration rate of not more than 0.16 ctr VII of operable sash joint for an inward test pressure of 1.57 Ibflsq. ft 3. Water Penetration: Provide units with no water penetration as defined in the test method at 6.00 psf pressure differential with water rate. 4. Condensation Resistance: Where window units are indicated to be of "thermal -break construction," provide units that have been tested for thermal performance in accordance with AAMA 1503.1 showing a condensation resistance factor (CRF) of 45. 5. Forced -Entry Resistance: Provide window units that comply with requirements for Performance Level 10 when tested in accordance with ASTM F 588. D. Sound Insulation Construction: Fabricate aluminum window units that have been certified to provide a sound transmission class (STC) rating of at least 40 when tested in accordance with ASTM E 90 and classed according to ASTM E 413. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08520 -1 1A SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for each type of window required, including a. Construction details and fabrication methods. b. Profiles and dimensions of individual components. C. Data on hardware, accessories, and finishes. d. Recommendations for maintenance and cleaning of exterior surfaces. 2. Shop drawings for each type of window required. Include information not fully detailed in manufacturers standard product data and the following: a. Layout and installation details, including anchors. b. Full -size section details of typical composite members, including reinforcement. C. Hardware including operators. d. Glazing details. e. Accessories. Samples for Initial Color Selection: Submit samples of clear anodized aluminum finish. Certification: Provide certification by a recognized independent testing laboratory or agency showing that each type, grade, and size of window unit complies with performance requirements indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed installation of aluminum windows similar in design and extent to those required for the project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Standards: Requirements for aluminum windows, terminology and standards of performance, and fabrication workmanship are those specified and recommended in AAMA 101 and applicable general recommendations published by AAMA. C. Single- Source Responsibility: Provide aluminum window units from one source and produced by a single manufacturer. D. Design Concept: The drawings indicate the size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of the aluminum window types required and are based on the specific type and model indicated. Aluminum windows by other manufacturers may be considered provided deviations in dimensions and profiles are minor and do not change the design concept as judged by the Architect The burden of proof of equality is on the proposer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual window openings by accurate field measurement before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of work. 08520-2 Where necessary, proceed with fabrication without field measurements, and coordinate fabrication tolerances to ensure proper fit of window units. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Basis of design is Kawneer Company, Inc., Series 7225 Heavy Commercial aluminum windows. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: Fixed Windows: a. Kawneer b. US Aluminum d. EFCO 2.2 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: Provide alloy and temper recommended by the window manufacturer for the strength, corrosion resistance, and application of required finish, but not less than 22,000 -psi ultimate tensile strength and not less than 0.062 inch thick at any location for main frame and sash members. The main frame shall be not less than 2 114" in depth. B. Fasteners: Provide aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, epoxy adhesive, or other materials warranted by the manufacturer to be noncorrosive and compatible with aluminum window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components of window units. 1. Reinforcement: Where fasteners screw - anchor into aluminum less than 0.125 inch thick, reinforce the Interior with aluminum or nonmagnetic stainless steel to receive screw threads or provide standard noncorrosive pressed -in splined grommet nuts. 2. Exposed Fasteners: Except where unavoidable for application of hardware, do not use exposed fasteners. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match the finish of the member or hardware being fastened, as appropriate. C. Anchors, Clips, and Window Accessories: Fabricate anchors, clips, and window accessories of aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or hot-dip zinc - coated steel or iron complying with the requirements of ASTM B 633; provide sufficient strength to withstand design pressure indicated. D. Compression -Type Glazing Strips and Weatherstripping: Unless otherwise indicated, and at the manufacturer's option, provide compressible stripping for glazing and weatherstripping such as molded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with AAMA SG -1 or with ASTM D 2000 Designation 2BC415 to 3BC620, or molded PVC gaskets complying with ASTM D 2287, or molded expanded EPDM or neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM C 509, Grade 4. E. Sealant: For sealants required within fabricated window units, provide type recommended by the manufacturer forjoint size and movement. Sealant shall remain permanently elastic, nonshrinking, and non*rating. Comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" of these specifications for selection and installation of sealants. 2.3 HARDWARE A. General: Provide the manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, or other corrosion - resistant material compatible with aluminum and of sufficient strength to perform the function for which it is CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08520-3 intended. B. Counterbalancing Mechanism: Comply with AAMA 902. 2.4 FIXED WINDOWS A. Window Grade and Class: Comply with requirements of AAMA Grade and Performance Class C40. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate aluminum window units to comply with indicated standards. Include a complete system for assembly of components and anchorage of window units. 1. Provide units that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. 2. Weather Stripping: Provide full - perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and ventilator. 3. Weepholes: Provide weepholes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to the exterior. 4. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, in the manner indicated. 5. Glazing Stops: Provide screw - applied or snap -on glazing stops, coordinated with glass selection and glazing system indicated. Finish glazing stops to match window units. B. Preglazed Fabrication: Preglaze window units at the factory where possible and practical for applications indicated. Comply with glass and glazing requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" sections of these specifications and AAMA 101. 2.6 FINISHES A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. C. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coaling: Architectural Class[, clear ooafing 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Inspect openings before beginning installation. Verify that rough opening is correct and the sill plate is level. 1. Wood frame walls shall be dry, clean, sound, and well - nailed, free of voids and without offsets at joints. Ensure that nail heads are driven flush with surfaces in the opening and within 3 inches of the opening. 2. Metal surfaces shaft be dry; clean; free of grease, oil, dirt, rust and corrosion, and welding slag; without sharp 08520-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM WINDOWS edges or offsets at joints. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations for installation of window units, hardware, operators, and other components of the work. B. Set window units plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of frames or sash. Provide proper support and anchor securely in place. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials by complying with the requirements specified under paragraph "Dissimilar Materials" in the Appendix to AAMA 101, C. Set sill members and other members in a bed of compound or with joint fillers or gaskets, as shown, to provide weatherlight construction. Refer to the "Joint Seater" sections of Division 7 for compounds, fillers, and gaskets to be installed concurrently with window units. Coordinate installation with wall flashings and other components of the work. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests (Post Installation Testing): Conduct project site tests for air infiltration and water penetration with manufacturer's representative present. Architect shall select windows to be tested. Tests not meeting specified performance requirements and units having deficiencies shall be corrected as part of the contract amount Testing: Testing shall be performed by a qualified independent testing agency. Refer to Division 1 Testing Section for payment of testing and testing requirements. Testing Standard shall be per AAMA 502 including reference to ASTM E 783 for Air Infiltration Test and ASTM E 1105 for Water Penetration Test. a. Air Infiltration Tests: Conduct in accordance with ASTM E 783. Tests shall be conducted at a minimum uniform static test pressure of 1.57 psi or as specified, but not to exceed 6.24 psi. The maximum allowable rates of air leakage for field testing shall not exceed 1.5 times the project specifications. b. Water Penetration Tests: Water penetration tests shall be conducted at a static test pressure of 6.00 psf. B. Manufacturers Field Services: Upon Owner's request, provide manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sash and hardware to provide a tight fit at contact points and at weatherstripping for smooth operation and a weathertight closure. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean aluminum surfaces promptly after installation of windows. Exercise care to avoid damage to protective coatings and finishes. Remove excess glazing and sealant compounds, dirt, and other substances. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts. B. Clean glass of preglazed units promptly after installation of windows. Comply with requirements of the "Glass and Glazing" section for cleaning and maintenance. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ALUMINUM WINDOWS 08520-5 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Finish hardware except as otherwise specified or specifically omitted herein. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. 2. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames. 3. Section 08212 - Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 4. Section 08410 - Aluminum Storefront and Entrances. C. Specific Omissions: Hardware for the following is specified or indicated elsewhere. 1. Windows. 2. Cabinets and locks. 3. Signs, 4. Toilet accessories. 5. Installation. 6. Rough hardware. 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS & SUBMITTALS A. Requests for substitutions must be made in writing 10 days prior to bid date to allow architect to issue an addendum. If proposing a substitute, submit that product data attached to one showing specified item and indicate savings to be made. Provide sample fl requested. No other substitutions will be allowed. 1. Items listed with no substitute manufacturers have been requested by the Owner to match existing. B. SUBMITTALS: Submit six copies of schedule within 4 weeks after project has been awarded. Organize schedule into "Hardware Sets" with an index of doors and heading, Indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Include the following Information: 1. Type, style, function, size, quantity and finish of each hardware item. Use BHMA Finish codes as per ANSI All 56.18. 2. Name, part number and manufacturer of each item. 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 4. Location of hardware set cross referenced to indications on drawings both on floor plans and in . door schedule. 5. Explanation of all abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 08710-1 6. Mounting locations for hardware. 7. Door and frame sizes and materials. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: 1. Obtain each kind of hardware (latch and lock sets, exit devices, hinges, and closers) from only one manufacture, although several may be indicated as offering products complying with requirements. 2. Hardware supplier shall be a direct factory contract supplier who has in his employment a certified hardware consultant (AHC) who is available at all reasonable times during the course of the work for project hardware consultation to the Owner, Architect, and Contractor. B. Schedule Designations: Except as otherwise indicated, the use of one manufacturer's numeric designation system in schedules does not imply that another manufacturer's products will not be acceptable, unless they are not equal in design, size, weight, finish, function, or other quality of significance. See 1.3 A for substitutions. C. Exit Doors: Operable at all limes from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. D. Fire -Rated Openings: Hardware shall be tested and listed per UL10C and the requirements of UBC Standard 7 -2. Furnish letter of compliance from each manufacturer in the submittals for each type of rated opening. Latching hardware, door closers, ball bearing hinges, and seals are required whether listed in the Hardware Schedule or not. Where exit devices are required on fire rated doors, provide supplementary marking on door UL label indicating "Fire Door to be Equipped with Fire Exit Hardware ", and provide UL label on exit device indicating "Fire Exit Hardware ". E. Conform to applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines regarding accessibility requirements for door and entrance hardware. F. Conform to applicable requirements of Title 24, Part 2, CCR, including Sections 11338.2.1, 1133B.2.5.1, and 1003.3.1.6, regarding exiting and accessibility requirements for door and entrance hardware. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Acceptance at Site: Individually package each unit of finish hardware complete with proper fastening and appurtenances, clearly marked on the outside to indicate contents and specific locations in the Work. B. Deliver packaged hardware items at the times and to the locations (shop or field) for installation, as directed by the Contractor. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS 08710-2 A. Coordination: Coordinate hardware with other work. Furnish hardware items of proper design for use on doors and frames of the thickness, profile, swing, security and similar requirements indicated, as necessary for proper installation and function, regardless of omissions or conflicts in the information on the Contract Documents. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE B. Upon request, check the Shop Drawings for doors and entrances to confirm that adequate provisions will be made for the proper installation of hardware. Imo/ -C''M A. Provide guarantee from hardware supplier as follows: 1. Closers: Five years, except electronic closers, two years. 2. Exit Devices: Two years. 3. All other Hardware: Two years. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Approval of manufacturers other than those listed shall be in accordance with paragraph 1.3 A. Item: Manufacturer: Acceptable Substitute: Hinges Hager McKinney, Stanley Continuous Hinges Markar McKinney, Stanley Locksets Schlage As specified Cylinders Schlage As specified Exit Devices Von Duprin As specified Closers LCN Norton, Dorma Auto Flush Bolts Trimco Hager, Ives Coordinators Tdmco Hager, Ives Kick Plates Trimco Hager, Ives Stops Trimco Hager, Ives Silencers Trimco Hager, Ives Overhead Stops Glynn Johnson Rixson, ABH Mullion & Smoke Seals NGP As specified Thresholds & Sweeps Pemko Reese, NGP Key Cabinets Lund Telkee, KCS B. Furnish items V hardware required to complete the work in accordance with these specifications and the manufacturers instmctfons. Items of hardware not specified shall be provided even though inadvertently omitted form this specification. Items shall be of equal quality and type. C. Where the exact types of hardware specified are not adaptable to the finished shape or size of the members requiring hardware, furnish suitable types having as nearly as practicable the same operation and quality as the type specified, subject to Archilect s approval. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Locksels: Locksets and latchsets shall be as specified. Strikes shall be 16 gage curved steel, bronze or brass with 1" deep box construction, and have lips of sufficient length to clear trim and protect clothing. 1. Comply with requirements of local security ordinances. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 08710-3 2. Provide approved fusible links at levers for labeled doors. 3. Look Series and Design: Schlage L series 03A lever. B. Hinges: Outswinging exterior doors shall have nonremovable (NRP) pin. Hinge open widths shall be minimum, but of sufficient size to permit door to swing 180 degrees. 1. Furnish 3 hinges per leaf to 7 foot, 6 inch height. Add one for each additional 30 inches in height or fraction thereof. 2. Provide 5 inch heavy weight hinges on doors over 3 feet, 5 inches width. C. Exit Devices: Exit devices shall comply with UBC Standard 10 -4 and CBC Section 1003.3.1.9. Furnish devices at wood doors with sex bolts unless otherwise specified. Lever handle trim shall match locksets. The unlatching force shall not exceed 15 pounds when applied in the direction of exit travel. Provide glass bead kits of proper thickness where the rail assembly of the exit device crosses a lite. D. Surface Door Closers: Full rack and pinion type with removable non - ferrous case. Provide sex bolts and grommets at wood doors. Place closers inside building, stairs, and rooms. Closers shall be non- handed, non - sized, and installed to permit door to swing 180 degrees. 1. Flush transom offset brackets shall be used where parallel arm closers are listed for doors with fixed panels over. 2. Provide drop brackets, shoe supports, and blade stop spacers as required at narrow top rails. 3. Sweep period of the closer to be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3 inches from the latch, measured to the landing side of the door. 4. Exterior doors to have 5 pounds maximum pressure to open and interior doors to have 5 pounds maximum pressure to open. The maximum effort to operate fire doors may be increased to the maximum allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, but in no case shall the pressure exceed 15 pounds. E. Kick Plates: Provide with four beveled edges, .050 inches minimum thickness, 10- inches high by width less 2- inches. Furnish with machine or wood screws of bronze or stainless steel to match other hardware. Floor Stops: Floor mounted door stops are prohibited where located in the path of travel. Where provided, install maximum 4 inches from wall surface. . G. Seals: Seals shall be finished to match adjacent frame color. U.L. label shall be applied on all rated doors. H. Screws: Exposed screws shall be Phillips head. Silencers: Furnish silencers for interior hollow metal frames, 3 for single doors, 2 for pairs of docrs. J. Thresholds: Thresholds shall comply with CBC Section 11338.2.4.1. 2.3 FINISH A. Generally to be BHMA 626 Satin Chromium. 08710-4 1. Areas using BHMA 626 shall have push, pulls and kick plates of BHMA 630, Satin Stainless Steel, unless otherwise noted. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE B. Spray door closers to match other hardware, unless otherwise noted. C. Aluminum items shall be finished to match predominant adjacent material. Seals to coordinate with frame color. 2.4 KEYING REQUIREMENTS A. Keying of cylinder locks shall be coordinated with the Owner. Contact the Facilities Department with the City of Newport Beach for keying requirements. Keying system shall be approved by Owner's representative in writing. Furnish construction key system in accordance with lock manufacturers' standard. Where interchangeable core systems are used, provide temporary cores for construction keying. Stamp keys 'DO NOT DUPLICATE'. 1. Key system shall be Schlage. B. For protection of the Owner, cylinders shall be keyed at the factory of the cylinder manufacturer where permanent records are maintained. C. Permanent keys shall be delivered only to Owners representative. D. Keying Schedule: Submit three copies of separate detailed schedule indicating clearly how the Owners final instructions on keying of locks have been fulfilled. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HARDWARE LOCATIONS: A. Lockset: 30 to 44 inches above finished floor. Verify manufacturers'template with door design. B. Door Pull: 40 inches from bottom of door to center of pull. C. Exit Device: 36 to 44 inches above finished floor. Verity manufacturers'template with door design. D. Floor Slop: Installed at a maximum of 4 inches from the face of the wall or partition. E. Conform to CCR, Title 24, Part 2, and ADAAG for positioning requirements for accessibility. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Pre - Installation Meetings: Initiate and conduct with supplier, installer, and related trades, coordinate materials and techniques, and sequence complex hardware items and systems installation. Include manufacturers' representatives of locks, panic hardware, and door closers in the meetings. B. Install each hardware item per manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Do not install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE OB710 - 5 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly. B. Inspection: Hardware supplier shall inspect hardware furnished within 10 days of contractors request and include with his guarantee a statement that this has been accomplished. Inspector or Contractor will sign off the hardware as being complete and correctly installed and adjusted. Further corrections of defective material shall be the responsibility of his representative. 3.4 SCHEDULE OF DOOR HARDWARE A. Legend of listed manufacturers: GLY Glynn Johnson HAG Hager KEE Keedex LCN LCN Closers LUN Lund MAR Markar NGP National Guard Products PEM Pemko SCH Schlage TRM Trimco VON Von Duprin B. The last column in the Hardware Schedule refers to the manufacturer listed above. C. The Door Schedule on the Drawings indicates which Hardware Set is used with each door. D. Schedule of Door Hardware: HW -1 Each pair to have 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE FM -300 x M-CHS2 630 MAR 1 EXIT DEVICE CD9848NL -OP 626 VON 1 EXIT DEVICE CD984BEO 626 VON 2 MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH 1 RIM CYLINDER 20 -022 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 2 DOOR PULL 1191 -5J 630 TRM 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041- S- H -CUSH 689 LCN 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM Seals by Door and Frame Manufacturer HW -2 Each pair to have 08710-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE FM -300 x M-CHS2 630 MAR 2 EXIT DEVICE CD984BEO 626 VON 2 MORTISE CYLINDER 20-001 626 SCH 2 DOOR PULL 1191.5J 630 TRM 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041S -H -COSH 689 LCN 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM Seals by Door and Frame Manufacturer P4041 -EDA 689 HW -3 Each pair to have 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE FM-300 x M -CHS2 630 MAR 2 EXIT DEVICE 9848L -F x 996L x 03 626 VON 2 RIM CYLINDER 20 -022 626 SCH 2 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -EDA 689 LCN 2 KICK PLATE KO050 -10 x 1 LDW 630 TRM 2 FLOOR STOP 1214CK x 1268CK 626 TRM 1 SET SEALS 3035 HEAD & JAMBS 628 PEM 2 MEETING ASTRAGAL 351 x 351P 628 PEM 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW-4 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700.4.112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9050P x 03A x L583 -363 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4041 689 LCN 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM H W -5 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9070Px03A 626 SCH 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 3 SILENCERS 1229A GRY TRM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -6 Each pair to have 8 HINGE AB800- 4- 1/2x4- 1/2NRP 626 HAG 1 SET AUTO LATCHING BOLT 3820 x 3810 626 TRM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 08710-7 1 DUST PROOF STRIKE 391ON 626 TRM 1 LOCKSET L9080P x 03A x 7/8 LTC STK 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 2 DOOR HOLDER PAH -60 689 LCN 1 SET SEALS 303S HEAD & JAMBS 628 PEM 1 ASTRAGAL 357 600 PEM 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -7 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB800 - 4 -112 x 4 -1/2 626 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9080Px03A 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 1 FLOOR STOP 1214 626 TRM 1 SET SEALS 303S HEAD & JAMBS 628 PEM 1 DOOR BOTTOM 217PK 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -8 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9070P x 03A 626 SCH 1 KICK PLATE K0050 - 10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 3 SILENCERS 12298 GRY TRM HW -9 Each door to have 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE FM -300 x M-CHS2 630 MAR 1 EXIT DEVICE LD98L x 996L x 03 626 VON 1 RIMCYLINDER 20-022 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -H -EDA 689 LCN 1 FLOOR STOP 1214CK x 1268CK 626 TRM 1 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM Seals by Door and Frame Manufacturer HW -10 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4-1/2 x 4-1/2 652 HAG 1 EXIT DEVICE 98L -F x 996L x 03 626 VON 1 RIM CYLINDER 20 -022 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -EDA 689 LCN 08710-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE I WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BILK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -11 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4 -112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9070Px03A 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -EDA 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE KO050 - 10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -12 Each pair to have 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE FK300 x M -CHS2 630 MAR 1 REMOVABLE MULLION KR4954 x MT54 689 VON 1 EXIT DEVICE LD98NL -OP x 110NL 626 VON 1 EXIT DEVICE LD98EO 626 VON 1 MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH 1 RIM CYLINDER 20-022 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 1 CYLINDER PULL 1821 630 TRM 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -H -EDA 689 LCN 2 KICK PLATE KO050 -10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 2 FLOOR STOP 1214CK x 1268CK 626 TRM 1 SET SEALS 303S HEAD &JAMBS 628 PEM 1 MULLION SEAL 5100 BLK NGP 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -13 Each pair to have 8 HINGE AB750 - 4. 112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 REMOVABLE MULLION KR4954x MT54 689 VON 2 EXIT DEVICE 98L -F x 996L x 03 x 499F STK 626 VON 1 MORTISE CYLINDER 20 -001 626 SCH 2 RIM CYLINDER 20-022 626 SCH 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041- S-CUSH 689 LCN 2 KICK PLATE KO050 -10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 2 MEETING ASTRAGAL 305N 628 PEM 1 MULLION SEAL 5100 BLK NGP 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 09710-9 HW -14 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB750 - 4 -1/2 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 LATCHSET L9010x03A 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4041 689 LCN 1 MOP PLATE KMO50.6 x 1 LOW 630 TRM 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED - -- - -- 1 DOOR SWEEP HW-15 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD Each door to have 628 PEM 4 HINGE AB700 - 4 -112 x 4 -1/2 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9080Px03A 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER 4041 689 LCN 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -16 Each door to have 1 CONTINUOUS HINGE HG-305 x M -CHS2 630 MAR 1 LOCKSET L9453P x 03A x L583 -363 626 SCH 1 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -H -EDA 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE K0050 -10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 1 FLOOR STOP 1214CK x 1268CK 626 TRM 1 SET SEALS 303S HEAD & JAMBS 628 PEM 1 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM 1 LOCK ASTRAGAL 5000 626 TRM HW -17 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4-1/2 x 4-112 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9070Px03A 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -EDA 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE K0050 -10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED - -- — HW -18 Each door to have 08710-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 4 HINGE AB700 - 4 -112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 LOCKSET L9070P x 03A 626 SCH 1 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -S -LUSH 689 LCN 1 KICK PLATE K0050 -10 x 2 LDW 630 TRM 1 SET SMOKE SEALS 9440 HEAD & JAMBS BLK NGP 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -19 Each door to have 4 HINGE AB700 - 4 -112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 DUMMY LEVER TRIM L0170 x 03A 626 SCH 1 ROLLER LATCH 1559 626 TRM 1 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 3 SILENCERS 1229A GRY TRM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -20 Each pair to have 8 HINGE AB700 - 4 -112 x 4 -112 652 HAG 1 SET AUTO LATCHING BOLT 3825 x 3815 626 TRM 1 DUST PROOF STRIKE 391ON 626 TRM 1 LOCKSET L9070Px03A 626 SCH 2 KICK PLATE K0050 - 10 x 1 LDW 630 TRM 2 OVERHEAD STOP 90S 630 GLY 2 SILENCERS 1229B GRY TRM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -21 Each pair to have 2 CONTINUOUS HINGE FM -300 x M -CHS2 630 MAR 2 EXIT DEVICE LD9848L x 996L x 03 626 VON 2 RIM CYLINDER 20 -022 626 SCH 2 ARMOR COLLAR K -24 626 KEE 2 SURFACE CLOSER P4041 -H -EDA 689 LCN 2 FLOOR STOP 1214CK x 126BCK 626 TRM 2 DOOR SWEEP 57V 628 PEM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM Seals by Door and Frame Manufacturer HW -22 Each pair to have 8 HINGE AB700 - 4-112 x 4-112 652 HAG 1 SET AUTO LATCHING BOLT 3820x 3810 626 TRM 1 DUST PROOF STRIKE 3910N 626 TRM 1 LOCKSET L9070Px03A 626 SCH CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE 08710-11 2 KICK PLATE K0050 -10 x 1 LDW 630 TRM 2 WALL BUMPER 1270WV 630 TRM 1 ASTRAGAL 357 600 PEM 2 SILENCERS 1229A GRY TRM 1 THRESHOLD AS DETAILED 628 PEM HW -23 All hardware by Door Manufacturer HW -24 Miscellaneous 1 KEY CABINET 1201 -60 CAP. GRY LUN 1 SET TOOLS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR HARDWARE ON JOB 1 SET CATALOG CUTS AND HARDWARE SCHEDULE FOR JOB END OF SECTION 06710 08710-12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08800 — GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 11 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. This Section includes glazing for the following products, including those specked in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Storefront units. 2. Vision lites and windows. 3. Entrances and other doors. C. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section. 1. Section 08110 - Steel Doors and Frames 2. Section 08410 - Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts 3. Section 08520 - Aluminum Windows D. Definitions: Manufacturer is used in this Section to refer to a firm that produces primary glass or fabricated glass as defined in the referenced glazing standard. E. System Performance Requirements: General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading (where applicable), without failure including loss or glass breakage attributable to the following: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction. Glass Design: Glass thicknesses indicated on Drawings are for detailing only. Confinn glass thicknesses by analyzing Project loads and in- service conditions. Provide glass lites for the various size openings in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat - treated) to meet or exceed the following criteria: Minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). Minimum glass thicknesses of lites, whether composed of annealed or heat - treated glass, are selected so the worst -case probability of failure does not exceed the following: 1) Determine minimum thickness of monolithic annealed glass according to ASTM E 1300. For other than monolithic annealed glass, determine thickness per glass manufacturer's standard method of analysis including applying adjustment factors to ASTM E 1300 based on type of glass. 3. Normal thermal movement results from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures acting on glass - framing members and glazing components. Base engineering calculation on materials' actual surface temperatures due to both solar heat gain and nighttime sky heat loss. a. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. Submittals: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING 08800-1 1. Product data for each glass product and glazing material indicated. 2. Samples for verification purposes of 12- inch - square samples of each type of glass indicated except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12- inch -long samples of each color required (except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view. Install sealant or gasket sample between two strips of material representative in color of the adjoining framing system. 3. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. a. Separate certifications are not required for glazing materials bearing manufacturer's permanent labels designating type and thickness of glass, provided labels represent a quality control program of a recognized certification agency or independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants. Include sealant manufacturer's interpretation of test results relative to sealant performance and recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. 5. Product test reports for each type of glazing sealant and gasket indicated, evidencing compliance with requirements specified. 6. Maintenance data for glass and other glazing materials to include in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1. G. References: 1. ASTM E2074 -00: Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies, Including Positive Pressure Testing of Side - Hinged and Pivoted Swinging Door Assemblies. 2. ASTM E2010 -01: Standard Test Method for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. 3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. ANSI Z97.1: Standard for Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings 4. Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC): a. CPSC 16 CFR 1201: Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing Materials 5. Glass Association of North America (GANA): GANA - Glazing Manual. FGMA - Sealant Manual. 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): a. NFPA 80: Fire Doors and Windows. b. NFPA 252 - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. C. NFPA 257 - Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. 7. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): a. UL 9 - Fire Tests of Window Assemblies. b. UL 10B - Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. G. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. H. Quality Assurance: 08800-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING 1. Glazing Publications: Comply with CBC Standard No. 54 -1 'Glass Standard Specifications." Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below, except where more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. a. FGMA Publications: "FGMA Glazing Manual." 2, Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials. Comply with CBC Standard No. 54 -2. a. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide safety glass permanently marked with certification label of Safety Glazing Certification Council (SGCC) or other certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Glazier Qualifications: Engage an experienced glazier who has completed glazing similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project with a record of successful in- service performance. 4. Single -Source Responsibility for Glass: Obtain glass from one source for each product indicated below: a. Primary glass of each (ASTM C 1036) type and class indicated. b. Heat - treated glass of each (ASTM C 1048) condition indicated. 5. Single- Source Responsibility for Glazing Accessories: Obtain glazing accessories from one source for each product and installation method indicated. 6. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit to sealant manufacturers, samples of each glass, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass - framing member that will contact or affect glazing sealants for compatibility and adhesion testing as indicated below: a. Use test methods standard with sealant manufacturer to determine if priming and other specific preparation techniques are required for rapid, optimum glazing sealants adhesion to glass and glazing channel substrates. 1) Perform tests under normal environmental conditions during installation. 7. Submit not less than six pieces of each type and finish of glass- framing members and each type, class, kind, condition, and form of glass (monolithic, laminated, insulating units) for adhesion testing, as well as one sample of each glazing accessory (gaskets, setting blocks and spacers) for compatibility testing. 8. Schedule sufficient time to test and analyze results to prevent delay in the Work. 9. Investigate materials failing compatibility or adhesion tests and get sealant manufacturer's written recommendations for corrective measures, including using special primers. 10. Testing is not required when glazing sealant manufacturer can submit required preparation data that is acceptable to University's Representative and is based on previous testing of current sealant products for adhesion to and compatibility with submitted glazing materials. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: Protect glazing materials to comply with manufacturer's directions and as needed to prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. J. Project Conditions: Environmental Conditions: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside the limits permitted by glazing materials manufacturer or when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. K: Warranty: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING r::rr 1. General: Warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's Warranty on Coated Glass Products: Submit written warranty signed by coated glass manufacturer agreeing to furnish replacements for those coated glass units that deteriorate as defined in "Definitions" article, f.o.b. point of manufacture, freight allowed Project site, within specified warranty period indicated below. Warranty covers only deterioration due to normal conditions of use and not to handling, installing, and cleaning practices contrary to glass manufacturer's published instructions. a. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard but not less than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion, PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Glass Products: A. Tempered Glass: Tempered glass, conforming to CBC Section 2406, shall be of the various types and thicknesses as specified or indicated. Tempered glass shall be cut to shape and size before tempering, and shall not be cut or trimmed after tempering. Lights not of proper shape and size shall not be used. Except for lights having one dimension greater than 72 inches, tong marks shall be on one of the the shorter edges. Where holes are required, limiting requirements, as to size and spacing and location in relation to edges and corners, shall be in accordance with recommendation of the glass manufacturer. Edges which shall be exposed in finished work shall be polished; other edges shall be seamed. 1. Interior glazing (non- rated): '% thick clear, tempered (fire - resistive glazing where required for fire rated assemblies). 2. Dual Pane Exterior Glazing: Solar control low -E clear one -inch insulating glass unit using'' /: tempered glass. a. PPG Solarban 60 (2) clear with argon gas between glass. b. Or approved equal. 3. Fire- Resistive Glazing: 5116 thick clear fire -rated safety glazing at all rated walls, unless noted otherwise. a. FireLite PLUS, Manufactured by Nippon Electric Glass Co., Ltd. Distributed by Technical Glass Products, Kirkland, Washington, 800 426 0279. Rating from 20 minutes to 90 minutes as indicated on drawings, U.L listing R13849, polished surface b. Or approved equal. B. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: 08800-4 1. General: Provide products of type indicated, complying with the following requirements: a. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of installation and service, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. b. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturer's recommendations for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. C. Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealants to comply with the following: 1) Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of type indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING 2. Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer indicated that comply with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on each Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, including those referencing ASTM classifications for Type, Grade, Class and Uses. a. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified in Elastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet, provide products, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic movement per ASTM C 719, with the capability to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated. 3. Glazing Compound for Fire - Resistive Glazing Products: Identical to product used in test assembly to obtain fire - resistive rating. C. Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: 1. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazing application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. 2. Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. 3. Setting Stocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore A durometer hardness of 85 plus or minus 5. 4. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions with a Shore A durometer hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. PART 3- EXECUTION A. Examination: 1. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: a. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness; offsets at corners. b. Presence and functioning of weep system. C. Minimum required face or edge clearances. d. Effective sealing between joints of glass- framing members. 2. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Preparation: Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. C. Glazing, General: 1. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. 2. Glazing channel dimensions as indicated on Drawings provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances. Adjust as required by Project conditions during installation. 3. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation as follows: a. Use a rolling block in rotating glass units to prevent damage to glass comers. Do not impact glass with metal framing. Use suction cups to shift glass units within openings; do not raise or drift glass with a pry bar. Rotate glass Iftes with Flares or bevels on bottom horizontal edges so edges are located at top of opening, unless otherwise indicated by manufacturer's label. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING 08800-5 b. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. 4. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction sealant - substrate testing. 5. Install elastomeric setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing standard, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. 6. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. 7. Provide spacers for glass sizes larger than 50 united inches (length plus height) as follows: a. Locate spacers inside, outside, and directly opposite each other. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, except where gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and comply with system performance requirements. b. Provide 118 -inch minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. 8. Provide edge blocking to comply with requirements of referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. 9. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. D. Sealant Glazing (Wet): 1. Install continuous spacers between glass lites and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. 2. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 3. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. E. Protection and Cleaning: 1. Protect exterior glass from breakage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. 2. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting, from construction operations including weld splatter. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with glass, remove them immediately as recommended by glass manufacturer. 3. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for build -up of dirt, scum, alkali deposits, or stains, and remove as recommended by glass manufacturer. 4. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period. 5. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glass manufacturer. END OF SECTION 08800 r::rr CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GLAZING SECTION 09225 - LATH AND PLASTER 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal lath and furring. 2. Acrylic based finish coat, AkroFiex by Omega Products International, B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Seclion. 1. Section 04810 — Unit Masonry Assemblies. 2. Section 06100 — Rough Framing, for wood framing and furring. 3. Section 07110 - Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data consisting of manufacturers product specifications and installation instructions for each product, including data showing compliance with the requirements. C. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of actual units or sections of units at least 12 inches square showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of finish indicated. 1. Where finish involves normal color and texture variations, include sample sets composed of two or more units showing full range of variations expected. 2. Include similar samples of material for joints and accessories involving color selection. 3. Include manufacture's integral color and finish samples for color selection. D. Field- Constructed Mock -Up: Prior to installation of plaster work, fabricate panels for each type of finish and applipation required to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects of application as well as qualifies of materials and erection. Build mock -ups to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for final unit of Work. 1. Locale mock -ups on site in location and size indicated or, if not indicated, directed by Architect. 2. Erect 4- foot -by -4- foot -by- full - thickness mock -up in presence of Archited using materials, including lath and support system, indicated for final work. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects including color, texture, and workmanship to be expected in completed work. 4. Obtain Architects acceptance of mock -ups before start of plaster work. 5. Retain and maintain mock -ups during construction in undisturbed condition as a standard forjudging completed plaster work. a. When directed, demolish and remove mock -ups from Project site. E. Material Certificates: Submit producers certificate for each kind of plaster aggregate indicated evidencing that materials comply with requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire- Resistance Ratings: Where plaster systems with fire- resistance ratings are indicated, provide materials and installations identical to those of applicable assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by fire testing laboratories CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER 09225 -1 acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Provide plaster for fire- resistance -rated systems that has same aggregate as specified for similar nonrated work, unless specified aggregate has not been tested by accepted fire testing laboratories. B. Plastering Contractor shall specialize in cement plaster work with a minimum of five years documented experience. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum lath flat to prevent deformation. C. Handle gypsum lath to prevent damage to edges, ends, or surfaces. Protect metal comer beads and trim from being bent or damaged. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Protect contiguous work from soiling, spattering, moisture deterioration and other harmful effects that might result from plastering. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 LATH A. Expanded Metal Lath: Fabricate expanded metal lath from uncoated or zinc - coated (galvanized) steel sheet to produce lath complying with ASTM C 847 for type, configuration, and other characteristics Indicated below, with uncoated steel sheet painted after fabrication into lath. 09225-2 1. Diamond Mesh Lath or Chicken Wire: Comply with the following requirements: 2. Configuration: Flat. a. Weight: 3.4 lbs. per sq. yd. B. Building Paper: Building paper conforming to Federal Specifications UU- B- 790-a, Type I, Grade D (vapor permeable), Style 2. Two layers. C. Undedayment: Provide Grace, W. R. & Co.; Grace Ice and Water Shield self - adhering sheet underaymenL polyethylene faced, 40 mil at plaster topped parapets. Wrap undedayment a minimum of 12 inches on both sides of parapet over building paper. D. Tie and String Wire: 16 gage for open wood framing; 18 gage for metal framing; galvanized. E. Lath Attachment Devices: Devices of material and type required by referenced standards and recommended by lath manufacturer for secure attachment of lath to framing members and of lath to lath and ensuring a'/<" gap between lath and building paper. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER 2.2 PLASTER ACCESSORIES FOR PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A. General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of coats required. B. Metal Comer Reinforcement Expanded large -mesh diamond mesh lath fabricated from zinc -alloy or welded wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475- inch - diameter zinc- coated (galvanized) wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement C. Metal Comer Beads: Small nose corner beads fabricated from zinc alloy, with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond lath to allow full encasement by piaster. D. Casing Beads: Square -edged style, with expanded flanges and removable protective tape, of the following material: 1. Material: Zinc- coated (galvanized) steel. E. Control Joints: Prefabricated, of material and type indicated below: 1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel. 2. Two -Piece Type: Pair of casing beads with back flanges formed to provide slip-joint action, adjustable for joint widths from 118 inch to 5/8 inch. F. Foundation Weep Screed: No. 7, 7/8 ", galvanized. G. Channel Screed /Reveal: Extruded accessories of profiles and dimensions indicated on Drawings. Aluminum: Alloy and temper with not less than the strength and durability properties of ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063 -T5. H. Perforated Soffit Vent: Superior Metal Trim Products #115, perforated, 2" width, unless noted otherwise on plans. 2.3 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MATERIALS A. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Acrylic based Finish Coat: AkroFlex finish coat with AkroFlex base primer over brown coat. C. Application of color selections: on any one wall surface the contractor shall anticipate the application of two colors separated by a plaster accessory. D. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S, or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S. E. Aggregate: ASTM C 897, 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Drinkable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories. B. Bonding Agent for Portland Cement Plaster: ASTM C 932, C. Acoustical Sealant: ASTM C 919, nonoxidizing, skinning paintable types for exposed applications; nondrying, CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER 09225-3 nonhardening, nonstaining, nonbleeding, gunnable -type sealant complying with requirement specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers" for concealed applications. 2.5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for portland cement plaster base and finish coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. B. Portland Cement Plaster Base Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume for cemenfitious materials and in parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. Three -Coat Work Over Metal Lath: Base coats as indicated below: 1. Scratch and Brown Coat: a. Cement: ASTM C150, Normal —Type I, Portland or ASTM C91, masonry b. Lime: ASTM C206, Type S for use with Portland Cement or ASTM C207, Type S, for use with masonry cement C. Aggregate: In accordance with ASTM C897 and PCA Plaster (Stucco) Manual d. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter that can affect plaster e. Plaster Mix Reinforcement: Glass fibers, 112 in. nominal length, alkali resistant. f. Scratch Coat: 1 part portland cement, 0 to 314 parts lime, 2 -1/2 to 4 parts sand. g. Brown Coat: 1 part portland cement, 0 to 314 parts lime, 3 to 5 pails sand 2. Acrylic based Finish Coat: AkroFlex Finishes, manufactured by Omega Products International, Inc., with AkroFlex base primer over brown coat. Colors and textures shall be approved by Architect and Owner. 1.2 MIXING A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 INSTALLATION OF LATHING AND FURRING, GENERAL A. Portland Cement Plaster Lathing and Furring Installation Standard: Install lathing and furring materials indicated for portland cement plaster to comply with ASTM C 1063. 2.2 METAL LATHING A. Building Paper: 09225-4 1. Exteriorfrnterior cement plaster (Metal Lath): Prior to installation of metal lath install building paper. Lap building paper not less than 2" at horizontal joints and not less than 6" at vertical joints. Building paper may be omitted on interior wall application except for areas subject to water splash or walls to receive machine applied plaster. 2. Provide two layers of building paper over wood base sheathing. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER B. Metal Lath: Install expanded metal lath for the following applications where piaster base coats are required. Provide appropriate type, configuration and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated which comply with referenced lathing installation standards. 1. Fasten metal lath to wood framed horizontal surfaces with special fastening, in addition to normal nailing scheduled in SCPI reference specifications. Special fastening for flat lath consists of 9 gage zinc plated 1 -112" earthquake staple engaging a 10d nail laid horizontally on under -side of lath, 27" maximum spacing along each wood joist. 2. Monolithic surfaces indicated to receive metal lath or not complying with requirements of referenced plaster application standards for characteristics which permit direct bond with plaster. Provide self - furring metal lath. 3. Discontinue lath, but not paper backing, at control joints. 2.3 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and alignment during plastering. B. Accessories for Portland Cement Plaster. Anchor each flange of accessories 8" D.G. to plaster base. Provide the following types to comply with requirements indicated for location: 1. Metal Corner Bead: Install at external corners. 2. Casing Beads: Install at terminations of plaster work unless otherwise indicated. a. For exterior work, set casing bead 114" from abutting frame and other work (for application of sealant). 3. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect. a. Where an expansion or control joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Install prefabricated expansion joints of 2 =piece design where shown as "Expansion Joint "; 118' joint width for interior and exterior work. C. Where plaster panel sizes or dimensions change, extend joints full width or height of plaster membrane. d. For Portland Cement Plaster. Where, in surfaces of ceilings and walls, distances between and areas within control joints exceed, respectively, the following measurements: 1) 10 feet in either direction and 100 sq. ft. 2.4 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER APPLICATION A. Portland Cement Plaster Application Standard: Apply portland cement plaster materials, compositions, and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926. B. Number of Coats: Apply portland cement plaster, of composition indicated, to comply with the following requirements: Use three -coat work over the following plaster bases: a. Metal lath. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER 09225 -5 2. Finish Coat : a. Semi - Smooth Steel Trowel texture C. Apply plaster in accordance with ASTM C926 and PCA Plaster (Stucco) Manual. D. Apply scratch coat to a nominal thickness of 3/8 in., brown coat to a nominal thickness of 318 in., and finish coat to a nominal thickness of 1/8 in. over metal lathed surfaces. At concrete or concrete block apply 112 in. thick leveling coat and then 118 in. finish coat. E. Moist cure scratch and brown coats. Do not apply brown coat sooner than 48 hours following the application of the scratch coat. F. After curing, dampen base coat prior to applying finish coat, do not apply finish coat sooner than seven (7) days following brown coat. G. Apply a finish coat evenly and consistently in order to achieve uniformity in color and texture. H. Moist cure cement based finish coat for a minimum period of 48 hours when strong, dry wind conditions exist 2.5 TOLERANCES A. Maximum variation from true flatness: 1/8 in. in 10 ft. 2.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, point up, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to restore cracks, dents, and imperfections. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, sweat outs, and similar defects and where bond to the substrate has failed. B. Sand smooth - troweled finishes lightly to remove trowel marks and arises. 2.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work. Promptly remove plaster from doorframes, windows, and other surfaces that are not to be plastered. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces that have been stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner suitable to Installer that ensure plaster work's being without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09225 09225-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER LATH AND PLASTER SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. 2. Exterior gypsum board panels for wall, ceilings and soffits. 3. Steel framing for suspended gypsum board ceilings and soffits. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Rough Capentry" 2. Division 7 Section 'Building Insulation Section 07210" for insulation and vapor retarders installed in gypsum board assemblies. 3. Division 9 Section "Ceramic Tile Section 09310" for cementifious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations, fabrication, and installation of control and expansion joints including plans, elevations, sections, details of components, and attachments to other units of Work. C. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full -size sample in 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long length for each trim accessory indicated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire - resistance ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-1 Fire - Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from FM's "Approval Guide, Building Products," UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," or GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual.' B. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency. STC -Rated Assemblies: Indicated by design designations from GA -600, "Fire Resistance Design Manual." 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Steel Framing and Furring a. Consolidated Systems, Inc. b. Dale Industries, Inc. - Dalellncor. C. Dietrich Industries, Inc. d. National Gypsum Company. e. Western Metal Lath & Steel Framing Systems. 2. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. G -P Gypsum Corp. b. National Gypsum Company. C. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Components, General: Comply with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated. 09260-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.0625 -inch- (1.59 -mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.0475 -inch- (1.21 -mm -) diameter wire. C. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: As follows: 1. Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials with holes or loops for attaching hanger wires and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488 by a qualified independent testing agency. a. Type: Postinstalled, expansion anchor for sway braces and as indicated. 2. Powder - Actuated Fasteners: Suitable for application indicated (hanger wires only), fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with clips or other devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by construction as determined by testing according to ASTM E 1190 by a qualified independent testing agency. D. Hangers: As follows: 1. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162 -inch (4.12 -mm) diameter. 2. Rod Hangers: ASTM A510 (ASTM A 510M), mild carbon steel. a. Diameter: As indicated, or 1/4 -inch (6.34 -mm) minimum. b. Protective Coating: ASTM A 153/A 153M, hot -dip galvanized. 3. Flat Hangers: Commercial -steel sheet, ASTM A 6531A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized. a. Size: As indicated. E. Carrying Channels: Cold- rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base metal thickness of 0.0538 inch (1.37 mm), a minimum 1/2 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) wide flange, with ASTM A 6531A 653M, G40 (2120), hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. Depth: As indicated. F. Furring Channels (Furring Members): Commercial -steel sheet with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G40 (Z120), hot -dip galvanized zinc coating. Hat - Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645,7/8 inch (22.2 mm) deep. a. Minimum Base Metal Thickness: As indicated, or 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm) minimum. 2. Resilient Furring Channels: 112 -inch- (12.7 -mm -) deep members designed to reduce sound transmission. a. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped, with face attached to single flange by a slotted leg (web) or attached to two flanges by slotted or expanded metal legs. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. 1. Type X: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-3 a. Thickness: 518 inch (15.9 mm). b. Long Edges: Tapered. c. Location: As indicated, wherever Abuse - Resistant or Hi- Impact Wallboard is not required. C. Sag- Resistant Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, manufactured to have more sag resistance than regular -type gypsum board. 1. Thickness: 518 inch (15.9 mm). 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Location: Ceiling surfaces. D. Hi- Impact Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 840 and ASTM C 361C 1396, manufactured to enhance impact/penetration resistance to surface indentation and through - penetration over standard or abuse- resistant gypsum panels by incorporating a Lexan substrate adhered to the back on the panel. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. National Gypsum Company; Gold Bond HHmpact Brand Fire-Shield Type X 2000 Wallboard. b. Or approved equal by United States Gypsum Co.; 2. Core: 518 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. 3. Substrate: 0.020" Lexan. 4. Long Edges: Tapered, 5. Location: at all vertical locations for full height of the wall in the Gymnasium. 2.4 EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR WALLS, CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond With support system indicated. B. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: ASTM C 11771C 1177M. 1. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, a product that may be incorporated into the Work includes, but is not limited to, "Dens -Glass Gold' by G -P Gypsum Corp. 2. Core: 518 inch (15.9 mm), Type X. 2.5 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Panel Material: Provide Glass -Mat or Cementious Backer Units at Contractor's Option as indicated below: 1. Glass -Mat, Water - Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 11781C 1178M. a. Available Product Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, 'Dens -Shield Tile Backer" manufactured by G-P Gypsum Corp. b. Core: 518 inch, regular type. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI All 18.9. 09260-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES a. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: b. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Custom Building Products; Wonderboard. 2) FinPan, Inc.; Util -A -Crete Concrete Backer Board. 3) United States Gypsum Co.; DUROCK Cement Board. 4) Or Equal. 3. Thickness: 518 inch. 2.6 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047, 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum- coated steel sheet, rolled zinc, plastic, or paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead: Use at outside comers, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC -Bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. C. L -Bead: L- shaped; exposed long leg receives joint compound; use where indicated. d. Expansion (Control) Joint: Use where indicated. B. Exterior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Hot -dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead: Use at outside comers. b. LC -Bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. C. Expansion (Control) Joint: One- piece, rolled zinc with V- shaped slot and removable strip covering slot opening. Use where indicated. 2.7 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. 3. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10 -by -10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints, rounded or beveled panel edges, and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -5 a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, ail- purpose compound. D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications: 1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting -type taping and setting -type, sandable topping compounds. 2. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: As recommended by manufacturer. E. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Glass -Mat, Water - Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer. 2.8 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited lo, the following: B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [one of] the following: 1. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: a. Pecora Corp.; AC -20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant. b. United Slates Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant C. Or equal. 2. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: a. Ohio Sealants, Inc.; Pro - Series S6170 Rubber Base Sound Sealant. b. Pecora Corp.; BA -98. C. Tremco, Inc.; Tremoo Acoustical Sealant. d. Or equal. C. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. D. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic - rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce airborne sound transmission. 2.9 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated. 09260.6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: 1. Asphalt- Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type 1(No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive- backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit steel stud size. E. Thermal Insulation and Sound Attenuation Blankets: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Suspended Ceilings: Coordinate installation of ceiling suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive ceiling hangers at spacing required to support ceilings and that hangers will develop their full strength. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING, GENERAL A. Installation Standards: ASTM C 754, and ASTM C 840 requirements that apply to framing installation. B. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. 1. Isolate ceiling assemblies where they abut or are penetrated by building structure. C. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL SUSPENDED CEILING AND SOFFIT FRAMING A. Suspend ceiling hangers from building structure as follows: Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not Part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -7 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. 3. Secure wire hangers by looping and wire- tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Secure rod, flat, or angle hangers where occur to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eyescrews, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for structure and hanger, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fall. 5. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 7. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. B. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so members for panel attachment are level to within 118 inch in 12 feet (3 mm in 3.6 m) measured lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. C. Sway -brace suspended steel framing as indicated. D. For exterior soffits, install cross bracing and framing to resist wind uplift as indicated. E. Wire -tie furring channels to supports. F. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and spacings indicated, but not less than that required by the referenced steel framing and installation standards. 1. Hangers: 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 48 inches (1219 mm) o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 24 inches (610 mm) o.c. 3.5 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA -216. B. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) of open space between panels. Do not force into place. E. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back- blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. F. Attach gypsum panels to steel studs so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. 09260-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. H. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. Cover both faces of steel stud partition framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. (0.7 sq. m) in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect steel deck and other structural members projecting below underside of floorlroof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by steel deck and other structural members; allow 114- to 318 -inch- (6.4- to 9.5 -mm -) wide joints to install sealant. J. Isolate perimeter of non -load- bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors. Provide 114 - inch (6.4 -mm -) wide spaces at these locations, and trim edges with U -bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. K. STC -Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's written recommendations for locating edge trim and closing off sound - flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. L. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufaclurer's written recommendations. M. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c. 3.6 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS A. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels horizontally (perpendicular to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire - resistance-rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not lessthan one framing member in alternate courses of board. 3. On Z- furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Multilayer Application on Ceilings: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face -layer joints 1 framing member, 16 inches (400 mm) minimum, from parallel base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance-rated assembly. C. Mulfilayer Application on Partitions/Walls: Apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-9 1. Z- Furring Members: Apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. D. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. E. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Fasten base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. F. Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports. 1. Install with 114 -inch (6.4 -mm) open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 2. Fasten with corrosion - resistant screws. G. Tile Backing Panels: 1. Glass -Mat, Water- Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 114 -inch (6.4 -mm) gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 2. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A108A 1, at locations indicated to receive file at contractors option. 3. Where file backing panels abut other types of panels in the same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.7 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joints at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.8 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A- General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with him having flanges not intended for tape. D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: 1. Level 1: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where Indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire- resistance -rated assemblies and sound -rated assemblies. 2. Level 2: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for ceramic tile and for acoustical tile. 3. Level 4: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coals of joint compound to tape, fasteners, and trim flanges, at panel surfaces that will be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. E. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions for use as exposed soffit board. 09260-10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Glass -Mal, Water- Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. G. Cementitious Backer Units: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Above-Ceiling Observation: Before Contractor installs gypsum board ceilings, Inspector of Record will conduct an above - ceiling observation and report deficiencies in the Work observed. Do not proceed with installation of gypsum board to ceiling support framing until deficiencies have been corrected. 1. Notify Inspector of Record seven days in advance of date and time when Project, or part of Project, will be ready for above - ceiling observation. 2. Before notifying Inspector of Record, complete the following in areas to receive gypsum board ceilings: a. Installation of 80 percent of lighting fixtures, powered for operation. b. Installation, insulation, and leak and pressure testing of water piping systems. C. Installation of air -duct systems. d. Installation of air devices. e. Installation of mechanical system control -air tubing. I. Installation of ceiling support framing. END OF SECTION 09260 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260-11 SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC TILE PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. 2. Step Treads: Minimum 0.6. 3. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. B. Submittals: In addition to Product Data for each type of tile and setting material indicated, submit the following: 1. Samples of each type and composition of tile and for each color and texture required, at least 12 inches (300 mm) square, mounted on braced cementitious backer units, and with grouted joints. 2. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of file, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: A. Tile Products: 1. Crossville Ceramics. 2. Dal -Tile Corporation. 3. Or approved equal. B. Tile- Setting and - Grouting Materials: 1. Custom Building Products. 2. Dal -Tile Corporation. 3. Or approved equal. C. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with Standard Grade requirements of ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. D. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with referenced ANSI standards. E. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: For tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, comply with the following requirements: 1. Match colors, textures, and patterns indicated by referencing manufacturer's standard designations for these characteristics. 2. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors, textures, and patterns for products of type indicated, as indicated in the color program, Section 01760 Colors. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE 09310-1 Factory Blending: For file exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend Tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. G. Factory- Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Where indicated under file type, protect exposed surfaces of file against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating them with a continuous film of petroleum paraffin wax, applied hot. Do not coat unexposed tile surfaces. H. Unglazed Porcelain Tile (Floor Tile, Wall Tile and Base, Pattern per detail on plan): Provide factory- mounted flat Tile complying with the following requirements: 1. Crossville Ceramics American Series (Refer to Section 01760 for colors) 2. Composition: Porcelain with abrasive admixture. 3. Module Size: 18x18 floor tile and 1202 wall tile 4. Nominal Thickness: 5116 inch 5. Face: Plain 6. Base: Coved base to match floor tile in size and color. Glazed Wall Tile (Wall Accent - Pattern per detail on plan): Provide flat file complying with the following requirements: 1. DalTile - (Refer to Section 01760 for colors) 2. Module Size: 4 by 4 inches 3. Thickness: 5116 inch 4. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges. J. Unglazed Quarry Tile: Provide square -edged flat tile complying with the following requirements: 1. DalTile Quarry Textures - (Refer to Section 01760 for colors) 2. Wearing Surface: Nonabrasive. 3. Facial Dimensions: 8 by 8 inches 4. Thickness: 112 inch 5. Face: Plain. 6. Base: Coved base to match floor tile in size and color K. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with the following requirements: 1. Size: As indicated, coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile. 2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base for Full Mortar Bed Installations: Coved. b. Wainscot Cap for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. c. External Comers for Thinset Installations: Surface bullnose. d. Internal Corners: Coved field, base and cap pieces designed to member with stretcher shapes. L. Stone Thresholds: Provide stone thresholds in a color to be selected by Architect that is uniform in color and finish, fabricated to sizes and profiles indicated to provide transition between file surfaces and adjoining finished floor surfaces. Fabricate thresholds to heights indicated, but not more than 112 inch (12.7 mm) above adjoining finished floor surfaces, with transition edges beveled on a slope of no greater than 1:2. M. Waterproofing for Thin -Set Tile Installations: Provide products that comply with ANSI A118.10. N. Setting Materials: As follows: 09310-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE I . Portland Cement Mortar Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.1A and as specified below: a. Cleavage Membrane: Asphalt felt, ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15), or polyethylene sheeting ASTM D 4397, 4.0 mils (0.1 mm) thick. b. Reinforcing Wire Fabric: Galvanized, welded wire fabric, 2 by 2 inches (50.8 by 50.8 mm) by 0.062 -inch (1.57 -mm) diameter, comply with ASTM A 185 and ASTM A 82, except for minimum wire size. C. Expanded Metal Lath: Provide diamond -mesh lath complying with ASTM C 847 for requirements indicated below: 1) Base Metal and Finish for Interior Applications: Fabricate lath from uncoated or zinc- coated (galvanized) steel sheet, with uncoated steel sheet painted after fabrication into lath. 2) Base Metal and Finish for Exterior Applications: Fabricate lath from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. 3) Configuration over Studs and Furring: Flat. 4) Configuration over Solid Surfaces: Self- furring. 5) Weight: 3.41b1sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m). d. Latex additive (water emulsion) described below, serving as replacement for part or all of gaging water, of type specifically recommended by latex additive manufacturer for use with job -mixed por8and cement and aggregate mortar bed. 1) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin. 2. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI At 18.4, composed as follows: Prepackaged Dry-Mortar Mix: Factory- prepared mixture of portland cement; dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to which only water needs to be added at Project site. Mixture of Dry-Mortar Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of prepackaged dry- mortar mix and liquid -latex additive complying with the following requirements: 1) Latex Additive: Styrene butadiene rubber. 2) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin. 3. Water - Cleanable, Tile- Setting Epoxy Adhesive: ANSI All 18.3. 4. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, Type I. 0, Grouting Materials: As follows: Latex - Portland Cement Grout: Aston building products or equal (See Section 01760 Colors), ANSI A118.6 for materials described in Section H -2.4, composed as follows: a. Factory- Prepared, Dry-Grout Mixture: Factory- prepared mixture of podland cement; dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive; and other ingredients to produce the following: 1) Unsanded grout mixture for joints 118 inch (3.2 mm) and narrower. 2) Sanded grout mixture for joints 118 inch (3.2 mm) and wider. b. Mixture of Dry-Grout Mix and Latex Additive: Mixture of factory- prepared, dry-grout mix and latex additive complying with the following requirements: 1) Sanded Dry-Grout Mix: Commercial portland cement grout complying with ANSI At 18.6 for materials described in Section H -2.1, for joints 118 inch (3.2 mm) and wider. 2) Latex Additive: Acrylic resin. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE 09310-3 Elastomeric Sealants: Provide manufacturers standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of base polymer and characteristics indicated that comply with applicable requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 1. One -Part, Mildew- Resistant Silicone Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable to nonporous joint substrates indicated, 0; formulated with fungicide. 2. Multipart, Pourable Urethane Sealant for Use T: ASTM C 920; Type M; Grade P; Class 25; Uses T, M, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0. Q. Cementitious Backer Units: Provide products complying with ANSI At 18.9, of 5/8 inch thickness and width indicated, and in maximum lengths available to minimize end - to-end butt joints. R. Miscellaneous Materials: As follows: 1. Trowelable Undedayments and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland- cement•based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile- selling materials for installations indicated. 2. Temporary Protective Coating: Provide product indicated below that is formulated to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout; is compatible with file, mortar, and grout products; and is easily removable after grouting is completed without damaging grout or tile. a. Petroleum paraffin wax, fully refined and odorless, containing at least 0.5 percent oil with a melfing point of 120 to 140 deg F (49 to 60 deg C) per ASTM D 87. b. Grout release in form of manufacturers standard proprietary liquid coating that is specially formulated and recommended for use as a temporary protective coating for tile. 3. Grout Sealer: Manufacturers standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. a. Available Products: b. Bonsai, W. R., Company; Grout Sealer. C. Bostik; CeramaSeal Grout Sealer. d. C -Cure; Penetrating Sealer 978. e. Custom Building Products, Grout Sealer. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with dry-set or latex-portland cement mortars that comply with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 series of the installation standards for installations indicated. 1. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds per tile- setting material manufacturers written instructions to fill cracks, holes, and depressions. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. B. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that file has been blended in the factory and packaged so tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. C. Field- Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout by precoating them with a continuous film of temporary protective coating indicated below, taking care not to coat unexposed Tile surfaces: 1. Petroleum paraffin wax or grout release. D. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 series of file installation standards in "Spectficafions for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated. 09310-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE E. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" Comply with TCA installation methods indicated. Extend file work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and comers without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. G. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of file abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. H. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints from floor to wall where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following file installation standards: 1. For ceramic file grouts (sand- portlarid cement, dry -set, commercial portland cement, and latex- portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI A108.10. 2. Apply grout sealer to groutjoints according to grout- sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on file faces by wiping with soft cloth. J. Install waterproofing to comply with waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. K. Do not install file over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. L. Installation, General: 1. ANSI Tile Installation Standard: Comply with parts of ANSI 108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to type of setting and grouting materials and methods indicated. 2. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation" (latest edition at time of bid); comply with TCA installation methods indicated. 3. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. 4. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tie abutting trim, finish, or built -in Rem for straight aligned joints. Flt file ciosely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so that plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. 5. Jointing Pattern: Unless otherwise shown, lay tile in grid pattern. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out file work and center file fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise shown. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so that extent of each sheet is not apparent in finished work. 6. Lay out file wainscots to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. 7. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw cut joints after installation of tiles. a. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. b. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE 09310-5 8. Grout tile to comply with the requirements of the following installation standards: a. For ceramic Tile grouts (sand - portland cement, dry-set, commercial portland cement, and latex - portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI At 08.10. 9. At sinks, toilet fixtures, drinking fountains and similarwet areas, install oemenlitious backer units and treatjoints to comply with manufacturer's instructions for type of application indicated. M. Floor Installation Methods: 1. Porcelain Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards. a. Concrete Subfloors, Interior: TCA F121 2. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at edge of all tile floors and as described below; set in same type of setting bed as abutting field the unless otherwise indicated. a. Set thresholds in latex - porfland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish. b. Install stone thresholds at locations indicated or where exposed edge of Tile flooring meets carpet, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of file. C. Thresholds to transition to adjacent floor surfaces to meet Yi' or less accessability requirements. N. Wall Tile Installation Methods: Ceramic Mosaic Tile and Accent Tile: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards. a. Cementitious Backer Units, Interior: TCA W244 b. Exterior (at Drinking Fountain): TCA W201 0. Cleaning and Protection: 09310-6 1. Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. a. Remove latex - portland cement grout residue from Tile as soon as possible. b. Unglazed file may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by file and grout manufacturers printed instructions, but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and after cleaning. G. Remove temporary protective coating by method recommended by coating manufacturer that is acceptable to brick and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it from clogging drains. 2. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, and otherwise defective tile work. 3. Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and installer that ensure that file is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. a. When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed file work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. b. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least 7 days after grouting is completed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CERAMIC TILE SECTION 09512 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 2031210 — 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Submittals: In addition to product data for each type of acoustical panel and suspension system required, submit the following: 1. Full -size samples of each tile type, pattern, and color required. 2. Set of 12 -inch- (300 -mm -) long samples of suspension system members. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide acoustical tile ceilings that comply with the following requirements: 1. Surface - burning characteristics of acoustical tiles comply with 0-25 for Class A materials as determined by testing per ASTM E 84: PART2- PRODUCTS A. Acoustical Tile Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Armstrong "Ultima Vector' vector beveled tile pattern, 24 "x 24 "x 3/4' 2. or approved equal. B. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Type E -400 (plenum mounting in which face of test specimen is 15 -3f4 inches [400 mm] away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795. 2. Test Method for Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): Where acoustical tile ceilings are specified to have a CAC, provide units identical to those tested per ASTM E 1414 by a qualified testing agency. C. Suspension System Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung unless otherwise indicated. 1. Mechanical Fasteners in Metal Deck: With holes or loops for attachment of hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 5 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified testing agency. 2. Powder - Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system fabricated from corrosion- resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attachment of hangers, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing agency. D. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc - Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641 M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106 -inch- (2.69 -mm-) diameter wire. E. Miscellaneous Materials CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09512-1 1. Sheet -Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension systems indicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges of suspension system runners. Color to be white. Non - Fire - Resistance -Rated Suspension Systems: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspension systems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements: Direct -Hung, Double -Web Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from and capped with prepainted or electrolytic zinc - coated, cold - rolled steel sheet; other characteristics as follows: a. Classification of ceiling grid is Heavy Duty, Armstrong Prelude 15116" Exposed Tee. b. Access: Upward, with initial access openings of size indicated and located throughout the ceiling within each module formed by main runners and cross runners, with additional access available by progressively removing remaining acoustical tiles. C. Access: Downward, with initial access openings of size indicated and located throughout the ceiling within each module formed by main runners and cross runners, with additional access available by progressively removing remaining acoustical tiles. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. b. Chicago Metallic Corporation. C. USG Interiors, Inc. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. General: Install acoustical tile ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer's instruc ions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook.' 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E 580. 2. CISCA Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies.' 3. U.B.C. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems: U.B.C. Standard No. 47 -18. B. Suspend ceiling hangers as follows: 1. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above. Connect hangers either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate for substrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 2. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends of each member. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles. D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system. Place suspension system flanges into kerled edges so that file -to -tile joints are closed by double lap of material. 09512-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 1. Fit adjoining tile to form Flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut file for accurate fit at borders and around penetrations through tile. 2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf -type, spring -steel spacers between tile and moldings, spaced at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c. 3.2 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Tiles: Provide owner with additional files for maintenance purposes before completion of the Work. The amount of tiles to be no less than 5% of the number of files required for the Work. Tiles to be of same manufacturer, type, color and material as those used in the Work. Package and label the extra tiles in a manner conducive to long term storage. END OF SECTION 09512 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09512-3 SECTION 09545 —WOOD CEILINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Work Included: Provide WoodCeilings, Inc., Rio Grande Series 145 wood veneer. Wood Ceiling system where shown on Architectural Drawings, and as specified in this Specification. 1.2 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's data and installation instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing all areas involved, attachment conditions and perimeter conditions. AutoCAD files containing relevant information shall be provided at no charge to the manufacturer to facilitate timely and accurate drawings. C. Submittal Samples: Submit representative samples of each material that is to be exposed in the finished work, showing the full range of color and finish variations. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturing Standards: WoodCeilings, Inc. Rio Grande Series 145 wood veneer for this project shall maintain the quality as instituted by the Architect or A.W.I. B. Design Criteria: Manufactured shall be installed true and plumb to within manufacturing tolerance of 118° over 8' long. C. SOLID - Product Construction: Wood shall be kiln dried to 10 %. Cracking, checking and warpage of members will not be acceptable. Finger joints and composite lamination will not be acceptable. OR D. VENEER - Product Construction: The desired veneer shall be of Linear grade (Species Number - Veneer Slicing) with a clear satin finish. All 3 visible sides shall have matching veneer. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Material MUST be STORED and installed only in secured ambient environment (humidity min. 35% -max. 55 %, temperature not to exceed 800). B. Windows, doors and all wet work must be completed before unpackaging and installation. Handle carefully to avoid damaging. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: A. WoodCeilings, Inc. 25310 Jeans Road. Veneta, OR 97487 Telephone (866) 935 -9663. www.woodceilings.com info @woodceilings.com or approved equal. 2.2 PRODUCT TYPE: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WOOD CEILINGS 09545-1 A. Product Construction and Attachment: WoodCeilings, Inc., 3 Y< inch wide with three members per linear foot, Rio Grande Series 145 wood veneer shall be constructed and allached to 15116" T -Bar Grid mainrunners 2' oc andlor per WoodCeilings, Inc. guidelines and specifications. B. Fire Rating: Class 1(A) Fire Rating is required. C. VENEER — Species and Grade: Chen V42 with plain slicing. D. Finish: Finish shall be stain to match Cherry Sangria Wood Harbor Door, satin sheen. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION: A. System shall be handled and installed with care in order to prevent surface damage. Field cutting shall be kept to a minimum and performed as recommended by manufacturer. B. Suspension and Ceiling Layout: The contractor shall install the suspension and wood ceiling in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and shop drawings. C. The manufacturer and installing contractor independently must have a minimum of 7 years experience and 5 successful installations of similarly complex wood ceiling projects. D. HVAC and Light Fixture Suspension: All HVAC and Light Fixtures must be independently supported from the wood ceiling. E. Cleaning: After installation of the ceiling, all wood strips shall be cleaned and free of dust, dirt, fingerprints, etc. 3.2 WARRANTY: A. All materials supplied by WoodCeilings, Inc. shall be guaranteed against defects by the manufacturer and the installing contractor for one year. END OF SECTION 09545 09545-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WOOD CEILINGS SECTION 09550 - GYMNASIUM WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Work Included: 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 Provide wood flooring where indicated on room finish schedule for Gymnasium, Platform, and Community Rooms. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Concrete 2. Section 11480: Gymnasium Equipment. C. Submittals: Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for gymnasium flooring system. Include instructions for handling, moisture protection, anchorage, finishing, protection and maintenance. a. Include Underwriter's Laboratories report for non -slip classification of floor finish. 2. Samples: Submit 2 samples of each color of coved base forArchitect's color selection. 3. Preservative Treatment Certificate: Deliver certificate to Architect from flooring manufacturer, attesting that sleepers and finish flooring have been treated as specified. 4. Inspection Certificate: Deliver certificate to Architect from manufacturer's representative, attesting that all materials and installation work are as specified. D. Quality Assurance: 1. Installer: A specialized gymnasium flooring firm, with not less than 3 years successful experience in installation of the type of flooring required, and acceptable to manufacturer. 2. General Standards: Comply with Maple Flooring Manufacturing Association (MFMA) standards and recommendations for flooring including grading rules. E. Product Handling: Protect wood flooring from excessive moisture in shipment, storage and handling. Deliver in unopened bundles and store in a dry place, with adequate air circulation. Do na deliver material to budding until "wet work" such as concrete and plaster have been completed and cured to a condition of equilibrium. F. Project Conditions: Conditioning: Do not proceed with delivery and installation of wood flooring until after spaces to receive flooring have been enclosed and are dry and maintained at approximately same humidity condition as planned for occupancy. Place wood flooring materials in spaces to be floored T days in advance of start of installation. Open packages of wood flooring which are sealed (if any) to permit natural adjustment of moisture content. Maintain ambient temperature in range of 65 °F (18 °C) to 90 °F (32 °C) prior to, during, and after installation of wood flooring. G. Warranty: Special Project Warranty: Provide 2 -year warranty for finished gymnasium wood flooring and associated work, agreeing to repair or replace flooring which shrinks, warps, cracks, or otherwise deteriorates excessively, or which buckles, delaminates or breaks its anchorage or bond with substrate or fads otherwise to perform as required or as represented by manufacturer, due to failures of materials and workmanship and not due to unusual exposure to moisture or other abusive forces and elements not anticipated for application. Warranty shall be signed by Installer and by Contractor. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM 09550-1 PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Manufacturer: New wood gymnasium floor material and finish. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Conner, Duracushion II. 2. Or Approved equal. B. Materials: 1. Moisture Barrier: S mil polyethylene film. 2. Resilient Pads: Manufacturer's standard pneumatic resilient pads, sized to provide optimum floor resiliency for spacing specified by manufacturer. 3. Sleepers: 2 x 3 x 4', #1 Douglas Fir or dense yellow pine, kiln dried to 15% maximum moisture content, "Dd- Vac" treated, with resilient pads secured to underside at 12" on center. Dip treat sleepers with "Woodlife; minimum 5 minute immersion. Ensure retention of at least 10 gallon per 1000 board feet. Discard bowed and twisted pieces. 4. Finish Flooring: Northern hard maple strip flooring, tongue and groove, end matched, kiln dried and grade marked by MFMA. Dip treat flooring with "Woodlife," minimum 5 minute immersion. Ensure retention of at least 10 gallons per 1000 board feet. a. Grade: Second and Better Grade. b. Cut. Flat Grain. C. Thickness; approximately 33132 ". d. Face Width: approximately 2 -114 ". e. Length: Comply with MFMA grading rules. 5. Nails and Screws: Type and size recommended by manufacturer, but not less than recommended by MFMA for each application. 6. Wall Base Trim: Vented, semi - rigid, coved rubber angle molding, manufacturers standard, color as selected by Architect. a. Provide pre -molded outside corners. Floor Finish: Penetrating waterbome sealer and waterbome epoxy wood floor finish system with manufacturers compatible gameline paint Four gameline paint colors to be selected by architect from manufacturer standard. a. Classified by Underwriters Laboratories as slip resistant. b. Meet California Air Resources Board requirements for volatile organic compound (VOC) content. C. Provide Hillyard, Inc. 'Contender System; No. 319 sealer/No. 279 finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Installation: 09550-2 1. General: Comply with flooring manufacturers instructions and recommendations for applications indicated, but not less than MFMA standards. 2. Check for Dryness: Before proceeding with installation of wood gymnasium flooring over concrete substrate, check for dryness. If not sufficiently dry, as determined by installer, continue to dry substrate, or provide extra moisture protection for flooring. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM 3. Install moisture barrier with joints lapped 4" and taped. Turn membrane up 2" at perimeter and at penetrations. 4. Sleepers: Install sleepers without anchorage, with pads attached, end to end with joints staggered 24 "; sleeper spacing 12" on center. Discard warped or twisted sleepers. Allow 2" expansion void at all walls and permanent obstructions. Run sleepers at fight tangles to finish flooring. Make certain that all pads bear on concrete floor. 5. Extra Sleepers Under Bleachers: Install an additional row of sleepers between each normally spaced row of sleepers, under entire area covered by bleachers in extended position. 6. Tolerances: Level gymnasium wood flooring system to 118" in 10' -0 ". 7. Finish Flooring: Install finish flooring parallel to existing wood floor at right angles to sleepers. Blind nail at each sleeper and near end of each piece of flooring with screw type nail or power nailer. Lay floor to within 2' of face of wall. Install flooring to minimize the effects of expansion and contraction. Open joints due to shrinkage, or floor buckling due to expansion, will not be acceptable. 8. Wall Base Trim: After completion of finishing operations, install expansion base trim and other cover trim as indicated for expansion spaces at edges and interruptions of flooring. Anchor to walls with Base Cement or screws and anchors. Use matching premolded outside comers. Neatly miter inside corners. 9. Equipment Anchors: Install complying with manufacturers instructions. 10. Electrical Outlets in Floor: Provide wood blocking below finish flooring, same size as for equipment anchors, for electrical outlet boxes in gymnasium floor. B. Sanding and Finishing: 1. Allow installed gymnasium flooring to acclimate to ambient conditions for a minimum period of 10 days before sanding. All other work on interior of building must be completed. Fill cracks or other defects with plastic wood of type suitable for finish applied. 2. Sanding: Machine sand with coarse, medium and fine grades of sandpaper, followed by disc sanding with 000 sandpaper. Sweep floor clean before each sanding. All cuts shall be made with the grain. Clean with power vacuum, and check to confirm that entire surface of each piece has been sanded, and that floor is level and smooth, without ridges or cups and that no sanding marks will show through or be brought out by application of finish. Proceed immediately with finish. 3. Finishing: Apply gymnasium wood floor finish in accordance with manufacturers instructions. Provide 1 coat of sealer and 3 coals of finish with game lines and markings applied between the first and second finish coats. Provide a minimum dry film thickness of 3 mils. Buff between each coat. Retain and provide empty containers to Inspector for confirmation of film thickness. Prevent traffic on finished floor for a minimum of 10 days. a. Lines and Markers; After application of first coat of floor finish, lay out lines, field and other markings as shown for colored enamel application. Mask flooring to provide sharp edges. Apply gym enamel in 1.0 mil thickness, in colors as indicated or to be selected by Architect. Where game lines cross, break minor game line at intersection; do not overlap lines. Verify layout with Architect and Owner before application. C. Protection: Protect completed wood flooring during remainder of construction period with heavy Kraft paper or other suitable covering, so that flooring and finish will be without damage or deterioration at time of acceptance. 3.2 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Flooring for maintenance purposes: Provide owner with additional bare wood flooring, for maintenance purposes, before completion of the Work. The amount of flooring to be no less than 30 linear ft. (in lengths no shorter than 24 "). Extra wood flooring to be of same type, color and sort as that used for the rest of the floor. Package and label the extra flooring in a manner conducive to long term storage. END OF SECTION 09550 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER GYMNASIUM WOOD FLOORING SYSTEM 09550-3 SECTION 09651 - RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl composition file (VCT). B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section 'Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base, reducer strips, and other accessories installed with resilient floor tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Verification: Full -size units of each color and pattern of resilient floor tile required. C. Maintenance Data: For resilient products to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire- Test - Response Characteristics: Provide products identical to those tested for fire - exposure behavior per test method indicated by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Coefficient of Friction: Resilient floor the shall have a coefficient of friction of at least 0.5 per ASTM D2047. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store tiles on flat surfaces. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor file during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651-1 2. During installation. 3. 46 hours after installation. B. After postinstallation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 46 hours after floor covering installation. E. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Floor Tile: Furnish 1 box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type, color, and pattern of floor file installed. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products listed in other Pad 2 articles in this section. 2.2 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and Patterns: As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2.3 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE VCT -1. A. Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): ASTM F 1066, 1. Mannington Commercial- Premium Visual Tile, Solid Point 2. or approved equal (See Section 01760 Colors). B. Coefficient of Friction of at least 0.6 per ASTM D2047. C. Wearing Surface: Smooth. D. Thickness: 0.125 inch. E. Size: 12 by 12 inches. F. Color: Toasted Sesame 337 G. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: 09651-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT FLOOR TILE Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W /sq. cm per ASTM E 648. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, podland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water- resistant type recommelnded by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 3. Moisture Testing: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture - vapor- emission rate of 3 lb of water /1000 sq. ft. or emission rate acceptable to manufacturer in 24 hours. b. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Apply manufactures approved sealer as required to achieve manufactures requirements. C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. E. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours In advance of installation. 1. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651 -3 Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half tile at perimeter. Lay tiles square with room axis or in pattern indicated. B. Match files for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. Lay tiles with grain direction alternating in adjacent tiles (basket-weave pattern) or in pattern of colors and sizes indicated. C. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. D. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. E. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repealing on floor tiles as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. F. Install tiles on covers for telephone and electrical ducts and similar items in finished floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of tile installed on covers. Tightly adhere file edges to substrates that abut covers and to cover perimeters, G. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp-mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. 0965.1 -4 1. Apply protective floor polish to horizontal surfaces that are free from sal, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 2. Cover products installed on horizontal surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper until Substantial Completion. 3, Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces. Place hardboard or plywood panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. C. Final Cleaning: Apply protective floor polish to horizontal surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive and surface blemishes if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. G. Provide six (6) coats of polish as selected. d. Buff polish to a high gloss. END OF SECTION 09651 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT FLOOR TILE 09651-5 SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Resilient wall base. 2. Resilient flooring accessories. 3. Resilient carpet accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Section 01760: Colors. 2. Section 09651: Resilient Tile Flooring. 3. Section 09680: Carpet. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product specified. B. Samples: Manufacturers standard sample sets consisting of sections of units showing the full range of colors and patterns available for each type of product indicated. C. Product Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of resilient wall base and accessories certifying that each product furnished complies with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced installer to perform work of this Section who has specialized in installing resilient products similar to those required for this Project and with a record of successful in -service performance. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and color of product specified from one source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the Work. C. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide products with the following fire- test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products per lest method indicated below by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W /sq. cm or greater when tested per ASTM E 648. 2. Revise subparagraph above and below and insert other requirements to suit Project. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653 -1 3. Smoke Density: Maximum specific optical density of 450 or less when tested per ASTM E 662. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver products to Project site in manufacturers original, unopened cartons and containers, each bearing names of product and manufacturer, Project identification, and shipping and handling instructions. B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained between 50 and 90 deg F. C. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours before installation, unless longer conditioning period is recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain a temperature of not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F in spaces to receive resilient products for at least 48 hours before installation, during installation, and for at least 48 hours after installation, unless manufacturer's written recommendations specify longer time periods. After post installation period, maintain a temperature of not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. B. Do not install products until they are at the same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. C. For resilient products installed on traffic surfaces, close spaces to traffic during installation and for time period after installation recommended in writing by manufacturer. D. Coordinate resilient product installation with other construction to minimize possibility of damage and soiling during remainder of construction period. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fumish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each different type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. 2. Deliver extra materials to Owner. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES A. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS -W-40, Type II and with requirements specified below. B. Products: Burke Mercer, Armstrong, Johnsonite, Roppe. 09653-2 Color. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors produced for vinyl wall base complying with requirements indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES a. Burke Mercer, Mocha 597 or approved equal. 2. Style: Cove with top -set toe. 3. Height: 4 inches. 4. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer, but not less than 96 feet. 5. Outside Comers: Premolded. 6. Inside Corners: Premolded. 7. Surface: Smooth, C. Vinyl Accessory Molding: Where this designation is indicated, provide vinyl accessory molding complying with the following: 1. Products: Burke Mercer, Armstrong, Johnsonite, Roppe. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors produced for vinyl accessory molding complying with requirements indicated. 3. Burke Mercer, Mocha 597 or approved equal. 4. Product Description: for all of the following, as required: Cap for cove carpet, cap for cove vinyl sheet floor covering, carpet bar for tackless installations, carpet edge for glue -down applications, carpet nosing, nosing for resilient floor covering, reducer strip for resilient flooring. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, porlland- cement -based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where installation of resilient products will occur, with Installer present, for compliance with manufacturer's requirements, including those for maximum moisture content. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for resilient product installation and comply with requirements specified. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive resilient products. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing resilient products. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES 09653-3 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install resilient products according to manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. 1. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. 2. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. 3. Do not stretch base during installation. 4. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient wall base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. 5. Install premolded outside and inside corners before installing straight pieces. C. Place resilient products so they are butted to adjacent materials and bond to substrates with adhesive. Install reducer strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing resilient products: 1. Remove adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by resilient product manufacturers. 2. Sweep or vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Do not wash resilient products until after time period recommended by resilient product manufacturer. 4. Damp -mop or sponge resilient products to remove marks and soil. B. Protect resilient products against mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by resilient product manufacturer. 1. Cover resilient products installed on floors with undyed, untreated building paper until inspection for Substantial Completion. C. Clean resilient products not more than 4 days before dates scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Clean products according to manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 09653 09653-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESILIENT WALL BASE AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 09680 — CARPET PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Direct glued down carpet. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base and accessories installed with carpet. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. Include installation recommendations for each type of substrate required. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, built -in cabinets, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2. Carpet type, color, and dye lot. 3. Seam locations, types, and methods. 4. Type of subfloor. 5. Type of installation. 6. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. 9. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturers name, material description, color, pattern, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 1. Carpet: 12 -inch- square Sample. 2. Exposed Edge Stripping and Accessory: 12 -inch- long Samples. 3. Carpet Cushion: 64nch- square Sample. 4. Carpet Seam: 6 -inch Sample, 5. Mitered Carpet Border Seam: 12 -inch- square Sample. Show carpet pattern alignment. D. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CARPET I.7 E. Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. Include the following: 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain - removal products and procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. B. Fire -Test- Response Characteristics: Provide products with the critical radiant flux classification indicated in Part 2, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 648 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Product Options: Products and manufacturers named in Part 2 establish requirements for product quality in terms of appearance, construction, and performance. Other manufacturers' products comparable in quality to named products and complying with requirements may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Substitutions." D. Accessibility compliance: Provide glue -down or firm cushion installation as specified in this section that complies with CBC Section 11248.3. Carpet shall have a level loop, textured loop, level -cut, or level- cutfuncut pile texture and maximum pile height of %' per CBC Section 11248.3. Carpet edges shall comply with CBC Section 11248.2. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling' 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Where demountable partitions or other items are indicated for installation on top of carpet, install carpet before installing these items. 1.7 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Special Carpet Warranty: Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. 09680-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CARPET 1.8 Warranty Period: a. "Commercial Performance " 15 year from date of Substantial Completion. b. "Stain Resistance" 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Lifetime Commercial Warranty on backing. EXTRA MATERIALS A. Fumish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet: Full -width rolls equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 2.2 CARPET A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: 1. ShawTek, Yearbook Style 60455. a. 12 foot broadloom with UflralocMP backing (IPN.) b. Direct glue down with Green Label Certified Shaw Contract 1000 or 2057 Shaw Contract 4000 seam sealer. C. Fiber Content: 78% Eoo solution nylon, solution dyedlyam dyed. d. Construction: Pattern loop. e. S.S.P. Soil protection. f. Surface Pile Weight: 28ozlsq.yd. g. Pile thickness 0.136 inches with 1110 gauge, 10.5 stiches per inch. h. Color. 55550 Mascot. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES with Green Label Certified A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex- modifled, hydraulic - cement -based formulation provided by or recommended by the following: 1. Carpet manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water - resistant, mildew- resistant, nonstaining type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet and that is recommended by the following: 1. Carpet manufacturer. C. Seaming Cement: Hot -melt adhesive tape or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer for taping seams and butting cut edges at backing to form secure seams and to prevent pile loss at seams. PART 3 - EXECUTION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CARPET r.,:r 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, alkalinity range, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting carpet performance. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for carpet installation and comply with requirements specified. If necessary, provide manufacture approved sealer to achieve moisture content requirements. B. Concrete Subfioors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 and the following: Slab substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, hardeners, and other materials that may interfere with adhesive bond. Determine adhesion and dryness characteristics by performing bond and moisture tests recommended by the following: a. Carpet manufacturer. 2. Subtloor finishes comply with requirements specified in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for slabs receiving carpet. 3. Subficors are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet installation. B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Remove coatings, including curing compounds, and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, without using solvents. Use mechanical methods recommended in writing by the following: Carpet manufacturer. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Direct -Glue -Down Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 8, "Direct Glue -Down Installation." B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position. 1. Level adjoining border edges. C. Do not bridge building expansion joints with carpet, D. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. 09680-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CARPET E. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open - bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. G. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove excess adhesive, seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpel manufacturer. 2. Remove yams that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, 'Protection of Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpel against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09680 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CARPET 09680 -5 SECTION 09720 - WALL COVERINGS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Protective wall covering. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section - Painting 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include data on physical characteristics, durability, fade resistance, and flame - resistance characteristics. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of each wall - covering type. Indicate seams and termination points. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of wall covering indicated. D. Samples for Verification: Full width by 36 -inch long section of wail covering from lot to be used for each type of wall covering indicated for each color, texture, and pattern required. 1. With specified treatments applied. 2. Mark top and face of material. E. Schedule: For wall coverings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. Maintenance Data: For wall coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Test- Response Characteristics: Provide wall coverings and adhesives with the following fire- test - response characteristics as determined by testing identical products applied with identical adhesives to substrates per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Surface - Buming Characteristics: As follows, per ASTM E 84: a. Flame- Spread Index: 25 or less. b. Smoke - Developed Index: 450 or less. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WALL COVERINGS 09720-1 2. Fire -Growth Contribution: Textile wall coverings complying with acceptance criteria of UBC Standard 8 -2. 3. Fire -Growth Contribution: Textile wall coverings tested according to NFPA 265 and complying with Method A test protocol in IBC 2000, Section 803.5.1. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate appearance and aesthetic effects and set quality standards for installation. 1. Provide a mockup for each type of wall covering on each substrate required. Comply with requirements in ASTM F 1141. 2. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do riot install wall coverings until spaces are enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Lighting: Do not install wall covering until a permanent level of lighting is provided on the surfaces to receive wall covering. C. Ventilation: Provide continuous ventilation during installation and for not less than the time recommended by wall - covering manufacturer for full drying or curing. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described Wow, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Wall- Covering Material: Full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount of each type installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in Part 2'Wall- Covering Products" Article. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products listed in Part 2 "Wall- Covering Products" Article. 2.2 WALL - COVERING PRODUCTS A. General: Provide rolls of each type of wall covering from the same run number or dye lot. B. Protective Wall Covering, [PWC -1]: 1. Products: 09720-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WALL COVERINGS a. Koroseal Wall Protection System: "Korogard" Protective wallcovering, rigid high - impact acrylic /polyvinyl chloride (PVC) sheet or approved equal. 2. Wall- Covering Standards: Provide mildew- resistant products complying with the following: a. Fire rating: Class 11A. b. Thickness: 0.040 inches. 3. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Reflections — Cream, RF36 -07 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: Mildew- resistant, nonstaining adhesive, for use with specific wall covering and substrate application, as recommended in writing by wall- covering manufacturer. B. Moldings: Provide edge, seams and corner moldings by wall covering manufacturer with color to match wallcoverings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for levelness, wall plumbness, maximum moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation. B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair wall covering's bond, including mold, mildew, oil, grease, incompatible primers, dirt, and dust. C. Prepare substrates to achieve a smooth, dry, clean, structurally sound surface free of flaking, unsound coatings, cracks, and defects. 1. Moisture Content Maximum of 5 percent on new plaster, concrete, and concrete masonry units when tested with an electronic moisture meter. 2. Plaster: Allow new plaster to cure. Neutralize areas of high alkalinity. 3. Metals: If not factory primed, clean and apply metal primer. 4. Gypsum Board: Prime with primer recommended by wall- covering manufacturer. 5. Painted Surfaces: Treat areas susceptible to pigment bleeding. D. Check painted surfaces for pigment bleeding. Sand gloss, semigloss, and eggshell finishes with fine sandpaper. E. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. F. Acclimatize wall- covering materials by removing them from packaging in the installation areas not less than 24 hours before installation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WALL COVERINGS 09720-3 G. Install wall liner, with no gaps or overlaps, where required by wall - covering manufacturer. Form smooth wrinkle -free surface for finished installation. Do not begin wall- covering installation until wall liner has dried. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with wall - covering manufacturers' written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. B. Cut wall- covering strips in roll number sequence. Change roll numbers at partition breaks and comers. C. Install strips in same order as cut from roll. D. Install wall covering with no gaps or overlaps, no lifted or curling edges, and no visible shrinkage. E. Match pattern 72 inches above the finish floor. F. Install seams vertical and plumb at least 6 inches (150 mm) from outside comers and 6 inches from inside corners unless a change of pattern or color exists at comer. No horizontal seams are permitted. G. Fully bond wall covering to substrate. Remove air bubbles, wrinkles, blisters, and other defects. H. Trim edges and seams for color uniformity, pattern match, and tight closure. Butt seams without any overlay or spacing between strips. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess adhesive at finished seams, perimeter edges, and adjacent surfaces. B. Use cleaning methods recommended in writing by wall- covering manufacturer. C. Replace strips that cannot be cleaned. D. Reinstall hardware and hardware accessories, electrical plates and covers, light fixture trims, and similar items. END OF SECTION 09720 09720-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WALL COVERINGS SECTION 09800 - ACOUSTICAL TREATMENTS 1.1 GENERAL 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Summary: Include all labor, materials, and plant as required for the fabrication and delivery of acoustical wall panels and suspended baffles complete in all respects as described and specified herein. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Manufacturer and Installer: Firm manufacturing the specified product shall have adequate capacity required for projects listed and have successfully completed similar projects for a period of not less than five years. The Installer should be approved by the Manufacturer as qualified to perform work required, 2. Reference Standards: Conform to all governing laws, building codes, and the following performance criteria: a. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide wall panels with surface - burning characteristics as determined by testing full assemblies (component tests unacceptable) of identical materials and construction representative of a typical installation, using factory standard finishes in accordance with UBC 42 -2 and ASTM E 84 by a testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. UBC 42 -2 Classification: Acceptable E 84 -89 Classification: Class "A" or "1" Flame Spread: 25 or less Smoke Developed: 450 or less b. Acoustical Performance Characteristics: Provide wall panels and baffles with acoustical absorption characteristics as indicated in Pad 1.2 which have been determined by testing fully assembled production material in accordance with ASTM C 423 (Type "A" mounting as defined by ASTM E 795 for wall panels) by a testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Approved testing organization must be independent of the manufacturer. C. Wall panels and baffles shall have toxicity characteristics which have been determined by testing frill assemblies (component tests are not acceptable) of identical materials and construction in accordance with article 15, Part 1120 of the New York State uniform fire prevention and building code MEA division. MEA Acceptance Number. MEA 123 -93 -M C. Submittals: 1. Submit to the Architect of record, three (3) complete sets of shop drawings prepared by the manufacturer showing all necessary details and dimension requirements which wilt subsequently be field verified and revised as required by the Architect. 2. Samples: Submit (3 sets) manufacturers standard 8 "x 11'sampte panels and 6'x14" sample baffles of each type of product . as specified in Part 1.2 for approval. Product shall be original production material in fabric finish specified for final use. 3. Certificaliow Submit to the Owner a certificate of compliance to specified acoustical and fire performance criteria as stated in Part 1.2, signed by an officer of the panel manufacturer and attach independent laboratory lest results for each product used, showing that the products supplied as components and complete assemblies, meet or exceed the specified requirements, Panel manufacturer shall also submit a certificate that products supplied are appropriate for the intended use of the Owner and facility. Submit additional test results to Owner as requested detailing compliance to updated code requirements. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL TREATMENTS 09800 -1 4. Prior Approval: Manufacturers not listed in Part 1.2 of this specification and wishing to be submitted as an equal on the project must submit information in accordance with section 1.1.C. of this specification fifteen days prior to the bid date as outlined in the contract documents. The information submitted must give evidence to show that the alternative product equals or exceeds the attributes and performance of the specified product. 5. Manufacturer's Approval: The manufacturer shall have the right to approve the selection of the installing contractor and to verify that said contractor has sufficient experience and expertise to complete the project in a satisfactory manner. 6. Single Source: All acoustical wall and suspended baffles shall be purchased from a single supplier. D. Product Delivery, Storage and Handling: 1. Deliver fabricated units and related components to the site for installation in accordance with a reasonable schedule furnished by the contractor. On -site storage shall be such as to assure that all panels and associated materials are protected from damage. 2. All reasonable effort should be made prior to panel installation to make the site free of all wet and dusty trades and the climatic conditions stabilized to normal operational levels. Panels shall be allowed to stabilize on site 24 hours prior to installation. E. Guarantee: Furnish to the Architect in the Owners name, the manufacturers written guarantee covering the products supplied against defects in materials and workmanship under normal operating conditions for a period of one year from the date of shipment. Submit certificates of compliance showing warranty period by dates for each project completed to the Owner. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Acoustical Impact Resilient Wall Panels: Furnish and deliver prefabricated acoustical wall systems as described in this section for installation in areas as shown on drawings meeting or exceeding the following requirements: 09800-2 Description: The acoustical units shall be Type HIR2 -1" as manufactured by Decoustics Limited, or equal: P.O. Box 615 65 Disco Road TEL: (800) 387 -3809 Getzville, NY Etobicoke, Onlario FAX: (416) 675 -5546 USA. 14068 -0615 Canada, M9W 1M2 2. The panels shall be constructed of 6 to 7 Ib.lcu.fL density semi rigid glass fibre core of IN thickness bonded to a sheet of woven fiberglass mesh and fabric wrapped as detailed in this section. The board shall be free of surface defects and sanded as required to a uniform thickness which will not vary by more than 0.010 inches. The boards shall be fabricated to sizes supplied by the installing Contractor, using a CAD /CAM (CIM) Robotics cutting system to ensure accurate panel core dimensions to a tolerance of 0.020 inches. Edges shall be hardened using a modified polyester resin. Edge penetration of the glass fibre panel shall be not less than. 1875 inches in depth. The cured resin shall achieve a Barcol hardness of 34. Edges shall be filled and sanded as required to ensure sttaightness and a square profile. Soft and non -framed edge treatments are not acceptable. All panels shall be clearly text marked with project I.D. number, panel number, location code and quantity of units per size and correspond to shop drawings where supplied. Panels shall have chamfered edges at exposed perimeter with square edges at butt joints within field. 3. Finish shall be: a. Vinyl Walloovering: Vinyl Fabric - Koroseal Wallcoverings, Type 11, b. Pattern/Color: Esquire — Runway E21 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL TREATMENTS The finish shall be stretched over the panel face and bonded to the edges and returned a minimum of one inch on the back of the panel. The finish shall be flat and wrinkle free and fully tailored at comers with no exposed darting. All finishes shall be tested for suitability and approved for use by the panel manufacturer prior to fabrication. 4. Installation shall be by the use of concealed mechanical panel clips factory- attached to the back of the panels. Panel clips must be a minimum 20 gauge Satincoat steel and mechanically mounted to the back of the panels on maximum vertical centers of 24 ". (Adhesively mounted clips are not acceptable) Removable wall clips for fastening to the existing wall surface shall be supplied by the manufacturer and shall be a minimum 20 gauge. For butt joint installation, wall clips must be a one piece clip, minimum 7" long, with a one screw, center slot for swivel rotary installation engaging two butting panels. Installer shall provide for shimming and adjustments as required to maintain consistent alignment of joints and of finished panel faces. 5. Panels shall have noise reduction coefficient values of the following when tested in accordance with section 1A-B. of this specification. Hz 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 NRC HIR2 -1" 0.07 0.37 0.73 0.97 1.08 0.85 0.80 1.3 EXECUTION A. Adjustment and Replacement: 1. The Owner shall inspect the installation and product on completion. The manufacturer shall provide repair or replacement of components not conforming to requirements as stated herein and said work will then become bound by the terms of this specification. 2. Installation labor for removal and replacement of product improperly installed and not conforming to specified installation methods as detailed in Section 1.1.C. and 1.2 and shown on plans, shall be the responsibility of the installing Contractor. B. Additional Material: Provide to the Owner on completion of work, maintenance stock of fabric finishes used in an identical Dye lot, the greater of an amount equal to 2% of the total yardage required or enough material to cover one of the largest acoustical units supplied. END OF SECTION 09800 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ACOUSTICAL TREATMENTS 111 :rr SECTION 09900 — PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 20312.10.06 -01 -20 A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this section. B. The work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, furnishing of materials and equipment and completion of painting and painter's finish on exposed surfaces as required to complete finishing of all exterior and interior surfaces including: 1. Exterior Plaster 2. Wood doors 3. Metal 4. Gypsum Board C. Related Sections include the following: Section 07190 "Water Repellants for sealing of vertical exposed concrete and concrete masonry units. D. Thoroughly examine specifications, site of work and conditions under which work will be performed before submitting a proposal. Surfaces which cannot be prepared or painted as specified shall be immediately brought to the attention of the owner or owner's representative in writing. No changes or substitutions to this specification will be accepted. 1. Starting of work without such notification will be considered acceptance by the Contractor of surfaces involved. 2. The Contractor shall replace unsatisfactory work caused by improper or defective surfaces, as directed by the owners representative at no additional cost. E. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of exterior and interior items and surfaces. This section applies to new items and refinishing existing items as indicated on drawings. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified in other Sections. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. G. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels. 1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code- required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. H. Submittals: For each paint system specified, provide the following: 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturers catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturers Information: Provide manufacturers technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING 09900-1 Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied as indicated on the Finish List, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped Paint -out Samples, defining each separate coat, including and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved. Samples to be 8 2 X 11 minimum. 2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application. J. Source Limitations: Obtain primers, and undercoat materials for each coaling system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. K. Benchmark Samples (Mockups): Provide a full -coat benchmark finish sample of each type of coating and substrate required on the Project. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P5. Duplicate finish of approved prepared samples. L. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coating and substrate to be painted. After permanent lighting and other environmental services have been activated, apply coatings in this room or to each surface as specified. After finishes are accepted, the Architect will use the room or surface to evaluate coating systems of a similar nature. M. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label. N. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 0. Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in rain, tog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. Quality Assurance: 1. Include on label of containers. a. Manufacturer's name. b. Type of paint. C. Manufacturer's stock number. d. Manufacturer's color name and number. e. Instructions for thinning or reducing, where applicable. 2. Workmanship: a. All work will be performed by experienced skillful craftsmen to assure finished work of first class quality and durability. b. All paints and coatings shall be mixed and applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. C. All materials shall be applied evenly with proper film thickness and free of runs, sags, skips and other defects. Enamel shall be sanded lightly between coats, dusted and cleaned before recoafing. d. An work shall be done under favorable weather conditions or the work shall be suitably protected from the weather. e. Contractor must take responsibility for surface preparation and material application. Q. Delivery, Storage, And Handling: 09900-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING I . Deliver materials to the job site in new, original and unopened containers bearing Manufacturer's name, trade name and color name and number. 2, Storage of materials: a. Store only acceptable project materials on site. b. Store in suitable location. C. Restrict storage to paint materials and related equipment, d. Comply with health and fire regulations. R. Conditions: Environnemental Requirements a. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations as to environmental conditions under which coatings and coating systems can be stored and applied. b. Do not paint when there is a threat of rain within 48 hours or when surface or air temperatures are at or below 50 degrees. C_ Comply with current applicable local, state and federal regulations and requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS A. Product Description: This section of specifications makes reference to product names, model numbers, and components of systems descriptions identified with a speck manufacturer. Such reference is made solely to identify a standard of quality. B. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated into the work include but are not limited to the following: 1. Dunn Edwards Paint Co. 2. ICI 3. Sherwin- Williams, Inc. C. Material Compatibility: Provide primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. D. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best - quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Material containers not displaying manufacturers product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. E. Color Selections per Dunn - Edwards Paint Co. (Refer to Section 01760 Colors) Contractor shall anticipate the following variety of colors throughout project: Plaster and Stucco: 2 primary colors and 2 accent colors Wallboard: 4 colors Metai: 2 colors F. Application of color Selections: Contractor shall anticipate one color at any one exterior plaster wall. In any one interior space the Contractor shall anticipate that the walls will be one color with one accent color. Exposed glu -lam beam and interior doors will be stained. Steel doors and frames will be painted, one color at door, one color at frame. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING 09900-3 G. Deliver paints ready mixed to job site. H. All paints and coatings shall be mixed and applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Use tinting colors recommended by manufacturer for specific type of finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. B. Coordination of Work: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total system for various substrates. C. Preparation: Paint prior to installation of all hardware and accessories, or remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface- applied protection before surface preparation and painting. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved. D. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning. Schedule cleaning and finishing so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. 09900 -4 Cementitious Materials: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation. Use abrasive blast- cleaning methods if recommended by paint manufacturer. a. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces by performing appropriate tests. If surfaces are sufficiently alkaline to cause the finish paint to blister and burn, correct this condition. Do not paint surfaces where moisture content exceeds that permitted In manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler to match natural wood finish. Sand smooth when dried. b. Seal wood to be left natural immediately on delivery. Prime or seal edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. C. Seal lops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a sealer immediately on delivery. 3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING a. Touch up bare areas and shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire - brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. b. Prime all bare metal with suitable metal primer. 4. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum -based solvents so surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits. G. Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. 1. Surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules and on the Finish List. 2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 3. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. 5. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment the same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment with prime coat only. 6. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. 7. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. 1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coals until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's written instructions, sand between applications. 2. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, comers, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. 3. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces unfit paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion. I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended bythe manufacturer. Provide additional coats of paint to provide complete coverage as required, and at wall with dark colors. K. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to material that is required to be painted or finished and that has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no bum through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING 09900 -5 t. Completed Work: Match Finish list and approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, restain or repaint work not complying with requirements. M. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded materials from the site. After completing work, clean glass and paint - spattered surfaces. Remove spattered stain and paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. N. Protect work of other trades, whether being finished or not, against damage by staining or painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and finishing as approved by Architect 0. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations. Atcompletion ofconstruction activities ofothertrades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced stained or painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specked in PDCA P1. P. Paint Schedule (Dunn- Edwards as basis of design): Interior: Wood — Stained: Stain: Stainseal V108 First coat: MCBO -6200 Heirloom Sanding Sealer (McCloskey) Second coat: MCBO -6841 Heirloom Polyurethane Satin - water base Third coat: MC80 -6841 Heirloom Polyurethane Satin - water base Plaster/Drywall - Eggshell: First coat: W 101 Vinylastic Second coat: W 440 Decosheen Third coat: W 440 Decosheen Plaster /Drywall - Semi -Gloss (for wet areas, such as toilet rooms, janitor closets, kitchen. etc.): First coat: W 101 Vinylastic Second coat: W 450 Decoglo Third coat: W 450 Decoglo Metal Ferrous: First coat 43 -5 Corrobar Second coat E 22 -1 Super U -365 Third coat Aristosheen (72) Nonferrous Metal: Including but not limited to exposed ductwork, exposed conduit, exposed structural ioists and beams. First coat': QD 43 -7 Galy -Alum Second coat: E 22 -1 Super U -365 Third coat: Arstosheen (72) omit on shop primed products Exterior: Cement Plaster Stucco System - Flat: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 09900-6 PAINTING First coat: W718 Super -Loc Second coat: W701 Evershield Third coat: W701 Evershield Galvanized Metal. Aluminum — Flat (control ioints and grounds associated with stucco systems and similar): Pretreatment *: GE 123 Galy -Etch First coat: OD 43-7 Galy -Alum Second coat: W701 Evershield Third coal: W701 Evershield omit on shop primed products Galvanized Metal Aluminum - Semi -Gloss (typical except as noted above): Pretreatment *: GE 123 Gal -Etch First coat: QD 43 -7 Galy -Alum Second coat: 9 Series Syn - Lustro Third coat: 9 Series Syn - Lustro * omit on shop primed products Ferrous Metal: First Coat: Corrobar (43-5) Second coat: 9 Series Syn - lustro Third Coat: 9 Series Syn - lustro Concrete Unit Masonry, Exposed Vertical Concrete: Refer to Section 07190 - Water Repellents. Q. Contractor to provide Owner with additional materials for future repair /maintenance to equal to five percent (5 %) of each product and color used. R. Protection and Clean Up: Protection: Carefully protect areas where work is in progress from damage. a. Provide and spread clean dropcloths when and where required to provide the necessary protection. b. Immediately clean up all accidental spatter, spillage, misplaced paint and restore the affected surface to its original condition. 2. Clean Up: At completion of work, remove all materials, supplies, debris and rubbish and leave each area in a clean, acceptable condition. END OF SECTION 09900 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PAINTING 09900-7 SECTION 09980 - STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERS 1.1 GENERAL 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Summary: Provide stainless steel counters as indicated on Drawings, specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation. C. Related Sections: 1. Rough Carpentry - 06100. 2. Interior Architectural Woodwork - 06402. 3. Plumbing — Section 15400 4. Basic electrical requirements — Section 16010 5. Coiling Counter Fire Door — Section 08330 D. Quality Assurance: 1. Qualifications of Manufacturer. Products used in the work of this Section shall be produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in manufacture of similar items and with a history of successful production acceptable to the Owner's Representative, 2. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. E. Submittals: 1. Comply with provisions of Section 01300, and submit the following: a. Complete materials list showing all items proposed to be furnished and installed under this Section. b. Manufacturer's specifications and other data required to demonstrate compliance with specified requirements. C. Complete descriptive data on fasteners proposed for each type of application, recommended mounting locations, and mounting instructions. d. Manufacturer's recommended methods of installation, when accepted by the Owner's Representative, wilt become the basis for inspecting and accepting or rejecting actual installation methods used on the Work. e. Samples: Accompanying the above submittal, include samples of all exposed finishes for final acceptance of Owner's Representative. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Countertops: Fabricate from 16 gauge 300 series, ASTM A240 stainless steel with No. 4 finish. Counter shall be width by length indicated on Drawings. Stainless steel finish shall be applied over 2 layers of 314" plywood in the shop using a heavy sound deadening adhesive between the layers as manufactured by Miracle Adhesive Corporation, (800) 647- 2253. Front and back edges of counter shall have 314' diameter rolled bullnose edge and shall be secured to wall as indicated on Drawings. 1.3 EXECUTION A. Installation: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERS r••:r 1. Examine areas and conditions under which work of this Section shall be performed. Correct detrimental conditions, verify that work to be covered up is complete and has been inspected where required by the Owners Representative. 2. Installation shall be in strict compliance with manufacturer's printed instructions as accepted by the Owners Representative. 3. Apply sealant between adjacent materials where indicated or required. B. Cleanup: In addition to requirements of other sections of this Specification, remove protective coatings and thoroughly clean exposed surfaces as directed by the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION 09980 09980-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAINLESS STEEL COUNTERS SECTION 10100 - TACKABLE WALL SURFACE 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: Drawing and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this section. B. Summary: This Section includes the following types of visual display boards: Vinyl fabric faced tackable wall surface. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 06402 - Interior Architectural Woodwork 2. Section 11132 — Projection Screens D. Submittals: I . Shop Drawings: Provide shop drawings for each type of markerboard , horizontal sliding markerboard and tackable wall surface required. Include sections of typical trim members and dimensioned elevations. Show anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation details. 2. Samples: Provide the following samples of each product for initial selection of colors, patterns, and textures, as required, and for verification of compliance with requirements indicated. a. Samples for initial selection of color, pattern, and texture: 1 J Submit 3 sets of samples for each type of markerboard, tackable wall surface, trim and accessories required. Provide 12'square samples of sheet materials and 12' lengths of trim members. Architect's review will be for color, texture and pattern only. 3. Certificates: In lieu of laboratory test reports, when permitted by the City's Representative, submit the manufacturers certification that the tackable wall surface materials furnished comply with requirements specified for flame spread ratings. E. Quality Assurance: Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide tackable wall surfaces with surface burning characteristics indicated below, as determined by testing assembled materials composed of facings and backings identical to those required in this section, in accordance with ASTM E 84, by a testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 10 or less. Extra Materials: 1. Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials matching products installed as described below, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. 2. Furnish not less than one roll (15 yards minimum) for each type of vinyl wall fabric installed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TACKABLE WALL SURFACE 10100-1 G. Guarantee: Porcelain Enamel Chalkboard Guarantee: Furnish a written guarantee to the City signed by an officer of the chalkboard manufacturer, that all chalkboards which do not retain their original writing quality, the original erasing quality, and the original visual acuity for 20 years will be replaced and installed without charge to the City. Refer to Section 01700 for guarantee format. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products may be incorporated in the work include the following: 1. Vinyl Fabric Faced Tackable Wall Surface: a. Vinyl Fabric - Koroseal Wallcoverings, Type 11, b. PattemlColor. Esquire — Runway E21 -10 2.2 Materials: A. Tackable wall surfaces (Factory Fabricated): Vinyl Fabric -faced complying with FS CCC- W-408, Type II, weighing not less than 13 oz./sq. Yd., laminated to 112- inch -thick fiberboard sheet. Provide color and texture as indicated in Specification section 01760 Colors, Finish List. 1. Edges: Fabric wrapped, square. 23 Accessories: A. Metal Trim and Accessories: Fabricate frames and trim of not less than 0. 062 - inch -thick aluminum alloy, size and shape as indicated, to suit type of installation. Provide straight, single- length units wherever possible; keep joints to a minimum. Miter corners to a neat, hairline closure. 1. Where the size of boards or other conditions exist that require support in addition to the normal trim, provide structural supports or modify the trim as indicated or as selected by the City's Representative from the manufacturer's standard structural support accessories to suit the condition indicated. 2.4 Fabrication: A. Assembly: Provide factory- assembled chalkboard and tackable wall surface units, except where field- assembled units are required. 1. Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length. Fabricate with the minimum number of joints, balanced around the center of the board, as acceptable to the City's Representative, 2. Provide manufacturers standard mullion trim at joints between chalkboard and tackable wall surface. 2.5 Finishes: 10100-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TACKABLE WALL SURFACE A. General: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. B. Class II Clear Anodized Finish: AA- M12C22A31 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, nonspecular; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Class II Architectural, clear film thicker than 0.4 mil). PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation: A. Deliver factory-built tackable wall surface units completely assembled in one piece without joints, wherever possible. Where dimensions exceed panel size, provide 2 or more pieces of equal length as acceptable to the City's Representative. When overall dimensions require delivery in separate units, preft components at the factory, disassemble for delivery, and make final joints at the site. Use splines at joints to maintain surface alignment. 1. Install units in locations and at mounting heights indicated and in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Keep perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials, adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for a complete installation. B. Adjust and Clean: 1. Verify that accessories required for each unit have been properly installed and that operating units function property, 2. Clean units in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Break in chalkboards only as recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 10100 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TACKABLE WALL SURFACE 10100-3 SECTION 10155 - SOLID - POLYMER TOILET COMPARTMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes solid - polymer units as follows: 1. Toilet Enclosures: Overhead braced. 2. Urinal Screens: Wall hung. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section for backing in walls. 2. Division 6 Section for blocking in walls. 3. Division 10 Section for toilet tissue dispensers, grab bars and similar accessories. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show locations of cutouts for compartment- mounted toilet accessories. C. Samples for Verification: Of each type of color and finish required for units, prepared on 64ch- (150 -mm-) square Samples of same thickness and material indicated for Work. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with requirements in CID -A -A- 60003, "Partitions, Toilets, Complete." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls, columns, ceilings, and other construction contiguous with toilet compartments by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SOLID - POLYMER UNITS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Comtec Industries 2. Capitol Partitions, Inc. 3. Global Steel Products Corp. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SOLID- POLYMER TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155-1 4. Santana Products, Inc. B. Door, Panel, and Pilaster Construction: Solid, high - density polyethylene (HDPE) panel material, not less than 1 inch (25 mm) thick, seamless, with eased edges, and with homogenous color and pattern throughout thickness of material. 1. Color and Pattern: Refer to Section 01760. C. Pilaster Shoes and Sleeves (Caps): Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel, ASTM A 666, Type 302 or 304, not less than 0.0312 inch (0.8 mm) specified thickness and 4 inches (100 mm) high, finished to match hardware. D. Brackets (Fittings): Full- Height (Continuous) Type: Manufacturer's standard design; stainless steel. a. Provide full- height heavy -duty urinal screen brackets. E. Heat -Sink Strip: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded- aluminum strip fastened to exposed bottom edges of solid - polymer components to prevent burning. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Hardware and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard design, heavy -duty operating hardware and accessories. 1. Material: Stainless steel. B. Overhead Bracing: Manufacturer's standard continuous, extruded- aluminum head rail with antagrip profile and in manufacturers standard finish. C. Anchorages and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard exposed fasteners of stainless steel, finished to match hardware, with theft - resistant -type heads. Provide sex -type bolts for through -bolt applications. For concealed anchors, use stainless steel, 2.3 FABRICATION A. Overhead- Braced Units: Provide manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant supports, leveling mechanism, fasteners, and anchors at pilasters to suit floor conditions. Make provisions for setting and securing continuous head rail at fop of each pilaster. Provide shoes at pilasters to conceal supports and leveling mechanism. B. Doors: Unless otherwise indicated, provide 24 -inch- (610 -mm -) wide in- swinging doors for standard toilet compartments and 36 -inch- (914 -mm -) wide out - swinging doors with a minimum 32 -inch- (813 -mm -) wide clear opening for compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 10155-2 1. Hinges: Manufacturer's standard full height self - closing type that can be adjusted to hold doors open at any angle up to 90 degrees. 2. Latch and Keeper: Manufacturer's standard surface- mounted latch unit designed for emergency access and with combination rubber -faced door strike and keeper. Provide units that comply with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 3. Coat Hook Manufacturer's standard combination hook and rubber- tipped bumper, sized to prevent door from hitting compartment- mounted accessories. 4. Door Bumper. Manufacturer's standard rubber- tipped bumper at out - swinging doors. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SOLID - POLYMER TOILET COMPARTMENTS 5. Door Pull: Manufacturer's standard unit at out - swinging doors that complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide units on both sides of doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities. 6. Toilet stalls for disabled persons shall have slide bolt door latch, U -shape or wire pulls both sides of the door and self - closing hinges. Door hardware shall be mounted at 30" to 44" above finished floor. Doors at front entry stalls shall have 32" minimum clear width when the door is open 900. Doors at side entry stalls shall have 34" minimum clear width when the door is open 900 . PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install units rigid, straight, level, and plumb. Secure units in position with manufacturer's recommended anchoring devices. 1. Maximum Clearances: a. Pilasters and Panels: 112 inch (13 mm). b. Panels and Walls: 112 inch (13 mm). B. Wall -Hung Urinal Screens: Attach with anchoring devices to suit supporting structure. Set units level and plumb and to resist lateral impact. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Hardware Adjustment: Adjust and lubricate hardware according to manufacturer's written instructions for proper operation. 1. Set hinges on in- swinging doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities to return doors to fully closed position. 2. Set hinges on Dut- swinging doors at compartments indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities to return doors to fully closed position. 3. Set hinges on in- swinging doors. Doors at compartments other than those indicated to be accessible to people with disabilities to hold doors open approximately 30 degrees from closed position when unlatched. END OF SECTION 10155 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SOLID - POLYMER TOILET COMPARTMENTS 10155-3 SECTION 10350 - FLAGPOLES PARTI - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 — 06-01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes ground -set flagpoles made from aluminum. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 3 Section for concrete footings for flagpoles. Division 7 Section for elaslomedc sealant filling the top of the foundation tube. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Provide flagpole assemblies, including anchorages and supports, capable of withstanding the effects of wind loads, determined according to NAAMM FP 1001, "Guide Specifications for Design of Metal Flagpoles ". 1. Base flagpole design on polyester flags of maximum standard size suitable for use with flagpole or flag size indicated, whichever is more stringent. 2. Basic Wind Speed: 100 mph (45 m/s); 3- second gust speed at 33 feet (10 m) aboveground. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of flagpole required. B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations and details showing general arrangement, jointing, fittings and accessories, grounding, and anchoring and supporting systems. Include details of foundation system for ground -set flagpoles. C. Structural Calculations: For flagpoles indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Finish Samples for Verification: For each finished material used for flagpoles and accessories. E. Qualification Data: For professional engineer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain each flagpole as a complete unit, including fittings, accessories, bases, and anchorage devices, from a single manufacturer. Obtain flagpoles through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FLAGPOLES 10350-1 A. General: Spiral wrap flagpoles with heavy paper and enclose in a hard fiber tube or other protective container. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Flagpole; a Kearney - National Inc. Company. 2. Baartol Company Inc. (The) 3. Concord Industries, Inc. 4. Eder Flag Manufacturing Company, Inc. 5. Ewing International. 6. Lingo Inc.; Acme Flagpole Division. 7. Michigan Flagpole Inc. 8. Morgan- Francis Div.; Original Tractor Cab Co., Inc. 9. PLP Composite Technologies, Inc. 10. Pole -Tech Company Inc. 2.2 FLAGPOLES A. Flagpole Construction, General: Construct flagpoles in one piece if possible. If more than one piece is necessary, comply with the following: 1. Fabricate shop and field joints without using fasteners, screw collars, or lead calking. 2. For tapered flagpoles, provide flush hairline joints using self - aligning, snug - fitting, internal sleeves. B. Exposed Height: 30 feet. C. Aluminum Flagpoles: Provide entasis - tapered flagpoles fabricated from seamless extruded tubing complying with ASTM B 2411 (B 241 M), Alloy 6063, with a minimum wall thickness of 3116 inch (4.8 mm). Heat treat after fabrication to comply with ASTM B 597, Temper T6. D. Sleeve for Aluminum Flagpole: PVC pipe foundation sleeve, made to fit flagpole, for casting into concrete foundation. 1. Provide flashing collar of same material and finish as flagpole. 2.3 FITTINGS A. Finial Bali: Manufacturer's standard flush -seam ball, sized as indicated or, 9 not indicated, to match flagpole-butt diameter. 1. 0.063 -inch (1.6 -mm) spun aluminum, finished to match flagpole. B. Internal Halyard, Winch System: Manually operated winch with control slop device and removable handle, stainless -steel cable halyard, and concealed revolving truck assembly with plastic- coated counterweight and sling. Provide flush access door secured with cylinder lock. Finish truck assembly to match flagpole. C. Halyard Flag Snaps: Provide two stainless -steel swivel snap hooks per halyard. 1. Provide with neoprene or vinyl covers. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS 10350-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FLAGPOLES A. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 3 Section for normal- weight, air - entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28 -day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa, unless otherwise indicated.) B. Sand: ASTM C 33, fine aggregate. C. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: Single - component neutral- curing silicone joint sealant complying with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for Use NT (nontraffic) and for Use M, G, A, and, as applicable to joint substrates indicated, 0 joint substrates. 2.5 FINISHES A. Metal Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMWs "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products' for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Aluminum: Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. 1. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA- Ml 2C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear waling 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare uncoated metal flagpoles that are set in foundation tubes by painting below -grade portions with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Foundation Excavation: Excavate to neat clean lines in undisturbed soil. Remove loose soil and foreign matter from excavation and moisten earth before placing concrete. C. Provide forms where required due to unstable soil conditions and for perimeter of flagpole base at grade. Secure and brace forms and foundation tube, sleeve, or anchor bolts in position, to prevent displacement during concreting. D. Place concrete immediately after mixing. Compact concrete in place by using vibrators. Moist -cure exposed concrete for not less than seven days or use nonstaining curing compound. E. Trowel exposed concrete surfaces to a smooth, dense finish, free of trowel marks, and uniform in texture and appearance. Provide positive slope for water runoff to perimeter of concrete base. 3.2 FLAGPOLE INSTALLATION A. General: Install flagpoles where shown and according to Shop Drawings and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Foundation -Tube Installation: Install flagpole in foundation tube, seated on bottom plate between steel centering wedges. Plumb flagpole and install hardwood wedges to secure flagpole in place. Place and compact sand in foundation tube and remove hardwood wedges. Seal top of foundation tube with a 2 -inch (50 -mm) layer of eastomerc joint sealant and cover with flashing collar. END OF SECTION 10350 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FLAGPOLES 10350-3 SECTION 10431 — SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01.20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Modular Signs. 2. Panel signs. 3. Dimensional characters (letters and numbers) for exterior use. 4. Signage accessories. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary project identification signs. 2. Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates for mechanical equipment. 3. Division 16 Section "Electrical Identification" for labels, tags, and nameplates for electrical equipment. 4. Division 16 Section "Interior Lighting' for illuminated exit signs. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of sign. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, and large -scale sections of typical members and other components. Show mounting methods, grounds, mounting heights, layout, spacing, reinforcement, accessories, and installation details. 1. Provide message list for each sign, including large -scale details of wording, lettering, and braille layout. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign material indicated that involves color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign, include the following Samples to verify color selected: 1. Modular Signs: Full -size Samples of each type of sign required. 2. Panel Signs: Full -size Samples of each type of sign required. 3. Dimensional Characters: Full -size Samples of each type of dimensional character (letter and number) required. Show character style, material, finish, and method of attachment. 4. Approved samples MAY be returned for installation into Project. E. Qualification Data: For Installer. Maintenance Data: For signage cleaning and maintenance requirements to include in maintenance manuals. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS 10431 -1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative of signage manufacturer for instailefion and maintenance of units required for this Project. B. Source Limitations: Obtain each sign type through one source from a single manufacturer. C. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and with code provisions as adopted by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Interior Code Signage: Provide signage as required by accessibility regulations of 1998 California Building Code and requirements of Division of the State Architect. These include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Facility Accessibility: CBC Section 11146 b. Fire Doors: C. Room Capacity: d. Wheelchair Lift Signs: Refer to Division 14. e. Signs for Accessible Spaces: CBC Section 1117B.5 f. Signs for Accessible Toilets: CBC Section 1115B g. Illuminated Exit Signs: Refer to Div lion 16. D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where sizes of signs are determined by dimensions of surfaces on which they are installed, verify dimensions by field measurement before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.6 COORDINATION A. For signs supported by or anchored to permanent construction, advise installers of anchorage devices about specific requirements for placement of anchorage devices and similar items to be used for attaching signs. 1.7 PROJECT CLOSE -OUT A. Furnish appropriate checklist for aiding in reordering after Date of Substantial Completion. Maintain computer schedule program for five years for ordering new stgnage required by Owner. B. Maintenance data and cleaning requirements for exterior surfaces. C. Furnish one complete SignWord Pro software package Windows 3.0 or Windows 95 or later, Windows NT 4.0 or later in Owner selected format for PC type computer. D. Furnish one complete packaged SignWord Color paper system with clear cover overlay PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 10431-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2. Basis -of- Design Product: The design for each sign is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 MODULAR SIGNS A. General: Provide panel signs that comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. 1. Produce smooth panel sign surfaces constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within tolerance of plus or minus 1116 inch measured diagonally. B. Basis -of- Design Product: APCO; Accord 15 Modular Sign System; SignBand system; 388 Grant Street SE, Atlanta, Georgia, 30312, USA. Phone; (404) 688 -9000. Fax; (404) 577- 3847.Andco Industries Corp. or a comparable product of one of the following APCO or approved equal. C. Provide the following assemblies per Accord 15 Modular Sign System: Surface Mounted Signs, Wall or Office Panel: Combination of aluminum bands (SignBands) which lock onto aluminum Side Tracks via molded plastic multiple clip fasteners, allowing for complete flexibility with size, configuration, and modularity for both single insert identification signs to large, complex directory formats and directional signs. 1. Modular Sign System: Side Track System with metal message band inserts. a. Track aluminum edge shapes — radius. b. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturers full range of colors. c. Track end caps — radius. Color: Selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. d. Mounting: Direct to wall surface or glazing where applicable. e. Size: 6x14 I. Configuration: As indicated on drawings. 2. Fabrications: Fabricate units to configurations indicated on reviewed shop drawings. Internally reinforce units in accord with reviewed shop drawings. a. Provide copy on inserts, message strips and covers required on reviewed shop drawings and in accord with ADA requirements. b. Fill directories with combination of reviewed copy on message strips and blank message strips. C. Wrap each individual unit with polyethylene. D. Location: Provide sign at each interior doors. E. Other applications: Provide matching sign without message band for restroom identifications, restroom door universal identification, wheelchair lift, room occupancy sign and others indicated on drawings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS 10431-3 F. Tactile and Braille Copy: Manufacturer's standard process for producing copy complying with ADA Accessibility Guidelines and [CCIANSI At 17.1. Text shall be accompanied by Grade 2 braille. Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks. Raised -Copy Thickness: Not less than 1132 inch. G. Schedule. to be provided with return of shop drawing and product data submittal. 2.3 PANEL SIGNS A. General: Provide panel signs that match the design and material of interior modular sign above from the same manufacture, but for suitable for exterior application. B. Location: Provide sign at each exterior doors. This includes room identification sign and ADA accessibility sign. C. Brackets: Fabricate brackets and fittings for bracket - mounted signs from extruded aluminum to suit panel sign construction and mounting conditions indicated. Factory-paint brackets in color matching background color of panel sign. 2.4 DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERS A. Basis -of- Design Product: APCO or a comparable product of one of the following: 1. ASI, Inc 2. Gemini Incorporated, 3. Metal Arts; Div. of L &H Mfg. B. Aluminum Castings: Provide aluminum castings of alloy and temper recommended by sign manufacturer for casting process used and for type of use and finish indicated. C. Cast Characters: Form individual letters and numbers by casting. Produce characters with smooth flat faces, sharp comers, and precisely formed lines and profiles, free from pits, scale, sand holes, and other defects. Cast lugs into back of characters and tap to receive threaded mounting studs. Comply with requirements indicated for finish, styte, and size. 1. Material: Aluminum, Clear Anodized. 2. Character Height: As indicated. 3. Character Style: Deep Ribbon. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Mounting Methods: Use exposed mechanical fasteners fabricated from materials that are not corrosive to sign material and mounting surface. Provide fasteners with vandal - resistant heads. B. Anchors and Inserts: Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Use toothed steel or lead expansion -bolt devices for dried -in- place anchors. Furnish inserts, as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. All exposed anchor heads to be vandal resistant. 2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL 10431-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work. B. Verify that items, including anchor inserts, provided under other sections of Work are sized and located to accommodate signs. C. Examine supporting members to ensure that surfaces are at elevations indicated or required to comply with authorities having jurisdiction and are free from dirt and other deleterious matter. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate signs and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of types described and in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Interior Wall Signs: Install signs on walls adjacent to latch side of door where applicable. Where not indicated or possible, such as double doors, install signs on nearest adjacent walls. Locate to allow approach within 3 inches of sign without encountering protruding objects or standing within swing of door. Refer to details in drawings for additional requirements. B. Wall- Mounted Modular or Panel Signs: Attach panel signs to wall surfaces using methods indicated below: 1. Vinyl -Tape Mounting: Use double -sided foam tape only where signs are indicated to be mounted to glass surfaces. a. Where panel signs are scheduled or indicated to be mounted on glass, provide matching plate on opposite side of glass to conceal mounting materials. 2. Mechanical Fasteners: Use nonremovable mechanical fasteners placed through predrilled holes. Attach signs with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate as recommended in writing by sign manufacturer. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS 10431-5 C. Dimensional Characters: Mount characters using standard fastening methods recommended in writing by manufacturer for character form, type of mounting, wall construction, and condition of exposure indicated. Provide heavy paper template to establish character spacing and to locate holes for fasteners. Projected Mounting: Mount characters at projection distance from wall surface indicated. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 10431 10431-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SIGNS SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 20312.10 - 06-01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a part of this Section and the Contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if repeated fully herein. B. Summary: 1. This Section includes the following: a. Fire extinguishers. b. Fire extinguisher cabinets. C. Related Sections: Section 09255 - Gypsum Board Assemblies D. Submittals: 1. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. 2. Product data for fire extinguisher cabinets include rough -in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box and trim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction, panel style, and materials. 3. Samples for initial selection purposes In the form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of fire extinguisher cabinet finish indicated or exposed to view. 4. Samples for verification purposes in full -size units of each type of fire extinguisher cabinet finish indicated, and in sets for each color, texture, and pattern specified, showing the full range of variations. E. Quality Assurance: 1. Single- Source Responsibility: Obtain extinguishers and cabinets from one source from a single manufacturer. 2. UL- Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL Listing Mark for type, rating, and classification of extinguisher- PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Manufacturers: A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include the following: 1. J.L. Industries. 2. Potter - Roemer, Inc. 3. Larsen's Manufacturing Co. B. Fire Extinguishers: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522-1 1. General: Provide fire extinguishers for each extinguisher cabinet and other locations indicated, in colors and finishes selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard, that comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL -rated 2- A:10:B:C, 5 -lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. 3. CO2 Fire Extinguisher: UL -rated 5B:C; 5 -lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container. 4. Provide one minimum 40 B:C extinguisher within 30 feet of the Kitchen Exhaust Hood. C. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets and Mounting Brackets: 1. General: Provide fire extinguisher with fire extinguisher cabinet in all locations, unless indicated otherwise. 2. Provide fire extinguisher cabinets of suitable size for housing fire extinguishers of types and capacities indicated. Construction: Manufacturer's standard enameled steel box, with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, and door style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter doorframes. 3. Fire -Rated Cabinets: UL- listed with UL Listing Mark with rating of wall where it is installed. 4. Cabinet Type: Suitable for mounting conditions indicated of the following types: Semi- recessed: Cabinet box (tub) partially recessed in walls of shallow depth. Recessed in walls of deep dimension. 5. Trim Style: Fabricate trim in one piece with comers mitered, welded, and ground smooth. a. Rolled -edge with 2 2" return of same metal and finish as box (tub) that overlaps surrounding wall finish. 1) Trim Metal: Of same metal and finish as door. 6. Door Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard door construction, of material indicated, coordinated with cabinet types and trim styles selected. a. Enameled Steel: Manufacturer's standard finish, hollow steel door construction with tubular stiles and rails. 7. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with FIRE EXTINGUISHER lettering applied to door. Provide lettering to comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location. a. Application Process: Silk screen. 8. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design. a. Solid standard. 9. Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. Provide either lever handle with care -action latch, or door pull, exposed or concealed, and friction latch. Provide concealed hinge and keyed type lock. D. Finishes For Fire Extinguisher Cabinets, General: 1. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. 2. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective covering prior to shipping. E. Steel Fire Extinguisher Cabinet Finishes: 10522-2 Surface Preparation: Solvent -dean surfaces complying with SSPS -SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, 4 present, from uncoated steel complying with SSPC -SP 5 (white metal blast cleaning) or SSPC-SP 8 (pickling). CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 2. Baked Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply manufacturer's standard two -coat baked enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. a. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard choices for color and gloss. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 Installation: A. Follow manufacturer's printed instructions for installation. 1. Install in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations of governing authorities. a. Prepare recesses in walls for fire extinguisher cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and to comply with manufacturer's instructions. b. Fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plumb. c. Handles of fire extinguisher and cabinet to be 48" above finish floor maximum. END OF SECTION 10522 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES 10522-3 SECTION 10536 - FABRIC AWNING PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: 20312.1 0 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including General and Special Conditions, apply to the work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. The extent of awning work is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. General: Provide awning units which are complete assemblies, produced by one manufacturer / fabdcator. All structural framework and fabric elements are single source responsibility of fabricator. B. Fabricator's Qualifications: Where indicated units require custom fabrication, provide units fabricated by shop which is skilled, and with a minimum of five (5) years of experience in similar work. Fabricate all custom equipment items at same shop. Where units cannot be fully shop - fabricated, complete fabrication work at project site. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for all components and application conditions of awning units which are not fully dimensioned or detailed in product data. Show relationships to adjoining work. Provide sections and details at connections and comers. Provide schedule of all units to be furnished, including Feld measurements at each location. B. Samples: For initial selections, submit color charts showing full range of colors and actual fabric samples available for each awning assembly. 1.5 WARRANTY: A. Awning Manufacturer to guarantee workmanship for a period of one (1) year. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following: Local fabricator. 2.2 MATERIALS: A. Awning fabric: Woven fabric, made of 100% modacrylic solution dyed fibers with a flurocarbon finish. Typical weight approximately 9.25 oz. per square yard. "Sunbrella Firesist" by Glen Raven Mills Inc. or approved equal (flame retardant). Color to be selected by architect from manufacturers full range of color. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FABRIC AWNING 10536 -1 B. Thread: Bonded polyester V -92 meets specs. VT285E, Type II, Class I, Sub Class B (Thread color to match fabric color). C. Seams: All seams are to be electronically heat sealed. D. Grommets: Zinc coated brass #2 Spur grommets, +- 6" O.C. Spacing. E. Lacing Rope: Polyester Diamond Braided No. 4. F. Framework: Provide black wrought iron framework as require for design loading and corrosion resistant. G. Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel anchors shall be a pre - assembled sleeve style anchor with a hex head. Components shall be plated according to ASTM specification B63, SCI, Type III. RAWL "LOKIBOLT" or approved equal. 2.3 FABRICATION GENERAL: A. Shop Assembly: Pre - assemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize filed splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Awnings Framework: Use materials of size and thickness as required to produce strength and durability in finished product for use intended. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated. 1. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Maintain cross- section of pipe and tubing. Crimped pipe ends, felting and tee connections are not acceptable. 2. Weld comers and seams continuously, complying with AWS recommendations. Grind and brush all welds. Brazed welds are not acceptable. 3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, gush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherever possible. 4. Provide for anchorage of type shown, coordinated with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use. C. Fabric coverings: Design awning covers for easy removal with lacing of covers to framework. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install awning units in manner indicated to comply with manufacturer's instructions. Position units level, plumb, secure, at proper height and location relative to adjoining window units, openings and other related work. Securely anchor units with proper clips, brackets, anchorages, suited to type of mounting indicated. B. Provide adequate clearances between fabric awning framework and structures to permit unencumbered operation of hardware. C. Attach fabric to frame work as recommended by manufacturer, using lacing techniques as required to conceal ends of lacing and to assure proper fit of fabric to frame. END OF SECTION 10536 10536 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FABRIC AWNING SECTION 10651 - OPERABLE PANEL PARTITIONS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Manually operated, acoustically rated assemblies. B. Related Sections: The following sections may contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 03300 - Concrete 2. Section 05120 - Structural Steel 3. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 4. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data on physical characteristics, durability, resistance to fading, and flame spread characteristics for each type of folding panel partition and accessory specified. C. Shop drawings showing location and extent of folding panel partitions. Include plans, elevations, large -scale details of anchorages, and accessory items. Indicate unit conditions at openings, typical and special details, and location and installation requirements for hardware and operators. Indicate direction of travel and static and dynamic loading on the building structure. D. Template drawings prepared by manufacturer showing location of items supported or anchored by permanent construction. E. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's standard color charts with actual sample materials showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material exposed to view. F. Samples for verification purposes of each type of material exposed to view. Include samples of each panel facing material selected. G. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of folding panel partitions certifying that their products comply with specified requirements. H. Acoustical Certification from an independent testing agency stating that product and materials furnished comply with specified requirements. Include certified laboratory testing data indicating that panels and materials meet specified test requirements. Include STC and NRC ratings and square foot weight of panel. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OPERABLE PANEL PARTITIONS 10651 -1 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide folding panel partitions with surface burning characteristics indicated below, as determined by testing assembled materials composed of surface coverings, backings, and other construction identical to those required in this section, per ASTM E 84, by a testing organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Flame Spread: 25 or less. 2. Smoke Developed: 450 or less. B. Acoustical Performance: Provide folding panel partitions tested by independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for the following acoustic properties, according to the test method indicated: Sound Transmission Requirements: Folding panel partition assembly tested in a full -scale opening for laboratory sound transmission loss performance in accordance with ASTM E 90, determined by ASTM E 413 and rated for a STC plus or minus 1 as indicated: a. Sound Transmission Class (STC): 53 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single- Source Responsibility: Obtain folding panel partitions and mounting hardware from one source from a single manufacturer. B. Testing Laboratory Qualifications: To qualify for acceptance, an independent testing laboratory must demonstrate to Archilecfs safisfaction, based on evaluation of laboratory- submitted criteria conforming to ASTM E 699, that it has the experience and capability to conduct satisfactorily the testing indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original factory wrappings and containers, clearly labeled with idenfification of manufacturer, brand name, quality or grade, fire performance characteristics, and lot number. B. Store panels only on edge, blocked off ground to prevent sagging and warping, in original undamaged packages and containers, inside well - ventilated area protected from weather, moisture, soiling, extreme temperatures, and humidity. C. Comply with instructions and recommendations of manufacturerfor special delivery, storage, and handling requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Advanced Equipment Corporation 2. Hufcor, Incorporated 3. Modemfold, Incorporated B. Product Standards: For purposes of determining minimum performance and quality standards, this specification is based on Advanced Equipment Alpha Series, 8.5 pounds per square foot, with #7 Track. 10651-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OPERABLE PANEL PARTITIONS 2.2 PANEL CONSTRUCTION A. Acoustical incombustible panel shall be approximately 3 -1l2" thick. Each panel shall be a one -piece weldment. Panel faces shall be minimum 16 gauge steel sheets welded to minimum 16 gauge steel channel perimeter frame with 14 gauge top member. Panel weight shall be approximately 8.5 pounds per square foot. Entire perimeter of panel shall be encased in aluminum alloy, overlapping face material 5116'. No fasteners shall be visible on panel face surfaces when wall is in an extended position. Panels assembled out of sections, factory or in the field, are not acceptable. Panels with wood, particle board, or gypsum board components clad with steel sheets are not acceptable. 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. TRACK: 1. The top track shall consist of Advanced #7 roll - formed 9 gauge (0.15 ") steel track. Track finish shall be off-white baked -on enamel. Aluminum track brackets interlock with track and spaced to limit deflection to 0.09 inches, but not to exceed 48" o.c, except over stack area not to exceed 120. Weight of top track assembly approximately 9# per linear foot B. TROLLEY: Panels shall be supported (top guided if floor supported) by 4 -wheel trolley assembly with 1- 5116'tread diameter steel wheels having shielded precision ground ball bearings. Trolley pendant boll diameter shall be 5/8" minimum and shall be attached to the panel through a steel plate mounted internally within the panel frame. Individual trolley capacity shall be 800 pounds. 2.4 FINISH SURFACE A. Panel Finish: Acoustical, vinyl fabric by Koroseal, Esquire - Runway or approved equal. 2.5 POSTS AND SEALS A. Sound Seals: Perimeter sweep strips for each side, top, and bottom; providing continuous contact with head and sill surfaces for positive light and sound seal. Include manufacturer's standard male and female sound and light seal at lead post and jamb. B. Vertical Seals: Deep nesting, interlocking astragals with continuous vinyl acoustical seal. C. Horizontal Top Seals: Continuous contact extruded vinyl or mechanical retractable vinyl -faced seal exerting positive pressure on track when extended. D. Horizontal Bottom Seals: Retractable seal exerting positive pressure downward assuring horizontal and vertical sealing and resisting panel movement. Nfinimum clearance between retracted seat and floor finish shall be 1 inch. 1. Bottom seal Type 'A" shall be continuous contact extruded vinyl. 2. Bottom Seal Type "B" shall be spring loaded, internally guided and employ a waist high pivoted lever handle. The seal system shall be completely self- contained within each panel and have no Visible mechanism or fasteners on any panel face. 2.6 ACCESSORIES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OPERABLE PANEL PARTITIONS 10651-3 A. Pocket Doors: Where indicated, shall be of same construction and finish as operable wall panels. Doors shall be complete with full perimeter acoustic seals, full height jambs, hinges, pulls, and slot closure. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine flooring for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of folding partitions. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install folding panel partitions and accessories in compliance with ASTM E 557 after other finishing operations including painting, have been completed. B. Install folding panel partitions in conformance with drawings and approved shop drawings and in strict compliance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. C. Match folding panel partitions for color and pattern by installing partitions from cartons in same sequence as manufactured and packaged, if so numbered. Broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed partitions are not acceptable. D. Repair or replace folding panel partitions within areas where lest results indicate partitions do not comply with requirements and retest partitions. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts; adjust to ensure smooth, easy operation. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean all folding partition surfaces and clean adjacent surfaces soiled by work of this section. Avoid use of abrasive cleaners or solutions containing corrosive solvents. Use cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 10651 10651-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER OPERABLE PANEL PARTITIONS SECTION 10800 - TOILET ACCESSORIES 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The General Conditions and Division 1 are a pad of this Section and the contract for this Work and apply to this Section as if fully repeated. B. Related Documents: Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specifications, apply to this section. C. Related Sections: 1. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies. 2. Section 09310 - Ceramic Tile. 3. Division 16000 - Electrical D. Summary: 1. Provide all labor, materials, accessories, tools, and equipment necessary for the supply and installation of Toilet and Bath Accessories as specified and shown on the drawings contained herein. 2. Include all accessories, including trim, attachments, and adhesives and other materials as specified herein. E. Quality Assurance: 1. Provide toilet and bath accessories produced by a single manufacturer. 2. Toilet accessories required to be accessible shall be mounted at heights according to CBC Section 11188. F. Submittals: 1. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for each toilet and bath accessory Rem specified, including details of construction relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, method of mounting, specified options and finishes. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 Manufacturers: A. Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers providing products which may be incorporated into the work includes the following: 1. Staff and Public Washrooms: Basis -of- Design: Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. Also provide soap and paper towel dispenser in Community Rooms as indicated on drawings. Schedule of Accessories: As indicated on drawings: a. Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: Bobrick B -221. b. Waste Receptacle: Bobrick B -279. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800-1 C. Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Bobrick B -2888, typical; Partition Mounted: B -386; recessed wall mounted: 6- 3888 at accessible stalls. d. Mirror. Stainless steel channel framed glass mirror. Full width and height as indicated on the drawings. e. Sanitary Napkin Vendor :Bobrick B -3500 ($.25 coin). f. Sanitary Napkin Disposal: Bobrick B -270, and B-35303 recessed at accessible stalls g. Grab Bar, One - Pieoe: Bobrick B -5837, and 85808x48 h. Soap dispenser: B -2111. i. Coat hook: B -6827. j. Mop rack with shelf: B- 22436. k. Electric Hand Dryer: Bobrick, Model # &709, surface mounted. I. Paper Tower Dispenser: As determined by the Owner. 2. Or approved equals. 2.2 MATERIAL A. General: Fabricate toilet accessory items from the following materials and in accordance requirements specified for individual accessory items. Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units with tight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled, Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steel piano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible. 1. Stainless Steel: ASTM At 67 AISI Type 304, with polished No.4 finish, 22 -gage (0.34 -inch) minimum thickness, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Sheet Steel: Cold- rolled, commercial quality ASTM A 366, 2-gage (.040 -inch) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. 1 Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G% 4. Mirror Glass: Minimum Nominal 6.0 mm (0.23 inch) thick, conforming to ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 1, Quality q2, and with silvering, electro- plated copper coating, and protective organic coating. 5. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 6. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. 7. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring intemal access for servicing, re-supply, etc. Provide minimum of two (2) keys to Owner's Representative and obtain receipt. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Examination: A. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for the installation of toilet and bath accessories, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. If unsatisfactory conditions exist, do not commence the installation until such conditions have been corrected. Beginning installation means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Installation: 10800-2 Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturer's printed installations instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, and square at locations indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of substrate involved. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replace damaged or defective items. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TOILET ACCESSORIES 3. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations after removing temporary labels and protective coatings. 4. Toilet paper and feminine napkin dispensers located on the grab bar side of a an accessible toilet room or staff shall not project more than 3" from the finished wall surface nor be located closer than 1- 112" clearof the tangent point of the grab bar. DSA Policy 9M7 C. Clean -up and Close -out: 1. Remove all debris resulting from the work in the section on a daily basis. 2. Remove all remaining materials and debris from site at job completion. END OF SECTION 10800 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TOILET ACCESSORIES 10800-3 SECTION 11062 - STAGE CURTAINS 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of stage curtains: 1. Front - setting curtains including valance, front curtain, and tormentors. 2. Intermediate - setting curtains (double sided fabric) including valance, intermediate curtains, and intermediate legs. 3. Cyclorama- setting curtains including borders, legs, travelers, and rear curtain. 4. Scrim. 5. Riggings and Draw - curtain Machine. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contains requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 05120 — Structural Steel 2. Section 05400 — Cold Formed Metal Framing 3. Section 06105 - Miscellaneous Carpentry 4. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies 5. Division 16 for electrical wiring and connections and for installation of remote - control switches for draw - curtain machines 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data, installation instructions, and general recommendations, including data substantiating that materials comply with requirements. C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for stage curtains. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, attachments to other work, and the following: 1. Operating clearances. 2. Requirements for supporting curtains, track, and equipment. Verify capacity of each track and rigging component to support loads. 3. Locations of equipment components, switches, and controls. Differentiate between manufacturer - installed and field - installed wiring. 4. Include structural analysis data for rigging signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of fabric manufacturer's standard color card, together with a 12- inch - square physical sample (any color) for each fabric required. E. Product certificates signed by stage curtain fabricator certifying that the products comply with specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS 11062-1 A. Fabricator /Installer Qualifications: Firm experienced in producing stage curtains similarto those indicated for this Project that have a record of successful in- service performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing a delay in the Work. B. Fire - Performance Characteristics: Provide stage curtains that are certified to be flame resistant according to requirements of NFPA 701. Permanently attach label to each curtain indicating whether curtain is permanently and inherently flame resistant, or whether it will require retreatment after dry cleaning. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction D. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section 'Project Management and Coordination." 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Check actual stage curtain openings by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying Work. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee opening dimensions and proceed with fabricating stage curtains without field measurements. Coordinate stage construction to ensure that actual opening dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Rigging Equipment: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of rigging equipment that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to faulty operation of rigging equipment. B. Warrant Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FRONT-SETTING FABRIC A. Woven Cotton Velour. Napped fabric of 100 percent cotton; 54 -inch minimum width; not less than 40 backing ends per inch, 40 pile ends per inch, and 32 picks per inch; 640 pile tufts per square inch; and other characteristics as follows: Heavy Weight: Fabric weighing not less than 25 oz. per linear yard before flameproofing, with pile height of approximately 135 mils. B. Lining: Yam -dyed denim cloth of 100 percent cotton, woven in a warp -faced twill; %inch minimum width. C. Colors: Where manufacturers standard products are indicated, provide colors complying with the following requirements: For woven cotton velour, provide colors as follows: a. 2502 Ruby, Memorable, by S & K Theatrical Draperies, Inc. 2. For lining, provide the following color: 11062-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS a. Color: Black, D. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of the fabric that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Memorable, S & K Theatrical Draperies, Inc. 2. Memorable, KM Fabrics, Inc. 3. Grosh Scenic Studios, Inc. 2.2 INTERMEDIATE - SETTING FABRIC A. Woven Colton Velour: Napped fabric of 100 percent cotton; 54 -inch minimum width; not less than 40 backing ends per inch, 40 pile ends per inch, and 32 picks per inch; 640 pile tufts per square inch; and other characteristics as follows: 1. Medium Weight: Fabric weighing not less than 20 oz. per linear yard before flameproofing, with pile height approximately 105 mils. B. Colors: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide colors complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. C. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers of the fabric that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Marvel, S & K Theatrical Draperies, Inc. 2. Marvel, KM Fabrics, Inc. 3. Grosh Scenic Studios, Inc. 2.3 CYCLORAMA- SETTING FABRIC A. Woven Cotton Velour: Napped fabric of 100 percent cotton; 54 -inch minimum width; not less than 40 backing ends per inch, 40 pile ends per inch, and 32 picks per inch; 640 pile tufts per square inch; and other characteristics as follows: 1. Medium Weight: Fabric weighing not less than 20 oz. per linear yard before flameproofing, with pile height approximately 105 mils. B. Duvetyn: 100 percent cotton short- napped fabric, twill weave with soft uniform texture, weighing not less than B oz per linear yard before flameproofing; 544nch minimum width. C. Colors: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated, provide colors complying with the following requirements: 1. Provide Architects selections from manufacturels full range of standard colors. D. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, fabrics that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: E. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Marvel, S & K Theatrical Draperies, Inc. 2. Marvel, KM Fabrics, Inc. 3. Supercote #29776, Dazian, Inc. 4. Duvetyne, Frankel Associates Inc. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS 11062-3 5. Jr. Velour, Georgia Stage, Inc. 6. Heavy Commando, Fred Krieger & Co., Inc. 7. Commando Cloth, Melfabco, Inc. 8. Commando —The Heavy, Valley Forge Fabrics, Inc. 2.4 SCRIM CURTAIN FABRIC A. Sharkstooth Scrim: Open- weave, light- weight gauze fabric of 100 percent cotton weighing not less than 7 oz. per linear yard; 30 -foot minimum width. 1. Color: Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. 2.5 METAL A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Grade A, black, standard weight (Schedule 40),1 -112 -inch nominal diameter, unless otherwise indicated. B. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated carbon steel sheet of commercial quality, complying with ASTM A 526, G60 zinc coaling; 0.075 -inch (14 -gage) minimum nominal thickness. C. Supports, Clamps, and Anchors: Sheet steel in manufacturer's standard gages, galvanized after fabrication according to ASTM A 153, Class B. D. Support Chain: ASTM A 413, 114 -inch size, not less than 0.276 -inch material diameter. E. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. 2.6 CURTAIN FABRICATION A. General: Provide not less than 50 percent additional fullness for curtains, unless otherwise indicated. Provide vertical seams unless otherwise indicated. Do not use fabric cuts less than half width. Fabricate velour curtains with the nap down. 11062-4 1. Vertical Hems: Provide vertical hems not less than 2 inches wide, with a 1 -inch tuck, and machine -sewn with no selvage material visible from front of curtain. Sew open ends of hems closed. 2. Leading Edge Tumbacks: Where specified, provide turnbacks formed by folding 12 inches of face fabric back with a 1 -inch tuck and secured by sewing the tumback vertically. 3. Top Hems: Reinforce top hems by double - stitching 3- 1124rich -wide, heavy jute webbing to top edge with minimum 2 inches of face fabric turned under. 4. Pleats: Provide fullness in curtains by sewing additional material into 6 -inch double - stitched box pleats spaced at 12 inches o.c. along top hem reinforcing. Provide not less than No. 2 brass grommets, centered on box pleats, for tie lines or S hooks. a. Arrange vertical seams so that they do not fall on faces of pleats. b. For velour curtains provide not less than No. 3 grommets. C. For black curtains provide grommets with a black anodic finish. 5. Bottom Hems: For curtains that do riot hang to the floor, provide hems not less than 3 inches deep with 314 -inch weight tape. For floor- length curtains, provide hems not less than 6 inches deep with 1 -inch weight tape. Sew open ends of hems closed. 6. Lining: Provide lining for each curtain in same fullness as face fabric, and finished 2 inches shorter than face fabric. Unless otherwise specified, provide lining constructed of same fiber type as face fabric. Attach lining to face fabric along bottom and side seams with 4- inch -long strips of heavy woven cotton tape. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS B. Scrim: Fabricate from scrim curtain fabric, sewn flat. Provide 6 -inch pipe pocket at bottom with a 6 -inch gap of same fabric in front of the pocket. Provide 3-112 -inch jute webbing at top with not less than No. 2 brass grommets spaced at 12 inches o.c. and a 36 -inch tie fine for each grommet. Provide 2 -inch double folded side hems. C. Battens: Fabricate battens from steel pipe with a minimum number of joints. As necessary for required lengths, connect pipe with a drive fit pipe sleeve not less than 18 inches long, and secure with four flush rivets, plug welds, threaded couplings, or another equally secure method. Shop -paint completed pipe battens with good quality black paint with 1- inch -wide yellow stripe at the center of each batten. 2.7 RIGGING A. Curtain Battens: Fabricate battens from steel pipe with a minimum number of joints, As necessary for required lengths, connect pipe with a drive -fit pipe sleeve not less than 18 inches (450 mm) long, and secure with four flush rivets, plug welds, threaded couplings, or another equally secure method. Shop -paint completed pipe battens with black paint and with 1 -inch- (25 -mm -) wide yellow stripe at the center of each batten. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 531 A 53M, Grade A, standard weight (Schedule 40), black, 1 -112 -inch (40 -mm) nominal diameter, unless otherwise indicated. B. S- Hooks: Track manufacturers heavy -duty plated -wire (rooks. C. Snap Hooks: Track manufacturer's heavy -duty hooks. D. Supports, Clamps, and Anchors: Sheet steel in manufacturers standard thicknesses, galvanized after fabrication according to ASTM A 1531A 153M, Class B. E. Trim and Support Cable: 114 -inch- (6 -mm-) diameter, 7x19 galvanized steel aircraft cable with a breaking strength of 7000 lb (3175 kg). Provide fittings complying with cable manufacturer's written recommendations for size, number, and method of installation, including a drop - forged galvanized turnbuckle to allow for leveling. F. Trim and Support Chain: Grade 80 hardened alloy steel chain rated for overhead lifting, ASTM A 3911A 391M. G. Inserts, Bolls, Rivets, and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard corrosion- resistant units. 2.8 STRAIGHT CURTAIN TRACK FABRICATION A. Steel Tracks, General: Fabricate of not less than 0.0754nch (14 -gage) nominal thickness galvanized roll- formed steel, with continuous bottom slot, and with each hag of track in one continuous piece. Provide curtain carriers for track spaced at 12 inches o.c. B. Medium -Duty Track: Equip track with adjustable pulley blocks containing adequately guarded ball-bearing wheels. Provide curtain carriers of plated or rust -proof steel with a pair of polyethylene wheels fastened parallel to body by rust -proof steel rivets. Equip carriers with swivel eye for attaching curtain snap or S hook. Provide end stops for track and adjustable floor block for maintaining proper tension on 114 -inch stretch - resistant operating line of braided polypropylene or fiber -glass center cord. Equip carriers with back -pack guide accessory to permit offstage curtain folding. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, straight tracks that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Besteel Model No. 170, Automatic Devices Company. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS 11062-5 2. Tru -Roll Model No. 1200, Grosh Scenic Studios, Inc. 3. Alias Silk Model No. 101, H & H Specialties, Inc. 2.9 DRAW - CURTAIN MACHINES A. General: Provide operating machine of size and capacity recommended and provided by track manufacturer for curtain specified, with electric motor and factory- prewired motor controls, starter, gear - reduction unit, and remote controls. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics with building electrical system. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Automatic Devices Company; Autodrape b. H & H Specialties Inc.; Atlas Silk G. Tru -Roll, Inc.; Tru -Roll Traction Drive. B. Operator Type: Traction drive. 1. Limit Switches: Fully closed and fully opened preset stops. C. Motor Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds within installed environment and with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate rating or considering service factor. Comply with NEMA MG-1, and the following: 1. Voltage: 120 V. 2. Horsepower: '/ horsepower. 3. Enclosure: Totally enclosed. 4. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 105 deg F (40 deg C) and at altitude of 3300 feet (1005 m) above sea level. 5. Service Factor. 1.0 for totally enclosed motors. 6. Phase: One. D. Remote - Control Station: Provide momentary- contact, three -button control station with push -button controls labeled "Open," "Close," and "Stop." 1. Provide key - operated switches, keyed alike, with one key per switch plus one extra key. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Furnish layouts for inserts, clips, or other supports required to be installed by other trades to support tracks and battens. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install materials according to manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. 3.3 BATTEN INSTALLATION A. Install battens by suspending at proper heights with steel chains spaced at not more than 10 feet o.c. 11062-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS B. Secure chains either directly to structures or to inserts, eye - screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate to substrate, and that will not deteriorate or fail with age or elevated temperatures. 3.4 TRACK INSTALLATION A. Ceiling - Mounted Tracks: Drill track at intervals not greater than manufacturers recommended spacing and fasten directly to structural ceiling. B. Wall- Mounted Trucks: Install tracks by suspending from manufacturer's special bracket clamps securely mounted to wall construction at recommended spacing. C. Batten -Hung Tracks: Install track by suspending from pipe batten with manufacturer's special pipe clamps at recommended spacing. Medium-Duty Truck: Do not exceed 4 feet between supports. D. Install track for center - parting curtains with not less than a 2 -toot overlap of track sections at center, supported by special lap clamps. 3.5 CURTAIN INSTALLATION A. Track -Hung: Secure curtains to track carriers with track manufacturer's special heavy -duty S hooks or snap hooks. B. Batten Hung: Secure curtains to pipe battens with minimum 518- inch -wide by 36- inch -long braided soft cotton tie lines. 3.6 DRAW- CURTAIN - MACHINE INSTALLATION A. Install draw - curtain machines by securely mounting to wall construction according to manufacturers written instructions. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to test system and to train Owner's personnel to rig, adjust, operate, and maintain stage curtains, tracks, and draw - curtain machines. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." END OF SECTION 11062 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER STAGE CURTAINS 11062-7 SECTION 11132 -PROJECTION SCREENS 20312.10 - 06-01 -20 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Front - projection screens electrically operated in Gymnasium and Community Rooms. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section " Rough Carpentry" for wood backing for recessed screen installation. 2. Division 16 Sections for electrical service and connections including metal device boxes for switches and conduit, where required, for low- voltage control wiring. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gain of Front - Projection Screens: Ratio of light reflected from screen material to that reflected perpendicularly from a magnesium carbonate surface as determined per SMPTE RP 94. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of screen indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts and types of projection screens. Include the following: 1. Location of screen centerline relative to ends of screen case. 2. Location of wiring connections. 3. Location of seams in viewing surfaces. 4. Drop length. 5. Connections to supporting structure for pendant- and recess- mounted screens. 6. Anchorage details. 7. Details of juncture of exposed surfaces with adjacent finishes. 8. Frame details. 9. Accessories. 10. Wiring Diagrams: For electrically operated units. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For finishes of surface- mounted screen cases. D. Maintenance Data: For projection screens to include in maintenance manuals. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECTION SCREENS 11132-1 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain projection screens through one source from a single manufacturer. Obtain each screen as a complete unit, including necessary mounting hardware and accessories. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver projection screens until building is enclosed and other construction within spaces where screens will be installed is substantially complete and ready for screen installation. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of projection screens with adjacent construction, including ceiling framing, light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire- suppression system, and partitions. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where tifles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products specified. 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specked. 2.2 FRONT- PROJECTION SCREENS A. Electrically Operated Screens, General: Manufacturers standard units consisting of case, screen, motor, controls, mounting accessories, and other components necessary for a complete installation. Provide units that are listed and labeled as an assembly by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 11132-2 Low - Voltage Control: System consisting of a control unit with 24-V power supply, remote 3- button or 3- position switches, and interconnecting wiring. Switches are installed in recessed metal device boxes with flush cover plates matching other electrical device cover plates in room where switch is installed. a. Provide locking cover plates for switches. b. Provide key - operated power -supply switch. C. Provide infrared remote control consisting of battery- powered transmitter and receiver for use with low- voltage control system. 2. End - Mounted Motor: Instant - reversing, gear -drive motor of size and capacity recommended by screen manufacturer; with permanently lubricated ball bearings, automatic thermal-overload protection, preset limit switches to automatically stop screen in up and down positions, and positive -stop action to prevent coasting. Locale motor in its own compartment as follows: 3. Screen Mounting: Top edge securely anchored to rigid metal roller and bottom edge formed into a pocket holding a 318 -inch- (9.5 -mm -) diameter metal rod with ends of rod protected by plastic caps. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECTION SCREENS a. Roller for motor in roller supported by vibration- and noise - absorbing supports. 4. Tab Tensioning: Units have stainless -steel tensioning cables on both sides of screen connected to edges of screen by tabs to pull screen flat horizontally. B. Recessed in ceiling, Electrically Operated: End - mounted motor units with bottom of case entirety or partially open under screen compartment. 1. Products: a. Da -Lice Screen Co., Inc.; Senior Electrol. b. Or Approved Equal. 2. Size: 12' High x 16' wide in Gymnasium, and 8' High x 10' wide in Conmmunily Rooms 3. Provide metal or metal -lined motor enclosure on units with end - mounted motor. 4. Provide screen rase constructed to be installed with ceiling finish applied to underside. C. Screen Material and Viewing Surface: 1. Matte -White Viewing Surface: Peak gain of 0.9 to 1.0, and gain of not less than 0.8 at an angle of 50 degrees from the axis of the screen surface. a. Products: 1) Da -Lite Screen Co., Inc.; Matte White. 2. Material: Vinyl- coated glass -fiber fabric. 3. Mildew Resistance: Rating of 0 or 1 when tested according to ASTM G 21. 4. Flame Resistance: Passes NFPA 701. 5. Flame- Spread Index: Not greater than 75 when tested according to ASTM E 84. 6. Seamless Construction: Provide screens, in sizes indicated, without seams. 7. Edge Treatment: No borders. D. Protective Coaling: Provide formulation designed by screen manufacturer as a permanent topcoat over optical coatings to protect against normal abrasion before, during, and after installation. E. Glazing Accessories for Factory Frames: Provide gaskets and setting blocks with proven record of compatibility with screen and frame surfaces, of sizes and shapes to accommodate thickness of screen indicated and to fit glazing channel provided. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General:_ Install projection screens at locations indicated to comply with screen manufacturer's written Instructions. B. Install front - projection screens with screen cases in position and in relation to adjoining construction indicated. Securely anchor to supporting substrate in a manner that produces a smoothly operating screen with vertical edges plumb and viewing surface flat when screen is lowered. Install low- voltage controls according to NFPA 70 and manufacturers written instructions. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECTION SCREENS 11132-3 a. Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceway except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Use UL- listed plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces. 2. Test electrically operated units to verity that screen controls, limit switches, closure, and other operating components are in optimum functioning condition. 3.2 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. After installation, protect projection screens from damage during construction. It damage occurs despite such protection, remove and replace damaged components or entire unit as required to provide units in their original, undamaged condition. END OF SECTION 11132 11132 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PROJECTION SCREENS SFCTION 11400 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 20312 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes equipment for foodservice facilities indicated on the Drawings. B. See Division 15 Sections for supply and exhaust fans; exhaust ductwork; service roughing -ins; drain traps; atmospheric vents; valves, pipes, and fittings; fire- extinguishing systems; and other materials required to complete foodservice equipment installation. C. See Division 16 Sections for connections to fire alarm systems, wiring, disconnect switches, and other electrical materials required to complete foodservice equipment installation. D. See Mechanical and Plumbing plans for 3- compartment pot sink, prep sink and hand washing sink. E. See Section 11451 for range hood. F. See Section 06402 and 09980 for plastic laminate casework with stainless steel counter lop. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For fabricated equipment. Include plans, elevations, sections, roughing -in dimensions, fabrication details, utility service requirements, and attachments to other work. C. Operation and maintenance data. D. Product Schedule: For each foodservice equipment item, include the following: 1. Designation indicated on Drawings. 2. Manufacturer's name and model number. 3. List of factory- authorized service agencies including their addresses and telephone numbers. E. Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NSF Standards: Provide equipment that bears NSF Certification Mark or UL Classification Mark certifying compliance with applicable NSFIANSI standards. B. UL Certification: Provide electric and fuel- burning equipment and components that are evaluated by UL for fire, electric shock, and casualty hazards according to applicable safety standards and that are UL certified for compliance and labeled for intended use. C. Regulatory Requirements: Install equipment to comply with the following: 1. NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code." 2. NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations." D. Seismic Restraints: Comply with SMACNA's "Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines," Appendix A, "Seismic Restraint Details," unless otherwise indicated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400 - 1 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Indicate measurements on Coordination Drawings after field verification. B. Coordinate foodservice equipment layout and installation with other work, including lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system components, and utility service connections. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: Basis -of- Design Product The design for foodservice equipment item is based on the product named. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide either the named product or a comparable product by one of the other manufacturers specified. 2.2 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT A. Materials: Stainless Steel: ASTM A 666, with No. 4 finish (directional satin finish) on exposed surfaces. B. Wall Flashing: Provide 16 ga. stainless steel surround full height all walls at hood and 3- compartment pot sink. C. Prep and Service Table: 1. Description: Custom stainless steel ADA accessible prep table and service table. a. Fabricate top of 14-ga stainless steel with marine edge and sound deaden top. b. 8 "H x 2" thick integral end and back splashes. c. Provide one 20 "x20 "x5 "D stainless steel utility 'drawer with lock. Provide 16 -ga stainless steel undershelves. d. Provide 14a #304 stainless steel tubular legs and crossbracing, 1 -5/8" diameter with 1' adjustable stainless steel bullet feet. e. All weds to be ground smooth and polished.. I. Provide (2) 120V 11 ph f convenience electrical outlets. D. Overhead Wall Shelving: 1. Description: Custom stainless steel wail shelves. a. Fabricate wall- mounted shelf of 16-ga stainless steel. b. Turn up 2' where adjacent to wall. c. Mount 60 "AFF. d. Provide wall brackets of 14-ga #304 stainless steel and tack weld to the underside of the shelf. e. Wail backing required. f. Field verification required E. Comer guards: Furnish and install at all outside comers. Use 14 ga. stainless steel angle, 48" long. Mount at top of cove base. F. Reach -in Refrigerator and Freezer: Owner provided and installed. 11400-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT G. Counter -top microwave: Owner provided and installed. H. Soap and Paper Towel Dispensers: Provide one each at hand washing sink. I. Warming Oven: Owner provided and installed. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Installation Accessories, General: NSF certified for end -use application indicated. B. Elastomeric Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920; Type S (single component), Grade NS (nonsag), Class 25, Use NT (nontraffic) related to exposure, and Use M, G, A, or 0 as applicable to joint substrates indicated. Public Health and Safely Requirements: a. Sealant is certified for compliance with NSF standards for end -use application indicated. b. Washed and cured sealant complies with the FDA's regulations for use in areas that come in contact with food. 2. Cylindrical Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type C, closed -cell polyethylene, in diameter larger than joint width. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install foodservice equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Connect equipment to utilities. 2. Provide cutouts in equipment, neatly formed, where required to run service lines through equipment to make final connections. B. Complete equipment assembly where field assembly is required. 1. Provide closed butt and contact joints that do not require a filler. 2. Grind field welds on stainless -steel equipment smooth, and polish to match adjacent finish. C. Install equipment with access and maintenance clearances that comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Install closure-trim strips and similar items requiring fasteners in a bed of sealant. E. Install joint sealant in joints between equipment and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Produce airtight, watertight, vermin -proof, sanitary joints. 3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. After completing installation of equipment, repair damaged finishes. B. Clean and adjust equipment as required to produce ready -for -use condition. C. Protect equipment from damage during remainder of the construction period. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT 11400-3 A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain foodservice equipment. END OF SECTION 11400 11400 -4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT SECTION 11451 - RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 20312.10- 06 -01 -20 1.1 GENERAL A. This Section includes the following types of residential appliances: Range hood. B. Submittals: Submit the following: Product data for each appliance required. Provide complete operating and maintenance instructions. C. Energy Ratings: Provide appliances that carry labels indicating energy cost analysis (estimated annual operating costs) and efficiency information as required by Federal Trade Commission. D. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide electrical components that are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Finish: Provide residential appliances in the manufacturer's standard stainless steel finish. B. Range Hood: 36" wide, double wall, stainless steel with backsplash and fold -down warming shelves, infrared food warming lamps, fluorescent task lights, and 900 cfm exterior mounted exhaust blower, Rangemaster 603004/RP3004/332 by Broan, Viking, or equal. 1.3 EXECUTION A. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Built -In Equipment: Securely anchor units to supporting wall or cabinetry with concealed fasteners. Verify that clearances are adequate for proper functioning and rough openings are completely concealed. END OF SECTION 11451 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES 11451-1 SECTION -11480 - ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT PART1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 A. Supply and installation of indoor Basketball backstops, Volleyball equipment, protective wall padding, scoreboards and shot clocks. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 05500 - Structural Steel. B. Division 16 - Electrical. C. Section 09550 - Wood Gymnasium Flooring. D. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry E, Section 06150 - Wood Chord Metal/Wood Joists F. Section 06181 - Glued Laminated Structural Units G. Section 04200 - Unit Masonry 1.3 REFERENCES A. ASTM A446 Steel Sheet, Zinc coated (galvanized) by the hot dip process, Structural (physical) quality. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the design and manufacture of athletic equipment with not less than ten (10) years experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in installation of athletic equipment, with not less than five (5) years experience, and approved by the manufacturer. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Submit complete shop drawings and product data. Indicate on shop drawings, plan layout of equipment, footings, mounting bolt dimensions, power requirements, wiring diagrams and related details for each type of equipment specked. B. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions, operation and maintenance data. Include data for maintaining operating equipment, type and frequency of lubrication, general instructions for maintaining finishes and prevention of deterioration. C. A list and clarification of deviations from this specification so that a proper evaluation of the system can be made. Those bidders not providing a list of deviations will be deemed to have bid exactly in accordance with these specifications and will be required to furnish products accordingly. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 11480-1 1.6 GUARANTEES A. Furnish one (1) year written guarantee against defects in materials and workmanship. B. Furnish written "Lifetime" guarantee against breakage on all glass backboards when used with "Center Strut" backstops. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers of basketball backstop equipment which may be included in the work include, but are not limited to the following. 1. Porter Athletic Equipment Company. 2. Institutional Products, Inc. 3. Progressive Athletics. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 BASKETBALL BACKSTOPS (INDOOR). A. Main Court Backstops: Provide two (2) each ceiling suspended forward fold backstops with 6 518" diameter main mast, 2 318" sway braces, 4" structural channel top spreader, offset hangers, electric goal height adjustment, electric key switch operation equal to Porter model #917. B. Cross Court Backstops: Provide four (4) each ceiling suspended forward fold backstops with 6 518" diameter main mast, 2 318" sway braces, 4" structural channel top spreader, offset hangers, manual goal height adjustment, electric key switch operation equal to Porter model #917. C. Backboard and Goal: 1. Provide for each main court backstop, 42' x 72" rectangular glass board equal to Porter #208.300, #227 padding, #252 goal with electric key switch goal height adjustment equal to Porter model #901. 2. Provide for each practice court backstop, 39" x 54" fan fiberglass board equal to Porter model #267 -300 with #235 goal with manual goal height adjustment equal to Porter model #900. D. Operation: Provide for each folding backstop, provide a winch equal to Porter electric key switch operated winch. 2.3 VOLLEYBALL SLEEVES AND EQUIPMENT 11480-2 A. Floor Sleeves: Indoor: Provide six (6) each 3112' diameter Volleyball floor sleeves. With swivel hinged 8' cover, chrome plated as selected equal to Porter model #872. B. Volleyball Equipment: Provide three (3) pairs of 3 112" diameter competition Volleyball standards of extruded aluminum construction, with net tensioner, clear anodized finish, competition net equal to Porter model no. 941. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 2.4 WALL PADDING A. Fire retardant safety wall padding shall be 2'x 6'x 2" thick with 4 lb. density bonded foam padding, FR- SAFPAD panels by Porter Athletic Equipment Company or approved equal. Cover shall be 14 oz. reinforced vinyl. Padding shall be provided with concealed "Z clip" top attachment, and a T' nailing ship at the bottom. Color — Maroon. 2.5 SCOREBOARD A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers of scoreboards which may be included in the work include, but are not limited to: 1. All Sport Scoreboards by Daktronics. 2. All American Scoreboards. B. Scoreboards: Provide one (1) each combination Basketball/Volleyball scoreboard equal to All Sport model #BB- 2103 -13 with #3100 control console and two wire data cable as required. 1. Construction: Scoreboards shall be 6' -0 "h x 8' 0 "w x 6 "d with extruded aluminum cabinet with welded comers. Scoreboard shall display time in minutes and seconds, Home and Guest score, Period, Bonus for each team, Team Fouls, Match Score, Player Number and Fouls, Match Number and Game/Won/Game for Volleyball. Scoring shall register 0 -199 with amber lamps. 2. Microprocessor control console shall be housed in aluminum case, furnished with 20' of data cable. The console shall be equipped with a sealed membrane water- resistant keyboard. It shall have a 32- character liquid crystal prompting display to verify entries and recall information currently displayed, a practice timer mode, sound horn at the end of each segment, 99 programmable segments, displays the segment number and segment length and a programmable interval time. Provide carrying case. C. Shot Timers: Provide two (2) shot timers, All Sport model # 62114 with data cable, controlled by scoreboard control console. Shot Timers shall be 19" x 22" x 6" deep with 13" high display capable of timing from 1 to 59 seconds with automatic sounding horn in each display and audible sound at console. Unit shall he furnished with one (1) control console, data cable and wall mount brackets. 2.6 FLOOR MOUNTED OUTLETS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers of floor mounted outlets which may be included in the work include, but are not limited to: 1. Single Gang — Walker 880W1. 2. Two Gang — Walker 880W2. 3. Three Gang — Walker 880W3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Examine work in place on which specified work is in any way dependent to ensure that conditions are satisfactory for installation of specified work. Report in writing to the General Contractor and the Arch0ect any defects which may influence completion of specified work. Do not attempt installation until correct conditions are present or you have written order to do so. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT 11480 - 3 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Equipment herein specified shall be installed by factory trained craftsmen skilled in their trade. B. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. C. The contractor shall adjust backstop and backboard for plumb and level, and shall adjust the UP and DOWN limits on the electric winch. D. Floor mounted outlets: Install floor mounted outlets for communication or electrical systems flush with the wood flooring. 3.3 TEST AND ADJUST A. Test and adjust systems for smooth and proper operation. B. Demonstrate operation of all units to the Owner or Owner's representative. END OF SECTION 11480 11480-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ATHLETIC EQUIPMENT SECTION 12494 - ROLLER SHADES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 — 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes manually operated roller shades and electrically operated roller shades. Provide electrically operated roller shades for windows with sill height of 8 feet and higher. Provide concealed and surface mounted roller shades as indicated on drawings. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood blocking and grounds for mounting roller shades and accessories. 2. Division 8 Sections for windows, window walls, and curtain walls with horizontal louver blinds mounted on window frames. 3. Division 16 - Electrical: Electric service for motor controls. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include styles, material descriptions, construction details, dimensions of individual components and profiles, features, finishes, and operating instructions. B. Shop Drawings: Show location and extent of roller shades. Include elevations, sections, details, and dimensions not shown in Product Data. Show installation details, mountings, attachments to other Work, operational clearances, and relationship to adjoining work. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Complete, full -size operating unit not less than 16 inches (400 mm) wide for each type of roller shade indicated. 2. For the following products: a. Shade Material: Not less than 3 inches (80 mm) square, with specked treatments applied. Mark face of material. Provide samples from material to be used for the Work. b. Valance: Full -size unit, not less than 12 inches (300 mm) long. Provide samples from material to be used for the Work D. Window Treatment Schedule: Include roller shades in schedule using same room designations indicated on Drawings. E. Product Certificates: For each type of roller shade product, signed by product manufacturer. F. Product Test Reports: For each type of roller shade product. G. Maintenance Data: For roller shades to include in maintenance manuals. Include the following: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROLLER SHADES 12494-1 I . Methods for maintaining roller shades and finishes. 2. Precautions about cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to fabrics, finishes, and performance. 3. Operating hardware. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain roller shades through one source from a single manufacturer. B. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide roller shade band materials with the fire- test - response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated below by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. Flame- Resistance Ratings: Passes NFPA 701. C. Corded Window Covering Product Standard: Provide roller shades complying with WCMA A 100.1. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades in factory packages, marked with manufacturer and product name fire- test - response characteristics and location of installation using same room designations indicated on Drawings and in a window treatment schedule. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install roller shades until construction and wet and dirty finish work in spaces, including painting, is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. B. Field Measurements: Where roller shades are indicated to fit to other constriction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Allow clearances for operable glazed units' operation hardware throughout the entire operating range. Notify Architect of discrepancies. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1.7 WARRANTY A Roller Shade Hardware, Chain and Shadecloth: Manufacturer's standard non - depreciating twenty -five year limited warranty. B. Roller Shade Motors and Motor Control Systems: Manufacturer's standard non - depreciating five year warranty. C. Roller Shade Installation: One year from date of Substantial Completion, not including scaffolding, lifts or other means to reach inaccessible areas PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. MechoShade Systems, Inc. 2. Nysan Shading Systems Ltd. 3. SKYCO. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 12494 -2 ROLLER SHADES 2.2 ROLLER SHADES A. Basis -of- Design Product: MechoShade Systems; MechoShade ThermoVeil 3000 Series. 1. Material Width: 96 inches (2440 mm). 2. Bottom Hem: Straight. 3. Material Openness Factor: 1 -2 percent. 4. Material Color: 3014 Pewter 5. Material Pattern: Satin and Diamond Twill B. Rollers: Electrogalvanized or epoxy primed steel or extruded - aluminum tube of diameter and wall thickness required to support and fit internal components of operating system and the weight and width of shade band material without sagging; designed to be easily removable from support brackets; with manufacturers standard method for attaching shade material. Provide capacity for one roller shade band per roller. C. Direction of Roll: Regular, from back of roller. D. Mounting Brackets: Galvanized or zinc - plated steel or Fascia end caps, fabricated from steel finished to match fascia or headbox. E. Fascia: L- shaped, formed -steel sheet or extruded aluminum; long edges returned or rolled; continuous panel concealing front and bottom of shade roller, brackets, and operating hardware and operators; length to fit as directed by Architect; removable design for access. F. Top /Back Cover: L shaped; material and finish to match fascia; combining with fascia and end caps to form a six - sided headbox enclosure sized to fit shade roller and operating hardware inside. G. Bottom Bar. Steel or extruded aluminum, with plastic or metal capped ends. Provide concealed, by pocket of shade material, internal -type bottom bar with concealed weight bar as required for smooth, property balanced shade operation. H. Manual Shade Operation: Manual; with continuous loop bead chain, clutch, and cord tensioner and bracket lift operator. 1. Lift Assist Mechanism: Manufacturers standard spring assist for balancing roller shade weight and lifting heavy roller shades. 2. Loop Length: Full length of roller shade. 3. Bead Chain: Nickel- plated metal or Stainless steel. Motorized Shade Hardware and Shade Brackets: 1. Provide shade hardware constructed of minimum 1184ch (3.18 mm) thick plated steel, or heavier, thicker, as required to support 150 percent of the full weight of each shade. 2. Provide shade hardware system that allows for field adjustment of motor or replacement of any operable hardware component without requiring removal of brackets, regardless of mounfing positron (inside, or outside mount). 3. Provide shade hardware system that allows for operation of multiple shade bands offset by a maximum of 8- 45 degrees from the motor axis between shade bands (4 -22.5 degrees) on each side of the radial line, by a single shade motor (multi - banded shade, subject to manufacturers design criteria). J. Shade Motor Drive System: Shade Motors: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROLLER SHADES 12494-3 a. Tubular, asynchronous (non- synchronous) motors, with built -in reversible capacitor operating at 110v AC (60hz), single phase, temperature Class A, thermally protected, totally enclosed, maintenance free with line voltage power supply equipped with locking disconnect plug assembly furnished with each motor. b. Conceal motors inside shade roller tube. c. Maximum current draw for each shade motor of 2.3 amps. d. Use motors rated at the same nominal speed for all shades in the same room. 2. Total hanging weight of shade band shall not exceed 80 percent of the rated lifting capacity of the shade motor and tube assembly. K. Motor Control Systems: 12494-4 IQIMLC: Specifications and design of shade motors and motor control system are based on the IQIMLC motor logic control system manufactured by MechoShade Systems, Inc. Other systems may be acceptable provide that all of the following performance capabilities are provided. Motor logic control systems not in complete compliance with these performance criteria shall not be accepted as equal systems. 1, Motor Control System: a. Provide power to each shade motor via individual 3 conductor line voltage circuits connecting each motor to the relay based motor logic controllers (IQIMLC). b. Control system components shall provide appropriate (spike and brown out) over - current protection ( +1- 10 percent of line voltage) for each of the four individual motor circuits and shall be rated by UL or ETL as a recognized component of this system and tested as an integrated system. c. Motor control system shall allow each group of four shade motors in any combination to be controlled by each of four local switch ports, with up to fourteen possible "sub - group" combinations via local 3 button wall switches and all at once via a master 3 button switch. System shall allow for overlapping switch combinations from two or more local switches. d. Multiple "sub - groups' from different IQIMLC control components shall be capable of being combined to form "groups' operated by a single 3 button wail switch, from either the master port or in series from a local switch port. e. Each shade motor shall be accessible (for control purposes) from up to four local switches and one master switch. I. Control system shall allow for automatic alignment of shade hem bars in stopped position at 25 percent, 50 percent, and 75 percent of opening heights, and up to three user - defined intermediate stopping positions in addition to all up f all down, regardless of shade height, for a total of five positions. Control system shall allow shades to be stopped at any point in the opening height noting that shades may not be in alignment at these non - defined positions). g. Control system shall have two standard operating modes: Normal mode allowing the shades to be stopped anywhere in the window's opening height and uniform mode, allowing the shades to only be stopped at the predefined intermediate stop positions. Both modes shall allow for all up 1 all down positioning. h. Control system components shall allow for interface with both audiovisual system components and building fire and life safety system via a dry contact terminal block. I. Control system components shall allow for interface with external analog input control devices such as solar activated controllers, 24 hour timers, and similar items; via a dry contact terminal block. j. Reconfiguration of switch groups shall not require rewiring of the hardwired line voltage motor power supply wiring, or the low voltage control wiring. Reconfiguration of switch groups shall be accomplished within the motor control device (IQIMLC). 2. Wall Switches: a. Three -button architecturat Flush mounted switches with metal cover plate and no exposed fasteners. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROLLER SHADES b. Connect local wall switches to control system components via low voltage (12V DC) 4- conductor modular cable equipped with RJ -11 type connectors supplied, installed and certified under Division 16 - Electrical. C. Connect master wall switches to control system components via low voltage (12V DC) 6-conductor modular cable equipped with RJ -12 type connectors supplied, installed and certified under Division 16 - Electrical L. Valance: Style matching hem; as indicated by manufacturer's designation color. M. Mounting: Inside, Outside, Ceiling or Wall extension bracket mounting permitting easy removal and replacement without damaging roller shade or adjacent surfaces and finishes. 2.3 ROLLER SHADE FABRICATION A. Product Description: Roller shade consisting of a roller, a means of supporting the roller, a flexible sheet or band of material carried by the roller, a means of attaching the material to the roller, a bottom bar, and an operating mechanism that lifts and lowers the shade. B. Concealed Components: Nonoorrodible or corrosion-resistant-coated materials. 1. Lifting Mechanism: With permanently lubricated moving parts. C. Unit Sizes: Obtain units fabricated in sizes to fill window and other openings as follows, measured at 74 deg F (23 deg C): 1. Shade Units Installed Outside Jambs: Width and length as indicated, with terminations between shades of end -lo-end installations at centerlines of mullion or other defined vertical separations between openings. D. Installation Brackets: Designed for easy removal and reinstallation of shade, for supporting fascia, headbox, roller, and operating hardware and for hardware position and shade mounting method indicated. E. Installation Fasteners: Not fewer than two fasteners per bracket, fabricated from metal noncorrosive to shade hardware and adjoining construction; type designed for securing to supporting substrate; and supporting shades and accessories under conditions of normal use. F. Color- Coated Finish: For metal components exposed to view, apply manufacturer's standard baked finish complying with manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation including pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. G. Colors of Metal and Plastic Components Exposed to View: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range, unless otherwise indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, operational clearances, and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with instaltation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 ROLLER SHADE INSTALLATION CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROLLER SHADES 12494-5 A. Install roller shades level, plumb, square, and true according to manufacturers written instructions, and located so shade band is not closer than 2 inches (50 mm) to interior face of glass. Allow clearances for window operation hardware. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Adjust and balance roller shades to operate smoothly, easily, safely, and free from binding or malfunction throughout entire operational range. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean roller shade surfaces after installation, according to manufacturers written instructions. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure that roller shades are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. C. Replace damaged roller shades that cannot be repaired, in a manner approved by Architect, before time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12494 12494-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER ROLLER SHADES SECTION 12760- TELESCOPING BLEACHERS 20312.10- 06 -01 -20 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. This Section includes Wall- aflached telescoping bleacher units. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Telescoping bleachers are operable systems of multiple- tiered benches on interconnected, folding supports that permit closing, without requiring dismantlement, into a nested relationship for purposes of storing or moving. 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install telescoping bleachers to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stresses of the materials involved, including anchors and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each respective component of each bleacher unit. 1. Design loads specified in NFPA 102, Chapter 5 B. Operation: Provide telescoping bleacher units incorporating manufacturer's standard telescoping system of seating and understructure members that permit opening and closing with respect to adjacent rows, that allow any or all rows to be locked open for use, and that close with vertical faces of upper skirts in same vertical plane. 1. Manual Operation: Provide manual operation of bleacher units by means of portable operator handles that attach to center of bleacher sections and allow one or two operators to work from upright positron. 2. Coordinate wiring requirements and current characteristics of motors and control stations with building electrical system. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. B. Product data for each type of telescoping bleacher and accessory indicated. C. Shop drawings indicating layout of telescoping bleacher units coordinated with field measurements and including seat heights, tow spacing and rise, aisle widths and locations, overall dimensions in closed and open position, connections and relationship to adjoining work, accessories, types of materials, and finishes. 1. Where installed products are indicated to comply with certain design loadings, include structural computations, material properties, and other information needed for structural analysis that has been signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TELESCOPING BLEACHERS 12760 -1 D. Samples for initial selection purposes in form of manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual units or sections of units showing full range of colors and textures available for each exposed material involving such selections. 1. Solid Wood Seats and Upper Risers: 12 -inch -long samples of standard seatboard finished with manufacturer's standard transparent coating. 2. Plywood: 12- inch - square samples of standard footrest material. finished with manufacturer's standard coating. E. Maintenance data for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual specified in Division 1 including detailed instructions indicating proper means for operating and maintaining each type of bleacher unit and accessory required. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Standard: Comply with requirements of NFPA 102, "Standard for Assembly Seating, Tents, and Membrane Structures," and specifically with Chapter 5, 'Folding and Telescopic Seating," except where more stringent requirements are indicated or imposed by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer to perform unit of work of this section who has specialized in the installation of types of telescoping bleachers similar to that required for this project and who is acceptable to, or certified by, manufacturer of telescoping bleachers. C. Engineer Qualifications: Professional structural engineer licensed to practice in California where project is located and experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated that have resulted in the successful installation of telescoping bleachers similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. D. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel" and D1.3 "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." 1.6 DEFERRED APPROVAL A. Installation of telescopic bleachers specified herein and indicated on the drawings shall not be started until detailed plans, specifications and engineering calculations have been accepted and signed by the architect or engineer in charge of design and the signature of the architect or engineer who has been designated responsible to cover the work shown on a particular plan or specification, and approved by the City of Newport Beach. 1.7 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Telescopic bleacher design and fabrication shall comply with Section 1021, California Building Code, 2001 Edition, and shall be designed to support and resist in addition to their own weight, a force of: 1. Seatboards and footboards shall be designed to resist a live load of 120 lbs. per linear foot. 2. 100 lbs. per square foot of live load. 3. Side sway load of 24 lbs. per linear foot. 4. Front to rear sway bad of 10 lbs. per linear foot of row. B. Railings, posts and sockets designed to withstand the following forces applied separately: 1. 50 lbs. per foot acting outward at top rail. 2. 25 lbs. per foot acting outward at mid -rail. 12760-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TELESCOPING BLEACHERS C. Steel components shall be cold - formed from appropriate width strip stock conforming to ASTM A570 - Grade C 33KSI, ASTM A446 Grade C 40KSI, ASTM A500A - Grade A 39KSI as applicable. D. Lumber components as load- carrying members shall be fabricated from Southern Pine boards graded and stamped as 'B & BTR KD" and meeting the requirements for "Dense Industrial KD" in accordance with S.P.I.B. Grading Rules 1983 edition. E. Plywood deck boards shall be fabricated from Southern Pine or Douglas Fir Premium underlayment (interior C-D plugged and fully face sanded) with exterior glue, 5 ply minimum, solid crossband directly under face ply, species Group 1, dry condition of service (16% moisture content maximum), and manufactured in accordance with PS -1 -83 for Construction and Industrial Plywood published by the National Bureau of Standards August 1, 1983. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS E. Field Measurements: Check actual dimensions of construction affecting telescoping bleachers by accurate field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delay of Work. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include but are not limited to the following: 1. Hussey Seating Co. 2. Interkal LLC. 3. Irwin Folding Bleacher Company 2.2 MATERIALS A. Lumber: Softwood, kiln dried, surfaced 4 sides, 1 -inch nominal thickness, complying with the following requirements. 1. Lumber Species and Grade: Southern Pine complying with SPIB "Grading Rules" for C and Better finish grade. 2. Lumber Form: Solid lumber complying with PS 20. B. Plywood: Softwood plywood panels, 5!8 -inch nominal thickness, 5 -ply construction with grade designation APA A -C Exterior, with solid crossbands, Group 1 veneer species for all plies, and exterior glue, APA grade trademarked, complying with ANSI/VOL. PROD. STD. PS -1. C. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36, except where higher strength steel is indicated or standard with manufacturer. D. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 526, G60 coating designation, phosphatized, stretcher leveled E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 501, hot- formed. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TELESCOPING BLEACHERS 12760-3 Fasteners: Vibration proof, of size and material standard with manufacturer. 2.3 CONSTRUCTION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard telescopic bleacher system fabricated to comply with requirements indicated. Smoothly round corners, edges, and exposed fasteners, if any, to eliminate snagging and pinching hazards. Form exposed sheet metal with flat, flush surfaces, true to line and level, and without cracking and grain separation. Perform welding by operators and processes complying with AWS requirements. 12760 -4 B. Type: Wall attached telescopic bleachers. C. Quantity: Two (2) banks, 2 rows and 4 rows, manually operated. Bleachers length as shown on drawings. D. Dimensions: Rise per row: 9 - 518 ". Row to row spacing: 24" (minimum). E. Operation: Bleachers shall be manually operated by means of one (1) pair of portable operating handles. Accessories: 1. Wheelchair Seating - Provide truncated bleacher sections for wheelchair seating in accordance with plans and current ADA requirements. 2. Fascia Panels - Fascia panels at all truncated sections shall match decking with clear polyurethane finish. Painted plywood fascia panels are not acceptable. 3. Front Railing j- Provide rigid 26" high, fixed tubular steel rail with intermediate members to fill design criteria. Rail to be mounted full width of all truncated sections at wheelchair seating areas. 4. Locks - Provide and install skirtboard locks (row 1) on all sections to prevent unauthorized access to underside of bleachers and electrical components. 5. Scorer's Table - Provide four (4) 8' x 15" scorer's table with Birch grain laminate on 5/8" veneer core with cushion edge and tubular steel folding mounting legs. Mounting sockets shall be attached to bleacher. G. Bench Seats and Upper Risers: Fabricate from the following materials to form seats with uniform heights per bleacher unit of not less than 16 inches or more than 18 inches, as standard with manufacturer. 1. Material: Lumber. H. Lower Risers and Foot Rests: Provide recessed lower riser and fully closed footrest construction. Fabricate riser from steel sheet with baked enamel as standard with manufacturer. Fabricate footrest from plywood as standard with manufacturer. I. Understructure: Fabricate understructure from galvanized structural steel members of size, spacing, and form required to support design loads with cantilevered bench seat supports to produce toe space uninterrupted by vertical bracing. J. Support Column Wheels: Provide manufacturer's standard wheel assembly under each support column. Include wheels of size, number, and design required to support bleacher units and to achieve smooth operation without damage to flooring surface, but not than 4 per column or less than 3 -1/2 inches in diameter and 1 inch wide. K. Aisles: Fabricate bleacher units with the following aisle configuration, at locations and of widths indicated: Footrest Level Configuration: Interrupt bench seats to provide aisle walking surfaces at footrest level. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TELESCOPING BLEACHERS a. Provide manufacturer's standard metal nosing for aisles with wood walking surfaces. L. Row Spacing: Fabricate units with a row spacing of 24 inches unless otherwise indicated. M. Row Rise: Fabricate units with row rise of between 9 -518 inches and 10 -112 inches, as standard with manufacturer. N. Type of Bleacher Units: Provide assemblies of the following type fabricated in lengths and number of rows indicated. Wall- Attached Type: Construct units to provide for permanent attachment of rear of understructure to wall/floor construction. 2.4 METAL FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. 2.5 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of dirt, grease, and other contaminants followed by a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas; then apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 760. 1. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc - dust - content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC- Paint -20. B. Baked Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply manufacturer's standard 2 -coat baked enamel finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. 2.6 WOOD FINISHES A. Wood and Transparent Finish: Prepare surfaces by machine sanding, supplemented by hand sanding where required, followed by application of sealer coats and transparent top coats of type, in number, and by process standard with manufacturer. Apply to wood surfaces except where otherwise indicated. B. Painted Plywood: Manufacturers standard wear - resistant finish in manufacturers standard color. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install telescoping bleacher units to comply with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. Provide accessories indicated and anchors, fasteners, inserts, and other items required for installation of units and permanent attachment of units to adjoining construction. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER TELESCOPING BLEACHERS 12760.5 SECTION 14420 — WHEELCHAIR LIFTS PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312,10 — 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following wheelchair lifts: Vertical travel, straight exit recessed lifts. B. Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Section 03300 - Concrete 2. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications 3. Section 09651 - Resilient Flooring and Accessories 4. Section 09900 - Painting 5, Section 10431 - Signs 6, Division 15 - Mechanical 7. Division 16 - Electrical 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. A Vertical Platform Lift consists of a machine tower with lifting platform, selected and dimensioned to provide adequate lifting height to suit the individual building requirements. The lift can be used either indoors or outdoors to vertically transport a wheelchair user or mobility impaired person up and over a bamerthus creating access to orwithin a building. 1.4 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. The lift platform or support shall be of sufficient size (12 square feet minimum) to accommodate large motorized wheelchairs and shall have a rated capacity of not less than 400 pounds and a weight safety factor of not less than 5 based upon the rated load. B. The rated speed of the platform shall not exceed 20 feet per minute and the operating control shall be the constant pressure type designed so that it can be easily operated by a handicapped person. A push bar control designed for use by handicapped persons or a control that provides equal usability shall be provided. Controls shall be provided at both sides of the car or a wand or other reaching device provided attached to a chain on the other side of the opposite controls. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specifications Sections. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 14420-1 B. Product Data for each principal component or product of each lift, including certified test reports on required testing. Indicate capacities, sizes, performance and operating characteristics, features of control system, finishes, and similar information. Indicate any variations from specified requirements. C. Shop Drawings including dimensioned drawings showing plans, elevations, sections and large -scale details indicating service at each landing, coordination with building structure and relationships with other construction, and details of lift enclosures and gate entrances. D. Wiring diagram detailing wiring for power, signal and control systems differentiating clearly between manufacturer - installed wiring and field - installed wiring. Indicate maximum and average power demands. E. Samples of exposed finishes of lift, gate entrances, and signal equipment. Provide 6- inch -to 8- inch - square samples of sheet materials and 10 -inch to 12 -inch lengths of running trim members. Colors to be selected from manufactures full range of color selection. F. Maintenance Manuals: Bound manual(s) for each lift, with operating and maintenance instructions, parts listing, recommended parts inventory listing, purchase source listing for major and critical components, emergency instructions, and similar information. Number of copies shall comply with General Conditions. G. Certificates and Permits: Provide Owner with copies of all inspectionlacceptance certificates and operating permits as required by governing authorities to allow normal, unrestricted use of lift. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage the lift manufacturer or an installer approved by the manufacturer and who has completed installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project which have resulted in installations with a record of successful in -service performance. B. Regulatory Requirements: In addition to local governing regulations, comply with applicable requirements of California State Elevator Code, the ASMEIANSI At 7. 1, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, and ASME A18.1 Guidelines for vertical platform lifts in public places. 1. Lifts shall comply with requirements of CBC Section 1116B. 2. Clear landings at each level shall be 60" x 60" clear per CBC Section 3008.1.410 and 11168.2.4.1. 3. Platform clear dimensions shall be 33" x 48" minimum for straight through access, as indicated on plans. 4. Speed and controls shall comply with CBC Section 3008.1.4.2. 5. Provide smooth and solid platform enclosure per CBC Section 3008.1.4A. 6. Provide "Call/Send" controls and access per CBC Section 3008.1.4.6. 7. When the enclosure required in Subsection (a)4 is not provided the underside of the lifting platform shall be equipped with a safety pan coverwhich will automatically shut -off the lifting device should any obstruction under the platform interfere with its downward travel per CBC Section 3008.1.4.7. 8. Provide controls at both sides of the car. 9. Provide re- leveling device per CBC Section 3008.1.4.9. 10. Provide battery backup power for emergency exit from platform. 11. Provide Lift signage complying with CBC Section 111713.5. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Project Warranty: Provide special project warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer, and Manufacturer, agreeing to replace, repair, or restore defective materials and workmanship of lift work during warranty period. This warranty shag be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract Documents. 14420 - 2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 1. "Defective" is hereby defined to include, but not by way of limitation, operation or control system failures, performances below required minimums, excessive wear, unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes, unsafe conditions, the need for excessive maintenance, abnormal noise or vibration, and similar unusual, unexpected, and unsatisfactory conditions. 2. Warranty period is one (1) year on parts for the basic unit and electrical system and two (2) years parts on drive components starting on date of Substantial Completion. B. Warranties: Provide coincidental product warranties where available for major components of lift work. Submit with maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Provide full maintenance service by skilled, competent employees of the lift Installer for period of 12 months following Date of Substantial Completion. Include preventive maintenance performed during normal working hours and regular inspection at intervals not longer than every 6 months. Exclude only repair or replacement due to misuse, abuse, accidents, or neglect caused by persons other than Installer's personnel. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers providing products for incorporation into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. National Wheel- O -Vator Co., Inc. 2. Porchlift American Stair -Glide Corp. 3. Or Approved Equal. 2.2 MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS A. General Requirement: Basis -of- Design is Model CDE -42 Shroud Right, as manufactured by National Wheel -O- Vator, Inc. 1. Rated Load Capacity: 750 pound capacity. 2. Travel Speed: 9 feet per minute. 3. Platform Size: 37"x 51" minimum (Straight through exit). 4. Stationary ramp installation. B. Provide manufacturers standard pre - engineered wheelchair lift systems that will comply with or fulfill the requirements of this section. 1. Platform and stationary ramp shall be constructed of 12 -game minimum zinc clad steel. 2. Platform side panels must be 42* high. Side panel framework shall be a minimum of 1"x 1'h "x.065 steel tubing for indoor units and 1 x 1 1/2x, 125 aluminum tubing for outdoor units. Solid inf ll panels shall be a minimum of 24- gauge zinc clad steel. 3. The mainframe support tubing shall be a combination of square and rectangular tubing with a minimum. 120 wall thickness. 4. Carriage arms shall be a minimum of 1" x 2" steel flat bar along with 1/2" thick steel flat bar uprights. Cam rollers shall be used for axial carriage guidance and wear pads used for horizontal stability. 5. Loaded fasteners shall be grade five or higher. Locking fasteners shall be used in all critical locations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 14420-3 6. The machine tower sides shall be of 12 -gauge steel and front and back covers shall be 18 -gauge zinc clad steel minimum. 7. The drive mechanism shall bean Acme screw design. The screw shall be a minimum of V diameter. The Acme screw shall have a secondary safety nut, which in the event of a main lift nut failure will prevent uncontrolled descent. 8. The motor shall be instant reversing with a minimum of % HP capacity. 9. The operating control circuit shall be 24 Volts. 10. Finish shall be electro statically applied powder coating oven baked to cure. 11. An upper final limit switch shall be provided to cut off all power and stop the platform in the event of the upper limit switch failure. 12. Lift shall be equipped with a 42" minimum high upper and lower landing gate, 42" high platform gate which rides on the platform and a lower landing gate which remains at lower level to prevent access to the underside of the platform while in the raised position. Gate framework is steel tubing for indoor units; aluminum tubing for outdoor units with solid panels of 18 -gauge zinc clad steel minimum. The platform gate may be eliminated if the entire enclosure and lower gate extends a minimum 42" above the lift height. All gates shall have combination mechanical lock with electrical contacts. 13. An emergency stop 1 illuminated alarm switch shall be provided on the car as a means of signaling for assistance in the event of an emergency. 14. A grab rail shall be provided on the platform. 15. A hand crank shall be provided as a means of manually raising and lowering the platform in the event of a power or component failure. 16. The main lift nut will be equipped with a continuous tube system to distribute lubrication between main lift out and the Acme screw. 17. Unit to be equipped with the "simplex" base and carriage design, which allows the carriage to be folded to reduce the shroud and carriage width to 18 ", for ease of installation, without removal of any carriage attaching bolts. 18. Unit must be trial assembled and tested in factory before shipment. 2.3 CONTROL SYSTEMS A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard control system for each lift as required to provide automatic or operation of the type indicated. B. Call- Send" controls shall be provided at the top and bottom landing. When the platform and lift travel area are not enclosed, "Call -Send" controls shall be keyless, and no continuous press required. C. Lift shall be provided with battery backup power for emergency exit from the platform. D. See System Performance Requirements and Regulatory Requirements in Part 1 above for additional requirements. 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. General: Enclosures shall be provided for the platform wheelchair supports and lift which provides a reasonable degree of safety for handicapped persons using the lift and others exposed to the lift, except as provided in Subsection (a)7. Provide installation with safely devices that may be required per Subsection (a)5, 6 and 7. B. The lift platform and the top landing shall be equipped with a locking device, door or gate 42 inches in height. The device, door or gate shall be equipped with both mechanical and electrical contacts which prevent operation of the platform unless they are properly closed. PART 3 - EXECUTION 14420.4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to commencing lift installation, examine rough openings, pits, and adjacent floors, as constructed; verify all critical dimensions and examine supporting structure and all other conditions under which lift is to be installed. Notify Contractor in writing of any dimensional discrepancies or other conditions detrimental to the proper installation or performance of the work. Do not proceed with lift installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF WHEELCHAIR LIFT SYSTEM A. General: Comply with manufacturers instructions and recommendations for work required during installation B. Coordination: Coordinate lift work with work of other trades for proper time and sequence to avoid construction delays. Use benchmarks, lines, and levels designated by Contractor to ensure dimensional coordination of the work. C. Alignment: Coordinate installation of gate entrances with installation of lift for accurate alignment of entrances with platform. Reduce clearances to minimum, safe, workable dimension at each landing. D. Set sill flush with finished Floor surface at upper landing. Provide a ramp at the lower landing complying with CBC Section 3008.1.4.8. Coordinate with other trades to facilitate and ensure proper setting of ramps and sills. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing: Upon nominal completion of each lift installation, and before permitting use of lift (either temporary or permanent), perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by Code and by governing regulations or agencies. B. Operating Tests: Load each lift to its rated capacity and operate continuously for 30 minutes over its full travel distance, stopping at each level and proceeding immediately to the next. Record temperature rise of pump motor (except submerged pumps) during 30- minute test period. Record failures of lift to perform as required. C. Advise Contractor, Owner, Architect, and inspection department of governing agencies in advance of dates and times tests are to be performed on lifts. 3.4 PROTECTION A. At time of completion of lift work (or portion thereof), provide suitable protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or such other methods or procedures to protect lift work from damage or deterioration. Maintain protective measures throughout remainder of construction period. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper use, operations, and daily maintenance of lifts. Review emergency provisions, including emergency access and procedures to be followed at time of failure in operation and other building emergencies. Train Owner's personnel in normal procedures to be followed in checking for sources of operational failures or malfunctions. Confer with Owner on requirements for a complete lift maintenance program. B. Make a final check of each lift operation with Owner's personnel present andjust prior to date of Substantial Completion. Determine that control systems and operating devices are functioning properly. END OF SECTION 14420 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 14420-5 SECTION 15400 - PLUMBING DIVISION I REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS SECTION 20312.10- 06 -01 -20 PART 1 — GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract Documents to be included but not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and sections of Division One of this project manual. 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, services, testing, transportation and equipment necessary for the completion of all plumbing and fire protection piping as indicated on drawings and specified herein. Work materials and equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and proper operation of the work of this Section in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the contract documents shall be provided and incorporated at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Requirements: All work covered by this Section shall conform to the latest requirements of the following regulations: 1. National Fire Protection Association. 2. State Division of Industrial Safety. 3. C.C.R., Title 24, Part 5 2001 CPC. 4. 2001 Uniform Plumbing Code UPC. 5. Uniform Fire Code with California Amendments. 6. Any other legally constituted body having jurisdiction thereof. B. Nothing in the specifications or drawings shall be construed to permit deviation from the requirements of governing codes unless approval for said deviation has been obtained from the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction and from the Dwner's representative. 1.3 DRAWINGS A. Because of the small scale drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings and accessories, which may be required. The Contractor shall carefully investigate the conditions surrounding installation of his work, furnishing the necessary piping, fittings, valves, traps, and other devices, which may be required to complete the installation. B. The general arrangement indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible. Coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and Electrical Drawings prior to installation of piping fixtures and equipment to verify adequate space available for installation of the work shown. In the event a field condition arises which makes it impossible to install the work as indicated, submit, in writing, the proposed departures to the Architect for his acceptance. Only when Architects acceptance is given, in writing, shall Contractor proceed with installation of the work. C. Special Note: Should the Contractor make changes in the installation differing from what is indicated on the contract drawings and not necessitated due to field conditions as indicated hereinabove, the Contractor shall be required to re- install the work to comply with what has been indicated on the contract drawings. Should it be impossible to re- install the work and the installation is in accordance with all governing authorities, the architect may permit the installation to remain. However, all costs incurred to revise the contract drawings by the engineer for resubmittal to the building department indicating the as- installed condition shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -1 D. In case of a difference in the specifications between the specifications and the drawings, or in the drawings, the contractor shall include the cost of the most expensive alternate in the bid proposal. The contractor shall secure direction from the architect before start of any construction. 1.4 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND LICENSES A All permits; inspections and licenses required by the legally constituted authorities for installation of the work according to the plans and specifications shall be obtained and paid as a part of the work of this section. 1.5 UTILITIES A. See Drawings for Points of Connection. B. Certain site utilities are to be connected to and extended. Before laying of any pipe or digging of any trenches, Contractor shall determine by actual excavation and measurement exact location and depth of lines to which he is to connect. In event depth of lines is not sufficient to permit connection in manner indicated, Contractor shall obtain direction from the Owner's representative before proceeding with this work. C. Gas Service and Meter Assembly. The Contractor shall arrange with the serving utility company for the installation of new gas service with complete meter assembly of the capacity indicated and in the location as shown on the drawings. All items served with gas shall be operated at full fire and adjusted by the Contractor. In cooperation with gas company, make all required adjustments to main gas pressure regulator and individual gas pressure regulators at each building. The Owner shall pay for all required fees. 1.6 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before bidding on this work, Contractors shall make a careful examination of the premises and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the requirements of the contract. By the act of submitting a proposal for the work included in this contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to have made such study and examination, and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions of the site. 1.7 PROTECTION A. All work, equipment and materials shah be protected at all times. Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. B. Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to equipment and materials until he has received written notice from the Architect or Engineer that his work has been accepted. 1.8 LOCATIONS 15400 -2 A. The locations of apparatus, piping and equipment indicated on the drawings are approximate. Piping and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstruction, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passages clear. The locations of and mounting heights of all fixtures shall be coordinated with the architectural plans and room elevations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING B. Clearances and Openings: Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other trades to avoid confliction and permit for a neat and orderly appearance of the entire installation. The Contractor shall, in advance of the work, furnish instructions to the General Contractor as to his requirements for equipment and material installation of any kind, whether or not specifically mentioned on drawings or in the specifications, and shall include recesses, chases in walls, and all required openings in the structure. Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cuttings are found to be required, the cost of the same shall be charged to this Contractor. 1.9 SUBMITTAL DATA (Also see Division 1) A. Furnish, all at one time, prior to any installation, within the time noted below, six (6) copies of valid submittal data on all fixtures, material, equipment and devices. Each submitted item shall be indexed and referenced to these specifications and to put identification numbers on fixtures and equipment schedules. B. Manufacturers submittal literature and shop drawings are required on all items to ensure the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available for review. Requirements of the submittals and Engineer's submittal notes are a pad of the work of this Division except that Engineer's notes may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of work of this Division. C. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project but the review does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements of this Division to properly install work. D. A list of names is not a valid submittal. To be valid, all submittals must: 1. Be delivered to the Architects office within thirty-five (35) days of award of the contract. Corrections or changes in submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time imit 2. Include all pertinent construction. installation, performance and technical data. 3. Have all copies marked to indicate clearly the individual items being submitted. 4. Have each item cross- referenced to the corresponding specified item and be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 1.10 UNINSPECTED WORK A. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up before it has been duly inspected, tested and approved by the Owner, Architect or any other authorized inspectors having legal jurisdiction over his work. Should he fail to observe the above, he shall uncover the work and, after it has been inspected, tested and approved, recover it at his own expense. 1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS (Also see Division 1) A. The Contractor assumes full responsibility that alternate manufacturers items and procedures will meet the job requirements and is responsible for cost of redesign and of modifications to this and other pads of work caused by alternate items furnished under work in this Section. In view of these responsibilities, it is the purpose of these specifications to establish procedures, which ensure that the Contractor has considered all the ramifications of proposed aftemates before submitting them for review. Submittals which do not comply with the requirements of these specifications or which indicate proposed alternates were selected without proper regard to the requirements of the job, will not be approved. No more than one proposed alternate will be considered for each hem. B. Alternate items installed without Engineer's approval will be replaced with specified items at Contractors expense. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -3 C. The Architect or his authorized representative shall be the sole judge as to the quality and suitability of proposed alternate equipment; fixtures or materials and decisions of the Architect or that of his representative shall be final and conclusive. 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete 'as- built" record set of blueline prints which shalt show every change from the original drawings and the exact "as- built' locations and sizes of the work provided under this Section of the specifications. This set shall include locations, dimensions, depth of buried piping, deanouts, shutoff valves, sewer invert locations, plugged wyes, tees, etc. On completion of the work, the Contractor shag incorporate all as -built information on a set of reproducible tracings provided by the Architect and this set of reproducibles shall be delivered to the Architect. 1.13 GUARANTEES (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall guarantee the entire plumbing and piping systems unconditionally for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance. ff, during this period, any materials, equipment, or any part of the systems fail to function property, the Contractor shall make good the defects promptly and without any expense to the Owner. B. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by leaks in pipelines or equipment furnished and installed under this Section for a period of one (1) year after date of acceptance of his work. C. All equipment and fixtures shall carry manufacturer's warranty against defective parts or poor workmanship and shall not be less than one (1) year. See specific equipment specifications for extended warranty requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (See Schedules on Drawings) 15400 -4 A. General: Provide all materials and equipment as specified or required in the work, new and free from defects and imperfections. B. Pipe and Fittings: Soil and Waste Piping: a. Soil and Waste Piping within the building itself and outside within five feet (5) of the foundation, except where indicated otherwise, shall be No-Hub cast iron pipe and fittings, asphaltum coated, free from defects, and in compliance with CISPI Standard 301 and Federal Specification WW- P-401. Fittings shall be made up with 'HUSKY' SD -4000 or "CLAMP ALL' 125 Stainless Steel, Heavy -Duty No-Hub Coupings and shall be in compliance with ASTM C -1540 and ASTM C -564 Standards, except all above ground vent piping joints may be made up with "ANACO ", TYLER ", or 'MISSION" Standard - Duty No -Hub Couplings in compliance with CISPI -310, and ASTM C -564 standards. At the contractors option, Tyler, SV, Hub and Spigot, Cast Iron Service Weight Pipe and Fittings complying with ASTM Standard A74 and Fed. Specification WW- P-401, asphaltum coated, free from defects joined with SV EZ -Tight neoprene gaskets complying with Standard ASTM C -564 may be used for below ground and Type "DWV" hard drawn copper waste, vents and end fittings with soldered joints may be used for above ground piping. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 2. Vent Piping: a. Concealed or underground vent piping shall be cast iron pipe and fittings as specked for soil and waste piping. b. Exposed vent piping shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, ASTM A53, with black cast iron threaded drainage fittings. 3. Water Piping: a. Piping within the building and above grade shall be Type "L" ASTM BB8, hard drawn copper tubing with wrought copper sweat fittings ANSI 816.22. b. Outdoor underground piping in sizes 2 -112" and 3" shall be Type "L" ASTM 888, hard drawn copper as specified for water piping within the building. Piping 2" and smaller shall be Type "K" ASTM B88, hard drawn copper with wrought copper sweat fillings ANSI B16.22. C. Piping below the building floor shall be Type "K" soft annealed copper tubing with no fittings below the slab. 4. Fire Piping: a. Main Water Services Below Grade: Pipe shall be ductile iron, cement fined with mechanical joint fittings Class 250, flanged or mechanical joint, in accordance with ANSI -AWWA C11lfA21.11, Class 52 or AWWA C153 ductile -iron compact fittings of dimensions to match pipe outside diameter, with AWWA C104, cement lining and AMA C111 neoprene gaskets. Provide concrete thrust blocks at all underground fittings per manufacturers recommendations. At the Contractors option, the main water service concealed below grade, PVC pipe, approved for fire service, Class 200 (DR -14) with cast iron, ring -fite fittings as required, complete with concrete thrust blocks, all installed per manufacturers recommendations. Pipe under structural footings, within vault and under building shall be ductile iron. This Contractor shall provide fire main service to fire sprinkler riser location within building to permit for fire sprinkler contractor to make final connection above finished floor. Coordinate with fire sprinkler contractor regarding exact riser location and verify pipe size requirement. 5. Gas Piping: a. Gas piping within the building shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 using 150 pound banded malleable iron screwed fittings for piping 2" and smaller and weld type steel fittings for piping 2 -112" and larger except all medium pressure gas shall be welded, b. Exposed gas piping outside the building shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe conforming to ASTM A53 using galvanized 150 pound banded galvanized malleable iron screwed fittings for piping in sizes Y and smaller and seamless weld type steel fittings for all medium pressure gas piping and piping 2 -112" and larger. All outdoor welded black steel pipe and fittings shall be painted with oil base prime coat and oil base enamel finish. C. Underground gas piping shaft be Schedule 40 SDR -11 Polyethylene PE2406 (Yellow) as manufactured by Plexco. Fittings shall be socket fusion weld Polyethylene as manufactured by Plexco or Central, PE2406 (Yellow) complying with ASTM, D2513. Where required provide "Lyco" or Double "0" seal transition fittings between steel and polyethylene as manufactured by Central, all identified and approved for gas service. A No. 16 copper tracer Wire shall be installed with and attached to PVC piping and shall terminate above grade at each end. Gas piping extending to above grade, within valve yard boxes, below structures such as porches, steps, roofed patios, covered walks, uncovered walks adjacent to building CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -5 15400 -6 or similar structures covered or uncovered shall be Schedule 40 steel pipe with 150 pound buttweld fittings. Piping below concrete slab shall be installed within a schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeve extending between building and vented shutoff valve yard box. Steel pipe and ffitings below grade shall be wrapped with 20 MIL idenfified polyethylene tape, two (2) layers, each half - lapped for a total thickness of 80 MILS. Underground polyethylene piping shall be installed by personnel certified by the pipe manufacturer as having received instruc- tions directly from the pipe manufacturer's field representative. Contractors not having certified personnel will be required to have a factory representative of the pipe manufacturer visit the site at the time of underground pipe installation and provide the required instruc- tions. All required cost for training and certification will be paid for by this Contractor. Upon completion of the gas piping underground installation, this Contractor shall submit a written report directly to the Architect stating that all materials installed are as specified and approved, that installation was done by factory certified personnel, that where required, steel pipe buried had received a minimum of 80 mils thick pipe wrap and finally that the entire system was wire traced, installed to a depth of thirty inches (30 ") within a sand bed and tested to 60 P.S.I. 6. Storm Drain Piping: a. All concealed storm drain pipe and fittings shall be cast iron as specified for soil and waste Wiping. b. All exposed storm drain pipe and filings shall be galvanized steel pipe as specified for exposed vent piping. 7. Indirect Waste Piping: Shall be Type "L" copper as specified for water piping. 8. Condensate Drain Piping (Air Conditioning Units): Shall be Type 'L" copper as specified for water piping. 9. AD exposed piping at plumbing fixtures shall be chrome plated yellow brass except exposed pipes in shop or utility areas. 10. Unions or flanges shall be furnished and installed at each threaded connection to all equipment or valves. The unions or flanges shall be located so that the piping can be easily disconnected for removal of the equipment, tank, or valve, and shall be of the type specified in the following schedule. Unions: 1) Black Steel Pipe: 250 pound screwed black malleable iron, ground joint, brass to iron seat. 2) Galvanized Steel Pipe: 250 pound screwed galvanized malleable iron, ground joint, brass to iron seat. 3) Copper or Brass Tubing: 150 pound cast bronze or copper, ground joint, nonferrous seat with ends, by Walseal, NIBCO or Mueller. b. Flanges: Raised face 150 pound class forged steel, weld, neck or slip -on type conforming to ASA B16.5 and ASTM A181. For copper piping systems, provide flanges conforming to ANSI B16.24. The faces of the flanges being connected to be alike in all cases. Locate flanges so that the piping can be easily disconnected for removal of the equipment or valve. Gasket material shall be of material suiting the service of the opening system in which installed and which conforms to its respective ANSI Standard (A21.11. B1621). Provide materials that will not be detrimentally affected by the chemical and thermal conditions of the fluid being carded. Flanges for fire service shall be of type as specified here-in -before for fire piping. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 11. All underground cast iron ductile iron, copper, steel or other metallic piping located both inside and outside of building shall be encased within a minimum of 8 mil polyethylene plastic sleeve sealed water tight with polyvinyl chloride tape. Sleeve shall terminate 3° above grade or floor slab. 12. All underground non - metallic piping shall have 16 gauge copper "Tracer Wire" continuous for entire length. C. Valves: General: a. Piping systems shall be supplied with valves arranged so as to give complete and regulating control of each building and piping systems throughout the building, and located so all parts are easily accessible and maintained. b. Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated. C. Operators: 1) Hand wheels fastened to valve stem for all valves other than quarter tum. 2) Lever handles on quarter -tum valves, and provide plug valves with operating wrench. 2. Approved Manufacturers: a. Hammond b. Milwaukee C. Nibco d. Nordstrom e. Apollo 3. Provide Class 150 valves meeting the valve specifications where Class 125 valves are specked but are not available. 4. Gate Valves: a. Gate Valves, 2- 112 -Inch & Larger. Hammond IR 1140, MSS SP -70; Class 125, iron body, bolted bonnet, flanged ends, non -rising stem, solid wedge, bronze trim, replaceable seat rings. 5. Ball Valves: (Hammond 8501) a. Bail Valves, 2 Inches and Smaller. Rated for 150 psi saturated steam pressure, 600 psi WOG pressure; two-piece construction; with bronze body and single reduce bore, chrome plated solid brass ball, "Teflon" seats and seals, separate adjustable packing gland and nut, blowout-proof stem and vinyl covered steel handle. 6. Valves: (for gas service) a. Hammond Bail Valve, 8901 UL, 2 -inch and Smaller. Rated at 150 wsp -600 WOG, UL listed, brass body, stainless steel ball, and threaded ends. Valve shall be A.G.A. certifred. b. Watworth #1797F Plug Valves, 2 -112 Inch and Larger. MSS SP -67; rated at 200 psi CWP; lubricated plug type, with cast iron body, single gland, wrench operated, and flanged ends. 7. Globe Valves: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -7 15400 -8 a. Globe Valves (Hammond Ill 418), 2 -Inch and Smaller. MSS SP -80; Class 125; body and screwed bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze; brass or replaceable composition disc, B -62 stem material brass packing gland, non - asbestos packing, and malleable iron handwheel. b. Globe Valves (Hammond IR 116), 2 -112 -Inch and Larger: MSS SP -85; Class 125 iron body and bolted bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; with outside screw and yoke, bronze mounted, and non - asbestos packing, and two -piece backing gland assembly. 8. Check Valves a. Swing Check Valves (Hammond IB 944),2-Inch and Smaller. MSS SP -80; Class 125, cast - bronze body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62; with horizontal swing, Y- pattern, and bronze disc. Provide valves capable of being refitted while the valve remains in the line. b. Swing Check Valves (Hammond IR 1124), 2 -112 Inch and Larger. MSS SP -71; Class 125 (Class 175 FM approved for fire protection piping systems), cast iron body and bolted cap conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; horizontal wing, and bronze disc or cast-iron disc with bronze disc ring. Provide valves capable of being refitted while the valve remains in the line. 9. Hose Bibbs: Shall be MIFAB or approved equal. a. Hose bibbs shall be bronze body with chrome or nickel plated finish, with renewable composition disc, have loose key 3l4" hose end with 314" female inlet and vacuum breaker. Vacuum breaker shall conform to ASSE Standard 1011 with finish to match hose bibb. b. Recessed Hose Bibbs: See schedule on drawings. 10. Combination Temperature and Pressure Relief Valves: Shall be McDonald, Watts, or approved equal, bronze body, test lever, thermostat, complying with ANSI Z21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge rapacity. Relief valves shall be factory set for 210 degree F. and 150 p.s.i. pressure. Relief valves shall be type as recommended by water heater manufacturer. 11. Trap Primers: Provide where indicated on drawings of type as specified in equipment schedule complying with ASSE 1018. Install behind access panel. 12. Water Pressure Regulators: Shall be of the manufacturer, model and sizes as indicated on the drawings, complete with shut -off valves (inlet and outlet of assembly), valve bypass, pressure gauges, strainers and pressure relief valves. 13. Gas Pressure Regulators: Shall be of the manufacturer, model and sizes as indicated on the drawings. Regulators installed in vaults shall be entirely corrosion proof and approved by the Gas Company. D. Traps, Strainers and Tailpieces: Every sanitary fixture, unless otherwise specked, shall be provided with a seventeen (17) gauge tailpiece chromium tailpiece, a Los Angeles pattern chrome plated cast -brass trap, and wall flanges. Provide chromium plated brass casing between the trap and wall flanges with each fixture. All sanitary waste system floor drains and floor sinks shall have cast iron "P" traps. E. Cleanouts: Shall be J.R. Smith, Zurn or Josam. 1. General: Provide cast -iron ferrule and countersunk brass clean -out plug with round cast iron access frame and heavy duty secured top cover. 2. Wall Cleanouts: Zum No. Z -1468 for steel pipe and Zum No. Z- 1446 -NH for cast iron pipe. 3. Floor Cleanouts: Zum No. Z- N- 140D -NH, bronze plug and non -skid nickel bronze top. 4. Cleanouts to Grade: Zum Heavy Duty Cleanout Housing No. Z- 1474 -SG -IN with H bronze plug and set flush with surface for concrete areas. Asphalt or non - surfaced areas shall be installed with ring of concrete poured around the bottom flange six inches (6 ") below surface. Use cast iron soil pipe on cleanout risers. For ceanouts in non- traffic areas, terminate cleanout plug in concrete yard box. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING F. Access Panels: J.R. Smith, Zum or Josam. Wall access panels shall be minimum 12"x 12" for concealed valves and other equipment unless otherwise specified or indicated. Ceiling access panels shall be 18" x 18" minimum. 1. Wall Panels: Zum No. Z -1462 nickel bronze, vandalproof for all tile walls and dry wall walls in toilet rooms. Access panels in dry wall walls in general areas shall be Zum No. Z -1462 prime coated steel. 2. Ceiling Panels: Pottorff model WB or PW, prime coated steel, type as required for plaster or dry wall ceilings. G. Yard Boxes & Vaults: For service shutoff valves on gas and domestic water; for pressure regulator assemblies and for cleanouts, shall be Brooks Products or Fraser Cement Products Co., concrete type with cast iron cover and name of service clearly marked on cover. Box shall be of size to permit easy removal of valve assembly. Vaults shall be sectional type. H. Roof Flashing: Provide for all pipe penetrations through roof a Stoneman No. 1100 -5, one (1) piece, six (6) pound, series with reinforcing steel boot counterflashed with cast iron flashing sleeve and equipped with vandalproof hood for all vent piping. Seal joint between flashing and pipe with waterproofing compound. I. Flues: Flues shall be double wall type 'B" Metalbestos or approved equal, complete with tee, support, pipe collar, roof flashing, storm collar and top. J. Escutcheons: Shall be chrome plated cast brass with set screw locking device. K. Water Hammer Arresters: Shall be provided where indicated on drawings of type indicated on equipment schedule and shall be sized per the manufacturer's recommendations. Install behind access panel. L. Back Flow Preventers: Reduced pressure principal assembly consisting of shut -off valves on inlet and outlet and strainer on inlet, assembly shall include test cocks and pressure differential relief valve located between two positive seating check valves and comply with requirements of ASSE Std. 1013. Assemblies shall have approval of Municipal Water District and Health Department having jurisdiction M. Dielectric Union Isolators: Where incompatible materials come in contact, isolate from each other with material best suited for the characteristics of materials to be isolated. Dielectric union isolator for connection piping or non - compatible materials shall be of standard commercial design with threaded connections. N. Pipe Supports: Unless otherwise Indicated on the drawings, shall be as follows: 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install all misceflaneous iron work including angles, channels, etc., required to appropriately support the various piping systems. Hanger spacing and location shall conform to Uniform Plumbing Code requirements with City of Newport Beach Amendments. 2. All horizontal runs of piping within the building, except for copper water supply stub -outs at futures and copper supply headers within walls, to be supported from the structural framing with steel rods and split ring hangers: B -Line, Grinnell Company, Toloo, or approved equal. Copper stub -outs and copper headers within walls to be supported from the wall framing with Holdrite pipe hangers and supports as specified at item 0.9., below. Steel rods shall be secured to overhead framing with side beam connectors. Where necessary, install angle iron between framing to accommodate hanger rods. Where several pipes are running together, Unistmt, B -Line, or Powerstrut channels with clamps may be used in lieu of individual pipe hangers, and supported from structure as herein specified. Submit test data for type of hanger supports to be provided. For support conditions other than specified herein, the Contractor shall submit method of support for approval prior to any installation. 3. Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports: General: Provide factory fabricated horizontal hangers and supports complying with one of the following MSS types listed to suit horizontal piping systems, in accordance with CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -9 15400-10 MSS SP -69, IAPMO PS 42, and manufacturer's published information. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping. Provide copper - plated hangers and supports for copper- piping systems. 1) Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: (MSS Type 1) B -Line B 3100 2) Adjustable Swivel Pipe Rings: (MSS Type 5) B -Line B 3690 3) Split Ring: (MSS Type 11) 4) Pipe Alignment and Support Brackets: (Per IAPMO PS 42) HOLDRITE products (see section 0.9.) 4. Vertical- Piping Clamps: a. General: Provide factory fabfcated vertical- piping clamps complying with the following types listed, to suit vertical piping systems, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of vertical piping clamps to exactly fit pipe size of bare pipe. Provide copper - plated clamps for copper - piping systems. b. Two-Bolt Riser Clamps: (MSS Type 8) B -Line B3373 5. Hanger -Rod Attachments: a. General: Provide factory fabricated hanger -rod attachments B -Line, Tolco or approved equal, selected by Installer to suit horizontal- piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP-513 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of hanger -rod attachment to suit hanger rods. Provide copper- plated hanger -rod attachments for copper - piping systems. b. Side beam eye socket, Tolco Fig. #57 for rod sizes 318" dia. and TOlco Fig. #25-30 -251 for rod sizes 112" dia. 6. Building Attachments: a. General: Provide factory fabricated building attachments, selected by Installer to suit building structural framing conditions, in accordance with MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. Provide copper - plated building attachments for copper - piping systems. Hanger Rods and Spacing shall conform to the following table Pipe Sizes Spacing Rods 2 Inch and Smaller 6 Feet 318 Inch 2 -112 Inch to 3 Inch 8 Feet 112 Inch 4 Inch and larger 8 Feet 518 Inch 8. Hangers and Supports shad be adequate to maintain alignment and prevent sagging and shall be placed within 18 inches of joint. Support shall be provided at each horizontal branch connection. 9. When securing copper water supply piping directly to the DWV piping or to the wall framing (horizontal water headers and fixture stub - outs), the following copper - plated components of the " HOLDRITE" system are to be used as a support system: a. For positioning supply /flush valve for wall -hung water closet, use model 114C (attaches to carrier) and 114C -EXT (extension for above, e.g., for fixtures to be used by handicapped). b. For attachment to wall framing, use models 101 -26, 102 -26. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 10. Provide lateral bracing as manufactured by B -Line or approved equal for all piping to prevent swaying or movement in accordance with SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Piping Systems ". Piping smaller than indicated in the guidelines shall be provided with bracing as specified for the smallest size indicated. The entire water distribution system shall be property braced and will not move due to the action of quick closing of valves. 11. Miscellaneous Supports, Wall Brackets, Etc.: Provide where required in accordance with the best standard practices of the trade. Submit shop drawings for all fabricated supports. 12. Isolators: All water piping shall be installed with a manufactured type isolator. Isolators shall be B -Line vibra clamp and cushion, Super Strut, Stoneman, "Trisolalor", or approved equal. Piping shall be installed and supported in a manner to provide for expansion without strains. Guides shall be properly installed to ensure this requirement. 13. Shields: Provide 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal shields at piping hangers for all insulated piping. Size shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. 14. Roof Mounted Piping: Pipe supports installed on roof shall be as manufactured by Portable Pipe Hangers Inc., Model No. PP10 with galvanized metal strut or approved equal. Support shall include all required clamps and devices for a complete system. Set base in adhesive onto clean roof surface in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions. Proposed installation procedure shag have approval of roofing contractor. Insulation: 1. Hot Water Pipe Insulation: All hot water supply and return piping, except exposed connections to plumbing fixtures. flanges and unions shall be insulated with "ASTM C547, Class I, "Johns Manville" "Micro -Lock" 850 -APT, Owens- Coming Fiberglass Corp., ASJISL -11 or approved equal, 1" thick for sizes up to 2" and 1 -112" thick for sizes 2" and larger. Insulated piping exposed in occupied areas and equipment rooms shall be covered with "Childers" 0.016 inch thick aluminum jacket installed per manufacturers recommendations. Insulation shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke density not exceeding 50 per UMC Sec. 12012.1.8. 2. Condensate Pipe Insulation: All condensate piping above the ceiling shall be insulated with IMCOA "IMCOLOCK" pre- split, pre-glued pipe insulation, Y: inch thick. Insulation shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke density not exceeding 50 per UMC Sec. 1201.21.8. 3. Indirect Waste Pipe Insulation: All indirect waste drains from refrigerated kitchen equipment shall be insulated with "Armstrong' "Armotlex" insulating tape. 4. All insulation shall be continuous through supports and hangers, except at fixture stub -out support locations. 5. All fixtures that are accessible shall have an OFF -set grid drain permitting the trap to be installed flush with the wall. In addition provide Truebro LAV -Guard insulation kit for exposed hot water pipe, tailpiece, and trap. Secure per manufacturers recommendations. Q. Equipment and Fixtures: 1. See schedule on drawings. 2. Fixtures: a. Accessible plumbing fixtures shall comply with all of the requirements of CBC Section 11158. Heights and location of all fixtures shall be according to CBC Table 11158 -1. Fixture controls shall comply with CBC Chapter 15 CBC Section 1118B. b. Plumbing fixtures shall be as manufactured by American Standard, Kohler or Eller, and as noted on the drawings. Drinking fountains (refrig.) shall be as manufactured by Haws or Sunroc. Sink and lavatory faucets shall be as indicated on fixture and equipment schedule. C. Furnish complete with necessary trim, including stops. All trim and fittings shall be chrome plated brass including handles, supply tailpieces, traps and escutcheons. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -11 d. Connections to fixtures shall be in accordance with code requirements except as exceeded herein or on the drawings and in no case less than the supply stop size. e. All plumbing fixture faucets submitted for review shall have identification label or certification showing compliance with California TITLE 24, PART 5, ARTICLE I, "Energy Conservation Standards ". ARTICLE I, T20 -1406; ARTICLE 2, T20 -1525 and ARTICLE 4,1604 and 1606. f. Minimum waste sizes shall be four inch (4 ") for water closets and two inch (2 ") for lavatories. g. Steel plate supports shall be provided for all wall hung fixtures. Supports shall be 318 inch thick x 6 inch wide steel plates recessed and lag screwed to wood studs or welded to steel studs and tapped for fixture bolts. Length and number of plates as required to satisfactorily support the fixtures installed. R. Water Heaters (See Equipment Schedule on Drawings) ( ASHRAE 90.1 Sid. Compliance): 1. Electric water heater shall be a glass -lined commercial electric model of the size and capacity as indicated on the drawings and as manufactured by A. 0. Smith Corporation, Bradford White, or Loc hinvar. Heater shall be constructed in accordance with ASME code for 160 psi working pressure and shall bear appropriate symbol and listed with the National Board as required. Heater shall be listed with Underwriters' Laboratories and approved by National Sanitation Foundation. All internal surfaces of the heater exposed to water shall be glass - lined. Tank shall be cathodically protected with adequate extruded magnesium rod. The entire vessel is to be enclosed in a round steel enclosure with baked enamel finish. Control compartment to be hinged and shall house 120 volt control circuit transformer, transformer fusing, magnetic contactor, immersion style operating thermostat, element fusing per N.E.C., and commercial grade incoloy sheathed flange mounted elements with prewired terminal leads. All factory wired temperature controls include high temperature cut-off for each element, high and low pressure switches, indicating pilot lights, switch with manual reset Foam insulation, (R -16), shall exceed latest requirements of ASHRAE 90.lb -1990 for heat loss efficiency. Heater shall include ASME T & P relief valve and drain valve. See detail on drawing for additional safety devices. 2. Gas Fired: a. Water heater shall be of the model, size and capacity as indicated on the drawing and as manufactured by A. 0. Smith, Rheem, or Lochinvar. Water heater shall be of glass -lined commercial, gas -fired, and certified by the American Gas Association. Heater shall be provided with a manual reset gas shutoff device, a gas pressure regulator set for the type of gas supplied, coated steel burners, an approved draft diverter, magnesium anodes for cathodic protection and flue damper. A.S.M.E. pressure and temperature relief valve shall be furnished and installed by the factory. The heater shall be insulated with foam insulation or equal. The outer jacket shall have a baked enamel finish over a bonderized undercoating. All internal surfaces of the heater exposed to water shall be glass- lined. Heater tank shall have a 3 year limited warranty against corrosion or sediment buildup as outlined in the written warranty. Fully illustrated instruction manual to be included. b. Provide Metalbestos or Metal Fab model M type "B" double wall flue up through roof complete with all required appurtenances and supports required. U.L listed and AGA approved. C. See detail on drawing for additional safety devices. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 15400 -12 A. Locations and Accessibility: Install equipment for ease of maintenance and repair. If changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are made by the Contractor, they shall be made without additional charges. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING B. Openings: Furnish information to the other trades on size and location of openings which are required in walls, stabs, roof, for piping and equipment at the proper times. C. Closing -In of Uninspected Work: Do not allow or cause any of the work to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested, and accepted by the Architect. Any work enclosed or covered prior to such inspection and test shall be uncovered and, after it has been inspected, tested, and approved, make all repairs with such materials as may be necessary to restore all work, including that of other trades, to its original and proper condition. D. Before laying of any pipe or digging of any trenches, Contractor shall determine by actual excavation and measurement exact locations and depth of existing utility and service lines to which he is going to connect Should existing conditions prevent for installation of piping as detailed on drawings or to make connection in manner indicated, Contractor shall confer with the Architect, Owner's representative and Engineer for Direction. E. Excavation, Trenching and Backfill: Do all necessary trench excavation, shoring, backfilling and compaction required for the proper laying of the pipe lines. Remove all surplus earth materials from site. 1. Backfill shall be clean soil free from rocks and debris. Compact to ninety percent (90 %) of surrounding soil. All piping both inside and outside of building shall be installed in a minimum 6" sand bed and covered with 6" of sand prior to backiill. Continue backfill with materials free of rocks and debris, property moistened and mechanically tapered and compacted to 90% of surrounding soil. Compaction by flooding or jetting is expressly prohibited. 2. Water, soil and waste piping shall have twenty -four (24 ") of cover minimum, [fire main shall have thirty six (36' of cover] except all PVC pipe material and all gas piping shall have thirty (30 ") of cover minimum. All other pipe shall have not less than eighteen inches (18 ") of cover, unless otherwise rioted on the drawings. Offset gas and water piping as required to permit crossover of underground piping systems, and electrical conduit systems. 3. No piping shall run in, through or above any electrical equipment rooms or spaces at any time. 4. Horizontal soil and waste piping shall be installed to a uniform grade of not less than one - fourth inch (114 ") per foot, unless otherwise indicated or directed. Piping Installation: 1. AN piping shall be concealed in finished portion of the building except where otherwise indicated or directed at the time the work is done. All piping shall be installed to clear all framing members and beams, even 9 drawings do not indicate same. Contractor shall constantly check the work of other trades so as to prevent any interference with the installation of this work. 2. All piping into stem walls and footings shall be double half lap wrapped with 118" thick "Armoflex" insulation. The Contractor shall also provide blocked out areas in stem wall and footing as required for the Installation of the piping. All piping shall avoid the lower 8" of the fooling and the Contractor shall coordinate and provide dropped footings as required for the installation of the underground piping. 3. Unions shall be installed on one side of all screwed shut -of valves, at both sides of screwed automatic valves and on all by- passes, at all equipment connections and elsewhere as indicated or required for ease of installation and dismantling. 4. Connections between copper tubing and equipment shall be with Mueller Brass Company, or approved equal, brass stream line copper to P.P.S. ground joint unions. 5. Corrosion Protection: All underground metallic piping including cast iron (soil & storm drain), ductile iron (fire protection), copper (Water) or steel (gas) located both inside and outside of the building shall be encased within a minimum of B mil polyethylene plastic sleeve. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -13 b. All underground metallic valves, unions, fittings, flanges, bolts & appurtenances that are unable to be encased within sleeve as noted above shall be protected as follows. 1) Provide heavy coating of "Henrys" oil base roof mastic over entire exposed surface. 2) After mastic coating is completed and inspected, wrap entire metallic component with a minimum of 8 mil. polyethylene wrap overlapped 50% of the circumference and extended beyond ends of component as required for polyethylene to be secured to piping. The overlap seam shall be located to avoid backfil material from entering the encapsulated area. The ends and seam of the of the polyethylene material shall be secured to the piping and sealed with 3M ScotchlWrap N. 50,8 md., 2" wide, printed, pipe wrap sealing tape. 3) The mastic coating shall be Inspected and approved prior to the finish application of the polyethylene matelot, which shall also be inspected. G. Sleeves: Shall be schedule 40 galvanized steel where pipes pass through concrete foundations walls below grade or floor slabs, and 20 gauge galvanized sheet metal in all other walls, floors and partitions. 1. Isolate pipes through ground floor slabs with double wrap Kraft paper, unless pipe sleeves as specified above are indicated or required by code. 2. Sleeves for pipes through exterior walls shall be standard weight galvanized pipe. Pack space between pipe and sleeves with ceramic fiber rope so as to be absolutely watertight. 3. All penetrafion of sleeves in or through fire rated walls and other fire rated assemblies shall be protected and sealed per U.L. Fire Resistance System No. WL1001 for uninsulated pipe and No. WL5039 for insulated pipe. See architectural plans for all locations of rated walls and other fire rated assemblies, 4. Hanger rods required to pass through fire rated finished ceilings shall be protected as specified here in above and an escutcheon plate provided at face of penetration. H. Contraction and Expansion: Install all work in such a manner that its contraction and expansion will not do any damage to the pipes, the connected equipment, or the building. Install offsets, swing joints, expansion joints, seismic joints, anchors, etc., as required to prevent excessive strains in the pipe work. All supports shall be Installed to permit the materials to contract and expand freely without putting any strain or stress on any part of the system. Provide anchors as necessary. 15400 -14 Pipe Joints and Connections: 1. Copper Tubing and Brass Pipe with Threadless Fittings: a. Solder joints for copper shall be made with 9515 lead free solder in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for the service intended and shall be NSF161 certified approved. b. Use threaded adapters on cropper tubing where threaded connections are required. 2. Welded Joints: All welding to be performed by welders certified as passing ASME Boiler and Pressure Code (Section IX) and shall comply with ASME Std. 831.1.0 and the American Welding Society, Welding Handbook. J. All closet bends shall be adequately blocked and secured. Trap anus and similar connections installed below the floor level or under concrete slabs shall be adequately supported and anchored to prevent motion in any direction. All piping installed above grade within buildings shall be secured to structural framing with Unistrut or pipe clamps to provide a rigid installation. Piping utilizing gaskets as a seal shall be given prime consideration to providing adequate stability through proper supports and anchors because of its Flexible nature. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING K. Flexible piping of any kind will not be permitted except when indicated on drawings provide Hose Master Inc., flexible pipe appliance connector model UNP, female union, male nipple and plastic cover, AGA approved for kitchen equipment only. L. Each pipe penetration of the roof shall be separated from other piping and any roof equipment by a minimum of 18" to insure a proper pipe flashing installation. M. Floor, Wall and Ceiling Plates: Where pipes pierce finished surfaces, C.P. brass split flanges with set screw lock shall be provided. N. Roof Flashings: Extend pipe a minimum of seven inches (7 ") above finished roof line, except where a vandal proof hood is required in which case pipe shall extend to a height required to receive the hood and also where specifically required to exceed this dimension by the local authority due to snow conditions. 0. Installation of Plumbing Fixtures: Install each fixture at the exact height and location shown on the Architectural Drawings. Set fixtures, supplies, trap and trap outlet square with the wall, in line with fixture outlets without any offsets, angles, or bends. Grout joint between the fixtures and the walls or floors with polysulfide or silicone sealant to be smooth, even and watertight. Watertight joints for drainage connections to all fixtures shag be made in accordance with the Uniform Plumbing Code with City of Newport Beach Amendments. Completion of Installation 1. Cleaning and Flushing: Clean all equipment and materials thoroughly. Leave surface to be painted smooth and clean, ready for painting. 2. Flush each unit of water supply and distribution system thoroughly with clean water at the highest velocities attainable. 3. Clean all piping, valves, traps, water heaters, fixtures and other devices thoroughly and flush or blow out until free of scale, oil silt, sand, sediment, pipe dope and foreign matter of any kind. 3.2 STERILIZATION OF DOMESTIC WATER LINES A. Sterilize new water lines by filing with a solution containing fifty (50) parts of chlorine per million parts water and holding the solution therein for at least twenty-four (24) hours with a water head of at least five feet (5) above the highest point in the system. Unless otherwise directed, thoroughly flush each line prior to sterilization. Introduction of sterilizing solution or materials into the lines shall be such as to provide thorough and uniform distribution throughout the system. B. Operate all valves during the retention period. Following retention period, the heavy chlorinated water shag be flushed from the system with clean water. C. Continue flushing until the residual chlorine at the end of 24 hours does not exceed the chlorine residual in the flushing water. D. All work and certification of performance must be done by an approved laboratory utilizing qualified applications and personnel. 3.3 TESTING CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400.15 3.05 4 r" A. No piping work shall be concealed or covered until piping has been tested, inspected and approved by the Inspector. All piping for plumbing systems shall be completely installed and tested as required by the Uniform Plumbing Code. Test pressures and times indicated are a minimum only. All tests shall be as required by the governing authority as well. Schedule of Test Pressures: System Tested Gauge Test Duration Water 100 Pounds or 11/] times working pressure whichever is greater. Water 4 Hours Gas 60 Pounds Air 4 Hours Waste, Vent & Per California (Minimum 10 Feet of Head) Storm Drain Plumbing Code Oxygen & Acetylene: In accordance with NFPA Std. 56° F OPERATION INSTRUCTION A. Prior to occupancy or prior to the date of final inspection, whichever may occur first, the Contractor shall prepare two (2) sets of typewritten instructions for the operation of all equipment, valves, etc., specified and fumished as a part of the work under this section, and shall assign a competent person, thoroughly familiar with the job, to demonstrate and instruct a representative of the Owner in the operation of the equipment. The I me of said demonstration and instructions shall be arranged with the Owner's representative approximately one (1) week in advance. Verbal instructions shall include shut -off location of gas and water. The Contractor shall assemble all operation and maintenance data supplied by the manufacturers of the various pieces of equipment, all keys and special wrenches required to operate and service the equipment (including keys for yard boxes, gas stops and fixture stops), and all equipment warranties and deliver same to the representative of the Owner on date of said instructions. PIPE AND EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION A Each operating and service line shut -off valve shall be identified by a 19 ga. brass tag with stamped, engraved type of service identified, complete with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag shall be a minimum of one and one -half inch (1.112 ") in diameter. B. Access Panel Markers: Provide manufacturers standard 1116 inch thick engraved plastic laminate marker, with abbreviations and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. C. Provide on exterior wall of each building opposite the building's main gas service a sign reading "Gas Shut Of'. Sign shall be metal with minimum 1 -1/2" high embossed letters. D. All equipment shall be provided with name plate indicating all pertinent information on it. 15400 -16 E. Manufacturers (Seton or Brady) standard permanent, bright colored, continuous printed plastic tape, intended for all interior piping and] direct - burial service piping, not less than 6 inches wide x 4 mils thick. Provide mum -ply tape consisting of solid aluminum foil core indicating type of service of buried pipe between two layers of plastic tape. The warning plastic (Service Identified) tape shall be placed one (1) foot above all buried pipe. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING END OF SECTION 15400 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER PLUMBING 15400 -17 SECTION 15600 - AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS DIVISION I REQUIREMENTS ARE A PART OF THIS SECTION. 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 — GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract Documents to be included but not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and sections of Division One of this project manual. 1.1 SCOPE A. Furnish all labor, materials, services, testing, transportation and equipment necessary for the proper and satisfactory installation of the automatic fire protection systems as specified herein. B. This specification is intended to establish the required performance and quality of the work necessary to provide for a complete automatic sprinkler system to serve the buildings on the site. The point of connection for sprinkler system shall be at the riser flange approximately 6 inches above finish floor within the building. C. Work or equipment not indicated or specified which is necessary for the complete and proper operation of the work of this Section in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the contract documents shall be provided by this contractor and incorporated under this Section of the work at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: A. Plumbing B. Electrical Work C. Painting 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Requirements: All work covered by this Section shall conform to the latest requirements of the National Fire Protection Association 1996 Edition, NFPA 13, and the Local Fire Marshal. The design shall conform to Uniform Fire Code with Califomia Amendments and CBC Chapter 9 Fire Protection Systems, B. UL and FM Compliance: Fire protection system materials and components shall be Underwriter's Laboratories listed and labeled, and Factory Mutual approved for the application anticipated. C. Permits and Inspections: The Contractor must obtain and pay all fees for permits, licenses, inspections, etc., which are required by all legally constituted authorities and shall deliver all certificates to the Owner. 1.4 SPECIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. These specifications (Section 15600) are general and are not intended to define spec[fic types of systems that are necessary to meet the requirements of the governing authorities mentioned herein. B. It shall be the contractors complete responsibility to determine in advance of submitting a bid for the work under Section 15600 any areas requiring other than a wet automatic fire sprinkler system due to the type of occupancy, storage of materials, or climatic conditions (below 40 degrees F. at sprinkler pipe locations). These special requirements shall be incorporated into the automatic fire sprinkler design as necessary to conform with the requirements of NFPA -13, Owners Insurance Underwriter and all other governing authorities. 1.5 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15600 -1 A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide a complete automatic fire sprinkler system in complete conformance with the governing agencies mentioned herein. The contract drawings indicate only the main fire line riser location. It shall be this Contractor's complete responsibility to prepare drawings indicating the entire automatic fire sprinkler system. B. Arrangement, size, location and quantity of service, riser and appurtenances indicated on the drawings is suggested as a minimum requirement only. It shall be this Contractor's responsibility to verity the exact requirements of the governing agencies and include these items in the bid. Piping sizes indicated are to be con- sidered as a minimum and where sizes are not indicated the Contractor shall provide the sizes as necessary to meet the code requirements. Any variation from the drawings and specifications andtor piping or equipment relocation shall be approved by the Architect prior to bid. C. Prior to installation of any work, the Contractor shall carefully prepare complete working drawings of the automatic fire sprinkler system. The Contractor shall examine the Structural, Architectural, Mechanical, Plumbing and Electrical Drawings for the construction of the building in order to fully inform himself as to the scope and detail for the work which will be required of him before proceeding with the design and preparation of the final working drawings. Submit for approval to the State Fire Marshal sic (6) copies of completed working drawings. All sprinkler tread locations shall be carefully coordinated with the lighting and diffuser systems to provide a symmetrical appearance. 1.6 PERMITS, LICENSES AND INSPECTIONS A. Permits and Inspections: This Contractor must obtain and pay all fees for permits, licenses, inspections, etc., which are required by all legally constituted authorities and shall deliver all certificates to the Owner. B. Installing Contractor shall have a California C-16 license. 1.7 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before bidding on this work, Contractors shall make a careful examination of the premises and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the requirements of the contract. By the act of submitting a proposal for the work under this section of the specifications, the Contractor shall be deemed to have made such study and examination and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions of the site. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Clearances and Openings: Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other trades to avoid confliction and permit for a neat and orderty appearance of the entire installation. The Contractor shag, in advance of the work, furnish instructions to the General Contractor as to his requirements for equipment and material installation of any kind, whether or not specifically mentioned on drawings or in the specifications, and shall include recesses, chases in walls, and all required openings in the structure. ,Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cuttings are found to be required, the cost of the same shall be charged to this Contractor. B. Piping runs found to be in conflict with work of other trades, as a result of neglected coordination, shall be removed and reinstalled in new locations designated by the Architect at no additional expense to the Owner. C. To achieve coordination, Contractor shag contact the Architect and obtain necessary information to design his system to fit into allotted spaces without interfering with work by other trades. 1.9 SUBMITTAL DATA 15600 -2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS A. Fumish all at one time, within the Gme noted below, six (6) bound copies of valid submittal data on all material, equipment and devices. The Contractor shall make all presentations and clarifications although he may bring suppliers representatives for technical assistance to meetings called by the architect. Each submitted item shall be indexed and referenced to these specifications and to put identification numbers on fixtures and equipment schedules. Submittals not complying with this paragraph shall be rejected. B. Submittals are required on all items to insure the latest and most complete manufacturer's data is available for review. Manufacturer's submittal literature and shop drawings often contain information not available in design literature; requirements of the submittals and engineer's submittal notes are a pad of the work of this Division except that engineers notes may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of work of this Division. C. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project, but the review does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements of this Division to properly install work. D. A list of names is not a valid submittal. To be valid, all submittals must be delivered to the Architect's office within thirty -five (35) days of award of the contract. Corrections or changes in submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time limit. 1.10 PROTECTION A. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. Contractor shall repair all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own work persons. Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all pipe openings 00 caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all his equipment and materials against did, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shall be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. 8. Contractor shall be held responsible for afi damage to equipment and materials until he has received written notice from the Architect or Engineer that his work has been accepted. 1.11 UNINSPECTED WORK A. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up before it has been duly inspected, tested and approved by the authorized inspectors having legal jurisdiction over his work. Should he hail to observe the above, he shall uncover his work and, after it has been inspected, tested and approved, recover it at his own expense. 1.12 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Contractor shall provide and keep up -to -date a complete "as- built" record set of blueline prints which shall show every change from the original drawings and the exact "as- built" locations and sizes of ft work provided under this Seclion of the specifications. This set shall include locations of all shut -off valves, etc. On completion of the work, this set of prints shall be delivered to the Architect. 1.13 FINALAPPROVAL A. Prior to final acceptance of the installation, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, local fire official, and Architect'NFPA Cedificates of Approval" signed by the fire marshal having jurisdiction, stating that the systems, as installed, have been inspected and tested and meet all governing code requirements. 1.14 GUARANTEES CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15600 -3 A. Contractor shall guarantee the automatic fire sprinkler systems unconditionally for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance. If, during this period, any materials, equipment, or any part of the systems fail to function properly, Contractor shall make good the defects promptly and without any expense to the Owner. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT (Provide all materials and equipment as specified or required in the work) 15600 -4 A. All material installed shall be approved and/or listed for fire protection use by referenced authorities, codes and standards. All material shall be new, without field modifications, and be the best possible grade of its kind. B. Pipe and Fittings (within the building): 1. Black steel Schedule 40, ASTM -A53 for all piping with threaded joints and fittings. U.LJF.M. approved threadable schedule 10 light wall pipe, such as Allied 'XL" or equivalent, will be accepted. 2. Black steel Schedule 40, ASTM -A53 with grooved ends, may be used for pipe 2" diameter and larger, U.LJF.M. approved. 3. Threaded fittings shag be of cast iron, class 250, conforming to ANSI 816.3 and ANSI 816.4. 4. Flanged fittings shag be provided where required. Flanges shall be of cast iron, class 250, conforming to ANSI B16.1. 5. Welded fittings shall be of wrought steel, conforming to ANSI 816.9. 6. One -piece reducing fittings shall be used wherever a change is made in pipe size. Bushings shall not be used, except where fitfings of the required size are not available. 7. Grooved thin wall steel pipe connections shall be made using a U.L. /F.M. approved ductile iron cou- pling, with rubber gasket Installation shall be per manufacturers instructions. 8. Grooved Mechanical Fillings: ASTM A536, Grade 6545 -12 ductile iron; ASTM A47 Grade 32510 malleable iron; or ASTM A53, Type F or Types E or S, Grade B fabricated steel fittings with grooves or shoulders designed to accept grooved end couplings. 9. Saddle type fittings for hole -cut connections are not acceptable. 10. Plain end couplings are not acceptable. C. Drain and Test Piping: 1. Pipe: Schedule 40, galvanized steel, ASTM A -53. 2. Fittings: Cast iron, drainage pattern, standard weight, screwed. D. Sprinkler Heads: Interior Finished Ceilings and Exterior Soffits: a Heads shall be Reliable Model FIFR Quick Response Glass Bulb heads, recessed standard spray pendent with bright chrome finish. Escutcheons shall be with white painted finish. Equivalent products of Grinnell, Star, Viking are acceptable. Corrosion - resistant finish shall be installed at exterior areas; finish shall be polyester or teflon coating with matching escutcheon. Color and finish of all corrosion- resistant sprinklers shag be as approved by Architect. Toilet rooms shag be provided with concealed flush to ceiling style heads Reliable model D4FR Quick Response having a white cover plate. b. Heads located above ceilings and in attic spaces shall be Reliable Model FIFR Quick Response Glass Bulb Heads. Pendent or upright with bronze finish equivalent products of Grinnell, Star or Viking are acceptable. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS C. All areas without Suspended Ceilings, Concealed Areas, Unfinished Ceilings and Storage Areas: Heads shall be Reliable, model F1FR Quick Response, Glass Bulb uphghVpendent with rough brass finish. Equivalent products of Grinnell, Star or Viking are acceptable. Reliable Model D -1 sprinkler guard with chrome finish shall be furnished at storage, mechanical, and electrical room ceilings. d. Sidewall Sprinklers: Sidewall sprinklers, may be installed for interior and exterior apprnca- tions, subject to prior approval by Architect. Heads shall be Reliable, model F1FR Quick Response horizontal, with bright chrome finish. Equivalent products of Grinnell, Star, Viking, or Central are acceptable. e. Temperature Ratings: Heads below finished ceilings, and in all other occupied areas shall have a temperature rating of Ordinary (155 -165 degrees). Heads in unventilated, concealed and void spaces shall have a temperature rating of Intermediate (200 -212 degrees), unless otherwise required by code. I. Provide metal cabinet for a reserve supply of sprinkler heads, as required by N.F.P.A. 13 for each Building. Include suitable head wrenches for each type of sprinkler installed. Stock shall include all types and temperature ratings installed. Locate as directed by Architect E. Escutcheons: Furnish and install steel chrome plated set screw type escutcheons on all exposed pipes passing through walls, floors, partitions, and white escutcheons at ceilings. Provide U.L. listed guards for sprinkler heads, which are located in areas where they are susceptible to mechanical damage. G. Valves: All valves shall be UL R FM compliance approved as manufactured by Mueller, Clow, Stockham or Kennedy and shall have valve body marked UUFM approved. 1. General Duty Valves: a. Gate Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller. Body and bonnet of cast bronze, 175 pound cold water working pressure - non - shock, threaded ends, solid wedge, outside screw and yoke, rising stem, screw -in- bonnet, and malleable iron hand wheel. Valves shall be capable of being repacked under pressure, with valve wide open. b. Gate Valves - 2 -112 Inch and Larger. Iron body; bronze mounted, 175 pound cold water working pressure - non- shock. Valves shall have solid taper wedge; outside screw and yoke, rising stem, flanged bonnet, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A126 Class B; replaceable bronze wedge facing rings; flanged ends; and a packing assembly consisting of a cast iron gland flange, brass gland, packing, bonnet, and bronze bonnet bushing. G. Interior drain and test valves shall be brass, rubber disc, angle or globe pattern, with screwed ends, rated 200psi WOG. United Brass Works, Model 125 or 126, or equivalent, is acceptable. 2. Specialties Valves: (State Fire Marshal approved) a. Alarm Valve: Provide Reliable Model E or approved equal alarm valve, 175 psig working pressure, designed for vertical installation, with cast Iron, flanged inlet and outlet. Provide him sets for bypass, drain, electric sprinkler alarm switch, pressure, gauges, precision retarding chamber, drip cut assembly piped without valves separate from main drain line, and fill line attachment with strainer. Alarm valve shall have an Underwriter's approved water flow indicator for variable pressures with recycling retard with minimum retard of 30 seconds. Voltage to suit building electrical system. One N.O. and one N.C. contact Alarm bell Underwriter's approved, weather -proof electric gong or bell. H. Sprinkler System Supervision Alarms: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15600 -5 1. All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems and water flow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised in accordance with Section 904.3 of the 2000 Uniform Building Code. 2. All required alarm devices and remote control supervising stations, conduit and wiring shall be provided under Section 16000 and it shall be this contractors responsibility to coordinate with the electrical contractor regarding the points of connection for electrical services. Alarm Devices: 1. General: Types and sizes shall mate and match piping and equipment connections. 2.. Water Flow Indicators: Vane type water flow detector, rated to 250 psi ; designed for horizontal or vertical installation; have 2 -SPDT circuit switches to provide isolate alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 ampere 125 volts AC and 0.25 ampere 24 volts DC; complete with factay -set, field adjustable retard element to prevent false signals, and tamper proof cover which sends a signal when cover is removed. Local Alarm: 1. Electrical alarm bell shall be Wheelock, Model MBS•G10 or U.L. listed equivalent, 10" diameter combination hornistrobe, 12 or 24 vdc, with standard mounting hardware. Bell shall be located as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and as acceptable to Architect. 2. Water -Motor Gongs: 10 inch diameter cast aluminum gong, with factory- finish in red enamel; Felton Wheel type operator with nylon shaft bearings, and shaft length and sleeve to suit wall thickness and construction; 314 inch inlet and 1 inch drain. 3. Supervisory & Sentry Switches: SPST, normally closed contacts, designed to signal valve in other than full open position. K. Sleeves: 1. 22 gauge galvanized sheet metal sleeves shall be provided for all pipes passing through walls, floors, plaster partitions and ceilings. For concrete, construction, sleeves shall be set in forms before concrete is poured. Provide one inch (1 ") clearance between sleeves and pipe. Where installed in fire walls, caulk space between pipe and sleeves with ceramic fire rope and D.O.W. Coming Fire Stop Sealant U.L. No. 827U. 2. In stab and wall construction below grade, provide Schedule 40 black steel pipe. Sleeves shall extend two inches (2 ") above finished floor and upper surface to be sealed with mastic. Seal between pipe and sleeve as described herein- above. L Pressure Gauges: Install as required by Code. Underwriters' approved four and one -half inch (4 -1121 dial type, and shall have a maximum limit of not less than twice the normal working pressure at the point where Installed. M. Identification Signs: Control valves, test valves, chain valves, and water flow indicators shall be fitted with approved enameled sign Indicating their use. N. Identification of Mhp N (Per NFPA-13 and NFPA 24): Provide as required. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL 15600.6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS A. Supervision: The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced Superintendent who shall be qualified in all phases of the work of this Section and who shall constantly be in charge of the work of this Section. 1. All installations shall be per referenced standards. Follow manufacturers directions and recommendations in all cases as required for all approvals and warranty enforcement. 2. Any cutting of structure shall be subject to approval by the Architect. Beams, decks and other struc- tural components shall not be cut or altered in any way unless previously approved. 3. Provide flexible couplings where required to provide extension capability, and for earthquake protection per N.F. P.A. 13. Provide sway bracing as required by coupling locations. 4. Entire sprinkler system shall be installed in such a manner so that it can be drained in accordance with N.F.P.A. 13. Drains shall be located at suitable points as approved by Architect. No primary or auxiliary drain shall be located in any public area or electrical room. All drains shall discharge into dedicated receptors. 5. No work shall be covered or enclosed until inspected, tested, and approved by Architect and authority having jurisdiction. Should any work be concealed before inspection, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, uncover such work and after it has been inspected, tested and approved, provide for all repairs as may be necessary to restore any other affected work to its original and proper condition. 6. Sprinkler heads at finished ceilings, and in exposed locations shall form a symmetrical pattern, careful- ly integrated into the ceiling layout as shown on approved drawings. Heads shall be located at the centerline of ceiling tiles. 7. All piping shall be concealed in areas having ceilings. Use best of workmanship in the installation of all piping and in particular all piping exposed in areas having no suspended ceilings. Install all piping as high as possible and where possible, install branch piping between structural framing and run main piping only below beams. 8. Sprinkler head layout must accommodate ceiling- mounted HVAC register and fighting locations. Coordination with work of these trades is the responsibility of Contractor. 9. Without exception, no piping shall be run under or through any skylight, or skylight well. Any additional upright or pendent sprinklers, which may be required by skylight locations, shall be the responsibility of this Contractor. 10. All penetrations of wall and/or floor assemblies shall be suitably sleeved, patched and/or sealed in order to preserve fire rating, where applicable. 11. Location of control valves, fire department connection, and inspectors test shall be as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction, and as approved by Architect. 12. Local alarm bell shall be located so that lt can be easily heard and seen by passersby and fire depart- ment personnel. Locate on exterior wall, approximately 10' -0" above finished grade, as approved by Architect. 3.2 CUTTING & PATCHING A. The cutting and patching of existing construction shall be coordinated in advance of the work. B. Unless specified on structural drawings, any alterations or modifications to a structural element by cutting, drilling, boring, bracing, welding, etc., shall have written approval by Structural Engineer of record prior to start of work. 3.3 FABRICATION A. General: All pipe, fittings, etc. shall be prepared by qualified and trained personnel, experienced with the products involved, and the recommended methods of preparation. All cuts, threads and grooves shall be made according to applicable codes, standards and accepted good practices. Pipe shall be free of damage, flaws and buns. Threads and grooves shall not be excessively shallow or deep. Fittings CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15600 -7 shall be made onto pipe no tighter than necessary. Cracked or broken (dings shag be replaced by the Contractor without exception. Excess dope and oils shall be removed before shipment to job site. B. Welding: 1. Welding methods shag comply with NFPA #13 "Installation for Fire Sprinklers ", NFPA #516 "Standard for Fire Prevention in use of Cutting Welding Process" and AWS D10.9, Level AR -3 and ANSI 831.1. Contractor shall be responsible for all welded joints and any qualifying procedures or certification required for welders and related personnel. 2. Joining Materials: Section II, Part C, ASME BOILER & pressure vessel code for welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded. 3. Holes in pipe for welded outlets shall be cut to full inside diameter of fitting, prior to welding In place. Holes shall be free of slag and welding residue, and of smooth, continuous bore. Fittings shall not penetrate internal diameter of run piping. Holes shall be cut by hole saw or other rotary bit. Torch - cutting of holes is strictly prohibited. 4. All welded pipe shall be subject to inspection by serving Fire Department before it is installed. All welded pipe shall be stamped with welders I.D. Provide documentation of acceptance, as required, at time of project close -out. C. Hangers and Supports: 1. Provide U.L. /F.M. approved hangers as required by N.F.P.A. 13. Shop - fabricated supports shall be designed to meet requirements of N.F.P.A. 13. 2. Provide U.L /F.M. approved earthquake bracing as required by N.F.P.A. 13. Locations of all bracing shall be clearly shown on shop drawings. 3. Size all anchors and fasteners per N.F.P.A. 13. All lag screws, bolts and drive screws shall be installed as required by codes and accepted good practices. Pilot holes shall be drilled in all wood framing members as required by structural engineer. Under no circumstances shall lag screws or bolts be hammered or pounded into framing. D. Service Connections: Co- ordinate exact location with contractor installing underground fire service main. E. Cleaning Equipment: 1. Thoroughly dean all parts of apparatus and equipment. Exposed parts to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials, and all oil and grease spots shall he removed. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and all cracks and comers scraped out. 2. Exposed metal work shall be carefully brushed down with steel brushes to remove the nut and other spots and left smooth and clean. 3.4 TESTING A. Upon completion of the system, the Contractor shall subject same to a hydrostatic pressure of 200 pounds per square inch for a four (4) hour continuous period. Any leaks or defects due to materials or workmanship occurring during this test shall be immediately and property corrected. B. Provide the NFPA Material and Test Certficates to the Owner, local fire official, and Architect. 3.5 MAINTENANCE MANUAL A Submit maintenance manual fully describing all equipment maintenance schedules and replacement parts. 15600 -8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 3.6 CLEAN -UP A. Upon completion of the work speed, and at other times during the progress of the work when required, the Contractor shall remove all surplus materials, rubbish and debris resulting from this work, and shall leave the entire building and involved portions of the site, insofar as the work of these Sections are concerned, in a neat, clean and acceptable condition. B. Closeout 1. Upon completion and final approval of system, and prior to occupancy, provide instruction to the Owner, or his authorized representative, in all details of operation and maintenance. Submit main- tenance and operation manuals. 2. Provide three (3) copies of final inspection and certification as required by Owners Insurance Underwriter, and/or authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Submit two (2) copies of guarantee. END OF SECTION 15600 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLERS 15600 -9 SECTION 15800 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART 1 — GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract Documents to be included but not necessarily limited to General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and Sections of Division One of this project manual. 1.1 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment, transportation, testing and services necessary for the proper and satisfactory installation of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems indicated on the drawings and specified herein. Work, materials and equipment not indicated or specked which is necessary for the complete and proper operation of the work of this Section in accordance with the true intent and meaning of the contract documents shall be provided and incorporated at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code Requirements: All work covered by this Section shall conform to the latest requirements of the following regulations: 1. National Fire Protection Association. 2. State Division of Industrial Safety. 3. CCR, Title 24, Part 4 2001 CMC. 4. City of Temecula Building & Safety Dept.. 5. Uniform Fire Code with California Amendments. 6. Any other legally constituted body having jurisdiction thereof. B. Nothing in the Specifications or drawings shall be construed to permit deviation from the requirements of governing codes unless approval for said deviation has been obtained from the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction and from the Owner's representative. 1.3 DRAWINGS A. Because of the small scale of the drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fillings and accessories, which may be required. The Contractor shag carefully investigate the motions surrounding the installation of his work, furnishing the necessary ductwork and fittings, which may be required to complete the installation. (See requirement hereinafter for'' /." scale drawings.) The Contractor shall verify that adequate space is available for the installation of the ductwork as indicated, prior to detailing and fabrication. B. The general arrangement indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible. Coordinate with the Architectural, Structural, Plumbing, Fire Protection and Electrical Drawings prior to installation of ductwork, piping and equipment to verify adequate space is available for installation of the work shown. In the event a field condition arises which makes it impossible to install the work as indicated, submit, in writing, the proposed departures to the Architect for his acceptance prior to the installation. Only when Architect's acceptance is given, in writing, shall Contractor proceed with installation of the work. C. Special Note: Should the Contractor make changes in the installation differing from what is indicated on the contract drawings and not necessitated due to field conditions as indicated hereinabove, the Contractor shall be required to reinstall the work to comply with what has been indicated on the contract drawings. Should it be impossible to re- install the work and the installation is in accordance with all governing authorities, the Architect CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15B00 -1 may permit the installation to remain. However, all costs incurred to revise the contract drawings by the Engineer for resubmittal to the building department indicating the as- installed condition shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. D. In case of a difference in the specifications between the specifications and the drawings, or in the drawings, the contractor shall include the cost of the most expensive alternate in the bid proposal. The contractor shall secure direction from the architect before the start of any construction. 1.4 PERMITS, INSPECTIONS AND LICENSES A. AN permits, inspections and licenses required by the legally constituted authorities for installation of the work according to the plans and specifications shall be obtained and paid as a part of the work of this Section. 1.5 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES A. Before bidding on this work, Contractors shall make a careful examination of the premises and shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with the requirements of the contract. By the act of submitting a proposal for the work included in this contract, the Contractor shah be deemed to have made such study and examination, and that he is familiar with and accepts all conditions of the site. 1.6 PROTECTION A. All work, equipment and materials shall be protected at all times. Contractor shall make good all damage caused either directly or indirectly by his own workmen. Contractor shall also protect his own work from damage. He shall close all duct and pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. He shall protect all his equipment and materials against dirt, water, chemical and mechanical injury. Upon completion, all work shah be thoroughly cleaned and delivered in a new condition. B. Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage to equipment and materials until he has received written notice from the Architect that his work has been accepted. 1.7 LOCATIONS A. The locations of apparatus, ductwork, and equipment indicated on the drawings are approximate. Ducts, piping, and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions, preserve headroom, and keep openings and passages clear. The locations of all diffusers, registers and grilles shall be coordinated with the architectural reflected ceiling plans and room elevations. B. Clearance and Openings: Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate his work with all other trades to avoid confliction and permit for a neat and orderly appearance of the entire installation. The Contractor shah, in advance of the work, furnish instructions to the General Contractor as to his requirements for equipment and material installation of any kind, whether or not specifically mentioned on drawings or in the specifications, and shah include recesses, chases in walls, and all required openings in the structure. Should furnishing this information be neglected, delayed or incorrect and additional cuttings are found to be required, the cost of the same shall be charged to this Contractor. 1.8 UNINSPECTED WORK 15800 -2 A. Contractor shall not allow or cause any of his work to be covered up before it has been duty inspected, tested and accepted by the Owner, Architect or any other authorted inspectors having legal jurisdiction over his work. Should he fah to observe the above, he shall uncover the work and, after it has been inspected, tested and accepted, recover it at his own expense. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 1.9 SUBMITTAL DATA (Also see Division 1) A. Furnish, all at one time, prior to any installation, within the time noted below, six (6) bound copies of valid submittal data on all material, equipment and devices. Each submitted item shall be indexed and referenced to these specifications and have identification numbers as noted on the equipment schedules. Submittals not complying with this paragraph shall be rejected. B. Manufacturer's submittal literature and shop drawings are required on all items to ensure the latest and most complete Manufacturer's data is available for review. Requirements of the submittals and Engineers submittal notes are a part of the work of this Division except that Engineers notes may not be used as a means of increasing the scope of work of this Division. C. Submittals will be checked for general conformance with the design concept of the project but the review does not guarantee quantities shown and does not supersede requirements of this Division to properly install work. D. A list of names is not a valid submittal. To be valid, all submittals must: 1. Be delivered to the Architect's office within thirty -five (35) days of award of the contract. Corrections or changes in submittals returned as inadequate or incomplete shall be accomplished within this time limit. 2. Include all pertinent construction, installation, performance and technical data. 3. Have all copies marked to indicate clearly the individual items being submitted. 4. Have each item cross- referenced to the corresponding specified item and be marked to show how differences will be accommodated. 5. In addition to the material and equipment submittals, the Contractor shall provide strop drawings for the items listed below. a. 114" scale drawings of all ductwork (coordinate clearance available with all other trades). Indicate all required offsets, transitions, etc., as required. Photo reproduced copies of the design drawings are not acceptable. b. Equipment support and lateral restraint details. C. Refrigerant piping diagram. d. Exposed outdoor piping support details. e. Dud hanger supports. Type provided with test data. f. Automatic temperature control diagrams with sequence of operation. g. Certified letter from Equipment Manufacturer for factory start -up as called for hereinafter. h. Certified letter from Test & Balance Co, regarding excessive vibration of all mechanical equipment. See "Testing ". These shop drawings must be reviewed and accepted by the Architect before the start of said items. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS (Also see Division I) A. The Contractor assumes full responsibility that alternate items and procedures will meet the job requirements and is responsible for cost of redesign and of modifications to this and other parts of work caused by the use of any equipment other than what is scheduled on the drawings. In view of these responsibilities, it is the purpose of these specifications to establish procedures, which ensure that the Contractor has considered all the ramifications of proposed alternates before submitting them for review. Submittals which do not comply with the requirements of these specifications or which indicate proposed atemates were selected without proper regard to the requirements of the job, will not be approved. No more than one proposed alternate will be considered for each item. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 151300.3 B. This Contractor is responsible to provide sufficient information to allow the Engineer to analyze any proposed alternate. If inadequate information is provided, the proposal will not be accepted and resubmittal will not be allowed. C The Architect or his authorized representative shall be the sole judge as to the quality and suitability of proposed alternate equipment, fixtures or materials and decisions of the Architect or that of his representative shall be final and conclusive. 1.11 RECORD DRAWINGS (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall provide and keep up-to-date a complete ' as - built" record set of blue line prints which shag show every change from the original drawings and the exact "as -built" locations and sizes of the work provided under this Section of the specifications. On completion of the work, all "as buiir information will be incorporated on to a set of reproducible tracings provided by the Architect. Upon completion of the work this set of reproducibles shall be delivered to the Architect. 1.12 WEATHERPROOFING A. All equipment, ductwork, controls, motors, bearings, V -bell, or other materials requiring protection from weather when located outside of building shall be provided with adequate weatherproof protection. Protection provided shall have acceptance of the Architect prior to installation. Weatherproof protection shall be constructed to prohibit water from standing or puddling on equipment and ductwork. Where applkable, the weatherproofing of equipment and accessories shall be by the manufacturer of the equipment 1.13 GUARANTEES (Also see Division 1) A. Contractor shall guarantee the entire heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems unconditionally for a minimum period of one (1) year after final acceptance except where noted otherwise. ti, during this period, any materials, equipment, or any part of the systems fail to function property, Contractor shag make good the defects promptly and without any expense to the Owner. Contractor shag also guarantee before final acceptance that the specific quantities of air on the drawings shall be supplied as indicated; also that each apparatus shall deliver the capacities specified. The size of all equipment, valves, duct supply outlets, return and exhaust grilles, etc., are a minimum and the Contractor shall not decrease them in any way. B. The work shall be installed of such materials and equipment and in such manner that the operation of all parts of the systems covered by the plans and specifications shag be noiseless to the extent that no sound of operation will be heard inside the rooms served by the system's equipment C. AN equipment shall carry Manufacturer's warranty against defective parts or poor workmanship, and shall not be less than one (1) year. See specific equipment specification for extended warranty requirements. D. Contractor shall be responsible for all damage to any part of the premises caused by equipment furnished and installed under this section of the specifications for a period of one (1) year after date of acceptance of his work. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT- (Also See Schedules on Drawings) 15800-0 A. General: Provide all materials and equipment as specified or required in the work, new and free from defects and imperfections. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC B. Ductwork: 1. The Contractor shall furnish and install all ductwork indicated on the drawings. All ductwork shall be galvanized steel complying with ASTM A653, lock forming with a minimum coating of 1.25 ounces per square foot and shall conform to specifications for zinc-coated galvanized steel sheets meeting the requirements of C.M.C. Section 602, Standard No. 2 -2. All ductwork shall be fabricated and installed in full compliance with Sections 601, 602, 603, Tables 6.1, 6-2 and 6 -5 of the California Mechanical Code, and as specified hereinafter or as detailed on the drawings. Ductwork to be exposed in occupied spaces shall be free from visual imperfections, including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discoloration and other imperfections, including those, which would impair painting. 2. Take -offs from main and branch ducts, unless otherwise noted on the drawings, shall be made with either spin -in connectors or 45- degree taps and provided with volume dampers. All panels shall be either cross -broken or beaded 12" on center to ensure rigidity. The internal ends of all slip joints shall be installed in the direction of lbw. All braces, stiffeners and hangers shall be placed outside of the duds. All longitudinal duct, seams and transverse joints shall comply with the California Mechanical Code Sections as listed hereinbefore except that all exposed dud located in occupied areas shall have transverse joints made with "DUCTMATE" system. 3. All changes in direction of the ducts shall be made possible with inside radius not less than one and one -half (1'/2) times the width of the duct. Where, due to space limitations, it is necessary to use elbows of less radius; or where indicated on the drawings, elbows having turning vanes shall be used. These turning vanes shall be as hereinafter specified. 4. All ducts shall be installed true to line and grade. All concealed horizontal ducts shall be installed to leave the greatest possible furring space under them, or as indicated on the drawings. Where necessary, changes of elevation in the duds shall be made to secure this result, but not without acceptance of the Archited. 5. Changes in the shape of the duds shall be made at small angles. Sides of the duds shall diverge or converge at an angle not greater than 30 degrees. 6. Where required, sheet metal connections shall be made to building structure by means of galvanized angles anchored to the structure and the sheet metal bolted to the angles. 7. Sheet metal gauges shall conform to the following requirements: Largest Dud Maximum Duct U.S. Standard Dimension (Inches Diameter finches)' Gauge — Galy. Up ihru 12 Up thru 14 24 13 thru 30 15 thru 23 24 31 thru 54 24 thru 36 22 55 thru 84 20 All galvanized round dud shall be of spiral lock seam construction. AM plenums where indicated on drawings shall be constructed of 20 gauge. a. Round Dud and Fillings: Round ductwork where indicated on drawings shall be spiral lock seam low pressure type as manufactured by United McGill Corporation or approved equal, and shall be constructed of galvanized steel meeting ASTM -A -653 requirements. Round dud shall be of gauge thickness as indicated on schedule and all fittings shall be minimum 22 gauge. Reducers shall be formed type. 90 degree elbows shall be four (4) piece type. 45 degree elbows shall be three (3) piece type. Fittings shall have seams and joints spot welded and sealed airtight with dud sealant. All CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -5 15800 -6 9. 10. circumferential joints shall be duct- to-duct couplings, mechanically fastened with sheet metal screws, minimum four (4) per fitting and not to exceed 12" on centers. Flexible Duct and Fittings: (Above furred ceilings only) Flexible ductwork between sheet metal ducts and au outlets shall not exceed 6' -0" in length and shall be FAM Type AC -6, or Thermo-Flex G-KM, factory fabricated assembly consisting of a galvanized spring steel wire helix covered with a continuous, non - perforated interior air seal liner and wrapped with a 1" banierjackel, factory sealed at both ends of each section. The flexible duct shall conform to the requirements of NFPA Bulletin No. 9DA and shall be labeled by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., as a Class I air duct Insulation shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke density not exceeding 50 per C.M.C. Section 605 Flexible ductwork takeoffs from main and branch ducts shall be made with a sheet metal pressure tap - in, combination unit, having adjustable damper and extractor hardware. Connections to sheet metal collars shall be with high pressure duct sealer applied to the interior of the flexible duct for a minimum of 3" wrap with 2" wide U.L 181 B -FX tape and secured in place over the collar with Y2" wide positive locking steel or vinyl straps. Sheet Metal Dud Supports: Max. Diameter or Minimum Support Maximum Sides of Redanoular Dud Material Distance Max. Max. Max. Die. One Side Other Side 20" 18" 36" 18 ga. GI strap, 1" wide 8' -0" 36" 46" 18 ga. GI strap, 1" wide 8' -0" 48" 60" 16 ga. GI strap, 1 -112" vide 8'-0" Above 48" Above 60" 16 ga. GI strap, 1 -112" wide a. Vertical duct supports 1 -112 x 1 -1l2 x 118 shall be installed on two (2) opposite sides of each duct and shall be riveted, bolted or metal screwed to each side of the duct at not more than 12" intervals. The angle iron supports shall project beyond the opening in the floor. b. Hanger straps to turn under bottom of rectangular ducts and shall attach with sheet metal screws at this point as well as minimum two (2) additional screws into sides of duct for sizes 18" and under three (3) screws for sizes above 18' (typical for each strap). Duds in sizes above 48" shall run continuous under bottom of dud. Straps for round duct shall ran completely around underside of duct and shall be secured in place with minimum of two (2) sheet metal screws each side. C. Exposed ducts within the building shall be supported with steel rods attached to a 16 gauge, 2" wide sheet metal strap secured to the duct with sheet metal screws. Provide one rod for round dud and two rods for rectangular ducts. Rods shag have eyebolt connector for attachment to sheet metal straps. Use side beam connectors attached to framing to receive rods. Where necessary, span beams with angle iron to provide for roil attachment. 11. Flexible Ducts: Support flexible ductwork 4' -0" on centers with 2" wide 22 gauge galvanized metal band with hemmed edges and 22 gauge sheet metal strap, 1" wide. Secure flexible dud to connectors with 112" wide positive locking steel or vinyl straps and high pressure duct sealer as specified hereinbefore. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 12. Strap Installation: In general, provide in accordance with SMACNA duct installation standards. Contractor may request approval of alternate support methods to type specified. Shop drawings will be required. a. Concrete: Secure supports to concrete with concrete inserts. Branch ductwork in sizes 18" and smaller may be secured by power actuated fasteners. For existing concrete construction provide expansion shields. Contractor shall submit sizes and maximum loading data. b. Steel and Wood Framing: Provide beam clamps as manufactured by Gdnnel, Joloo or approved equal. Where necessary, span beams with angle iron to provide support. Submit test data for size hangers provided. C. Brace all ductwork laterally to structural framing to prevent swaying or lateral movement in accordance with SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems" Where guidelines do not address the smaller size ducts and flexible ducts, this Contractor shall provide sway bracing consisting of sheet metal straps or angle iron that will restrict any swaying to within 2" in any direction. 13. Access Doors: a. Where required or indicated on drawings, airtight sheet metal access doors shall be installed in ducts and plenum casings. Doors shall be of sizes shown, or as directed where no sizes are shown. All doors shall be constructed per SMACNA Standards of at least the same weight as the duct or casing. Reinforcing shall be installed, where required, to prevent distortion and vibration. All doors shall be fitted with felt strips to ensure air tightness. b. Each door shall be hung on two (2) or more hinges. Doors shall be provided with Ventlok No. 100 latches, or approved equal. G. Ceiling Access: Where no means of access are provided, the Contractor shall furnish and install Air Factors or Controlaire metal access doors and frames, of sufficient size to permit easy access to fire dampers, valves, and other furred equipment which require access to same. Adjustable volume dampers located above ceilings shall be provided with remote damper controls as specified hereinafter. Doors in concealed spline acoustic ceilings shall be acoustic tile type with screwdriver operated spring loaded catches. Other doors shall be minimum 16" x 16' Pottorff 500 Series or approved equal. 14. Extractors: Shall be Titus, Air Factors or approved equal with adjustment made from register or diffuser face. 15. Turning Vanes: Ali elbows having a centerline radius less than the width of the duct shall be square elbows with turning vanes of proper radius and spacing. These fuming vanes shall be multi -vane type and shall be carefully installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. Contrador may submit for approval strop fabricated vanes conforming to SMACNA Duct Manual Standard. 16, Flexible Duct Connections: Shall be provided where indicated or as required and shall be "Vent- glass" or Duro -Dyne Durolan super metal -fab. 17. Dud Tape and Sealer. (Meet requirements of Cafitomia Title 24, Section 124, Requirements for Air Distribution System Ducts and Plenums) a. All longitudinal snap lock pints shall be made airtight with high pressure dud sealant TREMCO J.S. 773, GREY A.F., or Foster 1042, and transverse joints sealed with Hard cast AFG No. 1402 printed foil grip instant tape sealant for rectangular ducts and round ducts, all Underwriter's Laboratory (UL) classified with NFPA 90A rating of a flame spread not exceeding 25 and a smoke developed rating not to exceed 50. At Contractor's option, all CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -7 15800 -8 round duct transverse joints may be made with MIRACLE D -619 water based, duct sealant UL classed as manufactured by MIRACLE ADHESIVES CORP., Foster or Duct mate. b. Sealant Standards: 1) Metal Ducts: UL 723. 2) Flexible Ducts: UL 181 B-M. C. Exposed outdoor ductwork shall be sealed as described herein and, in addition, all transverse joints shall be covered with Glenkote "Seal - Flex ". d. Ductwork exposed in occupied areas shall have transverse joints sealed with Miracle D -619 sealant and all joints wiped clean after application. 18. Combination Fire & Smoke Dampers: General (Conform to C.M.C. 1603, UL555, 555C, 555S): 1) Access and Identification- Dampers shall be provided with an approved means of access, large enough to permit inspection and maintenance of the damper and its operating parts. The access shall not impair fire - resistive construction. Access shall rot require the use of tools, keys or special knowledge. Access points shall be permanently identified on the exterior by a label with letters not less 112" (13mm) in height reading: COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER. Access doors in ducts shall be tight fitting and suitable for the required duct construction. 2) Freedom from Interference- Dampers shall be installed in a manner to ensure positive dosing or opening as required by function. Interior liners or insulation shall be held back from portions of a damper, its sleeve or an adjoining duct, which would Interfere with the dampers proper operation. Exterior materials shall be installed so as to avoid interference with the operation or maintenance of external operating devices needed for proper function. 3) Temperature Classification of Operating Elements- Fusible links, thermal sensors, and electric operators shall have a temperature rating or classification as required by the C.B.C. 4) Combination Fire and Smoke Dampers: a) Provide BELIMO AIR CONTROLS FSNF 120 actuator or approved equal. Actuator operating time shall be 15 seconds or less to drive open or spring closed from 32° F. to 350° F. and have UL 5555 listing. Actuator shall draw no more than 27 VA rrmning or 10 VA holding for 70 in # torque. Actuator shall carry a manufacturers 5 -year warranty. b) For Wall and Concrete Floor Installations: (1) Type 1: Smoke Closure "Motor", Fire Closure "Fusible Link" - Combination fire and smoke dampers wig be louver bladed type. Dampers must be tested and fisted under both UL 555 and UL 555S. Units must be factory supplied assembles that consist of damper, sleeve and 1 cycle/year actuator. Dampers must have a minimum class II leakage and dynamic closure rating under UL 5555. Provide units as power-open unless otherwise noted. Actuators to have a minimum operating temperature of 350" F. Seals should be metal to metal without the use of synthetic gasket Fusible links shag be rated for 212° F, unless otherwise noted. Install in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC provided with units. Provide suitable access for inspection and servicing of each damper. Provide integrated CSFM listed duct smoke detector model 2151 or DH -100 AClDC "except in the city of L.A. ". Motor actuators must be by ISO 9000 recognized control manufacturer and certified by ETL laboratories for Iyear continuous power applications such as Invensys, Siemens and Honeywell. Inexpensive stall motors will not be accepted. Note: If detailed, provide units with dual position indicator switches for remote annunciation. Poltorff model FSD 142. (CSFM No. 3225 - 0368:110 & 3230. 368:111) or approved equal. (2) Type 2: Smoke /Fire Closure "Motor with Bimetal Links" — Combination fire and smoke dampers will be louver bladed type. Dampers must be tested and listed under both UL 555 and UL 555S. Units must be factory supplied assemblies that consist of damper, sleeve and 1 cycle /year actuator. Dampers must have a minimum class II leakage and dynamic closure rating under UL 555S. Provide units as power -open unless otherwise noted. Actuators are to have a minimum operating temperature of 350° F. Seals should be metal to metal without the use of synthetic gasket. Dual temperature thermal switches (DRS -30) rated for 212" F and 350° F, unless otherwise noted. Install in accordance with manufacturers installation Instructions provided with units. Provide suitable access for inspection and servicing of each damper. Provide Integrated CSFM listed duct smoke detector model 2151 or DA -100 ACIDC "except in the city of LA ". Motor actuators must be by ISO 9000 recognized control manufacturer and certified by ETL Laboratories for 1 year continuous power applications such as lnvensys, Siemens and Honeywell. Inexpensive stall motors will not be accepted. Dual temperature thermal switches shall be equipped with auxiliary contacts for remote annunciation. Pottorlf model FSD 142. (CSFM No. 3225 -0368:114 & 32230- 368:111) or approved equal. C) For corridor ceiling applications, dampers shall be of similar construction to those above except in tunnel corridor construction (where the ceiling construction is similar to that of the wall) provide dampers that have been specifically tested and listed for horizontal mounting as "corridor dampers" under UL 555 and UL 555S. Damper shall be Pottorff_Model FSD 172, (CSFM No. 3225 -0368:110 and 3230- 0368:111) or approved equal. Dampers that are installed in corridor ceilings, where construction is ceiling -floor or ceiling -roof assemblies that require radiation protection will be radiation dampers that have been tested and listed under both UL 555 and UL 555S. The dampers will have a minimum Class II leakage rating. The dampers will be activated by bimetal electric link that responds to a signal from a smoke detector and shall require manual reset. Dampers shall be Pottorff CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800.9 Model 5680/5660FG (CSFM No. 3225. 0368:006 and 3230 - 0368:106) or approved equal. 19. Volume Dampers: 1) Volume dampers shall be provided and installed on all supply, return and exhaust ducts as indicated on the drawings and as required for proper balancing of the system. Dampers shall be fabricated of same material as duct system served. 2) Single blade volume dampers shall be provided in all round ducts and in rectangular ducts not exceeding 8" in depth. Damper blades shall be constructed of not less than 20 gauge galvanized steel. Dampers shall be complete with galvanized steel frame, Wades, control shaft, hand quadrant and bearings. Dampers shall be Ruskin Model #MD25, Pottorff CD-10 or approved equal for rectangular and Ruskin Model #MDRS 25, Poftorff CD -10R or approved equal for round. 3) Volume dampers provided in rectangular ducts exceeding 8" in depth shall be factory made, opposed action multkbWe type, Ruskin Model MD-35, Pottorfi CD-40, or approved equal. Provide Duro -Dyne or Ventlok, heavy duty locking quadrant, dial type damper regulator set or approved equal. 4) For hard and inaccessible ceilings, provide Bowden remote cable controls as manufactured by Young Regulator Co. C. Registers, Diffusers and Grilles (Hemostat or approved equivalent by Titus, Air Managers or Krueger): 15800 -10 1. Provide diffusers, registers and grilles to sizes indicated on drawings. Sound levels shall not exceed NC25 for air quantities indicated. Outlet Manufacturer's representative shall be responsible for a complete review of all outlets as indicated on the drawings and shall provide outlets that have as minimum temperature and velocity transverses, throw and drop, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in Manufacturer's current data that will meet the required conditions as indicated on the drawings. Diffusers shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE Std. 70 -1991. 2. Supply air registers for sidewall ceiling and exposed duct application Shan be two sets of individually adjustable louvers of extruded aluminum in a extruded aluminum frame Hemostat Model XRC25HO, double deflection horizontal throw 1/2 inch louver spacing adjustable supply registers with opposed blade volume damper and extractor. 3. Sidewall and exposed duct return air and exhaust air registers shall be Hemostat Model XRCI5HO, made of cured Tins of extruded aluminum with fixed horizontal fins spaced on 1/2 inch centers with opposed blade volume damper. 4. Rectangular ceiling diffusers shall be Titus Model MCD steel modular core diffuser. Diffuser core shag consist of fixed louver directional modular. Each module shall be removable. Diffuser shall be complete with seismic harming tabs opposed blade volume damper in neck and air flow equalizer with filler panel assembly for suspended T-bar ceiling or surface mounted for plaster ceilings. The diffusers shall have a baked white enamel finish. 5. Ceiling mounted return air and exhaust air registers and grilles shall be Titus model 50R with opposed blade damper for registers. Provide type as required for either a suspended T -bar ceiling or plaster ceiling. 6. Secure all ceiling supply, return and exhaust air outlets to ceiling grid system and overhead framing per State Building Code Section 2501 A.5.9. 7. The Contractor shag coordinate the ceiling diffusers or return register assembly design and installation requirements with the T -bar ceiling suspension system furnished. D. Piping Materials: 1. Refrigeration Piping: Type "L" hard temper copper tubing with wrought copper fittings, silver brazed, suitable for 400 psi working pressure. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC E. Valves and Accessories: General: a. Refrigerant piping systems shall be supplied with valves and refrigerant accessories so as to give complete and regulating control of refrigerant piping systems and located so all parts are easily accessible and maintained. 2. Refrigeration Valves and Accessories: The following accessories may be factory furnished with equipment or installed in field. a. Strainers shall have 500 psig maximum working pressure; forged brass body with monel 80- mesh screen, and screwed cleanout plug; Y- pattem, with solder and connections, MUELLER or HENRY. b. Sight glass indicators shall have forged brass body, with replaceable polished optical viewing window with cap, SPORLAN or ALCO. C. Filter driers shall be complete with replaceable filter -drier core kit, including gaskets. Standard capacity desiccant sieves to provide micronic filtration, SPORLAN or HENRY. d. Flexible connectors shall have 500 psig maximum operating pressure; seamless fin bronze or stainless steel core, high tensile bronze braid covering, solder connections, and synthetic covering; dehydrated, pressure tested. e. Complete valve assembly and refrigerant piping specialty assembly shall be UL- listed and designed to conform to ARI 760. f. Shut -Off Valve: Cast bronze body with cast bronze or forged brass wing cap and bolted bonnet; replaceable resilient seat disc; plated steel stem. Valve shall be straight through or angle pattern, wfh solder -end connections. In lieu of globe valves, Contractor may provide "CONTROMATICS" ball valves. Pipe Supports: Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings shall be as follows: The Contractor shall furnish and install all miscellaneous iron work including angles, channels, etc., required to appropriately support the various piping systems. The hanger spacing and location shall conforin to California Mechanical and Plumbing Code requirements. All horizontal runs of piping within the building to be supported from the structural framing with steel rods and split ring hangers, B -line, Grinnel Company, Toco, or approved equal. Steel rods shall be secured to overhead framing with side beam connectors. Where necessary, install angle iron between framing to accommodate hanger rods. Where several pipes are running together, unistrut channels with clamps may be used in lieu of individual pipe hangers, and supported from structure as herein specified. Submit test data for type of hanger supports to be provided. For support conditions other than speed herein, the Contractor shall submit method of support for approval prior to any installation. 3. Hanger -Rod Attachments a. General: Provide factory fabricated hanger -rod attachments, Tolco, B -line, or approved equal, selected by Installer to suit horizontal-piping hangers and building attachments, in accordance with MSS SP -58 and Manufacturer's published product information. Select size of hanger rod attachment to suit hanger rods. b. Side beam eye socket, Tolco Fig. 57 for rod sizes 3/8" dia. and Tolco Item No. 25- 30-251 for rod sizes V2" dia. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -11 4. Building Attachments: a. General: Provide factory fabricated building attachments selected by Installer to suit building structural framing conditions, in accordance with MSS SP -069 and Manufacturer's published product information. Select size of building attachments to suit hanger rods. 5. Hanger rods shall be 318 inch dia, spaced maximum 6 feet on center. 6. Miscellaneous Supports, Wall Brackets Etc: Provide where required in accordance with the best standard practices of the trade. 7. Isolators: All non - insulated piping shall be installed with a manufactured type isolator. Isolators shall be Super Strut, Stoneman'Trisolator", or approved equal. Piping shall be installed and supported in a manner to provide for expansion without strains. Guides shall be property installed to ensure this requirement. 8. Shields: a. Provide 18 gauge galvanized metal protective shields 6" long at piping hangers and supports for all insulated piping. Size shields for exact fit to mate with pipe insulation. G. Insulation: Insulation of ducts and plenums shall meet the requirements of 2001 CMG Section 605 and UL -181 and California Title 24, Section 124, Requirements for Au Distribudon System Ducts and Plenums. 15800 -12 1. Ductwork shall be insulated as hereinafter specified. Insulation shall be as manufactured by Johns Manville, Owens - Coming or Knauf. 2. Concealed Ductwork with Exterior Insulation: Indoor concealed supply and return ductwork shall be insulated with Johns Manville microlite Type 75 minimum 2" thick, 314 -lb. per cubic foot density glass fiber flexible duct insulation with vapor barrier jacket FSK, aluminum foil faced reinforced with fiberglass yam and laminated fire resistant Kraft. Installed R value of 5.6 minimum for indoor. Omit wrapping where ducts are lined. The insulation shall be firmly wrapped around the duds with all joints lapped a minimum of 2 ". Securely fasten insulation in place with 16 gauge soft annealed black or galvanized wire spaced not more than 12" on centers for straight runs and 3" on centers for elbows and fittings. Insulation shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke density not exceeding 50 per C.M.C. Sec. 605. 3. All outdoor ductwork, all supply and return air plenums, and where indicated on drawing indoor rectangular ductwork shall be lined with Armacell "AP Armaflex ", minimum 1 -112" thick for outdoors and 1" thick for indoors. The insulation shall have a thermal conductivity of 0.27 at a mean temperature of 75° F. Adhesive shall be UL listed. Fasteners shall be duct liner galvanized steel pins, welded or mechanically fastened and insulation must be installed with approved adhesive in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. The lining shall have a flame spread of not more than 25 and a smoke developed rating of not more than 50 per C.M.C. 602.2. All joints and seams shall be coated with manufacturer approved adhesive to ensure an approved erosion resistant coating in the air stream throughout the entire length of insulation. 4. Provide sheet metal nose guards for lining at each fan discharge and downstream of fire dampers. 5. Pipe Insulation: Insulation and covering on pipe and tubing shall have flame spread rating not to exceed 25 and a smoke density not to exceed 50 when tested in accordance with C.M.C. 1201.4.1.3. a. Insulate refrigerant piping with Armstrong Arrnallex Foam, 314" thick. Instal per Manufacturer's recommendations for a vapor barrier proof installation. b. Aluminum Jacket: All outdoor exposed Insulation piping to be protected by covering with .020" thick Childers aluminum weather -proof jacket with vapor barrier finer of laminated asphalt covered Kraft paper. Lap jacket at all joints and seams 2 ", cinched with staples and straps and finished with two (2) coats of asphalt base aluminum paint in strict accordance with Manufacturers recommendations. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 1) All 90 and 45 degree insulated elbows having a nominal iron pipe size of 1/2" to 8" shall be protected with Childers aluminum Ell-Jars insulation covers, or approved equal, manufactured from 110 aluminum alloy of 0.024" thickness. Insulated elbows having a nominal pipe size of 10" Ihru 18" shall be protected by Childers 4 -piece aluminum Ell-Jars. 2) All Tees, Flanges, and Valve Insulation in Conjunction with Aluminum Jacketing: Use Childers Aluminum Special Fabrications Insulation Covers as manufactured by Childers Products Company. c. Shields: Provide shields for insulated piping at hanger or support locations. See "Pipe Supports" as specified hereinbefore. H. Equipment (Also See Schedules on Drawings): 1. The Manufacturer of the heating and air conditioning equipment as specified herein other than what is called for on the schedule shall certify that the equipment furnished can be installed within the areas designated on the drawings without exceeding the overall width, length, height and weight, and shall be fully responsible for any modifications necessary to the structural framing, and associated openings through the roof. These shall be provided for by coordinating with the Contractor who shall obtain approval of the Architect prior to proceeding with any work. Any additional cost shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any additional costs that may be incurred by the Electrical Contractor should the equipment proposed exceed the electrical design capabilities. 2. The HVAC equipment manufacturer shall coordinate with the Control Contractor to provide the required terminals, relays, etc. for each unit as necessary to permit for automatic control of the various systems unit by the Energy Management System. 3. Packaged Roof Top Gas/Electric Units: a. Single Zone Roof Mounted Air Conditioning Units: Units shall be of the manufacturer, model, size, capacities, SEER & EER as indicated on the drawings or approved equal. Units shall be rated in accordance with ARI Std. 2101240 and 270 and ANSIIASHRAE 15 — Satety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration & California Energy Commission Administrative Code Title 20/24 for minimum efficiency requirements and designed in accordance with U.L. Std. 564. Units shall be combination.electric coolinglgas heating type completely factory assembled, wired and tested. Units shall be complete with centrifugal supply fan, complete with motor and belt drive, motor starters, copper tube evaporator with aluminum fins, air cooled condensing section with copper tube and aluminum fin coil, complete refrigerant system with all piping and accessories, refrigerant charge, filter frames to accommodate replaceable media, 2" thick filters as specified hereinafter all operating and safety control and galvanized steel foil faced insulated weatherproof housing. Provide factory wired 24 volt control circuit with control transformer. Where indicated on drawing schedule, units shall be provided with multi-stage heating cooling capability. The compressor or multiple compressors with dual refrigerant circuits shall be resiliently mounted and equipped with positive crankshaft lubrication, crank case heater, drier, manual reset high pressure sv4tches, automatic reset on low pressure switches, oil level sight glass, charging valve, sight glass, discharge and suction service valves, accessible gauge ports, discharge temperature limited, current and temperature sensing motor overloads, factory installed indoor evaporator defrost control to prevent compressor slugging by interrupting compressor operation, five minute compressor timed -off cycle and shall be unconditionally guaranteed for five (5) years. Heating section shall include an aluminized steel heat exchanger, CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -13 stainless steel burner, side outlet flue automatic gas controls, electronic spark ignitor for 100% safety, induced draft blower, fan and limit controls. Heat exchanger shall have a 10 year warranty. Each unit shall be provided with a roof mounting frame. As indicated on drawing equipment schedule provided a enthalpy controlled 100% fresh outdoor air economy cycle with 3 position damper arrangement or power exhaust. Power exhaust fan assemblies field mounted shall be supported with angle iron steel. Coordinate supports with General Contractor and submit strop drawings for approval prior to installation. Factory Start-Up: Contractor shall provide for the Equipment Manufacturer to supervise start-up, check, test and start the unit. A report by the Manufacturer shall be furnished to the Engineer for approval. Provide a spring isolation roof mounting curb as manufactured by MICRO METAL or CAN FAB with 2 inch static deflection spring isolators and earthquake restraints complete with base curb, isolator frame and perimeter flashing. Isolation curb shall be State of Calitomia OSHPD approved 4. Split System (Cooling Only): a. General: Unit shall be of the split system cooling only design of the type, model and capacities as shown on the drawings as manufactured by Carrier Co. Test operate each unit at factory and rate in accordance with ARI Standard 210. Provide UL approved unit. b. Outdoor Condensing Unit: The compressor shall be scroll type or hermetically sealed with buik-in protection, suction, cooled and overload protected. Unit shall include coil with copper tubes and aluminum fins, efficient outdoor fan, suction line accumulator, expansion valve, crankcase, thermostat, high pressure switch, timed off control, refrigerant line connections, electrical connections, and all required refrigeration and oil system service valves. Compressor shall carry unconditional 5 -year guarantee. C. Indoor Fan Coil Unit Enclose unit within a foil faced insulated steel cabinet complete with fifters, indoor blower, drain pan, condensate lift pump, refrigerant coil with copper tubes and aluminum fns, expansion valve kit, and all required controls, including microprocessor remote control and thermostat. d. Controls: Provide a remote room thermostat to actuate the unit automatically to maintain the desired room temperature. Thermostat shall be attached to wall within a vandal proof enclosure, BEKO or equal. e. Piping: Field installed piping with field charge of refrigerant. All piping shall be sized and installed in strict accordance with Unit Manufacturer's instructions. f. Valves: Provide as required for service of equipment. g. Factory Start -Up: Provide for Equipment Manufacturer to check test and start the units. 5. Exhaust Fans: a. Power Roof Ekhausters: Curb mounted fans shall be Cook, Carnes or Greenheck of the sizes and capacities Indicated on the drawings, complete with backward curve non- overloading blower wheel, motor, belt drive, disconnect switch, bird screen, back draft dampers, extruded aluminum weather -proof housing, factory pre - fabricated roof curb, UL label and shall be tested and rated in accordance with the applicable AMCA codes and shall bear the AMCA label. 6. Air Fitters (See Drawings for Size and Number Required): a. Replaceable (Throwaway) Panel Fitters: Provide factory fabricated, viscous - coated, Farr 30/30, or equivalent, pleated panel type replaceable air fitters, 2" thick, UL Class 2 throwaway, cotton and synthetic — non - fiberglass media material. Where required or as CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 15800 -14 HVAC indicated on drawing, construct holding frames of 20 ga. galvanized steel, capable of holding media and media frame in place and gasketed to prevent unfiltered air bypassing between media frames and holding members. b. Air filters shall be a Slate Fire Marshal approved and listed type. Preformed filters having combustible framing shall be tested as a complete assembly. Air filters in all occupancies shall be Class 2 or better, (as shown in the State Fire Marshal listing). C. Installation: Filters shall be installed at each air handling unit. d. Provide two (2) sets of filters for each air handling unit. Utilize one (1) set for start -up, test and balance and provide Owner with second set. Temperature Control System: 1. Provide and install complete a Carrier Co. CCS /CCN automatic control systems for the proper operation and control of the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning systems. The work shall be complete with all required remote interlocks and control all as required for a complete and properly operating control system. 2. All motors, pourer driven equipment and automatic control equipment, except motor starters as hereinafter set forth required and connected with the work of this section of the specifications are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. 3. Control low (24V) and control line (120V) voltage wiring, conduit and related switches and relays required for the automatic control and/or interlock of motors and equipment includes final connection, are to be furnished and installed under Division 15. Materials and installation to conform to Class 1 or 2, CAC Title 24, Article E725, and as restricted under the Division 16 Electrical of these specifications. 4. Power wiring, conduit, outlets, disconnect switches, motor starters and motor -rated contractors, and making of final connections, except as hereinafter specified, are to be furnished and installed under the Division 16 Electrical of the Specification. 5. System Description: The system shall consist of a single zone programmable communicating thermostat with unit controller. The system shall also include a complete array of sensors and input components. The controls shall be capable of stand -alone use, or networked to form a communication bus. The thermostats shall operate and be configurable without the use of a computer, but shall provide the capability of both local and remote network access through a computer. 6. Quality Assurance: The control system shall be designed to conform to UL and GSA standards. Controller shall be manufactured within an ISO -9000 certified facility. 7. Equipment a. The control system shall be available as a complete package, with the required input sensors and additional control components readily available. It shall provide complete control of the HVAC unit. The system shall be capable of "self -test" on board diagnostics, which communicate alarms and operating status. Unit control relay pads shall be available factory installed with direct conned to field installed monitor. b. Device Memory and Time Clock: System shall not require the use of battery back -up to support time clocks and non - volatile memory storage. The time clocks must be capable of retaining the correct time for a minimum of ten (10) hours and the non - volatile memory storage shall be indefinite during a power interruption. The system shall restart itself and immediately begin normal operation when power is restored. C. Stand Alone Capability: System shall be capable of operating as a stand alone system and not require a computer to prompt any functions for normal operation. The system shall be capable of being interfaced to a computer either remotely or locally for purposes of diagnostics, programming, monitoring, and data logging. d. TEMP System Monitor Thermostat CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15600 -15 15800 -16 1) Shall include an electronic control that shall determine the demand for heating or cooling based on the space demand. 2) Shall have the ability to operate the system fan either automatically, with the fan switch on AUTO (fan operation only during a system unoccupied heating or cooling mode), or continuously during the occupied mode with the fan switch set to ON. Fan operation during unoccupied mode shall be automatic. Switches shall be accessible and changeable remotely. System shall provide both commanded and actual fan status. 3) Shall have the ability to protect the system configuration from tampering and misuse by providing a minimum of four levels of security access into the thermostat control. Access levels shall range from allowing no configuration changes at the system control to allowing full configuration at the system control. Access levels within that range shall provide for user comfort adjustments of temperature and schedule of use. 4) Shall have the ability to automatically or manually changeover between heating and cooling. 5) Shall be capable of monitoring supply air temperature and utilizing this information as a safety device to de- energize stages of heating or cooling when adjustable equipment temperature limits are exceeded. Individual configurable temperature values for first and second stage both heating and cooling limits shall be selectable. 6) Shall include the capability to prevent unnecessary operation of second stage when on -board trending indicates that first stage can satisfy space demand. 7) The control system shall provide protection from the unit being intermittently sequenced from heating to cooling until the Time Guard time period has elapsed. This time period shall be a minimum of five minutes and shall vary with control system thermostat identification number or address. An integral override feature shall be provided to allow service troubleshooting to be performed without waiting for the Time Guard interval. 8) The system shall provide adjustable minimum run times for both heat and cool. It shall also provide adjustable minimum run times within either cool or heat modes. 9) Shall be capable of receiving and broadcasting outside air temperature information to the network communication bus. 10) Shall have the ability of establishing separate adjustable heating and cooling lockout temperatures based on outside air temperature. These temperatures shall be individually configurable and will prevent unnecessary operation of heatingtcooling within the bounds of the lockout temperatures. 11) Shall have the capability to alarm on adjustable unit discharge temperature for both heat and cool. 12) Shall have the capability to provide for unit reset when required for servicing the equipment. 13) The control system shall have the ability to automatically stagger multiple unit start times upon power -up after a power failure. 14) The unit control relay pack shall have outdoor duty rating, suitable for installation and operation in outdoor environments. 15) Calibration of the system sensors shall be adjustable from the monitor thermostat without requiring the sensor to be taken.out of service. 16) Shall have an on -board time dock capable of broadcasting to the network. It shall be capable of receiving fire broadcasts from other network products. The clock shall support 365 day scheduling, with integral Daylight Savings and leap -year capability. The time clock shall be adjustable in one minute increments, and shall have the capability of being taken "off-line" either locally or remotely via software. Shall be capable of 18 holiday schedules with up to 99 days per holiday schedule. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 17) Shall be capable of establishing, adjusting and storing both an occupied and unoccupied program format on a daily basis. Scheduling increments shall be in 1 minute sectors, with eight program periods available. 18) Shall be capable of either following its own program schedules for occupied and unoccupied operation or following the program schedule of another device on the network communication bus. 19) Shall have integral unoccupied override capability to provide up to 4 hours of additional occupied operation without additional programming. 20) Shall have an LCD display capable of displaying separate heating and cooling set points and additional diagnostic information. Such information shall include: current system mode, time of day, security access level, space temperature, supply air temperature, outside air temperature, relative humidity, fan status, filter status, and Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) status. 21) Shall be capable of displaying temperature information in Fahrenheit or Celsius temperature scales in increments of one tenth of a degree. The capability shall be provided to display space temperature and set points on a rotating basis. 22) Shall include an adjustable set point limiting feature to allow a high and low range limit on heating and cooling set points. 23) Shall have an on -board space temperature sensor. The TEMP monitor thermostat shall also be capable of remote space sensing from a location away from the TEMP monitor thermostat when using a Remote Room Sensor. Capability shall be provided to read space temperature separately from the local TEMP monitor thermostat, from the Remote Room Sensor or to read an average from the local and up to 4 Remote Room Sensors. 24) Shall include the ability to display system diagnostics to indicate system operation, operating alarms, or service requirements. Alarms shall include: fan status, filler status, IAQ status, unit supply air temperature both heating and cooling, space temp and network communication errors. 25) Shall include an integral zone usage meter to read and store, in minutes: amount of time zone demand matches the System Mode, or amount of time the zone is in Override, or the amount of time the zone demand matches the System Mode during Unoccupied Override. 26) Shall have the ability to provide Demand Ventilation IAQ control through the economizer with an Indoor Air Qualify sensor. The sensor shall measure the amount of COz present and control the amount of outside air entering the conditioned space. The IAQ sequence shall provide high and low temperature lockouts, indoor air humidity set point lockout, space temperature reset, adjustable delay time for alarm notification, IAQ alarm notification, and adjustable economizer delay. 27) The IAQ sensor shall be available in duct mount, wall mount, wall mount w/ LED display of CO2 PPM and shall have adjustable CO2 PPM set point capability. 28) The system shall be capable of providing pre - occupancy purge to flush the building one tour before scheduled occupancy time. 8. Software and Hardware Access with Windows NT to the system, whether local or remote, shall be accomplished using the Carrier System Software. Software access shall not require any changes or modifications to the TEMP system monitor thermostat, or associated system sensors. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -17 15800 -18 b. Information Retrieval: The software shall be able of, but not limited to, listing all current system sensor readings, listing and modifying configuration parameters such as occupancy schedules, set points, alarm options, and temperature limits. G. Access Levels: The software shall provide levels of access into the system from simple monitoring to full monitoring and modifying system configurations. d. Computer. Provide and install a Dell Pentium 111 500 Mhz with 128 Meg of Ram, 6 Gig hard drive, 56 K internal modem, Zip drive, a floppy drive, 19 in color monitor, a color inkjet printer Windows NT and 98 shall be provided. Carder shall also provide the Carrier Comfort Network Software with the appropriate graphics for the devices. 9. Operating Sequence - The TEMP Monitor System shall control the HVAC unit in the following manner. a. Each TEMP system monitor thermostat, dudng the occupied mode, shall access zone demand (difference between set point and space temperature) for heating and cooling. When the monitor thermostat registers a demand for heating or cooling of 1.5° F, it shall energize the first stage of the HVAC unit. When demand reaches 2° F, the second stage of the unit shall be energized. The second stage sequence shall be allowed only if the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not able to satisfy the existing zone bad. When demand falls to 1.0° F, second stage is released. When the demand falls to 0.5° F, the first stage is released. b. During unoccupied mode, the monitor thermostat shall display unoccupied set points. When unoccupied period demand reaches 1.5° F, the first stage of the HVAC equipment shall be energized. When demand reaches 2° F, the monitor thermostat shall initiate second stage operation. The second stage sequence shall be allowed only if the temperature trending program determines that first stage operation is not able to satisfy the existing zone load. Dudng unoccupied mode, the unit fan shall operate intermittently. C. On units equipped with economizers, integral economizer operation shall be provided by the TEMP monitor thermostat. Economizer operation shall be substituted for first stage mechanical cooling when outdoor air temperatures are suitable. d. All monitor thermostats shall be capable of following their own individual occupied schedule with independent period operation, or the schedule of another network device. e. Only one monitor thermostat with an Outside Air Sensor in its system shall be required on the communication bus. This monitor thermostat shall broadcast outside air temperature to every other monitor thermostat interfaced to the communication bus. f. All monitor thermostats in occupied mode shall display their separate heating and cooling set points, the current system mode, and system fan operation. g. All monitor thermostats in setback mode shall display their separate heating and cooling setback set points, the current system mode, system fan operation, and will indicate unoccupied mode. 10. Service and Warranty: a. After installation, system start-up shall be performed. All thermostats and related components will be adjusted. The equipment being controlled by the TEMP Comfort system shall be in operation and fully inspected. The entire system must be in operation for twenty-four (24) hours prior to seeking acceptance from the owner /engineer. b. The control system herein specified shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use and service. If, within twelve (12) months from date of acceptance by ownerlengineer, any of the equipment herein described is proved to be defective in workmanship or material, it will be repaired, adjusted, or replaced free of charge by the installing contractor. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Equipment Installation: 1, All equipment provided under this section of the specifications shall be installed in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Should the drawings or specifications indicate the equipment is to be installed in a manner not in accordance with the Manufacturer's recommendations, the Contractor shall obtain direction from the Engineer prior to proceeding with the installation. If the Contractor proceeds with the installation without obtaining direction from the Engineer, the Contractor shall be required to make all required corrections to the installation at no additional cost to the contract. 3. Space Consideration: Certain equipment and ductwork will have to be installed within the limited space available as indicated on the drawings. Exact field measurements of existing conditions will be the responsibility of this Contractor to assure that the equipment and ductwork to be installed under this Section of the specifications can be installed as indicated. Contractor shall submit strop drawings for approval prior to installation. These field verified dimensions shall be made prior to purchase of equipment or fabrication of ductwork. B. Certification: The Contractor shall arrange for and pay for the services of a certified representative of the air conditioning Unit Manufacturer, who shall review and sign as acceptable to the Manufacturer, all shop drawings essential to the installation of the air conditioning units. The shop drawings shall be reviewed and signed by this representative, prior to submittal to the Architect for acceptance. Stop drawings shall include such items as control diagrams arrangement and type of vibration isolation base, and safety controls. 1. Any change in controls, or installation procedures required by the Unit Manufacturer, shall be made by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. All changes to mechanical and electrical drawings required by the Manufacturer shall be made, provided these changes do not reduce the scope of the work, which shall be considered as a minimum requirement. 3. If during the progress of the installation, the Manufacturer's representative required additions to, or changes to the work of the installation of the air conditioning units, wiring, controls, all such additional changes shall be made without cost to the Owner. 4. The completed installation shall be checked and tested by the air conditioning Unit Manufacturer's representative, who shall submit a written report that the installation in all respects is acceptable to the Manufacturer and in conformance with accepted drawings. C. Roof and Wall Flashings: Ducts penetrating roof shall have 22 gauge sheet metal flashing with a minimum of 10' of the base extended onto the roof, or roof curb, as indicated on the drawings. Ducts through walls shall be sealed with galvanized angle iron on all sides. Where required or indicated, a weather hood constructed of galvanized sheet metal with galvanized bird screen shall be provided. D. Piping Through Roof: Piping penetrating roof to be provided with Semco, one (1) piece, six (6) pound series roof flashing with reinforced steel trot 1100 -4, 1100 -5, or approved equal, counter flashed with cast iron counter flashing sleeve. Seal joint between flashing and pipe with waterproof compound. E. Openings through Walls and Roof: Framed openings in walls and roof for ductwork to be coordinated in advance of the work. Installer shall furnish shop drawings showing the correct dimensions and locations of the required openings. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER WAG 15800 -19 2. All pipes passing through walls, floors, ceilings, and partitions in finished portions of the buildings shall be provided with chromium plated, cast brass, set screw plates. 3. Where sleeves and plates are installed around insulated pipes, they shall be of sufficient size to allow the insulation to go through them, presenting a neat finish. Sleeves and Seals: (Provide for pipes passing through walls or floor slabs) 1. Sheet -Metal Sleeves (above grade): 22 gauge, galvanized sheet metal. 2. Pack space between pipe and sleeve with ceramic fiber rope & sealant so as to be absolutely watertight. 3. All penetrations of sleeves through fire rated walls and other fire rated assemblies shall be protected and sealed per UL Fire Resistance System No. WL 1001 for uninsulated pipe and No. WL 5039 for insulated pipe. See architectural plans for educations of rated walls and other fire rated assemblies. G. Painting: The interior of all sheet metal duct connections to supply, return and exhaust air outlets shall be painted black. Refer to architectural specifications for type of material to be used. 3.02 TESTING A. General: The Contractor shall perform all tests to the entire satisfaction of the Architect. B. Piping - General: Perform all tests in the presence of the Architect or the Owner's representative. 1. Refrigeration Piping: The refrigerant system shall be tested for the minimum refrigerant -leak field -test pressures specified in American Standard Association Standard B9.1 for the refrigerant employed in the system. 2. Refrigerant and Oil: Upon satisfactory completion of the tests, the system shall be charged with refrigerant. Any loss of refrigerant or oil during the first year of operation shall be furnished by the Contractor at no added cost to the Owner to maintain a full charge on the system. 3. AN equipment, which would be subject to damage at test pressure, shall be isolated from the system. C. Construction Filters: Contractor shall provide 2 sets of disposable fitters for use during start up and test and balance. Upon completion of test and balance the construction fitters shall be replaced with new filters. D. Regulating and Adjusting Air Systems: 15800 -20 1. The Contractor shall have an experienced, independent testing and balancing company certified member of the Associated Air Balancing Council (AABC), specializing in the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system balancing and testing. (Approved air balance contractors are Penn Air Control Inc., American Air Balance Co. Inc., San Diego Air Balance, and Winaire Inc.) or approved equal National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) set all control devices and completely balance the various systems to deliver the quantifies an indicated on the drawings. He shall adjust and readjust this part of the work unfit the operation complies with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. Where required as test results indicated, the Contractor shall install any sound traps, acoustical duct liners, dampers and other items that may be required and change the fan pulleys as may be found necessary (all at no additional cost to the contract). Upon completion of recommended changes, the test and balance oo. shall make all required final adjustments to demonstrate that the final operation of the systems meet all requirements as indicated on the drawings. Per prior paragraph of this section of these specifications, the contractor shall provide volume dampers in all supply, return and exhaust air branch ducts for adjusting and balancing the air distribution systems. Volume dampers provided with the air outlets are to be used for final adjustment only as required to achieve an air flow within the required t 5% of design. No volume dampers shall be set so as to generate noise into the space served. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 2. Testing Procedure: The following test data shall be taken and three (3) copies submitted in tabulated form to the Architect for approval of each system. a. Test and adjust all supply return and exhaust fan rpm to design requirements. b. Test and record all motor full load amperes. C. Make pilot tube transverse of main supply return and exhaust ducts and obtain design CFM at fans. d. Test and record system total static pressures, (suction and discharge). e. Test and adjust system for design CFM outside air. f. Test and record entering and leaving air temperatures (D.B. and W.B. for cooling), (D.B. for healing). g. Adjust all main supply and return air ducts to proper design CFM. h. Adjust all zones to proper design CFM, supply. i. Test and adjust each diffuser, grille, and register to not less than 5% of that shown on the drawings and not greater than 10% of that amount. 1) Each grille, diffuser and register shall be identified as to location and areas. 2) Size, type and manufacturer of diffusers, grilles, registers and all tested equipment shall be identified and listed. Manufacturers ratings on all equipment shall be used to make required calculations. 3) Readings and tests of diffusers, grilles and registers shall include required FPM velocity and lest resultant velocity, required CFM and test resultant CFM after adjustments. 4) In cooperation with the Control Manufacturers representative, set adjustments of automatically operated controls to operate as specked, indicated, and /or noted. Testing agency shall check all controls for proper calibrations and list all controls requiring adjustment by control installers, and shall verity that the room thermostats are controlling the proper unit. 5) For systems with 100% outside air economy cycle, the contractor shall submit CFM readings at outside air, return air and exhaust air unit dampers under both the minimum and maximum outside air condition. 3. Vibration: Immediately upon mechanical equipment becoming operable, this contractor shall inspect for excessive vibration. A report regarding this contractors findings shall be sent directly to the Engineer by certified mail. This information shaft be made available to the Engineer in advance of the final Test'& Balance Report. 3.03 JOB COMPLETION A. Equipment Identification: 1. All equipment fumished under this section shall be provided with the Manufacturers metal identification labels securely attached and showing all pertinent data, including performance characteristics, size, model, and serial number. Labels shall not be obscured in any manner. 2. Identification nameplates shall be provided on all equipment and control components, including room thermostat or room sensor numbers coded to their respective air conditioning unit. Nameplates shall be constructed of with engraved letters and shall be cemented to equipment. B. Final Operation: Upon completion of the installation of the equipment and after all systems have been tested, cleaned, the Contractor shall place a competent person in charge who shall operate the equipment for a period of two eight -hour days. During this period of operation, all safety and operating controls shall be actuated to CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC 15800 -21 demonstrate proper operation. During this operating period, the Owner's representative shall be instructed in all details of operation and maintenance. All required instructions from the Equipment Manufacturers representative shall be given during the period. C. Operation Instructions: Prepare two (2) maintenance manuals, which shall include all the necessary or pertinent data, such as: a. Names, addresses and emergency phone numbers of all suppliers and manufacturers. b. Part numbers of all replaceable items. C. Oiling and lubrication instructions. d. Air balance report. e. Control diagram and operation sequence, together with labeling of controls and instruments to match the diagram. f. A maintenance schedule which shall list all required maintenance on all equipment furnished under this section of the specifications and the intervals of which the items are to be performed. D. Clean Up: 1. After all heating, ventilating and air conditioning work has been tested and accepted, the Contractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installation. Exposed parts to be painted are to be thoroughly cleaned of cement plaster and other materials and all greases and oil spots removed with solvent. 2. Remove all debris from the job site, all cartons, boxes, packing crates, excess materials not used occasioned by the work and to the satisfaction of the Owner. END OF SECTION 15800 15800 -22 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER HVAC SECTION 16000 - BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 PART1- GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Speci- fication sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 SCOPE A. Provide all electrical work for a complete and operable system as shown on the drawings and as specified in this section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Site investigations prior to bidding to establish existing conditions. 2. Temporary power and lighting facilities for construction. 3. All work required by the utility companies and city departments for utility services to the project. This may include transformer pads, substructures, trenches, conduits, concrete encasements, conductors, pull boxes and grounding. 4. Provide exterior area lighting. 5. Cutting and patching and sealing of penetrations. 6. Flashing of conduits at roof penetrations. 7. Excavation, backfill and concrete work required to complete items of this section. 8. Record drawings. 9. Switchboards, panelboards, and feeders for power and lighting. 10. Complete grounding system as required. 11. Lighting and power branch circuit wiring, including motor controls, disconnect switches, dimmers, occupancy sensors, time switches, contractor, photocell controls, relays, outlets, devices, plates, materials, etc., for a complete installation. 12. Lighting fixtures and lamps. 13. Include an allowance of $400.00 for the material cost of any lighting fixture where an outlet is shown on drawings without a fixture type designation. 14. Provide materials and labor for electrical work as specified in other sections. 15. Test of all electrically operated equipment. 16. Guarantee. 17. Autonomous sound systems. 1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS A. Provide electrical work as specified in other sections of the drawings and specifications. B. Painting of exposed conduit or equipment. C. Excavation, grading and backfill. D. Temporary facilities. E. Cutting and patching. F. Concrete work. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-1 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. In addition to the requirements of all governing codes, ordinances and agencies, conform to the requirements of the following codes and standards: 1. Requirements of the National Electrical Code, latest adopted edition. 2. Requirements of State Fire Marshal, State and Municipal Building and Electrical Safety ordinances. 3. All products in this work shall be UL labeled and shall conform to all requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters for electrical wiring apparatus. 4. Requirements of all other authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 JOB CONDITIONS A. Drawings: 1. The drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the locations of the components of the work, and further indicate the required size and points of termination of the conduit, number and size of wires. Provide all conduit, wire and necessary connections for the complete electrical service, coordinating conduit runs with building structure, and all work of other trades. 2. Unless otherwise approved by the Architect, the following conditions shall be adhered to: a. Outlets in gypsum board are to be symmetrical with respect to walls and other architectural features. b. Outlets in acoustical ceilings are to be in the center of the acoustical tile. C. Do not mount control devices more than 6 ft. 6 in. above finished floor. d. Do not locate panelboards in closets, toilet rooms or in any room having its only access through a toilet room. e. Group outlets and wiring devices within close proximity horizontally or vertically for a uniform and neat appearance. I. Do not locate panelboards, cabinets, outlets or other equipment in two -hour rated walls. g. All equipment and material located outdoors or in hazardous or other special areas shall be UL labeled for the conditions to be encountered. h. Prior to installation, the Architect reserves the fight to relocate any outlet or device within six feet of the location indicated on the plans and at no additional cost. B. Serving utility companies: 1. Perform all work for electric power, cable television and public telephone services in accordance with the requirements of said companies and/or city departments. 2. Prior to bid date, verify all service locations and utility company or city requirements. Include costs for all work required. 3. Coordinate hook -up of final service with utility company or city so as to cause no delay in the progress of the work. Include the cost of overtime work as may be required. 4. Notify the Architect immediately of any major changes required to the work of this section as a result of said utility company or city requirements. 1.6 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain and pay for all permits and licenses required for the electrical work, and arrange and schedule all required inspections. Obtain permits prior to commencing any work. B. Pay all fees or charges levied by the utility company or city for permanent and temporary services to the project, and any other imposed fees. 16000-2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 1.7 COORDINATION A. Do all coordination work with serving utility companies and city departments insuring proper locations for conduits, conductors, pull box and service entrance requirements, transformer pads, substructures, street lighting requirements and other requirements for a complete installation. B. Verify and coordinate all sizes of equipment to be installed within rooms with the manufacturer of equipment, insuring adequate clearances, ventilation and access. C. Coordinate work of mechanical trades for work required as a part of this section, and verify quantity, sizes and location of all work. D. Coordinate the work of all other trades, verifying all required clearances, proper sleeves, supports, door swings and other items affecting this work. Determine in advance the methods of installing and connecting all equipment, outlets and other items. E. Include allowances for site conditions and structural, civil, architectural, landscape, food service, mechanical and other drawings. 1.8 SUBMITTALS A. Equipment order list: 1. Within twenty (20) days after award of contract, deliver to the Architect six (6) copies of a complete list of equipment and materials ordered giving description, plate numbers, date of orders and requested delivery dates. Arrange delivery of proper quantities so that the progress of the work will not be delayed. 2. If such lists are not delivered to the Architect, the Owner reserves the right to purchase the required materials and equipment and deduct the cost thereof from the contract sum. B. Shop drawings: 1. Within 35 days after award of contract, and before any of the materials of this section are delivered to the job site, submit complete shop drawings to the Architect in accordance with the provisions of Section 01300 of these specifications. Indicate proof of UL or other recognized testing laboratory's approval for all materials. Show wording for all required nameplates. 2. Shop drawings shall show all details of the following: a. Service equipment. b. Distribution switchboards and panelboards. C. Lighting fixtures in one complete brochure with photometric data. d. Puliboxes. e. Special system components not listed above. C. Material list 1. Submit complete material list for all products to be used in this work. 2. Record drawings. 1.9 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Take all precautions necessary to protect the materials of this section before, during, and after installation. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-3 B. Repairs: In the event of damage, immediately repair all damaged and defective work to the approval of the Architect, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Owner - furnished equipment: Accept and become responsible for all Owner- furnished equipment. Inspect all equipment for proper name- plates, voltages and any deficiencies. Immediately notify the Owner of any defects or deficiencies. Failure to notify the Owner of any deficiencies shall mean that the Contractor warrants that all equipment is of proper quantity, design and is free from all defects. Property store all equipment and install as required. 1.10 SUBSTITUTIONS A. All requests for product substitutions shall be made in accordance with the following: 1. Quality and performance are equal to or better than the specked item. 2. Unit fits in the allotted space and unit is accessible for maintenance. 3. Unit has a similar appearance. 4. Unauthorized product substitutions will be removed from the job site at the Contractor's expense. 1.11 GUARANTEE A. All materials and equipment furnished and installed under this section of the specifications shall be guaranteed in writing for a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the building against defective material, design and workmanship. In addition, all high intensity discharge (H.I.D.) ballasts shall be guaranteed from any defects for a period of two (2) years. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the work during the guarantee period, the affected work shall be replaced promptly with new work by and at the expense of the Contractor and at no cost to the Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, provide only new materials having all legally required approvals and/or labels. B. Provide materials complying with the standards of nationally recognized organizations (such as ANSI, NEMA and UL). C. Items of a similar nature shall be of the same type and manufacturer. 2.2 SWITCHBOARDS A. Provide main switchboard and distribution switchboards containing service, metering, current transformer compart- ment, main disconnect and distribution section as indicated and as required. B. Enclosures: 16000-4 Totally enclosed sections bolted together to form a single floor - standing assembly, NEMA Type 1 general purpose for indoor installation, front access only unless indicated. Provide service pull sections where CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS required and size as required by the serving utility. Sections 90 in. high and all of the same depth, minimum 14 inches unless indicated. Legal gauge sheet steel finished manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel. It is the Contractors responsibility to furnish a switchboard to fit the space indicated. C. BusbarS: 1. Rectangular cross-section, full height in -each distribution section with horizontal cross busbars between sections. Silver plated copper or tin plated aluminum bussing, joints and connections, throughout. Shod circuit capabilities in accordance with minimum requirements for the circuit protectors unless indicated greater. Whenever future sections or space for future expansion is indicated on the plans, provide bussing and covered opening in switchboard as required for future expansion. D. Lugs: Lugs for all external and internal connections, plates or otherwise shall be suitable for either copper or aluminum conductors. E. Circuit protectors: 1. Circuit breakers or fused switches as indicated. Series rated minimum interrupting capacity of 65,000 symmetrical RMS amperes unless otherwise indicated. a. Circuit breakers: Molded case, thermal magnetic type, padlockable in the "otf" position. 2. Fused switches: Quick -make, quick- break, visible blade, horsepower rated, spring pressure fuse clip, and blade jaw contact, padlockable in the "of" position, with position- indicating operating handles and defeatable cover interlock to prevent access to the fuses unless the switch is in the "open" position. 3. Fuses: Current - limiting type, minimum 100,000 symmetrical RMS amperes interrupting capacity, Buss type RK5 -TD or equal by Gould, unless other class or type indicated. Provide three spare fuses for each size and type and mount in a suitable cabinet behind a hinged door with nameplate engraved "spare fuses ". Locate cabinet on or near switchboard. 4. All circuit protectors shall have a short circuit interrupting capacity equal to or greater than the available fault current at that point. If the available fault current is not indicated, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain this information from the Architect. Failure to do this will not entitle the Contractor to compensation for any additional costs incurred in meeting this requirement. 5. Fuse holders for current - limiting fuses shall be type 7'. F. Provide solid -state trip breakers for circuit breakers with frame size of 400 amperes and greater. G. Distribution sections shall be convertible type with full length rectangular bussing and cross bussing of capacity and poles as required on the drawings and braced to withstand 65,000 amps symmetrical short circuit current (unless otherwise indicated). H. Ends of switchboard shall be louvered. Each switch or breaker shall have an engraved bakelite nameplate indicating equipment or panel controlled. Provide Gould Amp -Trap fuses or equal by Buss or Economy, of proper size for each switch. Install with rejection clips. I. All sections shall be equipped with micarta nameplates indicating "CAUTION - INSTALL ONLY CURRENT- LIMITING FUSES AS ORIGINALLY INSTALLED ". J. All fuses shall be current - limiting and shall adequately protect the equipment served from fault currents in excess of their ratings. K. Service switchboards shall be as manufactured by G.E., Westinghouse, Challenger or Square D. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-5 L. Provide three (3) spare current - limiting fuses for each fuse rating shown on the single line diagram. M. Provide nameplates as specified. N. Use leveling screws to set the switchboard plumb and true. 2.3 PANELBOARDS A. Provide panelboards with ratings, components and features in accordance with the single -line diagram and panel schedules on drawings. B. Enclosures: 1. Legal gauge sheet steel box, galvanized for flush box, door and trim minimum No. 12 gauge steel, flush or surface type as indicated. Hinged lockable door with concealed hinges and fasteners. Weatherproof where located outdoors. 2. With bantered top or side section having separate hinged lockable door where indicated. Spray with acoustical material where used for contactors. Maintain 2 in. of solid trim between doors. C. Finish: Parts exposed to view to have one coat zinc chromate and one coat hammertone gray or manufacturer's standard gray baked enamel. D. Locks and Keys: Furnish flush type lock and two keys with each panelboard. All locks shall be keyed alike. E. Sizes: Minimum 20 in. wide unless indicated. Surface mount 5 -314 in. deep unless indicated. Top and bottom gut- ters minimum 6 in. high. Provide 12 in. high gutter where double lugs are required or where cable size exceeds bus size. F. Provide additional side gutter space or separate barriered side section with cover where required for feed through lugs. G. Double width panels: Both sections shall be equal height and bolted or welded together. Trims must butt together and align exactly. Unless separate feeders indicate, provide double lugs and cable or insulated bus ties. H. Busbars: Bus shall be silver plated copper or tin plated aluminum. Provide split busbars where indicated. Neutral bus electrically isolated from enclosure. Lugs: Lugs for all external connections shall be suitable for copper conductors. Shop drawings must indicate quanti- ty and sizes of lugs based on actual conductors to be used as shown on the plans. J. Ground Bus: Whenever ground connectors are installed or required, provide a separate equipment ground bus in panel electrically connected to the enclosure. K. Circuit Breakers: 1. Molded case, thermal magnetic, automatic trip, bolted type. Common trip for multi -pole types. 2. Voltage rating as required for the application. Series rated NEMA interrupting capacity of minimum 65,000 RMS symmetrical amperes unless greater when required to interrupt larger available fault current as noted on plans. 3. All circuit breakers, which are located outside of air- conditioned spaces, shall be ambient compensated. Use "HACK" circuit breakers for air conditioning loads. Use "SWD" circuit breakers for lighting circuits controlled from panels. 4. Main breaker shall be padlockable in the "off" position. All branch breakers shall be able to accommodate lockout clips. Provide clip to lock breakers serving motors, refrigerators, and controls for mechanical CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 16000-6 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS systems. Circuit breakers controlling fluorescent fixtures (which are not locally controlled) shall be capable of being locked in the 'off or "on" position. 5. Arrange all breakers to correspond exactly with the schedules. 6. Where indicated, provide main breaker, automatic type unless non- automatic indicated in panels. L. Circuit identification: 1. Circuit number on black -on -while laminated plastic tabs or other permanent type not readily changed from the front. 2. Under the panel designation (in % in. high letters), indicate in 118 in. high letters the voltage and phase, as: "1201208 VOLT, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE, 100 A BUS" 2.4 ENCLOSED COMBINATION STARTERS A. Starters shall be wall mounted with NEMA 1 enclosure. B. Mechanically interlock door so it cannot be opened with unit energized. Provide defeater mechanism to allow intentional access while starter is energized. Provide provisions for padlocking external disconnect handle in the OFF position. C. Starter shall be as described in "Combination Magnetic Motor Starters', in this section. D. Starters shall have nameplates as specified in Section 3.18. E. Starters shall comply with applicable NEMA, UL, and ANSI standards for industrial control. Provide UL label on starter. F. Enclosed combination starters shall be General Electric 200 line, Westinghouse Type 206, Allen - Bradley Bulletin 513, Cutler- Hammer A40, Gould Class A31, or approved equal. 2.5 COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTERS A. Comply with NEMA ICS, Class A, and with NEC Art. 430. B. Combination motor starters shall be circuit breaker type equipped with thermal magnetic -trip circuit breakers. The short circuit rating shall be 100,000 amperes symmetrical unless otherwise indicated. C. Provide 120 -volt control power transformer (CPT) where required or as shown on mechanical drawings. Provide 100 -volt ampere spare capacity that is in addition to contractor load plus other loads specified. Fuse one side of secondary winding and ground other side. Provide two primary winding fuses. D. The Contractor shall verify the motor ratings and coordinate the starter overloads with the actual horsepower ratings of the motors installed. E. Provide "run" indicator light, hand - off -auto (H -0 -A) selector switch, stoplstart pushbuttons for each starter in addition to other devices shown in the mechanical wiring diagrams and single -line diagrams. Mount on the front panel of the starter. F. Provide externally operable overload relay reset buttons on disconnect operators. G. Provide control relays, time-delay relays, time switches, etc., within the starter enclosure as shown on the mechanical wiring diagrams. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000 -7 H. Control relays shall be magnetically held and shall have convertible contacts. Control relays shall be UL listed with NEMA A300 rated contacts and coil voltage, number of poles, and pole arrangement as indicated on the drawings. Relays shall be Allen-Bradley Bulletin 700, Westinghouse Type AR, or equal. Control switches shall be round, oil tight type, complete with legend plates and quantity of contact blocks required for the control function. J. Provide electrical alternators for duplex mechanical equipment complete with two combination starters and required mechanical controls. K. Indicating lights shall be oil tight type, complete with color of lens indicated on drawings, and legend plate. Lamps shall be 120 volt AC, 686 screw base. Indicating lights shall be push- to-test type. L. Reset timers shall be synchronous motor driven with a solenoid operated clutch and suitable for semi flush, panel mounting. Utilize timers with time range indicated and 10 ampere, 120 -volt contacts. Provide Eagle Signal Bulletin 125 timers, Automatic Timing and Controls Bulletin 305 timers, or equal. M. Starters shall have nameplates as specified. 2.6 MANUAL MOTOR STARTERS A. Provide number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters for the motor being controlled. Provide NEMA I enclosure, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. B. Starters shall have provisions for padlocking in the "off' position and shall he UL listed. C. Starters shall be the heavy duty type with toggle or pushbutton operation. Allen Bradley Bulletin 609, or approved equal. 2.7 CONDUIT A. Plastic conduit shall be thick wall, high impact rigid PVC. B. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) shall be galvanized. All couplings and connectors shall be watertight compression type. C. Flexible conduit shall be hot dipped galvanized steel. D. Connections for flexible steel conduit shall be screw in type (Jake) as manufactured by Duro Fitting Company, or approved equal. E. Rigid metal conduit or IMC (intermediate metallic conduit) shall be mild steel, hot - dipped galvanized inside and out Fitting shall be tapered pipe thread; running threads or split couplings are not permitted. Republic Steel or equal. 2.8 OUTLET BOXES A. One -piece galvanized pressed steel knockout type equal to Steel City Manufacturing Company, 4" X 2 -118" square, minimum (wall), 4" square X 1.112" deep minimum (ceiling). B. Cast boxes shall be threaded hub cast ferrous, or aluminum boxes where legally permitted and equal to Crouse - Hinds, Killadr, or Pyle - National. Provide plugs for spare hubs. �nrr CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS C. Boxes in a gymnasium or stage /platform wood flooring system shall be rectangular, 2 13116" deep maximum, with leveling screws, shallow formed steel body, bottom knockouts and brass flange. 1. Single -Gang: Walker 880W1 2. Two -Gang: Walker 880W2 3. Three -Gang: Walker 880W3 2.9 FLOOR BOXES A. Floor boxes shall be fully adjustable flush -floor type, Hubbell B -2506. Provide SF -3925 brass fitting and carpet flange for power, and for telephone /data. 2.10 CONCRETE PULLBOXES 2' -0" x 3' -0" AND LARGER A. Each concrete precast section shall be identified by having the manufacturers name and address cast into an interior face or permanently attached thereto. Associated Concrete Products- Quikset, Brooks Products or equal. B. Structure Construction The precast steel reinforced concrete structure walls, floor and roof shall safely sustain the loads and pressure resulting from vertical and lateral earth loadings and vehicular loadings. Based on the following criteria: a. Minimum earth density shall be 120 Ibsfcu. ft. b. Minimum equivalent fluid pressure for lateral pressure due to earth shall be 85 Ibslsq. ft. undrained earth conditions, minimum safety factor for buoyancy shall be 1.25. C. Vehicular load rating shall be H -20 in compliance with latest AASHO specifications. d. Design shall be based on maximum depth of fill over the structure as indicated on the drawings. e. Design and details shall comply with minimum ACI 318 -63 code requirement. Minimum concrete 28 day cure strength shall be 3000 psi. 2. Precast structure shall be designed to withstand forces due to additional inward load of 4,000 Ibs (working load) with safety factor of 2, acting perpendicular to the surface at any pulling iron. 3. Structures shall be single piece or horizontal multi - section construction as required for field installation conditions. Multi- sections shall interlock with "Tongue and groove" joint mating surfaces to insure a rigid assembly. 4. All structure precast joints shall be sealed with preformed cold field applied plastic joint sealing compound. Joint sealing compound shall not leak, sag or flow at the joints wrlh 10 psi water pressure applied for 24 hours. Chemically resistant to acid, alkalines and saturated hydrogen sulfide. 5. Each precast structure section shall have suitable knockouts or opening in the vertical walls for the duct banks and conduits entering the structure. Provide a 1" diameter knockout in each corner of the floor slab, 6" from adjacent walls, for installation of ground rods. C. Pullboxes 1. Pullboxes shall have deep recess conduit knockout concrete extensions at two opposite end walls. Additional shallow recess knockouts shall be provided on the other two walls for conduit entrances. 2. Pullboxes shall be provided one precast concrete 6" extension grade ring "tongue and groove" mating surfaces to insure rigid assembly. 3. Pullbox sizes shall be as indicated on drawings but in no case less than required by applicable codes. Minimum depth of the pullbox shall not be less than 30 ". 4. The pullbox floor sump shall extend through the concrete floor into the gravel bedding, below the pullbox. 5. Cover and frame assemblies: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-9 a. Traffic rated cover shall be hot dip galvanized steel flush fitting with threaded flush, slotted head, stainless steel studs. b. Top ring frame shall be hot dip galvanized steel angle frame where the pulibox is installed in paving or concrete work. Assembly shall be rated for H -20 bridge loading. C. Top ring frame shall be armor bank type where the pull box is installed in exposed earth or landscaping. Assembly shall be rated for H-10 loading. d. Covers for T -0" x 3' -0" pullboxes shall be a single plate assembly Quikset TE -1000 series or equal. e. Covers for T -0" x T -0" pullboxes shall be a double leaf, torsion spring- assisted hinged assembly. Quickset TL400 Series or equal. f. Covers shall be permanently marked in the cover metal as follows: 1) "Electric" for covers on structures containing power circuits 2) "Signal" for covers containing signal circuits. 6. Furnish complete with galvanized pull irons, cable racks, hooks and porcelain insulator cable cradles. 7. Provide a drainage sump, 6" diameter minimum, with a cast iron grate over the sump. 211 CONCRETE PULL BOXES SMALLER THAN 2'- 0" x 3'- 0" A. Boxes shall be reinforced concrete with base and drainage sump. Provide traffic steel bolt down cover permanently marked. 2.12 SHEET STEEL PULL BOXES A. In wet locations, outdoors or where indicated to be weatherproof, provide boxes that have been hot - dipped galvanized after construction and given two coats of gray color rust- resistant paint. Install covers with stainless steel screws and neoprene gaskets. Seat around conduit entries with silicone sealant, General Electric or equal. B. In dry locations, finish all box surfaces with one coat of metal primer and one coat of primer sealer. 2.13 CONDUCTORS A. Provide new conductors manufactured within one year of date of delivery to job. Deliver conductors to site in their original unbroken packages or on their original cable reels. All conductor packages and cable reels shall be marked and tagged plainly with UL label, size, voltage rating, insulation type, type of stranding, manufacturer's name, trade name and month and year when manufactured. B. Conductors shall be soft drawn; minimum 98% conductivity stranded copper, type THW, XHHW or THWN/THHN, 600 volt, unless otherwise noted. Power conductors No. 10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. C. Aluminum conductors are not acceptable. D. Use only plated copper alloy connectors or lugs. Aluminum connectors or lugs are not acceptable. The following connectors are provided for copper conductors: 16000-10 1. For wire No. 10 AWG and smaller: 3M "Scotchloc ", Ideal "Supemut ", Buchanan "83 ". 2. For wire No. 8 AWG and larger: Bumdy "Versitaps" and heavy duty connectors, O.Z. soldedess connectors or the equivalent by Buchanan, Kearney or Penn - Union. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 2.14 WIRING DEVICES A. Wiring devices shall be as follows, or approved equals: LEVITON PASS & SEYMOUR SINGLE POLE SWITCH 5521 5021 TWO POLE SWITCH 5522 5022 THREE WAY SWITCH 5523 5023 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 5261 1404 GROUND FAULT CIR. INT. 6198 1591 -F B. Receptacles shall be bonded in accordance with Article E250 -74 of Title 24, State of California Administrative Code. C. Finish of devices shall be as selected by Architect. D. Keyed switches shall be Pass & Seymour 520 -LG Series. 2.15 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. For flush- mounted weatherproof switches, provide gasketed stainless steel lift cover plate, Pass & Seymour WP series. Where surface mounted, use cast box with gasketed cast aluminum lift cover plate, Hubbell No. 7420, where applicable. 2.16 COVER PLATES a 2.17 A. Q Plates shall be .040 in. satin finish #302 stainless steel (18% chrome and 8% nickel). RELAYS AND CONTACTORS Individual Control Relays (HVAC /Plumbing Control Functions) 1. Individual control relays shall have convertible contacts rated a minimum of 10 amperes, 600 volts regardless of usage voltage. Coil voltage, number and type of contacts shall be verified and supplied to suit the specific usage as shown in the wiring diagrams and/or schedules on the electrical, mechanical and plumbing specifications and drawings. Coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil. Relays shall be installed on prefabricated mounting strips. Each relay shall have a surge supreme to limit roil transient voltages. Furnished in the NEMA Type I enclosure unless indicated otherwise. 2. The following relays are approved: Manufacturer Cutler- Hammer General Electric Square D Co. Westinghouse Allen Bradley Contactors and/or Relays Type M -600 CR120BP Class 8501, Type X AR 700N 1. Contactors and /or relays for control of lighting and/or feeders and/or panels shall be 600 volt A.C., electrically operated, mechanically held units, open type for panel mounting with number of poles and of size as indicated on the drawings. Provide auxiliary control relay for operation of each contactor and /or relay with a two -wire and /or three wire control circuit as described on the plans. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-11 2. Contactors and/or relays shall be mounted in panelboards in barriered section under separate hinged lockable doors or in contactor and/or relay cabinets as called for on the drawings. Contactors and /or relays shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing rubber mounts. 3. Contactors and/or relays shall be Automatic Switch Co. (ASCO) Bulletin #920 Series for 2 and 3 pole, and Automatic Switch Co. Bulletin 917 Series for contactors and /or relays containing 4 or more poles. Coil control Circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil. 4. Contactors and /or relays shall be equipped with a switch, in the proper configuration, to disconnect the control circuit controlling the coil of the respective device. Control circuit disconnect switch shall be labeled showing function of device. C. Photocell with rating of 2000 watts, 16.6 amps, 120V, 60Hz AC. Suitable for -30° F to 158° F and weatherproof. Load to remain "OM' in case of cell failure and a time delay of 15 seconds Tork 2001/2002 Series or Paragon CW201 Series or equal unless herein specified otherwise, photocell to face north. 2.18 TIMESWITCHES AND TIME CONTROL SYSTEM A. Timeswitches for control of plumbing equipment shall have seven day 24 -hour dial with day - omitting device, DPST, and shall be Tork 7200 Series or approved equal by Paragon or Intermatic. B. Time Control System: 1. System shall include a microprocessor -based digital controller with six (6) independently programmable channels. Program entries shall be made by mechanical pushbuttons with an LCD display that self- prompts the user in plain English test. Tork #K600Z series or equal. 2. System shall include a photocell equal to Tork #2101 connected to a 6 -pole control relay for the purpose of preventing exterior lights from turning on during the day. 3. System shall include lighting contactors as indicated complete with auxiliary control relays so as to be compatible, with the output of the time controller. 4. The output channels of the time controller shall be connected and set to control exterior lighting as follows: a. Channel is Exterior night lights. b. Channel 2: Exterior lights on other than night lights. G. Channel 3: Parking lot lights. d. Channel 4: Walkway lights 5. Set all timeswitches per direction of the Owner. 2.19 CONTACTORS AND /OR RELAYS/TIMESWITCH CABINET A. Contactors, relays, and/or timeswitches not indicated to be mounted in electrical panels shall be mounted in a cabinet, size as required, with hinged lockable door keyed same as panelboards. Construction of cabinet shall be similar to terminal cabinets. B. Each contactor, relay or fimeswitch mounted in the contactor cabinet shall be barriered in its own compartment, and shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing mounts. C. Contactor cabinets shall be of the same manufacturer as the panelboards. D. Where relays and /or contactors occupy the same enclosure as timeswitches they shall, have a clear acrylic shield installed over each relay or contactor to guard line exposed parts from accidental contact by non - authorized personnel. 2.20 SUPPORTS 16000-12 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Swing connectors for steel rods supporting hanging electrical equipment (transformers, junction boxes, etc.) shall be equal to Steel City E -165, E -170 and E -232. 2.21 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. For all motors or equipment out of sight of the controller or more than 50 feet from the controller, provide a disconnect switch at the motor or equipment location. B. Unless otherwise indicated or required, use only nonfused We for motor or equipment connections. Provide switches with the number of poles and the voltage, current and horsepower ratings as required. C. Non - fusible disconnect switches shall be same type as specified for fusible disconnect switches, except for single phase motors 2 H.P. or less, manual motor starters may be used. D. Fusible disconnect switches shall have quick -make, quick -break mechanism and an interlocked cover which cannot be opened when switch is in the 'on" position and be provided with voidable interlocks. Switches shall be horsepower rated and type that can be used on inductive loads. E. Provide a fusible disconnect within sight of and readily accessible from air conditioning equipment, per NEC 440 -14. Size fuses per equipment nameplates. F. Provide externally operable, quick -make, quick -break type with cover interlock and padlockable in either the open or closed position. Unless indicated otherwise, provide switches indoors in NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Provide switches outdoors, or where indicated or required to be weatherproof, in NEMA Type 3R rain tight enclosure. Provide each switch with a nameplate indicating equipment controlled. 2.22 LIGHTING FIXTURES A. Provide, install and connect all lighting fixtures indicated on the drawings according to the fixture schedule. 1. All fixtures of the same type shall be of a single manufacturer and of identical finish and appearance. 2. All light fixtures shall be UL labeled. 2.23 BALLASTS AND LAMPS A. Fluorescent ballasts shall be instant start electronic premium type CBM certified and ETL approved, high power factor and of voltage required. Ballasts shag be Advance, Universal, Magnetek or Motorola. Maximum total harmonic distortion created on the line side of the ballast shall not exceed 20 %. B. HID ballasts shall be UL listed for the source, wattage and position of the lamp provided. C. Lamps: 1. Lamps shall be new, of wattage indicated and shall be as manufactured by General Electric, Philips, Osram or Sylvania. Each fixture or lighting outlet shall be supplied with the proper lamp. 2. General purpose incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted, medium base for 200 watts and smaller. 3. Reflector lamps shall be PAR -30 or R40 as required, unless otherwise specified in fixture schedule. 4. Fluorescent lamps shall be T -8, 48 ", except as specified differently, General Electric "Watt-Miser II", Philips "Econowatt - fl" or Sylvania "Super Saver II ". Lamps shall have the following characteristics: Lamp Type Watts Color Initial Average Lamp Lummens Life Hours F032T8 32 3500 °K 2850 20,000 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-13 Fb031T8 31 3500 °K 2800 20,000 F7BX 7 3500 °K 400 10,000 F9BX 9 3500 °K 600 10,000 F13BX 13 3500 °K 825 10,000 F13DBX 13 3500 0K 860 10,000 F18BX 18 3500 °K 1250 20,000 F26DBX 26 3500 °K 1800 10,000 Other types as noted on drawings. 5. Mercury vapor lamps shall be Deluxe White or Brite White Deluxe phosphor coated Bonus -Line with proper base and configuration for the fixture being furnished. Lamps shall be equipped with automatic switching device to de- energize lamp when outer glass envelope is broken on lamp. 6. High pressure sodium lamps shall be clear unless noted otherwise on drawings. 2.24 LENSES AND DIFFUSERS A. 100% virgin acrylic with 0.125 inch minimum thickness. Outdoor lenses shall be vandal/weather resistant. 2.25 LIGHT DIMMERS A. Incandescent dimmers shall be slide type, 2000 watt maximum, ivory, Lutron #N -2000. B. Low voltage incandescent dimmers shall be 1500 watts maximum, ivory, Lutron #NLV -1500. 2.26 SOUND DAMPENING MATERIAL A. Lowery clay pads. 2.27 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS A. Douglas fir plywood, exterior grade, 8' high X''% in. thick (minimum) finished one side and primer coat painted on all surfaces with finish coat of light gray enamel on front (finished) side. 2.28 VANDALPROOF FASTENING A. Provide approved vandalproof type screws, bolts, nuts where exposed to sight throughout the project. Screws for such items as switch plates, receptacle plates, fixtures, communications equipment, fire alarm, blank covers, wall and ceiling plates to be spanner head stainless steel, tamperproof type. Provide Owner with six (6) screwdrivers for this type. 2.29 TERMINAL CABINETS A. Terminal cabinets shall be fabricated of code gauge sheet steel, size as indicated on the drawing, complete with hinged doors and the number of 2 -way screw terminals required for termination of all conductors. The door to terminal cabinets shall be continuously hinged on one side and be the same size as the cabinet so as to allow maximum termination space within the cabinet. Terminal cabinets shall have %" plywood backing finished in black insulating varnish. B. All terminal cabinets shall be finished with one coal of zinc chromate and a cost or primer sealer after a thorough cleaning. Prime coated terminal cabinets shall be painted to match surroundings after installation. 16000-14 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS C. Terminal cabinets shall have flush locks and keys. D. Terminals for signal systems cabinets to be Cannon Type 'SS" or equal unless indicated otherwise. E. Provide engraved nameplate on each cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., "Life Safety System - Panel 2LS "). 2.30 OCCUPANCY SENSORS: A. Occupancy sensors shall be wall mounted with override switch capabilities or ceiling mounted, 120/277 volt by Watt Stopper, Novitas, Leviton or Unenco. Unless noted otherwse, provide sensors in every location where fluorescent lighting is utilized. Coordinate the locations with the Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plans. B. Occupancy motion sensor systems shall be compatible with the specific lighting fixture ballast(s) and lamps controlled. (Several types of ballasts may occur in a given area). Premature failure or life expectancy reductions of the lamps, ballasts, relays or motion sensors are not acceptable. C. Coverage of sensors shall remain constant after sensitivity control has been set. No automatic reduction in coverage shall occur when air conditioning or heating fans are in operation or when sensor has turned off lighting due to not sensing motion. D. Sensitivity and time -on after activation shall be such that there will be no nuisance on /off switching of the lights by the motion sensor while the room is occupied. E. The failure of a sensor shall cause the load contacts to close so that the motion sensor function is automatically bypassed. F. All sensors shall be provided with an indicator light to verify that motion is being detected and that the unit is operation. G. Control units: 1. Control unit shall be an integrated self- contained unit consisting internally of load switching mechanical control relay and a transformer of sufficient capacity to provide low - voltage power to a minimum of two (2) sensors. Solid -state electronic -type relay contacts shall not be used. 2. Relay contacts shall be dry types with ratings of: 10A -120 VAC Tungsten 20A -120 VAC Ballast 20A - 277 VAC Ballast Relay contacts shall be isolated. 3. Control units shall be UL listed. H. Wiring between sensors and control units shall be 18 AWG, stranded UL Classified, PVC jacketed and insulated. Enclosures for control units shall be pressed steel, NEMA I construction with mounting plates and barriers to provide separation between line and low voltage wiring or standard 4" deep junction box with control unit mounting to cover plate with 1/2" knockout. Provide ultrasonic type sensors in areas in which partitions, casework or other features limit the coverage of the infrared type sensors, (Le. restrooms, laboratories, storage, files, stacks, etc). CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-15 K. It shall be the contractor's responsibility to provide the quantity of motion sensors required for complete and proper volumetric coverage without gaps within the range of coverages) of controlled areas. Rooms shall have ninety (90) to one hundred (100) percent volumetric coverage to completely cover the controlled area to accommodate all occupancy habits of single or multiple occupants at any location within the room(s). L. Control units shall be located in accessible ceiling spaces and be powered from the lighting circuit, which they control. M. Adjust and test each sensorlcontrol unit in accordance with the manufacturers recommendations. Be certain that no obstructions block proper sensor coverage of areas desired, and minimize sensor pickup zone. NOTE: Occupancy sensors may he affected by various conditions in the room. It may be necessary for the Contractor to make adjustments, change the location or type of sensor to obtain proper operation in a specific room. The Contractor shall have final responsibility for proper operation of the system in each room and should therefore make labor allowances for changes and adjustments. N. The Contractor shall provide the training necessary to familiarize the Owners personnel with the operation, use and adjustment of the devices. 0. All wiring shall be installed in conduit, except low voltage sensor cable. Sensors shall be wall mounted in areas where fixtures are pendant mounted or other obstructions inhibit the effectiveness of a ceiling mounted device. Q. Sensors shall be ceiling- mounted or wall- mounted at a height to avoid obstructions, which may inhibit the effectiveness of the device. PART3- EXECUTION 3.1 STORAGE A. All materials and equipment in storage and during construction shall be covered in such a manner that no finish surface will be damaged or marred, and all moving parts shall be kept perfectly clean and dry. 32 EXCAVATION A. Trenches for underground conduit exterior to building shall provide a minimum earth cover of 24 inches for conduits unless noted otherwise. Conduits for landscape and parking lot lighting may be minimum 18 inches below finished grade unless noted otherwise. 3.3 CONCRETE A. Provide miscellaneou's concrete requirements for electrical work, except structural concrete, which is an integral part of the building. Concrete work shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete ". Type V to be used for all concrete encasement. B. Provide concrete pads (minimum 4 in. high) for all floor mounted equipment installed outdoors, In mechanical equipment rooms and in areas susceptible to being wet or hosed down. 16000-16 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS C. Non - reinforced concrete for duct/conduit encasement shall be 3.00 sacks (94 pounds each) of cement per cubic yard of 318" pea gravel with sufficient water to make a workable slurry mix. Provide a minimum of ten (10) pounds of red oxide concrete coloring powder per cubic yard of slurry. 3.4 CONCRETE BOXES A. Excavate for installation of precast structures remove excess excavated material from the site. Saw cut existing paving and concrete as required for excavation. B. Provide a minimum of 6" deep bedding base of crushed rock 318" - I/V size in the bottom of the excavation. Bedding shall be level and well compacted by a minimum of four passes with a plate type mechanical vibrator. C. Back fill and compact earth around precast structure after installation of the structure to 90% minimum compaction in 12" lifts. Replace paving concrete, landscaping above structure to match existing. D. Install precast structures per manufacturers recommendations to provide a dry watertight installation. Set cover flush With existing grade or finish surface. Where precast structure is installed in pedestrian walkway or vehicular traffic way with a sloping finish grade. Slope cover to match existing. E. Install structures to avoid surface water drainage flow lines, and existing utilities. F. Entrances of conduits/ducts shall terminate with endbells inside the precast structure. G. Where pullboxes are shown to intercept existing conduit, remove portion of existing conduit approximately 4 ft. back from wall, regrade and excavate conduit entrance and extend existing conduit into pullbox. H. Provide 10' long x 3/4" diameter copper clad, steel, driven ground rods through the floor of the precast structure. Ground rod shall extend 6" above the floor line. Where rock bottom is encountered, bury ground rod in horizontal trench with projection into precast structure. Seal off openings around ground rod. I. Ground permanently and effectively together all metal equipment cases, cable racks, etc., with #4 bare copper bonding conductor. Provide UL compression bonding fittings at each ground connection. 3.5 SLEEVES A. Provide sleeves of sufficient size to permit ready installation of each conduit, which passes through concrete walls or suspended slabs. Sleeves in concrete beams, joists, columns or footing walls may be installed only where permitted by the Structural Engineer. B. For conduit that passes through suspended concrete slabs, place sleeves with the top i inch above finished slab and the bottom flush with underside of slab. In all other cases, place sleeves with the ends flush with concrete surfaces. Space sleeves at least three diameters apart on center or more if required by the Architect. C. Where conduits pass through fire resistive walls, ceilings or floors, they shall be packed with fire resistant compound or concrete. D. Provide sleeves of galvanized sheet steel and of proper gauge to retain their shape during forming and concrete operations. Where a conduit passes through an exterior surface, seal the space between the conduit and its sleeve with an approved watertight compound. 3.6 ROOF STUBS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-17 A. At built -up roofing, provide pitch pockets at all roof stubs. For other type roofs, provide a galvanized iron roof jack of the proper size for each conduit that stubs -up through a roof. Flash and counter flash. Coordinate this work with affected trades. Install roof seals in such a manner as not to void roof guarantees. 3.7 CONDUIT A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide conduits of type permitted or required, for all conductors or cables of all systems and voltages. B. Conduits shall not contain more than nine (9) conductors unless indicated except for signal, remote control or communications systems. C. All conduit shall be concealed unless otherwise indicated or required. D. Unless otherwise indicated, use electrical metallic tubing (EMT) in trade sizes 2 in. and smaller only, as follows: above grade in dry locations, in accessible ceilings, and where not subject to mechanical injury or otherwise prohibited. Concrete or masonry in contact with earth is not considered dry locations. E. Use rigid metallic conduit, where legally required, in concrete slabs, where exposed to the weather, where subject to mechanical injury, herein defined as exposed conduit less than 8 feet above the floor in areas accessible to anyone other than authorized operating or maintenance personnel. Except where threaded hubs are used, provide two locknuts and a bushing at each box and enclosure termination. F. Flexible steel conduit shall be used only: 1. Where indicated, six foot maximum length plus green ground wire. 2. For final connections to motors, vibrating equipment or where required for equipment servicing. 3. For connections to recessed lighting fixtures from nearby accessible junction loxes. 4. For concealed runs in stud walls, in inaccessible ceilings and in dry locations where structural conditions prevent the use of other types of conduit or where excessive cutting or notching of wood members would otherwise be required. G. Size all conduit as required, or larger where indicated or preferred. Where portions of a conduit run are increased in size for whatever reason, make all remaining portions in that run the same size and increase junction box sizes or fittings as required. H. Seal ends of all conduit with approved manufactured conduit seals, caps or plugs immediately after installation. Keep ends sealed until immediately prior to pulling conductors. I. Where conduit is underground, under slab or grade, exposed to the weather or in wet locations, make joints liquid tight and gastight. End of underground feeder conduits shall be sealed after the cable is installed to prevent breathing and condensation. J. Keep bends and offsets in conduit runs to an absolute minimum. For the serving utilities, make large- radius bends to meet their requirements. Replace all deformed, flattened or kinked conduit. K. Support conduit at legal intervals. Provide additional supports as required to prevent sagging or as directed. Perforated strap or plumbers tape is not acceptable for conduit support. Hang supports from structural members or approved concrete hangers. L. Where conduit may be affected by dissimilar movements of the supporting structures or medium, provide suitable flexible or expansion devices. M. Route conduit to avoid drains or other gravity lines. Where conflicts occur, relocate conduit as required. 16000-18 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS N. Run all conduit parallel with or at right angles to structural members, walls or lines of the building. Route all exposed conduit to preserve headroom, access and work space. All changes in directions, either horizontally or vertically, shall be made with conduit outlet bodies as manufactured by Crouse Hinds or equal. Conduits run on exposed beams or trelliswork shall be painted to match surrounding surfaces. Conduits run exposed on roofs shall be installed on 2x4 redwood sleepers, maximum 5 foot on centers. Sleepers shall be set in non - hardening mastic. 0. Do not run conduit in concrete members or suspended slabs unless approved in writing by the Structural Engineer. All rigid conduit stubs -up in concrete floors shall have couplings flush with finished floor unless noted otherwise. Q. Provide a polypropylene rope rated 700 pounds tensile strength in each conduit (more than 10 feet in length) left empty for future use. R. Terminate above -grade stubs with plugged couplings set flush with building exterior. S. All underground metallic conduits shall be half -lap wrapped with 3M "Scotchrap" PVC tape. T. Conduits shall not be run through structural members except as specifically directed in writing by the Structural Engineer. U. Conduits above future suspended ceilings shall be installed as high as possible against the structure above. V. Unless otherwise indicated, plastic conduit shall be used below concrete slabs on grade or below exterior grade of building with minimum 24 inches of cover. Pull ground conductor through all PVC conduits as required by code. W. Extend underground conduit which is stubbed out for future use, a minimum of five feet clear beyond building foundations, concrete walks, paving, other utilities and the like. Keep underground conduit a minimum of 10 feet clear of the locations of future buildings where such are indicated. Install witness stakes at all conduit ends. X. At completion of underground conduit installation, pull a flexible mandrel (12 inches long by a diameter Y. in. less than the inside diameter of the conduit) through each conduit, followed by a stiff- bristle brush. Cap conduits at both ends. Y. Slope underground ducts to handholes or pull boxes (3 in. per 100 linear feet) or where impractical, provide a duct drain in the low point of the run. The finished grade elevation at the top of underground pull boxes shag be lower than the elevation of the finished floor at the point of stub -up within the building. Z. Provide insulated bushing at each metallic conduit stub location. Bushings shall have ground lugs when installed on metallic extension of PVC conduit run. AA Underground conduits entering concrete pullboxes unless indicated otherwise. BB. Provide metallic or plastic caps on all conduit during construction until installation of conductors. CC. Provide expansion and deflection fittings, and bonding jumper at all building expansion crossings, seismic joint crossings, and where conduits cross the separation between adjacent relocatable classrooms. DD. Install underground conduit, except under buildings, not less than 24" below finished grade in non- traffic areas and 30" below finished grade in traffic areas, including roads and parking areas. Install long radius bends in all underground conduits in excess of 100 feet long. EE. Conduit below slab on grade or underground exterior to building shall be spaced a minimum of 3" between identical systems and 12" between power and all other systems except at termination points. Multiple conduits in common trenches shall be racked on prefabricated plastic spacers a minimum of 10 feet on center over the length of the trench. Utility company conduits shall be installed in a separate trench. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000 -19 FF. All conduits below grade shall be fully encased in concrete. 3.8 OUTLET BOXES A. Outlet boxes shall be of minimum size per Part 2 or larger as required by NEC, exclusive of cover rings. B. Use cast metallic boxes where legally required or exposed to the weather, located in unheated areas, or where subject to mechanical injury, herein defined as exposed boxes less than 8 feet above the floor in areas accessible to anyone other than authorized operating or maintenance personnel. Cast conduit bodies may be used in lieu of boxes except where boxes contain devices. C. Use solid type gang boxes where required for more than two devices or for barriered outlets. Use concrete boxes for outlets in concrete construction. For boxes not indicated, provide types and mountings as required to suit the equipment or as directed. D. Support recessed boxes in stud partitions with galvanized steel box hangers of types made specifically for the purpose. E. All boxes shall be of proper code size for number and sizes of conductors passing through or terminating therein. F. Provide covers of the types most suitable for the fixtures or devices used at the outlets. In brick, concrete block, stone or tile walls, use square cornered file covers of proper depth to permit a facing of the material to frame the cover. In outlets supporting lighting fixtures, provide 318 in. adjustable fixture studs. G. Use extension rings with blank covers for making exposed conduit connections from flush wall or ceiling outlet boxes. H. Use outlet boxes serving fixtures or devices as pull or junction boxes wherever possible. Where not possible, locate pull and junction boxes in accessible ceilings, in accessible areas not subject to public view or elsewhere as directed. Pull or junction boxes shall not be located in finished areas unless approved by the architect. I. Single gang handy or utility boxes may be used for single devices at ends of runs. J. All outlet boxes that finish to an exposed masonry surface shall have 1 -114 in. deep plaster rings and shall be set deep enough to allow a masonry facing over the plaster ring to frame the opening. Plaster rings shall not be grouted into exposed masonry walls. Center outlet in a course of masonry. K. Take particular care in locating outlet boxes in acoustical tile, masonry, paneling or other modular type finishes. Where Architect's documents do not dictate location or control, consult with trades concerned so that outlets may be symmetrically placed in the finished module. Center outlets horizontally in vertical wall panels and vertically in masonry courses. (Adjust indicated heights to suit.) L Flush couplings shall be regular coupling with plumber type brass plug. Install this plug flush with finish floor. Use oil or grease on top of and in threads to prevent sticking. M. All outlet boxes shall be accurately placed and securely fastened to the structure independently of the conduit. The plaster ring shall be set flush with the finish surface of the ceiling or wall. Approved bar hangers shall be used to support outlet boxes in all furred ceilings and stud walls. Hangers for light outlets shall have adjustable studs. N. Before roughing in boxes for switches at doors, contractor shall verify door swing to make sure that switch is on the strike side of door. 0. Crouse -Hinds "condulets" shall be used for all switches, receptacles and junction boxes where conduit is exposed. P. Outlets shall not be installed back- to-back, but shall be offset 12" minimum. 16000-20 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Q. Provide pullboxes, pulling ells, junction boxes and condulets on metallic conduit runs whose total number of bends is 360 degrees or greater. Pulling and slicing enclosures shall be located in accessible ceiling spaces unless noted otherwise. R. Floor boxes shall be installed square and level with finish floor and within adjustable limits of floor ring. Where outlets are shown at same or adjacent location, use recessed combination powerlsignal floor boxes. S. Floor boxes installed in Gymnasium or stagelplatform wood flooring systems shall be set on top of the concrete slab and adjusted to the finish height of the floor. Provide blocking around box perimeter to prevent the wood floor from deflecting around the box. 3.9 SHEET STEEL PULL BOXES A. Where indicated or required to serve as pull boxes or junction boxes, provide sheet steel boxes with screw -on covers for surface or flush mounting. 3.10 CONDUCTORS A. Store conductors out of the weather and where not subject to damage or deleterious conditions. B. Before installing conductors, reprove debris and moisture from conduit and equipment enclosures. Where necessary use linseed soap, minerallac or other specifically approved wire pulling compound to facilitate the installation of conductors. Do not use oil, grease or similar substances. C. Color code branch circuits as required. D. Connect control wiring as indicated and in accordance with wiring diagrams furnished by equipment manufacturers. Color code and tag all control wiring. E. Make joints, splices, taps and connections for 600 volt conductors with solderless connectors. F. Re- tighten bolt type connectors 24 to 48 hours after installation and before taping. G. Connectors and terminal lugs for stranded conductors #6 and larger shall be T & B or equal, solderless connectors. No splices of feeder conductors shall be made in panels or switchboards. H. Make all connections and splices necessary to property install and complete the work, and all splices shall be taped. All connections and splices shall be electrically and mechanically perfect, and in strict accordance with all code requirements. Use 3M Scotch "No. 33 plus" tape, or equal. I. Connections made with non- insulated type connectors shall be taped with rubber -tape 1 -1/2 times the thickness of the conductor's insulation. Then covered with 3M Scotch "No. 33 plus" tape, or equal. J. Neatly arrange and lace conductors in switchboards, panelboards, gutters and terminal cabinets by means of nylon T & B "Ty -rap" ties. 3.11 TOGGLE SWITCHES A. All switches shall be specification grade rated 15, 20 or 30 amperes at 277 volt AC, totally enclosed quiet action type, 1 or 2 pole, 3 or 4 way, momentary contact or lock type as required. The 15 ampere rated switch may be used only for lighting loads of less than 10 amperes. Switches ahead of motors shall be horsepower rated and shall have number of poles as required. Toggle colors shall be as selected by the Architect. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000 -21 3.12 RECEPTACLES A. Where single receptacles are indicated, provide matching units to those listed for duplex receptacles. Provide short strap units where required for panel mounting. B. Mount all weatherproof receptacles horizontally with hinge on top. 3.13 COVER PLATES A. Provide plates for all outlet boxes and fittings of all systems except at outlets where fixture canopies are used. B. Provide weatherproof covers on weatherproof devices. Use cast gasketed covers for exterior pull or junction outlet boxes or fittings. 3.14 LIGHTING SYSTEM A. Lighting fixtures shall have all parts and fittings necessary to completely install the fixtures. Wring running in fixtures shall be type "THHN" or "MTV. Fixtures shall be equipped with lamps of size and type as shown in the Fixture Schedule. Items of trim or decoration shall be supplied and property installed after other trades have finished their work and cleaned the area. B. Prior to ordering fixtures, verify mounting methods, ceiling types, space, finishes. All fluorescent fixtures mounted in "T" bar ceilings to be independently suspended with 2 #10 AWG steel wires diagonally. C. Installations in fire -rated areas to be done according to code requirements. Recessed portions of fixture enclosures, other than at points of support, shall be spaced at least '' /s inch from combustible materials. 1. Thermal insulation shall not be installed within 3 inches of the recessed fixture enclosure, wiring compartment, or ballast and shall not be so installed above the fixture as to entrap heat and prevent the free circulation of air unless the fixture is otherwise identified for installation within thermal insulation. D. Provide a rustproof plaster frame for every fixture recessed in a plaster ceiling. Wherever available, provide the flush trim type of plaster frame or mount reversible type trims for a "minimum trim" installation. E. All light fixtures installed outdoors in locations protected from the weather (as under canopies) shall be rated for outdoor use, gasketed and finished with an epoxy type paint or other approved corrosion resistant finish. F. Replace any ballast found to have noise level objectionable to the Owner's representative. G. All discharge type fixtures located in ambients below 50 degrees F. or above 85 degrees F. shall have ballasts rated for the best operation at the temperatures to be encountered. H. Install each lighting fixture including Owner- fumished fixtures with lamps of the type and ratings as indicated. I. Surface mounted fixtures and outlets for surface mounted fixtures are shown diagrammatically on drawings and shall be located so as to dear all door swings including cabinet door swings. Where it is not possible to clear a door swing, the contractor shall verify clearances above the top of the door with architectural drawings, details, sections, elevations and door schedules. Typical throughout project. J. Aim and verify positions of outside lights after dark in the presence of the Owner or his representative. K. Provide fixtures of the types indicated and as made by a single manufacturer from the manufacturers listed on the drawings. 16000-22 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Replace any fixtures having light leaks. M. For pendant mounted fixtures, align stems to ceiling with laser beam. N. Lighting fixtures installed in ceiling grids, suspended lay -in "T -Bar" and concealed spline ceilings. 1. Provide two seismic clips at opposite ends of each recessed light fixture connected to the ceiling grid main runners and the light fixture. 2. Each light fixture weighing 50 pounds or less and where the ceiling grid system is "heavy duty" type, shall be suspended directly from the ceiling grid or suspended independent of the ceiling grid support system. Each light fixture weighing more than 50 pounds or where the ceiling grid system is not a "heavy duty" type, shall be supported independent of the ceiling grid support system. 1 Each light fixture required to be supported directly from the ceiling grid system shall be additionally connected with a minimum of two independent slack safety support wires. One wire at each opposite diagonal fixture corner. Each 4 ft. X 4 ft. light fixture shall be supported in the same manner, except provide a minimum of four independent slack safety wires, one at each fixture comer. 4. Each light fixture required to be supported independent of the ceiling grid system shall be supported with a minimum of four taut independent support wires, one wire at each fixture corner. 5. The support wire for light fixture supports shall be 12 -gauge steel (minimum). The wires including their building and light fixture attachments shall provide support capacity of not less than four times the weight of the light fixture support wires and building anchors to meet these requirements, as part of the contract. The support wires shall be anchored to the building structural elements above the ceiling. 0. Light fixtures surface mounted to suspended 'tee" ceiling shall be installed with a one and one half inch steel channel or angle which spans across and above the main runners. Each channel or angle member shall be provided with a minimum of two threaded studs for attaching to the fixture housing through the lay -in tile. Two channel or angle members shall be installed for each four fool fixture. Install the channels or angles within six inches of each end of the light fixture to span a minimum of two ceiling grid main runners. Provide two seismic clips connecting the main runners to each channel or angle. Provide support wires connecting to the channels or angles in lieu of connecting to the light fixtures. Bolt the light fixtures to the threaded studs on the channels or angles. Pendant mounting fixtures shall be supplied with swivel hangers. Fixtures shall swing in any direction a minimum of 45 degrees of gravity, position. Fixtures shall have special stem lengths to give the mounting height indicated on the drawings. Stem to be 1 -piece without coupling, and to be finished the same color as the canopy and the fixture, unless otherwise noted. The Contractor shall check all lock -nuts and set screw to rigidly secure the socket to the stem, and the stem to the outlet box. Fixtures to be plumb and vertical. Where obstructions occur restricting 45 degrees swing of fixtures, the fixtures shall be guy wired to prevent fixtures from striking obstructions. Method of guying shall be approved by the Architect. Swinging fixtures shall have a safety cable attached to the structure and the fixture at each support capable of supporting four times the vertical load. Q. Suspended fixtures weighing in excess of 50 pounds shall be supported independently of the fixture outlet box. Provide "air craft" hanger cable (minimum 12 gauge) for suspended fixtures route cable concealed or in pendant where possible. Each cable and attachments shall support four times the weight of the fixture assembly. Securely attach the cable to the building structure. R. On acoustical tile ceilings, fixture outlets shall be accurately located in the center, at the intersection of the four corners or at the center of the joints of two tiles. S. Surface mounted fixtures installed on drywall or plaster ceilings and weighing less than 50 pounds may be supported from outlet box. Provide structural supports above drywall or plaster ceilings for installation of fixtures weighing more than 50 pounds and secure fixture to structural supports. The use of toggle bolts is prohibited. T. Lighting fixtures recessed in ceiling or wall, which has a fire resistive rating of 1 tour or more, shall be enclosed in a box that has a fire rating equal to that of the ceiling or wall. The space from the fixture to the enclosure to be a minimum of 3 ". CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-23 U. Fluorescent Light Fixture Tandem Wiring Connections: 1. The Contractor shall provide tandem wiring for fluorescent lighting fixtures. 2. The tandem wiring harness shall be the product of the lighting fixture manufacturer. 3. The tandem connection shall provide pre - assembled wiring harness connecting two fluorescent lamps in adjacent lighting fixtures with a master lamp ballast, remote adjacent fixtures slave lamp. 4. The wiring harness shall contain the wiring in flexible steel conduit or enclosed metal racewayfacket for installation in an air plenum. 3AS SIGNAL CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Signal conduits shall include telephone, cable television, door controls, fire alarm system, and computer system. B. Signal outlets in solid walls shall be 4- 11116' square, at least 2 -118" deep with single gang 1 -114" deep plaster ring. Ratings for outlets in fire rated walls shall exceed the wall rating. C. Outlets in hollow walls shall be single gang plaster ring. Strap conduit adjacent to outlet and terminate with cable bushing. D. Signal conduits shall be %" minimum size unless otherwise indicated on the drawings and shall be EMT or rigid galvanized steel. 3/4' and 1" conduit bends shall have 12" minimum radius. 1 -114" and larger conduit shall have 30" minimum radius. No coupling shall be placed in bends. Each run of conduit shall have a maximum of two 90- degree bends. Install additional pull boxes if more than two bends are required per run. Where conduit enters building, keep conduit free of contact with reinforcing steel and other metallic structures or pipe. E. Install 1/2' conduit from telephone backboard to nearest cold water pipe in an accessible location, and 1'C- 1 #6 to grounding box. 3.16 PLYWOOD BACKBOARDS A. For telephone or communications system terminals or for motor control or other equipment assemblies, provide backboards of size indicated or larger R required. 3.17 MOTOR RATINGS A. Motor horsepower ratings and enclosures shown are minimum expected. This does not limit the equipment size. When motors furnished differ from the minimum ratings indicated, make the necessary adjustments to wiring, conduit, disconnect devices, motor starters, branch circuit protection, and other affected material or equipment to accommodate the motors actually installed, at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.18 NAMEPLATES A. Provide a nameplate for each switchboard, panelboard, terminal cabinet, backboard, individually mounted circuit breaker or motor control, safety switch, pull box, control panel, relay and for any other control device or major item of electrical equipment. B. Provide black -on -while laminated, plastic micarta nameplate engraved in minimum % in. high letters to correspond with the designation on drawings. Provide other or additional information on nameplates where indicated. C. Attach nameplates to equipment with rivets, bolts, sheet metal screws or install in metal holders welded to the equipment. D. Identification shall be provided at each termination location, pullbox, junction box and equipment enclosure. 16000 - 24 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS E. Junction and pull boxes shall have covers marked with circuit numbers according to panel schedule. Data shall be lettered in a conspicuous manner with a color contrasting to finish. 3.19 GROUNDING A. Ground the neutral of each isolated electrical system having a neutral conductor with a system ground connection sized as required. B. For the system ground connection, provide a green color insulated copper conductor in a rigid steel conduit to the ground electrode. Connect the conduit and conductor to the electrode with a malleable iron conduit hub and a 2 -bolt ground clamp. C. Where the cold water piping system is unsuitable for use as a grounding electrode and where local code permits, provide copper -clad multiple -rod electrodes complying with all legal requirements including rod size, spacing accessibility and resistance to ground. D. Install 20 -foot LIFER system ground as required by local inspection authorities, per NEC 250 -81. E. Use the conduit system for equipment and enclosure grounding. Where non-metallic conduits are used, provide a green color insulated ground conductor of code size within the conduit and terminate properly to the equipment enclosure at each end. (Use separate ground busbars in all panelboards and switchboards) Increase conduit, fittings and pullbox sizes as required to accommodate the additional conductor. F. Provide bonding devices, fittings or jumpers at expansion fittings or wherever continuity of grounding is not certain or where required by inspecting authorities. G. The interior metal water piping system of each building shall be bonded to the electrical equipment in each respective building. 3.20 SUPPORTS A. Provide all necessary foundations, supports and backing for all enclosures, conduits equipment, outlets, devices and lighting fixtures. B. Attach all boxes, outlet boxes, straps, cabinets and equipment to wood with wood or lag screws, to metal with machine screws or bolls, and to concrete with expansion anchors or self - drilling metal anchors, and with machine screws or bolts. Use size and number of attachments as required to support equipment weight with a minimum safety factor of 4 to 1. C. Secure floor mounted equipment to floor with machine bolts and anchors. D. Provide structural concrete bases for lighting poles per Structural Engineer and manufacturer's recommendations as shown on the drawings. E. Contractor shall verify all mountings and installations shall conform to California seismic requirements. F. Surface mounted panelboards and terminal cabinets shall be secured to walls by means of preformed steel channels securely fastened to at least two studs or structural members. 3.21 TESTING A. All wiring and connections shall be tested for continuity, shorts and improper grounds in accordance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. All receptacle outlets shall be tested for proper grounding. Any and an CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16000-25 repairs resulting from the tests or preliminary operation of the equipment shall be made by the Contractor at his expense. B. Required tests, in addition to those mentioned above, include but are not limited to: 1. Ground resistance test. 2. Service and feeder conductors insulation resistance. 3. Ground fault protection. 4. Such other tests as may be required by the Architect. C. When the work is substantially complete, conduct a service voltage test as follows: 1. Measure service voltage at no load and at maximum load and submit results to Architect. 2. If in the opinion of the Architect the voltages and regulations are not within acceptable limits, notify the serving utilities for proper electrical service and then verify that such has been accomplished. D. After the service voltage test, and at a time selected by Architect, conduct an operating test of the electrical system in the presence of the Architect. The system shall: 1. Operate in accordance with requirements of the contract documents 2. Be free of electrical and mechanical defects. E. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall make additional tests as necessary to satisfy the Owner and the Architect or his representative that the true intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications have been carried out. Contractor shall provide all instruments and labor necessary to make such tests. Any work showing faults under test, and any work not in accordance with the specifications, shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expense. Such tests may occur at anytime during the guarantee period. END OF SECTION 16000 16000 -26 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 16721— FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Examine all other specifications sections and drawings for related work required to be included as work under Division 16. 2. General provisions and requirements for electrical work. B. This specification is intended as a performance guideline for the installation, programming and configuration of a complete digital protocol analog addressable Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System. The scope of this Section shall include, but shall not be limited to: 1. Furnishing and installing a complete and operational fire detection, alarm and emergency communication system including all engineering services that may be needed for this Section and /or required by the authorities having jurisdiction. 2. A 24 VDC electrically supervised Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP), Cabinet(s), power supplies, Signaling Line Circuits (SLC), Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC), Voice Evacuations Circuits (VEC), auxiliary control circuits, shutdown circuits, 80 character LCD annunciator, built-in dual phone line Digital Communicator, associated peripheral devices, batteries, wiring, conduit, visual notification devices, audible notification devices, and all other relevant components and accessories required to furnish a complete and operational Life Safety System as required by this Section, indicated on the drawings, and/or required by the authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Any revisions and /or additions to the Life Safety Fire AlarmNoice Evacuation System as needed to achieve the required approvals, including any equipment not specifically mentioned in this specification or not shown on the drawings, but required for the operation of the system. Such items shall be provided with no additional cost to the Owner. 4. All additions, changes or deletions shall be reviewed by the Owner, Architect and Electrical Engineer and requires the final acceptance be by the Owner, Architect and Electrical Engineer, prior to submittals to the authorities having jurisdiction. 5. Providing adequate interior area smoke detection for areas designated by the mechanical engineer as required for smoke /fire dampers, etc. 6. Labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment necessary for and incidental to the performing of all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery and installation of the work of this Section, as shown on the drawings and/or specified herein. 7. The Fire Alarm Contractor examining all other specification Sections, and drawings for related work required to be included as work under this section. 8. All equipment furnished for this project shall be new and unused. All components shall be designed for uninterrupted duty. All equipment, materials, accessories, devices and other facilities covered by this specification Section or noted on the contract drawings and installation specification shall be best suited for the intended use. If any of the equipment provided under this specification Section is different than the manufacturers and/or suppliers listed in this specification Section, the Fire Alarm Contractor shall comply with Prerequisite for Alternate Vendors of this Specification Section. 9. The Fire Alarm Contractor's being responsible for meeting the entire intent of these specifications Section. Deviations from the specified items shall be at the Fire Alarm Contractors own risk until the date of final acceptance by not only of the 'jurisdiction have authority' but the Architect, Engineer, and the Owner. Such risk may include the cost of delay to the project while substituted CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -1 item(s) -not accepted by the Architect, Engineer, and /or Owner - are removal, relocation, or replacement. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Listings Submit six (6) copies of State Fire Marshal and UL® listing numbers for each piece of equipment and component. B. Descriptive Data Submit six (6) copies of descriptive data for all products and materials called for herein with quantifies. C. Shop Drawings Submit six (6) copies of complete shop drawings of all custom - fabricated or assembled products, including riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, and floor plans showing devices. Such drawings shall include information indicated elsewhere in this specification section such as individual device candela and speaker taps, SLC device addresses, etc. D. Voltage Drop Submit worst -case voltage drop calculations for the system. Include at least one calculation for the worst NAC Strobe and Speaker Circuit. E. Batteries Submit battery calculations for each piece of equipment, such as Fire Alarm and Voice EVAC component, having secondary battery power. F. Conduit Size Submit a conduit size calculation chart. The minimum conduit size to be installed shall be 314 inch unless otherwise stated in this specification Section. G. Equipment The proposed equipment shall be subject to the approval of the Architect and Electrical Engineer. No equipment shall be ordered or installed on the premises without that approval. H. The Fire Alarm Contractor's qualifications The Fire Alarm Contractor's qualifications shall be provided indicating years in business and prior experience with installations of this type and include the type of equipment that is to be supplied per Products of this specification Section. I. Submit to Authorities Submit all information and data (such as drawing showing device locations and types, riser diagrams, wiring diagrams, approvals, test data, etc.) required by the local authorities having jurisdiction. J. Contract close -out Submittals Deliver to the owner's representative within Thirty (30) days of the Fire Alarm System's acceptance the closeout submittals per Close Out Information, Manuals and Drawings of this Section. 1.3 APPROVALS: A. Obtain all necessary approvals from the local authorities having jurisdiction, for all materials to be supplied, methods of installation and system operations, as required by this Section and by the local authorities. B. Applicable Standards: 16721.2 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System and equipment furnished shall be of the manufacturer's latest model and should be new and unused. 2. All Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System equipment shaff be fisted for it's intended purpose and be compatibility listed to assure the integrity of the complete system. 3. The Life Safety Fire AlarmNoice Evacuation System equipment shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Incorporated for its intended purpose 4. The Life Safety Fire AlarmNoice Evacuation System equipment shall be approved by the State Fire Marshal where applicable to the State. 5. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System equipment shall be installed in accordance with National Electric Code in general and more specifically Article 760 of the National Electric Code. 6. The Life Safety Fire AlarmNoice Evacuation System shall be in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Standards for use as an Assembly- signaling system: NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 7. All Visual Notification Appliances and Manual Pull Stations installed shall comply with the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). 8. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System shall be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of the local authorities have jurisdiction and shall be in total compliance with all building and safety codes and government agencies have jurisdiction. 9. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide manual and automatic detection signaling devices, audible fire signals required for a complete integrated Fire Alarm Nolce Evacuation System except as noted elsewhere in this specific Section that the device is to be provided by others. 10. The Mechanical Contractor Fire Alarm Contractor shall coordinate with the Fire Alarm Contractor to interface mechanical systems. 11. The Door Contractor shall coordinate with the Fire Alarm Contractor to interface any door release and/or smoke doors systems. 12. The Elevator Contractor shall coordinate with the Fire Alarm Contractor to interface elevator recall, if called for or required. 13. Related sections: a. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Protection Section for water -flow, pressure, or tamper switches connected to Fire Alarm system. b. HVAC Section regarding Duct Smoke Detectors, dampers, area smoke detectors, HVAC shutdowns, exhaust fan controls, etc. C. Door Section regarding smoke doors and door holders that need to be closed and/or released. C. Manufacturer and Vendor 1. The equipment shall be as per Part 2 System Description and Product below of this specification Section. 1.4 MANUFACTURER AND VENDOR A. The equipment shall be a Fire Alarm System manufactured by Silent Knight incorporating a Voice Evacuation Alarm System by Audiosone and supplied by Bill's Sound & Security 714 - 540 -9800. 1.5 PREREQUISITE FOR ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER AND /OR VENDORS. A. Approval must be obtained prior to bid. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-3 B. To be considered, qualified alternative manufacturers and/or vendors shall be submitted to the Electrical Engineer a minimum of 10 working days prior to bid. C. The submittal documentation request for Alternate Vendors approval shall include a complete submittal outlining the advantages along with the performance requirements of this specification. D. No alternate vendor shall be considered as equal unless all the following criteria are met without exception: 1. The system and all of its peripherals shall be by a single source manufacturer who shall assume responsible for obtaining all Fire Alarm components for compatibility of the Fire Alarm system. 2. The supplier shall have been supplying and servicing Fire Alarm systems for a minimum of 10 years with previous. 3. The supplier shall maintain a qualified factory trained service department and fully stocked parts department. 4. All service shall be done at the job site. 5. The Fire Alarm Contractor / installation company shall be the authorized distributor of the Fire Alarm system being provided. 6. The Fire Alarm Contractor I installation company must have satisfactorily engineered and installed at least four (4) Fire Alarm / Life Safety Systems with Voice Evacuation Systems for similar projects. 1.6 GENERAL A. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System shall be continually supervised and monitor, by programmed zones, the following circuits: 1. Manual Fire Pull Stations 2. Smoke and Heat Detectors 3. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Flow Alarms 4. Automatic Fire Sprinkler Valve Supervision including OS &Y and PIVs 5. Duct Smoke Detector Supervision 6. Alarm Speaker Circuits T. System panels B. The Life Safety Fire AlarmlVoice Evacuation System shall be programmed such that the general location of a device (i.e. 2nd floor, westside) and the type of device is reported to the central monitoring station. In addition, each HVAC unit shall be reported individually at the Panel. However, every individual initiating device shall be individually identified locally regardless of the number of devices the code(s) may allow on a single circuit. C. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System shall respond to a fire emergency through support and control of the following circuits: 16721 -4 1. Automatic visual and audio evacuation notification and emergency public address system(s). 2. Door release(s) 3. Elevator recall, where applicable. 4. Projection and sound shut down. 5. HVAC shut down 'd required. 6. Central station notifications. D. All components of the Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System, such as the Fire Alarm Panel(s), Notification Device Power Supplies, Voice Evacuation system, etc. shall have a battery charger circuit so that the whole Fire Alarm System shall be capable of complying with the following requirements: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. Sixty (60) hours of battery standby power with fifteen (15) minutes of alarm signaling at the end of this sixty (60) hour period (as required per NFPA 72 remote station signaling requirements) using rechargeable batteries with automatic charger to maintain standby gel -cell batteries in fully charge condition. OR 2. Twenty -four (24) hours of battery standby power with fifteen (15) minutes of alarm signaling at the end of this twenty -four (24) hour period (as required by NFPA 72 central station or proprietary signaling requirements) using rechargeable batteries with automatic charger to maintain gel -cell batteries in fully charged condition. E. All screw terminals shall be capable of accepting 14 -18 AWG wire. In high ceiling areas, such as atriums, where spot -type smoke detectors are not accessible for periodic maintenance and testing, projected beam -type detectors should be used when smoke detection is required. G. All Smoke fire dampers shall close upon the detection of smoke and controlled by an auxiliary relay via the Fire Alarm System. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE ALARM CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT The Fire Alarm Central Control (FAC) shall consist, at the very least, a Main Fire Alarm Control Panel and Main Voice Evacuation Panel. A. Location The FAC shall be located in a central location, such as the projection booth or telephone room, where there is adequate wall space for the equipment to be installed. Installation in the public areas such as Lobbies should be avoided if possible. B. Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) The Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shag be Silent Knight Model IFP -1000 analog addressable control panel. The FACP must: 1. Signal Line Circuits (SLC) a. Be capable of supporting 127 analog addressable points and be expandable to a maximum of 1016 analog addressable points via the Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) b. The Fire Alarm system shall be capable of having SLC expander modules added via the Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) and at one of the Remote Intelligent Distribution Power Supply Modules. C. Each Signal Line Circuit (SLC) shall be capable of a wiring distance of 10,000 feet from the SLC driver module and be capable of supporting 127 devices. d. The communication protocol for the SLC devices must be digital. e. Any SLC loop device, which goes into alarm, must interrupt the polling cycle of priority response from the FACP. The FACP must respond consistently to a device that does into alarm on an SLC. f. The SLC shall be capable of functioning. in a class A or class B configuration. g. The SLC shall be two (2) conductor standard NEC 760 compliant wiring, no twisted, shielded or mid capacitance wiring is required for standard installations. 2. Built -in annunciator: a. Have a built -in annunciator with an 80 character LCD display. When in the normal condition the LCD shall display lime and date based on a 200 -year clock that is capable of automatic daylight savings time adjustments. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-5 16721-6 b. Feature LED's for: 1) General Alarm 2) Supervisory 3) System Trouble 4) System Silence, and 5) Power. 6) All controls and programming keys are to be silicone mechanical type with tactile and audible feedback. No membrane style buttons will be permissible. C. The annunciator must be able to silence and reset alarms using a keypad entered code, or by using a firefighter key. d. The annunciators must have two levels of user codes that will allow the limitation of operating system programming to authorized individuals. 3. Day/Night Sensitivity Have Day/Night sensitivity capabilities on detectors set by programming days and times. 4. Communicator Have a built in UL® approved digital communicator. The communicator must allow local and remote upidownloading of the system operating options, event history, and detector sensitivity data, Contact ID reporting. Panels that do not have this capability will not be accepted. 5. Smoke Detectors Testing Automatically test smoke detectors in compliance with NFPA standards to ensure that they are within listed sensitivity parameters and be UL® listed for this purpose. 6. Inter -Panel Communications Be capable of linking, via either a class A or class Data Communication Bus (S -Bus RS485) up to a length of 6,000 feet, with the following (when installed): a. Remote Annunciators b. Signal Line Circuit Expander modules C. Intelligent Power Supply Modules d. Serial Parallel (computer printer) modules e. LED/Input-Output Modules f. LED Fire Annunciators The Data Communication Bus (S -Bus RS485) shall be four (4) conductor standard NEC 760 compliant wiring, no twisted, shielded or mid capacitance wiring is required for standard installations 7. Ground Fault Detection Have a ground fault detection circuit, to detect positive and negative grounds on all field wiring. The ground fault detector shall operate the general trouble devices as specified but shall not came an alarm to be sounded. Ground fault will not interfere with the normal operation of such as alarm, or other trouble conditions. B. Walk Testing Be capable of a 'Walk Test" mode that functions so that each alarm input tested will operate the associated notification appliance for two seconds. The FACP will then automatically perform a reset and confirm normal device operation. The event memory shall contain the information on a point tested as well as generating a test report to the central station. If the "Walk Test" is not terminated manually in 60 minutes, it will end automatically. Any panel that does not have this capability will not be accepted. 9. On Board Programmer Have an on board programmer which will allow for all system functions and options to be programmed. Any panel that does not have this capability will not be accepted, 10. Device Programming CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Have the capability of programming notification circuits and modules via a mapping structure that allows for a maximum of 250 output groups. Each of these groups shall have the ability to be triggered by any of the FACP's 125 zones. A zone may trigger from groups individually, or may contain a global trigger for manual pull stations, fire drills and two different system alarms. C. Voice Evacuation Control Panel (EVAC) 1. The EVAC shall be custom distributed audio system by Audiosone, producing the audio at the main EVAC, and distributing it to the other sub panels. 2. The EVAC shall be triggered by a 24 volt polarity reversing of a Notification Appliance Circuit (NAC), Bell Circuit, or SLC Signal Module. a. Signal Circuit output shall be 70 VRMS and supervised. b. The NACs shall be'Silenceable' for audio system quieting without 'Resetting' the FACP. C. For troubleshooting purposes, there shall not be more than ten (10) speakers per speaker circuit. 3. The EVAC system shall have a built -in digital recorded evacuation message. a. The message is to be broadcasted three (3) times, preceded by an alert tone, and then the alert tone will continue to sound until the alarm is reset or silenced. b. A Push To Talk (PTT) microphone shall have priority over the message and the tones, so that it interrupts the record message and /or alert tones with a live voice message from the microphone. 4. The EVAC system shall have a Push To Talk (PTT) microphone shall be located at the Fire Command Station. 5. The system shall be capable of handling additional panels that contain amplifiers and zone splitters. Distribution shall be supervised between the panels. 6. The EVAC system shall comply with NFPA's audible characteristics. However, the sound level shall not be less than 75 dBA at 10 feet and nor more than 120 dBA at the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. a. The sound level of the installed audible signal shall have a sound level of at least 15 dBA over normal ambient sound levels and shall meet the requirements of both NFPA and the authority having jurisdiction. b. There shall be an adequate number of speakers so that the signals can be clearly heard regardless of the maximum noise level produced under normal conditions of occupancy. D. Digital Communicator 1. The Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System digital communicator must be a built in integral part of the FACP, capable of reporting all zones of alarm, supervisory, and trouble as well as all system status information such as loss of AC, low battery, ground fault, loss of supervision to any remote devices with individual and distinct messages to a central station or remote station. 2. The communicator must, also, be capable of up /downloading of all system programming options, event history and sensitivity compliance information to a PC on site or at a remote location. 3. The communicator must be programmed to report a Contact ID format to the Central Station. 4. The communicator shall have a delayed AC loss report function which will provide a programmable report delay plus a 10 -25 minute random component to help ease traffic to the central station during a power outage. 5. The communicator shall have the ability to seize two telephone lines to report alarms and troubles to a monitoring facility. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-7 a. Both phone lines are to be supervised, and b. will activate a trouble signal If a line failure is sustained for more than 45 seconds. C. There shall be two (2) different watts line phone numbers with two (2) different carriers. 6. The communicator shall have the capability of handling 4 different monitoring accounts. 7. The FACP /Communicator shall be programmed so that zones are set up per type of device. Individual zones shall be programmed to report to the Central Station. a. Manual pull stations, b. Smokes detectors, G. Waterflows, d. Water tampers, e. PIV and OS &Y tampers f. Smoke duct detectors, etc E. Layout 1. The FACP shall be mounted so that the built in annunciator is centered at 61 inches above the finished Floor. 2. All of the other FAC panels shall be installed to line up on the FACP panel. 3. A electrical raceway (gutter) shall be installed horizontally just above the panels, extending just beyond the panels to allow conduit to be connected downward, when needed. When panels are stacked vertically there shall also be a vertical electrical raceway installed between or next to the panels. Such electrical raceway shall be organized so that all wiring, other than primary 120 VAC, is feed through the electrical raceway (gutter). All conduits, other than 120 VAC, shall first enter the electrical raceway. Panels shall be connected to the gutter by means of 1.5 inch offsets to the electrical raceway. No conduits and/or offset shall enter the bottom 113 of a panel to protect the battery storage area. 120 VAC shall enter a panel at the closes point possible to the 120 VAC terminals. 4. Over each NAC power supply unit and /or Fire Alarm Control panel, three (3) standard 5 inch square deep boxes shall be placed above the gutter, by means of 1 inch offsets, for mounting the NAC synchronization modules if needed. 2.2 FIRE COMMAND STATION (FCS) A. Location 16721 -8 The Fire Command Station control equipment shall be located in the lobby, near the building entrance or other location approved by they authority having jurisdiction The fire command station shall be designed to provide a communication center for the arriving fire department. It usually is a location other than the Main FACP and EVAC. B. Remote Annunciator (Silent Knight Model RA -1000) The FCS location shall have Remote Annunciator(s) to indicate a Fire Alarm or Trouble condition. 1. The Remote LCD Annunciator shall have the same control and display layout as the main Fire Alarm Control Panel so that it matches identically the built in annunciator on the main Fire Alarm Control Panel. 2. LED Remote annunciators, if installed, shall have individually mapped LEDs and reset and silence inputs. The reset and silence inputs must use the same flrefightVs key as the LCD annunciator. C. Remote Microphone The Push To Talk (PTT) microphone shall be located at the FCS CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 2. The Push To Talk shall have priority over the message and the tones, so that it interrupts the record message and/or alert tones with a live voice message from the microphone. D. Layout 1. The Remote Annunclator(s) shall be centered at 57 inches above the finished floor (AFF). 2. The Remote Voice Evacuation Microphone shall be mounted to the left of the Remote Annunciator(s) 3. All FCS Panels / Cabinets shall be flush mounted. Care shall be taken to assure that the Microphone Cabinet door can open fully once the wall finish (marble, tile, etc.) is installed. 2.3 FIRE ALARM REMOTELY LOCATED CONTROL UNIT(S) FARL Fire Alarm Remotely Located Control Units shall be utilized to provide a remote location for SLC, NAC, Audio Circuits, initiating device modules, etc. to conserve on wire length, limit voltage drop(s), provide faster installation and trouble shooting. An examples of a FARL location is a wing of the complex within a building fire zone. A. Equipment 1. Each Fire Alarm Remotely Located Control Unit(s) may contain: Intelligent Power Supply Units(s) Voice Evacuation distributed audio panel(s) EVAC Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet(s) FATC B. Layout The FARL shall be organized so that all the Fire Alarm System wiring, other than primary 120 VAC, is feed through a common electrical raceway (gutter). Such raceway shall be just above all of the panels / cabinets I terminal / etc. All conduits coming from below shall first enter the raceway. No conduits shall enter the bottom a panel to protect the battery storage area. 1. The FARL panels shall be installed, when ever possible, in a horizontal line with the lop not being higher than 66 inches above the finished floor. 2. A electrical raceway (gutter) shall be installed horizontally just above the panels, extending just beyond the panels to allow conduit to be connected downward, when needed. When panels are stacked vertically there shall also be a vertical electrical raceway installed between or next to the panels. Such electrical raceway shall be organized so that all wiring, other than primary 120 VAC, is feed through the electrical raceway (gutter). All conduits, other than 120 VAC, shall first enter the electrical raceway. Panels shall be connected to the gutter by means of 1.5 inch offsets to the electrical raceway. No conduits and/or offset shall enter the bottom 1/3 of a panel to protect the battery storage area. 120 VAC shall enter a panel at the closes point possible to the 120 VAC terminals. 3. Over each NAC power supply module, three (3) standard 5 inch square extra deep boxes shall be placed above the gutter, by means of 1 inch offsets, for mounting the NAC synchronization module if needed. 2.4 PERIPHERAL APPLIANCES AND PANELS REQUIREMENTS A. Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet (FATC) The Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet shall be utilized as central point to distribute or gather circuit connections from the FAC as well as at housing SLC initiating devices. The cabinet shall house: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 - 9 1. Analog addressable modules for Duct Smoke Detectors. 2. Barrier Terminal Strips connections for such items as: a. Duct Smoke Detectors power if necessary. b. Evacuation Speakers Circuits coming from FAC or FARL C. SLC Loops B. SLC Loop Devices Smoke and Heal Detectors Photoelectric, ionization smoke detectors and Heat Detectors shall be addressable analog devices that: a. Automatic compliance with NFPA 72 standards for detector sensitivity testing. b. Drift compensate to assure detector is operating correctly C. Send a maintenance alert when a detector nears the trouble condition d. Send a Trouble alert when a detector is out of tolerance e. Send Alert 1 Alarm analog values that indicate fire f. Has the ability to be set to one of three different sensitivity levels at the FACP. g. Can be programmable to a day and a night sensitivity value to allow the FACP to respond at the night level on those days. h. Programmed for Alarm Verification. 2. Monitoring Modules a. Addressable Input Modules shall be used for water flow switches, tamper switches, and other applications requiring dry contact alarm initiation devices. b. Each Input Module device shall be mounts in a standard deep 4 inch square electrical box. C. Only one initiating device shall be permitted per Input Module. d. Mini Addressable Input Modules shall be used for pull stations and other applications requiring dry contact alarm initiation devices. 3. Addressable Relay Modules Addressable Relay Modules shall be used to control a normally open or closed device such as elevator recall, door closing, fan operations, and auxiliary notification devices. The Relay Modules shall be mounted in a standard deep 4 inch square electrical box. 4. Addressable Signal Modules Addressable Signal Modules can be used to provide an additional notification circuit on a SLC loop. In addition, Signal Modules can be used to trigger EVAC panels and non address notification power supplies. C. LED/Input-Output Modules If called for, the Fire Alarm programmable LED/Input-Output modules that can program up to 40 LED outputs and eight supervised dry contact inputs can be mapped to show zone or panel condition. The eight supervised dry contact inputs can be used for reset switches. D. LED Fire Annunciators If called for the Fire Alarm system shall be used to provide a visual indication of the current state of the zone inputs on the control panel. Each annunciator shall have 30 programmable LED outputs —15 red and 15 yellow along with a plezo sounder to give an audible indication during alarms, troubles and supervisory troubles. E. Serial Parallel Module (Silent Knight Model 5824) 16721 -10 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1. The Fire Alarm system shall have at least one serial I parallel interfaces permanently installed. 2. The serial I parallel interfaces are capable of driving standard serial or parallel computer printers. It shall be capable of being programmed to be supervised or unsupervised; log events as they occur; print an event history report; print a status report of all analog addressed detectors in the system. If the printer runs out of paper a "out of paper" system trouble will annunciate at the control panel. Intelligent Power Supply Units (Silent Knight Model RPS -1000) The Fire Alarm System shall be capable of supporting up to eight Intelligent Power supply units that: 1. Provide 5 additional amps of power each. 2. The modules have 6 programmable circuits that shall have the same functionality as the circuits on the main FACP. 3. Each power supply shall have two (2) programmable form "C:" relays on board. 4. The power supply shall be connected via Data Communications Bus (S-Bus RS485) at a maximum distance of 6000 ft. from the main FACP. 5. The power unit shaft, also, act as a bus repeater, if needed, so that additional S -Bus devices can be connected at a maximum distance of 6000 ft. from the intelligent power supply unit. G. Manual Pull Stations (RSG Model RMS -IP -LP Series) Manual Pull Stations shall be: 1. Non coded, analog addressable by either the use of a monitor module or a built -in address module such that each Manual Pull Station has its own address. 2. Double action to reduce false alarms caused by accidental operations. 3. Mounted on a standard deep 4 inch square electrical box with a single gang ring, centered at 48 inches above the finished floor (AFF). If a analog addressable monitor module is used it shall be mounted 1 placed inside the mounting box. H. Smoke Detector (Silent Knight SD505 -APS) 1. Smoke Detectors shall be a. analog addressable photoelectric b. 2 wire twist -lock base C. listed for use with the FACP and d. both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. 2. The sensitivity of the detector shall be set via the Fire Alarm control panel. 3. The Smoke detectors shall be mounted on a standard 4 inch square electrical box with a 3 inch 0 ring. Heat Detectors (Silent Knight SD505 -AHS) Heat Detectors shall be a. analog addressable b. 2 wire twist -lock base c. listed for use with the FACP and d. both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. 2. The sensitivity of the detector shall be set via the Fire Alarm control panel. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -11 The Smoke detectors shall be mounted on a standard 4 inch square electrical box with a 3 inch O ring. J. Duct Smoke Detectors 1. Duct Smoke Detectors shall be a. Photoelectric b. 24 volt AC /DC 4 wire detectors C. compatible with the Fire Alarm System d. and shall be both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. 2. Duct Smoke Detectors shall be provided and installed by the HVAC contractor. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall make the necessary connections to supervise the Duct Smoke Detectors. 3. Each Duct Smoke Detector shall be individually addressed by means of an analog addressable module or addressable Dud Detector. The modules shall be placed in a Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet (FATC) on the Projection Level 4. All Duct Smoke Detectors shall be on a SLC loop separate from other devices. 5. If Duct Smoke Detectors are installed on the roof level the Duct Smoke Detector must be installed in a NEMA and UL® listed enclosure approved by the Duct Smoke Detector manufacturer. 6. If Duct Smoke Detectors are installed below the roof level: a. Each Duct Smoke Detector must have its own Remote Testing Module, compatible with the Duct Smoke Detector and listed by the manufacturer, installed. b. A tag / label shall be provided on the ceiling to mark the location of the Duct Smoke Detector (AC # and location) and address point number for each Duct Smoke Detector. Power for the Duct Smoke Detectors shall be 24 volt ACIDC and shall come from the HVAC tracker panel. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall provided a single relay / switch, next to the FACP, to break the Duct Smoke Detector power (that is coming from the tracker panel) as a means of resetting the Duct Smoke Detectors. K. Smoke Beam Detectors 1. In high ceiling areas, such as atriums, where spot -type smoke detectors are not easily accessible for periodic maintenance and testing, projected beam -type detectors can be used in accordance with NFPA. 2. Each Smoke Beam Detector must have its own address by means of an analog addressable monitor. The modules shall be placed in a Fire Alarm Terminal Cabinet (FATC). 3. Each Smoke Beam Detector shall be shall be both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. L. Strobes (Wheelock RSS Series) 1. Strobes shall be 24 volt synchronized notification devices to easily meet ADA requirements by the addition of a DSM synchronization module when required. 2. Strobes shall be both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. 3. All strobe lights shall be mounted so that the bottom of the strobe fixture is at 80 inches above the finished floor (AFF) or 6 inches below the ceiling (whichever is lower). 4. The Fire Alarm system plans submitted shall show each individual strobe's candela value. In addition the'as - built' plans shall show each strobe's candela value. 5. Strobes shall be mounted a. Flush mounted in the wall for all public areas except on theatre side walls that can not be penetrated. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 16721-12 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM b. When strobes are flush mounted in a wall the strobes shall be mounted in a deep 4 inch square electrical box with an extension box. C. When strobes are surface mounted on a wall they shall be mounted in a red Wheelock 4 inch square surface mounted back box designed for such installations. M. Speaker Strobes (Wheelock ET Series) 1. Strobes shall be 24 volt synchronized notification devices to easily meet ADA requirements by the addition of a DSM synchronization module when required. 2. Shall be both State Fire Marshal and UL® listed. 3. The Speaker shall be 70 Volts RMS with a minimum range of 114 wafts to 4 watts. 4. The Fire Alarm system plans submitted shall show each individual strobe's candela value and the speaker tap value. In addition the 'as- built' plans shall show each strobe's candela value and the speaker tap value. 5. All speaker strobes shall be mounted so that the bottom of the strobe fixture is at 80 inches above the finished floor (AFF) or 6 inches below the ceiling (whichever is lower). a. Speaker strobes shall be mounted b. Flush mounted in the wall for all public areas except on theatre side walls that can not be penetrated. C. When speaker strobes are flush mounted in a wall the speaker strobes shall be mounted in a deep 4 inch square electrical box with an extension box. d. When speaker strobes are surface mounted on a wall they shall be mounted in a red Wheelock 4 inch square surface mounted back box designed for such installations. N. Water Tamper and Flow Switches Water Tamper Switches: a. Tamper switches are to be furnished by others. b. Instructions on installation and wiring of such tamper switches shall be furnished to the Fire Alarm Contractor at the time the switches are furnished. C. Only one PIV, riser shutoff, or OS &Y, etc. per individual analog addressable monitor module shall be permitted. 2. Water Flow Switches: a. Water flow switches are to be furnished by others and installed by the Sprinkler Contractor. b. If an electric bell is to be installed, a second set of switches are to be furnished to assure compliance with NEC 760. G. Each Water Riser Flow Switch shall have its own individual analog addressable monitor module. 0. Door Holders 1. The Door Contractor must coordinate with the Electrical Contractor and Fire Alarm Contractor regarding the placement of release devices, power requirements, etc. for any Door Holder and /or smoke doors. Door Holders shall be by others. 2. The Electrical Contractor shall provide power for the Door Holders I smoke doors, etc. along with any needed low current contactorlrelay. a. The contactor/relay shall be compatible with the analog addressable relay module use to control the Door Holder andlor smoke doors. b. The contactor/relay shall be installed in a junction box along with a standard deep 4 inch square box (lo hold the analog addressable relay module). CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-13 Auxiliary Relays 1. Auxiliary Relays shall be used for Projector Shutdown, HVAC shutdown and other switching options controlled by the FACP. 2. Auxiliary Relays shall be both State Fire Marshal, in states where applicable, and UL® listed. 3. Contact rating shall be 10A Res @ 115 VAC N.O. 116 HP @ 115 VAC N.C. 11B HP @ 115 VAC 4. The backbox enclosure shall be of 18 gage with a 112 inch conduit knockouts at each end. 5. Auxiliary Relays shall be, compliant with NFPA, within 3 ft of the device being controlled and monitored 1 supervised for integrity. However if the device being controlled operates on a loss of power it shall be considered seti- monitoring for integrity. 6. Auxiliary Relay shall be compatible for use on a 24 VDC notification appliance circuit and shall be installed on the notification appliance circuit (NAC). No other notification appliance may be on the same NAC that has any Auxiliary Relays. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ALARM A. When an initiating device detects any alarm condition the control panel must respond by showing a General Alarm or Supervisory Alarm LED on the annunciator(s) and the LCD should prompt the user as to the number of current events. The alarm information must be stored in the event memory for later review. Event memory must be available at the main and all remote annunciators. B. When the alarmed device is restored to normal, the control panel shall be required to be manually reset to clear the alarm condition, except that the alarms may be silenced as programmed. C. An alarm shall be silenced by a "code' or ° key" at the main or remote annunciators. When silenced, this shall not prevent the resounding of the subsequent events if another event should occur (subsequent alarm feature) in a different zone. When alarms are silenced the silenced LED on the control panel, and on any remote annunciator shall remain lit, unfit the alarmed device is returned to normal. 32 TROUBLES A. When an initialing device detects a trouble condition, the Control Panel System Trouble LED should light and the LCD should prompt the user as to the number of current events. The trouble information must be stored in event memory later review. Event memory must be available at the main and remote annunciators. B. When the device in trouble is restored to normal, the Control Panel shall be automatically reset. The trouble restore information must be stored in event memory for later review. Event memory must be available at the main and all remote annunciators. A trouble shall be silenced by a code or Firefighter's key at the main or remote annunciators. When silenced, this shall not prevent the resounding of subsequent events if any other event should occur. 3.3 SUPERVISION METHODS A. Each SLC loop shall be electrically supervised for opens and ground faults in the circuit wiring, and shall be so arranged that a fault condition on any loop will not cause an alarm to sound. Additionally, every addressable device connected to the SLC will be supervised and individually identified in a fault condition. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER 16721 -14 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM The occurrence of any fault will light a trouble LED and sound the system trouble sounder, but will not interfere with the proper operation of any circuit which does not have a fault. 3.4 WIRING & INSTALLATION A. The Fire Alarm contractor shall wire and install the system as prescribed by the local authority having jurisdiction. B. The Fire Alarm contractor shall wire and the system according to the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. C. It shall be the Fire Alarm contractors responsibility to coordinate with the supplier and Electrical Contractor regarding the correct wiring procedures before any conduits or conductors is installed. D. The Fire Alarm contractor shall perform any continuity testing required to ensure system completeness and performance. E. All wire used on the Life Safety Fire Alarm/Voice Evacuation System shall be U.L.® Listed as Fire Alarm protection signaling circuit cable per NEC 760. THHNfrHWN wire shall be used for all wiring going in underground conduits. F. Conduit Size: The minimum conduit size to be installed shall be 314 inch unless otherwise stated in this specification. All conduits shall be marked in Red Color. G. All wiring between the Fire Command Station Control Equipment and the Central Control Equipment shall be in conduit or other metal raceway. The conduit for this purpose shall be a minimum of two 1 inch conduits. H. Control Units: 1. All panels and raceways (gutters) shall be surface mounted with the top of the cabinets no more than 6 feet above the finished Floor. 2. The raceway (gutter) shall be mounted 6 inches above the cabinets. The raceway shall be connected to the panels by two each 1.5 inch offsets. The raceway shall be long enough to cover length of all of the cabinets plus any downward stubsloonduit connections that may be needed. 3. A minimum of one 2 inch conduit stubs, outward, from the gutter shall be provided, by the Electrical Contractor, for each Fire cabinet. 4. Care shall be taken, by the Electrical Contractor, to assure that no cabinet is penetrated near the bottom of the panel I back box where the batteries are placed. I. Aft Wire between system units, such as the Fire Alarm Central Control Unit and the Fire Alarm Remotely Located Control Unit(s), must be in conduit or other metal raceway and shall not be exposed. The conduit for this purpose shall be a minimum of 2 inches. J. All wiring that goes through an inaccessible hard lid area shall be in conduit sleeves. K. All fire alarm wiring for Duct Smoke Detectors shall be in conduit, dedicated to the Fire Alarm System, from the Duct Smoke Detector to an accessible point in the projection booth. Such conduit may be 112 inch. L. Conduit(s) shall not have bends totaling more than 270 degrees between pull points. No pull run shall be greater than 150 feet without a pull string. Conduits shall, whenever possible, face each other at pull boxes so that cabling goes straight through. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721 -15 M. For conduits) going to the Automatic Water Fire Sprinkler System: No boxes are to be used outside by the device / switch. Inside the building the conduit is to have a deep 4 inch square standard electrical box, suitable for mounting a analog addressable monitor module, for each Fire Alarm water flow switch, Riser Shutoff, PIV, and OS &Y. N. All Fire Alarm / Life Safety System junction boxes and covers shall be durably marked where plainly visible. 3.5 POWER REQUIREMENTS A. All Control Panels and Remote Panels shall receive 120 VAC power via a dedicated branch circuit. B. As permitted by NFPA, such power shall be a'separate service' in accordance with NEC (1996) 700 -12(d) C. The circuit and connections shall be mechanically protected. The circuit disconnecting means shall have a red marking, be accessible only to authorized personnel and be identified as 'FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT CONTROL ". D. The location of the circuit disconnecting means shall be permanently identified at the fire alarm control units. 3.6 Testing A. Prior to Final Testing Prerequisites to Any Testing a. Two dedicated phone lines, provided by others, shall be in place and working. b. Permanent (120 VAC) primary power must be on, uninterrupted, and reliable in accordance with NFPA and NEC. Such power must be on an adequate time for the Fire Alarm Contractor to pre -test and correct any problems found with the Fire Alarm (Life Safety System. C. All other life safety systems that interface with the Fire Alarm system need to coordinate with the Fire Alarm Contractor to assure that they are operational and are pre - tested with the Fire Alarm system. 2. Before final approval by the authority having jurisdiction is requested the Fire Alarm Contractor shall furnish a written statement to the effect that the system has been installed in accordance with approved plans and pre - tested in with the manufacturer's specification and the appropriate NFPA requirements. 3. A certificate of completion shall be prepared for each system in accordance with NFPA. B. Final Testing. 1. Final testing by the authority have jurisdiction shall not be requested until the Fire Alarm f Life Safety System has been fully pre - tested by the Fire Alarm Contractor. 2. Final testing, including owners testing, shall be in accordance with those methods described in NFPA'testing methods'. 1 The Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide all necessary testing equipment including but not limited to: 16721-16 a. VOIVOhm meter b. Two way radios C. dBA meter d. Watch with second hand /readout e. FACP, Misc. Panels, and Breakaway Look Keys. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM I. Screwdrivers g. Step ladder h. Approved Smoke Spray 4. Owners Testing a. In addition to the Authority having jurisdiction, the owner reserves the right to conduct a final test and inspection with the Architect and/or Electrical Engineer. b. The Fire Alarm Contractor shall provide detailed test results in the form of a test log. Exception: For the purposes of this section, should the system fail to be accepted by the authority having jurisdiction, Architect, Engineer, and /or Owner because of items that are the responsibility of others and/or are not within the scope of the Fire Alarm Contractor's work, as described in this section, then the system shall be considered accepted. (The intent of this exception is to assure that the Fire Alarm Contractor is not penalized because of the work of others.) 3.7 CLOSE OUT INFORMATION, MANUALS AND DRAWINGS A. Operating and Instruction Manuals 1. Three (3) sets of Owner's Manuals, Operating Instruction Manuals, and Installation Instructions covering all system equipment shall be delivered to the owner upon completion of the system. 2. A complete list of all devices, listing the type, values, address, etc 3. Hard copy of all system program. 4. Warranty. B. As -Built Drawings: A complete set of reproducible "as- built" drawing shall be delivered to the owner upon completion of the system showing: 1. installed wiring 2. analog addresses 3, speakertaps 4. strobe candela 5. location of all installed equipment 6. specific interconnections between all equipment 7. internal wiring of equipment 8. any alteration of equipment or wiring from the approved submittals C. Certificate of Completion The Certificate of Completion shall be delivered to the owner after completion of the installation wiring test and the final completion of the operational acceptance test. :1Tirt7 A. Fire Alarm Contractor's Warranty The Fire Alarm Contractor shall Warranty all materials, installation and workmanship for a one (1) year period, unless otherwise specified, from the dale of final acceptance of the Fire Alarm / Life Safety System described in this section by the authority having jurisdiction and the Architect, Engineer and Owner. END OF SECTION 16721 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 16721-17 SECTION 16770 —SPEAKER SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 20312.10 - 06 -01 -20 A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Div: 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this Section. 1.2 QUALIFICATIONS Comply with the following A. Company: Work of this section shall be performed by a Sound and Audio-Visual Contractor who has at least (8) years direct experience with the devices, equipment and systems of the type and scope specked herein, and who has a fully staffed and equipped maintenance and repair facility, and who is licensed to perform work of this type in the project jurisdiction. In addition, the contractor must have experience in Sound Systems and has completed at least 5 similar projects. The contractor must have a complete Engineering, Technical, and Service staff and hold a valid C -7 or C -10 Contractors License. Qualifications must be submitted in writing to the AV Consultant. B. Personnel: Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this section. Supervisors shall have at least (5) years direct experience in similar work. Installation and maintenance personnel shall have at least (3) years direct experience in similar work. C. Designated Supervisor: Provide a designated supervisor present and in responsible charge in the fabrication shop and on the Project Site during all phases of installation and testing of the work of this seclion. This supervisor shall be the same individual through the execution of the work unless illness, loss of personnel, or other circumstances reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor intervene. D. Coordination: Coordinate the work of this section with the work of all other sections. Comply with Division 1. E. Verification: Verify dimensions and conditions at the project site. Submit any conflicts in a timely manner for resolution. F, Project Site Installation and Testing: Install as specified herein. Perform specked adjustment procedures. Provide test equipment and test according to procedures specified herein. Request verification of Project Site test in a timely manner. G. Reference /Project Record Documents: Al all times when the work is in progress, maintain at the workplace, fabrication shop or Project Site as applies, a complete set of the latest stamped, adioned submittals of record for reference. Also, maintain a separate, dean, undamaged set for preparation of Project Record Documents. Also, maintain at the workplace a complete set of manufacturers original operation, instruction, and service manuals for each equipment item for reference. H. Schedule: Comply with the Project schedule. Make all submittals specked herein in a timely manner. Failure to make timely submittals complete as specified herein is considered to be lack of substantial progress of the work of this Section. 1. Deliver all equipment, devices and materials required for the work of this Section and install, test and ready all work for Acceptance Testing at least fourteen (14) days prior to the completion date for the associated area of the Project, unless specifically instructed otherwise by the Architect. 2. Temporary Equipment: Provide and operate, without claim for additional cost or time, temporary CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM 16770 -1 equipment and/or systems to provide reasonably equivalent function, as determined by the Architect, in lieu of the work of this Section which is incomplete or found not in conformance with the Contract Documents as of seven (7) days prior to the completion date. Provide such temporary equipment until Acceptance of the work of this Section. Thereafter, remove such temporary equipment. 1.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Codes and Regulations: Perform all work in strict accordance with all applicable Federal, State, County and City Codes, regulations and ordinances. B. Unlisted Equipment: Certain equipment specified herein does not bear listings by Underwriters Laboratories (UL), CE, or other testing labs. Such equipment is specified herein only where no equipment is known to exist bearing such listing which will perform the function as required by the Owner. In such case, when mandated by the authority having jurisdiction, apply for field inspection of such equipment. Pay cost of such Inspection. 1.4 SCOPE A. Provide and install the Speaker System and cabling only for the Community Center Meeting Rooms and Gymnasium as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. B. The purpose of the Speaker System is to provide quality audio throughout the Multipurpose Rooms and Gymnasium for the Future Sound Equipment. The system shall provide microphone locations in the Multipurpose Rooms and Gymnasium. Provide cabling and microphone receptacles. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper alignment, adjustment of the Loudspeakers to deliver proper sound coverage. D. The Contractor shall adjust all audio equipment using a TEF or Smart Live analyzer. E. Coordinate the General, Electrical and Millwork Contractors concerning conduit, mic receptacles and other equipment locations. F. The Contractor shall be responsible for verifying the compatibility of all equipment and related hardware with related work performed by others, this includes but is not limited to electrical, mechanical, structural, and all finish work. G. The Contractor shall provide all system engineering and design necessary to develop the complete system described herein. Engineering and design shall include preparation of all necessary electronic schematics, hardware drawings, and system diagrams. H. The Contractor shall submit six (6) copies of submittals which shall include equipment list, quantities, manufactures specifications sheets, stop drawings, panel layouts, A.V. contractors' qualifications, and other documentation as appropriate for Owners approval. All loudspeaker cabling runs shall be labeled. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 116770 - 2 Comply with requirements of Division 1 and the following: A. Deliver materials in manufacture's original undamaged packages or in bulk packing which provide equivalent protection. B. Store packaged materials off grounds or slab in manner to protect them, from elements, especially moisture CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM damage C. Deliver completed, wired, tested equipment racks to associated equipment rooms at the Project site when major work of all other Sections is complete, equipment room ventilation is operating, with clean filters in place, the area is clean and free from airborne contaminates, and continuing work of other trades will not produce airborne contaminates or permit transport of such airborne contaminates to the equipment rooms. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 AUDIO EQUIPMENT A. MEETING ROOM SPEAKERS (1A, 113, 2) 1. Features: a. Mounted per the drawings b. 8" woofer, 4" midrange, 1" tweeter C. Sensitivity shall be 92db, 1walt, tmeter. d. Power capacity shall be 175 watts. e. White grille paintable Rectangular 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Sonance Virtuoso 833D Quantity: refer to drawings. with rough -in rings Install in the side of soffits B. MEETING ROOM SPEAKERS (Room 3) 1. Features: a. Mounted per the drawings. b. 6.5 woofer, 314" tweeter. C. Sensitivity shall be 89db, lwatt, 1 meter. d. Power capacity shall be 75 watts. e. White grille paintable: Round. 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. JBL Control 26C Quantity: refer to drawings. with rough -in rings Install in the lower ceiling. C. GYMNASIUM LOUD SPEAKERS 1. Features: a. High Power 2 -way b. 60hz -17khz 95dBSPL c. white color d. 12" woofer with 1.5" HF compression horn e. 600 watt program, 8 ohm CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM 16770 - 3 2. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. JBL AM6212/64 with eye bolts or U- Bracket for mounting on Beams Quantity: 14 refer to drawings 2.2 VENDOR/SUPPLIER A. Equipment is available through BILL'S SOUND & SECURITY (714- 540 -9800) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform all work of this Section in accordance with acknowledged industry and professional standards and practices, and the procedures specked herein. The following descriptions are to be applied as appropriate to the scope of the work described in this Section. B. Furnish and install (herein, 'providel all materials, devices, components, and equipment required for complete, operational systems. C. Wire speakers according to the drawings for matching impedance to amplifiers. 3.2 TEST EQUIPMENT A. Furnish, store and maintain test equipment at the fabrication shop and the job site for both routine and Acceptance Testing of the Work of this Section. Maintain all test equipment at the job site while work is in progress from installation of equipment racks until Owner's acceptance of this work; thereafter remove all of this test equipment from the job site. Provide all required test cables, and adapters. Provide at least one (1) each of the following items or approved functional equivalents: 1. Sound Systems: a. Wide Band Oscilloscope b. True RMS Audio Digital Volt - Ohm - Millimeter C, Acoustic Polarity Tester d. Low Distortion Audio Frequency Sine Wave Oscillator e. Pink Noise Generator f. Calibrated Microphone and Pre - Amplifier Assembly g. Real Time Audio Spectrum Analyzer, One -Third Octave. h. TEF 20 Analyzer 3.3 WIRING CLASSIFICATION AND CABLE TYPES A. Audio 1 Mic / Line Cable Classification: 2212 Shielded Cable Acceptable type: a. Belden 5500FE b. Westpenn #291 16770-4 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM B. Control Signal FSR Cable: 1. 8 coed. control cable Acceptable type: a. Westpenn 271 C. Speaker Cable: 1. 12 gage THHN Acceptable type: a. General cable or equal. D. Video f Coaxial Cable 1. RG6 Coax Acceptable types: a. Belden 1694A E. Misc. Power Cable 1. 18/4 2. 1812 Acceptable types: a. Belden 5302UE b. Belden 53000E 3.4 WIRE AND CABLE INSTALLATION A. Provide permanent identification of run destination at all raceway terminations. Label using Panduit PDL series. B. All wire and cable shall be continuous and splice -free for the entire length of the run between designated connections and terminations. C. All shielded cables shall be insulated. Do not permit shields to contact conduit, raceways, boxes, panels or equipment enclosures. D. Within buildings, make splices only in designated terminal cabinets and/or on designated equipment backboards. Outside buildings, make splices only in designated manholes or hand holes. Protect splices outside of buildings with splicing kits equivalent to Scotch cast reenlerabfe. Make splices only with connectors or terminal devices specified herein. Document all splices on Record Drawings. E. Verify that all raceway has been de- burred and property joined, coupled, and terminated prior to installation of cables. Verily that all raceway is clear of foreign matter and substances prior to installation of wire and cable. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM 16770. - 5 3.5 F. Inspect all conduit bends to verify proper radius. Comply with code for minimum permissible radius and maximum permissible deformation. G. Apply a chemically inert lubricant to all wire and cable prior to pulling in conduit. Do not subject wire and cable to tension greater than that recommended by the manufacturer. Use multi spool rollers where cable is pulled in place around bends. Do riot pull reverse bends. H. Provide a box loop for all wire and cable routed through junction boxes or distribution panels. Provide tool formed thermal expansion loops at cable at manholes, hand holes, and at both sides of all foxed mounted equipment. Cable loops and bends shall not be bent at a radius greater than that recommended by the manufacturer. I. Secure all wire and cable run vertically for continuous distances greater than thirty (30) feet. Secure robust non- coaxial cables with screw- flange nylon cable ties or similar approved devices appropriate to weight of cable. For all other cables, provide symmetrical conforming nonmetallic bushings or woven cable grips appropriate to weight of cable. SIGNAL POLARITY CONVENTION A. Maintain consistent absolute signal polarity at all connectors, patch points and connection points accessible in the system. Where applicable, a positive polarity electrical signal shall yield positive acoustic pressure from loudspeakers. B. Audio signal connector convention: AES14 -1992 (ANSI S4.48 -1992) AES standard for professional audio equipment — Application of connectors, Part 1 XLR-type polarity and gender Signal Connector Wire Signal Phase Pin 2 Red or white Signal Anti -Phase Pin 3 Black Signal Ground Pin 1 Drain wire 3.6 WIRING PRACTICE A. Land all non - coaxial field wiring entering each equipment rack at specified terminal devices prior to connection to any equipment or devices with in racks. At Contractors option, such terminals may be located in the equipment racks or in the terminal cabinets provided. Coordinate such selection with project construction sequence and test procedures specified herein. B. Identify all wire and cable clearly with permanent labels wrapped about the full circumference with in one (1) inch of each connection. Indicate the number designated on the associated field or shop drawing or run sheet, as applies. Assign wire or cable shall carry the same labeled designation over its entire run, regardless of intermediate terminations. Provide any of the following: 1. Direct hot stamp. 2. Heat shrinkable factory hot stamped; equivalent to Bradysleeve Heatshrink. 3. Adhesive strip printed labels wrapped the full circumference of the wire and sealed with clear heat shrink tubing; equivalent to Thomas and Betts or Panduit PDL series. C. Apply all crimp connectors only with manufacturer's recommended ratchet type tooling and correct crimp dies for connector and wire size. Plier -type crimp tooling shall not be acceptable. D. Coordinate insulation displacement (quick connect) terminal devices with wire size and type. Comply with manufacturers recommendations. Make connections with automatic impact type tooling set to recommended force. 16770-6 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM E. Make all connections to screw type barrier blocks with insulated crimp type spade lugs. Lugs are not required at captive compression terminal type blocks. Provide permanent designation strips designed for use with terminal blocks provided. Make neat, intelligible markings with indelible marker equivalent to 'Sharpie". F. Tin terminated shield drain wires and insulate with heat shrinkable tubing. G. Use only rosin core 60140 tin /lead solder for all solder connections. H. Dress, lace or harness all wire and cable to prevent mechanical stress on electrical connections. No wire or cable shall be supported by a connection point. Provide service loops where harnesses of different classes cross, or where hinged panels are to be interconnected. 1. Termination and buildout resistors and related circuit correction components shall be visible. Do not install in connector shells or internally modify equipment. Show locations on Record Drawings. J. Correct any and all of the following unacceptable wiring conditions: 1. Deformed, brittle or cracked insulation. 2. Insulation shrunken or stripped further than 1/8 inch away from actual point of connection within connector, or on a punch block. 3. Cold solder joints. 4. Flux joints. 5. Solder splatter 6. Ungrommeted, unbushed, or uninsulated wire or cable entries. 7. Deformation or improper radius of wire or cable. 3.7 SIGNAL GROUNDING PROCEDURES A. Comply with National Electrical Code. B. Unless otherwise noted maintain a unipoint ground scheme. C. Signal and electrical system grounds shall be isolated except at the project ground field connection. D. Equipment Enclosures shall not be permitted to touch each other unless bolted together and electrically bonded. E. Ground and bond equipment racks and similar equipment enclosure containing powered equipment exclusively via the isolated ground conductors provided under Division 16. INSULATE RACK MOUNTING, ANCHORAGE, AND RACEWAY CONNECTIONS. F. At each Ensemble of racks, provide a single labeled isolated ground tubular clamp bus bar terminal strip to land the individual rack isolated ground bus ground conductors. Connect the main isolated ground conductor from the technical power panelboard at this point. G. At each rack, provide an isolated ground bus within the rack. At each rack, provide a lug bonded to the rack frame with a #12 TW stranded wire to the rack isolated ground bus. H. Equipment signal ground shall be to the isolated Ground System via the green wire of the equipment power cord. Where equipment uses two (2) wire power cord, provide #12 green bond wire to rack IG bus bar. At equipment , provide crimp lug and suitable hardware for bonding. 1. Shielded cables of this section shall be grounded exclusively to the isolated ground by a single path. Shield shall be tied to the isolated Ground at one end only, i.e. at the low potential (receiving) end of the run, unless otherwise noted. CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM 16770-7 J. Unless otherwise noted, at audio jackfields, tie source at jack bay frame. Float shields at connections to output jacks. Bus each row of jack frames and run individual #12 green ground wire for each row to rack IG bus bar. K. Signal ground provisions shall realize less than 0.15 ohms to the primary ground connection. 3.8 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE (RACK) AND EQUIPMENT BACKBOARD FABRICATION A. Combustible material, other than incidental trim of indicated equipment, is prohibited within equipment racks. B. Within each equipment enclosure, provide a full height multi - circuit isolated ground outlet strip with branch circuit count as shown on drawings; locate on left side of equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear. In each enclosure, provide number of receptacles required by present and future equipment indicated on drawings, plus at least two spare receptacles. Provide flexible steel raceway and junction box for connection of power service. Bond internal raceway to rack frame. C. Provide permanent label on the front of each equipment rack including the rack designation, and the circuit breaker number and associated electrical panel distribution panel designation servicing same. D. Maintain separation of wiring classifications as specified herein. Separately dress, route and land microphone and line level cables and related on the right side of the equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear; dress, route and land loudspeaker level and control cables on the left side of the equipment enclosure, as viewed from the rear. E. Access shall not require dismounting or de- energizing of equipment. Install access covers, hinged panels, or pull out drawers to insure complete access to terminals and interior components. F. Fasten removable covers containing any wired component with a continuous hinge along one side, with associated wiring secured and dressed to provide an adequate service loop. Provide an appropriate stop locks to hold all hinged panels and drawers in a serviceable position. G. Provide permanent labels for all equipment and devices. Where possible, fasten such labels to the rack frame or to blank or vent panels which will remain in place when active equipment is removed for possible service. H. At jackfields, provide service loop to permit removal of jackfields from rack sufficient to conveniently access all jack contacts for routine maintenance. Organize the service loop and harnesses such that reasonable reconnection of jacks and jack normals is possible without cutting apart the harness. I. Coordinate the design and execution of wire harnessing of mul i -bay rack ensembles with conditions of delivery to installation locations at Project Site, and with the requirement herein for test of the completely wired system in the shop prior to delivery to the Project Site. Organize the wiring harnesses such that they will fold within one shippable unit without risk of damage, or provide polarized multipin connectors and related interconnect systems as specified elsewhere herein. J. At each equipment backboard, provide UL listed surge suppressing multioutlet assembly with at least sic receptacles. 3.9 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING A- Upon completion of the installation of the above speaker system, fully pre -test the system. Notify the AV consultant for final acceptance testing. Provide technician for final adjustments and corrections as directed by the AV consultant. END OF SECTION 16770 16770-8 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER SPEAKER SYSTEM JUL 11 2196 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT C'3511 Agenda Item No. 5 July 11, 2006 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Public Works Department Lloyd Dalton, Project Engineer 949 - 644 -3328 or Idalton @city.newport- beach.ca.us SUBJECT: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER —AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. RECOMMENDATION: Approve Amendment No. 2 to Professional Services Agreement with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., and authorize the Mayor and City Clerk to execute the Amendment. DISCUSSION: On November 12, 2002, the City Council approved a Professional Services Agreement with Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (Pacific Soils) for $47,500 to provide geotechnical investigative services for the Newport Coast Community Center. Amendment No. 1 added $10,000 to the agreement on November 4, 2004. Preliminary geotechnical investigations were completed by Pacific Soils for a total cost of $35,958.38. These encumbrances have been closed and remaining contract amounts were returned to the fund balance. The City Council recently approved the construction contract and budget for the Newport Coast Community Center on April 25, 2006. Geotechnical services are required during precise grading and on -site construction phases of this construction. Pacific Soils has submitted a proposal to amend its scope of services and fee in an amount not to exceed $35,500 to provide precise grading and on -site construction geotechnical services. Since the increase is more than 25% of the original contract amount, City Council approval is required per Council Policy F -14. Staff concurs that the fee of $35,500 is appropriate for the needed additional tasks and recommends Council approval. Environmental Review: This project was found to be categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15332, Class 32, pertaining to urban infill development projects. A Notice of Exemption was filed with the County Clerk and posted on March 30, 2005 for 30 days. Newport Coast Community Center ment No. 2 to Agreement with Pacific Soils En ng, Inc. July 11, 2006 Page 2 Public Notice: Not applicable at this time. Funding Availability: There are sufficient funds available in the following account for the project: Account Description Account Number Amount Newport Coast Community Center 7298- C5100705 $35,500 Prepared by: Submitted by: r,4, � �� - - �L G�Jc,, Lloyd p Iton Stephen G. Badum ProjeKt Engineer Public Works Director Attachment: Amendment No. 2 to the Professional Services Agreement i 0 AMENDMENT NO.2 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this day of , 2006, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "City ") and PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC., a California corporation, whose address is 3002 Dow Avenue, Suite 514, Tustin, California 92780 (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant "), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On November 12, 2002, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement", for geotechnical services for the Newport Coast Community Center, hereinafter referred to as "Project ". B. On November 4, 2004, the City entered into Amendment No. 1 to reflect professional services not included in Agreement and to extend the term of Agreement to December 31, 2005. C. City now desires to retain and compensate Consultant for construction phase geotechnical services not contemplated in the original Professional Services Agreement and Amendment No. 1, and to extend the term of agreement to December 31, 2007. D. City and Consultant mutuall desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as Amendment No. 2, as provided below: NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: Consultant shall be compensated for professional services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 2 in accordance with "Exhibit A" dated May 31, 2006, and attached hereto. 2. Total additional compensation pursuant to this Amendment No with this Amendment No. 2, subconsultant fees, shall not Hundred Dollars ($35,500). to Consultant for services performed 2 for all work performed in accordance including all reimburseable items and exceed Thirty Five Thousand and Five 3. The term PAgreement shall be extended to December 31, 2007. 4. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 2 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: G►.. -- c. Assis ant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: In LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk Attachment: Exhibit A CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, A Municipal Corporation By: Don Webb, Mayor for the City of Newport Beach Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc.. By:_ By:_ Title: (Financial Officer) Print Name: f: luserslptnMsharedtagreementsXfy 0"Mpacific soils amendment 2.doc a_ PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN, CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730 -5191 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH 3300 Newport Blvd. P.O. Box 1768 Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Attention: Mr. Lloyd Dalton 0 EXHIBIT A May 31, 2006 Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 Work Order 500601 -G Subject: COST ESTIMATE FOR GEOTECHNICAL SERVICES '�� During Precise Grading and On -Site Constructi�r � 1 +v Newport Coast Community Center City of Newport Beach, California References: See Appendix pupllc`NotKpoo be ow of Gentlemen: Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. (PSE) is pleased to present this cost estimate to provide geotechnical consulting services in support of development of the subject site. The scope of this proposal is based on a review of the referenced reports; discussions with representatives of the City of Newport Beach; presumed schedules and phasing; and this firm's experience with similar projects. The following is a description of tasks that are considered a part of the scope of work to be conducted by PSE during site development. ITEM -1: Precise Grading The geotechnical consulting and testing services to be provided during precise grading of the subject site will consist of the following: full -time observation and testing during precise grading operations; laboratory testing of representative soil samples; preparation and submittal of one (1) precise grading report documenting PSE's observations and laboratory test results collected during precise grading as well as presenting final geotechnical design parameters and recommendations. PSE's engineer will attend weekly project meetings prior to construction and during grading as requested. Based on an assumed time of 15 working days to complete precise grading, the total estimated cost is $22,500.00 for the above scope of work. CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL (714) 22"770 TEL: (310) 325 -7272 w (323) 775 -6771 TEL (951) 582 -0170 TEL• (858) 580.1713 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (714) 220 -9589 FAX: (951) 582 -0176 FAX: (858) 580-0380 0 0 Proposal No. 06 -5-019 May 31, 2006 ITEM -2: On -Site Construction Page 2 The geotechnical observation and testing services to be provided during on -site construction operations will encompass the following: building and retaining wall footing excavations; building slab presaturation verification; utility lateral trench backfill (storm drain, sewer, water, joint utility area drains); curb and gutter and parking area subgrade compaction; base material compaction; asphalt laydown operations; and exterior flatwork subgrade compaction and presaturation. Observation and testing services during on -site construction will be on a part-time basis. These services will be provided on an as- needed, on -call basis as requested by the project superintendent. A final soils report documenting the on -site construction activities will be prepared. It is assumed that only one (1) final soil engineering report encompassing the entire project will be necessary. Laboratory testing and associated office support will be provided during on -site construction. Based on an assumed time of 80 hours of part -time soils technician time during on -site construction, the total estimated cost is $13,000.00 for the above scope of work. This proposal assumes that the project is characterized as "Public Works" by the State Department of Industrial Relations and, therefore, wouldfall under the current interpretation of the California prevailing wage law. Therefore, the project is subject to a higher pay rate for soils technicians to comply with State law and, therefore, a higher billing rate. The hourly rates for soils technicians used in preparation of this cost estimate have incorporated the higher billing rate associated with "Public Works" projects and prevailing wage law. During site development and on -site construction operations, eight -hour days and five -day workweeks have been incorporated into this cost estimate. Should the contractor elect to work in excess of eight hours a day or should they work Saturdays, Sundays or Holidays, an overtime factor 1-' /e times the hourly rate will be applied. ITEM -1: Precise Grading ITEM -2: On -Site Construction SUMMARY GRAND TOTAL PACIFIC FOILS ENGINEERING, INC. $ 22,500.00 $ 13.000.00 $ 35,500.00 0 0 Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 Page 3 The above costs are based upon assumed times to complete the various tasks. It is also assumed that meetings with your staff and/or consultants will be required. However, due to the unknown nature of the number or frequency of meetings, additional conference time will be billed in accordance with the attached FEE SCHEDULE. Fees will be billed on a time and materials basis, utilizing the attached FEE SCHEDULE, but will not exceed the estimated amount unless the scope of the project changes or without your prior authorization. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc. appreciates the opportunity to present this proposal. Should you have any questions, please contact the undersigned at our Tustin Office. Respectfully submitted, PACIFIC SOILS EN INEERING, INC. 4 ov STEVEN L. SUP Civil Engineering Associate Reviewed by: 72�y e RONALD A. REED Manager of Geotechnical Services DW ibution:(1) Addressee SLI:RAR[rb-06.5 -0 19, May 31, 2006, (Newport Coast Community Center City of Newport Beach) Attachment: Fee Schedule AUTHORIZED BY- Title Date PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. sy I" Wo 1"Z m Proposal No. 06 -5 -019 May 31, 2006 APPENDIX References 0 Page 4 Department of the Army, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Engineer Manual No. 1110 -1 -1904, dated September 30, 1990. John A. Sayers and Associates, 1993, Rough Grading Geotechnical Report, Newport Ridge, Lots "M ", "Q ", and 8 Portions of Lot 10 and Newport Ridge Drive East from Station 46+60 to 65 +00, and Including Crib Wall Number 2 and Gas Mitigation Trench Construction, Tract 14509, Orange County, California, For Coastal Community Builders, W.O. 340-2-69, dated September 10, 1993. NMG Geotechnical, Inc., 1995, Geotechnical Report of Observation and Testing of Precise Grading for a Portion of Newport Ridge Community Park, Including Entry Plaza, Tennis Courts, Basketball Courts, Play Fields and Park Areas, Newport Coast, County of Orange, California, Pmject.Number 94075 -1, dated May 19, 1995. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003x, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O.500601, dated March 7, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2003b, Geotechnical Investigation, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Comer of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601, dated March 7, 2003, Revised March 24, 2003. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2004, Supplemental Geotechnical Investigation and Grading Plan Review, Proposed Newport Coast Community Center, Northwest Comer of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601A, dated December 22, 2004, Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005a, Response to the City of Newport Beach Geotechnical Report Review Checklist Dated July 26, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated November 17, 2005. Pacific Soils Engineering, Inc., 2005b, Response to the City of Newport Beach Review of Geotechnical Response, Dated November 29, 2005, Newport Coast Community Center, City of Newport Beach, California, W.O. 500601 -A, dated January 27, 2006. PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 0 0 PACIFIC SOILS ENGINEERING, INC. 3002 DOW AVENUE, SUITE 514, TUSTIN. CALIFORNIA 92780 TELEPHONE: (714) 730 -2122, FAX: (714) 730.5191 FEE SCHEDULE FOR SERVICES RENDERED (EFFEcrIvE MAY 29, 2005) THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($7.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density * * per contract agreement fee schedule�5.05) CORPORATE HEADQUA TERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL' (714) 220.0770 TEL (310) 325 -7272 a (323) 775-6771 TEL: (951) 582 -0170 TEL: (858) 580 -1713 FAX: (714) 220.9569 FAX: (714)220 -9569 FAX.- (951)582 -0176 FAX: (OR SW -0360 Principals (consultations) $ 160.00/hr. Project Engineers and Geologists $ 140.00/hr. Civil Engineers & Engineering Geologists (registered) $ 115.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Associates $ 88.00/hr. Civil Engineering & Engineering Geology Assistants $ 78.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians $ 72.00/hr. Senior Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 84.00/hr. Soils Technicians $ 64.00/hr. Soils Technicians (Prevailing Wage Project) $ 78.00/hr. Laboratory Technicians $ 64.00/lu. Associate Soils Technicians $ 60.00/hr. Technical Illustrator $ 60.001hr. CAD Illustrator $ 78.001hr. Expert Witness (Research) $ 200.00/hr. Expert Witness (Testimony) $ 300.00/hr. LABORATORY 1) Lab. Max. Density $ 128.00 13) Atterberg Limits $ 128.00 2) Direct Shear $ 128.00 Atterberg Limits with 3) Swell Test $ 32.00 Shrinkage Limits $ 192.00 4) Hydrometer $ 48.00 14) Permeability Quote 5) Sieve $ 64.00 15) "R" -Value $ 416.00 6) Full Gradation $ 128.00 16) Moisture & Density $ 16.00 7) Sand Equivalent $ 64.00 Moisture Only $ 16.00 8) Consolidation $ 128.00 Density Only (rock or 9) Unconfined Compression chunk samples) $ 64.00 (Soil) $ 64.00 17) Concrete Testing ** (Rock) $ 128.00 18) Ring Pressed for 10) Triaxial Shear — Time Only Moisture & Density $ 16.00 11) C.B.R. $ 288.00* 19) A.S.C.E. Swell Index $ 96.00 12) Specific Gravity $ 64.00 20) Durability Index $ 192.00 THE FOLLOWING CHARGES WILL APPLY IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE: (a) Equipment Rental (b) Blueprints/Reproduction/Reports (c) Per Diem and Travel Expenses on Out -of -Town Jobs (d) Field Vehicles ($7.00 per hour) (e) Nuclear Gauge Equipment (when used) — ($6.00 per hour) includes 5 -layer laboratory maximum density * * per contract agreement fee schedule�5.05) CORPORATE HEADQUA TERS LOS ANGELES COUNTY RIVERSIDE COUNTY SAN DIEGO COUNTY TEL' (714) 220.0770 TEL (310) 325 -7272 a (323) 775-6771 TEL: (951) 582 -0170 TEL: (858) 580 -1713 FAX: (714) 220.9569 FAX: (714)220 -9569 FAX.- (951)582 -0176 FAX: (OR SW -0360 C'�I�l �DD'ZOU(o� I EN CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT Agenda Item No. 2 7 April 25, 2006 TO: HONORABLE MAYOR AND MEMBERS OF THE CITY COUNCIL FROM: Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager (949 -644 -3002) Steve Badum, Director of Public Works (949- 644 -3311) Robin Clauson, City Attorney (949- 644 -3131) Marie Knight, Director of Recreation and Senior Services (949 -644 -3151) SUBJECT: Newport Coast Community Center: Award of Contract, Adoption of resolutions and operating agreement relating to Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park, Budget Amendment, Council Policy on Community Access and Use Plan for Community Center ISSUE: Should the City award a contract to construct the Newport Coast Community Center (NCCC)? RECOMMENDED ACTIONS: A. NEWPORT RIDGE PARK RESOLUTIONS Resolution 2006-. A resolution accepting a portion of the Newport Ridge Park property offered to the City of Newport Beach by the San Joaquin Hills local parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication and reserving the right of the City of Newport Beach to accept the remainder of the property; and 2. Resolution 2006-. A resolution declaring the City's intent to, at a future date, reject portions of the remaining property offered to the City of Newport Beach by the San Joaquin Hills local parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication. B. NEWPORT RIDGE PARK OPERATING AGREEMENT Authorize the City Manager to enter into an Operating Agreement with the Newport Ridge Community Association as to the Association's operation of the two ballfields and parking lot at Newport Ridge Park. The Agreement shall substantially reflect the terms shown in Exhibit H. E Newport Coast Community Center Aprk25, 2006 Page 2 C. AWARD OF COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT & BUDGET AMENDMENT: Approve the plans and specifications. 2. Approve a budget amendment appropriating the below funds to the Project: (a) $6,689,725 from Newport Coast Annexation Funds ( "Newport Coast Community Center" -- 7298- C5100569); and (b) $2,761,995 from General Fund Operating Reserves. 3. Award Contract No. 3577 to Bernards Bros., Inc., for the Total Bid Price of $8,159,000,. and authorize the Mayor and the City Clerk to execute the contract. 4. Provide that $800,000 of the budgeted amount in Item C -2 may be used to cover the costs of testing, unforeseen work and permits and up to $400,000 may be used for construction management. Approve Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with Dougherty & Dougherty Architects LLP. D. NEW COUNCIL POLICY ON NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COMMUNITY ACCESS AND USE PLAN Adopt Council Policy B -18 relating to a Community Access and Use Plan for the Newport Coast Community Center. DISCUSSION: The 7,700 -acre Newport Coast community at the eastern edge of the city is a combination of two planned communities (the San Joaquin Hills Planned Community [now known as Newport Ridge] and the Newport Coast Local Coastal Program, 2"d Amendment). As the communities were developed, the major landowner (The Irvine Company) and the planning jurisdiction (the County of Orange) established a somewhat complex program of private ownership of lands like parks, street medians, parkways, and slopes along public streets. In other regions, these same lands are more commonly held and maintained by public agencies. Developer fees, assessment districts, and a Mello -Roos district funded construction of the Newport Coast's major infrastructure -- like the parks (including Newport Ridge Park), the Newport Coast Fire Station, Newport Coast Elementary School, sewers, water mains, streets, streetlights, stoplights, and the installation of the community's street landscaping. The assessment districts did not fund and cannot fund the ongoing maintenance of these public facilities or properties. When homeowners moved into the community, homeowners' and community associations (HOAs /COAs) often picked up both ownership and maintenance costs of certain properties. • Newport Coast Community Center Apr1126, 2006 Page 3 The Newport Coast does not have a public facility for community activities. Newport Coast HOAs and COAs have meeting areas as a part of their private facilities, but some community leaders have asserted that a designated Community Center to bring people outside of their immediate neighborhoods. After much deliberation, design, and Council discussion, the Newport Coast Community Center is ready for a bid award. However, awarding the bid involves a series of other actions that the City must take to accomplish the Project, including taking title to the land beneath the Center site (land now held in fee - but subject to an offer of dedication - by the Newport Ridge Community Association). This staff report for this Agenda Item is divided into four sections: • PART A- NEWPORT RIDGE PARK RESOLUTIONS • PART B- NEWPORT RIDGE PARK OPERATING AGREEMENT • PART C - THE NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER BID AWARD & BUDGET • PART D - THE NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER COMMUNITY ACCESS AND USE PLAN PART A - NEWPORT RIDGE PARK RESOLUTIONS. The Newport Ridge Community Association (NRCA) holds fee title to Crestridge Park and Newport Ridge Park (see map on Diagram A) near San Joaquin Hills Road. However, this ownership is subject to an Irrevocable Offer of Dedication (IOD) that can override ownership. An IOD is typically a requirement made by a public agency of a developer. When offered, it usually means that the developer - or its assignee - will hold title to the property until a public agency (like the City or the County of Orange) accepts the IOD (and therefore accepts title to the property, along with its maintenance responsibility). The County of Orange required The Irvine Company to irrevocably offer Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park to the County. After annexation by the City, the right to accept the IOD was transferred to the City. Until the IOD is accepted by the City, Newport Ridge Community Association (COA) maintains both Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park as private parks. Newport Ridge Park and the NC Community Center. In the 4 years leading up to Newport Beach's January 1, 2002 annexation of the Newport Coast, the City Council and a group known as the Newport Coast Committee of 2000 (NCC2K) negotiated a Pre - Annexation Agreement (PAA) that addressed several annexation - related issues. Today, the Newport Coast Advisory Committee (NCAC) helps oversee the implementation of the PAA. The PAA required the City to do the following things upon and following annexation: Form the 7- member Newport Coast Advisory Committee (NCAC); Appoint a Newport Coast resident to the City's Aviation Committee; • • Newport Coast CommunRy Center Apn125, 2006 Page 4 3. Distribute $25 million over time to the Newport Coast. $18 million was to go to reduce eligible property owners' assessments (at $1.2 million a year) and $7 million was to go to build a Community Center of up to 22,000 square feet, assuming the community wanted one; 4. Investigate the administration by the County of Orange of various assessment districts in the Newport Coast; 5. Keep certain private parks private, assuming the NCAC so directs the City; 6. Maintain a police presence in the Newport Coast similar to that maintained in the remainder of the City; 7. Pay for residential curbside trash collection as long as residential curbside trash collection is done for "free" inside the city's November 1996 borders; 8. Maintain the same level of Fire and Emergency Medical Services as the Orange County Fire Authority had provided; 9. Work with Southern California Edison to underground utilities; and 10. Maintain or fund the maintenance of certain properties that cities elsewhere might typically own, including fuel modification zones, street - adjacent slopes, and street medians and parkways. Newport Ridge 8 Crestridge Parks (Diagram A) Specifically, the PAA discusses both the proposed Community Center and the City's acceptance of any relevant IODs. The section of the FAA relevant to the IODs is as follows: • 13. OPEN SPA CE A ND RECREA TIONA L FACILITIES Newport Coast Community Center Aprd25, 2006 Page 5 (b) Open Space Goals. This Agreement outlines certain Open Space Goals" that will be reviewed and refined by the Committee and submitted for confirming action by the City Council. The Committee shall make recommendations regarding those areas of open space that will remain under the jurisdiction, and the sole responsibility, of certain Associations and those areas that should be owned and /or maintained by the City. The following is a summary of the Open Space Goals" that will be reviewed and rerrned by Committee and maybe submitted to the City Council for confirming action: (i) Coastal Canyon Park shall remain a private facility. (ii) The City Council shall lease -back to one or more homeowners associations, specific open space areas such as parks or portions ofparks that have been, or are to be, developed, Including, without limitation, Newport Ridge Park ... The lease shall be for the maximum term permitted by law and the compensation to City shall be $1 peryearprovided that the lessee(s) assumes) all risk and liability related to the open space and agree to maintain the open space at no cost to the City.... As the City and the NCAC developed plans for the proposed Newport Coast Community Center, we selected a site at the southeasterly portion of Newport Ridge Park. The City needs to own the land beneath the Community Center and the Center's parking lot - but the PAA suggests that the remainder of Newport Ridge Park be under the maintenance and control of the NRCA. ISSUE. HOW SHOULD THE CITY ACCEPT THE IOD FOR THE LAND UNDERNEATH THE COMMUNITY CENTER AND PARKING LOT? WHAT SHOULD THE CITY DO WITH THE REMAINDER OF THE /OD AND THE REMAINDER OF THE PARKLAND? Following discussions with board members of the NRCA and the NCAC, the NCAC asked the City to determine how it could accept the IOD for Newport Ridge Park. If accepted, the NCAC's advice was to quitclaim or lease back the remainder of the Park to the Newport Ridge COA. The City does not seek to accept the IOD for Crestridge Park - that park would remain under the control over the NRCA. On September 24, 2004, the City Council adopted Resolution 2004 -85. This Resolution (attached as Exhibit C) directs that the City only accept that portion of the IOD that applies to the Community Center and its parking lot and that the remainder of the park be leased to the NRCA. In 2005, City Attorney Robin Clauson determined that Resolution 2004 -85's intentions were not legally achievable. Based upon a legal opinion by outside legal counsel, she opined that, if the City accepted the entire IOD for Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park, it could not then lease -back the portions of the parks not needed for the Community Center to NRCA to maintain as a private park without going through formal Newport Coast Community Center ApIV 25, 2006 Page 6 park abandonment proceedings described in State and /or County regulations. As such, she advised the City to do the following: 1. Accept only a portion of the IOD beneath the Center and its parking lot; and 2. Leave the remainder of the IOD unaccepted (but not rejected) and in the same state as it has been since it was first offered. Taking the action recommended by Ms. Clauson will allow the NRCA to retain - for at least a period of time - all of Crestridge Park and all of Newport Ridge Park except the Community Center land and the Center's parking lot. As proposed by the City Attorney's Office, two attached resolutions and a draft Certificate of Acceptance (the certificate is shown as Exhibit E) do the following: Accomplish the acceptance of the IOD for Parcel A, the parcel beneath the NCCC and its parking lot (Exhibit D); and Express the City's intent to reject the IOD for Parcel C, the land beneath the tennis courts and the remainder of the park (Exhibit F). PART B - NEWPORT RIDGE PARK OPERATING AGREEMENT. On November 7 ", 2005, after the City Council asked the Newport Coast Advisory Committee (NCAC) to follow the PAA and recommend Open Space Goals for the Newport Coast, the NCAC unanimously adopted the following goal: "The City Council shall use its best efforts to retain NRCA's fee - simple ownership of Newport Ridge Park except for the land beneath the Community Center and the Center's parking lot. In the event that fee - simple ownership cannot be retained, the lease -back arrangement envis/ons /n the Pre Annexation Agreement's section 13(b)( /J shall be equivalent to fee - simple ownership to the maximum extent practicable." This goal - the only "open space goal" approved by the NCAC - reaffirmed the NRCA's desire that the two ballfields, a 72 -space parking lot off of Newport Ridge Drive, restrooms, tennis courts, volleyball courts, and a tot lot remain under the control of the NRCA. While the ballfields are controlled by the NRCA, the NRCA allows the local American Youth Soccer Association (AYSO), local Little League, and Sage Hill High School to use the ballfields for practice sessions. There is a perimeter fence around the ballfields that is open to the parking lot and open at Newport Coast Drive. City staff and Council Member Keith Curry discussed ways to achieve the Open Space Goal with Gerry Ross of the NCAC and Dan Wampole, the President of the NRCA. City staff noted to Mr. Wampole that there is an interest on the City Council to provide that the ballfields not be locked behind gates and that they remain available to AYSO and Little League. Wampole, Council Member Curry, and staff agreed to recommend the following course of action - that the City would: • • Newport Coast Community Center Apn725, 2006 Page 7 1. Propose to create three parcels at Newport Ridge Park, - (1) Parcel A would be the Community Center and Center parking lot; (2) Parcel B would be the ballfields and the Newport Ridge Drive parking lot; (3) Parcel C would be the remainder of Newport Ridge Park, including the tennis courts, restrooms, and other facilities (see Exhibit F); and 2. Process the appropriate actions for the City to reject the IOD for Parcel C; and 3. That the City would retain the option to accept - at some point in the future - the IOD for Parcel B. In the meantime, the City and NRCA would enter into an Operating Agreement for the Parcel B portion of Newport Ridge Park - linked to the rejection of the IOD for Parcel C - that described how the NRCA would maintain community access to the ballfields and parking lot on Parcel B. The draft terms of this proposed Operating Agreement are included in Exhibit H). Recommended actions Al, A2, and B accomplish the Newport Ridge Park - related tasks. PART C — THE PROPOSED NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER. On March 22, 2005, the City Council approved the proposed Newport Coast Community Center (NCCC) and its related parking plan. More information about the Center is available on the City's website (www.citv.newoort- beach.ca.us then "Projects" then "Newport Coast Community Center "). In addition, previous staff reports on this item can be viewed by looking at the City Council's agendas for March 22, 2005 and August 23, 2005. At the time of annexation (January 2002), $7 million was set aside for the design and construction of the NCCC. The City is obligated under the PAA to contribute some additional revenue to the project for Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment (°FF &E "). By 2006, the City's obligation became somewhat more extensive than just traditional FF &E (via the inclusion of a ballfield relocation and additional parking spaces). The relevant language of the PAA is as follows: 7. COMMUNITY CENTER. The purpose of this Section is to implement the obligation of City to use up to $7 million (separate from the Allocation Account revenue) received pursuant to the Contract to construct a Community Center. The City shall, in locating, planning and constructing the Community Center, adhere to the following: (e) City Obligations. City shall be responsible for funding the furnishings, fixtures and equipment (FF &E) for the Community Center out of funds other than funds in the Building Account or Allocation Account. City shall waive any and all fees normally charged for applications for any permit necessary to plan, design and construct the Community Center and shall request waivers from any other public agency required to issue any permit or grant any approval for the Community Center. City may use funds in the Building Account to pay any costs related to the application for analysis of, or processing of any discretionary land use approval requited as a pre - condition to development of the Community Center on the proposed site, only to the extent City is required to make payments to any public agency. (f)Planning/Location. The Committee shall hold open, noticed, and public meetings as it considers the Newport Coast community's interest in the Community Center if the Committee deems the Center desirable, it shall make recommendations to the City Council and the County regarding the most appropriate location for the Community i Newport Coast Community Centel Api#25, 2006 Page 8 Center. Possible locations include a site within or adjacent to Newport Ridge Park or within a park to be constructed at the top of Ridge Park Road. The Committee shall submit recommendations regarding the preferred location of the Community Center, and the reasons for the recommendation, to the City Council and the County for appropriate action. The Committee shall endeavor to recommend a site for the Community Center that will not require the approval or amendment of any discretionary land use approval on the part of the City, County or other public agency. This Agreement shall not constitute a commitment of the City or the City Council to approve any discretionary permit or approval that requires a public hearing pursuant to State or local law. However, the City Council shall use its best efforts, to time extent permitted by law, to approve permits and grant land use approvals necessary to the design, siting and construction of the Community Center. (g) Design Parameters. The Community Center shall consist of a structure that contains approximately 22, 000 square feet of floor area available to the public and may contain a gymnastum, library and community meeting rooms. The design of and amenities in, the Community Center shall be developed by Committee and submitted to the City Council for final approval. The City Council shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, use its best efforts and good faith to approve the Community Center as proposed by the Committee. The design of the Community Center shall take into consideration and be consistent with the funds available for construction and the architectural style of the Newport Coast. (iJ Use and Operation. The City shall operate the Community Center and install FF &E appropriate to the permitted uses of the Community Center. The FF &E shall be installed no later than sixty (60) days after a certificate of occupancy has been issued for the Community Center. City shall own and operate the Community Center and adopt a community access and use plan based on recommendations by the Committee. The approved access and use plan shall give a priority use by, and advance reservation preference to Newport Coast residents and homeowner associations without unduly restricting public use of the Community Center. Bid Opening & Updated NCCC Budget. At 11:00 a.m. on March 30, 2006, the City Clerk opened and read the following Total Bid Prices for this project: Bidder Total Bid Price Low Bernards Bros., Inc. $8,159,000 2 Howard S. Wright Construction Co. 8,198,000 3 Woodcliff Corporation 8,390,000 4 DJM Construction Co., Inc. 8,437,000 The low Total Bid Price is 6% above the Architect's Estimate of $7,700,000. The low bidder, Bernards Bros., Inc., is a State- licensed General Building Contractor who has successfully completed recent school, fire station and other publicly- financed projects similar to the community center for other agencies. In March of 2005, City staff conducted a contractor pre - qualification process in accordance with established procedures set by the State Department of Industrial Relations. This effort assures that only experienced and qualified firms would be bidding against each other on this and three other City building projects. Staff advertised and invited experienced General Building Contractors to submit data concerning their firm's . Nevpon Coast Community Center 0 Apr#25, 2006 Page 9 qualifications to the City. Staff then evaluated the data and granted prequalification to 20 firms, including Bernards. The contract provides for constructing a 16,865 sq. ft. community center with parking lot, walkways, site utilities, landscaping and irrigation systems. More information about the design of the NCCC is on the City's website (www.city.newport- beach.ca.us) under "Projects" then "Newport Coast Community Center." The contract requires that all work be completed within 310 consecutive working days. Assuming that the Notice to Proceed is issued by June 1st, work should be completed by August 1, 2007, except for working day extensions due to unforeseen work, labor and materials delays, inclement weather, etc. Liquidated damages are $1500 per calendar day. Dougherty & Dougherty Architects LLP prepared plans, specifications and estimate for the project. Dougherty's contract stipulated that their design and construction services will be provided for a fixed fee of 8% of the award amount. Based upon an estimated $7,000,000 award, minus $10,000 expended previously for Dougherty's planning and feasibility study, plus $25,000 for reimbursable expenses, Dougherty's initial fee was $560,000. This information is shown in Dougherty's revised proposal dated June 18, 2004 (available in the Public Works Department). Because construction prices have risen dramatically since Dougherty's fee was established, the City must compensate Dougherty an additional $92,720 (8% of $1,159,000). Amendment No. 1 (Recommended action C-5 above and Exhibit B) has been prepared for that purpose. During their term of service, Dougherty's scope of work expanded to include: 1. Redesigning the baseball field in the adjoining Newport Coast Community Park in order to accommodate the community center's 122 -space parking lot (upsized from a 93 -space lot); and 2. Preparing fuel modification plans and specifications and methane gas control plans and specifications for the project since the building will be in close proximity to the Coyote Canyon landfill. Pacific Soils Engineering has provided geotechnical services and Advanced Survey Concepts has provided survey and parcel mapping services directly to the City for the project. The plans are 'permit- ready' through the City's Building Department and have been reviewed by the Irvine Ranch Water District. IRWD water and sewer plan check, connection and inspection fees, meters, etc., total about $17,500 and will be paid from the contingency allowance. Geotechnical Services. Geotechnical services will be provided by outside consultants per the On -Call Professional Services Agreement approved by City Council on 6- 25 -05. Construction Management Services. In May of 2004 City staff published a call for construction management (CM) firms to submit qualifications to provide CM services for two City building projects. Of the six firms that responded, staff evaluated GKK Works Newport Coast Community Center AW125, 2006 Page 10 as the most qualified CM firm. Upon opening bids for this project and for the Santa Ana Heights Fire Station project, staff requested GKK to submit its proposal to provide CM services for both projects. Joint CM service is desirable since the two sites are within 4 miles of each other and it can reduce total CM costs. Both contracts provide for a City - directed staggered start of work in order to accommodate joint CM services and contracting. This agenda item's budget actions sets aside $400,000 for CM services, although the bid amount is $374,334 (is this Project alone is awarded) or $311,714 for this Project if GKK manages this Project and the SAH Fire Station. Budget Impacts, City's Obligation. Given the language of the PAA (Section 7[e]), the City is obligated to allocate a portion of our General Fund towards the NCCC's FF &E. Staff considers this to be the "non-discretionary" City obligation - it clearly is the City Council's discretion as to award a contract for the Project if the bids come in higher than (a) + (b), where (a) is the amount in the NCCC Building Account and (b) is the amount of FF &E that the PAA obligates the City to pay. These FF &E and related items include: • Relocating the Ballfield • Paying for additional parking (29 of the 122 spaces in the lot) • Landscaping and irrigation • Fencing and gates • Gym Equipment - scoreboards, tables, bleachers, special gym floor, stage curtain & curtain tracks • Acoustical ceilings • Resilient flooring and carpet • Tackable wall surfacing • Specialties - toilet partitions, accessories, signage, fabric awnings, folding partitions • Projection screens • Food service equipment • Window treatments The sum of these items, including a pro rata share (about 8 %) of General Conditions, General Requirements, Construction Management, and Contingency based on this FF &E+ materials, is $839,365. Funding Needed to Complete Project. This project originally had $7 million in funds set - aside in the Newport Coast Community Center's "Building Account." With deductions like design work, initial geo -tech work, and other studies along with added interest income, the remainder in the Building Account is $6,689,725. The $8,159,000 bid award for the Project plus additional design fees plus contingency and construction management leaves a remaining unbudgeted obligation for the Project of $2,761,995 as shown in Diagram B. • Diagram B • Newport Coast Community Center 80125,.2006 Page 11 Sources of Funds Amount in CIP for NCCC ( "Building Account ") $ 8,689,725 Total Sources of Funds $ 6,689,725 Uses of Funds Bernard Project Award $ 8,159,000 Additional Design Fee (D &D) $ 92,720 Contingency Allowance $ 800,000 Construction Management $ 400,000 Total Uses of Funds $ 9,451,720 Additional Funds Needed to Construct Project $ 2,761,995 What the City is Obligated to Fund (per PAA, more) FF &E Items $ 336,164 City Share of Parking Lot (29 of 122 spaces) $ 45,051 Fencing and Gates $ 32,780 Landscaping and Irrigation $ 198,610 City Share (8 %) of Contingency, Construction Mgmt $ 96,726 City Share (8 %) of Gen Conditions & Gen Regls $ 130,034 Total City Obligations $ 839,365 Budget Amendments Recommended — BA to Pay City's FF &E Obligation $ 839,365 — BA to Pay Remaining Project Deficit $ 1,922,630 Total Budget Amendment Recommended $ 2,761,995 Because this Project (a full -size gymnasium with two community meeting rooms) will benefit the entire city, staff believes that the budget amendment is warranted. We recognize that this Project has a significant cost at a time when the City is embarking upon several important capital projects. However, if this Project is built, the city will receive a significant community asset worth over $8 million for an investment of $2.76 million in General Fund cost. If the Council is inclined to build the Center at all, we strongly believe that the time has come to take advantage of these strong bids and construct the project - a project that should live well into mid - century and serve the needs of the public throughout that time. As such, we propose using $2,761,995 of the General Fund's Operating Reserve (budgeted at $5,000,000) for this Project. Upon approval of the recommended Budget Amendments, sufficient funds will be available in the following accounts to complete the project: Description Account Amount Newport Coast Community Center Building 7298- C5100705 $6,689,725 General Fund — Operating Reserve $2,761,995 Total $A-4,51 • Newport Coast Cammumty Center Ap #25, 2006 Page 12 Recommended actions C -1 through C-5 accomplish the Newport Coast Community Center - related tasks. PART D - COUNCIL POLICY REGARDING NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER RESERVATIONS. Per the PAA (Section 7[i]), the City Council is to adopt a "Community Access and Use Plan" that reflects the PAA's goal of having a reservation system for the Center that allows Newport Coast residents and HOAs to book the Center for non - commercial events in advance of other Center bookings. The proposed Council Policy B -18, which has been developed with the Recreation Services Director, the Assistant City Manager, and members of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee, is included as Exhibit I. Readers will note that the proposed Policy includes a provision allowing the Council to place a cap on reservations of the Center for private weekend use. Members of the NCAC have not formally agreed to a cap. However, staff believes that the cap appropriately meets one key goal of the PAA's Section 7(i) - that of making sure that the reservation preference system does not "unduly restrict public use of the Community Center." Recommended action D -1 accomplishes the task of setting up the Community Access and Use Plan within a new Council Policy B -18. Environmental Review. This project was found to be categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15332, Class 32, pertaining to urban infill development projects. A Notice of Exemption was filed with the County Clerk and posted on March 30, 2005 for 30 days. Prepared by: eau, +41/1 Lloyd Dalton, P.E. Design Engineer Submitted by: When G. Badum blic Works Director Submit d By: R in Clauson City Attorney Prepared by: . k� t-1-A \1 Dave Kiff Assistant City Manager Submitted by: Marie Knight Recreation Direct r • Attachments: Exhibit A — Bid Summary Newpod Coast Community Center Apa25, 2006 Page 13 Exhibit B — Dougherty & Dougherty Amendment #1 Exhibit C — Resolution 2004 -85 Exhibit D — Resolution 2006 - Exhibit E — Certificate of Acceptance Exhibit F — Resolution 2007 - Exhibit G — Map of Proposed Parcels for Newport Ridge Park Exhibit H — Draft Terms of Operating Agreement with NRCA Exhibit I — Proposed Council Policy B -18 (Community Access and Use Plan for Newport Coast Community Center) Exhibit J — Budget Amendment T_ P� 0 Q _ 9 2 N u TITLE: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO.: 04877 ENGINEER'S ESTIMATE: $7,700,000.06 PROJECT MANAGER: Lloyd Dalton CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT BID LOCATION: CFry Cleflls Office - City Hall DATE: 30- Mar -06 TIME: 1100 AM BY: CHECKED: DATE: f%s m`p haredkalbact%0 -01WID SUMMARY .4. Page 1 Engineer's Estimate Bernards Bros. Howard S.Wribt Woodcliff Corp. DJM Construction ITEM DESCRIPTION QUANTITY UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT UNIT AMOUNT i Mobilization 1 LS 300,000.00 300,000.00 200.000.00 200,000.00 300,000.00 300,000.00 1,O00000.00 1,000,000.00 200,000.00 200,000.00 2 Construct NCCC 1 LS 7,400,000.00 7400,00000 7,959.000.00 7959,000.00 7,898,000.00 7.M,000.00 7,390,000.00 7.390,000.00 8,237,000.00 8,237,000.00 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 70 EE 7,700,000.00 LOW 8,159,000.00 2ND I 8,198000.00 I 3RD I 8390000.00 I 4TH 8,437,000.00 f%s m`p haredkalbact%0 -01WID SUMMARY .4. Page 1 0 Newport Coast Community Center Aprr125, 2006 Page 15 Exhibit B — Dougherty & Dougherty Amendment #1 To be added Friday, April 21, 2006 • • April25, 2006 page 76 Exhibit C -- Resolution 2004 -85 RESOLUTION NO. 2004-85 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ACCEPTING ANY EXISTING OR MODIFIED IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION FOR NEWPORT RIDGE PARK AND DIRECTING THE LEASE OF A PORTION OF NEWPORT RIDGE PARK TO THE NEWPORT RIDGE COMMUNITY ASSOCIATION WHEREAS, the Newport Coast Community includes Newport Ridge Park, an active and passive park area adjacent to San Joaquin Hills Road and Newport Coast Drive; and WHEREAS, the Pre - Annexation Agreement (PAA) between the City and the Newport Coast Committee of 2000 directs the City to accept certain offers of dedication and to return control over certain areas to affected homeowners associations or community associations; and WHEREAS, the PAA also directs the City's construction and management of the Newport Coast Community Center; and WHEREAS, the Newport Coast Advisory Committee (NCAC) and the City Council have selected the corner of Newport Ridge Park as the proposed site for the Newport Coast Community Center and its related parking area; and WHEREAS, the land beneath the Community Center and its parking lot shall be owned by the City, but the remainder of the land encompassing Newport Ridge Park shall, according to the PAA, be transferred to the Newport Ridge Community Association; and WHEREAS, Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park are both subject to the 1996 San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication (IOD), which names the County of Orange as the intended agency that would accept the IOD from the Irvine Company; and WHEREAS, the City has not fully established whether or not it can legally accept the IOD in its 1996 form, but the City intends to accomplish the acceptance in a manner similar to that provided within the 1996 San Joaquin Hills Local Parks IOD; and WHEREAS, the City does not intend to accept that portion of the IOD which may apply to Crestridge Park; now, therefore be it RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Newport Beach that it hereby: Authorizes the Mayor or the City Manager to execute any acceptance document associated with the Irrevocable Offer of Dedication for Newport Ridge Park, including a document later modified by counsel but similar to the 1996 San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of dedication proposed between the County of Orange and the Irvine Company; and 2. Authorizes the Mayor or the City Manager to lease (at no cost) to the Newport Ridge Community Association or its successor entity (provided that the Association continue full maintenance of) that portion of Newport Ridge Park that is not necessary for the maintenance and operation of the proposed Newport Coast Community Center; and 3. Directs City staff to exclude Crestridge Park from any dedication acceptance. Adopted this 2e day of September, 2004. ATTEST: CITY CLERK MAYOR • Exhibit D RESOLUTION NO. 2006- • Newport Coast Community Center Apr#25, 2006 Page 17 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ACCEPTING A PORTION OF THE NEWPORT RIDGE PARK PROPERTY OFFERED TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY THE SAN JOAQUIN HILLS LOCAL PARKS IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION AND RESERVING THE RIGHT OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH TO ACCEPT THE REMAINDER OF THE PROPERTY WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on April 8, 1993 as Instrument No. 93- 0234810 in the Official Records ( "Official Records ") of Orange County, California (the "Offer"), The Irvine Company, a Michigan corporation ('TIC'), offered for dedication to the County of Orange ( "County ") certain real property located in Orange County, California known as Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park; and WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Lot Line Adjustment No. 94 -006 recorded on March 22, 1994, as Instrument No. 94- 0202108 in Official Records, the legal description of Lot 10 within Newport Ridge Park was changed to Parcels 1 and 2 of Lot Line Adjustment No. 94 -006; and WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "Amendment No. 1 to San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on February 17, 1995 as Instrument No. 95- 0066788 in the Official Records of Orange County, California, TIC and County agreed to substitute and replace the legal description for Crestridge Park set forth in the Offer with revised and corrected legal description ( "Amendment No. 1 "); and WHEREAS, the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park are located within that resolution. • • Newport Coast Community Center Apri125, 2006 Page 18 land area known as the Newport Coast, which land area was formerly located within the unincorporated area of Orange County, California; and WHEREAS, by virtue of the annexation of the Newport Coast by the City of Newport Beach ( "City) effective January 1, 2002, County's rights under the Offer for the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park were transferred to and are now vested in City, as evidenced by the Certificate of Completion filed by the Orange Local Agency Formation Commission in the Official Records of Orange County on November 28, 2001 as Instrument No. 2001- 0849462; and WHEREAS, City desires to construct, operate, own and maintain a community center for use by residents of the City of Newport Beach within a portion of the Newport Ridge Park property described in Exhibit "1" and depicted on Exhibit "2" attached hereto (the "Community Center Parcel'). NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach resolves as follows: Section 1: The City accepts the Community Center Parcel described in Exhibit "'I" and depicted on Exhibit "2 ". Section 2: The City Manager and City Clerk are authorized and directed to execute and file with the Office for the County Recorder for the Country of Orange a Certificate of Acceptance and any other documents that might be required to memorialize acceptance of the Community Center Parcel. Section 3: The City shall and does hereby retain its right to accept or reject any and all portions of the property offered to the City by and through the Offer, as amended by Amendment No. 1, including, but not limited to, Crestridge Park and the remainder of Newport Ridge Park, not expressly accepted by the City through this Resolution. Section 4: This resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the City Clerk shall certify the vote adopting the resolution. 0 • Newport Coast Community Center Ap1125, 2005 page 19 ADOPTED this day of , 200_. Don Webb, Mayor ATTEST: LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk NOTE. Exhibits 1 and 2 to this Resolution are not included in the Staff Report and will be added when complete. The lot lines referred to for Exhibit 2 can be seen in this Staff Report's Exhibit G. • Exhibit E Certificate of Acceptance RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH Attn: City Clerk 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92662 Recording Fee Exempt Per Govt. Code §§ 6103, 27383 • Newport Coast Community Center Apa25, 2006 Page 20 CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE OF PORTION OF SAN JOAQUIN HILLS LOCAL PARKS IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION On April 8, 1993, a document entitled "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" was recorded as Instrument No. 93- 0234810 by The Irvine Company, a Michigan corporation, in favor of the County of Orange, by which The Irvine Company offered to dedicate to the County of Orange certain described real property commonly known as Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park. On March 22, 1994, Lot Line Adjustment No. 94 -006 was recorded as Instrument No. 94- 0202108, by which the legal description of Lot 10 within Newport Ridge Park was changed to Parcels I and 2 of Lot Line Adjustment No. 94 -006. On February 17, 1995, a document entitled "Amendment No. I to San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" was recorded as Instrument No. 95- 0066788, by which The Irvine Company and the County of Orange agreed to substitute and replace the legal description for Cresb idge Park with a revised and corrected legal description. Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park were formerly situated within the unincorporated area of Orange County known as the Newport Coast, and were annexed to the City of Newport Beach, effective January 1, 2002, pursuant to the Certificate of Completion recorded on November 28, 2001 as Instrument No. 2001- 0849462 by the Orange Local Agency Formation Commission, and the rights of the County of Orange under the "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" were thereby transferred to and vested in the City of Newport Beach. On April 25, 2006, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach adopted Resolution No. 2006 -_ to accept the portion of the "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Newpod Coast CommuNty Center Apn725, 2006 Page 21 Dedication" described in Exhibit "1" and depicted on Exhibit 12" (the "Community Center Parcel "), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, for the purpose of owning, constructing, operating and maintaining a community center, and to authorize and direct the City Manager and the City Clerk to execute and record this Certificate of Acceptance. This CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE is to certify that the interest in the Community Center Parcel, which is more particularly described in Exhibit "1" and depicted on Exhibit 112," is hereby accepted by the undersigned officer on behalf of the City of Newport Beach pursuant to Resolution No. 2006- of the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, and the City of Newport Beach consents to the recordation of this CERTIFICATE OF ACCEPTANCE. Homer Bludau, City Manager ATTEST: LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk NOTE: Exhibits 1 and 2 to this Certificate of Acceptance are not included in the Staff Report and will be added when complete. The lot lines referred to for Exhibit 2 can be seen in this Staff Report's Exhibit G. 0 Exhibit F RESOLUTION NO. 2006- • Newport Coast Community Center Ap #25, 2006 Page 22 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DECLARING ITS INTENT TO, AT A FUTURE DATE, REJECT PORTIONS OF THE REMAINING PROPERTY OFFERED TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY THE SAN JOAQUIN HILLS LOCAL PARKS IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on April 8, 1993 as Instrument No. 93- 0234810 in the Official Records ( "Official Records ") of Orange County, California (the "Offer"), The Irvine Company, a Michigan corporation, offered for dedication to the County of Orange ("County") certain real property located in Orange County, California known as Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park; and WHEREAS, Newport Ridge Park is composed of three separate and distinct areas commonly known as: (1) the "Community Center Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel "A" on the aerial photograph entitled "Newport Ridge Community Park & Center" attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference ( "Aerial "); (2) the "Baseball Fields Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel 'B" on the Aerial; and (3) the "Tennis Courts Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel "C" on the Aerial; and WHEREAS, Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park are located within that land area known as the Newport Coast, which land area was formerly located within the unincorporated area of Orange County, California; and WHEREAS, by virtue of the annexation of the Newport Coast by the City of Newport Beach ( "City") effective January 1, 2002, the County's rights under the Offer for the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park were transferred to and are now vested in Newport Coast Community Center Apni25, 2006 Page 23 the City, as evidenced by the Certificate of Completion filed by the Orange Local Agency Formation Commission in the Official Records of Orange County on November 28, 2001 as Instrument No. 2001 - 0849462; and WHEREAS, on April 25, 2006, the City adopted Resolution No. 2006 accepting the Community Center Parcel; and WHEREAS, the City desires to express its intent to endeavor to, at a future date, to reject portions of the Offer with respect to remaining property not previously accepted by the City; NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach resolves as follows: Section 1: It is the intent of the City to endeavor, at an appropriate future date and consistent and in accordance with all applicable legal requirements including, but not limited to the Subdivision Map Act, to reject the portion of the Offer as to those areas known as the "Tennis Courts Parcel," which is depicted on the Aerial as Parcel "C," and Crestridge Park. Section 2: This resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the City Clerk shall certify the vote adopting the resolution. ADOPTED this day of 200_. Don Webb Mayor of Newport Beach ATTEST: LaVonne Harkless City Clerk (VOTE. Exhibit A to this Resolution is not included in the Staff Report and will be added when complete. The lot lines referred to for Exhibit A can be seen in this Staff Report's Exhibit G. • Newport Coast Community Center Apn725, 2006 Page 24 Exhibit G Map of Proposed Lot Lines for Newport Ridge Park To be added on Friday, Apri /21, 2006 • • Newpod Coast Community Center Apn725, 2006 Page 25 Exhibit H DRAFT TERMS OF OPERATING AGREEMENT Between the Newport Ridge Community Association And the City of Newport Beach PARTIES: City of Newport Beach, Newport Ridge Community Association PROPERTY: Parcel B — portion of Newport Ridge Park NRCA Obligations: • NRCA must continue, at use levels at least comparable to 2005 use levels, the three major community uses at Newport Ridge Park's Parcel B (AYSO, Little League, Sage Hill School); • NRCA must make the restrooms on Parcel C available to these community uses; • NRCA may not fence in the ballfields such that users must go through locked gates to enter and use the fields; • NRCA may fence in Parcel C provided that restroom facilities are still accessible to patrons of Parcel B activities. Fencing shall be at NRCA's sole cost and expense; • NRCA shall continue to carry appropriate levels of liability coverage; and • NRCA shall maintain and repair the ballfields, the parking lot off of Newport Ridge Drive and related landscaping of Parcel B at NRCA's sole cost and expense. City Obligations: • City shall complete and process appropriate maps to create for Parcel B and Parcel C at City's sole cost and expense. • City shall move the easterly ballfield backstop and related equipment to accommodate the Community Center's parking lot at City's sole cost and expense. • Exhibit I • Newport Coast Community Center Apri125, 2006 Page 26 DRAFT Council Policy B -18 Community Access and Use Plan for the Newport Coast Community Center I -- RESERVATIONS GENERALLY 1. All Newport Coast Community Center (NCCC) facility reservations from the general public will be taken six (6) months in advance of use date. 2. All reservations, including those made pursuant to Section II -B -1 below, require a refundable "room hold" deposit for each reservation unless waived by the Director ( "Director") of the Recreation and Senior Services Department ( "Department "). Deposits may be made via a valid credit card and shall be charged if the reservation is not cancelled according to Part 4 of this Section I. 3. All reservation fees and deposits are due when the reservation is made. 4. In order to get a full refund on any deposit or room fees paid, cancellations must be made 30 days in advance for the small NCCC room or 90 days in advance for the NCCC's large room, the gymnasium, or the exterior areas. 5. All NCCC reservations, including deposits and fees, shall be subject to Council Policy B- 13 unless otherwise described herein. 6. The City and the Newport Coast Advisory Committee shall monitor the effectiveness of this reservation preference process on an ongoing basis to ensure that it fairly and equitably balances HOA/Newport Coast Community Group use and uses whereby the City might rent the facility for private functions. II -- NEWPORT COAST RESIDENTS' RESERVATION PRIORITY SYSTEM A — Reserving Rooms or the Gymneslum Regular Business Meetings - 12 Month Lead Time. Newport Coast homeowners' or community associations may reserve either the large or small NCCC rooms for regular business meetings held on a recurring basis up to twelve (12) months in advance of the scheduled meeting date(s). 2. Other Non - Commercial Uses - 9 Month Lead Time. NC residents, Newport Coast HOAs, and any non - commercial organization based in Newport Coast may book any part of the NCCC for a non - commercial purpose outside of the organization's regular business schedule nine (9) months in advance of the use date. This Reservation Priority System shall be reviewed by the City and by the NCAC as needed to ensure that the Center's bookings are not inequitably dominated by private rental uses. The City Council reserves the right to amend this Policy to place a cap on weekend (Friday, Saturday, or Sunday) private use reservations of the Center. In the event that the City Council applies a cap, the cap must provide that at least 6 (six) weekend days (Friday, Saturday, or Sunday) in any month may be reserved for private uses, and these six weekend days shall first be Newport Coast resident - reserved private uses. CJ B — Fees and Deposits Newport Coast Community Center Apd125, 2006 Page 27 Exemption: Regular Business Meetings of NC Organizations. All organizations, official HOAs, and non - profits that are based in the Newport Coast area serving Newport Coast residents' are exempt from a Facility Use Fee when the facility use is a non - commercial business meeting and when the meeting is held during a time when the Center is staffed by the Department (at this time, the Center's hours are estimated to be 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. weekdays. Weekends and evenings will be staffed as events warrant). However, if the following conditions exist, the organization shall pay the costs identified below: a. The meeting is held when the Center is not regularly- staffed. In this case, the organization shall pay the direct cost of staffing the facility for the meeting's duration; and /or b. The meeting requires Center staff to set -up or dismantle additional equipment beyond what the facility normally has in the Center's inventory. Chairs, tables, staging, AV equipment, and other materials beyond what is normally stored at the Center are considered "additional equipment." In this case, the organization shall pay the actual staff cost of setting up, dismantling, and /or renting the equipment; and /or c. The meeting causes the City to incur clean -up fees or damage remediation following an event. In this case, the organization shall pay the actual cost of the clean -up or damage remediation. 2. Private Uses. Newport Coast HOAs, Newport Coast -based organizations, or residents of Newport Coast reserving the NC CC for their own private use, including commercial uses, shall pay all use fees and deposits in accordance with Council Policy B -13 and the Master Fee Schedule for facility use established by the City Council unless otherwise described herein. These uses include: birthday or anniversary parties, weddings, showers, graduations, etc. Residents of Newport Coast may not transfer or trade their priority status for any use other than their own. C — Newport Natngator Classes Any Newport Coast resident who wishes to sign up for a class listed in the Newport Navigator may do so at the NCCC via NCCC Concierge Services. The Department staff member taking the enrollments shall input the enrollment into the reservation system upon receipt of the enrollment in order to maximize the ability of the NC resident to get the class he or she seeks. NC residents may also use the Department's online enrollment system at any time. ' The City and the NCAC shall cooperatively develop a list of these organizations and shall amend the list as necessary and as deemed appropriate by the Director. 0 Exhibit J Budget Amendment Newpott Coast Community Center Aa#25,, 2006 Page 28 ity of Newport Beacfo NO. BA- 06BA -065 BUDGET AMENDMENT 2005 -06 AMOUNT: $s,a61,720 EFFECT ON BUDGETARY FUND BALANCE: Increase Revenue Estimates Increase in Budgetary Fund Balance Increase Expenditure Appropriations AND X Decrease in Budgetary Fund Balance Transfer Budget Appropriations No effect on Budgetary Fund Balance SOURCE: from existing budget appropriations from additional estimated revenues PX from unappropriated fund balance EXPLANATION: This budget amendment is requested to provide for the following: To increase expenditure appropriations for the Newport Coast Community Center by $9,451,720. Of this amount $6,689,725 is recommended from the Newport Coast Annexation - Building Fund and $2,761,995 is recommended from General Fund unappropriated fund balance. ACCOUNTING ENTRY: BUDGETARYFUND BALANCE Fund Account Description 010 3605 298 3605 REVENUE ESTIMATES (3601) Fund/Division Account EXPENDITURE APPROPRIATIONS (3603) Description Nwpt Coast- Bldgrrransfer In Signed: Lf Financial Approval: Administr4eQServices Director Signed: �'�✓ Administrative Appkav City Manager Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit Credit $2,761,995 $6,689,725 $2,761,995 $6,689,725 $2,761,995 $2,761,995 Date /� to Date Description Division Number 7298 Newport Coast Annex -Bldg Account Number C5100705 Newport Coast Community Center Division Number 7298 Newport Coast Annex -Bldg Account Number C5100705 Newport Coast Community Center Division Number 9010 General Fund Account Number 9900 Transfer Out Division Number Account Number Division Number Account Number Signed: Lf Financial Approval: Administr4eQServices Director Signed: �'�✓ Administrative Appkav City Manager Signed: City Council Approval: City Clerk Amount Debit Credit $2,761,995 $6,689,725 $2,761,995 $6,689,725 $2,761,995 $2,761,995 Date /� to Date r 4 Agenda Item No. 27 Ap&iZ 25, 2006 • �VW �R CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH r� MEMORANDUM TO: Mayor Webb and Members of the City Council FROM: Dave Kiff, Assistant City Manager] DATE: April 21, 2006 RE: Item #27 — Supplemental Information Attached are: 1 — The Exhibit G to the Staff Report, showing the lot lines for the proposed parcel divisions in Newport Ridge Park. 2 — The proposed amended contract for Dougherty and Dougherty. Please note that the amendment reflects a changed scope of work for D &D. As the project went forward, several actions were assigned to D &D outside of the Scope of Work, including developing Fuel Modification Zone and methane control plans, as well as the relocation of the ballfield and larger scope of the parking lot. Dave City Hall • 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92659 -1768 r� r� w7no sT 41 • a tmLo .r a a` 9i rn m u ` W1� ` f � i t .i f �+ t • T•'Ir _`_ZZ • • AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO • PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT WITH DOUGHERTY AND DOUGHERTY ARCHITECTS, LLP. FOR NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT, entered into this day of , 2006, by and between the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, a municipal corporation, (hereinafter referred to as "City ") and DOUGHERTY AND DOUGHERTY ARCHITECTS, LLP, whose address is 3194 D Airport Loop Drive, Costa Mesa, California, 92626 -3405, (hereinafter referred to as "Consultant'), is made with reference to the following: RECITALS A. On June 22, 2004, CITY and CONSULTANT entered into a Professional Services Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Agreement ", for archtectural services for the Newport Coast Community Center, hereinafter referred to as "Project ". This Agreement expired on December • 30, 2005.. B. City desires to enter into this Amendment No. 1 to reflect additional services not included in the Agreement or prior Amendments and to extend the term of the Agreement to December 30, 2007. U C. City desires to compensate Consultant for additional professional services needed for Project which include: 1) Redesigning the baseball field in the adjoining Newport Coast Community Park in order to accommodate the community center's 122 -space parking lot (upsized from a 93 -space lot); and 2) Preparing fuel modification plans and specifications and methane gas control plans and specifications for the project since the building will be in close proximity to the Coyote Canyon landfill. D. City and Consultant mutually desire to amend Agreement, hereinafter referred to as "Amendment No. 1" as provided here below. y 0 0 NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Total additional compensation to Consultant for services performed pursuant to this Amendment No. 1 for all work performed in accordance with this Amendment, including all reimburseable items and subconsultant fees, shall not exceed Seventy Seven Thousand Seven Hundred and Twenty Dollars ($77,720). 2. The term of the Agreement shall be extended to December 30, 2007. 3. Except as expressly modified herein, all other provisions, terms, and covenants set forth in Agreement shall remain unchanged and shall be in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment No. 1 on the date first above written. APPROVED AS TO FORM: Aaron C. Harp, Assistant City Attorney for the City of Newport Beach ATTEST: M LaVonne Harkless, City Clerk CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, A Municipal Corporation By: Mayor for the City of Newport Beach CONSULTANT: By: (Corporate Officer) Title: Print Name: By: (Financial Officer) Title: Print Name: • • J • Otem #27 - 4 -25 -06 Resolution with Exhibits RESOLUTION NO. 2006- A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH ACCEPTING A PORTION OF THE NEWPORT RIDGE PARK PROPERTY OFFERED TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY THE SAN JOAQUIN HILLS LOCAL PARKS IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION AND RESERVING THE RIGHT OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH TO ACCEPT THE REMAINDER OF THE PROPERTY WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on April 8, 1993 as Instrument No. 93- 0234810 in the Official Records ( "Official Records ") of Orange County, California (the "Offer"), The Irvine Company, a Michigan corporation ( "TIC "), offered for dedication to the County of Orange ( "County") certain real property located in Orange County, California known as Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park; and WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Lot Line Adjustment No. 94-006 recorded on March 22, 1994, as Instrument No. 940202108 in Official Records, the legal description of Lot 10 within Newport Ridge Park was changed to Parcels 1 and 2 of Lot Line Adjustment No. 94 -006; and WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "Amendment No. 1 to San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on February 17, 1995 as Instrument No. 95 -0066788 in the Official Records of Orange County, California, TIC and County agreed to substitute and replace the legal description for Crestridge Park set forth in the Offer with revised and corrected legal description ( "Amendment No. 1 "); and WHEREAS, the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park are located within that land area known as the Newport Coast, which land area was formerly located within the unincorporated area of Orange County, California; and Stem #27 - 4 -25 -06 Resolution with Exhibits WHEREAS, by virtue of the annexation of the Newport Coast by the City of Newport Beach ( "City ") effective January 1, 2002, Countys rights under the Offer for the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park were transferred to and are now vested in City, as evidenced by the Certificate of Completion filed by the Orange Local Agency Formation Commission in the Official Records of Orange County on November 28, 2001 as Instrument No. 2001 - 0849462; and WHEREAS, City desires to construct, operate, own and maintain a community center for use by residents of the City of Newport Beach within a portion of the Newport Ridge Park property described in Exhibit 1" and depicted on Exhibit "2" attached hereto (the "Community Center Parcel'). NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach resolves as follows: Section 1: The City accepts the Community Center Parcel described in Exhibit "1" and depicted on Exhibit "2 ". Section 2: The City Manager and City Clerk are authorized and directed to execute and file with the Office for the County Recorder for the Country of Orange a Certificate of Acceptance and any other documents that might be required to memorialize acceptance of the Community Center Parcel. Section 3: The City shall and does hereby retain its right to accept or reject any and all portions of the property offered to the City by and through the Offer, as amended by Amendment No. 1, including, but not limited to, Crestridge Park and the remainder of Newport Ridge Park, not expressly accepted by the City through this Resolution. Section 4: This resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the City Clerk shall certify the vote adopting the resolution. • ADOPTED this 25th day of April 2006. u: •- ATTEST: CITY CLERK Otem #27 - 4 -25 -06 Resolution with Exhibits EXHIBIT "1" LEGAL DESCRIPTION, PARCEL 1 0 A PORTION OF PARCEL I OF LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT 94 -006 RECORDED MARCH 22, 1994 IN THE ORANGE COUNTY RECORDERS OFFICE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA BEING MORE PRACTICALLY DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: COMMENCING AT THE CENTERLINE INTERSECTION OF NEWPORT COAST DRIVE AND SAN JOAQUIN HILLS ROAD AS SHOWN ON SAID LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT 94 -006; THENCE NORTH 84 °27' 16" WEST ALONG SAID CENTERLINE OF SAN JOAQUIN HILLS ROAD A DISTANCE OF 441.70 FEET; THENCE LEAVING SAID CENTERLINE NORTH 05 032'44" EAST A DISTANCE OF 61.49 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF LAST SAID ROAD, SAID POINT ALSO BEING THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; THENCE NORTH 05 032'44" EAST A DISTANCE OF 345.01 FEET TO A POINT ON A NON - TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE NORTHERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 142.54 FEET TO WHICH A RADIAL LINE BEARS SOUTH 48 °54'51" WEST; THENCE SOUTHEASTERLY ALONG SAID NON - TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 37 002'25" AN ARC LENGTH OF 92.15 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 78 007'34" EAST A DISTANCE OF 36.87 FEET; THENCE NORTH 74 °03'52" EAST A DISTANCE OF 79.69 FEET; THENCE NORTH 64 °42'53" EAST A DISTANCE OF 58.38 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 50.00 FEET; THENCE EASTERLY ALONG SAID TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 25 058'33" AN ARC LENGTH OF 22.67 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 °18'34" EAST A DISTANCE OF 123.01 FEET;THENCE NORTH 77 °16'30" EAST A DISTANCE OF 18.90 FEET TO WESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF SAID NEWPORT COAST DRIVE AND THE BEGINNING OF A NON - TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 2291.00 FEET TO WHICH A RADIAL LINE BEARS SOUTH 85 040'34" EAST. THE FOLLOWING DESCRIBED COURSES ARE ALONG THE RIGHT OF WAY LINES OF SAID NEWPORT COAST DRIVE AND SAID SAN JOAQUIN HILLS ROAD AS SHOWN ON SAID LOT LINE ADJUSTMENT 94 -006; THENCE SOUTHERNLY ALONG SAID NON - TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 03 011'42" AN ARC LENGTH OF 127.75 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A COMPOUND CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 201.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 8 019'02" AN ARC LENGTH OF 29.18 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 15 050'10" WEST A DISTANCE OF 30.62 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE EASTERNLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 219.00 FEET; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 07 034'07" AN ARC LENGTH OF 28.93 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A REVERSE CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 2929.50 FEET TO WHICH A RADICAL LINE BEARS SOUTH 81 023'57" EAST; THENCE 0 EXHIBIT "1" LEGAL DESCRIPTION, PARCEL 1- CONTINUED • SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID REVERSE CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 2 009'07" AND ARC LENGTH OF 110.03 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 79 °14'50" EAST A DISTANCE OF 4.00 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A NON - TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 2925.50 FEET TO WHICH A RADIAL LINE BEARS SOUTH 79 °14'50" EAST; THENCE SOUTHERLY ALONG SAID NON - TANGENT CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 0 034'09" AN ARC LENGTH OF 29.06 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 48 -11 -54 WEST A DISTANCE OF 29.57 FEET; THENCE SOUTH 89 -52 -33 WEST A DISTANCE OF 51.85 FEET; THENCE NORTH 85 °17'57" WEST A DISTANCE OF 305.86 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING. THE ABOVE DESCRIBED PARCEL OF LAND CONTAINS: 133,548 SQFT. OR 3.066 ACRES MORE OR LESS EXHIBIT "1" ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART THEREOF 61.49' n °nl J v J `► 3 io ZN Q zl O (e N0 V44'E Z 6&00 cn I^ Io v M �I NJ I EXHIBIT "2" 0 &WW44E 40&50' V 012 .�+aw � •y \� `L 0 de37'0115• R-14254' < L- 9215' N78l0734'WC 133,548 sq. ft 3.086 acres g N6952'33E �.� 51.85 F 1?=191150' z d=21)967' L =2906' 8=2929.50' L -naafi' / ' Z( r A=2598'33' R=5a00' L-2267 6=7'3407 R=2L900' A=879tr L =1893' R= 201.00' i L =29.18' I -� ^N487754E �I;R� ffi 2957 iI _1.85 o4�' I N_ 15 0'l0E 3a2' L- 206.4 6' a =8 1820• R- 3000.00' L- 434.8 8' L'�Q L NEWPORT COAST DRIVE `L , 5/ Zf D, RRY E. ARNfS DAIS ND SURVEYOR, P.LS 7766 EXPIRES DECEMBER A 2007 PARL71 1, LLA 94 -006 aR 94- 0102108 -- m I I I I R- 2291.00' \ L =10990' A=02647' )/ f A A R =2291.00' N77'16'30 E L =17.85' 18.90' -Z-/N�- SCALE 1'= 80' 0 RESOLUTION NO. 2006- Otem #27 - 4 -25 -06 Resolution with Exhibit A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH DECLARING ITS INTENT TO, AT A FUTURE DATE, REJECT PORTIONS OF THE REMAINING PROPERTY OFFERED TO THE CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH BY THE SAN JOAQUIN HILLS LOCAL PARKS IRREVOCABLE OFFER OF DEDICATION WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain document entitled "San Joaquin Hills Local Parks Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" recorded on April 8, 1993 as Instrument No. 93- 0234810 in the Official Records ( "Official Records") of Orange County, Califomia (the "Offer"), The Irvine Company, a Michigan corporation, offered for dedication to the County of Orange ( "County ") certain real property located in Orange County, California known as Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park; and WHEREAS, Newport Ridge Park is composed of three separate and distinct areas commonly known as: (1) the "Community Center Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel "A" on the aerial photograph entitled "Newport Ridge Community Park & Center" attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and incorporated herein by this reference ( "Aerial "); (2) the "Baseball Fields Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel "B" on the Aerial; and (3) the "Tennis Courts Parcel," which is labeled as Parcel "C" on the Aerial; and WHEREAS, Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park are located within that land area known as the Newport Coast, which land area was formerly located within the unincorporated area of Orange County, California; and WHEREAS, by virtue of the annexation of the Newport Coast by the City of Newport Beach ( "City") effective January 1, 2002, the County's rights under the Offer for the Newport Ridge Park and Crestridge Park were transferred to and are now vested in the City, as evidenced by the Certificate of Completion filed by the Orange Local Agency Otem #27 - 4 -25 -06 Resolution with Exhibit Formation Commission in the Official Records of Orange County on November 28, 2001 as Instrument No. 2001- 0849462; and WHEREAS, on April 25, 2006, the City adopted Resolution No. 2006 -_ accepting the Community Center Parcel; and WHEREAS, the City desires to express its intent to endeavor to, at a future date, to reject portions of the Offer with respect to remaining property not previously accepted by the City; NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach resolves as follows: Section 1: It is the intent of the City to endeavor, at an appropriate future date and consistent and in accordance with all applicable legal requirements including, but not limited to the Subdivision Map Act, to reject the portion of the Offer as to those areas known as the "Tennis Courts Parcel," which is depicted on the Aerial as Parcel "C," and Crestridge Park. Section 2: This resolution shall take effect immediately upon its adoption by the City Council, and the City Clerk shall certify the vote adopting the resolution. ADOPTED this 25" day of April, 2006. MAYOR ATTEST: CITY CLERK Newport Ridge Community Park & Center • �, + + _ ~ , .:' •'' h M now A r A na RCEL 'B' A - w ^f Prapofetl Pit "Euvlrrg PA. fv• • • y� a5jo � - .� a 7 Newport Coast Community Center: Bid Award and More Item #27 Newport Beach City Council Tuesday, April 25, 2006 What We Will Cover ■ Two slides on NCCC Background ■ Newport Ridge Park Issues ■ Two resolutions regarding an Irrevocable Offer of Dedication (IOD) and three parcels; ■ Proposed terms for an Operating Agreement ■ Newport Coast Community Center — Bid Award ■ Bid Summary j■ Budget Considerations — FF &E obligation, budget amendment ■ Proposed new Council Policy about reservations — ■ Summary of Recommended Actions ■ Council and Public Discussion 1 • • B ackground • The Newport Coast Community Center is called out in the Pre - Annexation Agreement. • PAA set aside $7 million for the Project in 2001 — the Project is now at $9.4 million (including contingency and management fee). • The $7 million is part of a $25 million payment from IRWD (it does not come from excess Assessment District payments or excess property taxes as one or more papers said this morning). • The Project is 16,865 sf with two meeting rooms, a gymnasium, parking, and landscaping. Background (cont' d) • Your Council voted in March 2005 to proceed to final design and bid the Project. There was much discussion at that time about outreach and a public vote. • Four bids came in — all within $300K of each other. ■ Tonight's recommended action is to award the bid (along with other important actions). 2 Wt 0 • I Newport Ridge Park & Crestridge Park • Newport Ridge Park is adjacent to San Joaquin Hills Road between Newport Coast Drive and Newport Ridge Drive. • Crestridge Park is open space that lies inside the "loop" of Newport Ridge Drive. • Both parks are held by the Newport Ridge Community Association subject to an "Irrevocable Offer of Dedication" that allows the County of Orange to accept the parks and make them public facilities. Newport Ridge Park & Crestridge Park ■ Newport Ridge includes: • An open grassy field • 2 ballfields • a 77 -space parking lot • Restrooms • A Tot Lot • Walkways • Tennis Courts • Picnic Areas • Volleyball courts 9 9 Newport Ridge Park — Issues ■ These issues have arisen relating to the IOD and the parks: ■ The City must own the property underneath the Community Center. ■ Some on Council have expressed an interest in controlling, programming, and maintaining the 2 ballfields. ■ Newport Ridge Community Association does not want the City to take title to the ballfields, Crestridge Park, or the remainder of Newport Ridge Park outside of the Center land. ■ The IOD can be accepted in portions. A Compromise ■ Council Member Curry called the groups together and proposed the following: • City would take title to (i.e. accept the IOD for) the Community Center land (Parcel A); • City would allow NRCA to take fee title to Crestridge Park and the non - ballfield part of Newport Ridge Park (i.e. reject the IOD for) (Parcel C); • In exchange for not accepting the IOD for the 2 ballfields and 77 -space parking lot (Parcel B), NRCA and the City would enter into an Operating Agreement assuring the same level of community access to the ballfields as the ballfields have today. 0 I 0 • Newport Ridge Park Parcels 41 g C I i Community Center — Bid w Bids followed a pre-qualification process and were: * $8,159,000 — Bernards Brothers ® $8,198,000 — Howard S Wright • $8,390,000 — Woodcliff Corp • $8,437,000 — DJM Construction Co, Inc. n With a 10% contingency and a construction management fee, we propose awarding the bid. • 0 Community Center — Budget Issues Sources of Funds Amoiad in GIP lot NCCC CBuildeg AC Wj S 6.689,725 Total Sourcosof Funds S 6.689:75 Uses of Finds Bemerd Projed Ax9ud S 8,159.000 Additional Design Fee IDSD) 3 92,720 Con@lgercyAlmance 5 WDOW Cons=ion Management S 400.000 Total Uses of Finds 5 9.45134 Additional Funds Neededto Construct Prcied, 5 27613¢ What the Chyle Obligated to Find (per PAA. nipm) FFBE Items S 336,164 City Share of Faking La 129 of 122 spaws) S 45.051 Fenno and Gans £ 32.780 Lsndscapvg and Irrigation S 198,610 City Share (B %) 01 Continge zy. Consutx:bn Mgmt S N.726 City Share (8%) of Gen CondiOms 8 Gen Roqls. 5 130:039 Total City Obligations 5 839.385 Budget Amerdlmenn Recommendet — BA to Pay City. FFeE Obligation S 839.355 — BA to Pay Rtnvavtmg Projed Ods:h 5 1.922.630 Total Budget Amendment Remmmended 5 2.761.95 Community Center — Council Policy on Community Access and Use • PAA directs Council to develop a "Community Access and Use Plan" for the Center that has a reservation preference for NC use. • This is proposed as a new Council Policy B -18: ■ 12 month, 9 month lead time for NC uses. ® Protections against extensive private booking of the Center to the exclusion of City Rec programming. e One proposed amendment to ensure that HOA use in evenings is open but controlled when the Center isn't formally open (5 p.m. to 9 p.m.) 1-j 0 Recommended Actions 0 ■ (A) Adopt Two Separate Resolutions: 1. Accept title to Community Center land; z. Express Council's intent to reject IOD for "Parcel C" or similar ■ (B) Authorize the City Manager to enter into an Operating j Agreement with NRCA re: NR Park's ballfields. ■ With suggested amendment re: separation between NCCC and ballfield parking lot. ■ (C) Award the Community Center Bid, including: ■ Budget Amendment ($2.761 mn from GF) ■ Establish contingency and construction management amounts ■ Amend design contract with Dougherty & Dougherty a (D) Adopt new Council Policy B -18 re: Center's Community Access and Use Plan ■ With suggested amendment re: non -fee HOA use in evenings. Exhibit Slides 1511 0 0 � Et111U11 "1' L CG Al ]METUUPI IUA. PMCLLI A p¢]Ng.IP .11 (IF LUT LMLADNST4FNI OF. pW.Rb NM4HRIW!MTIIFOR .LNMTT Mlnwa. Sm' SI . N CALRORHIA BFINGMOpF PMR2ALLY VLLN1RfLAE fUL:LPS. C(MPoEn[LVf nTTHECEIT'R[MFPflITxECIifN V!'(Ex'TRi L4GT A.UWNDE.GHIWWln INLwino WIT IC OH SNDLOT I+NC AMUp1MEN i.1Wn TNFHQ HI]Ri11 npA Uwi.R ALMi4 .. CCYlYP11ti0F 5AV 1LNQ14UAU,Q RWDA D1IAHKF O5 it DISTMi: 111LAICEFE TO 1. A'ORTH WY TOCAR ADIEA'U RI IPYEFSIOINE NV BEFOG WE TRUE rOPO UASOSVONG.TU RU IT PUMA A URWAR"""A'T.MIVIBRgHMNL. -'N "FIT i'KUSI'UU]STNICC UI A> RIILIF]DAPOCif I)V.A Y/)W iANGEM1T CMtVEMNGV CnDATNE0.LT HAVMOARAMVS VI IIE.i FELTTOVM1INN AM DIM .LF..F.RE \Rx Al11nNAT'S1'S 1'x'LSl: n4w1CF RMIIHMRI6RLT AIUM. SAIIIN[PFTAN(1LNI NRYEMRDVCpA ITUrn . Vti[ OE> Tl": YA .YARCLHNUTIY1FPy15lR"i:n1FNC1: sVIT11&'0^lk'EAR A OIRM'LEOi)GniFEi:TxfMZ M'IRnI SiT >'P.' VSCA U6TANq UFNW 4L LT:TNRM[ MMRM WRSi META D61A>IC'C U! 51 )I![CH'1 V TI[ tliLTinMV M A TANGFM N'3V F LUNCAVC W VIIIEHLI' NAYryOAMDIUSUF WLGC[Si.TBFI.'CL VSIERLI' NM TGPTFnIIll REETF,IWltUCF. —A" AA A M[ATIL 0"w PP ENOT110TAMIKMOT EIDDIL10 xC IUFWA iOF AUIG FANL£OP UTDl FEfRIGHT(A: OATN LOF F`T A FUT 11 ¢VF li 9C Fl1T IU WQSlET4Y[IUNTUIwwTYN[ VP S1IUASWWMTI \I.\Hi ' URM:AMIYII[BMIIYNINJM AHVN .IAN(aFI11 (V4Tk (LING \ti BEA,$ 11AVM0A MDIV6IH'.4i1.GfTlT iO w]IKIIARAWALIME O,0. E04'11115V0'1)' AOL1 EE.F wwINATFOAT .N00 1I.UE A]ORUTMe wGNTOEwAI' LIY6OF BNDNET.Rq[i COAST VRIV[ ANU inm %1(MWNNSLl6 F0M A5511VaN P\SA a LW IlM A➢IUBTMEPI VIAhiBHNCESUIIIiH ➢.BLT AUMOSAIDNMLI A%VETI C19KTRIVUMIACEIVTI.L AM'1120T 0Y 11'i. ^A.V ARC LFTTi'YI VP I]i.T�n2T1V lNE OC9MNUm01' RCONNIIATSMRVU CMGCVE ViGRRI.T IIAV L'0 A R1W V5 UT IRI IOIIIT: TMIVC£ 1MMf.B1Y A14 x2A w ' E TTANODS ES `MC UEERTEE.i 11H10.FN0.6V1b10AGUCL WD1R1VTW.WIRF- VTW A MTAR C 0.EET NTHUM NKAVEA M1.YNAVIW AMM15M T91UiFEI.Tli EWTNFFLI l ' E I Vq' ALp4G SAID TMNJFNI NRVL IXFOWIiM1gNT14LA0.4YE D!v"H9r RA' ML LE,O1N Oi •J.o)iEF1 Ep TNEBF.TIPn'mL OC A i1YPJtSCl RAECLTKAVF Hk RUI'TTI ARAWIMW "An' ittl lU 4NW1AMpCAL LWP11GRi WITIiI ^!'ST,ST: TSIENCE L 'IMT'' LEGAL .EEG LFWFFFN' I.EL I C(rFnRUXU wumlCRLY ALMW SAM REVERFF. MIV[n.711A CATRH ANOLC OF wUuW r, M w T.R: WENCE SOUTH 11` hA4]AD61 A41q Wngp RETTOINE BEGDDAtf.Oiw H0.V.TANO F]!1 II E OCf1NCAVLLT2EBEAR NA G'INf.A RAIB t0i'SLi.50 YEEI TO 1.0 NR N IAFFNOEx M.TT THROUGH A C `TRAL AN01E OF R1\ ,,,,,j AN AAC11 FFTTI M .FRUIT.. LCE30UM A DFWAFi -1 5T &I CR IF CNU NUA:TMO.1[E301.TNT A FF AEM- A D15FANreCT SGL IFLT:TICxR NIMFN BYIF'i]'PySinILSTAN[Z OF re CT TO ilwC TRVC PDLV'T DF UMi1HNINi1 1110 wDDVF UEECRIOEUPA NCEL VI' 4GNUMMAixG:liV i15VET f10. i K6 M1ClU55MxR Mt LF.15 w I MIT -1' API AOFG1 N ITIC]p ARV M ARE AP ARC uU, W rrR �r I • 0 EKH19M T* "s CE $I f l.� F.;J 4 i • Proposed Amendment to Council Policy B -18 (anew policy) _ B. Fees and Deposits (1 Exemption: Regular Business Meetings of NC Organizations. All organizations, official HOAS, and non - profits that are based in the Newport Coast area serving Newport Coast residents are exempt from a Facility Use Fee when the Facility use is a non - commercial business meeting and when the meeting is held during a time when the Center is staffed byy the Department (at this time, the Centers hours are estimated to be 8:0 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. weekdays. Weekends and evenings will be staffed as events warrant). However, if the following conditions exist, 4 the organization shall pay the costs identified below: j (a) The meeting is held when the Center is not regularly staffed. In this i case, the organization shall pay the direct cost of staffing the facility for the meeting s duration. However, in the event that an HOA reserves the Larne Room or Small Room for an HOA meeting on n evening (5'00 m to 9'00 P.M.) between Monday and Thursday when the enter rs not sta etl t e Depa enl shall use its best efforts to _allow non -fee use by utilizing existing sta such as Dark patrol or program staff working m other facilities to provide controlled access and/or ... ILI 0 0 NRCA -City Operating Agreement Draft Terms ■ NRCA Obligations: a NRCA must continue, at use levels at least pomparabfe to 2DD5 use levels, the three ma or community uses at Newport Ridge Park's Parcel B (AYSO, Little League. Sage Nil�School); ■ NRCA must make the restrooms on Parcel C available to these community uses; ■ NRCA may not fence in the ballfields such that users must go through locked gates to enter and use the fields; is NRCA may fence in Parcel C provided that restroom facilities are still accessible to patrons of Parcel B activities. Fencing shall be at NRCA's sole cost and expense: a NRCA shall continue to carry appropriate levels of liability coverage; and ■ NRCA shall maintain and repair the ballfields, the DDarking tot off of Newport Ridge Drive and related landscaping of Parcel B at NRCA's sole cost and expense. ■ City Obligations: ■ City shall complete end process appropriate maps to create for Parcel B and Parcel C at City's sole cost and expense. City shall move the easterly ballfield backstop and related equipment to accommodate the Community Centers parking lot at City's sole cost and expense. ■ Part of Community Center pro act shell include a fence separating the NCCC oarkino lot from the Igor plaver safety. 11 Brown, Leilani • From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 2006 4:27 PM To: City Clerk's Office; 'O'Connor, Debbie' Subject: FW: Newport Coast Community Center Hi Deborah — Thanks for your e-mail. I'll make sure the City Clerk gets it in time for the meeting. Dave "RECEIVED AFTER AGENDA PRINTED: "a -I From: O'Connor, Deborah [mailto :deborah.oconnor@sdma.com] Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 2006 2:32 PM To: Ridgeway, Tod; Webb, Don; Rosansky, Steven; Daigle, Leslie; Nichols, Dick; Selich, Edward; Curry, Keith; Kiff, Dave Cc: Thomas LeBeau; Sherri Fryer; Msdawnmichelle @aol.com; 'Mark Fanticola'; William Lightcap; Bill Larkin; Gary & Eugenia Pollard; Gerhard Haln; Chris Kwasizur; joverley @ocregister.com; Ken Krueger; Kim & Nancy Kelly; Mark Lanfrance; Ming Zhou; Shawn Williams; Rick & Katie Kalvoda; 'Kelly Matesky'; 'Helen Mackel'; 'Kim Vausbinder (thesourcemarketing @cox.net)'; 7KANEDA @aol.com Subject: Newport Coast Community Center Dear Mayor Webb and City Council Members: 1 am a homeowner in Newport Coast and have been so since 1994. 1 have lived in two different developments in Newport Coast. I currently reside in the development known as "Tesoro" located on Newport Ridge Drive off of Newport Coast Drive. The view from my house is NOT facing nor in any way impacted by the Community Center. I have strongly voiced my objections to the proposed Community Center to, unfortunately and regrettably, no avail. My primary objection is that the proposed Community Center is not necessary nor wanted by the residents of Newport Coast. As I am sure you are aware, Newport Coast consists of 7 square miles of developed and undeveloped land. As of the 2000 census, the total population of Newport Coast was 2,671. The median household income is significantly above (roughly $165,000 according to 2000 census information) the State average. In part, due small size of the population and the unique profile of the residents of the Newport Coast, there has never been a strong desire or need to build a Community Center in this area. The master - planned community was developed by the Irvine Company. Newport Coast was annexed into Newport Beach in 2001 pursuant to the provisions of the The Pre - Annexation Agreement ( "PAA ") made on November 28, 2001 between the City of Newport Beach and the Newport Coast Committee of 2000 ( "NCC2K "). Although you may have been led to believe otherwise, I think it is very important for the City to know that the overwhelming majority of Newport Coast residents are AGAINST the Community Center. I have two children that attend Newport Coast Elementary School. Newport Coast Elementary School PTA board voted unanimously to reject the Community Center. The current PTA President, Lisa Thompson, has attended meetings, and voiced objections to, again, no avail. The residents of Newport Coast feel strongly that if put to a "vote" the Community Center would be rejected. The direction of the Community Center is, again unfortunately, controlled by the actions of a mere 7 individuals. The Pre- Annexation Agreement ( "PAA ") made on November 28, 2001 between the City of Newport Beach and the Newport Coast Committee of 2000 ( "NCC2K ") does not, as some have said, mandate the City to follow the recommendations of the self - proclaimed members of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee ( "NCAA "). Jim McGee, as many of you know, is an attorney, a member of the NCC2K, and was a signatory to the PAA. He strongly desires the Community Center and, many feel his personal desires, have clouded his ability to be objective. If nothing else, he clearly has a conflict of interest. The PAA, of which Mr. McGee contributed to and signed, states that a committee will be formed called the Newport Coast Advisory Committee ( "NCAA ") made of 7 members, 4 from the NCC2K, and 3 from City Council. The NCC2K members that are on the NCAA ARE NOT ELECTED. (Mr. McGee is on both the NCC2K and the NCAA). The NCAA appear to have unfettered discretion to subjectively determine "the Newport Coast community's interest in the Community Center." (Para. 7(f)). To this end, between 2001 and the present the only things the NCAA has done to purportedly determine "community 04/25/2006 interest" is to hold two "Town Hall" r gs about the Center (where the opposit as strong, but entirely ignored); hold occasional meetings where the gress of "moving forward" with the Comm dy Center was presented (as opposed to weighing the interest level or giving required notice that $7 million dollars would be refunded to residents in the form of reduction of the assessment district debt if the Community Center was rejected); send out a mailing regarding the annexation into Newport Beach which discussed the proposed Community Center; there was a banner at the proposed site location (which again stirred much dissent over the Community Center, but was ignored by the NCAA); a paltry display at the Pavilions adjacent from the site location (which did nothing more than market the Community Center as a done deal); and, finally, there was some information posted on the web regarding the Community Center plans (again — marketed as a done deal not seeking responses over interest level). These actions have been more for "show" than to determine the true desire of the residents of Newport Coast. Fortunately, it is NOT too late for the City to reject the Community Center. The City of Newport Beach has a "say" in whether to build the Community City. The City of Newport Beach is a "party" to the PAA. Paragraph 7(k) states that "In the event the Parties decide not to construct a Community Center, all funds remaining in the Building Account shall be transferred to the Allocation Account for distribution ... " The City is a "Party" and it CAN AND SHOULD decide not to go forward with a Community Center that the residents of Newport Coast neither need nor want. There is NOT a shred of objective resources that the NCAA can provide to the City Council reflecting that the residents of Newport Coast desire a Community Center. Ask the NCAA to present you with objective documentation, rather than their subjective opinions, reflecting that the residents of Newport Coast desire a Community Center. They do not have it because it does not exist. The Community Center was to be constructed, if at all, by "on or before June 30, 2004" (PAA, para. 7(h)). That time has long since past. The Community Center was to be constructed, if at all, with the $7 million dollars transferred into the Building Account. The $7 million budget is no longer even remotely realistic as a result of the delay (i.e.China's building boom impacting local steel, concrete and sheet rocking pricing). Now is the time for the City Council to reject the Community or, at the very least, put it to an actual vote, at the very least Deborah L. O'Connor, Esq. Special Counsel SEDGWICK, DETERT, MORAN & ARNOLD LLP 3 Park Plaza, 17th Floor Irvine, California 92614 -8540 Tel: 949.852.8200, ext.7808 Main: 949.852.8200 Fax: 949.852.8282 deborah,oconnor sdma,com www.sdma.com PRIVILEGE AND CONFIDENTIALITY NOTICE` * *— * * * * *" * * * * *` ** The information in this electronic mail is intended for the named recipients only. It may contain privileged and confidential matter. If you have received this electronic mail in error, please notify the sender immediately by replying to this e-mail or by collect call to (949) 852 -8200. Do not disclose the contents to anyone. Thank you. 04/25/2006 0 0 JIM MCGEE 23 CORPORATE PLAZA, SUITE 230 NEWPORT BEACH, CALIFORNIA 92660 April 25, 2006 Mayor Webb Members of the City Council City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Blvd Newport Beach, CA 92663 Re: Newport Coast Community Center Dear Mayor Webb and Members of the City Council: I will be unable to attend the City Council meeting of April 25, 2006. I request that this letter and its attachments be made part of the public file. There still appears to be misinformation circulating that the Community Center is not supported by the residents of Newport Coast. I disagree. I had the pleasure of chairing a citizen's group that was formed in 1998 and which became known as the Newport Coast Committee of 2000, or NCC2K for short. This group was comprised of 15 residents, most of whom, at that time, were the presidents of the HOA in which they resided. Following many meetings with the City and City Attorney, a Pre- Annexation Agreement ( "PAA ") dated November 28, 2001 was entered into between the NCC2K and the City of Newport Beach. The PAA was approved by the City Council and made a condition of the City's annexation of the Newport Coast by the Local Agency Formation Commission ( "LAFCO "). As a result of the PAA, the residents of Newport Coast did not file a protest against the annexation. The PAA, at Paragraph 7, sets forth terms relating to the siting and construction of a Community Center. The PAA delegates to the Newport Coast Advisory Committee ( "NCAC "), a committee appointed by the City Council, the task of holding public meetings to consider whether the Community Center is desirable and in the community's interest and to make recommendations regarding the same to the City Council. The NCAC held numerous public meetings to discuss the concept of a Community Center. On August 6, 2003, at a public meeting of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee, a comprehensive plan of Community Outreach was discussed and approved. Although the concept of a "straw vote" or "ballot" was discussed, since every home in 0 0 Mayor Webb Members of the City Council April 25, 2006 Page 2 the Newport Coast is represented by a Homeowners Association it was decided that it would be more efficient and more representative to seek an up or down vote from the elected officials (Directors) of the HOAs rather than taking a straw vote. Experience has shown this method to work while mail out ballots have produced, in many instances, less than a 15% return. The Outreach plan included the mailing of an opinion survey, website discussion, an advertised "town hall" meeting, presentations to HOA's at their monthly meetings, an informational mailer to all Newport Coast households, a banner and signage at high- visibility spots and an informational display table at the Newport Coast shopping center. This Outreach plan was unanimously approved by the five (5) homeowner members of the committee and the two councilmen members, John Heffernan and Dick Nichols. Over the ensuing eight (8) months each element of the Community Outreach was performed and a broad segment of the community was contacted. By far, the most significant Community Outreach was the personal contact with more than 500 residents that occurred as a result of the public information table that was set up in the Newport Coast shopping center and staffed by volunteers for approximately eight (8) hours a day over a two week period. A subcommittee report on public outreach was submitted to the Newport Coast Advisory Committee, in a public hearing, and it was approved and filed. A copy of that report is attached. I am currently the President of the Newport Coast Community Association. This is an elected office and the Newport Coast Community Association represents 1,656 homes with more than 6,500 residents. The Newport Ridge Community Association ( "NRCA ") represents more than 1,000 residences and more than 3,500 residents. It is significant to note that both the Newport Coast Community Association and the Newport Ridge Community Association, through their respective Boards of Directors, unanimously voted to support the Community Center that is proposed to be constructed in the Newport Ridge Park. The Pelican Point Homeowners Association, which is not a member of either the NRCA or the NCCA, also voted to support the Community Center. After receiving the recommendation of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee to proceed with the building of the Community Center, the City Council voted to adopt the recommendation of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee and approximately $500,000 of the $7,000,000 fund has been spent getting to this point. As a result of the Community Outreach and the votes of the two largest master associations in the Newport Coast, it is clear that the Community Center has the overwhelming support of the residents. However, it is also noted that there are a relatively few number of residents that are opposed to the Community Center for a variety of reasons, such as believing that the facility is unnecessary or preferring the look of the green grass rather than a building at the current park site. A handful of residents who live in the Tesoro Community have been the most vocal in their opposition to the Community Center. Some have voiced 0 0 Mayor Webb Members of the City Council April 25, 2006 Page 3 objection because their views currently look down on a grassy field and they don't want the view to change to that of looking at the Community Center building. The Newport Coast Advisory Committee, when it was working with the City and the Project Architect, encouraged a design that would address these view concerns. For that reason, the East part of the property has been designed to be heavily landscaped with tall tress that will screen the building from Newport Coast Drive and the Tesoro Community above. Unfortunately, this has not satisfied some of the Tesoro residents. Even though some of the residents of the Tesoro community oppose the Community Center, the Board of Directors of the Tesoro HOA, has voted to remain neutral on the Community Center and has filed no opposition. At this juncture, it continues to be the recommendation of the Newport Coast Advisory Committee that the project proceed forward. Sincerely, Newport Coast Advisory Committee Jim McGee Chair JFM:av H:\CLIENWFM\NCA0LTR\Webb 060425.doc • • Final Community Center Subcommittee Report on Public Outreach 1. Pavilions Center Tables were setup outside of the Pavilions market, with the consent of store management. There were colored story boards and renderings of the proposed community center that were placed on easels and the volunteers that manned the tables attempted to engage as many shoppers who lived in the Newport Coast, as possible. The tables were manned for approximately eight (8) hours each day over two consecutive weekends. The results of the contacts with Newport Coast residents are. A. Neil Steinbrenner and Marsha Steinbrenner. The Steinbrenners sat at the tables on 9/21 and 9/22. They estimate that they personally spoke to more than one - hundred (100) people and that a vary small percentage, perhaps less than five percent (5 %) voiced any form of opposition or disagreement with the community center. Most people contacted, more than ninety-five percent (95 %) were supportive or very supportive. The Steinbrenners are residents in Newport Ridge and Neil Steinbrenner has been an elected director of his HOA. B. Jack Butefish. Jack Butefish sat at a table on 9/27 and 9/28. He reports that he contacted and spoke to 50 — 60 people. Seventy percent (70 0/6), by his estimate, were openly supportive of the community center. Approximately thirty percent (30 %) were either opposed or needed additional information. Jack reports that once these people were provided with additional information that only four (4) individuals remained opposed. Jack is the elected president of his Homeowners Association in Newport Ridge. C. Al Willinaer. Al sat at a table on 9/27 and 9/28. He reports that he contacted approximately fifty (50) people and that the vast majority were in favor of the project. He was able to only identify three (3) residents who were opposed to the community center. Al is the elected president of his Homeowners Association in the Newport Coast. D. Dan WamWle. Dan sat at a table on 9/21 and again on 9/27. He contacted over one - hundred (100) people and reports that an overwhelming majority supported the community center proposal. He indicates that a few, less than five (5), said that a community center was not necessary, but even with respect to those persons, they were not openly negative about the concept of a community center. Dan estimates that ninety -five percent (95 %) or more of those persons that he spoke to were in favor of the community center. Dan is the elected president of his Homeowners Association in the Newport Ridge. E. Peer Swan and Nancy Swan. The Swans sat at tables on 9/27 and 9/28. They report that they contacted seventy -five (75) to a hundred (100) people, most of whom were favorable to the proposed community center. They report that one individual was adamantly opposed and 0 0 that a handful of others were opposed to some portion of the community center. Peer is the elected president of his Homeowners Association in the Newport Coast. F. Jerry Ross. Jerry sat at the Pavilions table on 9/22 and 9/28 and reports that he spoke to well over one - hundred and twenty -five (125) people over the course of two (2) days and that less than five percent (5 %) of those that he spoke to were opposed to the project. He indicated that many people asked questions and commented on how nice it would be to have a community center and that it would be a welcome amenity to the community. 2. Newport Coast Adventure Run Ed Escano indicated that there was a table that was set up at the race and that individuals were asked if they were Newport Coast Residents and that approximately thirty -five (35) stated that they were and received information regarding the community center. Of the thirty -five (35), two (2) were opposed and the remainder were in favor of the community center. 3. Newport Coast Carnival This event was sponsored by the Newport Coast Community Association for all of its residents. It was attended by hundreds of residents and their children. Al Willinger reports that he spent the better part of his time at the carnival speaking to individuals regarding the community center. A table was set up with colored renderings on easels. Al believes that he spoke to forty (40) or fifty (50) residents about the Community Center and that with a few exceptions all were supportive. 4. Town Hall Meeting A separate report has been prepared by Dave Kiff. In general, the support for an opposition to the Community Center was roughly, equally divided. Of those who spoke at the meeting, approximately twenty -four (24) spoke in support of the Community Center, twenty -one (21) spoke in opposition to it. They were primarily residents of the community of Tesoro. Eighteen (18) persons at the meeting asked questions but voiced no opinion one way or the other. With regard to the Tesoro residents, they complained mostly about the fact that they would lose the view of the green grass area and would instead he looking at a building. It was explained that efforts would be made to landscape the building in a way that would be sensitive to their views and it would screen the building. 5. HOA Votes The Newport Ridge has nine (9) or ten (10) sub associations. All residents of each of those sub associations elect a board of directors to their master association, the Newport Ridge Community Association, which is comprised of five (5) directors. The Newport Ridge Community Association voted unanimously to support the community center. The Newport Ridge represents more than twenty five hundred (2,500) residents in the area. 2 0 0 The Newport Coast Community Association is the master association for the Newport Coast which is comprised of approximately ten (10) sub associations. All of the residents of the Newport Coast elect a five (5) member board of directors for its master association, the Newport Coast Community Association. This master association represents the interests of approximately three thousand (3,000) residents. This master association's board of directors voted unanimously to support the community center. hi addition, a number of sub - associations have considered the matter and voted in support of the Community Center, including Ocean Ridge 2, Ocean Ridge 1, and Pelican Hill. No sub - association or HOA has voted in opposition to the Community Center. 6. Petitions Al Willinger faxed to Dave Kiff petitions that were signed by ninety-nine (99) residents of the Newport Coast, all of whom signed the petition in support of the Community Center. A petition opposed to the Community Center was also sent to the City and it contained nine (9) signatures, all of residents who live in the Tesoro community. 7. Emails to the City Approximately eleven (11) emails have been received by the City. Eight (8) are in favor of the Community Center, while three (3) are opposed. 8. Summary At its May, 2003 meeting, the Newport Coast Advisory Committee adopted a comprehensive outreach plan that included: 1. A Town Hall meeting advertised using temporary banners at high visibility locations in Newport Coast that would be taped for cable rebroadcast; 2. Presentations to Homeowners Association boards; 3. Submittal of articles for HOA newsletters; 4. Information / display booth at the Newport Coast Shopping Center; 5. Placement of on -site display at Newport Ridge Park site; 6. Placing all available information regarding the Community Center on the City's website and on the Newport Coast website. Each element of the outreach has been completed at this point and while there is some small amount of opposition to the Community Center, the great majority of comments and contacts with residents of the community indicate that there is a great deal of support. H: \CLHTnVFMWCAC\Finul Community Center Subcomminee Report on Public Ouu=ch.doc 0 Malkemus, Cathy From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 1:54 PM To: City ClerKs Office Subject: FW: newport coast community center (proposed) Item #27 correspondence. From: matt clabaugh [mailto:mattclabaugh @cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 1:51 PM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: Fwd: newport coast community center (proposed) This was emailed to City Council members today. matt clabaugh. Subject: newport coast community center (proposed) Page 1 of 2 • "RECEIVED AFTER AGENDA PRINTED:`A a H-015 --0 To Richard Nichols and the City Council of Newport Beach Re: Proposed Newport Coast Community Center Dear Mr. Nichols and all Newport Beach City Council Members: The proposed new development on the corner of Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills Road is dangerous and will result in the deaths of pedestrians and bicyclists if allowed to proceed as planned. I have lived in the homeowner community closest to that intersection for over 7 years, and have been a Newport Beach Resident for over 30 years. I walk past that intersection several times a week. I have witnessed first hand and seen the aftermath of multiple accidents involving cars and pedestrians, cars and bicyclists, cars and skateboards, and cars and animals. I have seen hundreds more near - misses at these intersections, both the fault of busy motorists and overconfident pedestrians. Traffic signalization has not deterred these accidents. The recent widening of Newport Coast Drive from the 73 Freeway to San Joaquin Hills Road, and the raising of the speed limit to 60 miles per hour on that now 6 lane avenue culminates at the proposed development's corner. This is and always will be the busiest intersection in the area. I understand the dynamics of such a wide road, designed to move large volumes of car traffic along as fast as reasonable. These dynamics are not consistent with pedestrian traffic. Another dynamic, somewhat unique to Newport Coast, is relevant here. I refer here to the high powered and privileged lives of our residents, and in particular our population's penchant for pushing the limits by driving fast and expensive cars at speeds and in manners inconsistent with the safety of pedestrian and bicycle traffic. The proposed Newport Coast Community Center will promote pedestrian, bicycle and skateboard type traffic across San Joaquin Hills Road and across Newport 04/21/2006 Page 2 of 2 4 • Coast Drive from residential developments, the shopping center, the Newport Coast Association clubhouse, and the school. It will encourage elementary school aged children to cross a 6 lane, 60 mph boulevard both day and night. Motorists rushing home from work, preoccupied with kids and shopping lists, on their cell phones, or High from having just inked that big deal, will be crossing these intersections at the same time — in their big Hummers and fast BMW's. Without a plan to provide a bridge or tunnel or some other method of crossing these streets other than on -grade with auto traffic, the cost of this center will include the life of someone's 6 to 12 year old child, or the life of a recreational bicyclist or two. I have spoken with one of the Newport Coast Community Associations board members about my concerns. He essentially agreed with my conclusions, but was in favor of the center as planned, replying that, "after of few are killed, they'll learn. It wont affect me, my kids are grown up and out of the house ". I urge you to scrutinize this location and this plan with the concerns noted above, and reject it as presented. If this plan goes forward, will you be the one calling the relatives of that first little girl's mangled body? What will you say? Matt Clabaugh (949) 720 -8426 mattclabaugh@cox.net 04/21/2006 U Malkennus, Cathy From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 2:35 PM To: City Clerk's Office Subject: FW: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER More for Item #27 From: William ughtcap [mailto:wlightcap@cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 2:34 PM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: FW: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER E Pagel of 2 From: William Ughtcap [mailto:wlightcap @cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 1:48 PM To: ' tridgeway @city.newport- beach.ca.us'; 'dwebb@city.newport- beach.ca.us; 'parandigm @aol.com'; 'lesliejdaigle @aol.com'; 'nbcouncil@ranichols.info'; 'edselich @adelphia.net; 'curryk @pfm.com' Subject: NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER Dear Mayor Webb and City Council Members: I have read with interest the proposed resolutions to be reviewed at the April 25 Council meeting. I have also read the Staff Report concerning the Community Center. My family is strongly opposed to the City spending $2.7 million of general funds to complete the shortage of funding for the Community Center. We are also strongly opposed to the City using the $6 million of Newport Coast resident's funds that would be returned to the residents if the Center were not built. This project has been promoted to the City by the NCAC, which represents only a small number of influential people. They do not represent the residents of Newport Center. I have attended several of their meetings and voiced objection to the construction of the Center. Other residents have also voiced their objections. However the NCAC has never taken these opposing views into consideration as they have moved forward in one direction, that being to use our money to build the Community Center at whatever cost to us and the City. The Newport Coast Elementary School PTA board voted unanimously to reject the Community Center, believing that this project and related traffic was a danger to our school children. Again, the NCAC did not even respond to this position. This project was initially promoted only by a few flyers passed out in our local community and an information table set up at Vons market for a short period of time. Opinions were received at a NCAC meeting shortly thereafter. The consensus was a split between support and not supporting the Center. How can the City spend our money on this project without a vote of the community? We have asked this question on several occasions and never received any response other than "the NCAC is representing the residents ". This is not true. They are representing only themselves and not the will of 04/21/2006 Page 2 of 2 0 0 the residents. Your rejection of the Community Center is strongly urged. Bill Lightcap 5 Marisol Newport Coast 04/21/2006 Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award Page 1 of 3 Malkemus, Cathy From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 2:55 PM To: City Clerk's Office Subject: Item #27 Correspondence From: Darrin and Sherri Fryer [mailto:dnsfryer @ cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 2:53 PM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: Fw: Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award - -- Original Message - -- From: Chris Kwasizur To: 'Darrin and Sherri. Fryer' Sent: Friday, April 2i,-A6611:20 AM Subject: RE: Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award You should send this to the city council before their vote Chris Kwasizur Operon Group 4 Upper Newport Plaza, Suite 100 Newport Beach, CA 92660 tel 949 833 -5400 x112 fax 949 833 -5401 From: Darrin and Sherri Fryer [mailto:dnsfryer @cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 11:15 AM To: ckwasizur@operongroup.com; 'William Lightcap'; 'Deborah O'Connor Esq. '; 'Gary & Eugenia Pollard'; 'Gerhard Hain'; 'Marc Fanticola '; 'Ming Zhou'; 'Rick & Katie Kalvoda; Tom LeBeau '; 'Lisa Thompson 'Bill Larkin'; 'Matt Clabaugh'; 'Norman Rodich' Subject: Re: Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award We have also been against this project from the start. From our research and petition drive, the majority of people and communities were not in favor of this project. The NCAC's own research at Pavilion's a few years ago was also showed the community was not in favor for the project. The NCAC should at least demonstrate that this project is needed and wanted by those it is intended to service, and partially be financed by. The Fryers - -- Original Message -- From: Chris Kwasizur To: 'William Li hg tcao ;'Darrin &Sherri Framer ' ; 'Deborah O'Connor Esg. &Eugenia Pollard'; 'Gerhard, Haln' ; 'Marc Fanticola ' ;'Ming Zhou' ; 'Rick &, Katie Kalvoda' ; 'Tom LeBeau ' ; 'Lisa Thompson.' ; 'Bill Larkin'; 'Matt Clabaugh' ; 'Norman Rodich' Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 10:52 AM 04/21/2006 Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award Page 2 of 3 • Subject: RE: Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award THIS WAS SENT TO ALL OF THE COUNCIL MEMBERS. Dear Councilmember When considering the approval of the bid for Newport Coast Community Center, please keep in mind that the Center never went before a public vote; it was "approved" by a small group of unelected individuals whose inadequate outreach efforts consisted of a few flyers and a table at a grocery store. Please keep in mind that the funds, if not spent on the Center, would be returned to the people who are being overcharged for public work bonds appearing on their property taxes. Please keep in mind that to pay for the contract you are about to approve you must dip into the general fund to cover the $2,000,000 budget overruns. This seems fiscally imprudent. Thank you. Chris Kwasizur Operon Group 4 Upper Newport Plaza, Suite 100 Newport Beach, CA 92660 tel 949 833 -5400 x112 fax 949 833 -5401 From: William Lightcap [mailto:wlightcap @cox.net] Sent: Thursday, April 20, 2006 9:46 PM To: Chris Kwasizur; Darrin & Sherri Fryer; Deborah O'Connor Esq. ; Gary & Eugenia Pollard; Gerhard Hain; Marc Fanticola ; Ming Zhou; Rick & Katie Kalvoda; Tom LeBeau ; Lisa Thompson ; Bill Larkin; Matt Clabaugh; Norman Rodich Subject: FW: Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award You may want to express your views to the City Council before they take their final vote on the Community Center next Tuesday. Bill Lightcap From: Kiff, Dave [mailto:DKiff @city.newport- beach.ca.us] Sent: Thursday, April 20, 2006 6:05 PM Subject: [Norton AntiSpam] Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award Hello — Let me first apologize for any cross- postings. The below link shows the staff report to the Newport Beach City Council for this coming Tuesday, April 25th (7:00 p.m.) that addresses the Newport Coast 04/21/2006 Newport Coast Community Center - Bid Award Page 3 of 3 • 0 Community Center. When you last left us many months ago, the Council approved the Community Center project — that included the design, parking plan, and CEQA work. Since that time, we have prepared the Project for bid. The bids came in and the Council is ready to either award the Project or not. If awarded on Tuesday night, construction would commence in about a month (late May). Construction would last about 12 months. Please review the staff report on the attached (1 st) link — look for Item #27 (towards the end). If you cannot use the link, Google "City of Newport Beach" then look under "Council Agendas" then "View the current Council agenda..." then look for the April 25, 2006 Regular Session Agenda and Item #27. If you would like to pass along your thoughts about the Project and this specific action, you may wish to communicate with the City Council using e-mail and the City's web page (see 2nd link). If you have any questions about the Project or any aspect of the Agenda Item's recommended actions, please do not hesitate to call or e-mail me. Sincerely, Dave Kiff Assistant City Manager City of Newport Beach 949- 644 -3002 http:// newpor tbeach. granicus .com /AgendaViewer.ahp ?view—id =4 &event id =15 http: / /www. city. newport- beach,.ca,.us /c.itycouncil _htm1 04/21/2006 • Malkemus, Cathy From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 3:19 PM To: City Clerk's Office Subject: FW: Newport Coast Community Center From: William Lightcap [mailto:wlightcap @cox.net] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 3:17 PM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: FW: Newport Coast Community Center • Page 1 of 1 From: Katie Kalvoda [mailto:katie @newportwealth.com] Sent: Friday, April 21, 2006 3:03 PM To: ' tridgeway @city.newport- beach.ca.us'; 'dwebb @city.newport- beach.ca.us'; 'parandigm @aol.com'; 'lesliejdaigle @aol.com; 'nbcouncil @ranichols.info'; 'edselich @adelphia.net'; 'curryk @pfm.com' Cc: wlightcap@cox.net Subject: Newport Coast Community Center Dear Mayor Webb & City Council Members: I am writing to urge you to cease the construction of the Newport Coast Community Center. I am thoroughly disappointed by the manner in which this decision was made. If you respected the American ideals of government, you would recognize the only fair approach is to take a vote. After all, every homeowner is personally invested as you will be using funds which would be credited to homeowners otherwise. It seems un- American to ask residents to pay for a project that (1) may not be necessary or (2) may not be desired by the community. The facilities you're contemplating may well be a replication of what residents already have within their own community associations or amenities offered by private clubs to which residents belong (Two affiliations that, for practical purposes, may not be negotiable). The ironic thing is that the community lacks open green space, which is exactly what you're taking away. It is also disheartening to hear that you view this project as an investment of $2.6 million to construct an $8 -9 million building. That's like saying a stolen car costs $500 in registration fees. You have to be accountable to the citizens from which you're taking SIX MILLION DOLLARS. It must be obvious to you that there were Gear missteps in the decision making process. What's so wrong about pausing and taking stock of what you should have done? If your response is impracticality, you must then consider whether you're faithfully acting in the best interest of residents. Sincerely, Katie Kalvoda Newport Coast, CA 04/21/2006 Brown, Leilani From: Harkless, LaVonne on behalf of City Clerk's Office Sent: Monday, April 24, 2006 3:33 PM To: Brown, Leilani Subject: FW: NC Center From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Monday, April 24, 2006 1:39 PM To: City Clerk's Office Subject: FW: NC Center From: Chris Kwasizur [mailto:ckwasizur @operongroup.com] Sent: Monday, April 24, 2006 8:07 AM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: NC Center Dear Councilmember • Page 1 of 1 When considering the approval of the bid for Newport Coast Community Center, please keep in mind that the Center never went before a public vote; it was "approved" by a small group of unelected individuals whose inadequate outreach efforts consisted of a few flyers and a table at a grocery store. Please keep in mind that the funds, if not spent on the Center, would be returned to the people who are being overcharged for public work bonds appearing on their property taxes. Please keep in mind that to pay for the contract you are about to approve you must dip into the general fund to cover the $2,000,000 budget overruns. This seems fiscally imprudent. Thank you. Chris Kwasizur Operon Group 4 Upper Newport Plaza, Suite 100 Newport Beach, CA 92660 tel 949 833 -5400 x112 fax 949 833 -5401 4/24/2006 Brown, Leilani • From: Kiff, Dave Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 200611:22 AM To: 'Kathy LeBeau' Cc: City Clerk's Office Subject: RE: Newport Coast Community Center Hi Kathy — Thanks for your e-mail. I'll pass it along to the City Clerk for the record. Dave From: Kathy LeBeau [mailto:kathylebeauC@cox.net] Sent: Tuesday, April 25, 2006 9:24 AM To: Kiff, Dave Subject: Newport Coast Community Center Dave, I have expressed my opinions to you in the past regarding this issue. However, reading the article in the Daily Pilot reminded me that this is not a done deal. Both my husband and I oppose the community center. Here are a few of the reasons. 1. Is it really wanted by the community of Newport Coast? Since the residents were never allowed to vote on the issue, we don't know. 2. TRAFFIC The speeding on Newport Coast Drive and San Joaquin Hills is already bad enough. I can't see adding more traffic to an already bad situation better. 3. As a mother of two boys we have enjoyed various activities offered by the City programs. What I do know is that we need more park and field space. Lincoln and Bonita Cyn fields are jammed packed every day with soccer and baseball. Why are we taking away field space for a building? 4. Is it really going to be a Community Center or bunch of meeting rooms? Are my boys (age 5 & 7) going to use those meeting rooms? I doubt it. 5. Give us our tax money back. I would rather have what is left of the seven million refunded to the home owners than the center. 6. Why do we want to spend 2 million more on something we don't need? Where is that money coming from? Is there another project that could benefit from 2 million dollars? I am sure the schools could find away to spend it. Please consider all of these issues when it goes to vote tonight. I would go to the meeeting, but I have one son playing at Lincoln and another playing at Anderson. I would love it if one of them could play at the Newport Ridge Park! Kathy LeBeau 20 Tesoro Newport Coast, CA 949 - 376 -8899 04/25/2006 Recorded in Official Records, Orange County RECORDING REQUESTED BY TP°' ry, Clerk- Recorder WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: IiIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIHIIIIIIIIIIIIIIniIIIIIIIINO FEE 79 _AN 22 Vb5 ;00800001610008:01am 01111/08 City Clerk i�2 City of Newport Beach o.oa 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 t IT "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California, 92663, as Owner, and Bemards Brothers, Inc. of San Fernando, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on April 25, 2006. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Coast Community Center (C -3577) Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on January 8. 2008, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner, and the Surety for said Contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America. Director ,rt Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Executed on Jon Qa !!y 9 doo S' at Newport Beach, California. I 1�1� City Clerk • Newport Coast Community Center - Completand Acceptance of Contract No. 3577 January 8, 2008 Page 2 Other Project Costs: In addition to the primary construction contract, this project involved other project expenses from the Newport Coast Annexation Fund and the General Fund. Total project expenses are summarized as follows: Construction Design Construction Management Furniture, Fixtures, Equipment Geotechnical Utilities and Fees Builders Risk Insurance Materials Testing Surveying Preconstruction Incidentals Landscaping, Security Fence Construction Inspection Total Project Cost Environmental Review: $8,544,559 644,704 311,714 366,816 85,040 48,079 44,113 44,499 23,920 16,558 7,383 5,801 2,480 $10,145,666 This project was found to be categorically exempt from the provisions of CEQA per Section 15332, Class 32, pertaining to urban infill development projects. A Notice of Exemption was filed with the County Clerk and posted on March 30, 2005 for 30 days. Funding Availability: Funds for the construction contract were expended from the following accounts: Account Description Newport Coast Annexation Fund General Fund General Fund Account Number 7298- C5100705 7011- C5100705 7019- C5100977 Amount $6,135,997 $2,348,995 $ 59,567 Total: $8,544,559 All work was completed on September 15, 2007, the scheduled completion date. Prepared by: J Pollard PW Finance and Administrative Manager Submitted K G. Badum Works Director ,�ftftbl • • CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK LaVonne M. Harkless, MMC January 9, 2008 Orange County Recorder P. O. Box 238 Santa Ana, CA 92702 RE: Notice of Completion for Newport Coast Community Center (C -3577) Notice of Completion for Santa Ana Heights Fire Station No. 7 (C -3626) Notice of Completion for Mariners Park Library and Restroom Demotion (C -3864) Please record the enclosed Notice of Completions and return them to the City Clerk's office. Thank you. Sincerely, N new c j f aL(rti�� Leilani I. Brown, CMC Deputy City Clerk Enclosures 3300 Newport Boulevard • Post Office Box 1768 • Newport Beach, California 92658 -8915 Telephone: (949) 644 -3005 • Fax: (949) 644 -3039 • www.city.newport- beach.ca.us % 0 0 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED RETURN TO: City Clerk City of Newport Beach 3300 Newport Boulevard Newport Beach, CA 92663 "Exempt from recording fees pursuant to Government Code Section 27383" NOTICE OF COMPLETION NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Newport Beach, 3300 Newport Boulevard, Newport Beach, California, 92663, as Owner, and Bernards Brothers, Inc. of San Fernando, California, as Contractor, entered into a Contract on April 25, 2006. Said Contract set forth certain improvements, as follows: Newport Coast Community Center (C -3577) Work on said Contract was completed, and was found to be acceptable on January 8. 2008, by the City Council. Title to said property is vested in the Owner, and the Surety for said Contract is Safeco Insurance Company of America. Director rt Beach VERIFICATION I certify, under penalty of perjury, that the foregoing is true and correct to the best of my knowledge. Executed on Jy)04 !�� 9 aooP' at Newport Beach, California. l Jan -09-08 17:01 From -DAN E. k. A +8517880263 . T-670 P.02/02 F -012 RELEASE OF STOP NOTICE (Public Works) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: WHEREAS, a certain Public Work Stop Notice was served by AHERN RENTALS, INC., a corporation, on the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, RECREATION AND SENIOR SERVICES DEPARTMENT, a political subdivision of the State of California, on or about the 3ie day of December, 2007, in connection with that certain public work of improvement known as the Newport Coast Community Center located it 6401 San Joaquin Hills Road, Newport Beach, Calitbmia; AND WHEREAS, said claimant has now recclvod payment in N1 in connection with its stop notice claim and hereby intends to fully and finally, release and discharge its stop notice claim in consideration of said payment. NOW THEREFORE, the undersigned claimant does hereby fully remise, release and discharge its stop notice claim heretofore served on the CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH, RECREATION AND SENIOR SERVICES DFPARTMENT. Dated: January 3, 2008. AHERN RENTALS, IN ., a 13y: corp t n DAN E. QUALLS, Attorney and Authorized Agent Date � I �gios Sent So: ayor Council Member G1 Manager f� ❑ ---"`- C t� LJ �� CJ Jss -83 -88 17:00 FrorDAN E, .$ +9017888283 T-070 F.01 /02 F -D12 DAN E. Q,UALLS Attorney at Law 6864 Indiana Avenue Suite 203 Riverside, CA 92506 (951) 787.0740 TELRCOPIERTRANSMITTAL COVER LETTER DATE: January 3,2W8 FROM: (951) 788 -8263 TO VERIFY CALL: (951) 787 -0740 TO: Joumey Electrical Technologies, Inc. ATTN: Sunni TELECOPY NO.: (949) 598-0815 Time: ANVPM SUBJECT: Ahern Rentals, Inc. Stop Notice on Newport Coast Community Center MESSAGE: Per ottr conversation, enclosed is a Release of Stop Notice in connection with the stop notice claim of Ahern Rentals, Inc. on the Newport Coast Community Center. I will mail the original to you in today's mail. REPLY REQUPSTED? xx NO —YES, By: HARD COPY To FOLLOW? _NO xx YES NUMBER OF PAGES TRANSMITTED: - I - (EXCLUDING COVER PAGE) IF YOU BAVL ANY QUESTIONS OR PROBLEMS REGARDING TERS'1RANSMITTAL, PLTASE CONTACT THE SENDER AT THE VERIFYING NVNMER LISTED ABOVE. CONFIDE M ITI'NO77CH The documents accompanying this teleeopy transmission contain confidential inf rmatian belonging to the sender, which 4v lagally privileged. The information is intended only for the use 4f the individual or entity named above. Ifyou are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution or the taking ofarly action in reliance on the contents of this telecopiad information Is strictly prohlbited. If you have received this telecopy in error, please immediately notify us by telephone to arrange far the return of the original documents to us. 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO, 3377 BOND NO. Ba08668 LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach. State of California, by motion adopted, has awarded to Bernards Bras. Inc. hereinafter designated as the "Principal," a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 in the City of Newport Beech, in strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications and other Contract Documents in the office of the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3377 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a bond, providing that if Principal or any of Principal's subcontractors, shall fait to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work agreed to be done, or for any work or labor done thereon of any kind, the Surety on this bond will pay the same to the extent hereinafter set forth: NOW, THEREFORE, We the Undersigned Principal, and, Safeco Insurance Company of America duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California. as Surety, (referred to herein as `Surety ") are held firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, in the Sum of Eight Minion One Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and Nonooths lawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 100% of the estimated amount payable by the City of Newport Beach under the terms of the Contract; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, Firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the Principal or the Principal's subcontractors, fail to pay for any materials, provisions, or other supplies, implements or machinery used in, upon, for, or about the performance of the work contracted to be done, or for any other work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld and paid over to the Employment Development Department from the wages of employees of the Principal and subcontractors pursuant to Section 13020 of the Unemployment Insurance Code with respect to such work and labor, then the Surety will pay for the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specified in this Bond, and also, in case suit is brought to enforce the obligations of this Bond, a reasonable attorney's fee, to be fixed by the Court as required by the provisions of Section 3250 of the Civil Code of the State of California. 1D 0 0 The Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to rile claims under Section 3181 of the California Civil Code so as to give a right of action to them or their assions in any suit brought upon this Bond, as required by and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 3247 et. seq. of the Civil Code of the State of California. And Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. In the event that any principal above named executed this Bond as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has eerl duly executed by the above named Principal and Surety, on the 12th day of APrll it , 2 /006,, t ,/d n Bemards Bros. Inc. Via -Przw tant Name of Contractor (Principal) Auth 'zed SignaturelTitle Safety Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 91203 Address of Surety 818 9584338 Telephone Au tho ed Age t Signatu . Thomton, Attorney in Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED u .- :.. 11!1111 11! pliIII11111 i!li:ll!lll ;1111111111 11. State of California County of Los Angeles On ��Ila I ' M _ before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary Public, personailyy appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /shelthey executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M. R. MAYBERRY y � COMM, a 1389419 � NOTARYNU6UC GALIFORMA I e LOS ANGELES COUNTY MV GBmm E%Girn Dec 10. 2006 M.R. Mayberry ' POWER ECO INSURANCE C SAFECO* INSURANCE COMPANY OF AME RIC A OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFI SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE,WASHINGTON SB185 No. 9651 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint rsssss+ sat«++ rurxsrrsssarsrwr++ srsrrxsarasasssrrr «sr + + « +ra++xsrLfgA L. THORNTON; Los Angeles, Califomiarrsrssrrs+ rrssr+ snwrrs ++s++sa +srrsssrrss+srssrssr Its true and lawful atiomey(s}1n -fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a slm1ar character Issued in the course of its business, and to bind fine respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this Ist day of f� Febru�ary . 2000 R.A. PIERSON, SECRETARY W. RANDALL STODDARD, PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from tine By -Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V, Section 13. - FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS ... it* President, any Vice President, the Secretary, and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer In charge of surety operations, shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attomeys4n -fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business_. On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment, the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any Instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be Impressed or affixed or in arty other manner reproduced; provided, however, that the seal shall not be necessary to fine validity of any such Instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 2S, 1970. 'On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out. (t) The provisions of Article V, Section 13 of the By -Laws, and (ii) A copy of rite power-ot-atlorney appointment, executed pursuant thereto, and (id) Certifying that said power-o4attomey appointment is in full force and effect the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile, and the seat of the Company may be a fa stmite thereof' I, R.A. Pierson, Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA, do hereby oedify that the foregoing extracts of the By -Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these Corporations, and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and conect, and that both the By -Laws, the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in tut force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation OR 12 YB1 this day of SEAL )I 1'�Y.1 S S-0974 /SAEF 7W R,A. PIERSON, SECRETARY 0 Registered trademark of SAFECO COrporetion. 211IDD PDF CALIFORNIA ALL - PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT State of California l ViaViy, } ss. County of q �v'� � Wit Jl On QDriI 5 20Y,P , before me, WitVida S• i —r Dato N mre n d TWe1 personally appeared f o C,/T CA Vi ^d"-& .. personally known to me rsLproved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personZq whose nameN is re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to mp&qt he /she /they executed the same in his tt hvir uthorized capacity�t , and that by hi h�r/thejr, signatureKon the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the personK acted, executed the instrument. WI NESS my hand and official seal. Place Notary Seal Above Si re of Notary Public OPTIONAL Though the information below is not required by law, it may prove valuable to persons relying on the document and could prevent fraudulent removal and reattachment of this form to another document. Description Attached Document /� , l �rf Cdast Title or Type of f D Document: ?I- Document / ?I Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Signer's Name: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporate O ❑ Partner — ❑ Attorney in ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or ❑ Other: Number of Pages: Claimed by Signer mT Il. Chord Ul Pri-s „j o � Top of thumb here fficer — Title(s): 1 l.6 J (,( C. ❑ Limited ❑ General Fact Conservator Signer Is Representing: a jrF,Q mts u D 1999 Nalional Notary A.s atm • 935e De Sot.&.., P.O. fi 2402 • CheleeaM, CA 81313 -2A02 • www.nalimelrwfary.eq P�. No. 69D7 nao,dar. Call TdlR 1�27 0 0 CITY OF NEWPORT BEACH PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT NEWP„ RT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER CONTRACT NO.3577 BOND NO. 6409658 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND The premium charges on this Bond is $ 62.287.00 being at the rate of $ 12.6648.8047.151$6,60i$6.05 thousand of the Contract price. WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Newport Beach, state of California, by motion adopted, awarded to . Bemards Bros. Inc. , hereinafter designated as the "Principal", a contract for construction of NEWPORT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER, Contract No. 3577 in the City of Newport Beach, in Strict conformity with the plans, drawings, specifications, and other Contract Documents maintained in the Public Works Department of the City of Newport Beach, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. WHEREAS, Principal has executed or is about to execute Contract No. 3577 and the terms thereof require the furnishing of a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal, and Safeco Insurance Company ofAmerica duly authorized to transact business under the laws of the State of California as Surety (hereinafter "Surety'), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Newport Beach, In the sum of Eight Million one Hundred Fifty Nine Thousand and Noll 00thslawful money of the United States of America, said sum being equal to 1000 of the estimated amount of the Contract, to be paid to the City of Newport Beach, its successors, and assigns; for which payment well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors and administrators, successors, or assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these present. THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH. that if the Principal, or the Principal's heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, fail to abide by, and well and truly keep and perform any or all the work, covenants, conditions, and agreements in the Contract Documents and any alteration thereof made as therein provided on its part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to its true intent and meaning, or fails to indemnify, defend, and save harmless the City of Newport Beach, its officers, employees and agents, as therein stipulated, then, Surety will faithfully perform the same, in an amount not exceeding the sum specked in this Bond; otherwise this obligation shall become null and void. 21 0 0 As a part of the obligation secured hereby, and in addition to the face amount specified in this Performance Bond, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the City, only in the event the City is required to bring an action in law or equity against Surety to enforce the obligations of this Bond. Surety, for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alterations or additions to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alterations or additions of the Contract or to the work or to the specifications. This Faithful Performance Bond shall be extended and maintained by the Principal in full force and effect for one (1) year following the date of formal acceptance of the Project by the City, In the event that the Principal executed this band as an individual, it is agreed that the death of any such Principal shall not exonerate the Surety from its obligations under this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has b n duly executed by the Principal and Surety above named, on the 12th day of April '2006. Bemards Bros. Inc. Vic¢5rdt Name of Contractor (Principal) Authorized SlgnaturefTitle Sareco Insurance Company of America Name of Surety 330 N. Brand Blvd., Glendale, CA 9.1203 Address of Surety 818 958 -0338 Telephone Aut ze ent Signs ure Lisa L. Thornton, Attorney in Fact Print Name and Title NOTARY ACKNOWLEDGMENTS'OF CONTRACTOR AND SURETY MUST BE ATTACHED F:tUswjAPBWI.Shared)ConuacislFy 05- OMNEwPCRT COAST COMMUNITY CENTER C•357- ACONTRACT C3577-d?c 22 0 0 CALF ,; #'- :L- PiJRP0$E ACKN �V ;xBI"'Oft"NT State of California County of Los Angeles On APR 12 261 before me, M.R. Mayberry, Notary Public, personally appeared Lisa L. Thornton personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is /are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he /she /they executed the same in his /her /their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his /her /their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. M. R MAYBERRY = r17 (;fJMY'A. 4 i;�R9419 NOTAHY P',J`> )C CALIFORNIA 2 ` � LOS AN6CLES CLUN1Y MYF ::Mn Ezpi =iD, 2006 rr;R a M.R. Mayberry